Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D17-0036 - DICK'S SPORTING GOODS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY D17-0036 Parcel No: Address: 0 City of Tukwila 0 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2623049110 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Project Name: DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Permit Number: 017-0036 Issue Date: 4/25/2017 Permit Expires On: 10/22/2017 Owner: Name: Address: KIR TUKWILA 050 LLC 3333 NEW HYDE PARK RD #100 C/0 KIMCO REALTY CORP, PO BOX 5020 NEW HYDE PK, OH, 11042 Contact Person: Name: AARON BLUE Address: Contractor: Name: 25001 EMERY RD - SUITE 400 , 'CLEVELAND, OH, 44128 THE ANDREWS GROUP Address: 2702 NE 114TH AVE STE 1, VANCOUVER, WA, 98684 License No: Lender: Name: KIMCO REALTY Address: 4065 FACTORIA MALL SE #F4 , BELLEVUE, WA, 98006 Phone: (216) 223-3243 e Phone: (360) 852-1230 Expiration Date: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: RETROFIT THREE FORMER TENANT SPACES (FORMER TSA BEING THE PRIMARY SPACE) INTO A NEW DICK'S SPORTING GOODS RETAIL SPACE. PROJECT INCLUDES DEMOLITION OF EXISTING CANOPY AND CONSTRUCTIION OF NEW CANOPY/FACADE, INTERIOR STRUCTURAL COLUMN UPGRADES AND ALL NEW INTERIOR EQUIPMENT AND FINISHES. Project Valuation: $4,000,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: VB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $39,074.11 Occupancy per IBC: M Water District: HIGHLINE,TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: v! I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and knowfe same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to tie conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: i?der ytkeal. Date: q` This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 5: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 3: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 9: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 10: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 11: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.6) 12: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 13: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.3.1) 17: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 15: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 14: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 18: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 27: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible/visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2437. 19: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2437) 21: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 20: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 22: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 23: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 24: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 16: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 25: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 26: These plans were reviewed by inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 28: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 29: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 30: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 31: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, Table 1705.3. 32: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 33: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 34: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 35: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 36: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 37: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterially braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 38: Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation, compaction, and fill requirements shall conform strictly with the recommendations given in the soils report. Special inspection is required. 39: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 40: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 41: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 42: Masonry construction shall be special inspected. 43: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 44: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 45: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 46: Every occupied space other than enclosed parking garages and buildings used for repair of automobiles shall be ventilated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code. 47: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 48: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 49: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall be removed from spaces to be occupied by concrete. 50: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 51: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 52: Prior to final permit sign -off the applicant shall submit backflow test reports to Public Works. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0201 FOOTING 0200 FOUNDATION WALL 0409 FRAMING 0 0606 GLAZING 0401 ROOF SHEATHING 0603 ROOF/CEILING INSUL 4000 SI -CONCRETE CONST 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 4022 SI -MASONRY 4028 SI-REINF STEEL -WELD 4035 SI -SOILS 4004 SI -WELDING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING 0601 WALL INSULATION 0 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. b\ -7,s00,, Project No. Date Application Accepted: —-1 7 Date Application Expires: (Pi'? -q '- 17 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: _ Site Address: 17450 Southcenter Parkway, Tukwila, WA 98188 Suite Number:. _ _ Floor: Dick's Sporting Goods m Yes Tenant Name: - ___ P g New Tenant: PROPERTY OWNER Name: Aaron Blue (Herschman Architects) Name: Kimco Reality City: Cleveland State: OH Zip: 44128 - - ---- -- - - - - -- _- _ Address: 4065 Factoria Mall SE, #F-10 Email: ablue@herschmanarchitects.com City: Bellevue State: WA Zip: 98006 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Aaron Blue (Herschman Architects) Address: 25001 Emery Rd. Suite 400 City: Cleveland State: OH Zip: 44128 - - ---- -- - - - - -- _- _ Phone: (216) 223-3243 Fax: (216) 223-3210 Email: ablue@herschmanarchitects.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: T.B.D. Address: - City: Cleveland State: OH Zip: 44128 Phone: (216) 223-3200 Fax: (216) 223-3210 City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:\Applications\Forts-Applications On Line \2011 Applicatior8\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh 1 D..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Herschman Architects, Inc. Architect Name: Michael Crislip Address: 25001 Emery Rd. Suite 400 City: Cleveland State: OH Zip: 44128 Phone: (216) 223-3200 Fax: (216) 223-3210 Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: B&T Design & Engineering, Inc. Engineer Name: Jim Trueblood Address: p.o. Box 595 City:Issaquah State: WA Zip: 98027 Phone: (425) 557-0779 Fax: (425) 557-0765 Email: jim@bntengr.com LENDERJBOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: T.B.D. \ \ 1 1N400 Address: i 1 b iob / chr1 . K r, I SGI -- I i `7I't nlg��In Zipp:' 1 O y City: i 1P It i A L State: van o eX 1 lA¢ - cf6L C9 Page 1 of 4 9 BUILDING PERMI•T INFORMATION - 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 4,000,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Retrofit three former tenant spaces (former TSA being the primary space) into a new Dick's Sporting Goods retail space. Project includes demolition of existing canopy and construction of new,canopy/facade, interior structural column upgrades, and all new interior equipment and finishes. Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? ® Yes ❑.. No If yes; a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. • Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage.Belo'w 1 Floor. 52,481 Interior Remodel 52,546 Addition to Existing ' ' Structure New Construction per IBC • V -B Type of.,, :.. Occupancy per IBC , M, B, S-1 2nd Floor 3Ta-Floor';. Floors thrii - Basement Accessory :Structure* • Attached 'Garage Detached Garage •Attached Carport 'Detached Carpprt Covered Deck: Uncovered. Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: • Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 1 1 1 Compact: 0 Handicap: 2 Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes Z No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers ® Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? • ® Yes • ❑ No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM - ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Foms-Applicatio s On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 -4P LIC PERMIT INFORMATION - 206-433-01'79 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Combine three existing tenant spaces to create one new tenant (Dick's Sporting Goods). New 2" domestic water sub -meter with backflow tie into existing line within existing building. New sprinkler design to utilize three existing fire risers within space (deferred submittal). New plumbing fixtures to be connected to existing sanitary line within existing building. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District m ...Tukwila ❑ ... Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District m ...Tukwila ❑ ::.Sewer Use Certificate ❑ .. Highline ❑'...Valley View 0 .. Renton ❑ ...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: El On-site Septic System — For on; site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civilr-Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond 0 .. Insurance 0 .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance - ® ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right-of-way ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards 0 -- Geotechnical Report 0 .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis 0 ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .: Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ ;. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ -- Work in Flood Zone El .. Storm Drainage 0 ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 .. Abandon Septic Tank 0 .. Grease Interceptor 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities ) 0 .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control 0 .. Looped Fire Line 0 .. Utility Undergrounding ® ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation " Domestic Water 2 " ® ...Permanent Water Meter Size... 2 " WO # El ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size " WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size " 0 ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private El FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Exist. Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) Exist. ❑ ...Water ® ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Dick's Sporting GoodsDay Telephone: (724) 273-3200 Mailing Address: 345 Court St. Coraopolis ' PA 15108 City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Dick's Sporting Goods Day Telephone: (724) 273-3200 Mailing Address: 345 Court St. Coraopolis PA '15108 City State Zip H:Applications \Forts-Applicatio, On Line\201 1 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doa Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4, PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, ANDi AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: 1, Print Name: Aaron Blue Mailing Address: 25001 Emery Rd. Suite 400 H:\Applications\Forns-ApplicationsOn Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Date: 02/24/2017 Day Telephone: (216) 223-3243 Cleveland OH 44128 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT 1 QUANTITY # PAID $315.18' PermitTRAK D17-0036 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY `" Apn: 2623049110 $315.18' Credit Card Fee $9.18 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $9.18 DEVELOPMENT $306.00 PERMIT REINSPECT FEE - AFTER HRS INSP FEE R000.359.000.00.01 0.00 $306.00 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12233 $315.18 Date Paid: Wednesday, August 30, 2017 Paid By: JEFFREY ISAACKS Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 030271 Printed: Wednesday, August 30, 2017 1:28 PM 1 of 1 ®I SYSTEMS Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID PermitTRAK $33,025.48 D17-0036 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn: 2623049110 $24,135.73 DEVELOPMENT $22,986.62 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $22,982.12 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $1,149.11 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $1,149.11 EL17-0179 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn: 2623049110 $5,877.73 ELECTRICAL $5,597.84 PERMIT FEE MULTI-FAM/COMM 1 R000.322.101.00.00 I 0.00 I $5,597.84 TECHNOLOGY FEE $279.89 TECHNOLOGY FEE 1 R000.322.900.04.00 I 0.00 $279.89 M17-0031 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn: 2623049110 $2,249.13 MECHANICAL $2,142.03 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $33.15 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $2,108.88 TECHNOLOGY FEE $107.10 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $107.10 PG17-0030 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn: 2623049110 $762.89 GAS $225.03 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $33.15 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $180.54 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $11.34 PLUMBING $502.07 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $468.92 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $33.15 TECHNOLOGY FEE $35.79 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R11343 $35.79 $33,025.48 Date Paid: Tuesday, April 25, 2017 Paid By: KIMCO REALTY Pay Method: CHECK 1002339 Printed: Tuesday, April 25, 2017 9:51 AM 1 of 1 CRSYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY $14,938.38''` D17 0036 °�Address:,17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY.,. pn 2623049110 $14,938 38y DEVELOPMENT $14,938.38 PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R10933 R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $14,938.38 $14,938.38 Date Paid: Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Paid By: KIMCO REALTY Pay Method: CHECK 1002303 Printed: Tuesday, February 28, 2017 8:44 AM 1 of 1 �.: SYSTEMS I�razan & ASSOCIATES, INC GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION November 15, 2017 KA Project No. 066-17140 Permit No. D17-0036 City of Tukwila Attn: Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd. #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Final Letter Dicks Sporting Goods Tukwila 17450 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 To Whom It May Concern: In accordance with your request and authorization, we have performed special testing and inspection services for the above referenced project. The special inspections for this project were: • Proprietary Anchors • Reinforced Concrete • Structural Masonry • Structural Steel Welding To the best of our knowledge, all work which has been tested and/or inspected has been found to be in general accordance with the approved plans and specifications, engineering revisions, and Chapter 17 of the 2015 International Building Code. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939-2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC fr William B. Throne Operations Manager Tacoma, WA CC: Kimco Reality Qtlf 001(e RECEI'JEE: CITY OF Ti UKWILA NOV 202017 PERMIT CENTER With Offices Serving The Western United States 825 — Center ST STE A • Tacoma, WA 98409 • (253) 939-2500 • Fax: (253) 939-2556 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit )1? - Cb6 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 t� Pvject: D t CRS S favel"%Ait tlrti bS Type of Inspection ' 1— 6 V a P Cc uC- Address: /NW SARi e6irie MA -7i Date Called: • Special Instructions: Date Wanted- /7 2 /7 a.m. Cp.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: C't 1si99-6, inspector: Date: g —17 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Df 0031° Project: Type of Inspection: Adddress:/,.6 /VS ii-Jcin/ - 04,01 Date Called: Special Instructions: •Date Wanted: / j�•f 26� m�i.m. Requester: . Phone No: 7 S-- S`7 / G s`v f -r Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c>f<vi cR C_IGI+T N( -- ®�-�� X86 - Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter`Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 2/7 3 Project:, DICK 5' .'44706 Type of In ection: ifs'/ ,,L/JVD- gAr0i6,÷Milti Address: 17 S'oarn-CA'7 Date C Iled: Special Instructions: a Date Wanted: T-26 - % 7 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date:71-647. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. l2-. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 1)17--0030 Projw: ..Y/GAS.: ,R)7Aed'YXP Type of Inspection: EMERG/41eal 1-1G1147— rAddress: -1G Address: IZys0 Sam/c,.r, Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: At -5I-47 a.m. P.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. JJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (.oArgCl.74s. ,i 4 &b /Alit( 1.-16/1-7-MG- /N 576M Adpwl 01< 7a -ria C/ ' L✓/ 7 i4-koRKEi2S P3/ANE- PPE.' Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 roject: s 4Th P'J 6CODS Type of Inspection: .,.i - ebie-)2--7 QJ4)S1-- Address: - % ASV can Jl3 Py o, Date Called: Special Instructions: • Date W t d: 3i d7 a:m. m. Request r:` •Derr Phone No: 57S 7 I+ 06-0 Approved per applicable codes. L_J Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 6 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION b'7 - w Y 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: Type of Inspection: Address: Date Called: NS -0 Sai-74carde 1924 Special Instructions: Date W a e : 3i 17 . tri "p= Requests . Phone No: oApproved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: X40 Inspector: Date: 3/-/ 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: 'bac cRier7A16, ZaAs Typ,,of Inspection: i 3?-' 5/ id /Aie Address: /74' _,l P ' Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wait(' d: !/ 2q F 7 a.m. p.m. Request r: Phone No: ?s-- s-? /-0/5 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: C)k<- /- YZ 41iNG Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit'°?' 6°36 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 P oject: plcxS 5 ( M - 60,13& Type of Ins ection: Jam-/6irri'0► Arai Address: / 71 -/S -Z2 S' Ci Qr ial?WY Date CaII Special Instructions: Date Wan 2'/t7 Requeste Phone No: 67c- S-7/- O/S7) Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 roject: ccri2ri/J6- 6c4DS Type Inspection: rvrvo + Ad& Address: WA Some6fre. iO)2 f Date Called: Special Instructions: •Date W �t d: /% a.m. phi: Request r: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:/� / / ► fRoi nliucg— f' ✓i 6fi--A-CE Cz›v'4'WD w r1.fG / //772:/,/o /Q /moi n / W&- & s'TZC.k Rot Inspector: Date: 6,1 / �" 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE ON NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1)) - C036 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: Type of I ectio Address: /74f2 ceikA4C606e Wok,/ Date Called: Special Instructions: • Date W 7df: qi`y/! ` a r p.m. Request r: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: etb _ e I / Zl � a i .. ?, 2G. S 20, o 7-1 ok1avVe Inspector: Date: 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Calf to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 D17.- 003 40 Project: , Dic/.s s)Tix6- Gooks Type of Inspection: 5e4. -r rht6- Address: /7'f5O .5:3077940.1M PkI Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7-2S-17 a:m Requester: J g f=F Phone No: 575-- 57) - 015-0 E] Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. (2f DOW 1 < •CD ? 2L ?, i9itti< eLiqktrN Inspector: Date: 7 17 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit b(?- (0362 PERMIT N0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 roject: Oice'S Si A/6- 6 -az i- Typespection: imh/)1 Ai6, Address: 1 711 4e . P&p/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7/21/7 a.m. Requester: Phone No: S-75-- C? ) - 0/C0 ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0H_Nrc ,OR r -79101/N& e Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION M-0036 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: %fcYs <P oecia. Type of pection: k'6 - ../1-ineWe",cf61, inVG-5' r �-LU 1 LA/,s- Address: )?QSV SecraWage 10 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted' 7/2//7 a.m. Requester. Phone No: S"7S` S-71 C/s D Approved per applicable codes. L3 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 ../1-ineWe",cf61, inVG-5' r �-LU 1 LA/,s- 0t f; Inspector: Nf Date:, 7'12`/7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION D17-co34 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: N Dt.074.S S'R-111,6- aopc Type of Inspection: kuti-LL_ IN -500i776,4) Address: 171.n 6700-iieCArreZ PKtJr' Date Called: AJ, LL Special Instructions: F/RC tNI-LL-- Date Wanted: 7-11 ^t 7 ca -P. :m. Requester: --Ief'F Phone No: 575= .57/- 0(S13 ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �� K- AJ, LL / 86-0-4-77611 Inspector: Date: H2 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: f ake-k-C sP A1C CZOD.c. Type of Inspection: R6 P/critils1- /4"e/?lo,, Address: / 7V_S—eD -'W 0 77 P/ I'J> Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: -74il7 a.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: CAO/ L �(Q. - - l 7 Toe of Inspection: t 411--1/.1 meds k; Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Want d: 7 fel i' 1 m. p.m. Reques r: Phone No: i11 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: 1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D17 -0036 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: bias ca -ir af, C t eros Type o Inspection: r - a6 " /./k5.011770 N Address: Date Called: 'T Special Instructions: Date Wan d: d.Vi• ;; / 7 tv,5,C, p.m. Requesr: Phone No: 57f.. s 7 i - ola`Z, ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Ric) JNSV 1-A-VoA/ MUST— 50 FR 'T UP '7?) eu/V t/7 AR --y 'd%E tv,5,C, nspector: atj-23 ,7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. z INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 117 -0016 Project: I)ceS SA ialr 6cobs Type spection: RI-zvti 6 Address: / 7'1/bnegAiree Pw&1 Date Called: Special Instructions: • Date Wante /- 2%//7 p. . Requested / Phone No: _ ElApproved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e /5. ti Inspector: Dater/ /V? REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED.. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 b17- CoW P'rroojecct: -Di UCS seri ! Me 6ceb,c Type o pection: 1 /J6—' Address: 17415`-0 cv-fi&wlae ppu.ii Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6 61 7 P. Requester Phone No: LJApproved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t),5, Z1— Zci oriq Inspector: DatwiNt 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ,P) INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Alu'.tt'f1c N7- 00.32 Project: DiC�, S 5 1i &CODS Type of nspection: . ,. , e 0i' Address: )TW' -1,ii-Eiz PAUL/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: '2 / 7 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: S7S- sits - c ice, Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: s/ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit to - Obi 1 '7. - . 10'‘ VA — 003\ PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: ---Cs".c \�--�S ��r�-; �`� s Type of Inspection: Fi\) /'N I Address: Suite #: J -2L/c--0 i7 Sc P ,moi Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ( "--0-&--12-- 171e t t e -S /Ns;2s2 ,)-.-1 C Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: — S0 r , w `Clx," ..—"'_____ Yr 0.1 i9 G 1.v --h. \L- J1+- ../`- 7--<- ,---- Needs Shift Inspection: Needs Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: r Inspector: )--i--)77 C3 Date: .),/2_,5 A y Hrs.: Lf v $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Jr. `Dig?- 003 / 7-F --.1 oar PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project. 1 C K S (- , Type of Inspection: C3 Address: Suite #: / 7 U pi(Gdy\ o ¶( Contact Person: Special Instructions: / Phone No.: N,Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ....-A'� Ve, S Sprinklers: i/.eS C3 Fire Alarm: ,irS i -Flood- & Duct: ' /.eJ # 6 Monitor: Ay -d,;.-,., -° nr ir, golf ./1'4/ 6' 1,1,el6 07:_e Cociaef i 40L4 7/C7d14 Sj---- Occupancy Type: a d ;15'4 r ASS PS j tit •� (iowber ) —.R ' fAr id .,0 ry N w -boo r S _7 - i ---r""-->-N 7 ../ - / 0 .., ....--, 7 Needs Shift Inspection: Ve, S Sprinklers: i/.eS C3 Fire Alarm: ,irS i -Flood- & Duct: ' /.eJ # 6 Monitor: Ay -d,;.-,., Pre -Fire: i Permits: - Occupancy Type: Inspector`: !` f; C3 Date: V/64-7 Hrs.: % • 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /7-F- /d9 t �? —t3 c› PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Project:In __��- c� , Type of Inspection: / f rre Al^ /'2 1,c_ f< Address: Suite #: I ---i S % L{ CiV-`'i Contact Person: Special Instructions: ..Permit:: Phone No.: ['Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor r- ..Permit:: Occupancy Type: ----- f/Ar /-ii'7.,_ /1261/ _...,-- / 74 r/ )L'7/ -"I't 11-- /1,175,ae, C-Ivt_,F-) a /..7' e ,1/2„, Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor Pre -Fire: ..Permit:: Occupancy Type: Pispectoir Date: /c 17 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Dr7- 0/ ito PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:o Project:--r.,„1 ar- -,-„.-. °`9-`a Type of Inspection: (1611..er /-7/16 l- Address: Suite #: / 7 :(-0 � s6, /e4wLi Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: 6 Monitor: Al/ - ela 6 4:7 / S "I'1/4 //a /3. e, 3 , ,17 4 6A Permits: Occupancy Type: - l2e1 ett- ,44-4 -tits tfr, 4,1 4 '" a + 65v0v- lie i7� i5.,.i7 x-f--7-t2-z_. , I - 4 f /3- //v,,,,,cp,g ,r,2 "S 121 A - a .,- kr 1-7 G (G i - ova /-- 03,. t-ZUle- Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector:' 57 Date: 9//3// 7 Hrs.: ! (,,1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,x%1~7 -003(0 /7, PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:Type Date: ew74 7 9f Inspection: Fire Alarm: , Address: Suite #: t1 Li 1 Contact Person: Special Instructions: ()lit 1-0 CeVar iljeAra"--- Phone No.: 4 11 Approved per applicable codes. r Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Date: ew74 7 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: , ' Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: ; ()lit 1-0 CeVar iljeAra"--- =.,a::gi.x._%.h.Cfr-C.-viv-r a oh -r-- Occupancy Type: () V_ fD Ver e CA -;,J 6.2^ C_._d\rr aka \r - , ,a Akigi T -e` -a r- J/ u.i ii -t. �.�r2 _ -5 4(/t(t- - i,,,_, '" ! s 7N'ilj.. c "��� 1 (IQ 1 f t C t , ,, #/4.,' ?. / / C_;v! ,i/ ,� Needs Shift Inspection: Date: ew74 7 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: , ' Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: ; Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector:e_ x'147 4'? Date: ew74 7 Hrs.: f_ 6 / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: ,City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit bf CIO 31, -S -off s --- PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: ' Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: a Address: * Suite #: / 7117 V ) WW V Contact Person: Special Instructions: / Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: '-17‘, N14,t'' '_". CD lis..,. 4n..) Ce)v P i 6.J if -) --7, ,/1 l H c ni.�'" �� / 1 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector t -3 Date: th/h 7 Hrs.: /. 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: (.) / kik S 0o1Q A7 Type ofp Inspection: ',9,' DOOr- (• V A"'�. C/k/i-7T7 Z-- /41)(42617 a" 1\-.) Address: /V f Suite. #: / q..4-6-7) S C. PkinP1 Contact Person: / 5/9/70/C5 (pc 12 . j. Special Instructions: 1 Phone No.: , FAL r nu,3-,Ds w/ PA -i #4r m 7'`' e-- .. RE -iv 0JC ,9'/ L 6n/E-12//Q6) S P n1 5p"/k./612 Ht7ctO4 5 1\ Approved per applicable codes. 17,c,orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:_ — A �n� -,(\ - CO }�&7L Jv O -f fI 1' ! 0I&/ DOOr- (• V A"'�. C/k/i-7T7 Z-- /41)(42617 a" 1\-.) M / YE/ NS�Ez7la� . ' - -- .''-‘6—A)--'3rte /AisreiL- 'E75 /14 f 4 sa_i-tet,‘/47 0,J 19ic- N&- 0 k --x, sr7 N 6 f9, pc- 2 ovo 6-7/7---- Pre -Fire: X16- t (J 5 Permits: , FAL r nu,3-,Ds w/ PA -i #4r m 7'`' e-- .. RE -iv 0JC ,9'/ L 6n/E-12//Q6) S P n1 5p"/k./612 Ht7ctO4 5 1\ ,- 6 /914- 0 Pi P " ,• i70(2--6-viDr/i' -7- , �v6- .10 ,, i4 u o6 z,. e" 'Ltr, . ID r ZG---sS cfs IN tD F - $wr,,,,telb7e_ r&/4/A) 16. 72E Needs Shift Inspection: Ai <j Sprinklers: y -C S . Fire Alarm: • Hood & Duct: Monitor: 7gt Pre -Fire: X16- t (J 5 Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 1--11.--- Date: 7S/7 e5----bq Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. lnstrucfional'and calculating cells are write - protected. Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA Date 2/22/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Department ' m Use Company Name: • McHenry & Associates, INC Company Address: 25001 Emery Road, Suite 200. Applicant Name: Bryan Andrasik Applicant Phone: (216) 2924696 Applicant Email: bandraslk@mchenryassociates.com Project Description with lighting compl S New Building 1 Addition 111 Alteration • Plans Included • Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms workbook) lance forms. Building Additions Refer, to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For Interior lighting projects, include new + existing interior lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD or LTG-iNT-SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing exterior lighting Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in ■ ■ ❑ ■ fixture wattage fixture wattage in LTG -EXT form. Proposed Lighting in Proposed Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to"the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then . provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed.___`_ Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced p 1 0 shall the Less than 50% of existing are replaced ■ ■ ■ Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — ❑ -to -remain fixtures -to -remain fixtures -EXT form. -to -remain fixtures -remain fixtures in form. and parking garages, existing total wattage not increased ■ ■ 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new + existing Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG-iNT-SPACE or LTG Less than 50% replaced - Total fighting power of new + existing total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG -INT -SPACE or LTG -EXT 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces installed wattage for exterior luminaires. comply with total in Proposed , shall not exceed the Proposed Lighting and total Lighting Controls Interior lighting g g Parkin g garage New wiring installed to serve added C405.2.3, Wiring a new Exterior lighting fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new • • Q circuit(s) ❑ controls per C405.2.4 and application per C405.2.7. noted for New that apply to not apply to reconfigured New or moved lighting panel ■ ■ Interior is - = space reconfigured - ■ luminaires unchanged or relocated only New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting, provide required manual sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per controls per C405.2.5. For exterior. lighting, provide required controls New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as time switch controls per C405.2.2. " Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do occupancy specific lighting and automatic interior space. spaces. letiffiggiffirgfaCCAISe DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED in space use are upgraded to or C405.4.2(2). in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in mi Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change __ comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code LTG -INT -BLD or LTG -WT --SPACE form. APR 2 O. City of Tulai4lia BUILDING DIVISIO l RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER i 'Lighting Summary, cont. LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial B .._..._, ... _._. _._._.._............. . novlsvu nuyust cv I0 Project Title: ,_ Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila,WA "- i Date 2/22/2017 Interior Lighting System , Description Remodel of an existing;single level merchantile space including replacement of all interior light fixtures and lighting controls. Interior Lighting Power - Allowance Method 1 'Building Area Method 0 Space -by -space Method - Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls r ei All C405.2.1 - C405.2.8 Controls D C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control (CLEC) • Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total -installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior . Lighting Permanently installed intenor lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: 0 / 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System Description Remodel of an existing single level mechantile space including replacement of all exterior light fixtures and lighting controls. Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG -INT -SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildin • _ _. _._.. ... _._. _---..__ _.._ _.. •• Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA - , ,lCVIOOY nuyusi CV io Date 2/22/2017 Calculation Area NOTE 8 Q 0 Addition - 0Addition stand alone + existing Q Spaces where < 50% of,. 0 Spaces where >_ 50% of O - - luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type Q Standard O Additional Efficiency Package Option _ ,O C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406"3. the Proposed LPD shalt be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements" Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOT"' • Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height NOTE 2 Gross Interior Area in 112atts Allowed per f12 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Vestibule #100 Lobby: all other _ 221 0.720 159 Sales Area Safes area 42219 1.270 53618 Golf Stock#102 Storage room ' 557 0.500 279 Fitting Center#103 Sales area 260 1.270 330 Restroom Corridor Corridor: all other" - - \ 236 ' 0.530 125 Men's Restroom #114 Restroom: all other 155 0.780 121 Women's Restroom #113 Restroom: all other 155 0.780 - 121 Electrical Room #130 Electrical/mechanical 154 0.760 117 Footwear Stock Storage room - 1292' - 0.500 646 Sales Corridor Corridor: all other 255 0.530 135 Archery #120 Sales area; - 152 1.270 193 Stockroom #115 Storage room 4150 0.500 2075 • Office Corridor 1 Corridor. all other 80 0.530 42-°' Office Corridor 2 Corridor: all other 187 0.530 99 Office Storage room '117 0.500 59 Dept Manager #109 Office: Enclosed 101 \ 0.890 90 Store Manager #108 Office: Enclosed 98 - 0.890 87 Cash/Count Room #111 Office: Enclosed 68 0.890 61 Break Room #110 Lounge/breakroom: all other 3.94 - 0.2580 - 200 Workshop#122 Workshop 257 1.270 326 Work Room #121 Workshop 203 1.270 258 Data/AV#131 Electrical/mechanical _, 124 0.760 94 Total Area ( 51-385 , • Retail Display Allowance from LTG -INT -DISPLAY 10752 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG -INT -DISPLAY NOTE a Allowed Watts 69987 ) ' Proposed Lighting Wattage "'°' Location (plan #, room #) NOTE 4, 5, 6 - Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ NOTE 7_ Fixture =_ _ Watts Proposed - _ - Offices / Corridors A/A-EM: 3 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent Recessed 2'x4' 31 76 — 2356 Golf Sales C1: 1 -Lamp, 141W LED Pendant 5 141 ' 705 = Rsct�rooms F1/F1-EM: 3 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent Surface Mount 9 76 684 _ Footwear Sales F: 2 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent Wall Mount 1 52 - _ 52 Fitting,Rooms FMEM: 2 -Lamp, F25T8 Fluorescent Wall Mount 2 67 --_ _ - 134 Fitting Rooms FR: 3 -Lamp, 32W CFL Pendant 2 96 -- = 192 _ Archery Lane GR: 1 -Lamp, 54W T5/HO Fluorescent Wall Mount 1 61= -- _ 61 Fitting Center LG: 4 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent 8' Stripe 2 98 _ `:`_ 196 Dta/AV LG1: 1 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent 4' Strip 3 52 = 156 Stock Areas LG2/LG2-EM: 2 -Lamp, F28T8 Fluorescent 8' Strip 70 52 �_ 3640 Golf Sales PG1: 1 -Lamp 41W LED Pendant ' 30 41 1230 Archery Lane T: 2 -Lamp, 26W CFL Downlight 4 50 200 ---_-- Sales Area UL 240W LED Highbay 144 240 - -_— 34 560 Vestibule Z1A: 2 -Lamp, 42W CFL Downlight 3 93- - 279 . Proposed Retail Display Lighting from Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total LTG -INT -DISPLAY Proposed Watts 10752. 55197 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1- List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category per from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Descnption, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of !amps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing-to-remainfixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. , Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: ( a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building) lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and buildingadditions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. If less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to alteration) in the space provided in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. - Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Fomis for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA Date 2/22/2017 General Note In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible — merchanise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Area Retail 2: Vehicles, sporting goods and small electronics 42219 0.60 25331 • Total Retail With Display Area Maximum 42219 Total Watts Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 3 25331 Retail Display Lighting Retail Display 500 25831 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage NOTE 4 Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per NOTE 6 Fixture Watts Proposed Retail 2 Sales Area Type'GFWL' /'T4L' / 'GT4', LED Track, Amps, 1295 feet of track 1 10752 10752 RETAIL DISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWANCE - AS PROPOSED Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Total Retail Proposed Display Watts NOTE 7 Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 8 10752 10752 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 10752 Note 1- Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 4 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 5 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source: For luminaries with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 8 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 9 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in project that has art/exhibit display lighting. Note 10 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 11- Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 12 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 13 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG -INT -SPACE. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2015 Washington Sfate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 aver 3 stories and at R.1 Revised July 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods.- Tukwila, -WA Date 2/22/2017 ' General Note =In Lobby areas, an additional wattage allowance is permiited for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting artand exhibits. Only Lobby areas with eligible display lighting may use this additional allowance. Proposed display lighting for each Lobby area may not exceed this allowance. - Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage' For Building Department Use NOTE 9 Lobby Area Lobby_ Description including (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in ft Maximum Display Watts Allowed NOTE 10 Per Area Proposed Display Lighting Total NOTE 11 Per Area Total Lobby with Display Area Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance NOTE 13 Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage NOTE 12 Lobby Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE s Number of Fixtures Watts per ' Fixture NOTE 6 - Watts ' Proposed/ Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watts 1 Interior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG -INT -BLD 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and alt R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods -,Tukwila, WA Date 2/22/2017 Calculation NOTE 8 O n Addition - O Addition -. stand alone . + existing O Spaces where < 50% of O Spaces where ? 50% df O luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard Q Additional. Efficiency Package Option ©i C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting WattageNoTE 1 - Building Area Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Area Description Gross Interior. Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed _ (wattslft2 x area) • Total Proposed Lighting Wattage Building Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 2, 3, 4, s Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture Noce s Watts Proposed i Compliance by BuildingAreaNOTE 7 Building Area Warnings -- Total Allowed Watts Total Proposed Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance i Note 1 - List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1) that occur in the Totals project scope. Select building area category from drop down menu., Note 2 - Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur. List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 3 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 4 - Forlighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 5 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturers listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 wattsiineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7 - Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for. that Building Area type. Trading wattage • between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 8 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a buildingaddition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance., Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing builidng lighting systems, include all applicable existing Building Area types, and gross interior areas. c. If less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, use LTG -INT -SPACE form to document compliance. - Exterior Lighting LTG -EXT 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms For Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods -Tukwila, WA Date 2/22/2017 Exterior Lighting Zone Table C405.5.2(1) Specified by jurisdiction. 0 -Zone 1 0 Zone 2 0 Zone 3 0 Zone 4 ' Zone selection required to enable LTG -EXT form For Building Department Use Calculation Area Q Q Addition - Q Addition - stand alone + existing Q Alteration with -< 50% O Alteration with a 50% ext. ext. wattage replaced wattage replaced Building Grounds Applies to luminaires > 100 Watts 93 1767 ✓ Efficacy > 80 lumens/watt ❑ Exemption ❑ Controlled by motion sensor 2 Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE1 Base Site Allowance: 750 Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft`), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts -per ft2 or per If Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Entry Canopies' Main Entry Canopy 1557 0.4 W/ft2 623 Main Entry Door Main Entry Door 14 30W/LF door 420 Total Allowed Tradable + Site Allo*ance Watts: 17 93 radable Proposed Lighting Wattage Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 3, 4 Number of Fixtures Watts per ,Fixture NOTE 5 ' Watts Proposed Entry Canopies, Z1C: 2 -Lamp, 42W CFL Downlight ( 19 93 1767 Main Entry Door Z1 B: 2 -Lamp, 42W CFL Downlight 2 93 18 6 Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: watts plus the base site allowance. Anv base site allowance not needed to make - 1953 tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non -tradable categories. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage N"'�' Site Allowance Remaining: 590 Non -Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) ' or # of items Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Bldg. Facade Building Fa9ade 16757 0.15 W/ft2 2514 7 185 1295, / on -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Non -Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 3' 4 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 5 Watts Proposed Bldg. Facade Z2: 150 M.H. Wallpack '7 129 903 Bldg. Fa9ade Z5: 100 M.H. Wallpack 7 185 1295, Non -tradable proposed watts may -not exceed allowed watts for any individual surface unless the total excess watts for all non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Non -Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: 0 Remaining Site Allowance: 5 90 Exterior Lighting COMPLIES WITH MAX. ALLOWANCE Note 1- List all unique exterior sufaces per Table C405.5.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select exterior surface categories from drop down menu. Note 2- List all proposed lighting fixtures including existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 3 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type, number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if applicable). Note 4 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. - Note 5 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA , i Date. 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. I Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents ' Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes C405.2 Lighting controls; general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken E1.0, E1.1, E4.0, E5.1 NA C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control, . capabilities and performance parameters , NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C405.2.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specifice application it serves E1.0, E1.1, E4.0, E5.1 Yes C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior lighting controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 500/0 lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls E1.0, E1.1 Yea C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periodsi(occupancy sensor or time switch) for all lighting zones; E1.0, E1.1, E5.1 Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies E1.0 Yes C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E1.0 Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50% -on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100% -on per exception E1.0 NA C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces providedwith occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is. used Yes C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. ) E1.0 NA C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; ' Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on(plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or steppeddimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Yes C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section E1.1, E4.0, E5.1 Yesarea 0405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; E1.1, E4.0, E5.1 Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA 'bate 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents ,Building Department Notes NA C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room NA C405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting - NA C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non- visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. ft. area of each lighting control zone; Indicate on plans that non -visual lighting are controlled • independently from both general area lighting and other. lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C405.2.5 -• Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration • Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sate or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination; Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress lighting; If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control Yes C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; E1.0, E5.1 For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; E1.0, E5.1 For all other exierior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to,1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor E1.0, E5.1 NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater Than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Yea C405.2.5 Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; E1.0, E5.1 Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% E1.0, E5.1 NA C406.4 . Enhanced digital lighting controls . To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) Yes C405.13 C408.3 If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; Lighting system functional testing Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods,- Tukwila, WA \ Date 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in . Documents Building Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY 1 Yes C405.4.1 'C405.4.1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; , E1.0, E1.1, E4.0 Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in, compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently E7.0, E1.1, E5.1 Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule .(maximum 5 watts per fixture) E4.0 NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units -lamp efficacy If high' efficacy exception is applied -to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project (min 75% to comply with exception). r , NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional • efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of'fixtures with (amps that have this efficacyrating g (min 95% to comply with option). Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken NA' C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Yes C405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method 1 Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does -not exceed maximum allowed wattage. Identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 75% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes 0405.5.2" • Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; E1.0, E4.0 Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category Yes Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ _ NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixtureschedule i Yes C405.5._2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site. allowed does not exceed maximum allowed / 1 0 Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 LTG -CHK Revised August 2016 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods - Tukwila, WA Date 2/•,22/2017 Vi The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. the ' Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents/ -Building ;Department Notes MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS .1 Yes C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transfonher size, efficiency, or exception taken E6.0 NA C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter , Yes C405.8 Electric motor efficiency include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on etectrical,plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied H2.0, E4.0 Yes C405.9.1 - Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates.efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoocupied for a period of 15 minutes or more f Yes C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive ' Yes C405.10 Controlled receptacles _ Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in -which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; E3.0, E5.1 Indicate on plans whether -the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control E3.0, E5.1 no is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer -Permit Documents Checklist 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Information Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date 2/22/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. , For Building Dept. Use Company Name: •Herschman Architects Company Address: 25001 Emery'Rd, Suite 4000, Cleveland, OH 44128 Applicant Name: Aaron Blue Applicant Phone: (216) 223-3243 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided Retrofit ❑_ No System.Changes I'ha` ■ New Building ❑ Building Addition Q Tenant Improvement ❑ System F • Total Bldg Performance (TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. Design Load Calculations' Q Load calculation summary ❑ MECH-LOAD-CALC Form_ Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or ventilating needs. f a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. Mechanical Schedules forms are not required, tables. 0 Mechanical Plans • MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ however, include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ Dedicated Outdoor Air System Requirements and High Efficiency VAV Alternate and fire station occupancies) ventilation air in a manner that does no heating or cooling is required. Exception 1) in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception library or fire station) per C402.4.1.4 with 100% of form. • DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retail, education, library All occupied, conditioned -areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required not require space conditioning fan operation. Space conditioning fans cycled off when ❑ Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, ❑ Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403.7 2) M DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, II DOAS related allowances included in project: __ ❑ Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40% conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. ❑ Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO Fan Power system the exceeds 5hp. 5 horsepower threshold. • Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes, provide a MECH-FANSYS -SUM form. • For one or more systems, the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC if yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding Refer to Section,C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems • Hydronic chilled water • Water -loop heat pump El No hydronic systems • • Hydronic heating water ❑ Geothermal ❑ C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90% of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9) or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers.' All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7) must be 15% more efficient than minimum requirements. All stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over 1 hp must have FEQ Z 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total or static pressure. II C406.6 Dedicated outdoor -air system (DOAS) • Requires 90% of conditioned floor 'area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. - ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7.1 and that 60% of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump, waste heat recovery or solar water -heating systems. DFOR �) :+flci - •- � �I' j� `N £C - • C • f' E • PROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary, pg. 2 MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Service Water HeatingIII Systems Equipment Type (s) • from space heat boiler or water systems • Hot water heating tank(s) • Instantaneous In No service Dedicated boiler iHeat exchange central hot water/steam Distribution Type (s) • Circulation System II On -demand Commissioning Commissioning is required for: per C408.2 shall be performed requirements: of all mechanical heating. Mechanical water heating not required. water heating systems per C408.4 systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h commissioning not required. does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h. Service water heating MI Mechanical systems 1 Service If required, commissioning Exceptions to commissioning for all applicable space conditioning systems system in building • Total output capacity cooling or 300,000 Btu/h • Capacity of largest service systems commissioning Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Space Type ! Location in Plan(s) • Spaces) Served Area Served, square feet Heating Capacity, Btu/h (Note 4) Cooling Capacity,`Btu/h (Note 5) Peak Space Conditioning Capacity, Btu/h-sf Compliance. Check - Notes Note 4 - Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi -Heated space(s) in btuh. Note 5 - Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s) in Btu/h. Not allowed for semi -heated spaces. Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6 - Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building. Intalled peak space conditioning capacity, heating or cooling, may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h'sf. Note 7 - Refer to Section C402.1.1.1 and Semi -Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btu/h'sf. Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi -heated. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 3 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department . Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type \ NA C403.1 Exempt process equipment Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing, industrial or commercial processes that do not provide space conditioning; identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception - Yes C403.2.1 Load calculations Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent, using design parameters per C302 and Appendix C; include load adjustments to account for energy recovery Yes . C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads; note exceptions taken Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.3 .2.3.2 C403.2.3.2 C403.2.13.1 HVAC equipment performance requirements (efficiency) Provide equipment schedules on plans or complete MECH-EQ forms indicating type, capacity, rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment; include supply and OSA cfms and operating hours for all air systems; identify heating and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency (manufacturer rated) Dwg H2.0 1 NA C405.8 C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency , , List all motors >_ 1/12 hp (that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment) in the mechanical or electrical equipment schedules on plans; indicate hp, rpm, number of poles and 'rated efficiency, or exception applied • For fractional hp motors (1/12 - 1 hp), indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor, have rated efficiency of at least 70%, or exception taken Yes C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and / or cooling, provide system total nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form Dwg 1-12.0 For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp >-5hp, verify fan system motor hp or • bhp complies with fan power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH- FANSYS form for each system Yes C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp> 5h y p, indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, note exceptions taken Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, identify in equipment schedule all fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is >_ 67, or exception taken; indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15% of the fan maximum total efficiency Dwg H2.0 NA C403.2.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust fan efficacy For all exhaust fans < 400 cfm in Group R' occupancies, indicate in equipment schedule the fan flow rate and efficacy (cfm/watt), or exception taken; refer to Table C403.2.11.4 (CE -57) NA C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - fans For fan motors > 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity , For chilled water plants and buildings with > 500 tons of cooling capacity, indicate air-cooled chiller capacity is s 100 tons, or exception taken NA C403.4 Large capacity cooling systems For buildings with >_ 300 tons of cooling capacity, indicate method of multi -stage or variable capacity control (VSD, multiple staged compressors, or max capacity of any single unit < 66% of the total) NA C403.2.3.1 Non-standard water-cooled centrifugal chillers For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions, provide calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements NA C403.2.13.1 C403.4.3.2 Centrifugal fan open -circuit cooling towers For open,circuit centrifugal fan cooling towers with >_ 1,100 gpm capacity, indicate cooling towers comply with efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers NA - 0403.4.2 C403.4.2.5 Large capacity boiler systems For single boilers with > 500,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate multi -stage or modulating burner For boiler system (single or multiple) with > 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate turndown ratio per Table C403.4.2.5 and method (multiple single input boilers, modulating boilers, or combination) NA C403.2.13 •pumps Variable flow capacity - For pump motors >_ 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements _ Yes C403.2.3 Gas and oil -fired forced air furnace and unit heaters For forced air furnaces with capacity >_ 225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters, indicate in equipment schedule intermittent ignition orJID, flue or draft damper, and rated jacket loss Dwg H2.0 NA C403.2.4.8 Combustion heating equipment For combustion heating equipment with output capacity > 225,000 Btu/h, indicate modulating - or staged combustion control NA C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating / cooing equipment Verify all packaged electric equipment with > 6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of heating is a heat pump; include in equipment schedules NA C403.2.12 Heating outside'a building Indicate systems providing heating in non -enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems; refer_to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type, duty and exhaust air rate of each kitchen hood, refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements Yes C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air, exhaust and relief dampers • Indicate locations of OSA intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans; indicate whether dampers are Class 1 motorized, or gravity and exception taken (include leakage rating, cfm/sf); refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.4.3 Return air dampers Indicate locations of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation; verify dampers are motorized; indicate whether dampers are Class 1, or within packaged equipment eligible for leakage rating exception (includeleakage rating, cfm/sf) Dwg H2.0 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -. Page 4 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: ' Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision • Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate location of stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans; verify dampers are Class 1 motorized; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation dampers For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; identify isolation zone areas on plans and locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3.4 Humidification For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air economizer, indicate humidifier is adiabatic (direct evaporative or tog atomization), or exception taken , Additional Efficiency Package Option, More Efficient HVAC Equipment & Fan Performance - Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible NA 0406.2.1 C403.2.3 HVAC system selection To comply with additional efficiency package option, calculate the percentage of heating and cooling equipment in the project (based on output capacity) that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency; shall be less than 10% to comply NA C406.2.2 C403.2.3 Minimum equipment efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that all listed heating and cooling equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 15 NA C406.2.3 C403.2.11.3 Minimum fan efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate rated FEG of stand alone tans is >_ 71; indicate these fans are sized so the fan efficiency at design conditions is within 10% of the maximum total or static efficiency HVAC System Controls Yes C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls (thermostats and humidistats) Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on plans, including perimeter system zones Dwg 1i1.0 and H1.1 Where adjacent (neighboring) zones are controlled by separate thermostats (including Perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss), and are connected by permanent openings > 10% of either zone sf area, indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones from operating in conflicting modes (one in heat, other in cool); applies to adjacent perimeter zones, adjacent nonperimeter zones, and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeter zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones, indicate that setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in heating • NA C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat Indicate staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock -out temperature set to 40°F or less Yes C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone -thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that control both heating and cooling Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap restriction (thermostats) If separate heating and cooling systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to serve a zone, indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve on plans Dwg H2.0 Indicate a limit switch, mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling Yes C403.2.4.2 C403.2.4.2.1 C403.2.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback and manual override functions, setback temperatures, and control method (automatic time clock or programmable controls); note exceptions taken Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equipment start time required to bring each area served up to design temperature' just prior to scheduled occupancy Dwg H2.0 and EM1.0 Yes C403.2.4.3 Outdoor su pply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equipment operation; not including economizer cooling, night flush or IMC required OSA / exhaust Dwg H2.0 NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent ' dampers Indicate method of activation of stairway and shaft vent dampers (fire.alarm or interruption o f power) NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation controls For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones; or exception taken ' NA C403.2.12 Heating outside a building . Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied NA C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling, and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40°F NA 0403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system controls Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40 F, or , conditions protect fluid from freezing NA C403.2.4.9 Group R1 hotel / motel guest rooms For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms, indicate automatic controls serving guest rooms that are capable of setback (heating) and,set-up (cooling) of temperature setpoint by at least 5°F; indicate control method - activated by room entry or occupancy sensor 1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Page 5 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date .722/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with.the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable {yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NAunits, C403.2.4.10• 0403.2.4.11 Group R2 / R3 dwelling Group R2 sleeping units For primary space conditioning system, indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable of two setback periods per day; for all thermostats indicate purpose (heating only, cooling only, or both), required temperature range and at minimum a 10°F deadband; or exception taken Yes C403.2.6 C403.2.11.4 Ventilation Indicate method of ventilation air delivery (natural or mechanical) for each zone Dwg H2.0 If mechanically delivered, indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than -150% of, but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC, ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code (WAC, OSHA, etc); or exception taken Dwg H2.0 and H2.1 If delivered via natural ventilation, identify required elements per IMC includingiminimum openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces Yes C403.2.6.2 Demand controlled ventilation Identify spaces > 500 sf with occupant load > 25 people/1,000 sf per, IMC; for each space indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA ? 3,000 cfm, and / or the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper; indicate OSA controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception Dwg H1.0, H1.1 and H2.0 NA C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors For gyms, classrooms, auditoriums and conference rooms s 500 sf, indicate occupancy -based OSA control when space is unoccupied and method (closes OSA damper or shuts -off equipment); or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied NA C403.2.6.4 0403.2.6.4.1 Enclosed loading dock ventilation For enclosed loading docks, indicate ventilation / exhaust system method of activation (gas detection system for CO and NO2, or occupancy sensors), and control method (staged or modulating) NA C403.2.6.4 C403.2.6.4.2 Enclosed parking garage ventilation For enclosed parking garages, indicate ventilation / exhaust system activated by gas detection system for CO and NO2, and control method (staged or modulating); or exception taken NA, 0403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust (include all hoods) with % of: supply air, transfer air from adjacent spaces, and make-up air; if applicable, indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10% of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm, indicate exhaust air rate per Table C403.2.7.1 and compliance method (DCV, energy recovery, or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted) NA C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements I NA C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - HVAC system fans For HVAC fan motors z 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD, or equivalent control method that reduces design air volume by 50% at 1/3 static design pressure); note exception taken NA C403.3.1 DX air handler variable cooling control (Under Integrated Economizer) • For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity >_ 65,000 Btu/h, indicate number of cooling stages provided and method (multiple compressors and / or variable speed compressors); indicate minimum displacement (capacity reduction) as % of full load Indicate control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) Yes C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control For DX air handling units with cooling capacity z 65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan z 0.25 hp, indicate whether system is single zone or multiple zone and related control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) For mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature - Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; indicate minimum fan speed is <_ 66% of full speed drawing 5 40% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only Dwg H2.0 For other mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control space temperature by modulating airflow (in lieu of, or in addition to, controlling capacity in response to space temperature) - Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow; indicate minimum fan speed is <_ 50% of full speed drawing 5 30% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only; or exception taken Yes C403.2.4.12 DDC system capabilities Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system application, capacity or -size thresholds and other,qualification per Table 0403.2.4.12.1 Dwg EM1.0 Identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and . graphical display Dwg EM1.0 Ducting Systems Yes C403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.3 Duct construction Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC Dwg H2.1 - and specs For OSA ductwork, also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC Dwg H2.0 Yes 0403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductwork on plans Dwg e and specs NA 0403.2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage test Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to jurisdiction when completed 2015 Washington'State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 6 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK - 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods#1332 Date 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. , ApplicableI (yes,no,na)• Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Yes 0403.2.8.1 0403.2.8.2 Duct insulation For supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors; indicate R -value of insulation on ductwork on plans; identify climate zone; note exceptions taken Specs For supply ductwork located in conditioned space, identify if design supply temperature is < 55°F or> 105°F and indicate R -value of insulation on this ductwork on plans; note exception taken Specs For OSA ductwork, shafts and plenums, indicate R -value of insulation on these elements on plans per Table 0402.1.3 for steel -framed walls; note exception taken Specs Piping Systems NA C403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches) on hydronic piping plans; or exception taken NA 0403.2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage / degradation on hydronic piping plans Economizers Yes C403.3 Air economizer required Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ forms all cooling systems requiring air economizer controls Dwg H2.0 Provide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer -exceptions, including those with water -side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans eligible exception(s) taken and measures to comply with exception(s) Yes 0403.3.1 Integrated economizer operation - air and water Indicate air and water -side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load Dwg H2.0 NAC403.3.2 Economizer heating system impact - air and water Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usage during normal operation Yes C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100% OSA for cooling \ Dwg H2.0 lair Yes C403.3.1 C403.3.3.2 Integrated air economizer Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with -air economizer controls so the outside damper remains in 100% open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet the cooling load, until the leaving air temperature is <45°F Dwg H2.0 For systems with cooling capacity >_ 65,000 Btu/h, verify that control of economizer dampers is not based only on mixed air temperature; or exception taken NA C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high limit per Table C403.3.3.3 NA C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water -side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% design cooling capacity at 50°F db / 45°F wb OSA temperatures NA 0403.3.4.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop limit Yes 12403.3.1 DX air handling equipment control For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity >_ 65,000 Btu/h, refer to HVAC System Controls for requirements Dwg H2.0 Yes C403.2.4.7 DX equipment economizer fault detection and diagnostics For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity >_ 54,000 Btu/h, provide a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor economizer system operation and report faults _ Dwg H2.0 Systems Requiring Energy Recovery NA C403.5.1 -- Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation / exhaust systems For systems with design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations - ' For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or aggregate design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by >_ 50% based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions I , I NA C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with total lab exhaust > 5,000 cfm, indicate method of energy recovery used to pre -condition laboratory make-up air; ER effectiveness (min 25°F); or alternative method per exception (VAV exhaust, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM calculation) 1 NA C404.10.4 (under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems, (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by i 36°F NA C403.5.2 Energy recovery -•For steam condensate systems buildings with on-site steam heating systems,'indicate condensate water ER For buildings that use off-site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source, indicate on-site condensate water ER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 7 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date' 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes •NA 0403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have t 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water heating, space heating, or dehumidification reheating) For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with >_ 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating, or dehumidification reheating NA 0403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection•capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service • water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85 °F). Hydronic System Controls NA C403.2.13 0403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - hydronic system pumps For hydronic system pump motors >_ 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires > 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identity whether hydronic coils have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control (differential pressure, zone hydronic demand, etc) NA 0403.2.5 C403.4.2.4 Hydronic system setback and part load controls For boilers that provide building heating, indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems a 300,000 Btu/h, indicate systems are configured to automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand; or exception taken. If system pump motor hp >_ 3 hp, also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by z 50%. For chilled water systems (z 300,000 Btu/h, pump motor hp z 3 hp) that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners, indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heat rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open, or to maintain a minimum differential pressure; or exception taken NA C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers NA 0403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas. bypass, provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation; indicate bypass capacity per Table 0403.4.6 NA C403.4.2.2 Two -pipe changeover systems Indicate changeover deadband (min 15°F), heating / cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range (limit 30°F) , NA 0403.4.2.6 Chiller / boiler plant pump isolation Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through individual chillers and boilers when not in use NA 0403.2.13.1.1 C403.4.3.1.1 0403.4.3.1.2 Heat rejection equipment - variable flow control For cooling towers with fan motors z 7.5 hp, indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature / pressure of heat rejection device) For multiple -cell heat rejection equipment with VSD, indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison NA 0403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment - cooling tower flow turndown Indicate open -circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps or VSD control are designed so all cells can be run in parallel NA 0403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply temperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes; or exception taken NA C403.4.2.3.2.1 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 4 Indicate type of cooling tower (open- or closed-circuit) in equipment schedule; indicate method used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed NA 0403.4.2.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 5 For open- or closed-circuit cooling towers, provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling tower and heat pump loop NA 0403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation valves For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power > 10 hp, indicate 2 -way isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow system control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems (DOAS) - Optional through 6/30/16, Prescriptive 7/1/2016 NA C403.6 0403.6.3 Dedicated outdoor air systems For buildings with office, retail, education, library and fire station spaces, identify these spaces on plans; indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality; or exception taken (buildings complying with 0402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) NA 0403.6.1 • Energy recovery ventilation with DOAS For all DOAS systems, indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations. Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by >_ 50% based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions. NA 0403.6.2 Heating /cooling system controls with DOAS Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level heating and cooling (fans, hydronic pumps, primary air dampers, etc) are configured to shut off, and central equipment is configured to turn down, when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve If applying Exception to heating / cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods, include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 8 df 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 - Date 2 / 22 / 2 017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. , Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department(yes,no,na) Notes NA 0402.4.1.4. C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS • Indicate that all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Dedicated, Outside Air Systems (DOAS) ) NA 0406.6 Building provided with DOAS To.comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that 90% or more of all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Multiple Zone Air Systems NA 0403.4.4 Air systems serving multiple zones Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and•method of primary air control; or provide supporting documentation for applied exception to VAV — NA C403.4.4 VAV systems serving multiple zones Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types For each air terminal include: maximum airflow rates for primary supply air during zone peak heating and zone peak cooling; maximum airflow during reheating, recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation, and the basis for, these values; if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates, provide calculation on plans - ` NA C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal units Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating or recooling NA C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems - terminal units For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts, indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct NA 0403.4.1.1 0403.4.1.2 VAV system static pressure sensors - sensors and DDC set points Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch; verify controller-setpoint pressure at each sensor is 5 1.2 inch w.g. „ • For systems with zone level DDC, indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure; include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm it any zone excessively drives reset logic, and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic NA 0403.4.4.3 Multiple -zone VAV system ventilation optimization controls For systems with zone level DDC controls, indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency; or exception taken NA 0403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature; or exception taken . Multiple Zone HVAC Systems, High Efficiency VAV - Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2, must comply with all 16 provisions NA C403.7, Item 1 • Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100% air economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per 0403.3 (without economizer exceptions) NA C403.7, Item 2 •Direct digital controls (DDC) Provide DDC controls for all components of system; identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and graphical display NA C403.7, Item 3 Outdoor airflow measurement and reduction For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate'outdoor airflow monitoring station that measures OSA intake under all load conditions; indicate control sequence that increases or reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV terminal feedback of ventilation efficiency (per 0403.4.4.3 without exceptions) or DCV (per 0403.2.6.2) NA C403.7, Item 4 Supply airflow measure• ment For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable of measuring supply Iy air delivered to. VAV terminals under all load conditions NA 0403.7, Item 5 Zone isolation and maximum area served Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is _5 50,000 sf, or one entire floor, whichever is greater; in addition if a system serves > 25,000 sf; that includes areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously, indicate zone isolation controls per 0403.2.4.4 NA C403.7, Item 6 Interior / exterior zone design supply air temperature Verity that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized; per design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones NA 0403.7; Item 7 Maximum air terminal inlet velocity Identify air terminals with minimum primary airflow setpoints > 50% of maximum setpoint in equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form; indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed\900 fpm _ NA C403.7, Item 8 Sequence of operation Indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GPC 36 NA C403.7, Item 9 Maximum allowable system brake horsepower Verify fan system bhp is <_ 90% of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table 0403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system NA C403.7, Item 10 Fan -powered terminal unit motor and control Indicate all series and parallel terminal fans have electronically commutated motors; indicate DDC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; indicate fan speed during periods of low heating, low cooling, or ventilation only is s 66% of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 9 of 11 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date 2/22/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) i Code Section Code Provision ^ Information Required - Must be in permit documents ,- Location in. Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.7, Item 11 Application of single duct and fan -powered terminal units Indicate VAV terminal types on plans; verify fan -powered terminal units only serve perimeter zones with envelope loads; verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units NA 0403.7, Item 12 Fan -powered terminal unit , primary air reset Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint of all fan -powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband, based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction NA , C403.7, Item 13 _ High occupancy space controls For spaces > 150 sf with occupant density a 25 people / 1000 sf, indicate space is served by a dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint; also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically•Feduces minimum ventilation to zero and' sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by a 5°F NA C403.7, Item 14 Dedicated HVAC systems For server, electronic equipment, telecom or similar -spaces with cooling loads > 5 W/sf, indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV systems serving rest of building; indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9 NA 0403.7, Item 15 Central plant efficiency Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant, or a high efficiency chilled water plant ' If complying via high efficiency heating water plant: Indicate all VAV terminals have hydropic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas-fired boiler(s) with thermal efficiency a 90%, air -to -water heat pumps, or heat recovery chillers If complying via high efficiency chilled water plant: Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25% per Table 0403.2.3(7) (note water-cooled IPLV is max, all others are min); indicate' smallest chiller or compressor in plant is 5 20% of total plant capacity, or provide thermal storage sized for <_ 20% of total plant capacity NA 0403.7, Item 16 Fault detection and diagnostics Indicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system • HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering Yes 0409.3.1 HVAC equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, verify energy use metering of all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling, dehumidification and ventilation will be provided per C409; indicate equipment eligible for exception Dwg EM1.0 Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning Yes - C408.2 Scope of mechanical systems commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be . commissioned; Dwg H2.0 For buildings with a 240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or a 300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity, indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; or provide building heating/ cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception. Yes 0403.2.10 0408.1.1 0408.1.2 0408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable mechanical systems; Dwg H2.0 Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Dwg H2.0 Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. Dwg H2.0 Yes 0408.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize . throttling losses, then adjusted to meet design flow conditions Dwg H2.0 and H2.1 Yes 0408.2.2.1 Air system balancing - devices Indicate•devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and air handling equipment requiring system balancing Specs NA 0408.2.2.2 • Hydronic system balancing devices J Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and,pumps Yes 0408.2.3 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Dwg EM1.0 Project Close Out Documentation Yes 0103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all mechanical components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations Dwg H2.0 and H2.1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 10 of 11 Service Water Heating Permit Plans Checklist SWH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Date 2/22 /2017 , The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. ApplicableLocation (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents in Documents Building Department • Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type • NA C404.2 SWH equipment type and efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard _ NA C404.2.1 High input -rated SWH systems For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with a 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate thermal efficiency >_ 90%; or exception taken For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment z 1,000,000 Btu/h (exclude < 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation), indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency z 90%; or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site -solar or site -recovered energy, provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate , NA • C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge NA C404.5 Insulation under electric water heater - For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors, indicate R-10 insulation. under equipment Piping Systems . NA C404.6 Insulation of piping Indicate thickness of. piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9; verify insulation is provided - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line, from the inlet / outlet piping at water heater to heat trap (up to 8 feet), and on piping that is heat traced; note exceptions taken ., NA C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source to hot water fixture (maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1); provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and / or volume Service Water Heating System Controls • NA C404.7.1 0404.8 Heated -water circulating systems For circulation systems with dedicated return piping, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the return, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump eased on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand, or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is a 104°F NA C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, indicate controls are configured:to de -energize system when -there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met ' NA C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage For'systems with separatewater heater and storage tank, indicate controls are configured to limit operation time of pump after end of heating cycle to s 5 minutes NA C403.2.13 C403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - pumps For SWH, pool / spa and pressure boosting pump motors z 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires z 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control (differential or static pressure setpoint, pressure, zone load demand, etc) Pools and Permanent Spas - Equipment and Cont ols (Sections are under C404.11) NA C404.10.1 Pool heating equipment efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating equipment; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard; for heat pump water heaters indicate COP >_ 4 NA C403.2:13 pumpse flow control - Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls NA C404.10.1 C404.10.2 Pool heater on./ off controls Indicate automatic on / off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on / off switch on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken NA 0404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in -ground permanent spas, indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, indicate cover shall include insulation >_ R- 12 -� NA C404:10.3 Pool assembly insulation, . For all.pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation > R-12 NA C404.12 Energy consumption of •Indicate portable spas portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 11 of 11 Energy Recovery (ER) Systems - Service Water Heating and Pool Systems / NA 0404.10.4 (Section under 0404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust -systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use -of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); o' exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by z 36°F NA 0403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have z 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water For buildings with >_ 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with >_ 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water NA 0403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design SWH load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount'of recovered heat that is utilized , (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). NA 0404.10 Drain water heat recovery units For systems incorporating drain water ER, indicate system design complies with CSA 655.2 (or CSA 55.1 for Group R); indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is < 10 psi S Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering NA 0404.9 SWH energy usage in dwelling units For Group R-2 multi -family buildings with central SWH systems, provide metering of hot water f energy usage per dwelling unit; indicate metering and data reporting method NA C409.3.2 SWH equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000.sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, with total SWH equipment capacity 5 50 kW (z 170,600 Btu/h), verfiy energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be provided per C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Reduced Energy Use In Service Water'Heating - Must comply with both provisions to be eligible NA 0406.7.1 Eligible building type To comply with additional efficiency package option, verify that 5 90% of the conditioned floor area of the building is one or more of the occupancies; identified in this section, OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407, that the SWH load in the building is a 10% of total building energy loads NA 72 0403.5.4 0403.5.4 Load fraction To comply with additional efficiency package option, provide, documentation that verifies ?60% of building annual SWH energy is provided by high efficiency sources (heat pump water heater with COP >_ 3, waste heat recovery, solar water -heating system); For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btu/h (per C403.5.4); provide documentation that verifies > 100% of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning 1 NA C408.4 Scope of service water heating systems commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions ' and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned;+D7 - For buildings where the largest SWH system has ? 200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. NA 0408.4.1.3 Scope of pool and permanent spa systems commissioning Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is , required to be commissioned; -. Identify all pool heating and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and / or configured to perform specific functions. NA C404.13 C408.1.1 0408.1.2 0408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service water heating systems; , Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per 0408.1.2 including: narrative description of activites, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per 0103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure 0408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. " NA 0408.4.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment andcontrols during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Project Close Out Documentation • NA 0103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all SWH components, equipment and systems govemed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations ;_NT LAT if, ENGINEERING B & T DESIGN e ENGINEERING, INC. P.O. Box 595 • Isl-qiquali, \VA 98927 • Phono': 125-557-0779 • Fax: 425-557-0765 rTIi!-T- _17-7 STRUCTURAL CANOPY FRAMING & NEW COLUMN ENTRANCE COLUMN SUPPORT CALC U LATIONS FOR DICK' SPORTING GOODS RETAIL STORE 7450 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 PROJECT ARCHITECT: HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS, INC. 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OHIO 44128 'CONTACT: AARON BLUE, PROJECT MANAGER - (216) 223-32431 REVIEWED FOR t -ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION , t " 4:41, ,./..."\N" ...• .... `'..', ,` . •• \ *-1 1 . •••, 0. . - 1 ' .1 r4 • • !I , ' , ... 1._-... ", ." . --- 1 ••. .,-- i .11 ••, -• 4 ., 73.*, 4•_ It.- , • ':'%, , ,,e4,4,-. ..nr ..--•;" .• . ...,...,,, .-..2...::...., ''' ''‘:31CMAL- k'''.,.A' - ) FEBRUARY 27, 2017 10 61. T PROJECT t 16200.01 b 1 "7-- 003 &• RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER 11 & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, 'I dC. (425) 557-0779 PROJECT 1.'a DESCRIPTION SHEET NO. 0c DES J:T DATE Al CHIC JOB NO�' B & T DES1G & ENGINEERING, INC. (425) 557-0779 PROJECT 14" 47 4. GHEE T- :N0. DESCRIPTION rt. 0 14) DES t-11" DATE 1,AI CHK JOB NO .14s" B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. (425) 557-0779 I PROJECT 1 C --)C 5' 4., SHEET NO. OF DESCRIPliON e---A...t.-1....r-r 1/sc.14tsi DFS c-1--.17 DATE i CHK JOB NO (C91 -A". 51 5.9 44 4 1 ve, • S.$ & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, C. (425) 557-0779 PROJECT DESCRIPTION �{ l -s 4h f-t-e-s CHK JOB NO i6"1/ cHEET NC t Cr 4 DES J" DATE/ E i1 C-40111,11,4 - TERING 425-557-0779 PRI DESCRIPT ION -EA iS :: I" Lett 1Lia 1+ t - u -1 '� 1 n4 r f e 0P et 14 1 a&ems V e1,51-4 Ale 1 . S ( .'16"ti.), 5 (1111), a 6 1_s 6.1.) SHEET NO Or liL- DESi •1' DATE 2/11 CHK 'J©B NO. g" UM) rsf 11/.(9 g 1.5. c>17 L. (51-6P tc=tikt., t19 rsr a s-t?,t 4 ('31/1a or r pe ENGINEERING 425-557-0779 PROJL . . SHEET NO. 1 f.'OF DESCRIPTION 14 C51 ---1411P DES J4' DATE '&11 CHK' wJOB NO.1 (1,71 • ti PROJE. / (-3j • '� 1 SHEET NO. `f 17 OF DESCRIPTION ff ‹ns o'''•di DES ••117 DATE ZA1 CHK JOB NO. 1 ENGINEERING 425-557-0779 rii64 V ..k } 1 reit ENGINEERL 425-557-0779 PROJE :: DESCRIPTION _ S.H•EET NO. DES DATE CHK JOB NO. CPSC)(3. 425-557`0779 PROJ DESCRIPTION SHEET NJ . Qr DES . �€ _ CHK JOB NO. f4'1•CI .p= ENGINEERING 425-557-0779 PRO;. DESCRIPTION sw� SHEET NO.V6 �' DES�J✓ DAFE Z CHK JOB NO.j41). i • • & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING, & INSPECTION F14 -67e117171 -701-C7 1.0 INTRODUCTION LIMITED HAZMAT SURVEY 301 MINKLER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 Project No. 064-16013 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282011 PERMIT CENTER This report presents the results of our limited hazmat survey for the structure located at the above referenced address in Tukwila, WA. The limited hazmat survey was conductedunder the conditions of Krazan & Associates, Inc.'s (Krazan's) Proposal No. E1607 Barker, an authorized agent for Kimco Realty, gave writt Krazan to proceed with the limited hazmat survey. 2.0 - PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK 1.1%,tFekt VODEzeo li&-tti APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila The purpose of the limited hazmat survey was to identi ettaftaftery tug/ t of asbestos containing material (ACM) and lead containing paint / lead based paint (LCP/LBP) at the on-site structure. The scope of work for the asbestos survey included conducting a visual' survey of the structure and conducting bulk sampling and analysis of materials suspected to contain asbestos or lead. This survey was performed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 01 . Mr. Matt , 2016, for \ The Krazan representative collected samples and obtained analytical data for suspect asbestos and/or lead containing materials identified in the building. Once collected, each bulk sample wassealed in' an unadulterated plastic bag to, eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain sample integrity during handling and data reporting. A walk-through inspection of all accessible areas of this structure was performed to identify potential hazardous materials. The walk-through inspection included a review of the internal and external aspects of this structure. The locations and types of potential hazardous materials were noted. Kimco Reality additionally requested a visual examination of exposed surfaces within the structure for fluorescent lamps, PCB containing ballasts, thermostatic switches, and mold. These additional services 4303 — 198th Street SW, Lynnwood, Washington 98036 • (425) 485-5519. • FAX (425) 485-6837 With Offices Serving the Western United States rio 064-1 3 Hazmat Survey Doc 1;- �. jrl^•,�' • Project No. 064-16013• Page No.. 2 were visual only and do not constitute a comprehensive inspection. Inaccessible areas of the structure were not examined for these additional potential hazards. 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION The site consists of a one story building totaling approximately 6,000 -square feet. The,building is located at the Parkway Super Center in Tukwila, Washington. The structure is a single -story masonry -framed structure with concrete slab -on -grade foundations, and masonry walls. Interior construction included gypsum board and suspended acoustic ceilings; gypsum board -walls; and vinyl tiles and 'carpeting over concrete floors. 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 4.1 SurverProtocols 4.1.1 Asbestos On October 25, 2016 the Krazan field inspector, Mr. Steven Padilla collected fifteen (15) samples • representing seven (7) types of suspect homogenous materials. Mr. Padilla is an Asbestos Building Inspector, certified under the requirements of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) regulation 40 CFR 763, Subpart E. A copyof his certificate is provided in Appendix B. Sample locations for this survey were chosen in a semi -random fashion with emphasis placed on minimizing damage to the sampled materials. , The samples were collected by carefully removing a small amount of the suspect material in a non-abrasive manner. If possible, samples were collected from existing.damaged areas or loose pieces of materials. Each sample was placed in a separate sealed plastic bag, and labeled with the project number and sample number. Refer to the Floor Plan following the text for the bulk sample locations. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for asbestos samples are shown in Appendix A. 4.1.2 Lead The Krazan inspector collected five (5) representative samples of paint from the interior of the building within the project scope. Once collected, the bulk sample was sealed in an unadulterated plastic bag to eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain sample integrity during handling and data reporting. Sampling was representative of all layers of paint. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for lead paint are shown. in Appendix A. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States '064-16013 Haanat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 3 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts No fluorescent light ballasts were tested during this survey due to an absence of power within the structure during the inspection. 4.1.4 Thermostatic Switches A visual inspection of thermostatic switches was conducted during the survey. Thermostatic switches often contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the environment and human health. 4.1.5 Limited Mold Observations A visual inspection of accessible interior spaces was conducted by Krazan as part of this hazmat survey. This visual inspection was requested by the Client and should not be, considered a comprehensive mold survey of the entire building space. Molds are ubiquitous in nature, and mold spores are a common component of household and workplace dust. However, when spores are present in large quantities, they. are a health hazard to humans, potentially causing allergic reactions and respiratory problems. 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos In accordance with 40 CFR Chapter 1 (1-1-87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, asbestos samples were analyzed at Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs using polarized light microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining. If samples are not homogeneous, then sub -samples of the components are analyzed separately. Findings for samples containing more than one separable layer of materials are reported for each layer. The asbestos concentration in the sample is determined by visual estimation. All asbestos samples were delivered to Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs under strict chain of custody. Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs is accredited by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) under the National Volunteer. Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) program for bulk asbestos fiber analysis; NVLAP Lab Code 200768-0. 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead Samples were analyzed for the presence of inorganic lead at Freidman & Bruya Labs using atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in accordance with EPA SW 846, method 7420 as revised 1986. This method reports results in milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) or its equivalent, parts per million (ppm). KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Ramat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 4 Freidman & Bruya Laboratory, Inc. is a Washington Department of Ecology accredited laboratory for the testing of lead in paint; Laboratory ID, #C578. • 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION As stated previously, fifteen (15) samples,of suspected ACMs and five (5) sample of suspected LBP were collected from throughout the structure. Analytical laboratory results and field observations of the materials sampled have been summarized, on Table 5.1 and 5.2, respectively. Information presented within these tables includes the sample number, the sample description, the location where the sample was obtained, the asbestos/lead content, the volume of ACMs/LBPs identified (typically expressed in square feet), the condition of the material sampled, and a listing of locations where similar (homogenous) ACMs were also noted (although not necessarily sampled in these areas). In addition, footnotes have been provided to convey pertinent information regarding the specific sample or homogenous material. Asbestos The gray brittle material association with the concrete floor expansion joints was determined to contain 1.25% chrysotile asbestos after more accurate point count method was used on sample containing 2% chrysotile 5.1 Inventory of Suspect Asbestos Containing Materials HM# 01(2) Material Description by Layer Layer 1 — drywall1. Layer 2 —.off-white powdery material Layer 3 — joint compound Location Throughout Asbestos NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD Quantity NA Friable —,NA Condition NA 02(2) Layer 1 — CMU block wall Throughout 1. NAD NA NA NA 03(2)* Layer 1 — concrete floor expansion joints Layer 2 — gray brittle material Layer 3 — gray hard sandy/brittle material Throughout 1. NAD 2. Chrysotile 3 NAD 50 linear feet Non- Friable Poor 04(2) Layer 1,— mastic assoc. w/ gray carpet Layer 2 - gray paint/coating w/ black debris Office 1. NAD 2. NAD NA NA NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Hazmat Survey Doc J Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 5 Notes: 1. Numbers inparenthesis denotes number of samples collected of each homogenous type. 2. NAD = No Asbestos Detected. 3. NA = Not Applicable * Sample #8 was retested using more accurate point count method to determine precise asbestos percentage ** HM#6 removed from testing due to similarity with HM#4 Any suspect material(s) not identified above should not be disturbed and should be tested immediately. The suspect material must be treated as asbestos -containing until testing proves otherwise. Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, however, sample labeled L2 indicated lead containingpaint (LCP). 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings Sample Number Layer 1 — 5" vinyl covebase Location Lead in nig/kg Lead % Cond. LI 05(2) i Restroom 1. NAD NA NA NA ' Office Layer 2 — white/ yellow mastic 0.0033 NA L3 Tan exterior wall paint Exterior 07(2)** Layer 1 — concrete filler Front of Office 1."NAD NA NA NA 08(2) Layer 1 — office wall texture Office 1. NAD NA NA NA Notes: 1. Numbers inparenthesis denotes number of samples collected of each homogenous type. 2. NAD = No Asbestos Detected. 3. NA = Not Applicable * Sample #8 was retested using more accurate point count method to determine precise asbestos percentage ** HM#6 removed from testing due to similarity with HM#4 Any suspect material(s) not identified above should not be disturbed and should be tested immediately. The suspect material must be treated as asbestos -containing until testing proves otherwise. Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, however, sample labeled L2 indicated lead containingpaint (LCP). 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings Sample Number Material Description Location Lead in nig/kg Lead % Cond. LI Tan door & trim paint Office <20 <0.002 NA L2 Gray floor paint ' Office 33.3 0.0033 NA L3 Tan exterior wall paint Exterior <20 <0.002 NA L4 Tan wall paint Office/ Restrooms <40 s <0.004 NA L5 White wall paint White wall paint <20 <0.002 NA 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 6.1 Asbestos The following asbestos -containing material was identified in the survey area of the structure located at 301 Minkler Boulevard in Tukwila, Washington. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Haz mat Survey Doc 1. Gray brittle material associated with the concrete floor expansion joints HM number: 03 Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 6 There is approximately 50 linear feet of gray brittle material associated with the concretefloor expansion joints located throughout the structure. 1.25% Chrysotile Asbestos. Contractors should be aware that concealed suspect asbestos -containing building materials may be uncovered during the course of demolition or renovation work. Contractor should have contingency plans that include stopping work, evacuation of the immediate area and sampling by a certified AHERA Building Inspector whenever these materials are found. Concealed suspect materials may include, but are not limited to: non -fiberglass pipe or roof drain insulation; spray -applied coatings; cement board; asphalt or paper vapor barriers; floorings; electrical wiring and adhesives. If discovered, all asbestos -containing materials that will be disturbed as a natural part of renovation and/or demolition are required to be removed and disposed of in accordance with Washington State regulations. State and local laws require that such abatement be performed using Certified Asbestos Workers under the direct on site supervision by a Certified Asbestos Supervisor. Based on our conclusions, Krazan is making the following recommendations regarding asbestos: 1. A copy of this inspection report should be maintained at the project site during the duration of any renovations 2. A copy of this inspection report should be provided to the General Contractor and any Sub Contractors working on the renovation project KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. -With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Hazmat Survey Doc e_. Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 7 3. The inspection report is not intended to serve as a design document, or scope of work prior to renovation Estimated Asbestos Abatement or Management Costs: Asbestos Krazan estimates the total cost of asbestos abatement to be approximately $500. 6.Z Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, additionally none of the samples collected were lead containing paint (LCP). Federal and State standards consider any detectable concentration of lead to be a potential hazard during construction activities, and therefore employees performing certain activities at a site where there is possible exposure to lead dust will be required to wear respirators until air sample results can document that exposure to lead is below the permissible exposure limit. If material coated with LCP is to be disposed of as part of a renovation or demolition project, some or all of the debris may be subject to the disposal requirements of Federal, State and local laws. It is recommended that TCLP sampling for the purpose of waste characterization be conducted prior to disposal of construction/demolition debris to determine if the debris, classifies as a dangerous waste. Estimated Lead Abatement or Management Costs Lead materials were not identified in the survey area as indicated above, therefore asbestos abatement costs are not provided. 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts No power was supplied to the fluorescent light fixtures in the inspected areas of the subject structure, therefore, Krazan was unable to test fluorescent light ballasts for PCBs. Krazan recommends checking ballasts during construction for "PCB" labeling. Krazan further recommends ballasts that are not labeled as "No PCBs" be handled and disposed of as if they were PCBs -containing (due to the cost of analytical testing versus disposal costs). 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps Krazan observed fluorescent lamps in the inspected areas of the subject structure. Some fluorescent lamps commonly contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the environment and human KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16013 Page No. 8 health. State and local rules and/or regulations must be followed when disposing of fluorescent lamps. Krazan recommends the following guidelines be considered prior to disposing of fluorescent lamps: • The recycling of fluorescent lamps by a reputable recycling company is the preferred management method. - • Fluorescent lamps should not be sent to a municipal waste incinerator or demolition landfill unless deemed non -hazardous. • The crushing of fluorescent lamps prior to transport is not recommended for recycling or disposal unless equipment specifically designed to control the loss of mercury vapor is used. In addition, measures should be taken to prevent breakage of fluorescent lamps while the lamps are in transit to their destination. • Generators who suspect that their lamps would be designated as hazardous waste may wish to send them to a permitted hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facility for liability reasons. 6.5 Thermostatic Switches Krazan did not observe mercury containing thermostatic switches in this space. 6.6 Limited Mold Observations Krazan did not observe significant mold growth on the exposed surfaces of the subject structure. Mold may, however, be present in inaccessible spaces throughout the structure and would therefore not be discovered in a visual inspection of exposed surfaces. If mold is encountered during future renovation or demolition, workers should take all proper precautions when handling affected building materials. 7.0 LIMITATIONS This survey and review of the subject property has been limited in scope. This investigation is undertaken with the risk that visual observations and random sampling alone would not reveal the presence, full nature, and extent of all potentially hazardous materials. Krazan makes no representation as to the presence of hazardous materials not sampled or that were inaccessible to our inspector (i.e., between walls, beneath floors, in pipe chases, etc.). The sample locations and building dimensions 'were measured/located in the field by tape measurement from existing features. Therefore, the sample locations, building 'dimensions, and approximate square footage of asbestos -containing materials should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the methods used. The findings presented in this report were based on field observations, random sampling and analysis,' review of available data, and discussions with local regulatory and advisory agencies. Therefore, the data obtained are clear and accurate only to the degree implied by the sources and methods used. The information presented herewith was based on professional interpretation using presently accepted KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16013 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16013 Page No:.9 i methods with a degree of conservatism deemed proper as of the report date., We do not warrant that future technical developmentscannot supersede such data. This hazmat survey is not intended to be the sole basis for hazardous materials removal bids. Confirmation of the condition, volume, and estimates of removal costs of hazardous materials should be conducted by prospective removal contractors prior to accepting -removal bids. This report is provided for the exclusive use of the client noted on the cover page and is subject to the terms and conditions in the applicable contract between the Client and -Krazan. The client is the only party to whom Krazan has explained the risks involved and has been involved in the shaping of the scope of services needed to satisfactorily manage those risks, if any, from the client's point of view. Any third party use of this report, including use by the Client's lender, prospective purchaser, or lessee will be subject to the terms and conditions governing the contractual work between the Client and Krazan. The unauthorized use of, reliance on, or release of the information contained in this report, without the expressed written consent of Krazan, is strictly prohibited and will be without risk or liability to Krazan. Asbestos analysis was conducted by a laboratory accredited under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. (NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of Standards and, Technology (NIST). The results of the asbestos analyses are accurate only, to the degree and care of ensuring the testing accuracy and the representative nature of the samples obtained. If you have any questions or if we may be of further assistance, please do- not hesitate to contact our office at (425) 485-5519. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC R. Steven Padilla AHERA Certified Building Inspector No. 143730 KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 06416013 Hazmat Survey Doc TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. 064-16013 Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK 1 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION 2 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 2 4.1 Survey Protocols 2 4.1.1 Asbestos 2 4.1.2 Lead 2 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 3 4.1.4 Thermostatic Switches 3 4.1.5 Limited Mold Observations 3 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 3 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos 3 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead 3 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION 4 5.1 Inventory of Asbestos Containing Building Materials 4 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings 5 60 CONCLUSIONS 5 6.1 Asbestos 5 6.2 Lead 7 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 7 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps 7 6.5 (Thermostatic Switches 8 6.6 Limited Mold Observations 8 7.0 LIMITATIONS 8 Figures Asbestos Survey Results/ Floor -Plan following text Appendices Analytical Results and Chain -of -Custody Record A Laboratory and Inspector Certifications Site Plan (Not to Scale) L5 <20pp L3 2Oppi Notes NAD = No Asbestos Detected ppm = parts per million * HM 06 was not tested '1<razara_ & ASSOCIATES,INC. Kimco Realty - 401 Minkler Boulevard, Tukwila, WA Date: October 2016 1 Drawn By: JJK ' I Sample Locations I Project Number: 064-16013 7 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC; 1971 1 Scriber Lake Road, Suite D. Lynnwood, WA 98036 Tel: (425) 673-9850 Fax: (425) 673-9810 www.seattleasbestostest.com Accredited, Experienced, Insured, and. Well Managed! ?G 13109 CHAIN OF CUSTODY ANALYSIS: BULK ASBESTOS TEST POINT COUNT (400)_ POINT COUNT (1000) , POINT COUNT (Gravimetric) , Other kr1P-A-ZirtU NVLAP Accredited, 200768-0 Client Name Address City Fax: Phone: --(85 s Project Location: K2)'i:M,e,0 —• 40 1 -,LAA( Turn Around Time ST ZIP Email: 51./3r fLiG7f��t9 Proj. Manager: 510 nil umber of Samples 1 Client Job # O/ 5/76,0( Sample Condition: Good r ,Damaged Severe Damage(Spillage) SEQ# CLIENT SAMPLE # SAMPLE; DESCRIPTION LAB ID A/R t <'z r�7 w'✓ ZC e?` L 2 02--0/- .02 54e9-4-44 MOTIK_ 3 4 5 e -d% QO2 C`f -' i t. o _ -Or 2- 5 -A- --/&J c A E7 0-=4-577c_': T(it ; 6 6 7 8 )7 -0/,6-2_ l -loin xtG V 14.74it /6X1 9 10 11 12 1.3 14 1.5 16 17 18 19 20 Print Naing Sampled Relinquished Delivered Received Anal zed Reported S-77-6-06;LI P4 -0166A Signature Company Name e_49,4 Z .r ('I4 r?A S Date %. /e/%t ..2-- t4- 03. 451b Time Result reporting method: Phone _ Fax , Email ✓ , Pick-up report Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants, expressed or implied, including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of merchantability. Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results. Invoices paid late may be charged of interest and invoices go to collection may be charged 17% to 25% of collection fee. Checks with NSF will be charged 550. SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax: 425.673.9810. NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 Attn.: Mr. Steven Padilla Job#: 06416013 Samples Rec'd: 15 Project Loc.: Kimco - 401 "Mikler ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93/116 Client: Krazan Associates - Lynnwood Batch#: 201613709 Date Analyzed: 10/27/2016 Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 10/26/2016 Samples Analyzed: 15 Analyzed by R chie Black Reviewed by Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID ' Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 1 01-01 1 White powdery material with paper None detected Binder/filler 18 Cellulose 2 Off-white powdery material None' detected Binder/filler 2 Cellulose 3 White chalky material with paper None detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 23 Cellulose, Glass fibers 2 01-02 1 Off-white powdery material None detected Binder/filler 2 Cellulose 2 White chalky material with paper None detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 25 Cellulose, Glass fibers 3 02-01 1 Gray sandy/brittle material with paint None detected Sand, Filler, Binder, Paint 2 Cellulose 4 02-02 1 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder, Perlite 1 Cellulose 5 03-01 1 Gray soft/elastic material with sand None detected Binder, Filler, Sand 2 Cellulose 2 Gray brittle material 2 Chrysotile Binder, Filer 3 Cellulose 6 03-02 1 Gray soft/elastic material with sand None detected Binder, Filler, Sand 2 . Cellulose 2 Gray brittle material 2 Chrysotile Binder,.Filler 2 Cellulose 3 Gray_hard sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Cement/binder 2 Cellulose 7 04-01 1 Trace yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 2 Gray paint/coating None detected ' Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 8 04-02 1 Trace yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 2 Gray paint/coating with black debris None detected • Paint/binder, Debris 2 Cellulose 9 05-01 1 Gray rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 10 05.02 1 Gray rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White/yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder Cellulose 11 07-01 1 Gray hard ' sandy/brittle material with metal None detected Sand, Filler, Cement/binder, Metal 2 Cellulose 12 07-02 1 Gray hard sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Cement/binder 2 Cellulose 13 08-01 1 White powdery material with paint None detected Binder/filler, Paint 2 Cellulose 14 08-02 1 White powdery material with paint None detected Binder/filler, Paint . 2 Cellulose 1 SEATTLE AgaES:T(5S TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 1,9701tcriber Lake Road, State 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673,.9850, Fax: 420.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 20970870 • ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/1R-931116 Anil.: Mr. Steven Padilla Krazan Associates - Lynnwood Job#: 06416013 •Ratchd: 201613709 Samples Recd: 15 Date Analyzed: 10/27/2016 Project Loc.: Kimco - 401 Mikler Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwodd,WA 98036 Date Received: 10/26/2016 Samples Analized: 15 Analyzed by. Richie Black ReViewect by: Steve (Fanyao) Tha g, President Lab ID . Client Sample ID Later Description % Asbestos Fibers , Non-fibrouS Components % • Non -asbestos Fiber 15 • 08-03 1 VVhite povvdery material with paint ' None detected 1E3inclerifiller Paint ' 2 Cellulose 2 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST NVLAP Accreditation Lab Codes: 200768 and 200876 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Te1:425.673.9850, Fax:425.673.9810 12727 Northup Way, Suite 1, Bellevue, WA -98005, Te1:425.861.1111, Fax:425.861.1118 Website:www.seattleasbestostest.com, Email:admin@seattleasbestostest.com PLM by Point Count (400 points) Attention: Mr. Steven Padilla Client: Krazan Associates - Lynnwood Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Project Kimco - 401 Mikler Client Job #: 06416013 Laboratory Batch #: 201613747 Date Received: 10/28/2016 Samples Received: 1 Date Analyzed: 10/31/2016 Sample Requested for Point Count03-01 Previous Analytical Information Previously Analyzed by: Richie Black Previous Batch #: 201613709 Previous Lab ID: 5 Previous Description: Gray brittle material Layer to be Point Counted: 2 . Asbestos Type Found: Chrysotile Asbestos Percentage Found: 2 Point CoUnt Analytical Procedures New Lab ID: 1 Point Count Summary Results Type of Asbestos: Chrysotile Percentage of Asbestos: 1.25% Analyzed By: R�h9ieack f'�"" Reviewed by: Steve Zhang, President 1 Asbestos Points Non -Asbestos Points Total Points Counted Slide 1 1 49 50 Slide 2 050 50 Slide 3 1 49 50 Slide 4 1 49 50 Slide 5 0 50 ' 50 Slide 6 0 50 f- 50 Slide 7 1 49 50 Slide 8 1 49 50 Total 5 395 400 Point Count Summary Results Type of Asbestos: Chrysotile Percentage of Asbestos: 1.25% Analyzed By: R�h9ieack f'�"" Reviewed by: Steve Zhang, President 1 F'RIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. i ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS t James E. Bruya, Ph.D. 3012 16th Avenue West Yelena Aravkina, M.S. Seattle, WA 98119-2029 Michael Erdahl, B.S. (206)/285-8282 Arina Podnozova, B.S. fbi@isomedia.com,. Eric Young, B.S. www.friedmanandbruya.com October 31, :2016 Steven Padilla, Project Manager Krazan & Associates 4303 198th Street SW Lynnwood, WA 98036 Dear Mr Padilla: Included are the results from the testing of material submitted, on October 25, 2016 from the Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013, F&BI 610378 project. There are 9 pages included in this report. Any samples that may remain are currently scheduled for disposal in 30 -days. If you would like us to return yoursamplesor arrange for long term storage at our offices, please contact us as soon as. possible. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service to you and hope you will call if you should have any questions. Sincerely, FRIEDMAN & BRUYA,. INC. Michael Erdahl Project Manager Enclosures c: Jordan Kain KRZ1031R.DOC FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS CASE NARRATIVE This case narrative encompasses samples received on October 25, 2016 by Friedman & Bruya, Inc. from the Krazan & Associates Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013, F&BI 610378 project. Samples were logged in under the laboratory ID's listed below. Laboratory ID 610378 -01 610378 -02 610378 -03 610378 -04 610378 -05 Krazan & Associates L-1 L-2 L-3 L-4 L-5 All quality control requirements were acceptable. FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC' ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: L-1 Client: Krazan &,Associates Date Received: 10/25/16 Project: Kimco -401 Minkler.oPO 06416013. Date Extracted: 10/27/16 Lab ID: 610378-01 x20 'Date Analyzed: 10/27/16 Data File: 610378-01 x20.064 Matrix: Soil/Solid Instrument: ICPMS2 Units: mg/kg (ppm) Operator: SP Concentration Analyte: mg/kg (ppm) Lead <20 •J FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: L-2- Client: Krazan & Associates Date Received: 10/25/16 Project: Kimco-401'Minkler, PO 06416013 Date Extracted: 10/27/16 Lab ID: 610378-02 x20 Date Analyzed: 10/27/16 Data File: 610378-02 x20.065 Matrix: Soil/Solid Instrument: ICPMS2 - Units: mg/kg (ppm) Operator: SP Concentration Analyte: mg/kg (ppm) Lead ' 33.3 r FRIEDMAN & BRUYA,J INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS 1 Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: L-3 Client: Krazan & Associates Date Received: 10/25/16. Project: Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013 Date Extracted: 10/27/16 Lab ID: 610378-03 x20 Date Analyzed: 10/27/16 Data File: 610378-03 x20.066 Matrix: Soil/Solid Instrument: ICPMS2 Units: ' mg/kg (ppm) Operator: SP Concentration Analyte: mg/kg (ppm) <20 Lead • Analysis For T Client ID: Date Reeived: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS otal Metals By EPA Method 200.8 L-4 10/25/16 10/27/16 10%27/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <40 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013 61037804 x40 610378-04 x40.067 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead FRIEDMAN &,BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Total Metals By L-5 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) EPA Method 200.8 Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <20 6 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013 610378-05 x20 610378-05 x20.068 ICPMS2 SP` Analysis For Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. , ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8& Method Blank Client: Not Applicable Project: 10/27/16 Lab ID: 1.0/27/16 Data File: Soil/Solid Instrument: mg/kg (ppm) Operator: Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <1 l 7 Krazan & Associates - Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 0641'6013 I6-710 mb 16-710 mb.020 ICPMS2 SP FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Date of Report: 10/31/16 Date Received: 10/25/16 Project: Kimco -401 Minkler, PO 06416013, F&BI 610378 QUALITY ASSURANCE RESULTS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF SOIL/SOLID SAMPLES FOR TOTAL METALS USINGEPA METHOD 200.8 Laboratory Code: 610368-01 x10 (Matrix Spike) Sample Percent Percent Reporting Spike Result Recovery Recovery Acceptance RPD Analyte Units Level' (Wet wt) MS MSD Criteria (Limit 20) Lead mg/kg (ppm) ` 50 10.3 88 95 70-130 8 Laboratory Code: Laboratory Control Sample Percent Reporting Spike Recovery Acceptance Analyte Units Level LCS Criteria Lead mg/kg' (ppm) 50 96 85-115 FRIEDMAN & BRUYA, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTS Data Qualifiers & Definitions a - The analyte was detected at a level less than five times the reporting limit. The RPD results may not provide reliable information on the variability of the analysis. b - The analyte was spiked ata level that was less than five times that present in the sample. Matrix spike recoveries may not be meaningful. ca - The calibration results for the analyte were outside of acceptance criteria. The value reported is an estimate. c - The presence of the analyte may be due to carryover from previous sample injections. cf - The sample was centrifuged prior to analysis. d - The sample was diluted. Detection limits were raised and surrogate recoveries may not be meaningful. dv - Insufficient sample volume was available to achieve normal reporting limits. f - The sample was laboratory filtered prior to analysis. fb - The analyte was detected in the method blank. fc - The compound is a common laboratory and field contaminant. hr - The sample and duplicate were reextracted and reanalyzed. RPD. results were still outside of control limits. Variability is attributed to sample inhomogeneity. hs - Headspace was present in the container used for analysis. ht — The analysis was performed outside the method or client -specified holding time requirement. ip - Recovery fell outside of control limits. Compounds in the sample matrix interfered with the quantitation of the analyte. j - The analyte concentration is reported below the lowest calibration standard. The value reported is an estimate. J - The internal standard associated with the analyte is out of control limits. The reported concentration is an estimate. jl - The laboratory control sample(s) percent recovery and/or RPD were outofcontrol limits. The reported concentration should be considered an estimate. js - The surrogate associated with the analyte is out of control limits. The reported concentration should be considered an estimate. lc - The presence of the analyte is likely due to laboratory contamination. L - The reported concentration was generated from a library search. nm - The analyte was not detected in one or more of the duplicate analyses. Therefore, calculation of the RPD is not applicable. pc - The sample was received with incorrect preservation or in a container not approved by the method. The value reported should be considered an estimate. - ve - The analyte response exceeded the valid instrument calibration range. The value reported is an estimate. vo - The value reported fell outside the control limits established for this analyte. x - The sample chromatographic pattern does not resemble the fuel standard used for quantitation. 9 Z8Z8 -98Z (90Z) lid 6Z0Z-61196 VM `a17T0aS - o, h. CZP to Received by: Relinquished by: Received by: M INVOICE TO SIGNATURE Relinquished V 1A v 1 N b co (1 d -Zi.rt' a (i� L COMPANY i o s DJTE/ (iw I') o d, H t=1 -4J 8 . ...................._ REMARKS PROJECT NAME �<<r Lo / ru CNK SAMPLERS'(sii) ture INVOICE TO O 6' o a *t V 1A v 1 N 1 co (1 d O, ',I o s C w (iw I') o \O ,. cJ w 3c a rT a. c CD C TPH-HCID ANALYSES TP -H -Diesel TPH-Gasoline $TEX by 8021B VOCs by 62600 SVOCs by, 8270D - F PAHs 8270D SIM - -3(k X 7` QW tA) p,-7-7ti; - REQUESTED Notes -4J 8 . ...................._ REMARKS PROJECT NAME �<<r Lo / ru CNK SAMPLERS'(sii) ture INVOICE TO O 6' o a *t V3 0 ro 0) ro 0 0) AQOILSI1D AO NIVIIO �'Id cr O United States Department of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology Certificate of Accreditation to ISO/IEC 17025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200768-0 Seattle Asbestos Test, LLC Lynnwood, WA is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for specific services, listed on the Scope of Accreditation, for. Asbestos Fiber Analysis This laboratory is accredited in accordance with the recognized International Standard ISO/IEC 17025:2005. This accreditation demonstrates technical competence for a defined scope and the operation of a laboratory quality management system (refer to joint ISO-ILAC-IAF Communique dated January 2009). 2016-10-01 through 2017-09-30 Effective Dates For the National Volunta`rw 1 bboratoV ccreditation Program ! •••••• ::: k '!: ;*--•:, ' .....• .?-... , , 6..7.; ..;.. \ •,,,,..e%.:i i.• ...-.'. '(.:••••• ::-:. ‘ •.t.z....:-..-..:: 1 .1....: ,•....: • ..:., .....: \‘:::.,:'•-:. t.#*: y-42) / 1.:1;!•1 '.\*.: ;1'1: )• *.:• .: ,..7:::?:•:-..),• , ,,S=LY1_9 /41.tr: 1 ::'.:.:.7.:7 0 \:..•...„. _ .4744. .4,414•411, 4.44.0 4.04, 010,..,...•04. • /7—;-°:;;', .4, •11•1,,.. • • • a L)1 .1. • A ri •••3 0 i N 00 ,-, . a .0 • 0 6.74- 79 tri E; ,-. 0 0 ..) g go 0 = z • 6., d EC. /mil .. -. O• V)0CD ...„3'-' 0 _ ?;" a Cli 1g 0 cl R.0" 0 o n> re) . CA Pa ::--1 co" tri (el - 9: 71. r ..›•F. t" 4 t:t RO 1 cr fa) 'it P;1 za 0 et g r.,-. O eD • 0 k4' a po n- , ... g' ‹ .L — V) ril• 0 5 n5. = ..,.. „g3- g crc9 P ... 8 ....• -I = Prs co' N • g cr 6 0 CT TOO ....•:•., .• I .. • to.',W,.•••11tl• •Ist• 4,,w1M11:6.$4.91:4431::. 1114.44111•9 015/, .4..pi_.•,:t:,w!.:11W• 461.4ral-liallyil • : •:: IP. i Itl: €teDR ) .-... \ :. .....4'. I ...f.:.:...:3 ) . *) ,-.,::.::::,•, lily c -:,........o. ..-:-....t. .::.J- •.:, ;,;...:.( - .z. c ----...--e.) ..., .... :.:T. • ::..,f.,:. C_ - - ":•.ZA ) •i: ::. , •...'.'t. We ' - .. • -. '......:. i 1 441Y t:: 1 ' •:...; %;:! `letL•rj WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Seattle, WA is accredited for the analytes listed below using the methods indicated. Full accreditation is granted unless stated otherwise in a note. Accreditation for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)'"Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, PhysicallChemical Methods" (SW -846) is for the latest version of the method. SM refers to EPA approved editions of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and. Wastewater." ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials. Other references are described in notes. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes Air 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane (Freon 113) EPA TO -15 Rev..2 (1999) 1 1,1-Dichloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1, 1-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane (Freon 114) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1 ,2-D ich loropropane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3 -Butadiene - EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1 -Propene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIRK). EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999). 1 Acetone EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 Benzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 Bromodichloromethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 L Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Biuya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 1 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya,, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Bromoform Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride Ctilorobenzene Chloroform cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene cis-1,3-Dichloropropene Cyclohexane Dichlorodifiuoromethane (Freon -12) Ethylbenzene Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) o -Xylene Styrene Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)- Toluene trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) Vinyl chloride Benzene Ethylbenzene m+p-xylene Naphthalene o -Xylene Toluene Xylene (total) Drinking Water Di-isopropylether (DIPE) Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) (2-Ethoxy-2-rnethylpropane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) tert-amylmethylether (TAME) tert-Butyl alcohol Method Notes EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) ) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev -22 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 1 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 1 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 1 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 1 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 2 of 9 ScopeExpires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes ' Non -Potable Water n -Hexane Extractable Material (O&G) EPA 1664A_1_1999 Turbidity SM 2130 B-01 Solids, Total Suspended SM 2540 D-97 Mercury EPA 1631 E-02 1 Antimony EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Arsenic EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Barium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Beryllium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Cadmium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Chromium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Cobalt EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Copper EPA 200.8_54_1994 1 Iron EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Lead EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Manganese EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Mercury EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1,4 Molybdenum EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Nickel EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Selenium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Silver EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Thallium EPA 200.8_5.4.1994 1 Vanadium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Zinc EPA 200:8_5.4_1994 1 Ethane EPA RSK-175 1 Ethene EPA RSK-175 1 Methane EPA RSK-175 1 Solid and Chemical Materials pH pH Mercury Antimony. Arsenic Barium Beryllium EPA 9040Q2002 EPA 90450.2002 EPA 1631 E-02 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation unit Page 3 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyti Cadmium Chromium Cobalt Copper Lead Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel Selenium Silver Thallium Vanadium Zinc Antimony Arsenic Barium Beryllium Cadmium Chromium Cobalt Copper Lead Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel - Selenium Silver Thallium Vanadium Zinc 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) Benzene Ethylbenzene Toluene Method Notes EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8L5.4_1904 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8 5.4.1994, 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 ` 1 EPA 200.845A_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5A_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07') 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 -- EPA 6020A(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 EPA 8011=94 1 EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) 1 'EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) 1 EPA 80218_2_(12/96) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation. Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a ,Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page4of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 li Friedman & Bruy, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Xylene (total) Aroclor-1016 (PCB -1016) Aroclor;1221 (PCB -1221) Aroclor-1232 (PCB -1232) Aroclor-1242 (PCB -1242) Aroclor-1248 (PCB -1248) Aroclor-1254 (PCB -1254) Aroclor-1260 (PCB -1260) Diesel range organics (DRO) Gasoline range organics (GRO) 1,1,1,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane 1,1;2,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1;2 -Trichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1,1-Dichloropropene 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1-,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,, Ethylene dibromide) 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) 1,2-Dichloropropane 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichloropropane 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene 1,4 -Dioxane (1,4- Diethyleneoxide) 2,2-Dichloropropane 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether Method Notes EPA 80218_2_(12/96) 1 EPA 8082A(2/07) 1 EPA 8082A_(2/07) 1 EPA 8082k(2/07), 1 EPA 8082A_(2/07) 1 EPA 8082A_(2/07) 1 EPA 8082A (2/07) 1 EPA 8082A (2/07) 1 WDOE NWTPH- 1 Dx_(1997) WDOE NWTPH- 1 Gx_(1997) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 .EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 `EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06)- 1 EPA 8266C_(8/06) • 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1, 5 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA'8260C_(8/06) 1, 5 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman 8, Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 5of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 ito Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte 2-Chlorotoluene 2-Hexanone 4-Chlorotoluene 4-lsopropyltoluene (p-Cymene) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone'(MIBK)' Acetone Benzene Bromobenzene - Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Carbon tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chlorodibromomethane Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride) Chloroform cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene cis-1,3-Dichloropropene Dibromomethane Dichlorodifluoromethane (Freon -12) ,Di-isopropylether (DIPE),' Ethanol Ethylbenzene Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) Hexachlorobutadiene Isopropylbenzene m+p-xylene Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) Naphthalene n -Hexane n-Propylbenzene o -Xylene sec-Butylbenzene Styrene Method Notes EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C28106) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 82600_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA,8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C28/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C28/06) 1- EPA 8260C28/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C (8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 82600_(8/06) 1 EPk8260C28/06) 1 1 1 1- . ,1 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page6of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 .69 . / Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte tert-amylmethylether(TAME) tert-Butyl alcohol tert-Butylbenzene Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) Toluene , . trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) Trichlorofluoromethane (Freon 11) Vinyl chloride 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene 1 -Methylnaphthalene 2,4,5 -Trichlorophenol 2,4,6 -Trichlorophenol 2,4-Dichlorophenol 2,4 -Dimethylphenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol ' ( 2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT) 2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT) 2-Chloronaphthalene 2 -Chlorophenol 2 -Methylnaphthalene 2-Methylphenol (o -Cresol) 2-Nitroaniline 2-Nitrophenol 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 3-Nitroaniline 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether (BDE-3) 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline 4-Chlorophenyl phenylether Method Notes EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) .1, 3 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270137(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 82701_(2/07) . 1, 3 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D J2/074- 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 82701:U2/07) 1 EPA 8270D (2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1, , Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 7 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes 4-Nitroaniline EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 4-Nitrophenol EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Acenaphthene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Acenaphthylene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Anthracene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270022/07) 1,3 Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Benzo[b]fluoranthene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Benzoic acid EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270022/07) 1 bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 bis(2-Chtoroethyl) ether EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 bis(2-Chtoroisopropyl) ether EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Carbazole EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Chrysene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Dibenz(a,h) anthracene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Dibenzofuran EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Diethyl phthalate EPA. 82700_(2/07) 1 Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07), 1 Di -n -butyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Fluoranthene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Fluorene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Hexachlorobenzene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Hexachloroethane EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Isophorone EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 m+p Cresol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Methamphetamine EPA 82700_(2/07) Naphthalene EPA 8270022/07) 1,3 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accredifadon Unk Page 8 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Nitrobenzene n-Nitrosodimethytamine N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine n -N itrosod iphenylamine Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene Accredited Parameter Note Detail Method Notes EPA 82700_(2107) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D22/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1;3 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 (1) Accreditationbased in part on recognition of Oregon NELAP accreditation. (3) Accreditation includes selective ion monitoringv(SIM). (4) Method not approved for NPDES testing.(5) Accrediltation islimitedto liquid matrix only. aex 01/21/2016 Authentication Signature Date Alan D. Rue, Lab Accreditation Unit Supervisor - Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit. Page9of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 , O imj ••••"%. cid u 0 w al a) E Lii -10 0 a) I On L. VI .5 < -‘II to CL :E E cr 0 rn E a .1i 1_ VD PACIFIC 0 L... 1 4-1 tO tko I"' ›... 4-• s... -c 0 u (..) cu L., L a) • .... :15 .- u b 0 si c cc IA E co in r-• 4.. 0 Cr) [ z 0 .-- P• u z 0 • a • • • . 0) (3 (IS 0) 4 2 4- L co _c _ ---- vi .4*1 ig 7:3 it4-) — co) vi (1 *I cis = VI _c0 >.. ...4• 0 = OCP CL • .12 E ) (i) 0I_ 4 0 0 .4_) L— IKr L & ASSOCIATES,�INC. GEOLECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION October 28 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION LIMITED HAZMAT SURVEY KIMCO REALTY 17270 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 Project No. 064-16014 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FED 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER This report presents the results of our limited hazmat survey for the structure located at the above referenced'address in Tukwila, WA. The limited hazmat survey was c , ducted under the conditions of Krazan & Associates, Inc.'s (Krazan's) Proposal No. E16077WAL, da Barkei, an authorized agent for Kimco Realty, gave written authori Krazan to proceed with the limited hazmat survey. 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK The purpose of the limited hazmat survey was to identify and qu containing material (ACM) and lead containing paint / lead based paint (LCP/LBP) at the on-site structure. The scope of work for the asbestos survey included conducting a visual survey of the structure and conducting bulk sampling and analysis of materials suspected to contain asbestos or lead. This survey was performed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. dtU. M ®DE COMP IkNCE 'ton o cob 016, APR 2 9 2011 City of Tukwila KW ! DING DIVI ION tt .0- S The Krazan representative`collected samples and obtained analytical data for suspect asbestos and/or lead containing materials identified in the building. Once collected, each bulk sample was sealed in an unadulterated plastic \bag to eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain sample integrity during handling and data reporting. A walk-through inspection of all accessible areas of this structure was performed to identify potential hazardous materials. The walk-through inspection included a review of the internal and external aspects of this structure. The locations and types of potential hazardous materials were noted. 4303 — 198th Street SW, Lynnwood, Washington 98036 • (425) 485-5519 • FAX (425) 485-6837 With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc b, O3 7.14/ 2., Project NO. 064-16014 Page No.. 2 Kimco Reality additionally requested a visual examination of exposed surfaces within the structure for fluorescent lamps, PCB containing ballasts, thermostatic switches, and mold. These additional services were visual only and do not constitute a comprehensive inspection. Inaccessible areas of the structure ( were not examined for these additional potential hazards. 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION The site consists of a one story building totaling approximately 6,000 square feet: The building is located at the Parkway Super Center • in Tukwila, Washington. The structure is a single -story masonry -framed structure with concrete slab -on -grade foundations, and masonry walls. Interior construction included gypsum board and suspended acoustic ceilings; gypsum board walls; and -vinyl tiles and carpeting over concrete floors. 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 4.1 Survey Protocols 4.1.1 Asbestos On October 25,, 2016 the Krazan field inspector, Mr. Steven Padilla collected nine (9) samples representing four (4) types of suspect; homogenous materials. Mr. Padilla is an Asbestos Building Inspector, certified under the requirements of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) regulation 40 CFR 763, Subpart E. A copy of his certificate is provided in Appendix B. Sample locations for this survey were chosen in a semi -random fashion with emphasis placed -on minimizing damage to the sampled materials. The samples were collected by carefully removing a small amount of the suspect material in a non-abrasive manner. If possible, samples were collected from existing damaged areas or loose pieces of materials. Each sample was placed in a separate sealed plastic bag, and labeled with the project number and sample number. Refer to the Floor Plan following the text for the bulk sample locations. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for asbestos samples are shown in Appendix A. 4.1.2 Lead The Krazan inspector collected six (6) representative samples of paint from the interior of the building within the project scope. Once collected, the bulk sample was sealed in an unadulterated plastic bag to eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES; INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 HaanatSurvey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 3 sample integrity during handling and data reporting. Sampling was representative of all layers of paint. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for lead paint are shown in Appendix A. 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts No fluorescent light ballasts were tested during this survey) due to an absence of power within the structure during the inspection. 4.1.4 Thermostatic Switches A visual inspection of thermostatic switches was conducted during the survey. Thermostatic switches often contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the ;environment and human health. 4.1.5 Limited Mold Observations A visual inspection of accessible interior spaces was conducted by Krazan as part of this hazmat survey. This visual inspection was requested by the Client and should' not be considered a comprehensive mold survey of the entire building space. Molds are ubiquitous in nature, and mold spores are a common component of household and workplace dust. However, when spores are present in large quantities, they are a health hazard to humans, potentially causing allergic reactions and respiratory problems. 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos In accordance with 40 CFR Chapter 1 (1-1-87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, asbestos samples were analyzed at Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs using polarized light microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining. If samples are not homogeneous, then subs -samples of the components are analyzed separately. Findings for samples containing more than one separable layer of materials are reported for each layer. The asbestos concentration in the sample is determined by visual estimation. All asbestos samples were delivered to Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs under strict chain of custody. Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs is accredited by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) program for bulk asbestos fiber analysis; NVLAP Lab Code 200768-0. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES; INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 4 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead Samples were analyzed for the presence of inorganic lead at Freidman & Bruya Labs using atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in accordance with. EPA SW 846, method 7420 as revised 1986. This method reports results in milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) or its equivalent, parts_per million (ppm). Freidman & Bruya Laboratory, Inc. is a Washington Department of Ecology accredited laboratory for the testing of lead in paint; Laboratory ID #C578. 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION As stated previously, nine (9) samples of suspected ACMs and six (6) sample of suspected LBP were collected from throughout the structure. Analytical laboratory results and field observations of the materials sampled have been summarized on Table 5.1 and 5.2, respectively. Information presented within these tables includes the sample number, the sample description, the location where the sample was obtained, the asbestos/lead content, the volume of ACMs/LBPs identified (typically expressed in square feet), the condition of the material sampled, and a listing of locations where similar (homogenous) ACMs were also noted. (although not necessarily sampled in these areas). In addition, footnotes have been provided to convey pertinent information regarding the specific sample or homogenous material Asbestos None of the samples collected from the on-site structure contained one percent or more of asbestos. 5.1 Inventory of Suspect Asbestos Containing Materials HM# 01(3) Material Description by Layer Layer 1 — drywall Layer 2 — joint compound Location Throughout - Asbestos 1 NAD 2: NAD Quantity - y NA Friable 'NA Condition NA 02(2) Layer 1 — exterior tan stucco Layer 2 — gray sandy/brittle material Exterior 1 NAD " / 2,' NAD NA , NA NA 03(2) Layer 1 — 6" vinyl covebase ' Layer 2 — white mastic North Wall 1 NAD 2 NAD NA ` NA NA 04(2) Layer 1 — expansion joint filler Layer 2 — gray-sandy/brittle material Layer 3 — gray soft/elastic material Throughout 1; NAD 2i NAD 3! NAD NA NA NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES; INC. With Offices Serving the Western United 'States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 5, Notes: 1.1 Numbers in parenthesis denotes number of samples collected of each homogenous type. 2. NAD = No Asbestos Detected. 3. NA = Not Applicable . Any suspect material(s) not identified above should not be disturbed and should be tested immediately. The suspect material must be treated as asbestos -containing until testing proves otherwise. Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, additionally none of the samples collected were lead containing paint (LCP). 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings Sample Number Material Description Location Lead in nib/tib Lead %o Cond. LI Offwhite wall paint Throughout <20 <0.001 /NA L2 Blue wall paint Rear of Space <10 <0.001 NA L3 Red wall paint Rear of Space <20 <0.002 NA L4 White stucco paint Exterior <50 <0.005 NA L5 Brown stucco paint Exterior <20 <0.002 NA L6 Tan stucco_paint Exterior <10 <0.001 NA 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 6.1 Asbestos None of the samples collected from the on-site structure contained one percent or more of asbestos. Contractors should be aware that concealed suspect asbestos -containing building materials may be uncovered during the course of demolition or renovation work. Contractors should have contingency plans that include stopping work, evacuation of the immediate area and sampling by a certified AHERA Building Inspector whenever these materials are found. Concealed suspect materials may include, but are not limited to: non -fiberglass pipe or roof drain insulation; spray -applied coatings; cement board; asphalt or paper vapor barriers; floorings; electrical wiring and adhesives. If discovered, all asbestos -containing materials that will be disturbed as a natural part of renovation and/or demolition are required to be removed and disposed of in accordance with Washington State KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Haanat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 6 regulations. State and local laws require that such abatement be performed using Certified Asbestos Workers underthe direct on site supervision by a Certified Asbestos Supervisor. Based on our conclusions, Krazan is making the following recommendations regarding asbestos:___ 1. A copy of this inspection report should be maintained at theproject site during,the duration of any renovations 2. A copy of this inspection report should be provided to the General Contractor and any Sub Contractors working on the renovation project 3. , The inspection report is not intended to serve as a design, document, or scope of work prior To renovation Estimated Asbestos Abatement or Management Costs: Asbestos Asbestos -containing materials were not identified in the survey area as indicated above, therefore asbestos abatement costs are not provided. 6.2 Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, additionally none of the samples collected were lead containing paint (LCP). Federal and State standards consider any detectable concentration of lead to be a potential hazard during construction activities, and therefore employees performing certain activities at a site where there is possible exposure to lead dust will be required to wear respirators until air sample results can document that exposure to lead is below the permissible exposure limit. If material coated with LCP is to be disposed of as part of a renovation or demolition project, some or all of the debris may be subject to the disposal requirements of Federal, State and local laws. It is recommended that TCLP, sampling for the purpose of waste characterization be conducted prior to -,disposal of construction/demolition debris to 'determine if the debris classifies as a dangerous waste. Estimated Lead Abatement or Management Costs Lead materials were not identified in the survey area as indicated above, -therefore asbestos abatement costs are not provided. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 7 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts No power was supplied to the fluorescent light fixtures in the inspected areas of the subject structure, thus, Krazan was unable to test fluorescent light ballasts for PCBs. Krazan recommends that ballasts that are not labeled as "No PCBs" be handled and disposed of as if they were PCBs -containing (due to the costof analytical testing versus disposal costs). 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps Krazan observed fluorescent lamps in Jthe inspected areas of the subject structure. Some fluorescent lamps commonly contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the environment and human health. State and local rules and/or regulations must be followed when disposing of fluorescent lamps. Krazan recommends the following guidelines be considered prior to disposing of fluorescent lamps: ▪ The recycling of fluorescent lamps by a reputable recycling company is the preferred management method. • Fluorescent lamps should not be sent to a municipal waste incinerator or demolition landfill unless deemed non -hazardous. • The crushing of fluorescent lamps prior to transport is not recommended for recycling or disposal unless equipment specifically designed to control the loss of mercury vapor is used. In addition, measures should be taken to preventbreakageof fluorescent lamps while the lamps are in transit to their destination. • Generators who suspect that their lamps would be designated as hazardous waste may wish to send them to a permitted hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facility for liability reasons. 6.5 Thermostatic Switches Krazan did not observe mercury containing thermostatic switches in this space. 6.6 Limited Mold Observations Krazan did not observe significant mold growth on the 'exposed surfaces of the subject structure. Mold may, however, be present in inaccessible spaces throughout the structure and would therefore not be discovered in a visual inspection of exposed surfaces. If mold is encountered during future renovation or demolition, workers should take all proper precautions when handling affected building materials. 7.0 LIMITATIONS This survey and review, of the subject property has been limited in scope. This ,inve'stigation is undertaken with the risk that visual observations and randomsampling alone would not reveal the presence, full nature, and extent of all potentially hazardous materials. Krazan makes no representation as to the presence of hazardous materials not sampled or that were inaccessible to our inspector (i.e., KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Servingthe Western United States 06416014 Hausa[ Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 8 between walls, beneath floors, in pipe chases, etc.). The sample locations and building dimensions were measured/located in the field by tape measurement from existing features. Therefore, the sample locations, building dimensions, and approximate square footage of asbestos -containing materials should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the methods used. The findings presented in this report were based on field observations, random sampling and analysis, review of available data, and discussions with local regulatory and advisory agencies. Therefore, the data obtained are clear and accurate only to the degree implied by the sources and methods used. The information presented herewith was based on professional interpretation using presently accepted methods with a degree of conservatism deemed proper as of the report date. We do not warrant that future technical developments cannot supersede such data. This hazmat survey is not intended to be the sole basis for hazardous materials removal bids. Confirmation of the condition, volume, and estimates of removal costs of hazardous materials should be conducted by prospective removal contractors prior to accepting removal bids. This report is provided for the exclusive use of the client noted on the cover page and is subject to the terms and conditions in the applicable contract between the Client and Krazan. The client is the only party to whom Krazan has explained the risks involved and has been involved in the shaping of the scope of services needed to satisfactorily manage those risks, if any, from the client's point of view. Any third party use of this report, including use by the Client's lender, prospective purchaser, or lessee will be subject to the terms and conditions governing the contractual work between the Client and Krazan. The unauthorized use of, reliance on, or release of the information contained in this report, without the expressed written consent of Krazan, is strictly prohibited and will be without -risk or liability to Krazan. Asbestos analysis was conducted by a laboratory accredited under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). The results of the asbestos analyses are accurate only to the degree and care of ensuring the testing accuracy and the representative nature of the samples obtained. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16014 Page No. 9 If you have any questions or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (425) 485-5519. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC R. Steven Padilla AHERA Certified Building Inspector No. 143730 KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16014 Hazmat Survey Doc TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. 064-16014 Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK 1 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION 2 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 2 4.1 Survey Protocols 2 4.1.1 Asbestos 2 4.1.2 Lead 2 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 3 4.1.4 Thermostatic Switches 3 4.1.5 Limited Mold Observations 3 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 3 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos 3 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead 4 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION 4 5.1 Inventory of Asbestos Containing Building Materials 4 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings 5 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 5 6.1 Asbestos 5 6.2 Lead 6 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 7 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps 7 6.5 Thermostatic Switches 7 6.6 Limited Mold Observations 7 7.0 LIMITATIONS 8 Figures Asbestos Survey Results/ Floor Plan following text Appendices Analytical Results and Chain -of -Custody Record A Laboratory and Inspector Certifications B Site Plan (Not to Scale) Notes NAD = No Asbestos Detected ppm = parts per million 1<'a. & ASSOCIATES,IN'C. Kimco Realty - 17470 Southcenter Parkway, Tukwila, WA Date: October 2016 Drawn By: JJK ISample Locations IProject Number: 064-16014 1 l SEATTLE'ASBESTOS TEST, LLC 19711 Scriber Lake Road; Suite D, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Tel: (425) 673-9850 Fax: (425) 673-9810 www.seattleasbestostest.com Accredited, Experienced, lnsured, and Well Managed! �Ol lel � lc� CHAIN OF CUSTODY ANALYSIS: BULK ASBESTOS TEST/ , POINT COUNT (400) , POINT COUNT (1000) POINT COUNT (Gravimetric) , Other Client Name Address . City ST ZIP Phone: 4/7C --4/25--'S--/9 Fax: Emailli-31/awLial-,ti'l v, i Project Location: KG/,U — 7 7 ci70 -- 5C . PniZa Proj. Manager; 5' 7 L -r Pt -41 t - Turn Around Time Number of Samples Client Job # NVLAP Accredited, 200768-0 Sample Condition: Good Damaged Severe Damage(Spillage). SEQ# CLIENT SAMPLE # SAMPLE DESCRIPTION LAB ID A/R 1 l.s-.<1 KD 2 01- -b f `LUZ P Gr wit ( 4 3i snic6o (t2 ?r) 3 o 4 cprziki ed? 7 az tad JZ i �lllt='1_ 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Print Name Sampled 1€lu 1`�A ts, ? t t' Relinquished Signature Company Name Delivered Received Anal Reported G eit—zAtol D e /7/16, ji Time Result reporting method: Phone , Fax , Email , Pick-up report Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants, expressed or implied, including warranty of fitness for a -particular purpose and warranty of merchantability. Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results. Invoices paid late may be charged of interest, and invoices go to collection may be charged 17% to 25% of collection fee. Checks with NSF will be charged $50. 0-3 tut2(e/14,L -1S toizi e 12'3.5 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax: 425.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY, REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-931116 Attn.: Mr. Steven Padilla Client: Krazan Associates - Lynnwood Batch#: 201613708 Date Analyzed: 10/27/2016 Job#: 06416014 Samples Rec'd: 9 Project Loc.: Kimco - 17470 - S.C. Parkway Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood. WA 98036 Date Received: 10/26/2016 Samples Analyzed: 9 I1. Analyzed by Ga end '=m ( Reviewed by Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 1 , 01-01 1 White powdery material with paper None detected Binder/filler 34 Cellulose 2 White chalky material with paper None detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 27 Cellulose, Glass fibers 2 01-02 1 White powdery material with paper None detected ., Binder/filler , 32 Cellulose 2 White chalky material with paper None detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 25 Cellulose, Glass fibers 3 01-03 1 White powdery material,, None detected. Binder/filler 3 Cellulose 2 White chalky " material with paper None detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 28 Cellulose, Glass fibers 4 02-01 1 Gray sandy/brittle material with paint None detected Sand, Filler, Binder, Paint 2 Cellulose 2 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Talc, Cellulose 5 02-02 1 Gray sandy/brittle material with paint None detected Sand, Filler; Binder,?Paint 2 Cellulose 2 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 6 Talc,' Glass fibers, Cellulose 6 03-01 1 Gray rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 7 03-02 1 Gray rubbery material - None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder . 3 Cellulose 8 04-01 1 Gray brittle. material None detected Filler, Binder, Vinyl 2 Cellulose 2 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose 3 Gray soft/elastic material None detected Binder, Filler 3 Cellulose 9 04-02 1 Gray brittle material None detected Filler, Binder, Vinyl 2 Cellulose 2 Gray sandy/britlle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 1 Analysis For Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix:. Units: Analyte: DRAFT Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 L-1 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:17:27 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <20 1 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway 610377-01 x20 610377-01 x20.056 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: L-2 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:22:04 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration Analyte: mg/kg (ppm) Lead <10 i Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway 610377-02 x10 610377-02 x10.057 -_ ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: L-3 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:26:41 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <20 Client: Krazan & Associates Project: Kimco17470 Sc. Parkway Lab ID: 610377-03. x20 Data File: 610377-03 x20.058 Instrument: ICPMS2 Operator: SP 1 Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: L-4 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:31:18 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <50 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway 610377-04 x50 610377-04 x50.059 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: L-5 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:35:56 `Soil/Solid- mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <20 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway - 610377-05x20 610377-05 X20.060 ICPMS2 SP Y Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L=6 10/25/16 10/27/16 10/27/16 16:40:33 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <10 Client: Project: Lab ID:' Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway 610377-06 x10 610377-06 x10.061 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals ByEPA'Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: MethodBlank Not Applicable 10/27/16 10/27/16 12:15:36 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <1 Client: Project: Lab IDS Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco -17470 Sc. Parkway I6-710 mb I6-710 mb.020 ICPMS2 SP 1 Z8Z8-S8Z (900 �Id 6gOZ-6U96 VM `a?TiaaS ,saM anzvany ,091 ZTOE •auj `vtnlg ag uvuipa?1,g N, `e Relinquished by: Received by: v 5. m Q, SIGNATURE T V r -;1/ ro x M S_0 Zli \-4 COMPANY 14 0 tr7 0 .- 5 C \ T V -, X03 0 .- 5 C ! a \ . N b R N G. a. FE - J• � 7 TPH•HCID [ ANALYSES REQUESTED TPH-Diesel TPI -Gasoline 1 BTEX by 8021B VOCa by 8260C SVOCs by 8270D PAHs 8270D SIM -"‹.-. �— NC" > , e-644? , ..N P.-/rti ; ,( z 0 0 cn O tzl Q64 United States Department of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology Certificate of Accreditation to ISO/1EC 17025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200768-0 Seattle Asbestos Test, LLC Lynnwood, WA is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for specific services, listed on the Scope of Accreditation, for, Asbestos Fiber Analysis This laboratory is accredited in accordance with the recognized International Standard ISO/IEC 97025:2005. This accreditation demonstrates technical competence for a defined scope and the operation of a laboratory quality management system (refer to joint ISO-ILAC-IAF Communique dated January 2009). 0 2016-10-01 through 2017-09-30 Effective Dates 0.. OF004,tn tn . RTES OF Qtt � For the National Voluntdry 1,hboratorVccreditation Program. WASHINGTON. STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Seattle, WA is accredited for the analytes fisted below using the methods'indicated. Full accreditation is,granted unless stated otherwise in a note. Accreditation for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, PhysicallChemical.Methods" (SW -846) is for the latest version of the method. SM refers to EPA approved editions of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials. Other references are described in notes. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes Air 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1,2-Tnchloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane (Freon 113) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1-Dichloroethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2-0999) 1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,22-tetrafluoroethane (Freon 114) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) EPA TO -15 Rev.2 (1999) 1 1,2-Dichloropropane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3 -Butadiene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 1 -Propene EPA TO -15 Rev.'2 (1999) , 1 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) . 1 Acetone EPA TO -15 Rev. 2(1999) 1 Benzene EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 Bromodichloromethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 • Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C57& -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 1 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 �J Friedman &,Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Bromoform Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroform cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene cis-1,3-Dichloropropene Cyclohexane Dichlorodifluoromethane (Freon -12) Ethylbenzene Methythromide (Bromomethane) Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) o -Xylene Styrene Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) Toluene - trans-1,2-Dichioroethylene Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) Vinyl chloride Benzene Ethylbenzene m+p-xylene Naphthalene o -Xylene Toluene Xylene (total) Drinking Water Di-isopropylether (DIPE) Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) (2-Ethoxy-2-methylpropane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) tert-amylmethylether (TAME) tert-Butyl alcohol Method EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999). EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO.15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2. (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17. Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA 524.2L4.1 995' EPA 524.2 4.1_1995 \EPA 524.2 4.1_1995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 Notes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman &eBnrya, Inc.. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 2 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Non -Potable Water Method Notes n -Hexane Extractable Material (O&G) EPA 1664A_1_1999 Turbidity SM 2130 8-01 Solids, Total Suspended SM 2540 D-97 Mercury EPA 1631 E-02 1 Antimony EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Arsenic EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Barium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Beryllium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Cadmium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Chromium i EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Cobalt EPA 200.8_5.4_1.994 1 Copper EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Iron EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Lead EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Manganese EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Mercury EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1,4 Molybdenum EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Nickel EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Selenium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Silver EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Thallium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Vanadium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Zinc EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Ethane EPA RSK-175 1 Ethene EPA RSK-175 1 Methane EPA RSK-175 1 Solid and Chemical Materials pH EPA 9040C_2002 pH EPA 9045D_2002 Mercury, EPA 1631 E-02 1 Antimony EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Arsenic EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Barium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Beryllium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 3 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes Cadmium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 " 1 Chromium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Cobalt EPA 200.8 5.4 1994 , 1. Copper EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Lead EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Manganese EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Mercury EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Molybdenum EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Nickel EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Selenium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Silver EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Thallium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Vanadium EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Zinc EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Antimony EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Arsenic EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Barium EPA 6020A (2/07) 1 Beryllium EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Cadmium EPA 6020A22/07) 1 Chromium EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Cobalt EPA 6020A22/07) ' 1 Copper EPA 6020A (2/07) 1' Lead EPA 6020A22/07) 1 Manganese EPA 6020A22/07) 1 Mercury EPA 6020A22/07) 1 Molybdenum EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Nickel EPA 6020A (2/07). 1 Selenium EPA 6020A22/07)` 1 Silver EPA 6020A_(2/07) , 1 Thallium EPA 6020A22/07) 1 Vanadium EPA 6020A_(2/07) 1 Zinc - EPA 6020k(2/07) 1 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) EPA 8011-94 1 Benzene EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) 1 Ethylbenzene EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) .1 Toluene EPA 802113_2 (12/96) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 4 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Xylene (total) Aroclor-1016 (PCB -1016) Aroclor-1221 (PCB -1221) Aroclor-1232 (PCB -1232) Aroclor-1242 (PCB -1242) Aroclor-1248 (PCB -1248) Arodor-1254.. (PCB -1254) Arodor-1260 (PCB -1260) Dieselrange organics (DRO) Gasoline range organics (GRO) 1,1,1,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane 1,1,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1,2 -Trichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1,1-Dichloropropene 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) 1,2-Dichloropropane 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichloropropane 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene 1,4 -Dioxane (1,4- Diethyleneoxide) 2,2-Dichloropropane 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether Method EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) EPA 8082A_(2/07) EPA -8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) EPA 8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) WDOE NWTPH- Dx (1997) WDOE NWTPH- Gx_(1997) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 82600_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 82600_(8/06) Notes /1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1,5 1 1 1,5 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 5 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 I� 1 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes 2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C(8/06) 1 2-Hexanone EPA 82600 (8/06) 1 4-Chlorotoluene EPA 82600_(8/06) 1 4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene) EPA "82600 (8/06) 1 4=Methy1-2-pentanone (MIBK) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Acetone EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Benzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Bromobenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Bromoform EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Chlorobenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) - 1 Chlorodibromomethane EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Chloroform EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C_(8106), , 1 cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 82600_(8/06) 1 Dibromomethane EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Dichlorodifluoromethane (Freon -12) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Di-isopropylether (DIPE) EPA 82600_(8106) 1 Ethanol EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Ethylbenzene EPA 8260Q(8/06) 1 Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Hexachlorobutadiene _ EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Isopropylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 m+p-xylene ' EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Naphthalene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 n -Hexane EPA 8260C_(8106). 1 n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 o -Xylene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Styrene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a L:aborato y Accroditation Unit Page 6 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte} Method Notes tert-arrmylmethylether (TAME) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 tert-Butyl alcohol EPA,8260C_(8/06) 1 tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Toluene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 , trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260&(8/1:16) 1 Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) EPA 8260C_(8/06)-, 1 Trichlorofluoromethane (Freon 11) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Vinyl chloride EPA 8260C28/06) 1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ` EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA'8270D_(2/07) 1 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2107) - 1 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 1 -Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1, 3 2,4,5 -Trichlorophenol EPA'8270D_(2/07) 1 2,4,6 -Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 -2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 82.70D_(2/07) 1 2,4 -Dimethylphenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT) . EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT) EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2 -Chlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 2 -Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1, 3 2-Methylphenol'(o-Cresol) EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2-Nitroaniline EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 2-Nitrophenol EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether (BDE-3) EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory _Accreditation Unit Page 7 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes 4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07), 1 Acenaphthene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Acenaphthylene EPA 8270D_(2107) . 1,3 Anthracene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 82701_(2/07) 1,3 Benzo[b]fluoranthene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3' Benzoic acid EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 82700_(2107) 1 Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270D (2/07) 1 Carbazole EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Chrysene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Dibenz(a,h) anthracene EPA 82700_(2/07) 1,3 Dibenzofuran EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Dimethyl phthalate . EPA 8270D_(2/07) '1 Di -n -butyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 Fluoranthene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1,3 Fluorene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 82701_(2/07) 1 Hexachloroethane EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1,3 Isophorone EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 m+p Cresol EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Methamphetamine EPA 8270D_(2/07) Naphthalene EPA 82701:W2/07) 1,3 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page B'of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc., Matrix/Arialyte Nitrobenzene n-Nitrosodimethylamine N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine n-Nitrosodiphenylamine Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene Accredited Parameter Note Detail Method —EPA 82700_(2/07, ) EPA 8270D_(2/07) EPA 8270D_(2/07) EPA 8270D_(2/07) EPA 82700_(2/07) EPA 8270D_(2/07) EPA 82700_(2/07) EPA 82700_(2/07) (1) Accreditation based in part on recognition of Oregon NELAP accreditation. (3) Accreditation includes selective ion monitoring (SIM). (4) Method not approved for NPDES testing.(5)'Accrediltation is limited to liquid matrix only. Notes 1 1 1 1 1 1,3 1 1,3 Authentication Signature Alan D. Rue, Lab Accreditation Unit Supervisor 01/21/2016 Date Washington State Department of Ecology ; Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C57&16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 9of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 1 & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION September 23,7201:6- 1.0 INTRODUCTION LIMITED HAZMAT SURVEY FORMER SPORTS AUTHORITY 17450 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 Project No. 064-16011 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282011 PERMIT CENTER This report presents the results of our limited hazmat survey for the structure located at the above referenced address in Tukwila, WA. The limited hazmat survey was conducted under,the conditions of Krazan & Associates, Inc.'s (Krazan's) Proposal No. E16061WAL, Low �� ,�} att Barker, an authorized agent for Kimco Realty, gave written authoriz'100 , w P11R Kt et for Krazan to proceed with the limited hazmat survey. APPROVED { APR 2.0 2011 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK The purpose of the limited hazmat survey was to identify and q City of Tukwila f 'Lt se containing material (ACM) and lead containing paint / lead based paint (LCP/LBP) at the on-site structure. The scope of work for the asbestos survey included conducting a visual survey of the structure , and conducting bulk sampling and analysis of materials suspected to contain asbestos or lead. This survey was performed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. The Krazan representative collected samples and obtained analytical data for suspect asbestos and/or lead containing materials identified in the building. Once collected, each bulk sample was sealed in an unadulterated plastic bag to eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain sample integrity during handling and data reporting. A walk-through inspection of all accessible areas of this structure was performed to identify potential hazardous materials. The walk-through inspection included a review of the intemal and external aspects of this structure. The locations and types of potential hazardous materials were noted. 4303 —198th Street SW, Lynnwood, Washington 98036 • (425) 485-5519 • FAX (425) 485-6837 With Offices Serving the Western United States 0016011 Hemet Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 2 Kimco Reality additionally requested a visual examination of exposed surfaces within the structure for fluorescent lamps, PCB containing ballasts, thermostatic switches, and mold. These additional services were visual only and do not constitute a comprehensive inspection. Inaccessible areas of the structure were not examined for these additional potential hazards. 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION The site consists of a one story building totaling approximately 44,000 square feet. The building is located at the Parkway Super Center in Tukwila, Washington. The structure is a single -story masonry - framed structure with concrete slab -on -grade foundations, and masonry walls. Interior construction included gypsum board and suspended acoustic ceilings; gypsum board walls; and vinyl tiles and carpeting over concrete floors. 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 4.1 Survey Protocols 4.1.1 Asbestos On September 14, 2016 the Krazan field inspector, Mr. Jordan Kain collected thirty-eight (38) samples representing eighteen (18) types of suspect homogenous materials. Mr. Kain is an Asbestos Building Inspector, certified under the requirements of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) regulation 40 CFR 763, Subpart E. A copy of his certificate is provided in Appendix B. Sample locations for this survey were chosen in a semi -random fashion with emphasis placed on minimizing damage to the sampled materials. The samples were collected by carefully removing a small amount of the suspect material in a non-abrasive manner. If possible, samples were collected from existing damaged areas or loose pieces of materials. Each sample was placed in a separate sealed plastic bag, and labeled with the project number and sample number. Refer to the Floor Plan following the text for the bulk sample locations. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for asbestos samples are shown in Appendix A. 4.1.2 Lead The Krazan inspector collected six (6) representative samples of paint from the interior of the building within the project scope. Once collected, the bulk sample was sealed in an unadulterated plastic bag to eliminate the possibility of cross -contamination. "Chain -of -Custody" tracking was followed to maintain KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 3 sample integrity during handling and data reporting. 'Sampling was representative of all layers of paint. Copies of laboratory reports and field data forms for lead paint are shown in Appendix A. 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts A minimum of approximately 25% of fluorescent light ballasts were. examined using a Philips electronic ballast checker in a random selection method. 41.4 Thermostatic Switches A visual inspection of thermostatic switches was conducted during the survey. Thermostatic switches often contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the environment and human health. 4:1.5 Limited Mold Observations A visual inspection of accessibleinterior spaces was conducted by Krazan as part of this hazmat survey. This visual inspection was requested by the Client and should not be considered a comprehensive mold survey of the entire building space. Molds are ubiquitous in nature, and mold spores are a common component of household and workplace dust. However, when spores are present in large quantities, they are a health hazard to humans, potentially causing allergic reactions and respiratory problems. 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos In accordance with 40 CFR Chapter 1 '(1-1-87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, asbestos samples were analyzed at Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs using polarized light microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining. If samples are not homogeneous, then sub -samples of the components are analyzed separately. Findings for samples containing more than one separable layer of -materials are reported for. each layer. The asbestos concentration in the sample is determined by visual estimation. All asbestos samples were . delivered to Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs under strict chain of custody. Seattle Asbestos Testing Labs is accredited by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) program for bulk asbestos fiber analysis;NVLAP Lab Code 200768-0. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Haanat Survey Doc J Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 4 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead Samples were analyzed for the presence of inorganic lead at Freidman & Bruya Labs using atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in accordance with EPA SW 846, method 7420 as revised 1986. This method reports results in milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) or its equivalent, parts per million (ppm). Freidman & Bruya Laboratory, Inc. is a Washington Department of Ecology accredited laboratory for the testing of lead in paint; Laboratory ID #C578. 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION As stated previously, thirty-eight (38) samples of suspected ACMs and six (6) sample of suspected LBP were collected from throughout the structure. Analytical laboratory results and field observations of the materials sampled have been summarized on Table 5.1 and 5.2, respectively. Information presented within these tables includes ,the sample number, the sample description, the location where the sample was obtained, the asbestos/lead content, the volume of ACMs/LBPs identified (typically expressed in square feet), the condition of the material sampled, ,and a listing of locations where similar (homogenous) ACMs were also noted (although not necessarily sampled in these areas). In addition, footnotes have been provided to convey pertinent information regarding the specific sample or homogenous material. Asbestos 1 None of the samples collected from the on-site structure contained one percent or moreofasbestos. 5.1 Inventory of Suspect Asbestos Containing Materials HM# 01(5) Material Description by Layer Layer 1 —12"x12" white floor tile Layer 2 — brown mastic Layer 3 — clear mastic Layer 4 — gray soft material Location Throughout Asbestos L. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD 4. NAD Quantity NA Friable NA Condition NA 02(3) i Layer 1—12"xl2" fake wood floor tile Layer 2 — black tile Layer 3 — white mastic Layer 4 — gray soft material Layer 5 — white tile , Throughout 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD 4. NAD 5. NAD NA NA NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Haz mat Survey Doc 17.1 Project No. 064-16011 Page ;No. 5, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the ,Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Layer 6 — clear mastic 6.NAD ) 03(2) Layer 1 — 2'x2' gray floor tile Layer 2 — black tile Layer 3 - white mastic Layer 4 — gray soft material Throughout 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD 4. NAD NA < NA NA 04(3) Layer,1 — drywall Layer 2 — joint compound Throughout 1. NAD 2. NAD NA : NA NA 05(2) Layer 1 — acoustic ceiling tile Entry 1. NAD NA NA NA 06(2) Layer 1 — mastic assoc. w/ fitting room carpet Layer 2 — gray soft material Fitting Rooms 1. NAD 2.NAD NA NA NA - 07(2) Layer 1 — mastic assoc. w/ green baseball carpet Layer 2 —brown mastic Layer 3 — gray soft material Baseball Area 1. NAD -. 2. NAD 3.NAD NA NA NA 08(2) Layer 1 —12"x12" white spotted tile Layer 2 — gray fibrous material w/ mastic - Break Room 1. NAD 2.NAD NA NA NA 09(1) Layer 1 — under sink insulation ' Break Room 1. NAD NA NA, NA 10(2) Layer 1 — 6" brown covebase _ Layer 2 — white mastic Break Room 1. NAD 2. NAD - NA NA 1 NA ', ( 11(2) Layer 1 — 8" gray covebase Layer 2 — white mastic w/ paper Layer 3 — yellow mastic Throughout 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD NA NA. NA 12(2) Layer 1 — black brittle material Layer 2 'mastic assoc. w/ green golf ca/ Layer 3 — gray soft material Golf Area 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD . NA NA NA 13(2) Layer 1 — black elastic fitness flooring Layer 2 — gray mastic Layer 3 — gray soft material . Fitness Area 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD NA NA -, NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the ,Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-1601.1 Page No. 6 Notes: 1. Numbers in parenthesis denotes number of samples collected of each homogenous type. 2. NAD = No Asbestos Detected. 3. NA = Not Applicable Any suspect material(s) not identified above should not be disturbed and should be tested immediately. The suspect material must be treated as asbestos -containing until testing proves otherwise. Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, additionally none of the samples collected were lead containing paint (LCP). 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings Sample Number LI Material Description Exterior paint Location Exterior Lead in Lead % Cond. mg/kg <40 <0.004. NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Haz mat Survey Doc Layer 1 = men's restroom vinyl flooring Layer 2 — gray fibrous material w/ mastic Layer 3— gray sheet vinyl 1. NAD 2. NAD 3. NAD 1 14(2) Men's Restroom NA NA NA Layer 4 — gray fibrous material w/ mastic 4. NAD Layer 5 — gray/blue vinyl 5. NAD Layer 6 — gray fibrous material w/ mastic 6. NAD Layer 1 — women's restroom vinyl flooring Layer 2 - gray fibrous material w/ mastic 1. NAD 15(2) l 1 Layer 3 — gray/blue vinyl Women's Restroom 2. NAD NA. NA NA Layer 4 — gray fibrous material w/ mastic 16(2) Layer 1 — 6" black covebase Women's 1. NAD Layer 2 -white mastic Restroom 2. NAD NA NA NA 17(2) Layer 1 — exterior brittle building material Exterior 1. NAD NA NA NA Layer 1 — gray mastic assoc. w/ entry 1. NAD 18(2) carpet Entry NA NA NA Layer 2 — gray soft material 2. NAD Notes: 1. Numbers in parenthesis denotes number of samples collected of each homogenous type. 2. NAD = No Asbestos Detected. 3. NA = Not Applicable Any suspect material(s) not identified above should not be disturbed and should be tested immediately. The suspect material must be treated as asbestos -containing until testing proves otherwise. Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to 0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lead, additionally none of the samples collected were lead containing paint (LCP). 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings Sample Number LI Material Description Exterior paint Location Exterior Lead in Lead % Cond. mg/kg <40 <0.004. NA KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Haz mat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 7 L2 White interior paint Throughout <40 <0.004 NA L3 Blue door paint Backrooms <200 <0.02 NA L4 Black exterior paint Exterior <100 <0.01 NA L5 Red interior paint Throughout <50 <0.005 NA L6 Restroom gray paint Restrooms <20 <0.002 NA 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 6.1 Asbestos None of the samples collected from the on-site structure contained one percent or more of asbestos. Contractors should be ;aware that concealed suspect asbestos -containing building materials may be uncovered during the course of demolition or renovation work. Contractors should have contingency plans that include stopping work, evacuation of the immediate area,and sampling by a certified AHERA Building Inspector whenever these materials are found. Concealed suspect materials may include, but are not limited to: non -fiberglass pipe or roof drain insulation; spray -applied coatings; cement board; asphalt or paper vapor barriers; floorings; electrical wiring and adhesives. If discovered, all asbestos -containing materials that will be disturbed as a natural part of renovation and/or demolition are required to be .removed and disposed of in .accordance with Washington State regulations. State and local laws require that such abatement be performed using Certified Asbestos Workers under the direct on site supervision by a Certified Asbestos Supervisor. Based on our conclusions, j(razan is making the following recommendations regarding asbestos: 1. A copy of this inspection report should be maintained at the project site during the duration of any renovations 2. A copy of this inspection report should be provided to the General Contractor and any Sub Contractors working on the renovation project 3. The inspection report is not intended to serve as a design document, or scope of work prior to renovation KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 8, Estimated Asbestos Abatement or Management Costs: Asbestos Asbestos -containing materials were not identified in the survey area as indicated above, therefore asbestos abatement costs are not provided. 6.2 Lead The samples collected from the on-site structure did not contained greater than or equal to0.5 percent by weight (5,000 ppm) lea4additionally none of the samples collected'' were lead containing paint (LCP). Federal and State standards consider any detectable concentration of lead to be a potential hazard during construction activities, and therefore employees performing certain activities at a site where there is possible exposure to lead dust will be required to wear respirators until air sample -results can document that exposure to lead is below the permissible exposure limit. If material coated with LCP is to be disposed of as part of a renovation or demolition project, some or all of the debris may be subject to the disposal requirements of Federal, State and local laws. Itis recommended that TCLP .,sampling for the purpose of waste characterization be conducted prior to disposal of construction/demolition debris to determine if the debris classifies as a dangerous waste. Estimated Lead Abatement, or Management Costs Lead materials were not identified in the survey area as indicated above, therefore asbestos abatement costs are not provided. 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts Krazan observed fluorescent light fixtures in the inspected areas of the subject structure. The functional fluorescent light ballasts were examined using a Philips electronic ballast checker. Functional light fixtures indicated electronic ballasts so that the presence of PCBs is not suspected. Krazan recommends that ballasts that are not labeled as "No PCBs" be handled and disposed of as if they were PCBs - containing (due to the cost of analytical testing versus disposal costs). 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps Krazan observed fluorescent lamps in the inspected areas of the subject structure. Some fluorescent lamps commonly contain mercury (Hg) which is considered harmful to the environment and human health. State and local rules and/or regulations must be followed when disposing of fluorescent lamps. Krazan recommends the following guidelines be considered prior to disposing of fluorescent lamps: KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 9 • The recycling of fluorescent lamps by a reputable recycling company is the preferred management method. • Fluorescent lamps should not be sent to a municipal waste incinerator or demolition landfill unless deemed non -hazardous. • The crushing of fluorescent lamps prior to transport is not recommended for recycling or disposal unless equipment specifically designed to control the loss of mercury vapor is used. In addition, measures should be taken to prevent breakage of fluorescent lamps while the lamps are in transit to their destination. • Generators who suspect that their lamps would be designated as hazardous waste may wish to send them to a permitted hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facility for liability reasons. 6.5 Thermostatic Switches . Krazan did not observe mercury containing thermostatic switches in this space. 6.6 Limited Mold Observations Krazan did not observe significant mold growth on the exposed surfaces of the subject structure. Mold may, however, be present in inaccessible spaces throughout the structure and would therefore not be discovered in a visual inspection of exposed surfaces. If mold is encountered during future renovation or demolition, workers should take all proper precautions when handling affected building materials. 7.0 LIMITATIONS This survey and review of the subject property has been limited in scope. This investigation is undertaken with the risk that visual observations and random. sampling alone would not reveal the presence, full nature, and extent of all potentially hazardous materials. Krazan makes no representation as to the presence of hazardous materials not sampled or that were inaccessible to our inspector (i.e., between walls, beneath floors, in pipe chases, etc.). The sample locations and building dimensions were measured/located in the field by tape measurement from existing features. Therefore, the sample locations, building dimensions, and approximate square footage of asbestos -containing materials should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the methods used. The findings presented in this report were based on field observations, random sampling and analysis, review of available data, and discussions with local regulatory and advisory agencies. Therefore, the data obtained are clear and accurate only to the degree implied by the sources and methods used. The information presented herewith was based on professional interpretation using ,presently accepted methods with a degree of conservatism deemed proper as of the report date. We do not warrant that future technical developments cannot supersede such data. KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Hazmat Survey Doc Project No. 064-16011 Page No. 10 This hazmat survey is not intended 'to be the sole basis for hazardous materials removal bids. Confirmation of the condition, volume, and estimates of removal costs of hazardous materials should be conducted by prospective removal contractors prior to accepting removal bids. This report is provided for the exclusive use of the client noted on the cover page and is subject to the terms and conditions in the applicable contract between the Client and Krazan. The client is the only party to whom Krazan has explained the risks involved and has been involved in the shaping of the scope of services needed to satisfactorily manage those risks, if any, from the client's point of view. Any third party use of this report, including use by the Client's lender, prospective purchaser, or lessee will be subject to the terms and conditions governing the contractual work between the Client and Krazan. The unauthorized use of, reliance on, or release of the information contained in this report, without the expressed written consent of Krazan, is strictly prohibited and will be without risk or liability to Krazan. Asbestos analysis Was conducted by a laboratory accredited under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). The results of the asbestos analyses are accurate only to the degree and care of ensuring the testing accuracy and the representative nature of the samples obtained. If you have any questions or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (425) 485-5519. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC AHERA Certified Building Inspector No. 15498 KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. With Offices Serving the Western United States 064-16011 Hanna[ Survey Doc ( TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. 064-16011 Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF WORK 1 3.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION / 2 4.0 INVESTIGATIVE METHODS 2 4.1 Survey Protocols 2 4.1.1 Asbestos 2 4.1.2 Lead 2 4.1.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 3 4.1.4 Thermostatic Switches - 3 4.1.5 Limited Mold Observations • 3 4.2 Laboratory Analytical Methods 3 4.2.1 Laboratory Analysis: Asbestos 3 4.2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Lead 4 5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATION 4 5.1 Inventory of Asbestos Containing Building Materials 4 5.2 Inventory of Suspect Lead -Containing Paint Coatings 6 '6.0 CONCLUSIONS 7 z 6.1 Asbestos 7 6.2 Lead 8 6.3 Fluorescent Light Ballasts 8 6.4 Fluorescent Lamps 8 6.5 Thermostatic Switches 9 6.6 Limited Mold Observations 9 7.0 LIMITATIONS 9 Figures Asbestos Survey Results/ Floor Plan following text Appendices Analytical Results and Chain -of -Custody Record A Laboratory and Inspector Certifications Site Plan (Not to Scale) 07-02 NAD C1 NA) 02-03 Co) NAD NAD 06-02 NAD NAV Notes NAD = No Asbestos Detected ppm = parts per million • (07 01) ,1) \3-0) NAD NAD NAD L5 c\ o <SOPPpp 02-02 NAD 01-02 NAD 02-01 ,NAD • NAD 06-01 NAD 05-02 • NAD L2 <40pp I ratan & ASSOCIATES,INC. 17450 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA Date: September 2016 Drawn By: JJK Sample Locations I Project Number: 064-16011 1 f ZCllflzqI SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC Lynnwood Lab: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, WA 98036, Tel:425.673.9850, Fax:425.673.9810 Bellevue Lab: 12727 Northup Way, Suite 1, Bellevue, WA 98005, Te1:425.861:.1111, Fax:425.361.1118 Email: admin@seattleasbestostest.com. Website: www.seattleasbestostest.com- CHAIN OF CUSTODY ❑ BufkAsbestos 0 Point Count 400 Point Count 1000 ❑❑Point Count Gravimetric 0 1 Hour ❑ 2 Hours 0 Same day (4 to 6 Hrs.) ❑ 1 Day Krazan Associates - Bothell 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Number of Samples :3.$ PO# 0114160/14 Project Manager (Check one or more):. 0 George Webster Jeff Mercer Steven Padilla ❑ Other (Specify) 0 Analyzing Quality Days Tel: 425.485.5519 Fax: 425.485.6837 Project Location JZ 'WI georqewebsternc,krezan.com, gal jeffinercer@krazan.com 0 Ken Sahi. Vgay Chaudhary r 1 t SEQ# CLIENTSAMPLE # SAMPLE DESCRIPTION 1 01 -o -I- 03' W!1'rte +lt le- 1:t f VI I(' 2 02.7,01 ''.— 3' � t,.e t e 3 (v „o 1 ' - O2 N ? t-2 (' ^}°t ,2 4 om - o w r;t, t 5 6 Dig 01 ^-' .L72' 7.l 7 DY7.--Ole-'01. Greig au4e-t41:1 C.u'r 8 .�Q< `-',0 : 96.11. .4.t,. I e t2A. 1-2; t; 9 0 9 _0V (1 PMS'fn I r r tv,>^ i q �'< ate 10 1Q–::0t�fT 11 4, —0 1-N.— Ci` --. c' (ow t e,i, e I f ( 12 12--01 o GoI4 qp'it (qCP } 13 1 ?� (}I } V.riitiii' CGU-t/ft >4� •�JID �rpur 14 1t,1 —U1 "—OZ. Q, t2 . .c.6di l 147.C4l%f'fl 15 1 c --ot w. 0-1 ,S2tP4.4, role �6 r �- �1�t:�v (Ni I 16 n-0 16..r bt - LJ( (' ;N' %Se . j %l 17 i7 —01 r\-- c:. '� r t� vino -ter: 18 n.. 1, ,p e 19 20 20i r cci-% LOCATION 1-1,r0,-, NOTES it /r 1/ 4)11 `C 1� 1 d4:y i O�fh roo t 1f, T f tws1ij'. re, om sitttaS .Io3v1j i orf Sampled: Relinquished: Delivered: Received: Reported: Print Name y cA Signature Company Krazan Associates -Bothell Krazan Associates - Bothell Date Time 411, 3Qct Seattle Asbestos Test Seattle Asbestos Test Seattle Asbestos Test Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed or each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants, expressed or implied, including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of.merchantability. Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form, the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results. It is the client's responsibility to make sure the samples are appropriately taken according to federal and local regulations. Invoices paid late may be charged of interest, and invoices go to collection may be charged 17% to 25% of collection fee. NSF checks, will be charged of $50. Results reporting method: 0 Phone 0 Fax ❑ Email 0 Pick-up Composite all wallboard samples 0 Text result to phone ❑ Point count % or less asbestos Page ( ) of ( ) SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.98d0, Fax: 425.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93/116 Attn.: Mr. Jordan Kain, Mr. ClientKrazan Associates - Steven Padilla : Lynnwood Ado: 9416014 Batche: 201612947 Samples Recd; 40 Date Analyzed: 9/15/2016 Project Loc.: Kimco Tukwila Analyzed by: G y tl Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 9/15/2016 Samples Analyzed: 40 Reviewed by: Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 1 _ 01-01 1 White the None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 3 Cellulose 2 Brown mastic None detected Mastic/binder , , 2 Cellulose 3 Clear mastic None detected Mastic/binder l 4 Cellulose 4 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 6 Cellulose 2 ! i 01-02 1 White tile " None- detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 2 Trace brown mastic None detected Mastic/binder . 2 Cellulose 3 Clear mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 4 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose 3 01-03 1 White tile . None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 2 Clear mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 3 Gray soft material No detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 4 01-04 1 White tile None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 2 Brown mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 3 Clear mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 4 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 5 01-05 1 White tile None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 3, Cellulose 2 Clear mastic detected one Mastic/binder 4 Cellulose 3 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder , 4 Cellulose 602-01 1 Brown vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 5 Glass fibers 2 Black the None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 3 White mastic No detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 4 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 7 02-02 1 Brown vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Glass fibers 2 Black tile None detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains ' 3 Cellulose 1 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber. Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax: 425.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/6001R-931116 Ann:: Mr. Jordan Kain, Mr. client: Krazan Associates - Steven Padilla - Lynnwood Jobft: 9416014 - Batch#: 201612947 Samples Recd: 40 Date Analyzed: 9/15/2016 Project Loc.: Kimco Tukwila Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 9/15/2016 Samples Analyzed: 40 Reviewed by: Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer 1 Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 7 02-02, 3 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 4 Gray sandy/brittle material None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose l _ 8 02-03 1 Brown vinyl None detected VinyUbinder 7 Glass fibers 2 Black tileNone detected VinyUbinder; Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 3 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder ,. 3 Cellulose 4 Gray soft material None detected. Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 5 White tile None detected Vin /binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 6 Clear mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 9 03-01 1 Gray vinyl None / detected Vinyl/binder 4 Glass fibers 2 Black tileNone detected Vinyl/binder; Mineral grains 3 Cellulose 3 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 4 Gray soft material No detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 10 03-02 1 Gray vinyl None detected Vinyl/hinder 8 Glass fibers 2 Black tile None - detected Vinyl/binder, Mineral grains 2 Cellulose 3 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder .2 Cellulose 4 Gray soft materia! None detected Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 11 04-01 1 White powdery material None detected Binder/filler 3 Cellulose 2 White chalky . material with paper None detected Binder/filler,, Gypsum/binder 28 Cellulose, Glass fibers 12 04-02 1 White powdery material None detected Binder/filler 2 Cellulose 2 White chalky material with paper None 'detected Binder/filler, Gypsum/binder 24 Cellulose, Glass fibers 13 04-03 1 White powdery material None detected Binder/filler 2 Cellulose 2 White chalky material with paper None detected Binder/filler, , Gypsum/binder 27 Cellulose, Glass fibers 14 05-01 1 Gray fibrous material with paint None detected Paint, Filler, Perlite,Cellulose, Glass beads. 66 Glass fibers 15 05-02 1 Gray fibrous material with paint None detected Paint, Filler, Perlite,Cellulose, Glass beads 64 Glass fibers 2 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST • Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake'Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax: 425.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by. Method EPA/600/12-93!116 Attn.:Mr. Jordan Kain, Mr. clieotc Krazan Associates - Steven Padilla Lynnwood Job#: 9416014 Samples Rec'd: 40 Project Loc.: Kimco Tukwila Batch#: 201612947 Date Analyzed: 9/15/2016 Analyzed by: Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 9/15/2016 Samples Analyzed: 40 Reviewed by - Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 16 06-01 1 Yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 4 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 17 06-02 1 Yellow mastic None detectedy Mastic/binder 3 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 2 Gray soft materia! oneFiller, detected- Binder 6 Cellulose 18 07-01 1 Green/yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 4 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 2 Brown mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 3 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder , 5 Cellulose 19 07-02 1 Green/yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 2 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 20 08-01 1 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 2 Gray fibrous matenal with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 67 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 21 08-02 1 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 2 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 63 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 22 09-01 1 Gray soft/loose material None detected Filler, Fine particles 5 Cellulose 23 10-01 1 Brown rubbery material with paint None detected Rubber/binder, Paint 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 24 10-02 1 Brown rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic with paint and paper None detected Mastic/binder, Filler, Paint 28 Cellulose 25 11-01 1 Gray rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic with paint and paper None detected Mastic/binder, Filler, Paint 31 Cellulose 26 1 Gray rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 11-02 2 White mastic with paint and paper None detected Mastic/binder, Filler, Paint 29 Cellulose 3 Yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 27 12-01 1 Black brittle material None detected Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose 3 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST` Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103, Lynnwood, WA 98036, Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax: 425.673.9810,. NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93!116 Attn.: Mr. Jordan Kain, Mr. client: Krazan Associates - Steven Padilla Lynnwood Job#: 9416014 Batch#: 201612947 Samples Rec'd: 40 Date Analyzed: 9/15/2016 Project Loc.: Kimco Tukwila Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 9/15/2016 Samples Analyzed: 40 Analyzed by: Gayathn Nagen am Reviewed by: Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % v Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 27 12-01 2 Green/yellow mastic None detected Mastic/binder \ 3 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 3 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 28 12-02 1 Black brittle material None detected Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose 2 Green/yellow mastic NoneMastic/binder detected 6 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 29 13-01 1 Black/gray/red soft/elastic material None detected Binder, Filler 2 Cellulose 2 Gray mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 30 13-02 1 Black/gray/red soft/elastic material None detected Binder, Filler 2 Cellulose 2 Gray mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 3 ' Gray soft material None' detected Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 31 14-01 1 Off-white sheet vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder None detected 2 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 65 Cellulose 3 Gray' sheet vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder None detected 4 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler,_ Mastic/binder 69 Cellulose 5 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 6 1 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 64 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 32 14-02 1 Off-white sheet vinyl None detected . Vinyl/binder None detected 2 Gray fibrous . material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 63 Cellulose 3 Gray sheet.vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder None detected 4 Gray fibrous - material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 64 Cellulose 5 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 6 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 68 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 33 15-01 1 Gray sheet vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder None detected 2 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 68 Cellulose SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Lynnwood Laboratory: 19701 Scriber Lake Road, Suite 103. Lynnwood, WA 98036. Tel: 425.673.9850, Fax 425.673.9810, NVLAP Lab Code: 200768-0 ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93/116 Attn., Mr. Jordan Kain, Mr. cl;ent: Krazan Associates - Steven Padilla Lynnwood Job#: 9416014 Batch#: 201612947 Samples Rec'd: 40 Date Analyzed: 9/15/2016 Project Loc.: Kimco Tukwila Analyzed by Address: 4303 -198th SW, Lynnwood, WA 98036 Date Received: 9/15/2016 Samples Analyzed: 40 tJJ11ii Gayat Na Tram Reviewed by: Ste Lab ID Client Sample f0 Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non -asbestos Fibers 33 15-01 3 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 4 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 65 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 34 15-02 1 Gray sheet vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder None detected 2 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 66 Cellulose 3 Gray/blue vinyl None detected Vinyl/binder 2 Cellulose 4 Gray fibrous material with mastic None detected Binder/filler, Mastic/binder 69 Cellulose, Synthetic fibers, Glass fibers 35 16-01 1 Black rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 3 Cellulose 36 16-02 1 Black rubbery material None detected Rubber/binder 2 Cellulose 2 White mastic None detected Mastic/binder 2 Cellulose 37 17-01 1 Gray sandy/brittle material with paint None detected Sand, Filler, Binder, Paint 3 Cellulose 38 17-02 1 Gray sandy/brittle material with paint None detected Sand, Filler, Binder, Paint 3 Cellulose 39 18-01 1 Gray mastic None detected! Masticlbinder 3 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 2 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 5 Cellulose 40 18-02 1 Gray mastic None detected Mastic/binder 4 Synthetic fibers, Cellulose 2 Gray soft material None detected Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose 5 DRAFT Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L1 09/14/16 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <40 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-01 x40 609235-01 x40.042 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L2 09/14/16 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <40 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-02 x40 609235-02 x40.043 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L3 09/14/16 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <200 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-03 x200 609235-03 x200.044 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L4 09/14/16 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) <100 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-04 x100 609235-04 x100.046 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L5 09/14/16 09/49/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg, (ppm) <50 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data. File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-05 x50 609235-05 x50.047 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200:8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Lead L6 09/14/16 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) z20 Client: Project: Lab ID: Data File: Instrument: Operator: Krazan & Associates Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority 609235-06'x20 609235-06 x20.049 ICPMS2 SP Analysis For Total Metals By EPA Method 200.8 Client ID: Date Received: Date Extracted: Date Analyzed: Matrix: Units: Analyte: Method Blank Not Applicable 09/19/16 09/19/16 Soil/Solid mg/kg (ppm) Concentration mg/kg (ppm) Lead <1 Client: Krazan & Associates Project: Kimco Tukwila -Sports Authority Lab ID:I6-617 mb Data File: \ 16-617 mb.029 Instrument: ICPMS2 Operator: SP Z8Z8-98Z (900 •pfd 6Z0Z-61186 VA4 'ai VaS ysal anuand vr9t roe uvwpatr3 3 r S } 0 a 0 0 tli ro 0 0 a eat') y n Q vttt 1:10 87‘1 I S �.� rD r�tt OZ aDIOANI aIVrt ioaroxa O 1-9 0 s---- ..1-1....= ;,.;) ri -- b ) e) 15"'h o 0. s o w 0 N— 0 r A, 0- E g W y b B O. •m TPH-HCID 1 TPH-Diesel TPH-Gasoline BTEX by 8021B • . 1 VOCs by 8260C SVOCs by 8270D 6 til g PAHs 8270D SIM ,x _>‹. • IA �(4,4', c' d z 0 R CD W ro 0 0 a eat') y n Q vttt 1:10 87‘1 I S �.� rD r�tt OZ aDIOANI aIVrt ioaroxa O 1-9 0 \r 2 c v G C a)= E v Q Eo i- O C e w c as co 0 LP N; 0 A as :~ co C i.l Z to 0 0 tV� ■ O IIJV 0 0 f+ 0 44) 1 ,V+ V 0 co V w 0 0 0 Who o °N 0) �z� U .O 0 ca a a n - co co a i .. a) Q) ca a . a coo "a o o ..I �o 00 .1a =rii a cz o- N y Q ai a =. z o Q W N �mo aa ---- 0cO UA Q 0 :..., L o JO © Q ,v..i44 -44 1:4 a) 3 `° 0 w ° 0 ° v� 3 0 c , 03 0) 0Q. .t• .4 Aet --.I0 o E r� CZ! Oa � 0 ,� F� N t0 V CID � ,-- .z 0 , +0. O a m N(4 O -Q •0 0 cco . C a? . O .Co Q 0 0 o .co .0. U co V) M O . a) • N O 130 j o L 0 rn W N o; vi ( /.::•ri i :i'....:•?:::.- , ... ......... i .1.?•:.:;. ( 0 :::-- , .... :I..... \ .......:-.7-: •••••.. -E:: 0:r. *.•:-.,- . '',:' .1. • f ...-...,. , c....!.:: ,i ;4.: ..,...,.... , .:...... ::-:. 4.1,.:::•,::::.. : D \ ..1,...i......,;,....... i ...... :.:. .1.-i...,.i- +§....'..:-.. \ •\.,...._.:.:1 .-:4.• ...: 1 IP.... .:-... D •• • • • • /41 1060"•($.1-ev.N\'• f .14 4,1,, 4. 4,4 • •.• 4'4 ye 0._ .•/.1.•••••• •6 4/ • • .• 4,4 ••••• ••.••• CO401410 .•• •••• • 11...1016114.4,0 0•• '11410,•.•0 411014 • •.•,4 411 *410, , 14044 • . ,• • •114 OA • 0161 . .140 414.4.• 4 4•4010` • .4. • 4 IR 14,4 ,411, •Ik.. „.. • .,.„ 1C -J° •.'•• • • •••• v(-)' ".' - „.• • Ur. O ▪ CD '0 0 01. ila 8 v. \ w 8 it - CD St. 0 zs • '0 in 0 5 C') tri.1 I 0 Imia. a --, to o ° frd 1 4o 6 a q *11 \0E0 • EL ao a n. t..., . . .CD — 8 0 Ow 0 , 4 c?'.: =1 E.() ett 0 tri P..- 0. u . .. E. ri r.t RC ei6 Zi •P 6.i = L.) 0' • %Kr a. ..., 0 ,.A. .• PI =i 0 rA. ..› c; • <P 0 Ci) .-t •-t, 1:16 tk) a. .... st z... c.3 =c9 o 0 0 cr ,;--1 q 0 g .- = iv gt...) ._. . . ,.< P n 5 0 o 0 AVP.s;•!**.44.44 •i7::. :•::'..:.:4 \:..........: : sZ: 34. Ei- ) -.......-. --'7":',1.1.• '::- :•:. I ..'-::;'•rio : 42: '.4,. 4 ,.. ./, , ,7 •,?/' .....!".:. \ ,..... ., r4tYY (._ ..;::•): -:: 1:,... iIitlY ( ;:.71.4 '...$ .;., •:: C .:.: .4) : .4iIV ( WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Seattle, WA is accredited for the analytes listed below using the methods indicated. Full accreditation is granted unless stated otherwise in a;note. Accreditation for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods" (SW -846) is for the latest version of the method. SM, refers to EPA approved editions of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials. Other references are described in notes. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes Air 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane 1,1 ,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane (Freon 113) 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane (Freon 114) 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) 1,2-Dichloropropane -- 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 1,3 -Butadiene 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene 1 -Propene 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK) Acetone Benzene- Bromodichloromethane EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev: 2 (1999) 1 J EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev._? (1999) 1 EPA TO-15.Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999). 1 EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) 1 EPA TO -15 Rev.,2 (1999) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation unit Page 1 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Bromoform Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroform cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene cis-1,3-Dichloropropene Cydohexane Dichlorodifluoromethane (Freon -12) Ethylbenzene Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) o -Xylene Styrene Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) Toluene - trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) Vinyl chloride Benzene Ethylbenzene m+p-xylene Naphthalene o -Xylene Toluene Xylene (total) Drinking Water Di-isopropylether (DIPE) Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) (2-Ethoxy-2-methylpropane) Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) tert-amylmethylether (TAME) tert-Butyl alcohol Method EPA TO -15 Rev, 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. -2 (1999) EPA TO -1,5 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -15 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2_(1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA TO -17 Rev. 2 (1999) EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1.995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 EPA 524.2_4.1_1995 Notes Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya. Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accroditadon Unit Page 2 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 r, Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Non -Potable Water n -Hexane Extractable Material (O&G) Turbidity Solids, Total Suspended Mercury Antimony Arsenic Barium Beryllium Cadmium Chromium Cobalt Copper Iron Lead Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel Selenium Silver Thallium Vanadium Zinc Ethane Ethene Methane Solid and Chemical Materials pH pH Mercury Antimony Arsenic Barium Beryllium Method Notes EPA 1664A_11999 SM2130B-01 SM 2540 D-97' EPA 1631 E-02 1 EPA 200.85.4 1994 1 EPA 200.8_54_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 _ 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4j1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1,4 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1' EPA 200.8 5.4 .1994 • 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200:8_5.4_1994 1 EPA RSK-175 1 - EPA RSK-175 1 EPA RSK-175 1 EPA 9040C_2002 EPA 9045D_2002 EPA 1631 E-02 ` 1 EPA 200.8.5.4.1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 3 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc.. MatrixiAnalyte Cadmium Chromium Cobalt Copper Lead Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel Selenium Silver Thallium Vanadium Zinc Antimony Arsenic Barium Beryllium Cadmium Chromium Cobalt Copper Lead Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel Selenium Silver Thallium Vanadium Zinc 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) Benzene Ethylbenzene Toluene Method EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5;4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 200.8_5.4_1994 EPA 6020A (2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A22/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A (2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A/(2/07) EPA 6020A (2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A (2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 6020A(2/07) EPA 6020A (2/07) EPA 6020A_(2/07) EPA 8011-94 EPA 80218_2_(.12/96) EPA 80216_2_(12/96) EPA 80218_2_02/96) Notes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 Washington State Department of Ecology - - EffectiveDate: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page4of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matriz/Analyte Xylene (total) Aroclor-1016 (PCB -1016) Aroclor-1221 (PCB -1221) Aroclor-1232 (PCB -1232) Arocior-1242 (PCB -1242) Aroclor-1248 (PCB -1248) Aroclor-1254 (PCB -1254) Aroclor-1260 (PCB -1260) Diesel range organics (DRO) Gasoline range organics (GRO) 1,1,1,2 -Tetrachloroethane 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane 1,1,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane_ 1,1,2 -Trichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1,1-Dichloropropene 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) 1,2-Dichloropropane 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichloropropane 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene 1,4 -Dioxane (1,4- Diethyleneoxide) 2,2-Dichloropropane 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether - Method EPA 8021B_2_(12/96) EPA 8082A (2/07). EPA 8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) EPA 8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A (2/07) EPA 8082A_(2/07) WDOE NWTPH- Dx_(1997) WDOE NWTPH- Gx (1997) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260€_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 82600_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8106) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) EPA 8260C_(8/06) Notes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 1, 5 1 1 1, 5 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 5 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 ) Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes 2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 2-Hexanone EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260Q(8/06) , 1 4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 4-Methy1-2-pentanone (MIBK) EPA 8260C(8/06) 1 Acetone EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Benzene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Bromobenzene 'EPA 8260CL(8/06) 1 Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Bromoform EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Chlorobenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Chlorodibromomethane EPA 8260C_(8106) ^ 1 Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Chloroform EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260C28/06)/ 1 Dibromomethane EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Dichlorodifluoromethane (Freon -12) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Di-isopropylether (DIPE) EPA 8260C_(8106). 1 Ethanol EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Ethylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Ethyl-t-butylether (ETBE) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 lsopropylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 m+p-xylene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Methyl chloride (Chloromethane) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 , Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Naphthalene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 n -Hexane EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 n-P'eopylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 o -Xylene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260CA8/06) 1 Styrene EPA 8260C_(8106) ` 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit C Page 6 of 9 Scope Eipire.s: 1/9/2017 +z' Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes tert-amylmethylether (TAME) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 Toluene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Trichloroethene (Trichloroethylene) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Trichlorofluoromethane (Freon 11) EPA 8260C_(8106) 1 Vinyl chloride EPA 8260C_(8/06) 1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 1,2 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 1,3 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 1,4 -Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 1 -Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1, 3 2,4,5 -Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2,4,6 -Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1. 2,4 -Dimethylphenol EPA 827013_(2/07) 1 2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT) EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2;6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT) EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 27Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2 -Chlorophenol EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 2 -Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D_(2107) . 1, 3 2-Methylphenol (o -Cresol) EPA 8270D_(2/07), 1 2-Nitroaniline EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 2-Nitrophenol EPA 82701_(2/07) 1 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 i 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether (BDE-3) EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270D_(2107) 1 4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman 8 Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 7 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Method Notes 4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D_(2/07) 4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D_(2/07) Acenaphthene EPA 82700_(2/07) Acenaphthylene EPA 8270022/07) Anthracene EPA 82700_(2/07) Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D_(2/07) Benzo(a)pyrene S EPA 8270D_(2/07) Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270022/07) Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270022/07) Benzo[b]fluoranthene EPA 8270D_(2/07) Benzoic acid EPA 82700_(2/07) Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270022/07) bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270D (2/07) bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 82700_(2/07) bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 82700_(2/07) Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 82700_(2/07) Carbazole EPA 8270D_(2/07) Chrysene EPA 8270022/07) Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate: EPA 8270D_(2/07) Dibenz(a,h) anthracene EPA 82700_(2/07) Dibenzofuran EPA 82700_(2/07)_ Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270D_(2/07) Di -n -butyl phthalate EPA 8270D (2/07) Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270022/07) Fluoranthene EPA 8270D_(2/07) Fluorene EPA 8270D22/07) Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270022/07) Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 82700_(2/07) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270022/07) Hexachloroethane EPA 82700_(2/07) Indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene EPA 8270D_(2/07) Isophorone EPA 18270D_(2/07) m+p Cresol EPA 82700_(2/07) Methamphetamine EPA 8270022/07) Naphthalene EPA 8270022/07) 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,3 1 1,3 1 1 1' 1 1 1,3 1,3 1 1 1 1 1,3 1 1 1,3 Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for. Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unk • Page 8 of 9 Scope Expires: 1/9/2017 Friedman & Bruya, Inc. Matrix/Analyte Nitrobenzene n-Nitrosodimethylamine N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine n-Nitrosodiphenylamine Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene Accredited Parameter Note Detail -Method Notes EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 82700_(2/07) 1 EPiA 82700_(2/07), 1 EPA 8270D_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270022/07) 1,3 EPA,82700_(2/07) 1 EPA 8270022/07) 1,3 (1) Accreditation based in part on recognition of Oregon NELAP accreditation. (3) Accreditation indudes selective ion monitoring (SIM). (4) Method not approved for NPDES testing.(5) Accrediltation is limited to liquid matrix only. Authentication Signature -- Alan D. Rue, Lab Accreditation Unit Supervisor 01/21/2016 Date Washington State Department of Ecology Effective Date: 1/12/2016 Scope of Accreditation Report for Friedman & Bruya, Inc. C578 -16a Laboratory Accreditation Unit Page 9 of 9 Scope, Expires: 1/9/2017 -A • 0 0 • 0 E1LC 2017 PROTOTYPE COMBINED SPECIFICATION SINGLE LEVEL STORE #1332 TUKWILA, WA DATE: February 22, 2017 D l7� D036 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 ZO T City, of Tukwila BUILDING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER tea / z THIS PAGE IS BLANK 40 0 0 0 0 41 0 3 a Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Tukwila, WA #1332 SINGLE LEVEL STORE TABLE OF CONTENTS ***************************************************************************************************** DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section 00200 - Section 00435 Section 00550 Section 00700 - Section 00900 - Section 00950 - Instructions to Bidders — Bid Cost Breakdown — Definition of Owner Responsibility General Conditions Modifications to General Conditions Special Conditions DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 110 - Summary of Work Section 01210 — Allowances Section 01230 — Alternates Section 01330 — Submittals Section 01411 — Testing and Inspections Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities Section 01630 — Substitutions Section 01631 — Substitution Request Form Section 01740 — Cleaning Section 01788 — Guarantees and Warranties DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section 02830 — Chain Link Fencing DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03540 — Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete PAGES 4 5 1 1 2 12 3 1 2 4 6 2 2 3 4 2 2 13 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 - 1 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 - Brick and Block Masonry Section 04810 — Thin Brick Veneer DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05120 Section 05400 Section 05500 Section 05510 0 Section 05515 Section 05521 0 - Structural Steel - Light Gauge Metal Framing - Miscellaneous Metal - Steel Stairs - Ladders - Steel Railings DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 - General Carpentry Section 06400 - Millwork Section 06610 — Protective Bollard Cover DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07161 — Polymer Modified Cement Parge Section 07218 - Batt Insulation Section 07230 - Perimeter Insulation Section 07240 - Exterior Wall Insulation and Finish System Section 07260 — Weather Barrier Section 07510 —Built -Up Bituminous Roofing Section 07600 - Metal Flashing Section 07651 - Laminated Sheet Flashing 0 Section 07662 - Prefabricated Coping Section 07724 - Roof Hatch Section 07841 - Firestopping Section 07900 - Sealants 0 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 PROJECT 15722 9 2 5 4 6 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 4 4 2 2 1 3 3 00002 - 2 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 - Hollow Metal 3 Section 08211 — Flush Wood Doors 2 Section 08305 — Access Doors 1 Section 08320 - Double -Acting Traffic Door 1 Section 08331 - Upward Coiling Service Door 2 Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances Storefront and Curtainwall 4 Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 20 Section 08721 - Automatic Doors 2 Section 08810 - Glazing 4 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard 7 Section 09270 - Exterior Gypsum Sheathing 2 Section 09300 - Ceramic Tile 2 Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings 4 Section 09610 - Concrete Floor Sealer 1 Section 09652 - Resilient Plank Flooring 3 Section 09653 - Resilient Tile Flooring 3 Section 09680 - Carpeting 2 Section 09900 - Paint 13 Section 09970 — Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 1 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10180 - Toilet Partitions - Metal 2 Section 10265 — Corner Guards 1 Section 10440 - Interior Signage 1 Section 10520 - Fire Extinguishers 1 Section 10670 - Metal Storage Shelving 1 Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories 2 Section 10990 — Miscellaneous Specialties 1 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section 11130 - Audio -Visual Equipment 2 Section 11162 — Edge of Dock Levelers 1 Section 11163 - Dock Door Seals 1 Section 11170 - Compactor 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Section 12110 - Photo Murals 1 Section 12485 — Walk -off Carpet Tile 1 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section 13700 - Security Post and TV System 1 DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING DEVICES No Sections Issued DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements 1 Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification 2 Section 15260 - Piping Insulation 4 Section 15290 - Ductwork Insulation 3 Section 15300 - Fire Protection 18 Section 15310 - Fire Protection Piping 4 Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping 7 Section 15430 - Plumbing Specialties 3 Section 15440 - Plumbing Fixtures 2 Section 15625 - Unit Heaters 3 Section 15781 - Packaged Roof Top Air Conditioning Units 3 Section 15870 - Power Ventilators 2 Section 15890 - Ductwork 4 Section 15910 - Ductwork Accessories 4 Section 15940 - Air Outlets and Inlets 2 Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16010 - Basic Electrical Requirements 2 Section 16060 - Minor Electrical Demolition for Remodeling 2 Section 16111 - Conduit 4 Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable 3 Section 16130 - Boxes 3 Section 16141 - Wiring Devices 3 Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding 2 Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems 2 Section 16190 - Supporting Devices 1 Section 16195 - Electrical Identification 1 Section 16421 - Utility Service Entrance 1 Section 16426 - Distribution Switchboards 3 Section 16441 - Enclosed Switches 2 Section 16461 - Dry Type Transformers 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 - 4 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 Section 16470 - Panelboards 3 Section 16476 - Enclosed Circuit Breakers 2 Section 16477 - Fuses 2 Section 16485 - Clock Timers/Contactors/Photoelectric Controls 2 Section 16510 - Interior Luminaires 4 Section 16721 - Addressable Fire Alarm System 12 Section 16741 - Telephone Data/Pos Service, Pathways, and Wiring 4 Section 16743 - E.A.S. System and CCTV System 1 Section 16747 - Audio/Visual System 1 Section 16749 - Building Security 1 ********************************************************************* APPENDICES Appendix 1 Package A and B 1 Story 2 Appendix A.1 — Single Level Vendor Matrix 1 Appendix B-1 — Project Closeout Photos Required 1 Appendix C — Specification for Trafsys Wiring 3 Appendix D — GC Document Closeout Checklist 6 Appendix E — Progress Report 1 Appendix F — Utility Request Forms 1 Appendix G — Certificate of Completion - Contractor 1 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 - 5 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 - 6 1 e s 1 1 1 d 1 O DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 00200 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL Notice is hereby given that Kimco Realty will accept bids 0 for Construction Work at: PROJECT SITE: DICK'S SPORTING GOODS STORE Mall Name and Store Number: Parkway Supercenter Store #1332 0 0 City and State: Tukwila, WA A. Sealed proposals, in duplicate, addressed to: KIMCO REALTY Bids are due REFER TO RFP at 3:00PM local time, in envelopes provided by the General Contractor. Questions regarding the project should be directed to: Architect of Record: Herschman Architects 25001 Emery Rd — Suite 400 Cleveland, OH Contact: Aaron Blue B. Each sealed envelope shall be clearly marked on the face with the project name, address, and bidder's name. C. Proposals shall be based on materials and methods described on the drawings and 0 Specifications. All local, state and federal taxes shall be included in the Bid. Quote all unit prices and give all breakdowns included in Proposal Form. The total price indicated shall be the total cost to the Dick's Sporting Goods (DSG), including all Overhead and Profit. 0 0 0 D. The Proposal shall not contain a recapitulation of the work to be done, but shall be filled in appropriately in blank areas provided. E. No oral or telephonic proposals for modification will be considered. Bids faxed in on time with a follow up hard copy are acceptable. DICK'S SPORTING GOODS FAX: 724-227-1429. PROJECT 15722 F. No bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his bid, or any part thereof, for ninety (90) days after the time established for receipt of the bid. G. Bid proposal shall include the cost of preparation and submittal of all shop drawings, samples, etc. as indicated and required herein and in all documents, including all sales taxes, delivery costs, and all other incidental necessary expenses. H. Any bulletins or addenda issued during the time of bidding are to be covered in the Proposal and in the execution of the contract shall become part thereof. The bidder shall be responsible for transmitting Addenda information to all concerned with their bid. Receipt of Addenda shall be acknowledged on the Proposal Form. All work shall be bid under a Single Lump Sum "General" Contract basis to include all General, Plumbing, Mechanical, Fire Protection, and Electrical Divisions of Work. 1.02 PRE-BID MEETING A. A Pre -Bid Meeting will be held on site on at :00 (date and time). The Architect of Record (AOR), DSG Construction Project Manager and Landlord's Representative will be on site to answer questions and afford access. B. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to obtain and pay for the building permit. This cost shall be included in the base bid. 1.03 FORM OF PROPOSAL A. Proposals shall be made in the form provided with all blank application spaces in the form to be fully filled. It shall contain the total bid stated both in writing and in figures. The signatures shall be longhand, and the completed form shall be without interlineations, alterations, - or erasure. B. State any qualifications or explanations of the Bid in the appropriate spaces allotted within the Proposal Form, and, should the spaces allotted be insufficient, provide further information on the Bidder's stationary with letterhead, and submit in duplicate with Bid. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS REVISED 01132017 00200 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS C. General Contractor is to fully complete the Bid Cost Breakdown. 1.04 BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. The bidding documents shall include the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, the Project Drawings and Specifications, and any addenda issued prior to the Bid Due Date. NOTE: Each Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all bidding documents on the Proposal Form, as well as any Addenda. Nevertheless, Transmittal Letters forwarded with documents, will so identify them. B. The "Bid Package" for each bidder is to be obtained electronically from the AOR from an electronic file server. Bidders will be responsible for downloading the Bid Package and reproducing the documents as needed to prepare their Bid. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITY OF BIDDERS A. Bidders shall examine carefully Drawings and Specifications, visit the project site and matters which can affect the work or cost thereof. Should Bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from Drawings and Specifications or other documents or should be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify the AOR and copy DSG Construction Project Manager, and obtain clarification before submitting his bid. Bidders to provide copies: Proof of registration to do business in the local jurisdiction of the project, local business license number, and State sales and use tax registration number. B. After bids have been submitted, Bidders shall be presumed to have full knowledge of conditions relating to or affecting performance of work under this Contract. Submission of a bid shall be taken as prima facie evidence for compliance with this requirement. No extra costs will be considered for failure to comply with this Section before signing Contract. 1.06 APPLICATION A. The Instruction to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and General Requirements shall be applicable to every division and Section of these Specifications, and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT 15722 are binding upon all Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Specifications: For convenience, these specifications are arranged in several trade sections, but such segregation shall not be considered as limiting work required by a trade. C. Scope of Work: General Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, scaffolding, ladders, equipment, fuel, permits, fees, reports, certificates, insurance, taxes, etc. in accordance with drawings, specifications, and addenda, if any, to complete his scope of work. D. Bond: The successful General Contractor will be required to provide a performance and/or material and labor bond signed by a security company approved by the DSG (at DSG's option and,expense). E. WAIVER OF LIEN FORMS: General Contractor to include with each month's payment application signed and notarized lien waivers from all subcontractors who submitted payment requests that were included in the previous month's payment application. 1.07 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS A. Each Bidder shall examine all Contract Documents, noting particularly all requirements which will affect his work in any way. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings or Specifications, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the AOR and copy DSG Construction Project Manager. Neither the DSG nor AOR will be responsible for any verbal instructions. NOTE: Direct all inquiries during bidding to the AOR and copy DSG Construction Project Manager. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A. General Contractor shall clean up and remove his debris from job site. When the whole or a portion of work is suspended, General Contractor shall properly secure and protect his work and materials, as may be liable to sustain damage. If General Contractor does not execute this work as per Contract Documents, DSG REVISED 01132017 00200 - 2 C c c c c c C c c 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS may, at their discretion, have the work completed at General Contractor's expense. 1.09 WORK SCHEDULE A. General Contractor agrees without reservations, to expedite and commence his work 0 immediately upon receipt of notice to proceed, with sufficient and qualified manpower to maintain established schedules. If, in DSG's judgment, it becomes necessary to accelerate work at any particular point and accelerate work at a specified location, General Contractor shall cease work at any particular point and accelerate work at the specified location. 0 B. General Contractor understands and agrees that starting and completion dates as indicated in these Contract Documents comprising the entire agreement between said parties, are subject to 0 change by the DSG. No additional compensation will be paid to the General Contractor as a result of change in starting or completion dates. 1. Definition of terms regarding completion date: a. BTS projects: Defined as Day of Occupancy. b. RBTS projects: Defined as Day of Occupancy. 0 0 C. Preliminary Schedule to be submitted with Bid. Start Date: Not later than (date). Completion Date: (date). 1.10 AGREEMENT A. If notified within 90 days from receipt of bids, Bidder agrees to execute an agreement for the above work. 1.11 A. GUARANTY General Contractor shall furnish to DSG a written guaranty covering his work, for a minimum period of 1 year (no longer as provided in the trade specifications) from date of substantial completion, in a form acceptable to DSG and AOR (final payment will be withheld until guaranty is received by DSG). B. The work shall be free from defective 0 workmanship. Contractor further understands and agrees that he will replace or repair INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 0 PROJECT 15722 defective workmanship during the guaranty period at no additional cost to DSG. C. See Section 01788, Guaranties and Warranties and individual sections for requirements. 1.12 FIELD MEETINGS A. Weekly field meeting must be scheduled by the General Contractor with applicable ,Subcontractors to expedite and coordinate the work. Representation at these meetings shall be mandatory unless waived by DSG. DSG Construction Project Manager will attend when possible. General Contractor shall publish and distribute notes from weekly meetings. 1.13 SUBCONTRACTORS' LIST A. Each Bidder shall name the Subcontractors upon which he has based his bid. Provide these names where indicated on the Proposal Form. B. The DSG reserves the right to reject the use of any subcontractor. 1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS A. It is not the intent of the Specifications to exclude the use of any meritorious product of equal value; the bidders are invited to submit with their bids, substitutions on other makes of material and apparatus for consideration by the AOR and DSG. The Landlord along with DSG shall be the sole judge of quality and their decision will be final. B. If the bidder proposes to substitute any material, fixtures, article, device, method of construction, arrangement of components, or other items that differ from that called for by the Plans and Specifications, his bid price for the substitution . shall cover all costs involved, including any and all costs for work required by other contractors . or subcontractors that will be necessitated by the proposed substitution;or change. Bidder shall also provide drawings, cuts, performance data and other information necessary for evaluation by the Landlord and DSG. C. Any substitutions proposed by the bidder, shall be submitted on the Proposal Form at the time of bidding, and shall clearly set forth any addition to or deduction from the bid amount. REVISED 01132017 00200 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS See Section 01630 for further requirements. 1.15 UTILITY COMPANY RULES A. Rules of local Utility companies shall be complied with. Before Bid is submitted, the General Contractor shall check with each utility company supplying services to this work, and shall determine all requirements and include in his bid the cost of the same. 1.16 DSG'S SPECIALTY ITEMS A. General Contractor shall install items furnished by DSG, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. B. General Contractor's bid to include receiving, unloading, inventory, storage, protection, installation, labor, equipment and erections materials required to completely install all of the items provided by DSG and installed by the General Contractor. C. General Contractor shall provide material and labor warranty for all products, systems, and equipment. Regarding National Account Vendor (NAV) items, the General Contractor is responsible for labor warranties while the NAV shall cover the material warranty. 1.17 BOND A. The General Contractor shall furnish to DSG a combination bond to guarantee performance of the agreement, including any guarantee provisions hereof, and payment of all labor and materials up to 100% of the agreement price as required by the DSG. B. The bond shall be issued by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the state in that the work is located, and shall remain in affect one year after Contract Closeout (see Section 00950). The Bond and Surety must be approved by the DSG. 1.18 CONTRACT AWARD A. Bidder to whom work is awarded shall execute an agreement directly with the DSG. B. The competency and responsibility of Bidders and of their proposed subcontractors will be INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT 15722 considered in the award. If required by the DSG, and not having been previously submitted, Bidder shall submit to DSG a complete Contractor's Statement on AIA Form A-305. C. The DSG does not obligate itself for any costs incurred by the Bidder in preparing bids. The DSG does not obligate itself to accept the lowest or any bid. D. Bids will be opened "privately". E. The DSG reserves the right to reject any and all bids. DSG may, upon prior notice to General Contractor, assign this work in whole or in part; provided that DSG shall be liable to the General Contractor for payment to be hereunder up to the time of such assignments. END OF SECTION REVISED 01132017 00200 - 4 C c c C c c c c c c c COST BREAKDOWN Project # & Name: General Contractor: Leased Square Feet: Type of Construction: Project Manager: GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract General Conditions Sales Tax Insurance Construction Management Testing / Inspection Contractor's Fee Permit/Fees Tap Fees Final Cleaning Total General Conditions CSI 00700 01110 01111 01310 01411 01500 01505 01510 01740 General Contractor/ Landlord $ SITE WORK General Demolition 02050 Earthwork 02300 Site Lighting 02580 Paving 02700 Sidewalks & Handicapped Ramps 02775 Utilities 02500 Curbs & Gutters 02770 Regular Bollards 02840 Site Landscaping/Irrigation 02900 Total Site Work $ CONCRETE Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300 Precast / Tilt Panels 03400 Total Concrete $ MASONRY Unit Masonry 04200 Brick Veneer 04810 Total Masonry $ METAL Structural Steel 05120 Metal Fabrications i.e-Signage Structure 05500 Decorative Metal Fabrications (Both sides of Mall Entrance) 05700 Cart Coral 05730 COST BREAKDOWN Project # & Name: General Contractor: Leased Square Feet: Type of Construction: Project Manager: Total Metal WOOD AND PLASTICS General Carpentry Millwork Perimeter Trim Faux Beams Total Woods & Plastics 06100 06220 06450 06600 General Contractor/ THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Wall and Rigid Insulation 07218 Exterior Ins & Finish System 07240 Roofing / Flashing / Roof Accessories 07500 Total Thermal & Moisture Protection $ 1 1 1 1 1 0 COST BREAKDOWN' Project # & Name: General Contractor: Leased Square Feet: Type of Construction: Project Manager: [CONSTRUCTION BUDGET O DOORS AND WINDOWS Doors/ Frames & Finish Hardware Security Grilles/Shutter Hurricane Shutter Dock Doors Alum. Storefront System O Automatic Entry Doors Glazing Total Doors & Windows 08110 08330 08390 08365 08410 08460 08800 FINISHES O Gypsum Board Systems 09250 Ceramic Tile 09300 Suspended Acoustical Ceilings 09510 Flooring (Other than Ceramic) 09600 Faux Stone Walls 09750 Painting 09900 0 General Contractor/ Total Finishes $ SPECIALTIES Miscellaneous Specialties 10100 Toilet Partitions & Accessories 10165 O Wall and Corner Guards 10260 Exterior Signage 10430 Restroom Identifiers & Other Interior signs related to Operation of the Building 10440 Stock Room Shelving 10670 Fire Extinguishers 10520 O Acrovyn Wall Panel Total Specialties $ EQUIPMENT Audio and Visual Equipment 11130 O Loading Dock Equipment 11160 Compactor 11172 Total Equipment $ FURNISHINGS O Murals / Artwork 12110 Total Furnishings $ SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 0 COST BREAKDOWN Project # & Name: General Contractor: Leased Square Feet: Type of Construction: Project Manager: Fire Protection System Total Special Construction CONVEYING SYSTEMS Elevators Escalators -Passenger Conveyor - Merchandise Total Conveying Systems 13900 14200 14300 14500 General Contractor/ CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL Plumbing HVAC Ductwork BUDGET Total Mechanical • COST BREAKDOWN Project # & Name: General Contractor: Leased Square Feet: Type of Construction: Project Manager: 15000 15500 15800 General (Contractor/ ELECTRICAL Electrical Connection to Store Fixtures 16150 Service and Distribution 16400 Interior Lighting Fixtures i.e.-HID, Florescents, Exit 16510 Exterior Lighting - i.e-Wall Wash, Lights behind Letters 16520 • Parking. Lot Lighting/Electrical (if we own) 16521 Interior Decorative Lighting Fixtures i.e.-track 16550 Telephone System (low Voltage) 16720 Fire Alarm 16721 Data and Communication Equipment (Source One) 16740 Merchandise Security System,(Sensormatic) 16743 O Store Security System (ADT) 16749 Pole Mounted/Free Standing Outdoor Lighting N/A Total Electrical $ ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS EMS Total EMS ABATEMENT Asbestos Abatement Total Asbestos Abatement Total Construction Bid Cost Per Square Foot Alternates 17010 18201 $ #DIV/0! 0 Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS ' PROJECT 15722 SECTION 00550 — DEFINITION OF OWNER RESPONSIBILITY PART 1 - GENERAL 01000 DEFINITION OF OWNER 0 1.1 Any references in this specification to the Owner for this project is referring to: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Build to Suit - The Landlord (Kimco Realty) is the Owner on Build to Suit (BTS) projects. 1. All work, materials, and systems'shown on the plans and specifications including all referenced national accounts is the sole responsibility of the Landlord (and/or the Landlord's General Contractor) to purchase, schedule, and install the complete and entire system as shown and referenced. 2. Dick's Sporting Goods (DSG) is the Tenant and has no scope of responsibility for work shown on these plans and/or specifications. END OF SECTION DEFINITION OF OWNER RESPONSIBILITY REVISED 01132017 00550 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK DEFINITION OF OWNER RESPONSIBILITY REVISED 01132017 00550 - 2 e 1 e e e e e e 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. A.I.A. DOCUMENT A-201, CURRENT EDITION 1. The above mentioned document, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" which is composed of 14 articles, shall become a part of these specifications as though fully written herein. 2. A copy of the document may be reviewed at the Architect's office by anyone bidding this project. a. General Provisions b. Owner c. Contractor d. Administration of the contract e. Subcontracto'rs f. Construction by Owner or by separate Contractors g. Changes in the Work h. Time i. Payments and completion j. Protection of persons and property k. Insurance and bonds 1. Uncovering & correction of work m. Miscellaneous provisions n. Termination or suspensions of the contract END OF SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00700 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK GENERAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00700 - 2 A 4 7 4 4 1 e e 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 00900 - MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 MODIFICATIONS A. ARTICLE 2.1.3 ADD AS FOLLOWS: O 1. The Owner is: AS DEFINED HEREIN SHALL MEAN OCCUPANT OF SPACE AS LESSEE/TENANT OR OWNER DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 345 Court Street Coraopolis, PA 15108 0 Q PROJECT 15722 B. ARTICLE 4.1.1a ADD AS FOLLOWS: 1. The Architect is: Architect of Record Address Telephone Fax E-mail C. ARTICLE 11.1.1 ADD THE FOLLOWING: 1. The Contractor shall not commence Work until it has furnished two (2) copies of the requisite Certificates of Insurance evidencing that it has obtained the following Insurance which shall be secured with companies licensed to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and in satisfactory form to the Owner. 2. The Certificates of Insurance must provide that said insurance is "primary" and that the insurer will give the Owner O at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of material change in, cancellation, or non -renewal of such insurance. Said certificates and written notices shall be directed to: Aon Risk Services One -Federal St Boston MA 02110 Attn: Gordon Otis 3. The Certificates of Insurance shall name Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc. and the property owner or its representative if required, as an additional insured; however, under no circumstance shall Dick's or the property owner be liable for payment of any premiums. Additionally, it is understood that the coverage granted to. Dick's as an additional insured shall apply on a primary basis with Dick's own coverage being excess. 4. The types and limits of insurance that the Contractor is required to carry at its expense are: a. Workers' Compensation Statutory b. Employers' Liability $100,000 Each Accident Q $500,000 Disease - Policy Limit $500,000 Disease - Each Employee c. General Liability $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate Including, but not limited to, Premises Operations, Independent Contractors, Products & Completed Operations, Personal Injury, Contractual Liability, Explosion, Bodily Injury and Property Damage, Combined Single Limit: 0 0 General Liability Policy shall be on occurrence basis and shall include coverage for Explosion, Collapse and Underground when the work to be performed involves blasting, explosion, moving, shoring, underpinning, razing or demolition of any structure, grading of land, paving, excavating, drilling, borrowing, filling, pile driving or caisson work. d. Automobile Liability Including Owned, Non -Owned & Hired Vehicles, Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence e. Owner's Protective Liability MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00900 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit f. Umbrella Liability Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $5,000,000 Each Occurrence $5,000,000 Aggregate PROJECT 15722 g. The Contractor shall maintain the above insurance at all times until final completion of the Work, except insurance for Completed Operations which it shall maintain for two years after final completion of the Work. h. Maintenance of insurance by the Contractor as specified in this Article shall in no way be interpreted as relieving the Contractor of any responsibly and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations of the Contractor whatsoever, and the Contractor may carry, also at its own expense, such additional insurance as it deems necessary. i. The Contractor shall require of Subcontractors, unless otherwise approved by the Owner, to also carry insurance equal in kind and amount to that required by this Article, but not including Owners' Protective Liability: j. Owner disclaims any liability, responsibility and/or obligation for loss or damage to Contractor's and/or Subcontractor's equipment, material and tools due to theft, vandalism, fire or loss. k. Property Insurance: 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at its own expense, an All -Risk Property Insurance policy to insure all Work of the Contract against any loss or damage, with a deductible acceptable to Owner. 1. The value of the insurance shall at all times be equal to or greater than the full value of the work (on-site and off- site), shall be in the names of both the Owner and the Contractor, as well as the property owner or its representative if required, payable to the respective parties as their interests may appear and any proceeds thereof shall be retained by the Owner as security for the performance by the Contractor in making good any loss, damage or injury. Upon such satisfactory performance by the Contractor, the proceeds shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor. END OF SECTION MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00900 - 2 c c E E 0 0 0 O Q 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 00950 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.01. SCOPE A. The General Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment (including all utilities during construction and until the Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) and/or Dick's Sporting Goods (DSG) acceptance of demised premises) and superintendence for performing all operations necessary to complete all requirements of the specified work in accordance with the drawings and provisions of the contract documents. B. All work shall be done in accordance with all contract documents, but shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State laws, local ordinances and lawful regulations of the particular locality which may affect the completion of the work and shall meet the approval of inspection authorities having jurisdiction. NOTE: Even though the Landlord/Developer and/or General Contractor are supplied with a complete set of construction drawings, it will be the Landlord/Developer and/or General Contractor's responsibility to comply with all items listed in the above paragraph. It is assumed by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) that all General Contractors and their subcontractors are fully aware of local conditions and requirements, therefore no additional costs will be paid by Owner (see Section 00550 for definition) for this work. C. All materials of every kind and description are to be new, unless otherwise noted on drawings, 0 and of the best quality. No substitution of materials or manufacturers herein specified shall be made without samples of designated materials having been submitted to Owner (Section 00550 for definition) and/or DSG for written approval. 0 D. Reporting Requirements: 1. The General Contractor must submit weekly status report (See Appendix E) from commencement of project through completion. The reports must be received via email no later than 2:00 PM Thursday of each week (see attached). In addition, the General Contractor must E -Mail to DSG's Construction Project Manager assigned the project a minimum of 12 photos, also due on Thursday 2:00 PM. The format of the photos must be in JPG (640 x 480 resolution): At the request of the Architect of Record (AOR), a duplicate copy shall be sent to him. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . A. The Agreement, signed and executed by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and General Contractor. B. Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) shall cause its General Contractor and all subcontractors to observe and comply with these specifications and construction drawings. The term "General Contractor" as used herein shall be deemed to mean (i) the landlord's General Contractor or (2) each subcontractor, if the Tenant has not directly engaged a General Contractor. The General Contractor shall be primarily responsible, for the performance of the work in accordance with these specifications and construction drawings, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve the General Contractor from such, responsibility. C. All construction contracts entered into (1) by Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) General Contractor, or with subcontractors, as the case may be, shall incorporate the latest edition of American Institute of Architects Standard Documents ,No. A-201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. These specifications and construction drawings, together with the general conditions and any modifications thereof, govern all the work in so far as applicable. The general conditions, specifications and construction drawings have bearing upon similar subject matter, all shall apply wherever possible; otherwise, the more stringent conditions shall be followed. D. Special Conditions of the Contract. Any reference to "Special .Conditions" shall mean this section. E. Specifications, Addenda, and Bulletins: Specifications and Addenda are effective upon date of issue. Bulletins are not effective until a signed Change Order;is issued by DSG's Construction Project Manager. SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 F. Drawings: As named in the Agreement, revisions thereto, additional drawings, supplementary drawings and sketches issued. G. Definitions of terms: 1. BTS: Build to Suit. 2. RBTS: Reverses Build to Suit. 3. Owner: RBTS projects — DSG. 4. Owner: BTS projects — Landlord. 5. Tenant: BTS projects — DSG. H. Abbreviations 1. Those which may appear in the specifications or other contract documents shall mean the following: AIA American Institute of Architects ACI American Concrete Institute ADA Americans with Disabilities Act. AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction .ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturers Assn. AWSC American Welding Society Code FS Federal Specifications GC General Contractor NBS National Bureau of Standards (Dept. of Commerce) NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assn. NESC National Electrical Safety Code UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Act 2. Abbreviations on -drawings to conform to separate listing shown on the drawings. Additional Abbreviations, if included in the contract documents, shall refer to well- known terms or common usage, and in case of doubt, the Architect will interpret such abbreviations. Wherever the terms "as approved", "as directed", or similar expressions appear on the SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contract Documents, the meaning shall be construed as "approved by the Architect of Record (AOR)" or "as directed by the AOR". Within specifications, the omission of such as "the General Contractor", "shall", "a", "an", "the", "all", and the like is intended for brevity; the fully inferable sentence structure shall be considered supplied to the effect that the specifications are directional in describing the work. K. Within the contract documents, words such as "provide", "furnish", "furnish and install", "supply", "include", and similar terms shall mean that the contractor shall supply labor, materials, tools, equipment and other things appurtenant and necessary to fully complete the work which is mentioned, in every case, unless the work is specified as not being a part of this Contract. L. The term "trade" whenever it occurs in the specifications shall mean mechanics and workmen engaged in the work according to their special skills, or firms that hire them for that portion of the work which requires such skills. 1.03 LIMIT OF WORK A. General Contractor and subcontractors will be required to keep their work within the confined limits of the site, without encroaching upon existing parking areas, lawns and other improvements, except in the extent permitted in writing by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). 1.04 AWARD OF WORK A. Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) reserves the right to award the work in any manner they deem to be in their best interest, adjusting the contract price if necessary and mutually agreed. 1.05 PERMITS A. The General Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), procure all permits, tap in fees, licenses, give all notices necessary, obtain and furnish to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) all certificates for work for which REVISED 01132017 00950 - 2 a i 1 1 1 1 Q a Q Q 0 Q 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 certificates are required, pay for all Federal, State and Local fees, permits, licenses, taxes, etc. for construction and final connection to all public utilities. The General Contractor shall also furnish the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) with a certificate of occupancy before any final construction payments are made. (See instructions to bidders for any special requirements that could apply for permitting). 1.06 PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS A. The specifications and drawings complement one another. What is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. Neither governs the other; both are directive concerning the work. B. Where a conflict or omission may seem to appear, consult the Architect of Record (AOR) for a decision. Such decisions will be expressed in writing in the form of Addenda for such occurrences prior to contract execution, and in the form of Bulletins and Change Orders after the contract is executed. C. Do not scale the drawings, dimensions shall govern. Large scale details govern over small scale details. D. It is intended throughout that all work be fully completed, and that all anchorage, fastenings, rough hardware items, scribing and fitting as necessary, painting and finishing, together with all shop and field equipment as needed for handling, manufacturing, assembling, hauling, hoisting, etc., be supplied whether or not directly specified or shown on the drawings. Wherever the nature of the work may need patching and repairing to complete it properly, that also shall be supplied. E. The General Contractor shall notify the AOR in writing, regarding any necessary items which may have been omitted from the Specifications and/or Drawings, and any irregularities, discrepancies or duplications between Drawings and Specifications. In case of such errors and omissions, the General Contractor shall not proceed with the Work in uncertainty, but shall consult the AOR regarding intent and revisions if necessary. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.07 COPIES FURNISHED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A. The "Bid Package" for each bidder is to be obtained electronically from the AOR from an electronic file server.. Bidders will be responsible for downloading the Bid Package and reproducing the documents as needed to prepare their Bid. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The General Contractor shall check and verify all field measurements and shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay in this work or in that of others, all shop drawings required for the work; of all trades. It will be the General Contractor's responsibility to check all shop drawings. B. All sprinkler drawings, hydraulic calculations and supporting documentation must be submitted to local authorities having jurisdiction and sent electronically to DSG's insurance underwriter for review and approval prior to fabrication of any piping or system components. 1. DSG's Underwriter: AON Risk Services, Inc. Of Massachusetts Aon Risk Services One Federal St Boston MA 02110 Attn: Gordon Otis T. 617.457.7698 C. 617.851.0910, gordon.otis@aon.com 2. Certificates of Insurance are to be sent to the following: a. AIG Property Casualty, Boston Office Attention: William Paradis 100 Summer Street, 28th Floor Boston, MA 02110 T. 617.330.8502 C. 617.758.9627 b. Dick's Sporting Goods, Corporate Office Attention: Judie Ross 345 Court Street Coraopolis, PA 15108 C. No material, product, equipment or systems shall be ordered or purchased before Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) or its agents REVISED 01132017 00950 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 have approved the shop drawings or cut sheets. See individual sections. 1.09 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS A. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the AOR are the property of Dick's Sporting Goods (DSG). They are not to be used on other work. 1.10 SAMPLES A. The General Contractor shall furnish for approval all samples as directed. The work shall be in accordance with approved samples. Label samples with name of project, Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), General Contractor, and AOR, date submitted, "job commission number", manufacturer's name, catalog number, trade names, and all necessary technical data for positive identification. Furnish sufficient samples in each case to permit retainage of sample by DSG, General Contractor, AOR, Subcontractor, and others such as the Engineer of Record when requested. 1.11 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Details of the specifications establish the standards of quality required, either by description or by reference to brand names or the names of manufacturers. B. Where only one product is mentioned by name, only that one shall be used. Where more than one product is named, any one of same may be regarded as the standard quality contingent upon compliance with the drawings and the specific quality specified. C. To the extent deemed necessary by the AOR, producers of substitute materials will be required to furnish samples, literature, test and performance data, record of other installations, names of Owners -(See Section 00550 for definition, AORs, General Contractors, and subcontractors, as references, statements of current financial condition, etc., in support of the supplier's claims of equality to that which is specified. 1.12 DELAYS A. Inclement weather shall not be a valid cause for delay of the work, it being assumed that the General Contractor will estimate sufficiently for work stoppages because of inclement weather in his estimates for work progress and its completion. B. Causes beyond the control of the General Contractor which delay the work, such as strikes, lockouts, fire or stoppages authorized, etc., shall extend the completion date by like periods of time as consumed in the delay, provided the General Contractor makes claim not more than seven (7) days after the cause of the delay begins. 1.13 RELATIONS OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR A. The General Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor and every subcontractor agrees to be bound by the terms of the Contract Documents as far as applicable to his work, unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approval in writing by Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). B. The Subcontractor agrees: 1. To be bound to the General Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents and to assume all obligations and responsibilities that he by these documents, assumes toward Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) or DSG Construction Project Manager. 2. To submit to the General Contractor applications for payment in such reasonable time as to enable the General Contractor to apply for payment on time from Owner (See Section 005500 for definition). 3. Provide copies: Proof of registration to do business in the local jurisdiction of the project, local business license number, and State sales and use tax registration number. C. The General Contractor agrees: 1. To be bound to the subcontractor by all the obligations that Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) assumes to the General Contractor under the Contract Documents, and by all the provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the General Contractor from DSG. 2. To pay the subcontractor, upon payment of certificates the amount allowed to the General Contractor on account of the SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 C Q 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 subcontractor's work, to the extent of the subcontractor's interest therein; or to pay the, subcontractor on demand for his work or materials as far as executed and fixed in place, less the retained percentage at the time the certificate should be issued, even though the AOR fails to issue it for any cause not the fault of the subcontractor. 3. To pay the subcontractor a just share of any fire insurance money received by him, the General Contractor, under a distribution arrangement in which the General Contractor acts as trustee for the subcontractors. 4. To make no demand for penalty for delay in any sum to excess of such amount as may be specifically named in the subcontract. 5. That no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the General Contractor to the subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the General Contractor to the subcontractor during the first ten (10) days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. 6. To give the subcontractor an opportunity to be present and to submit evidence in any arbitration involving his rights. a. See Article 5.3 in the AIA Documents No. A-201, of the General Conditions. 7. With each application for payment provide a signed and notarized lien waiver from past months applications for payment. 1.14 ARCHITECT OF RECORD'S STATUS AND DECISIONS A. The AOR is the Agent of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents and when in special instances authorized by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) to act show the General Contractor written authority. 1.15 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Water - The General Contractor will provide temporary service as required and pay the cost ' of all water consumed. The General Contractor shall remove all temporary lines and fittings when the building is sufficiently completed to use permanent service. B. Heat: 1. The General Contractor shall provide all equipment, fuel and attendance necessary to provide temporary heat until such time as the building has temporary heat or permanent materials and the new heating installation is sufficiently completed that it can be properly operated as the means of temporary heating. 2. Until the permanent facilities are operable, as determined by DSG, the General Contractor shall supply temporary heating by means of portable heating units or other approved appliances. Contractor shall be responsible for proper venting of such appliances and for removal of any smudges or other disfiguring marks resulting from their use. 3. The permanent heating system can be used as the temporary source of heat after its completion. The General Contractor shall include the provision of temporary filters, provide all maintenance, attendance and operation required to operate the permanent heating system. The General Contractor will pay for temporary heating through use of permanent system. 4. Upon completion of the project, the General Contractor shall replace filters, clean and restore the permanent heating systems to a new condition and acceptable in every respect. 5. The following minimum temperatures shall be provided and maintained: . a. In areas closed off, not being worked, but where freezing would not be a hazard, as judged by the DSG Construction Project Manager: NO HEAT b. In areas closed off, not being worked, but where freezing would be a hazard to the work, or in areas being worked by "wet" trades, such as plasters, concrete masonry, ceramic tile and the like: 55 deg. F. c. In areas scheduled for finish trades, such as acoustic tile, resilient tile, woodwork, and the like, for 48 hours before they begin, during the installation work and for at least 48 hours after its completion: 60 deg. F. See individual manufacturers' product data for additional requirements and standards. d. General Contractor to control humidity levels in store during construction SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS operations per manufacturers recommendations. C. Light and Power — General Contractor shall extend electric service from an acceptable source. General Contractor will pay cost of electrical energy consumed. General Contractor shall provide temporary lighting along corridors and within all open spaces, and such lights necessary for stairs and other means of egress. General Contractor shall provide temporary power outlets for the convenience of all trades using tools and appliances noted as fractions of a horsepower. Separate polyphase service completely fused or equipped with circuit breakers shall be provided for equipment and tools which have motors 5 HP or under, and for temporary power required to operate the permanent heating system as the means of temporary heating should permanent electrical connections not be completed when such use of permanent heating is required. Welding shall not be performed through the use of the temporary electrical service. Welding shall require separate equipment, fuel attendances and other incidentals related to supplying power for welding purposes. General Contractor to provide all new service as shown. D. Sanitary Facilities - Until sufficient permanent plumbing and water supply work is completed to provide temporary toilet facilities within the building, the General Contractor shall provide and maintain approved temporary facilities on the site. Toilet facilities shall be kept clean and sanitary, and screened against insects. When possible, and where directed, General Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary facilities within the building employing flushing type water closets and lavatories with suitable partitioning to provide privacy and ventilation. Plumbing fixtures used shall be replaces with new fixture prior to final inspection of project. E. Storage Sheds — General Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining sheds and shanties. Obtain necessary approvals such as may be required by zoning or other ordinances and locate where directed. Remove such facilities when no longer required and when directed. F. Field Office — General Contractor shall provide a suitable office for use of his supervisory force SPECIAL CONDITIONS PROJECT 15722 and that of DSG. A large trailer shall be acceptable. The Field Office shall be located where directed by DSG and shall be removed when suitable space within the building can be used as field office space. G. Telephone - General Contractor shall provide a private telephone and fax machine for his use and the use of DSG and their agents. DSG shall reimburse the General Contractor for toll and long distance calls made from this telephone. All other subcontractors shall be provided with a pay telephone located in a convenient place or near the field office. H. Provide the computer and telephone capabilities: Conference -calls, e-mail, fax, and digital camera functions. 1.16 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Final Closeout Submittals: Before final Application for Payment will be approved, the following submittals must be received from the General Contractor and approved by DSG. If General Contractor fails to provide a fully completed Closeout Document Book within sixty (60) days after Substantial Completion of the Work, then the General Contractor agrees to pay DSG the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) per day, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, until the fully completed Closeout Document Book is received by DSG. In submitting the Closeout Document book, the General Contractor shall bind the closeout documents in a "Closeout Document Book," consisting of a three-ring binder with tab for each category from the GC/LL Close out document checklist to be submitted to DSG Construction Project Manager. The Closeout Documents shall include the following additional items to the GC/LL Closeout document checklist with final payment (See attached GC/LL Closeout Documents Checklist — Appendix D). 1. Copy of Certificate of Occupancy (attached to final invoice). 2. Final lien waivers from General Contractor and all Subcontractors. Affidavit of Total Release and Certification of all Bills Paid); included in the Contract Documents. 3. Completed Operations Bond (copy or original Performance and Payment Bond) if applicable. REVISED 01132017 00950 - 6 4 c 1 3 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 d 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 4. Certificate of Completion, Appendix G. B. All change orders must be fully executed and returned to DSG Construction Coordinator before final payment will be released. C. Closeouts must be complete and accepted by DSG before final payment will be released. 1.17 CHASES AND OPENINGS A. The General Contractor and subcontractors will construct chases and openings required for their own work and for that of other trades from information obtained from the various trades and subcontractors. B. Where any information for chases and openings is received too late and requires cutting to produce it, the cost of the cutting shall be borne by the trade or subcontractor needing the same. C. Any such cutting will require the AOR's prior approval, and in no case may such cutting be done in a manner of location that would endanger the structural quality of the building. 1.18 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Submission of any proposal, directly or indirectly in connection with this work shall imply that such bidder has examined the premises and has satisfied himself as to existing conditions under which he will be obliged to - operate should he be awarded work under this contract. No extra charge will be allowed for failure of any bidder to examine the site. 1.19 LINES, LEVELS AND MEASUREMENTS A. All trades shall work accurately to proper lines and levels, and to plumb or construct slopes as the drawings require, verifying dimensions and locations of their work with the General Contractor's superintendent. B. Data which may show on drawings concerning underground conditions and contours are not guaranteed by the AOR, but must be verified by each subcontractor as it pertains to their work. C. The General Contractor and each trade shall verify measurements at the site before ordering materials or performing their work. No extra charges will be allowed for differences between actual measurements and dimensions shown; however, such differences shall be referred to the AOR for consideration before proceeding with the work. 1.20 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. All trades and the General Contractor shall cooperate with one another toward the most efficient approach and performance of all work, discussing proposed work at job conferences, giving information to each other of work intended for the week following, and otherwise making known all conditions in advance. All work shall be maintained on schedule. 1.21 SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC INDICATIONS A. If difficult conditions or interferences of various trades occur, all facts shall be given to the AOR for a decision, especially where appearance of the work may be involved. B. The need for chases and openings not shown on the drawings shall always be determined in advance of such building construction. 1.22 USE OF SITE A. Use of the site by the various subcontractors shall be at Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) and/or DSG's discretion on all matters and in which they deem necessary to place restrictions. B. Parking of workmen's automobiles will be confined to certain areas. Egress to and from the site shall be as directed. 1.23 TESTING AND INSPECTING MATERIALS A. All materials shall conform to standard specification requirements, tests, quantities, and qualities, as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM). Manufacturers of material shall furnish samples and/or certified copies of mill and shop tests without cost, as required by the AOR. Samples of materials and work if and when requested by the AOR or as hereinafter specifically stated shall be submitted to an independent testing SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 laboratory and the costs of such tests will be paid by the General Contractor. 1.24 SEWER LOCATIONS A. The General Contractor and Plumbing Subcontractors shall check the fall of the sewers to the manholes included in this work as indicated on the drawings. General Contractors shall verify all grades and elevations shown. Also included in this work; tie-ins into existing sewer lines and for these lines reused, General Contractor will have these lines video taped with camera to identify and correct potential problems within the lines. 1.25 TEMPORARY DRAINAGE A. The General Contractor -shall keep excavations and building free from water to protect all work and to afford satisfactory working conditions, for execution of all branches of all contract divisions of the work until completion. B. Provide any temporary trenches, sumps, pumps, or other equipment of facilities necessary for such drainage. 1.26 CLEANING UP A. Each trade shall keep the premises free from rubbish and debris resulting from its own work, included is the hauling from the premises of crating, cartons, scraps, defective materials, and surplus materials so that a clean job exists at all times. This will be rigidly enforced. 1.27 TAXES A. The General Contractor shall pay all applicable taxes, Federal, State; and local: and maintain payroll record certificates in conformance with all applicable Federal, State and Local laws. 1.28 OCCUPANCY A. Upon completion of the work, the General Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, tools, and construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the premises. The General Contractor shall replace any broken glass, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces, clean all windows and leave the building cleaned in accordance with Section 01740. All utilities shall be permanently connected and operational before possession by Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and/or DSG. Drives, walks and ground improvements necessary for customer and store service traffic shall be completed prior to possession by DSG. All handicapped requirements must meet all prevailing codes. General Contractor must secure Occupancy Permit prior to fixturing. B. "Substantial Completion" means: the structure has been completed, permanently enclosed, completely decorated both inside and out, all floor coverings installed; the electrical and mechanical systems have been completely installed, and are fully functioning under EMS controls; all utilities have been permanently hooked up; the toilet facilities are completed; the fire and theft protection systems have been completely installed and are capable of being monitored; all site work has been completed including landscaping, curbing, paving and stripping, and all necessary permits and approvals have been obtained so as to permit the installation of fixtures and the stocking of merchandise, and so that DSG may use and enjoy the structure as intended. This is subject only to minor punch list items that do not affect ' use, enjoyment, or occupancy permits. 1.29 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. The Landlord and/or General Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain a project sign on site, located in a prominent location. The sign shall be erected within 10 days of approval to start project by DSG's Project Construction Manager and removed three (3) days before the store opening date. B. The sign is to be constructed of exterior grade plywood and shall be properly braced and constructed to suit field conditions. See Appendix 1 Drawing from Image One for sign specifics. C. LL/GC to hang 5' x 25' Coming Soon banner from building once shell is erected and in a prominent location as directed by DSG Construction Project Manager. D. Mall Barricades — LL/GC to hang graphic from Image One at location as directed by DSG SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 8 c c c c c c C 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Construction Project Manager. 1.30 WARRANTY A. The General Contractor shall warrant all equipment, materials, and workmanship for a period of one (1) year minimum from lease turnover date or contract completion date. (See Specifications Sections for warranties). It is understood that the failure of any piece of equipment, material, or service provided in this contract to pass the applicable inspection by both parties and ordinance authorities will constitute a default in performance and the General Contractor warrants that in the event of such failure, he will cause same to be corrected expeditiously and in a manner acceptable to such authorities and Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and/or DSG. If the General Contractor does not provide corrections within a reasonable period of time (10 days) the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) may provide the corrections and chargeback the General Contractor for all costs incurred. See Section 01788 for additional requirements. Items deemed by DSG to be emergency items due to safety or interruption of normal operations of the store are required to be corrected in 24 hours. B. General Contractor shall provide to Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG a list of names, addresses, and current telephone numbers of all subcontractors used for construction and services of demised premises by the proposed fixture date. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors must submit warranty form (item D. below). 0 C. The General Contractor shall correct any work or defects found not to be in accordance with the contract documents within the warranty period and shall bear all costs of correction. D. General Contractor's Warranty Form and Subcontractor's Warranty Form for use with this section. Warrant all labor and material and/or labor when material is provided under NAV. 0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0 PROJECT 15722 REVISED 01132017 00950 - 9 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.31 SUBCONTRACTOR WARRANTY FORM PROJECT LOCATION OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR We , Subcontractor for as described in Specification Section(s) (Trade) (List appropriate Sections of Specifications) Do hereby warrant that all labor and materials furnished and work performed in conjunction with the above referenced project are in accord with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto, and will be free from defects due to defective materials or workmanship for a period of Year(s) from Date of Substantial Completion. This warranty commences on ( Lease turn over date or Contract completion date) And expires on (Expiration Date) Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to.improper materials, workmanship or arrangement, the same shall upon written notice by Dick's, be made good by the undersigned at no expense to Dick's. Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglected by Dick's. DATE: FOR (Company Name) BY TITLE (Officer of Company) C SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 10 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.31 CONTRACTOR WARRANTY FORM PROJECT LOCATION OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR We General Contractor (Company Name) for the above referenced project, do hereby warranty that all labor and materials furnished and work performed are in accord with the Contract Document and authorized modifications thereto, will be free from defects due to defective materials for workmanship for a period of one year from day of occupancy. This warranty commences on and expires on (One Year from lease turnover or contract completion date). Should any defect develop during warranty period due to improper materials, workmanship or arrangement the same shall upon written notice by Dick's be made good by the undersigned at no expense to Dick's. Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglected by Dick's. DATE: FOR (Company Name)) BY TITLE (Officer of Company) SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED 01132017 00950 - 11 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.32 UNIONIZED AREA A. If in a unionized area, provide the following "work harmony" clause: 1. It is understood that Union and Non-Union/Open Shop Contractors/Subcontractors will be working on this site simultaneously for both site work and building work and this subcontractor and its' subcontractors agree to work in harmony with other contractors, whether Union or Non-Union/Open Shop. There shall be no picketing, work stoppages, etc. that may impact the work of this project. 1.33 ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS: A. Subcontractors to prepare "Applications for Payment" for their respective work scopes with "Schedule of Values." B. Any building component, whether new or existing, installed or disturbed as a result of this subcontractor's efforts will be madepublic-ready at the completion of each work day. 1.34 ATTIC STOCK A. Please get with the store manager on where he/she would like these items stored. 1. One sealed box of EACH type of floor covering. 2. One sealed box of ceiling tile 3. One full quart of each type of paint used in the building. Each can shall be clearly marked with the Sherwin Williams name and the number as it refers to the plans. 4. Five extra track heads B Items shall be neatly stacked on a pallet until directed by the DSG Construction Project Manager to a permanent storage location. END OF SECTION SPECIAL CONDITIONS REVISED. 01132017 00950 - 12 c c e c c C c C 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 01110 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Work of this Contract shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, insurance, taxes, superintendence, coordination and miscellaneous services required for the construction and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated into the Work. All Work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In the event of conflict within the Contract Documents or within these Specifications, the provisions of the more stringent, as determined by the DSG's Construction Project Manager, shall govern. 1.02 WORK OF OTHER RELATED SECTIONS A. All other sections and documents contained herein also including the Contract Drawings. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. During the entire period of construction, businesses (outside this contract) will occupy immediately adjacent to the project and will conduct their normal business operations. Coordinate all construction operations to minimize conflict and to facilitate usage and access to their businesses. 1. General Contractor shall have complete and exclusive use of the immediate premises for execution of the Work. 2. General Contractor shall at all times conduct his operations as to insure the least inconvenience and the greatest safety and security for adjoining businesses and the general public. 3. Confine site operations to areas permitted by law ordinances, permits and Contract Documents. 4. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. 5. Do not load structure, new or existing, with weight that will endanger structure. PROJECT 15722 1.04 SITE INVESTIGATION A. The General Contractor acknowledges that they are satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads and uncertainties of weather, ground water table or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and condition of the ground, existing conditions of all structures, improvements, building systems, etc., the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed prior to and during the prosecution of the Work, the impact and extent of the work on existing structures, equipment and systems, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work or the cost thereof under this Contract. Any failure by the General Contractor to be acquainted with all the available information concerning site conditions will not relieve their responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work. 1.05 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Do not incorporate hazardous materials or products in the Work as currently defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of '1976 (RCRA), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations, rules, or requirements, as amended, unless the Contract Documents give no other option than to provide a material or product which contains a hazardous material, component, constituent, waste, or leachate. B. Report in writing at once to the Owner (See 00550 for definition) the discovery of any product or material (whether new or already existing on the Project) which contains hazardous materials, components, constituents, waste, or leachate. C. Do not incorporate in the Work any products or materials which contains concentrations of a constituent, component, or material above the threshold levels which would require adherence to hazardous waste disposal regulations as SUMMARY OF WORK REVISED 01132017 01110 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS currently defined, or could cause a release or threat or release of a hazardous substance at a level that would require a remedial response or removal action as currently defined by RCRA, CERCLA, or the EPA. D. Select materials and products meeting specified requirements that comply with EPA requirements as regards hazardous materials content. Determined that materials and products proposed for substitution comply with RCRA, CERCLA, and EPA requirements. 1.06 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY A. DSG reserves the right of partial occupancy or use of facilities, services, and utilities, prior to Substantial Completion, without implying completion or acceptance of any part of the Work. B. The General Contractor shall provide access to the building for DSG's personnel and provide heating, ventilating, and air conditioning, and electricity. C. Providing restoration and repair of damage resulting from partial occupancy or use shall not be at the expense of the General Contractor. D. The General Contractor shall permit DSG to place and install, or to have other Contractors place and install, as much equipment during the progress of the Work as is possible before the final acceptance of the Work, and shall coordinate such placing and installation of the. equipment so that it does not interfere with the progress of the Work or any portion of it. 1.07 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION A. Protect any new or existing construction and building from wind, storms, cold heat, water and dust damage of any sort. Provide all equipment and enclosures to maintain this protection and keep the building interior free of water and dust during the life of the Contract. B. Provide all shoring and bracing required to maintain the integrity and the safety of the existing structure and for the proper execution of the Work. PROJECT 15722 C. Exercise the utmost care to protect all existing utility lines from damage during the progress of the Work.. D. Before work begins provide and erect all necessary fences, warning signals, signs and lights. Provide continued maintenance during the progress of the Work. The extent of this protection and the details of construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of all state and local codes. E. Any portion of the existing building or existing utility services damaged because of failure to provide the required protection shall be removed and replaced with new materials and construction at the General Contractor's expense. This work shall be accomplished subject to the Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) approval. 1.08 REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR OF ANY STRUCTURES THAT HAVE BEEN DESTROYED IN THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK A. Because of the installation of the new items of equipment, fixtures, materials, etc., that are required by the Work, it shall become necessary to remove portions of the existing structure, equipment, and/or utility services. Unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings, the General Contractor shall be responsible for replacing, in a condition of identical appearance, construction, design, working order, and strength as its previous state, any such portion of the existing structure, equipment, and/or utility services so required to be disturbed. The replaced item shall meet the approval of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) before final approval of the Work. 1.09 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: As work progresses, prepare and maintain record documents as specified herein. Each record shall be certified by the General Contractor. Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire -resistive location accessible to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) for reference during normal working hours. Upon completion, turn record documents over to DSG's Construction SUMMARY OF WORK REVISED 01132017 01110 - 2 E 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Project Manager. B. Record drawings: Maintain a set of contract drawings (including amendment and change order drawings) and shop drawings in clean, undamaged condition, with mark-up of actual installations which vary from the work as originally shown. Mark drawing most capable and accurately of showing "field" condition fully; cross-reference at corresponding location on plan drawings. Mark with red erasable pencil and use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of work. Mark-up new information in color that is recognized to be of importance, but was for some reason not shown on either contract drawings or shop drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work, which would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Note related change order number where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover of each set. C. Record specification: Maintain one copy of specifications, including amendments, change orders and similar notifications issued in printed form during construction, and mark-up variations in actual work in comparison with text of specifications and modifications as issued. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options, and similar information on work where it is concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and product data, where applicable. D. Record product data, certifications and laboratory test reports: Maintain one copy of each product data submittal, product certification, and laboratory test report and mark-up significant variations in actual work in comparison with submitted information. Include both variations in product as delivered to site, and variations from manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related change orders and mark-up of record drawings and specifications. PROJECT 15722 E. Record sample submittal: Immediately prior to date(s) of substantial icompletion, DSG's Construction Project 'Manager or designated representatives will meet with the General Contractor at the site, and will determine which (if any) of submitted samples maintained during progress of the work are to be retained. Comply with DSG's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery. F. Project Closeout Photos: The General Contractor is required to take the following digital closeout photographs as indicated on the attached Appendix B-1"Project Closeout Photos Required", B-2 "Branded Wall at Mall Project Closeout Photos Required", and B-3 "Branding Area Project Closeout Photos Required". The digital photographs shall be sent via email to the DSG Construction Project Manager. Digital photographs shall be received by DSG no later than 12:00 PM on the Friday preceding the Soft Opening. The General Contractor will coordinate the scheduling for taking the photographs with the DSG Construction Project Manager. END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK REVISED 01132017 01110 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK SUMMARY OF WORK REVISED 01132017 01110 - 4 a a 1 d 4 Q 0 6 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The General Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. B. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Architect of Record may direct. C. Designate in Construction Schedule delivery dates for products under each allowance. D. Designate in Schedule of Values quantities of materials specified under unit cost allowances. 1.02 SELECTION OF PRODUCTS: A. Architect of Record's (AOR) Duties: 1. Consult with General Contractor in consideration of products and suppliers. Make selection, designate products to be used. Notify General Contractor, in writing, designating: a. Product, model, and finish. b. Accessories and attachments. c. Supplier. d. Cost, delivered and unloaded at site. B. General Contractor's Duties: 1. Assist AOR in determining qualified suppliers. Obtain proposals from suppliers when requested by AOR. Make appropriate recommendations for consideration of AOR. Notify AOR of any effect anticipated by selection of product or supplier under consideration on the (Q Construction schedule or the Contract Sum. 2. On notification of selection, enter into purchase agreement with designated supplier. 0 1.03 DELIVERY A. General Contractor's Responsibility: 1. Arrange for delivery and unloading. 2. Promptly inspect products for damage or defects. 3. Submit claims for transportation damage. PROJECT 15722 specification section:' 1.05 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS: A. Each Allowance includes the cost, expense, and/or materials as set forth for each item. B. In the event the materials, as set forth in each allowance, does not cost as much as allotted, a credit shall revert to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). C. In the event the materials, as set forth in each allowance, are not used in their entirety, a monetary credit shall revert to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). D. In either of the above instances, the General Contractor shall be required to substantiate quantity actually used of the allotted monies and/or materials. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ALLOWANCE NO. 1 — PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 1.04 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with requirements of referenced ALLOWANCES REVISED 01132017 01210 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK ALLOWANCES REVISED 01132017 01210 - 2 a e e 4 e e 1 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. This section summarizes the alternate bids 0 required to be submitted with each Bidder's bid. State in the alternate bids the net sum to be added to, or deducted from the Base Bid in the event the alternate bids are accepted. 0 0 Q B. Submit alternate bids by filling in blank spaces provided therefore on the Bid Form furnished by the AOR. C. The Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the alternate bids. D. Where the description of the alternate bids lists Trade Sections affected by the alternate bid, such a listing shall not necessarily.be considered all-inclusive. It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to determine to their satisfaction and purposes the limits and extent of the Work affected by the alternate bids and to make full and proper allowance therefore in the submission of his alternate bid proposal. E. Include in the alternate bids all changes in cost, either additive or deductive, resulting in the work of all Trade Sections of the Specifications affected thereby. Work required by the alternate bids shall be performed in accordance with applicable Specifications of the Trade Section affected. F. Delayed acceptance of the alternate bids: The 0 Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) reserves the right to delay the acceptance of the alternate bids for a period not to exceed 30 calendar days from the time of accepting the general contract without a change in the dollar amount of the alternate bids. O 0 0 1.02 WORK OF OTHER RELATED SECTIONS: A. Pertinent Sections of these Specifications describe the materials and methods required under the various alternates. B. The method for stating the proposed Contract Sum is described on the Bid Form. PROJECT 15722 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. All alternates described in this. Section of these Specifications are required to be reflected in the bid submitted on the' Bid Form for the Work; however, do not submit alternates other than those specifically allowed in the Documents. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. If the Owner (See Section 00550) elects to proceed on the basis of one or more of the alternates, make all modifications to the Work required in the furnishing and installation of the selected alternate or alternates to the approval of the AOR and at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) other than as proposed on the Bid Form. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ALTERNATE NO. 1— PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 ADVANCE COORDINATION: A. Immediately after award of Contract, and to the maximum extent possible, thoroughly and clearly advise all necessary personnel and suppliers as to the nature and extent of alternatives selected by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition); use all means necessary to alert those personnel and suppliers to all changes in the work caused by selection of the alternatives. 3.02 SURFACE CONDITIONS: A. Prior to installation of the alternate items, verify that all surfaces have, been modified as necessary to accept the installation and that the time or items may be installed in complete accordance with their manufacturer's current recommendations. In, the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and proceed as he directs. END OF SECTION ALTERNATIVES REVISED 01 132017 01230 - 1 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Work included: 1. Wherever possible, throughout the Contract Documents, the minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and materials has been defined either by manufacturer's name and catalog number or by reference to recognized industry standards. 2. To ensure that the specified products are furnished and installed in accordance with the design intent, procedures have been established for advance submittal of design data and for its review or rejection by the AOR. B. Submittal schedule: Within 15 days of the Notice to Proceed, the General Contractor shall provide to DSG and the AOR a complete schedule of proposed submittals. Provide anticipated submittal dates and correlate to the Work progress. Form of schedule shall be satisfactory to DSG and the AOR. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the AOR, make all Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection to the Work. 0 B. 4 prints shall be submitted of each shop drawing. After the shop drawing has been reviewed and stamped, the print will be filed at the office of the AOR, and one copy returned to the General Contractor, from which to make as many copies as needed for the prosecution of the Work. The AOR will not return multiple copies of shop drawings. 0 2.02 PRODUCT DATA: A. Two copies of product data shall be submitted of each item/product. After the item/product 0 has been reviewed and stamped, the copy will be filed at the office of the AOR, and one copy SUBMITTALS 0 PROJECT 15722 returned to the General Contractor, from which they shall make as many copies as needed for the prosecution of the Work. The AOR will not return multiple copies of the product data. B. Information not exclusively pertinent to the Project shall be deleted so that there is no possible area of confusion as to what product, series, or model is to be examined. The AOR or Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will not take responsibility for having examined a product that was not intended by the General Contractor to be judged. 2.03 SAMPLES, MOCKUPS AND COLORS: A. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the AOR, all samples, mockups and colors shall be of the precise article proposed to be furnished. B. Samples and mockups shall faithfully represent the product or the assembly as it is proposed to be installed. This shall include, but not be limited to, materials,:finishes, method of construction or assembly, relationship to adjacent construction, method of attachment to adjacent construction, plus any electrical or mechanical connection that are required for the product or assembly to function. C. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the AOR for review and selection. D. Samples and color charts shall be physical specimens of materials or colors proposed to be provided. Selections and review of samples will be made by the AOR from submitted samples and color charts, without increase in costs to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) or AOR. Should the General Contractor desire a sample returned, submit a sufficient number for the AOR to retain one (1) sample and return the remainder to the General Contractor. E. In order for the AOR to make the color selections as quickly as possible and to avoid delivery and pricing problems, the General Contractor shall be required to submit all items within 40 days of the Notice to Proceed. Delivery and pricing problems that develop REVISED 01132017 01330 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 because an item was not submitted within the forty (40) day time limit, shall be the sole responsibility of the General Contractor and not the owner. F. The color selection will not be made until after samples of all items that require a color selection have been submitted. 2.04 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS: A. Provide information for DSG's maintenance of each system or operating equipment, including, but not limited to, lubrication, emergency control, parts replacement, spare parts inventory recommendation, listing of tools and accessories needed for maintenance and similar instructions, TAB test reports and other test reports, and including warranty and requirements indicated throughout the Specification. B. Provide manufacturer's operating instructions for each item of mechanical equipment and supplement with additional instructions where necessary. Prepare and submit specific operating instructions for each mechanical system that involves multiple items of equipment, including instructions for charging, start-up, control or sequencing or operation, phase or seasonal variations, shut -down, safety, and similar operational instructions. Prepare in typewritten form, completely explained and easily understood. C. Organize each maintenance manual to include an index followed by thumb tab marked sections for system operating instructions; emergency instructions including addresses and telephone numbers for service sources; regular system maintenance procedures including lubrication; spare parts listing and stocking recommendations, inspection, adjusting, re- balancing, cleaning, parts replacement, and similar maintenance instructions and recommendations. Manuals shall also include the proper use of tools and accessories; valve schedules and control diagram for each system; manufacturer's data for each operational item in each system; manufacturer's product warranties, and warranties relating to system and equipment items as part of the Work; shop drawings relating to the system, test reports, and Project Record Documents. Bind each maintenance manual in one or more black vinyl covered, 2" thick, three ring binder, plus pocket folder type binders for folded drawings, and mark the back spine of each binder with system identification and volume number. 2.05 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL: A. Prior to submitting shop drawings, assure that equipment proposed for use will fit into space available, considering space for coil removal, filter service, maintenance, and other activities required to keep equipment operating in proper manner. B. Note in "red" all deviations in electrical and/or mechanical arrangement from that indicated, including, but not limited to, such items as electrical loads, electrical connections and physical size. It is understood when submittal is received that all items that effect other trades have been coordinated with those trades. C. Submittal data shall include, but is not limited to the following: 1. Arrangement drawings with complete dimensional data. 2. Performance data listing the following: a. Capacities, CFM, GPM, entering and leaving air and water conditions, pressure losses for air and water side and all component pressure losses. b. Horse power, KW, and total unit electrical requirements. c. Fan curves, discharge arrangement, motor locations, sheaves and belt data. d. Power and control wiring diagrams, showing interlock requirements. e. Isolators and isolator location with selection data. f. Filter data with type, size number required and pressure drop. Auxiliary equipment by other manufacturers: Provide name, capacity, dimensions, wiring diagrams and power requirements. g. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES: SUBMITTALS REVISED 01132017 01330 - 2 c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. The General Contractor shall review and stamp (cover sheet only) their approval on submittals before promptly and in sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of DSG or any separate contractor, all submittals required by the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be examined unless stamped and signed by the General Contractor that they were reviewed and approved the material. The General Contractor shall legibly mark and date each item submitted indicating approval of the submission. Under no circumstances will the AOR examine material directly from a Subcontractor. Any deviations from the Contract Documents shall be clearly and legibly indicated by circling with red ink or highlighting in yellow. B. By approving and submitting submittals, the General Contractor represents that they have verified all materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, and that they have checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. C. The General Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the AOR's review of submittals unless the General Contractor has specifically informed the AOR in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the AOR has given written approval to the specific deviation. The General Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals by the AOR's review thereof. Verbal discussion between the General Contractor, the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), DSG or the AOR of a proposed deviation and any subsequent agreements thereto shall not be considered valid unless confirmed in writing by DSG and/or the AOR. E. The General Contractor shall direct specific attention to revisions not previously requested by the AOR in writing. F. Wherever any product is specified in accordance with the Federal Specifications, an ASTM Standard, a United States Standard Specification, or other association standard, the General Contractor shall present an affidavit from the manufacturer certifying that the product complies with the particular standard specification. Where necessary and requested or specified, support test data shall be submitted to substantiate compliance. 3.03 SUBMITTAL LOG: A. Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the construction period, showing status of all submittals of all types. B. General Contractor generated submittal matrix of all submittals with date each item shall be maintained and submitted if requested. C. Make the log and submittal matrix available to the AOR for review upon request 3.04 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS: A. Prior to submittal for AOR's review, use all means necessary tofully coordinate all material, including, but not limited to, the following procedures: 1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, catalog numbers, and similar data. 2. Coordinate as required with all Trades and with all public agencies involved. 3. Secure all necessary approval from public agencies and others; signify by stamp or other means that all required approvals have been obtained. 4. Clearly indicate, in writing, all deviations from the Contract Document. B. Mechanical and electrical coordination: 1. Provide coordination of structural, ductwork, waste,,vent, pipes and conduit, as necessary to provide ceiling heights required. Provide necessary information to AOR if relocation of services and/or ceiling height changes will have to be made. 2. Provide scaled equipment layout of mechanical room showing dimensioned equipment pads; floor drain locations; sleeve locations; and equipment location showing required code or service clearance. SUBMITTALS REVISED 01132017 01330 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 3.05 SUBMITTAL SEQUENCE: A. The AOR reserves the right to examine submittals and samples in a sequence that reflects the logical sequence of construction. Submittals of products or materials are the responsibility of separate Trades and must be assembled in coordination and shall be submitted at the same time so that they may be examined together. The AOR reserves the right to hold individual submittals while awaiting the arrival of other submittals. B. All submittals of one Trade shall be submitted together (i.e. Millwork). Numerous submittals over a period of time are not acceptable. In the event of this occurrence, the AOR will hold the submittal arriving first until the full trade's submittal has arrived. 3.06 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS: A. Make all submittals in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide required time for necessary reviews, for possible revision and re -submittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. Costs of delays occasioned by late submittals may be back -charged and shall not be borne by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). 3.07 EXAMINATION OF SUBMITTALS: A. The AOR's review shall be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the General Contractor from compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.- The General Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly, and for performing work in a safe manner. B. The AOR shall stamp, sign and date each submittal after review. The stamp will inform the General Contractor as to whether the submittal has been reviewed, rejected, or whether revisions are required. When the AOR has marked the submittals "Rejected -Resubmit", or word of similar import, the General Contractor shall make corrections to the original and shall resubmit documents. C. The General Contractor shall not under any circumstances remove any comments, notes, or drawings made by the AOR on the submittals that have been reviewed and stamped by the AOR. Should a conflict develop, the General Contractor shall contact the AOR for clarification. D. If the General Contractor finds indicated changes to cause a conflict in conjunction with present construction and/or products to be installed at a later date, he must notify the AOR and ask for verification. The General Contractor is at risk if they fail to ask for verification, and continues the construction involving or relating to the conflicting product. 3.08 COMPOSITE DRAWINGS: A. Where the Work of submittals affect more than one Trade and/or as directed by the AOR, the General Contractor shall prepare and submit composite drawings indicating and defining the Work under all affected Trades, and obtain the review of the AOR. Upon receipt of the final review, the General Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved drawings to all affected. Trades. END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS REVISED 01132017 01330 - 4 0 O 0 0 c c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Q SECTION 01411 - TESTING AND INSPECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL O 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 A. The Independent Testing Contractor (ITC) shall provide copies of all reports and tests to those • parties listed in this section. At the end of a particular testing phase such as compaction or concrete pours, the ITC principal shall be required to certify that all reports have been submitted and are true and correct. B. See Section 00550 for definition of BTS. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. The ITC will be retained by the Landlord for BTS projects. More than one ITC may be retained to perform these services. The ITC shall perform, but not be limited to, the following project testing and inspection services: 1. Soils 2. Paving (Concrete/Asphalt) 3. Foundations 4. Concrete Testing and Placement, including Tilt -Up concrete panels, if applicable. 5. Reinforcing Steel (except mill reports) 6. Floor flatness and levelness (if requested by DSG). 7. Structural Steel (except mill reports) 8. Bolting 9. Slab Moisture Testing 10. Masonry B. Qualifications of the ITC: 1. ITC shall comply with "Laboratory Accreditation System" American Society for Testing and Materials Standard E - 994 and shall be recognized in the industry as specialized to the type of inspections and tests being performed. 2. ITC shall be professional engineer registered and licensed in the state in which the project is located. 3. The test reports will be signed by a qualified professional, registered in the state that the project is being constructed. 4. Methods of testing shall conform to the latest published requirements of the American Society of Testing and Materials and pertinent codes and regulations. PROJECT 15722 C. ITC Responsibilities: 1. ITC shall cooperate with General Contractor and provide qualified personnel. 2. ITC shall inspect and/or test materials, assemblies, specimens, work performed, including methods and techniques as specified. 3. ITC shall promptly notify the General Contractor and Architect of Record of observed irregularities or deficiencies in the Work. 4. Written reports shall be distributed within three (3) days of testing and inspections. Distribute reports to each of the following: a. Owner (See, Section 00550 for definition). b. DSG Construction Project Manager. c. Architect of Record: One (1) copy. d. General Contractor: Two (2) copies. * One (1) Home Office, * One (1) Field Office e. Building Official: Number as required. f. Structural Engineer: One (1) copy. 5. ITC report shall include: a. Date issued. b. Project title,location and number. c. ITC name, address and telephone. d. Name of ITC Inspector and job number. e. Date and time of sampling or inspection. f. Record of temperature and weather conditions. g. Specifications section of tested item. h. Project location of sample or test. i. Type of inspection or tests. j. Interpretation of test results. k. Each report shall have ITC written comments stating that the test results comply with the specified requirements and/or identify retest instructions given to the General Contractor and require follow-up test reports that are identified as the retest reports. The retest reports shall identify the original test report. 6 The ITC is not authorized to perform any duties of the General Contractor. 7. The ITC shall make tests necessary to assure compliance with the plans and specifications. 8. Pier Logs (if required) shall be submitted for all pier inspections 9. A final inspection report shall be submitted by ITC stating compliance / non - TESTING AND INSPECTION REVISED 01132017 01411 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS compliance with project construction documents. 10. ITC shall contact AOR for current set of construction drawings and specifications existing prior to starting work. 11. The services of the ITC, and the information provided by the ITC, are provided for the sole benefit of the Landlord and DSG. The General Contractor shall not rely upon any information provided by the ITC. General Contractor is solely responsible for assuring that the Work complies with the Contract Documents in all respects and may not rely on the ITC for this, or any other assurance. The ITC and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirements of the Contract Documents, approve or accept any portion of the Work, perform or excuse any duties of General Contractor, or be a party to the scheduling of the Work. The ITC is not an authorized agent of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). D. Payment for ITC Services: 1. The initial tests performed by the ITC are paid for by the Owner (See Section 00550). E. ITC Insurance Requirements: 1. ITC shall maintain worker's compensation and employer's liability insurance for its employees as required by state law. ITC shall effect and maintain, at its own expense, Commercial General Liability Insurance with a company licensed to do business in the state in which the services are to be performed with a financial rating of VIII or better and a policyholders rating of B+ or better in the latest edition of Best's Rating Guide on Property and Casualty Insurance Companies consisting of, at minimum, a policy with coverage of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence limit and with an aggregate limit of $2,000,000 and Professional Liability insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000 and shall furnish Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) with a certificate to verify insurance policies are in force prior to commencing any activity. Such Commercial General Liability policy shall name Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG as an additional insured. ITC shall be responsible for any TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT 15722 and all claims, injuries or damages of any type whosoever including, but not limited to, injuries to persons, property and loss of lie, arising out of, relating to and due directly or indirectly from its services hereunder and shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG harmless from any and all losses, damages or expenses (including attorney's fees) from any such claim, injury, damage or death, except as may be due solely to the negligent acts of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this agreement. 1.03 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR TESTING & INSPECTION A. General Contractor shall cooperate with the ITC to facilitate the execution of required services. B. General Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the ITC so that no work is installed without the proper tests being performed. ITC scheduling shall be a minimum of 24 hours advance of operations to allow the assignment of personnel to conduct the testing. General Contractor shall assist ITC to obtain samples at job site. D. General Contractor shall provide and pay for all project required concrete mix designs, and mortar and grout mix designs. Concrete mix design shall have records of confirmed cylinders and certification by a Registered Engineer for each grade of concrete. E. General Contractor shall furnish copies of mill test reports of all shipments of cement and reinforcing steel to the AOR and the ITC as required. F. General Contractor shall advise ITC, in advance, of sources of material, and instruct supplier to cooperate with ITC to achieve required inspection. G. General Contractor shall notify the ITC a minimum of 24 hours in advance of operations to allow ITC to assign personnel and schedule testing. H. Contractor shall make arrangements and REVISED 01132017 01411 - 2 c t ( 1 D 3 3 0 3 O 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS schedule the proper authorities for inspection of the structure, soils and construction materials. I. General Contractor shall obtain from governing authorities the proper test procedures that are required for the system. J. Where results of required inspection, tests or similar services, prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance of with the requirements of the Contract Documents, at the Owner's discretion, the costs of tests associated with that non-compliance will be deducted by the owner from the Contract Sum. K. General Contractor shall secure and deliver to the ITC, without cost, preliminary representative samples of materials that are proposed for use and that require testing for compliance with the project specifications. L. General Contractor shall furnish such labor as is necessary to obtain and handle samples at the project or at other sources of materials. M. General Contractor shall provide and maintain for the sole use of testing laboratory, adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders on project site for the first twenty-four (24) hours as required by ASTM C31. N. General Contractor shall supply ITC with copies of the following shop drawings prior to start of work. 1. Concrete / Asphalt mix designs. 2. Structural including steel, reinforcing, masonry. 3. Masonry grout / mortar mix designs (if applicable). 1.04 INDEPENDENT TESTING CONSULTANT SCOPE OF SERVICES AOR TO DELETE NON -APPLICABLE PARAGRAPHS BELOW A. Site mass earthwork soils: 1. A pre -construction site meeting shall be held with the General Contractor and the earthwork subcontractor to discuss any questions they may have in reference to the soil recommendations, site preparation, positive drainage and storm water control, and any other pertinent issues that could affect the schedule and cost of the project. TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT 15722 DSG's Construction Project Manager should schedule; and attend this meeting to make sure the contractors are aware of the importance of the meeting. The ITC firm must attend the meeting. 2. Stripping, grubbing and demolition activities are to be observed to make sure the Geotechnical Engineering recommendations are followed. Items to be demolished or grouted in-place are to be observed to make sure the plans and specifications are followed. Items to be removed are to be documented (i.e. foundations, septic fields, etc.). 3. Soil density testing is to be conducted as material is placed and compacted, both natural and fill soil'. If soils are too wet or are not being compacted to meet the intent of the project specifications, the areas should be identified in the reports. The ITC should be prepared to visit the site and assess what needs to be done to help the progress of the project. The time frame for such a response is immediate, and cannot wait a week. DSG's Construction Project Manager should. be contacted on all items that will impact to the schedule. Keep them informed through their voice mail, mobile phone and email system. 4. Unsuitable soil conditions need to be defined as to why they are unsuitable and where they are located. If soils are simply wet, and are of suitable classification, that needs to be clearly stated in field reports. The drawings should be utilized to identify locations of unsuitable or wet soil conditions. A copy of the drawing should be attached to daily field report identifying the location of the unsuitable or wet soil conditions. The report should provide options to stabilize the soil conditions, or if additional evaluation is required to assess the problem. DSG's Construction Project Manager should be contacted for any items that will be detrimental to the schedule. DSG expects the ITC to be able to quantify unsuitable soil removal, and identify why it is considered unsuitable. ITC will be asked to review change orders on soil issues. 5. Site preparation for positive drainage and protection of the Visite should be a major inspection task for ITC field personnel. The ITC is to be pro -active in discussing and identifying these. potential problem areas. If low areas on the site are REVISED 01132017 01411 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS continuously holding water, DSG's Construction Project Manager and the General Contractor should be advised of the potential long term problems. 6. One (1) compaction test is required for every 100 LF of utility pipe backfill and each manhole/storm inlet. The soils are to be tested as lifts are placed and compacted. The lift thickness should be in accordance with the project specifications. Additional lifts should not be placed until acceptable results are obtained. Field reports need to identify if trenches are left open and soils are being saturated due to the exposure to weather. The General Contractor needs to be informed of these issues so subcontractors may be put on notice. 7. The erosion control plan should be reviewed by the ITC, and the on-site ITC technician should observe erosion control measures for compliance with the project requirements and government standards. If non-compliant items are observed, the General Contractor and DSG's Construction Project Manager. The General Contractor is responsible for maintaining and quality control of the erosion control methods. The Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), DSG and ITC will not be held responsible for NPDES violations. B. Pavement section testing: 1. Base course material is to be tested for in- place density and thickness. The material should be tested for gradation and classification. The material physical properties shall be tested to see if they meet specified bearing requirements. 2. Asphalt wearing course material should be tested for compaction during placement and thickness measurements should be conducted during lay -down. The temperature of the asphalt mixture should be taken and compared with the asphalt mixture design range. The screed/laydown thickness should be between 1/8 to 3/16 inches greater than the required asphalt layer requirement. Therefore, if the screed depth is set for the exact thickness as specified, inform the General Contractor that the asphalt thickness may be deficient if a minimum thickness is specified. If there are areas in which the thickness is questionable, the field report should • PROJECT 15722 identify those areas by an attached drawing. If any paving is being conducted in cold weather, asphalt temperatures are below or above the design mix range, or screed depths are not in compliance with thickness requirements, the General Contractor and DSG's Construction Project Manager shall be notified immediately. Paved Areas holding water after asphalt placement should be identified on a drawing and the General Contractor notified to make repairs to eliminate ponding areas. 3. Concrete for pavements should be inspected and sampled as it is placed. The load transfer devices, if required, should be observed for proper placement and installation procedures. Construction joints should be cut at the proper time period, and the depth of the saw cut and the spacing of the saw cut should be observed and reported. Non-compliance items are to be well documented; the General Contractor and DSG's Construction Project Manager should be notified if the same non- compliant items are regularly occurring. C. Foundation testing: 1. Foundation excavations are to be measured for size and depth. One (1) compaction test per 100 LF of the foundations excavations and at each column foundation shall be made. 1TC,sha11 enforce the specifications and identify, foundation excavations not filled the same day, or protected against weather. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to excavate and replace soils saturated by heavy rains when foundation excavation is left open and unprotected from heavy rains. The ITC field report shall clearly identify when the General Contractor leaves the footing excavation exposed and unprotected over night to the weather. D. Slab subgrade soil testing: 1. One (1) compaction test per 5000 SF of slab on grade subgrade should be conducted prior to stone placement and/or vapor barrier placement. The grading should be observed for uniformity, and the General Contractor should be employ a surveyor to insure proper grading has been achieved. E. Aggregate base -slab on ground vapor break: TESTING AND INSPECTION REVISED 01132017 01411 - 4 C c c c c c ( ( 3 0 0 0 O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 1. The aggregate base beneath the slab should be measured for thickness and density. If the subgrade soils were not fine graded uniformly, the aggregate base should be checked thoroughly. The vapor barrier should be observed for proper placement, lapping and jointing. Punctures are to be properly repaired prior to concrete placement. Slab -on -ground thickness and inspections: 1. Slab on ground thickness should be measured from the formwork prior to concrete placement. The specifications and drawings provide the minimum thickness allowed. The load transfer devices and. reinforcing should be inspected for placement and securement. Construction Joints/Saw cuts for the slab need to be completed in accordance with the plans and specifications for time of application, depth and placement. The curing techniques of the slab require observation for compliance with the project specifications. For other testing requirements for slab on grades, see section 1.04 G. G. Concrete slabs on ground -general: 1. Tests and inspections 'noted in Table C1 are to be done by the ITC. The ITC shall keep records of the testing and inspections. 2. Laboratory Testing Requirements: a. Proportion concrete materials on basis of laboratory trial batches in accordance with ACI 318. b. Ready -mix concrete supplier can proportion materials per ACI 318. c. Proportioning by water -cement ratio, per ACI 318, is not acceptable. d. Submit copies of data and test results to AOR for review to substantiate mix designs. 3. Field testing: a. Perform tests noted in Table Cl and provide test reports with the location of each placement represented to the local Building Official and DSG's Construction Project Manager. b. For slabs, perform slump and temperature tests for first truck -load of concrete and every SIXTH truck MINIMUM thereafter. Provide test reports to those indicated in paragraph 1.02, C, 4 above. c. When pumping concrete, take samples TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT 15722 for tests at point of delivery from pumping line. 4. Test floor slab finished surfaces for Flatness and Levelness if "requested by DSG." 1) Test random traffic areas shown on drawings in accordance with ASTM El 155, except as specified herein. (a) Random Traffic Areas F -Number Requirements: (i) Slabs on Ground: F35/F125 minimum overall for composite of measured values for. entire day's concrete placement; F25/F120 minimum for any individual floor section. (ii) Bound individual floor sections for testing purposes by the following that provide the smallest sections: construction joints, contraction joints, or column and half -column lines. (b) Additional. Requirements: (i) Conform to F-numbers specified for floor areas within 2 feet of construction and isolation joints, in lieu of ASTM El 155 requirements excluding these areas. (ii) Limit to '/4" maximum elevation change within 2 feet of columns or walls that pass through slab surface. (iii) Ensure top of entire floor falls within + or — 3/4 of an inch of finished floor elevation indicated on Drawings. (a Complete testing, identify defective areas, and give verbal report within 24 hours after placement. (b Submit written report by within 36 hours after "placement. Include costs for retesting defective areas replaced or repaired. H. Structural Steel Framing Inspection Services 1. Structural steel inspection and testing will include 100% visual observations of weld quality, weld location, bearing for joists, securement of perimeter angle, bolt REVISED 01132017 01411 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 tightness, bridging placement, lapping and securement (note the tails are not to be welded until the dead load is applied), metal decking securement (the puddle weld and screw placement is not typical per the Metal Deck Institute). A punch list of non- complying items should be provided to the DSG PM. At close out, all defective items shall be corrected or verified with engineer and inspecting agency that this is acceptable. The welder's certification needs to be accepted by the General Contractor and ITC. Uncertified welders shall not be a allowed to weld on the project until they meet the proper certification requirements. Slab Moisture Testing: 1. Perform a minimum often (10) Calcium chloride tests within 30 days of install. 2 Perform a minimum of ten (10) pH tests within 30 days of install. 3. Copies of all Calcium Chloride and pH test reports must be provided to DSG Construction Project Manager. 1.05 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. Special Inspections requirements are to follow these current building code and drawings. END OF SECTION TESTING AND INSPECTION REVISED 01132017 01411 - 6 C c E c C c f c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The General Contractor shall pay all energy 0 costs for the temporary electricity, heat and ventilation used for the Work. This shall include the costs of installation and maintenance of temporary equipment, which costs shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. The General Contractor shall remove all 0 temporary equipment at the end of each work phase. 0 0 0 0 0 B. Use of alternate temporary facilities is General Contractor's option, and subject to the AOR's acceptance. C. Comply with all Federal, State and local codes/regulations. 1.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. See Section 00950. 1.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. See Section 00950. 1.04 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. See Section 00950. 1.05 TEMPORARY WATER A. See Section 00950. 1.06 SANITARY FACILITIES A. See Section 00950. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide -hoisting equipment, scaffolding, etc. as needed to properly perform his work. PUMPING AND DEWATERING 1.08 A. Provide and operate drainage and pumping equipment as may be necessary for the proper performance of this Work. Maintain the site PROJECT 15722 free from water resulting from the operation of the dewatering equipment on the construction work area and adjacent site areas. 1.09 BARRICADES A. Provide barricades to surround the work areas of the project. Maintain these barricades when the operations are adjacent to and confined within these barricades. As the General Contractor finds it necessary to remove portions of the barricades to perform operations, provide all necessary warnings, temporary guard rails and other safety measures required, and replace the temporary barricade as soon as practical, and at the end of each work day. Should the General Contractor fail to replace the barricade as required, then the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) may do sowithout notice to the General Contractor, and back -charge the General Contractor for the full cost of providing these barricades. Provide barricades with warning lights at locations where their operations present a safety hazard to adjacent users. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION See Section 00950. FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS See Section 00950. SITE SECURITY In addition to placing the permanent fire protection facilities in operating condition at the earliest feasible date, provide fire extinguishers of types and sizes recommended by NFPA No. 10 for the general construction areas. The extinguishers will be located on each story of construction, near each entrance and stairway. B. Provide similar fire extinguishers for specific areas of work. C. Smoking will not be allowed in the building. D. General Contractor to provide and pay for watchman services as deem appropriate and necessary for protection of construction site and materials. TEMPORARY FACILITIES REVISED 01132017 01500 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.13 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Be wholly responsible for the protection of the finished Work, except to the extent covered by Property Insurance to be maintained by Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). B. Upon completion of the Work and before acceptance, the General Contractor shall, without extra compensation, repair and/or refinish any work that may have been damaged. 1.14 REMOVAL OF TEMPORY FACILITIES A. Be responsible for the removal of temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction at such time as to allow the work on the Project to proceed according to the established Construction Schedule. B. Repair damage caused by installation and use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified or original condition. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES REVISED 01132017 01500 - 2 ( ( ( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Requirements for requesting approval of proposed substitutions. The requirements of this section govern the use of "Substitution Request Form - Section 01631". 1.02 LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions shall be submitted to the Architect of Record and DSG Construction Project Manager. B. Substitutions will only be considered seven (7) days prior to the Bid Date. After 7 days, substitutions will only be considered and reviewed by the AOR at an hourly rate that shall be charged to the person/firm making the substitution request. C. Substitutions will not be considered unless the "Substitution Request Form - Section 01631" attached in this Project Manual is used and the requirements of this section and Section 01631 are fully complied with. Other types of forms are not acceptable. Substitutions must be approved by DSG. D. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request complying with "submittal procedures" specified in this section. E. Substitutions will not be considered unless submitted through the General Contractor. F. If the General Contractor proposes to substitute any material, fixtures, article, device, method of construction, arrangement of components, or other items that differ from that called for in the Contract Documents, he shall include all costs involved including work required by other contractors or subcontractors affected by the substitution. 1. The General Contractor shall additionally,,. include cost for additional studies, investigation, submittals, redesign and/or G. H. analysis that is necessitated by DSG. 2. Provide drawing's, cuts, manufacturer's information, performance' data and all other information necessary for evaluation. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance from DSG. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. When substitution is not accepted by DSG, provide the specified product. I. DSG will determine the acceptability of all substitutions. 1.03 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. Contractor's Representation: 1. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the General Contractor has investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to the specified product. 2. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the General Contractor will provide same type of warranty for substitution as for specified product. General Contractor's warranty shall be in writing guaranteeing all substituted products have same or superior performance as the product specified. 3. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the General Contractor will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the General Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions. 5. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the cost data is complete and includes all related cost under his Contract, but excludes any approved AOR's design fees required by substitution. 6. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that the General Contractor has thoroughly investigated the proposed substitute to determine if license fees and royalties are pending on the proposed substitute, for compliance with the General SUBSTITUTIONS REVISED 01132017 01630 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Conditions of the Contract AIA A-201. Requests for substitutions shall be submitted on "Substitution Request Form - Section 01631" attached in this Project Manual. Legible copies of this form shall be complete with data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents including the following information: 1. Project title and AOR's project number. 2. Identification of product specified including Specifications Section and Paragraph Number. 3. Identification of proposed substitute complete with manufacturer's name and address, trade name of product, and model or catalog number. Attach product data. 4. List of fabricator and supplier (with address and phone number) for proposed substitute. 5. The affect of substitution on dimensions, material thicknesses, wiring, piping, ductwork, etc. indicated in Contract Documents. 6. The affect of substitution on other trades. 7. The affect of substitution on construction schedule. 8 Differences in quality and performance between specified product and proposed substitute. 9. Comparison of manufacturer's guarantees of specified product and proposed substitute. 10. Availability of maintenance services and replacement materials for proposed substitute. Cost data comparing proposed substitute with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract Sum. 12. License fees and/or royalties pending on proposed substitute. 11. PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT USED. PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED. END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTIONS REVISED 01132017 01630 -2 C c c c c c c c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 O SECTION 01631 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 0 0 0 0 This form is to be sent to the AOR for approval and is part of the substitution requirements specified in Section 01630. PROJECT TITLE & NO. TO: Architect of Record (AOR) Address Telephone Fax E-mail ATTN: SPECIFIED ITEM Section Paragraph PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE Attach complete description, catalog, spec data, and laboratory tests if applicable. 1. What effect will substitution have on dimensions, gauges, weights, etc. indicated in ContractDocuments? 2. What effect will substitution have on wiring, piping, duct work, etc. indicated in Contract Documents? 3. What effect will substitutions have on other trades? 4. What effect will substitution have on construction schedule? 5. What are the differences in quality and performance between proposed substitute and specified product? 6. Manufacturer's guarantees of the specified products and proposed products are: Same: Different (Explain) SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM REVISED 01132017 01631 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 7. List (on separate sheet) the availability of maintenance services and replacement materials for proposed substitute. 8. List (on separate sheet) names, addresses and phone numbers of fabricators and suppliers for proposed substitutes. 9. If the substitution request is accepted, it will result in: No cost impact Credit (How much) Added cost (How much) 1.0. There are _ are not — license fees and royalties pending on the proposed substitute. (Explain) 11. The undersigned shall pay for additional studies, investigations, submittals, redesign and/or analysis by the Architect/Engineer caused by the requested substitutions. SUBMITTED BY: (Contractor) Firm Address Signature - - Telephone No. Date SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM REVISED 01132017 01631 - 2 c c c E c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 Submitted for review by Architect. Date AOR/EOR'S REVIEW COMMENTS: Accepted Accepted as Noted (see attached copy) Rejected due to incomplete form. Resubmit. Not Accepted Received Too Late Signature Date Remarks SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM END OF SECTION REVISED 01132017 01631 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM THIS PAGE IS BLANK REVISED 01132017 01631 - 4 1 a 4 4 4 a 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 SECTION 01740 — CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01' SUMMARY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A. In addition to the General Conditions regarding Cleaning up, this Section specifies general requirements for cleaning of premises during construction and for final cleaning. B. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the following Janitorial Cleaning Stage 1 General Contractor's cleaning and floor care program work: t 1. General cleaning. 2. Entrance to Store (Vestibule and Front Tile Area) cleaning. 3. Water fountain cleaning. 4. Stock Room cleaning. 5. Restroom cleaning. 6. Escalator cleaning. 7. Elevator cleaning. 8. Stairwell cleaning. 9. Carpet care. 10. Clean and seal VCT tile. 11. Clean and seal Centiva Flooring 12. Ceramic tile cleaning. 13. Window cleaning. 14. Pre -Opening cleaning. 15. General Contractor Completion "Sign -Off' Copy. 1.02 CLEANUP - GENERAL. A. Maintain premises and public properties free from accumulation of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by operations. B. Keep streets clean from mud, dirt, debris and other materials. Promptly remove from streets, mud and dirt tracked by vehicles. C. At completion of Work, Phase or Critical Area, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery, and surplus materials. Clean all sight -exposed surfaces. Leave work clean and ready for construction work to follow or for final cleaning as applicable. D. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws. PROJECT 15722 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile waste in storm drains or sanitary sewers. E. Comply with rules/regulations regarding hazardous materials and: 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of waste that might cause hazardous, conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile and noxious substances. 1.03 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Keep building, grounds, and public properties free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish as necessary to prevent dust. Schedule cleaning operation so dust and debris resulting from the cleaning process does not damage other work. C. Do not drop or throw materials from heights. D. Unless otherwise stated, provide on site containers for collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Containers must have adequate capacity to accommodate General Contractor's needs. Provide for removal of containers at appropriate intervals so that containers do not overflow. E. Provide containers at workers break and lunch area. Police the area daily. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING THE WORK, PHASE OR CRITICAL AREA A. Scheduling the final cleaning prior to AOR's final inspection will be the responsibility of the General Contractor. B. In addition to cleanup requirements stated elsewhere, the General Contractor shall: 1. Perform cleaning operations exactly as detailed in the Specifications below. 2. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. 3. Remove debris, rubbish, dirt, etc., resulting from the Contractors work from all areas including concealed spaces, chases, and CLEANING REVISED 01132017 01740 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS above ceilings. 4. Remove debris, rubbish, etc. resulting from the General Contractors work, from roofs and drainage systems. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CLEANING A. Removal of `NON -CONSTRUCTION' trash and debris left on floors. B. Dust walls, portals, baseboards, fixtures, and TV monitors throughout the Store. C. Clean groove of "Slat Wall", dry vacuum and damp wipe. D. Clean signage throughout the Store. E. Clean mirrors throughout the Store. F. Damp wipe/dust exposed wood beams where required. G. Wipe down HID light lenses (protect floors under lift equipment's wheels with masonite). H. Wipe clean track lighting throughout the Store. (Do not reposition lights) I. Vacuum clean/dust display cases inside and outside and clean glass. 3.02 GENERAL NOTES A. Conduct pre -cleaning walk through of store to determine existing defects and damage. If non - cleaner punch list items create need for repeat work, an additional charge may be assessed. B. Any charge backs or additional charges will be PROJECT 15722 pre -approved by cleaner and DSG. 3.03 EXCLUSIONS A. Construction debris or dumpster removal. B. Out of scope work such as power washing exterior walkways, exterior signs , vent and return grills, removal of plastic coverings/packaging, etc., will be quoted on a case by case basis. If Union Labor is required, adjust rates accordingly. 3.04 AREA CLEANING SCHEDULE A. Entrance To Store (Vestibule And Front Tile Area): 1. Sweep and damp mop (wood) / wet mop (tile) floor and vacuum carpet. 2. Vacuum walk -off mats, if applicable. 3. Clean door track/threshold 4. Clean front door glass. 5. Clean security sensors. B. Water Fountain (If Applicable): 1. Clean, polish and sanitize water fountains. 2. Sanitize with bleach. Stock Room and Mezzanine: a. Dry vacuum all shelving and concrete floor. b. Wipe clean shelves and frames c. Auto scrub and damp mop all concrete floors D. Restrooms: 1. Clean and sanitize full restroom including toilets/urinals, sinks, doors, mirrors, fixtures, push plates, handles, dispensers . and partitions. 2. Wipe clean walls as necessary. 3. Clean baseboards and edges. 4. Remove all trash from the restroom. 5. Preliminary supply dispensers (initial stock only) with soap, toilet tissue, sanitary napkins, paper towels and liners for receptacles. 6. Seal ceramic tile grout. E. Escalator (If Applicable): 1. Clean and polish handrails, glass and ledges. 2. Vacuum escalator steps and landing. F. Elevator (If Applicable): CLEANING REVISED 01132017 01740 - 2 C c c c c c c O 4 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1. Clean and polish wall panels, rails and interior/exterior doors. 2. Sweep and damp mop (wood) / wet mop (tile) floor or vacuum carpet. G. Stairwell Cleaning (If Applicable): 1. Sweep or dry vacuum stairs. 2. Damp wipe railings. H. Carpet Care: 1. Vacuum carpet throughout the Store. 2. Spot clean carpets (looking for visible spots). 1. VCT Tile — Clean and Seal: Provide the following floor care service as soon as practical following floor installation. Anticipate within 3-5 days after floor installation. 1. Complete gum, embedded materials and scuff mark removal. Best efforts utilized to clean tire marks and gouges. 2. Sweep and damp mop all exposed tile areas. 3. Effectively protect all adjoining floors (carpet, wood, etc.) from solution run-off /splash spillage. 4. Before Construction turnover: a. Complete strip of all exposed tile using a national brand stripper product. b. Complete rinse, if required, of all exposed tile areas. c. Professional application of one (1) coat of a national brand floor sealer. d. Professional application of three (3) coats of Buckeye "Castleguard" to all aisles and (5) for all other VCT areas; 5 Pre -Soft Opening: e. Sunday night, deep scrub the aisles and apply (2) coats of floor finish. f. High speed buff the Wednesday morning of Soft Opening. J. Vinyl Wood Plank Flooring — Clean, Seal and Finish: Provide the following floor care service as soon as practical following floor installation. Anticipate within 3-5 days after floor installation. 1. Complete gum, embedded materials and scuff mark removal. Best efforts utilized to clean tire marks. 0 2. Sweep all exposed vinyl plank floor areas. 3. Effectively protect all adjoining floors 0 (carpet, wood, etc.) from solution run-off /splash spillage. 4. Before Construction turnover: a. Complete strip of all vinyl wood floor areas using a national brand neutral brand stripper. b. Complete rinse of all exposed vinyl wood floor areas. c. Professional application of one (1) coat of a national brand floor sealer. See product above. d. Professional application of three (5) coats of Buckeye "Castleguard". 5. Pre -Soft Opening: g. Sunday night, deep scrub the aisles and apply (2) coats of floor finish. h. High speed buff the Wednesday morning of Soft Opening. 6. Special Notes: a. Low speed ONLY Scrub / Strip. Use one pad on vinyl wood floors. High speed burnishing can `burn' high spots and/or remove surface texture. b. Never allow, standing water on vinyl wood floors as this may cause floor to lift. c. General Contractor and DSG Store Manager to protect floor with plywood (heavy traffic), Masonite (medium traffic), and cardboard (foot traffic only). d. General Contractor's Ceramic Tile Floor Installer should seal ceramic tile grout per manufacturer's specifications. e. Spray and burnish service available, if required. Quoted service. K. Ceramic Tile Cleaning: 1. Machine scrub all ceramic tile and slat floors throughout the Store, including restrooms. 2. Clean ceramic tile and grout. L. Window Cleaning: 1. Clean all interior and exterior windows including vestibules and entrance doors. 2. Wash outside glass as well as lower horizontal architectural trim to remove dirt, smudges, fingerprints and streaks. 3. Wash inside glass and window ledge as well as extension. Dust adjacent to architectural trim to remove all dirt, CLEANING REVISED 01132017 01740 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 smudges, fingerprints, streaks, cobwebs, etc. 4. Wash vestibule windowpanes inside and outside, including all trim. 5. Wash all merchandise display windows inside and outside, including all trim. 6. Special Note: Removal of adhered materials, stickers, tape, Styrofoam, cement splatter, debris, etc., will require a quoted additional charge. Additional fees are charged for 3 floor clerestory windows if applicable. 3.05 FOLLOW-UP AND REPORTING A. Completed General Contractor Check List is to be signed off by Cleaning Contractor and General Contractor. 1. Conditions should be photographed with a digital camera so that the images files size are 2 megabits or large. Photos should be shot of the following areas after cleaning: a. Power Aisle b. Shaw in the Lodge c. VCT at the Checkout area 2. E-mail.copies of the photos to the DSG Construction Project Manager and DSG New Store Manager and with -in one (1) day of completing the work. B. Any disputes or un -acceptable results will be resolved by the DSG Construction Manager. CLEANING REVISED 01132017 01740 - 4 C c c c E C E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 NEW STORE FLOOR CLEANING AND WAXING PROCESS ❖ Before Construction Turnover • Complete strip of all floors following all procedures in current spec book. • 1 coat of sealer and 5 coats of floor finish applied and buffed to all tile except the aisles. • 1 coat of sealer and 3 coats of wax to all aisles. • Masonite protective boards at the front store entrance, receiving entrance and the SSFW running track. ❖ Pre -Soft Open_ Sunday night Deep scrub the aisles and apply 2 coats of floor finish High speed buff the Wednesday morning of Soft opening END OF SECTION CLEANING REVISED 01132017 01740 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE BLANK CLEANING REVISED 09142016 01740 - 6 1 s 1 s e a a a 4 a 4 O O O O O O 0 O D 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 01788 — GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 -GENERAL WARRANTIES: A. Contractor's general warranty: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by _ the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. B. Manufacturer's guarantees and warranties: Guarantees and warranties provided by manufacturers are in addition to, not in lieu of, the Contractor's general warranty. C. Proprietary specifications and construction procedures: The Contractor shall guarantee the performance of products, construction methods and installation procedures, covered by proprietary specifications under his "GENERAL WARRANTY" and in accord with the requirements of this section. D. Particular requirements: 1. The Contractor does hereby warrant and covenant to the Owner that all materials and workmanship shall be of the highest quality, in accordance with the Contract Documents and free from defects that if any portion of the Work is not of the highest quality, in accordance with the Contract Documents and also free from defects. The Contractor shall, upon the request of the Owner, for a period of one year from the date of the Date of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, promptly correct such non-compliant work, materials or defect. For the purposes of GURANTEES AND WARRANTIES ascertaining the quality and performance standards required by this warranty and for ascertaining the Contractor's responsibility in cases where the required performance standard has not been met, the Owner and the Contractor shall agree that they will be guided by the performance standard for workmanship, 'materials, systems, and structures deemed appropriate by the Architect, except for the following standards which shall be set forth: a. Should there be any conflict between the local and state building codes, the quality of standard for sound industry practices with regard to materials or workmanship, and the quality standard required by the Contract Documents, the stricter standard shall govern. b. See additional warranty requirements in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.02 - INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: , A. The intention of the Contract Documents is that the Contractor shall guarantee and warrantee satisfactory performance, as determined by the Architect, of all components of the Work provided under this Contract for a period of 1 year. B: Some guarantees and warranties, as specified in the individual Specification Section, shall extend beyond 1 year. 1.03 - INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. Date of Commencement of the Contractor's General Warranty shall be the date of the "CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION". B. Should "CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" not be issued, the date of commencement of all Guarantees and Warranties shall be the date the Architect certifies the "FINAL PAY REQUEST". Revised 01132017 01788 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.04 -GENERAL WARRANTY FORM: A. The Contractor shall provide a written Guaranty/Warranty, properly executed by appropriate Subcontractor or Material Supplier, or both, countersigned and guaranteed by the Contractor, that their Work will be free from defects of materials and workmanship, and shall remain in proper operating condition for a period of 1 year. 1.05 -SUBMISSION OF GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES: A. The Contractor shall submit all Guarantees and Warranties to the Owner for approval prior to Certification of the Contractor's Final Application for Payment. 1.06 - CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK: A. Work performed under this Guarantee/Warranty shall be Guaranteed/Warranted for a period of 1 year from the date such Work is completed. END OF SECTION GURANTEES AND WARRANTIES Revised 01 132017 01788 - 2 c c c c c c c E 3 3 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 02830 - CHAIN LINK FENCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the chain link fencing and gates for both interior and exterior applications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All materials shall be furnished, inspected, tested, and installed in accordance with the Chain Link Manufacturing Institute. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings that shall include, but not be limited to, details illustrating fence height, size and posts, rails, gates and footing, fence fabric and all accessories. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED STEEL CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC: A. The base metal of the fabric shall be a good commercial quality of steel wire of 9 gauge. The wire shall withstand 1,290 lbs. 1. The fabric shall be zinc -coated by the hot -dip after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from wire zinc -coated by the electrolytic or hot -dip process. The weight of zinc -coating shall be not less than 1.2 ounces per square foot or.actual surface covered. The zinc used for the Standard Specifications for Slab Zinc. 2. The height of the fabric shall be the overall dimension from the ends of knuckles. The tolerance on the nominal height shall be plus or minus one inch. 3. Mesh size: 2". 4. Wire diameter: .1483 (9 gauge). 5. Furnish with knuckling at one salvage and twisting at the other. 0 2.02 FENCE POSTS AND ACCESSORIES: 0 PROJECT 15722 A. Posts, braces, rails, stretcher bars, and truss rods shall be of steel; reinforcing wires shall be of high carbon steel; and gate hinges, post caps, stretcher bar bands, and other parts shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equal except that ties and clips may be of aluminum. B. Dimensions and weights for posts, rails, and braces: ITEM OUTSIDE DIA. WT/FT End, corner and pull posts: Round or 2.875 5.79 Square 2.50 5.70 Rail and post braces: Round 1.660 Intermediate post: Tubular or 2.375 H -Section 2.25 X 1.95 x .143 1.806 3.65 4.10 C. All steel and iron shall be zinc -coated after fabrication, using zinc grade E in accordance with Federal Specifications QQ-Z-351. 1. The weight of the zinc coating per square foot of actual surface area shall average not less than 1.2 ounces and no individual specimen shall show less than 1.0 ounces. D. Posts shall be of the length required and shall be tubular, except that line posts may be H -beam. E. Post braces: Provide;for each gate corner, pull and end post. Shall consist of a round tubular brace extending to each adjacent line post at approximately mid height of the fabric, and a truss consisting of a rod not less than 3/8" in nominal diameter from the line post back to the gate, corner, pull, or end post, with a turnbuckle or other equivalent provision for adjustment. F. Provide top rail. G. For top rail installation, the post top shall be provided with a hole suitable for the through passage of the top rail. H. Stretcher bars shall not be less than 3/16" by 3/4" and not be less than 2" shorter than the full height of the fabric with which they are to be used. The stretcher bars shall be arranged for attaching the fabric to all terminal posts by threading through the fabric, by bands or by CHAIN LINK FENCING Revised 01132017 02830 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS other positive mechanical means. One stretcher bar shall be provided for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post. I. Provide ties and clips of adequate strength and in sufficient number for attaching the fabric to all line posts at intervals not to exceed 15". J. Bands or clips of adequate strength shall be provided in sufficient number for attaching the fabric and stretcher bars to all terminal posts at intervals not exceeding 15". Tension bands and brace bands shall be formed from flat or beveled steel and shall have a minimum thickness of .115 +/- .005 after galvanized with a minimum width of 7/8" +/- .015. K. Spiraled or crimped tension wire shall be not less than No. 7 gauge +/- 0.005 inch in diameter. Ties or clips shall be provided for attaching each wire to the fabric at intervals not exceeding 2'-0". Zinc coating shall be a minimum coating of .80 ounces per square foot of surface area. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install all chain link fencing and gates in strict accordance with the original design and the approved submittals, anchoring all components firmly for long life under hard use and in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations. B. Line posts shall be spaced at intervals not to exceed 10'-0" average when measured from center to center between terminal posts. Measurements shall be made parallel to the slope of the natural ground and all posts shall be placed in a vertical position except where designated otherwise. C. Post setting: Set posts in holes of diameter and depth as designated below: 1. Line posts: a. Hole diameter at top - 9" b. Hole depth - 36" c. Post embedment - 36" 2. Terminal posts: a. Hole diameter at top - 12" b. Hole depth - 36" c. Post embedment - 36" PROJECT 15722 D. After the post has been set and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with 2.000 psi (4 sack mix) concrete. The exposed surface of the concrete shall be crowned to shed water. E. Terminal posts: 1. End, corner, gate and pull posts shall be set as shown heretofore, and shall be braced to the nearest post with a galvanized pipe horizontal brace used as a compression member, and a galvanized 3/8" steel truss rod and truss tightener used as a tension member. Provide braces on all terminals. 2. All changes in direction of fence line of 30' or more shall be considered as corners. Pull posts shall be used at all abrupt changes in grade. 3. The fabric shall be stretched taut approximately 2" above the ground, and securely fastened to the posts. The fabric shall be cut and each span shall be attached independently at all terminal posts. Fastening to terminal posts shall be with stretcher bars and fabric bands spaced at maximum 15" intervals. Fastening to line post shall be with tie wire, metal bands, or other approved method, attached at maximum 15" intervals. The top edge of the fabric shall be fastened to the top tension wire with wire ties at intervals not exceeding 24 The bottom edge of fabric shall be fastened to the bottom tension wire with wire ties at intervals not exceeding two feet. 4. Rolls of wire fabric shall be joined by weaving a single strand into the ends of the rolls to form a continuous mesh. END OF SECTION CHAIN LINK FENCING Revised 01132017 02830 - 2 c c c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 3540, "Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete." 2. Section 9610, "Concrete Floor Sealer." 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Mix Designs shall include all back up material with compressive strength breaks based on field experience or breaks from trial mix per chapter 5 of ACI 318-99. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. PROJECT 15722 D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. Design and engineering of formwork are General Contractor's responsibility. . E. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials: G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Form materials and form -release agents. 3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 4. Admixtures. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing materials. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Vapor retarders. 11. Epoxy joint filler. 12. Joint -filler strips. 13. Repair materials. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production; Facilities. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP - 1 or an equivalent certification program. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DI.4, "Structural Welding Code --Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1. Before submitting design mixes, review concrete mix design and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. General Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixes. c. Ready -mix concrete producer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form - facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1, or better. b. Medium -density overlay, Class 1, or better, mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B -B, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or anotherapproved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum. E. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affectconcrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. F. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. G. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c C 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 0 2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: 0 0 0 0 0 0 ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. D. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber -reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. B. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain -steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III unless otherwise acceptable to the engineer. 1. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. Fly ash shall be limited to 20% as a substitute for Portland cement. Fly ash shall not be used until approved by AOR. B. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, and as follows: 1. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not 0 less than 3M.. 2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 0 3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve, except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 (0.3 -mm) sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50 (0.3 mm). C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. C. D. E. F. A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.06 WATERSTOPS Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD -C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat, dumbbell with center bulb. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Rubber Waterstops: a. Greenstreak. b. Progress Unlimited Inc. c. Westec Barrier Technologies; Div. of Western Textile Products, Inc. d. Williams Products, Inc. 2.07 VAPOR RETARDERS Revised 01132017 03300 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C, of one of the following materials; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick: 1. Non -woven, polyester -reinforced, polyethylene coated sheet; 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick. B. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36 -mm) sieve. Granular fill shall be approved by the on site geotechnical engineer. 2.08 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Slip -Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory - graded, packaged, rustproof, non -glazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum -oxide granules or crushed emery with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. 2.09 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) dry. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Evaporation Retarder: a. Cimfilm; Axim Concrete Technologies. b. Finishing Aid Concentrate; Burke Group, LLC (The). c. Spray -Film; ChemMasters. d. Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Sure Film; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Vapor Aid; Kaufman Products, Inc. h. Lambco Skin; Lambert Corporation. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE i. E -Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. j. Confilm; Master Builders, Inc. k. Waterhold; Metalcrete Industries. 1. Rich Film; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. m. SikaFilm; Sika Corporation. n. Finishing Aid; Symons Corporation. o. Certi-Vex EnvioAssist; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt - saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two -component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non- redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217 -inch- (0.55 -mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer - modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer 'recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. Revised 01132017 03300 - 4 c C c C c c c c c 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Repair Topping: Traffic -bearing, cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6 mm). 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand O as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5700 psi (39 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 0 0 0 0 2.12 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Proportion normal -weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and AC1 301. 2. Proportion lightweight structural concrete according to ACI 211.2 and ACI 301. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. C. Concrete shall conform to following water - cement ratios: Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: 0.60 (non -air -entrained) Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: 0.48 (non -air -entrained) Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: 0.45 (air -entrained) D. All concrete shall have a maximum slump of 4" unless noted otherwise. E. Concrete Quality: See notes on structural drawings for compressive strength, cement content, and other quality requirements for various areas. F. Use of Admixtures: 0 1. All concrete shall contain the specified water -reducing admixture. Concrete slabs placed at temperatures below 50°F shall CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 0 contain an accelerator. When increased workability or pumpability, lower water - cement ratio and higher ultimate and/or initial strength are required, superplasticizer may be used. Air -entraining admixture shall be used where required to achieve specified air content. 2. Concrete containing superplasticizer shall have a minimum slump of 8" after the addition of superplasticizer at the truck unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. This concrete shall arrive at the job site having slump between 2" and 3", to be verified, and then the superplasticizer added to reach approved slump level. G. Air Content: Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 2 to 4 percent, unless otherwise indicated. H. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel -finished interior floors slabs. Do not allow entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent. I. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. J. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing admixture or high - range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in 'concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.14 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 Revised 01 132017 03300 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3 mm). D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 1. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Do not chamfer corners or edges of concrete. J. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. K. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. L. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. M. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form - release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement.' 3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. 2 Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. Revised 01132017 03300 - 6 1 a a 0 1 1 4 1 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Shop- or field -weld reinforcement according to AWS DI.4, where indicated. D. E. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.04 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 13. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by AOR. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2 Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway -section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 3. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Control Joints in Slabs: Control joints in slabs shall be provided at the locations indicated on the drawings. Joints shall be made by saw cutting 0 to 2 hours after the final finish at each joint location using the early -entry dry -cut process per ACI 302.1R. Joint depth shall be per drawing detail. The saw shall use a diamond -impregnated blade and employ the use of a skid plate to prevent spalling and raveling of the slab. 1. Approved Suppliers a. Soff-Cut International b. Or Equal CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full -width joint -filler strips not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. 1. Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt - coat one-half of dowel Length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.05 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field - fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by AOR. C. Before placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mix. D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to Revised 01132017 03300 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. 3. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 4. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 5. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 6. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 7. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open - textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. E. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. F. Hot -Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows, when hot -weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is General Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water - soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3 Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just. before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm) in height. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth - formed finish. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 8 c 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.08 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull -floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power - driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid -applied or sheet waterproofing, built- up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and levelness, F(L) 20; with CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and levelness, F(L) 15. E. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with AOR before application. G. Slip -Resistive Aggregate Finish: Before final floating, apply slip -resistive aggregate finish where indicated and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq. ft. (12 kg/10 sq. m) of dampened slip -resistive aggregate over surface in one or two applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below surface. 2. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish. 3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone, and water to expose slip -resistive aggregate. 3.09 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations Revised 01132017 03300 - 9 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel -finish concrete surfaces. E. All moisture testing of slabs prior to placement of adhered flooring surfaces shall be performed 'in accordance with ASTM D4263-83 Plastic Sheet Method. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold - weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by one or a combination of the following methods D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. b. c. Water. Continuous water -fog spray. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch (300 -mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture - retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture - retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 3. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture -retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings. 3.11 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than seven days old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. B. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.12 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. Revised 01132017 03300 - 10 c c C c c c Q1 Q Q 0 O 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid epoxy joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by AOR. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to AOR's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.2 -mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by AOR. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3 Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to. produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with ,clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 11 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to AOR's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to AOR's approval. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mix, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 7. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; - test two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days. a. Test two field -cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. C. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, General Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. D. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). E. Test results shall be reported in writing to AOR, concrete manufacturer, and General Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and Revised 01132017 03300 - 12 c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 -and 28 -day tests. F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by AOR but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by AOR. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by AOR. END OF SECTION CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 13 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03300 - 14 ts 1 d 1 0 0 0 a b 0 0 0 d 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 03540 - SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. All of the labor, materials, equipment and services to provide Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete for use over specified interior substrates. 1. Provide this self -leveling underlayment for remedial work only. B. Coordinate this Work with that of the finish floor installation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of underlayment must be by an applicator using mixing equipment and tools approved by the manufacturer. B. Manufacturer's certification that the product is cement -based having an inorganic binder content which is 100% cement, to include Portland cement as defined by ASTM C150: Standard Specification for Portland Cement, and other high-performance cements. C. Manufacturer's certification that the product is not gypsum -based, and contains no fly ash or pozzolans. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their unopened packages and protect from extreme temperatures and moisture. Protect liquids from freezing. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install below 509' surface temperature. Install quickly if floor is warm and follow hot weather precautions available from the manufacturer's Technical Service Department. Never mix with cement or additives other than manufacturer -approved products. SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Products/manufacturer: 1. The cement -based self -leveling underlayment shall be ARDEX K 15 Self - Leveling Underlayment Concrete. 2. Primer for standard absorbent concrete shall be ARDEX P-51 Primer. 3. Primer for non -porous subfloors, cutback and other non -water soluable adhesive residues, metal, and wooden subfloors shall be ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime. 4. The additive to be mixed with ARDEX K 15 when used over cutback adhesive, other non -water soluable adhesives, metal, or wooden subfloors shall be ARDEX E-25 Resilient Emulsion. 5. Aggregate shall be well graded, washed gravel (1/8" to 1/4" or larger) for use when underlayment is installed over 1 1/2" thick. 6. Water shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70p). 2.02 MIX DESIGNS A. Standard mixing ratio: ARDEX K 15 is mixed in 2 -bag batches at one time. Mix each bag of ARDEX K 15 (55 lb.) with 7 quarts of water. Product shall be mixed in an ARDEX T-10 Mixing Drum using an ARDEX T-1 Mixing Paddle and a 1/2" heavy-duty drill (min. 650 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approximately 2-3 minutes to obtain a lump -free mixture. Follow written instructions per the ARDEX K 15 bag label. B. Resilient mix for applications over cutback and non -water soluble adhesive residues, wood, and metal: Use 6 qt. of water and 2 qt. of ARDEX E-25 Resilient Emulsion for each bag of ARDEX K 15. C. Aggregate mix: For areas to be installed over 1- 1/2" thick, aggregate may be added to reduce material costs. Mix ARDEX K 15 with water first, then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of aggregate (1/8" to 1/4" or larger). Do not use sand. For pump installations, ARDEX K 15 shall be mixed using an ARDEX Levelcraft Automatic Mixing Pump. Start the pump at 210 gallons of water per hour, and then adjust to the minimum water reading that still allows self -leveling properties. Do not overwater. Check the Revised 01132017 03540 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 consistency of the product on the floor to ensure a uniform distribution of the sand aggregate at both the top surface and bottom of the pour. If settling is occurring, reduce the water amount and recheck. Conditions during the installation, such as variations in water, powder, substrate, and ambient temperature, require that the water setting be monitored and adjusted carefully to avoid overwatering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. All subfloors must be sound, solid, clean, and primed: 1. All concrete subfloors must be of adequate strength, clean, and free of all oil, grease, dirt, curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bondbreaker before priming. Mechanically clean if necessary using shot blasting or other. Acid etching and the use of sweeping compounds and solvents are not acceptable. 2. Cutback and other non -water soluble adhesive residues must be wet scraped to a thin, well -bonded layer. 3. All cracks in the subfloor shall be repaired to minimize telegraphing through the underlayment. 4. Substrates shall be inspected and corrected for moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finished floor covering. Underlayment shall be able to be installed from 1/8" to 1 ''/z" in one pour and up to 5" with the addition of aggregate. It may also be feathered to match existing elevations. 5. Underlayment to be applied to a minimum thickness of 1/8" over highest point in the subfloor, with an average typical thickness of /4". 6. Underlayment compressive strength shall be 4100psi after 28 days per ASTM C109/mod (air cure only). 7. Underlayment shall be walkable after 2 hours and allow floor covering to be installed after 16 hours at 70 deg. F. B. Joint preparation 1. Moving Joints - honor all expansion and isolation joints up through the underlayment. 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non - SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE moving joints with ARDEX Feather Finish or ARDEX SD -P InstantPatch as required. C. Priming 1. Primer for standard absorbent concrete subfloors: Mix ARDEX P-51 1:1 with water and apply evenly with a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry to a clear, thin film (min. 3 hours, max. 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be applied until the primer is dry. Primer coverage is approximately 400 to 600 sq. ft. per gallon. 2. Primer for extremely absorbent concrete subfloors: Make an initial application of ARDEX P-51 mixed with 3 parts water using a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry thoroughly before proceeding with the standard application of primer as described above for standard absorbent concrete. 3. Primer for non -porous subfloors, wooden or metal subfloors, or cutback and other non -water soluble adhesive residues over concrete: Prime with ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime. Mix Part A (red) with Part B (white) and apply with a short -nap or sponge paint roller, leaving a thin coat of primer no heavier than a thin coat of paint. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry to a clear, slightly tack film (minimum 3 hours, maximum 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be installed until primer is dry. Primer coverage is approximately 200 to 400 square feet per gallon. 4. Minimum drying time for ARDEX P-82 Ultra -Prime over cutback adhesive is 18 hours. Revised 01132017 03540 - 2 0 0 6 0 d C c 0 0 0 Q Q 0 d 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.02 APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Installation: 1. Pour or pump the liquid ARDEX K 15 and spread in place with the ARDEX T-4 Spreader. Use the ARDEX T-5 Smoother for featheredge and touch-up. Wear baseball or soccer shoes with non-metallic cleats to avoid leaving marks in the liquid ARDEX K 15. Underlayment can be walked on in 2-3 hours at 70 deg. F. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Underlayment can accept finish floor covering materials after 16 hours at 70 deg. F and 50% relative humidity. B. Due to the wide range of adhesives that are used to install floor coverings, some adhesives may dry more quickly over Ardex underlayments than over other substrates. If this condition occurs, priming the surface of the underlayment with ARDEX P-51 Primer diluted 1:3 with water will even out the drying of the adhesive. Allow the primer to dry 1-3 hours before proceeding with the adhesive installation. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Where specified, field sampling of the Ardex underlayment is to be done by taking an entire unopened'bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform compressive strength testing in accordance with ASTM C 109/modified: air -cure only. There are no in situ test procedures for the evaluation of compressive strength. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring, the surface of the underlayment should be protected from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood, Masonite or other suitable protection course. END OF SECTION SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03540 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE Revised 01132017 03540 - 4 • • 0 d d 1 411 0 0 O DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 04200 -. BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and place the masonry work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire -resistance rated masonry: Comply with requirements for materials and installation established by governing authorities for the construction and fire -resistance rating indicated. 1. 2 hr. concrete unit masonry: ASTM Classification D-2. 2. 3 hr. concrete unit masonry: ASTM Classification C-3. 3. 4 hr. concrete unit masonry: ASTM Classification B-4. B. Comply with all pertinent codes and regulations. 0 C. Before and after the brick is in place in the wall, the manufacturer, the installer and the General Contractor will be held responsible for compliance with the requirements and standards set forth in the Contract Documents. a D. Qualifications of workmen: 1. For the actual cutting and placing of brick, use only skilled journeyman masons thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements. 2. In acceptance or rejection of installed brick/masonry, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 3. Provide at least one skilled journeyman mason who shall be present at all times during execution on the work of this Section and who shall personally direct the execution of this portion of the Work. 4. At request of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), provide data demonstrating the capabilities and experience of the workmen proposed to do the work. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, and other information necessary to prove competence. E. Tolerance for construction: 1. Variation from the plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises shall not exceed 1/8" in 10'-0" and 1/4" in a story height or 20'-0" maximum. Variation from plumb for external corners, expansion joints and other conspicuous lines, shall not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20'-0" maximum. 2. Variation from the level of the grades indicated on the Drawings for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines shall not exceed 1/4" in any bay or module or 20'-0", (whichever dimension is the least) nor 2" in 40'-0" or more. 3. Variation of the linear building line from an established position in plan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions shall not exceed 1/4" in any bay or module or 20'-0", (whichever dimension is the least) nor 2" in 40'-0" or more. 4. Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thickness of walls shall not exceed minus 1/4", nor plus 2" from the dimensions indicated on the Drawings. F. Single sourceresponsibility for brick: Provide brick of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted by the DSG Construction Project Manager. Obtain brick from one manufacturer for each different product to provide a•continuous visually related surface. G. Job mock-up - Brick: 1. Size: 4' x 8'. 2. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel mock-up using materials, bond and joint tooling required for final work. Provide special features including, but not limited to, caulking, control and expansion joints, juncture with adjacent materials and continuous work. Provide samples of all masonry and non -masonry trims and moldings that will be incorporated. Mock-up shall demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as quality of materials and execution. Construct one mock-up for each type of brick required. 3. Build mock-up at the site, where directed, of full thickness, indicating the proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed work. Panel shall include, but not be limited to, wall BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 back-up construction indicating back-up material construction, dampproofing, insulation, etc. 4. Obtain Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) acceptance of visual qualities of the mock-up before start of masonry work. Retain mock-up during construction as a standard for judging completed masonry work. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up until work is completed. 5. Use sample panels to test proposed cleaning procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Prior to manufacturing, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and other data for each type of masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured products, including certifications that each type complies with specified requirements. Include instructions for handling, storage, installations and protection. 2. Samples for selection of color and texture: Facing brick samples showing full range of colors and textures available in products complying with specified requirements. Furnish samples made up of actual bricks or sections of brick. Include in each set a maximum variation to be expected in finished work. Colored masonry mortar samples showing full range of colors available. 3. Letter of certification: Submit a letter of certification, signed jointly by an officer of the manufacturing company and the General Contractor, that the concrete masonry units furnished to and installed on this Project meet in all respects the Project requirements. Submit test data made by an independent testing laboratory approved by the DSG Construction Project Manager, certifying that the concrete masonry units being used are in fact the block specified. 4. Certification that mortar and masonry products are compatible materials and that they will function properly together to achieve a successful result. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Protection of work: During erection, cover top B. C. D. E. F. of walls with heavy waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry walls or columns. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. G. Cold weather protection: 1. Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch. 2. Remove all masonry determined to be frozen or damaged by freezing conditions. 3. Perform the following protection for completed masonry and masonry not being worked on: 4. When the mean daily air temperature is from 40 degrees F to 20 degrees F, take the following precautions as needed: Protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weather -resistive membrane; completely cover masonry with weather -resistive membrane for at least 24 hours; completely cover masonry with insulating blankets or similar protection for at least 24 hours. 5. When the mean daily air temperature is from 20 degrees F and below, take the following precautions as needed: Maintain masonry temperature above 32 degrees F for 24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets, infrared lamps, or other acceptable methods. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU): BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 2 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Type: 1. Size: a. Nominal face dimensions of 16" x 8" and 16" x 12". b. Other sizes as indicated on Drawings. 2. Standard CMU. 3. Special shapes: Provide where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions. 13. Description: 1. Hollow load bearing CMU: Units shall conform to ASTM C90, grade N-1. 2. Solid load bearing CMU: ASTM C90, grade N-1. 3. Weight: a. Lightweight units: Use expanded rotary kiln shale or clay. Conform to ASTM C331. Dry net unit weight shall not exceed 105 lbs./cu. ft. b. Normal weight: Conform to ASTM C33. Dry net unit weight shall be not less than 125 lbs./cu. ft. 4. Materials in exposed surfaces shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections. C. Admix for block for all new brick/block: 1. Product/manufacturer: a. W. R. Grace Dry -Block. b. Acme Shield Integral Water Repellency System 2. The addition of this admix is to achieve water repellency. Make addition of admix at the block plant, under the direction of the manufacturer. 2.02 BRICK: A. Types: See Drawings for field and accent brick. 1. Size: Nominal face dimension of 4" x 2-2/3" x 8", 8" x 8", and as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide special molded shapes where shown and for applications which cannot be sawn from standard brick sizes. B. Description: 1. Face brick: ASTM C216, grade SW, FBS. 2. Common brick (used only for unexposed back-up): ASTM C62, grade MW. 3. Provide solid units where surfaces of bricks are exposed other than the finished face or ends. BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY C. BRK-1: Acceptable manufactures 1. Belden Brick - Red Smooth Modular #503- 505; Contact: Mark Britko (330-456-0031 ext. 1134) 2. Endicott - Red Blend Smooth West Contact: Gary Davis (402-729-3315) East Contact: Mark Bope (412-322-0700) 3. Bowerston Brick - DSG Red Blend Smooth Modular Brick (3 5/8 x 2 1/4 x 7 5/8) Contact: Architectural Clay Products Inc. Deanna Hurst & Mark Bope (412-322-0700) 2.03 MORTAR: A. Materials: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, type 1. 2. Masonry cement: ASTM C91, packaged cement. 3. Sand: Natural siliceous sand conforming to ASTM C144. 4. Water: Potable. B. Mortar type M and S: 1. Type M or S mortar: Exterior block walls and load-bearing. walls. 2. Type S mortar for masonry in contact with earth.. 3. Type M mortar shall be one part portland cement, one part masonry cement, and five parts sand by volume. 4. Type S mortar shall be one half part portland cement, one part masonry cement, and four parts sand by volume. C. Mortar type N: 1. Use for interior non -loading bearing walls and brick veneer (unless otherwise noted). 2. One part masonry cement and three parts sand by volume. D. Unless specifically noted otherwise, no admixtures will be permitted. E. Re -tempering will be allowed only as necessary to maintain flow. F. Use no mortar more than two hours old. G. Color of mortar: Revised 01132017 04200 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1. Refer to drawings for Manufacturer and color. 2. Exposed mortar joints at brick piers that are not stained or painted. (See Drawings.) Standard mortar colors for brick piers painted or stained. 3. Regardless of color selection, mortarshall be a non -fading type. H. Admix for mortar for all new brick/block: 1. Product/manufacturer: a. W. R. Grace Dry -Block. b. Acme Shield Integral Water Repellency System 2. The addition of this admix is to achieve water repellency. Make addition of admix under the direction of the manufacturer. 2.04 GROUT FOR BOND BEAMS, CORE FILLING, AND REINFORCED MASONRY:.. A. One part Portland cement, three parts sand by volume. Where grout is required to be poured, add sufficient water to form a thick fluid. Shall meet or exceed ASTM C-476. B. Aggregate for grout: ASTM C404, size no. 8. 2.05 CONTINUOUS WIRE REINFORCEMENT FOR CMU: A. Provide welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10', with matching corner and tee units. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82, with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross -rods, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than thickness of wall or partition. 1. Ladder type fabricated with single pair of 9 ga. side rods and 9 ga. perpendicular cross -rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. 2. Interior walls: Fabricate from galvanized wire, .40 oz. per sq. ft., conforming to ASTM A641, Class 1. 3. Exterior walls: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class B2 if exposed to moisture or weather; .80 oz. zinc coating ASTM A641 Class 3 if completely imbedded in mortar or grout. 2.06 CONTINUOUS WIRE REINFORCEMENT FOR CMU WITH FACE VENEER: A. Tab type fabricated with single pair of 9 ga. side rods and 9 ga. rectangular box type cross -ties spaced not more than 16" o.c. Space side rods for embedment in each face of back-up wythe and extend ties for proper embedment in facing wythe. B. Provide units with adjustable 2 -piece rectangular ties where horizontal joints of facing wythe do not align with back-up joints. C. Provide reinforcement with hot -dip galvanizing after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class B2. 2.07 BRICK VENEER TIES TO METAL STUD BACKUP AND STRUCTURAL STEEL BACKUP: A. Product: 1. DW 10 galvanized steel VEE tie by Hohmann and Barnard Inc. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Hot -dip galvanize after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class B2. 2.08 REINFORCING BARS: A. Deformed steel, ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.09 INTERSECTING WALL ANCHOR: A. Z -type rigid steel bar 1/4" x 1" x 24" with 3" i.d. bends. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class B2. B. Install in alternate courses with horizontal wall reinforcing. C. Block cores into which the ties are placed shall be filled with grout. 2.10 FLEXIBLE ANCHORS: A. Where masonry is indicated to be anchored to structural steel framework with flexible anchors, provide 2 -piece anchors which will permit horizontal and vertical movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint. 2.11 CONCEALED FLASHING: BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 4 0 0 0 c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Q A. See Section 07651 Laminated Sheet Flashing. 2.12 ' PREMOLDED CONTROL JOINT STRIPS: O 0 0 0 0 A. Solid rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 to 80, designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall, size and configuration as indicated. 2.13 MORTAR NET: A. Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. "Mortar Net". 1. High density polyethylene or nylon strands woven into a 90% open mesh. 2. No obstruction to passage of air through the cavity. 3. 1" thick or as otherwise required by cavity size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION: A. Carefully coordinate with all other Trades. 3.02 GENERAL: A. Thickness: Build masonry construction to the full thickness shown, except, build single-wythe walls (if any) to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified. B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of other trades. Provide not less than 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between 0 adjacent chases and recesses. 0 0 C. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting where ever possible. D. Wet clay brick having ASTM C67 (Absorption rates greater than 0.025 oz. per sq. in. per minute). E. Do not wet concrete masonry units. BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY PROJECT 15722 F. Frozen materials and work: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. For masonry which is specified to be wetted, comply with the BIA recommendations. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. G. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement -type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less -than -half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. H. Lay-up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. 3.03 COURSING AND BOND: A. Coursing: See Drawings. B. All joints shall be 3/8" unless otherwise indicated. C. Pattern bond: See Drawings. 3.04 LAYING MASONRY - GENERAL: A. Lay masonry plumb, true, and level. B. Lay masonry with full head and bed joints on surfaces joined, unless indicated otherwise. C. Where vertical cells are filled with grout and reinforced, cells shall be aligned to provide clear openings. Cross webs that are adjacent to vertical cores which are to be filled with grout shall be fully bedded in mortar to prevent leakage of grout. Cut off face of blocks wherever splices occur to provide cleanout and inspection ports. When reinforcing bars have been installed, mortar in the new faces on cut block to match other block. Where thickness of concrete block diminishes, (e.g.: 8" block is set on 12" block) use solid top FHA blocks in top course of thicker portion of wall. E. Realignment of masonry shall not be permitted after a higher or following course has been laid. Any masonry which is disturbed after the Revised 01132017 04200 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 mortar has stiffened shall be removed and re- laid with fresh mortar. F. When work has been stopped and about to resume again, rack back 2 -masonry unit length in each course. Do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. G. Do not lay masonry when air temperature is below 40 degrees F, forecasted to go below 40 degrees F within 24 hours, or when it is raining. H. Weep holes: 1. Provide weep holes in head joints in the first course immediately above all flashing: 2. Leaving head joint free and clean of mortar. 3. Maximum spacing: 24" o.c. unless indicated otherwise. 4. Keep weep holes and area above flashing free of mortar droppings. To prevent weep holes from clogging, install (at the level of the flashing) mortar net down the length of the wall. Stand net in the collar joint or cavity. 3.05 BUILT-IN WORK: A. As the work progresses, build -in items specified under this and other sections of these Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. B. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar. C. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. 3.06 INTERSECTING LOAD-BEARING WALLS: A. if carried up separately, block vertical joint with 8" maximum offsets and provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 4'-0" o.c. vertically, or omit blocking and provide rigid steel anchors at not more than 2'-0" o.c. vertically. If used with hollow masonry units, embed ends in mortar filled cores. 3.07 NON-BEARING INTERIOR PARTITION WALLS: A. Build full height of story to underside of solid structure above, unless otherwise indicated. 3.08 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING: A. Mix and prepare mortar in accordance with ASTM C270. 1. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted. 2. Mix mortars with the maximum amount of water consistent with workability to provide maximum tensile bond strength within the capacity of the mortar. 3. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Use water clean and free of deleterious materials that would impair the work. Do not use mortar that has begun to set, or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. B. Lay brick and other solid masonry units with completely filled bed, head and collar joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. C. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. D. Joints: 1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. 2. Joint style: a. Tool exposed joints slightly concave unless otherwise indicated. b. Joints cut flush: (1) For masonry -walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials. (2) Joints facing cavity. BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01.132017 04200 - 6 c C c C c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 (3) At other locations indicated on the Drawings. 3. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. E. Remove masonry units disturbed above laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. 3.09 WALL CAVITY: A. Keep cavity clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. See installation of the mortar net above. 3.10 CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING: A. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. 1. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 2" at other locations. 2. Lap reinforcements a minimum of 6" at ends of units. 3. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. 5. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, pipe enclosures and other special conditions. B. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as fol lows: 1. For multi-wythe walls (solid or cavity) where continuous horizontal reinforcing also acts as structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcing as required by code but not less than 16" o.c. vertically. 2. For single-wythe walls, space reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically unless, otherwise indicated. 3. For parapets, space reinforcing at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated. C. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in 2 horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, both immediately above the lintel and below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints where provided. 3.11 INSTALLING VENEER TIES: A. All ties require a minimum embedment depth of 2" into the bed joints of the veneer. The ties shall be completely surrounded by mortar. Maximum spacing of ties (unless indicated otherwise) shall be 16" o.c. B. Space veneer anchors no more than 16" o.c. vertically and horizontally or as shown. Provide • additional anchors within 1'-0" of openings and space not more than3'-0" around perimeter. C. Metal stud or structural steel back-up: 1. Attach ties to back-up material as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Anchor veneer to structural members with metal anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Provide anchors with flexible tie section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Concrete masonry unit back-up: 1. Install block bed joint reinforcing with continuous wall reinforcement and ties as indicated herein. 3.12 LINTELS: A. B. Install loose lintels of steel and other materials where shown. Provide masonry where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed -in-place masonry lintels as indicated. 1. Hollow concrete masonry units: Use specially formed "U" -shaped lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled with grout. 2. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb: a. 4" for openings less than 6'-0" wide. b. 8" for wider openings. 3 Openings in 6" through 12" thick wall: a. Erect adequate work to support masonry over openings. BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 (1) For "U" shaped, CMU lintels: Keep in place until grout in bond beam lintels has set sufficiently to support the load. 4. Set lintel units in mortar. . 5. Lay regular course of masonry overhead and reinforce next joint with joint reinforcing equal in length to rods specified above. C. Lay regular course of masonry overhead and reinforce next joint with joint reinforcing equal in length to rods specified above. 3.13 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS: A. Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry where shown. Build -in related masonry accessory items as the masonry work progresses. B. C. See Division 7 for sealants. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" in direction of flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any. D. Build -in joint fillers where shown, specified in Division 7. E. Control joints: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Provide vertical control joints in all masonry walls that exceed 40'-0" in length and/or exceed a ratio of panel length to height (L/I-1) of 3. These joints shall be placed at the following locations: a. Changes in wall height or thickness. b. At construction joints in foundation, in roof, and in floors. c. At chases and recesses for piping, columns, fixtures, etc. d. At abutment of wall and columns. e. At return angles in "L", "T", and "U" shaped structures. f. At other locations designated on the Drawings. 2. All joint locations must be verified and approved by the DSG Construction Project Manager. 3. Create control joints with the use of the control joint gasket, backer rod and sealant. The gasket shall run continuous throughout the full height of the wall. a. Color to match adjacent surfaces. 3.14 FLASHING: A. Exposed metal flashing: 1. Coordinate with Sections 07600 and 07651. B. Concealed flashing: 1. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work at, or above, all shelf angles, lintels, ledges and other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall so as to divert such water to the exterior. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through -wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations, laps, and edges (vertically and horizontally) in flashing with mastic before covering the mortar. 2. Extend flashings the full length of lintels and shelf angles plus a minimum of 4" into masonry each side. Extend flashing from a line 2" in from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer Wythe, turned up a minimum of 4", and through the inner wythe to within 2" of the interior face of the wall in exposed work. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2" 3. Install flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related work where shown to be built into masonry work. 3.15 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING - GENERAL: A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weepholes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up all joints BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 8 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 c O 0 Q 0 Q O Q O DICK'S SPORTING GOODS at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compounds. C. Clean exposed CMU masonry by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. 3.16 CLEANING OF MASONRY/BRICK: A. To minimize cleaning problems, keep brick as clean as possible during construction. Wet down before laying all high absorption and all brick laid during hot weather, except low absorption brick. B. Do not start cleaning operation before the mortar is thoroughly set and cured and the wall is dry of construction water. Protect all non -masonry surfaces adjacent to brickwork that may be affected by the cleaning solution. C. Cleaning shall be in accordance with Specifications and the Brick Institute of • America Technical Notes 20. 1. Use clear water and a low pressure hose and a brush. a. Add a cleaning agent if necessary to get the masonry clean. (1) The cleaning agent shall as recommended by the brick manufacturer. (2) Test cleaning agent on an inconspicuous part of the building wall. In all cases, use plenty of water before, during and after cleaning. Brick shall be fully saturated before applying cleaning agent. (4) Throw away the cleaning solution when it becomes dirty. Rinse the brush frequently in clean water. Wash the wall thoroughly with plenty of water after scrubbing with the cleaning solution. Mortar stains are dissolved during the cleaning and must be washed away completely. Do not spare the use of water before, during or after the cleaning operation. (6) Soak the area to be cleaned with plenty of water before applying the cleaning solution. This will (3) (5) PROJECT 15722 prevent any mortar dissolved by the cleaning solution from being drawn into the face of the brick. b. Clean only a small area at a time - approximately 10 to 20 square feet. This is a precaution against the brickwork drying out during cleaning and sucking the dissolved mortar into the pores of the brick. c. Remove large particles of mortar with a wood paddle and flush off loose mortar anddirt with water. Use a chisel or wire brush, only if necessary. d. Scrub the brick, not the mortar joints. Keep the brickwork below the area being cleaned thoroughly soaked with water. This will prevent dissolved mortar from being drawn into the face of the brick below. END OF SECTION BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 j 04200 - 9 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK BRICK AND BLOCK MASONRY Revised 01132017 04200 - 10 0 O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 04810 - THIN BRICK VENEER PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and place the thin brick and tile veneer. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Comply with all pertinent codes and regulations. B. Qualifications of workmen 1. For the placing of brick veneer, use only skilled journeyman masons or tile setters who are thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements. In acceptance or rejection of installed brick veneer, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 2. Provide at least one skilled journeyman mason or tile setters who shall be present at all times during execution on the work of this Section and who shall personally direct the execution of this portion of the Work. 3. At request of the AOR, provide data demonstrating the capabilities and experience of the workmen proposed to do the work. C. Single source responsibility for brick veneer and Tile Banding: Provide brick veneer and Tile Banding of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted by the AOR. Obtain brick veneer and Tile Banding from one manufacturer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Prior to manufacturing, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and other data for each type of masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured products, including certifications that each type complies with specified requirements. Include instructions for handling, storage, Q installations and protection. 2. Samples for selection of color and texture: THIN BRICK VENEER 0 PROJECT 15722 a. Facing brick veneer and tile samples showing full range of colors and textures available in products complying with specified requirements. Furnish samples made up of actual the actual brick and tile. Include in each set a maximum variation to be expected in finished work. b. Colored masonry mortar samples showing full range of colors. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 THIN BRICK VENEER: A. Thin Brick: 1. Type See Drawings. 2. Kiln -fired thin brick tested in accordance with ASTM C1088-92, type TBX. 3. Size: See Drawings 4. Direct all Endicott thin brick enquiries to: Endicott Clay products Inc. P.O. Box 17 Fairbury, Nebraska USA 68352 West Contact: Gary Davis (402-729-3315) Architectural Clay Products Inc. 1025 Beaver Avenue Pgh, PA 15233 - East Contact: Mark,Bope (412-322-0700) 5. Direct all Belden thin brick enquiries to: Belden Brick 700 W Tuscarawas Street Canton, OH 44701 Contact: Mark Britko (330-456-0031 ext. 1134) B. BRK-2 Thin Brick: Acceptable manufactures 1. Belden Brick — Red Smooth #503- 505 2. Endicott — Red Blend Smooth C. BRK-4 Thin Brick: Acceptable manufactures 1. Endicott — DSG Blend; D. CT -1 Tile Banding: Acceptable manufactures 1. Metropolitan Tile Buckskin #105. Revised 01132017 04810 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.02 MORTAR: A. Materials (M-1): 1. Mortar: Latex modified Portland Cement Base Mortar Type S. a. 75 lbs/bag excluding sand. b. 215 sq ft/bag. c. Refer to drawings for Manufacturer and color. Regardless of color selection, mortar shall be a non -fading type. 2. Latex additive: a. 1 gallon. b. 240 sq ft/gallon. 13. Materials (M-2) 15.0R]: a. 50 lbs/bag excluding sand. b. 30-35 sq ft/bag. c. Refer to drawings for Manufacturer and color. Regardless of color selection, mortar shall be a non -fading type. 1. Latex additive: a. 1 gallon. b. 240 sq ft/gallon. 2.03 ADHESIVE: A. High mastics solid of type as recommended by the brick and tile manufacturers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Install in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the thin brick and tile manufacturers. B. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever \possible. C. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement -type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less -than -half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. THIN BRICK VENEER D. Lay-up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. E. Adhere to the substrate using adhesive. Layout brick and tile work so as to avoid cuts of less than one-half tile size. Locate cuts in both so as to be the least conspicuous. Provide straight uniform lines, plumb and level. F. Joints: Fill joints full of mortar and tool concave. 3.02 COURSING AND BOND: A. Joints: 3/8". B. Brick Bond: Running Bond unless indicated otherwise. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 04810 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 c C C C C 0 Q Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Structural steel. 2. Grout. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 2. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for field installation of shear connectors. - Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels or shelf angles not attached to structural -steel frame miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel. 3. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support design loads. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator to withstand ASD - service loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design" 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Q B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural - steel components. 6 C. D. Qualification Data: Forinstaller, fabricator, and testing agency. E. Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with requirements: I . Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct -tension indicators. 4. Tension -control, high-strength bolt -nut - washer assemblies. 5. Shop primers. 6. Non -shrink grout. PROJECT 15722 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Welding certificates. F. Source quality -control test reports. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer experienced in the field of structural steel erection with a minimum of five (5) years of experience is required. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category I. Welding: Qualify procedures and. personnel according to AWS D1.1,,"Structural Welding Code --Steel." D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings" and "Supplement No. 2." 3. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design" Structural Steel Revised 01132017 05120 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W -Shapes: ASTM A 992 Grade 50. B. Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36 Grade 36. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36, Grade 36. D. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S. Structural Steel PROJECT 15722 2.02 BOLTS, CONNECTORS AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. 'Finish: Plain 2. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,) compressible -washer type. a. Finish: Plain B. Clevises Turnbuckles: ASTM A 108, Grade 1035, cold -finished carbon steel. C. Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1030, cold -finished carbon steel. D. Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1018, cold - finished carbon steel. 2.03 PRIMER A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, non -asphaltic, rust -inhibiting white or light grey primer. 2.04 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, non -corrosive, non -staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30 -minute working time. • 2.05 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design". 1. Camber structural -steel members where indicated. 2. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 3. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop -priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1. Revised 01132017 05120 - 2 ( DICK'S SPORTING GOODS C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. 2.06 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Bearing B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. a. Grind butt welds flush. b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. 2.07 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. 4. Galvanized surfaces. 5. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. B. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. C. Painting: Apply a 1 -coat, non -asphaltic white or light grey primer complying with SSPC- PROJECT 15722 PS Guide 7.00, "Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One -Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bolted Connections: Shop -bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. E. All joist girder gravity bearing bracket welds to columns shall be tested. 2.09 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Steel tube framing which is architecturally exposed, requires special care be taken during fabrication, handling and erection. The following requirements from Section 10 of the AISC Code of standard practice for architecturally exposed structural steel shall apply. Additional requirements of Section 10 do not apply. B. Fabrication shall be done in accordance with the details shown on the structural drawings. All Structural Steel Revised 01132017 05120 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS copes, miters and butt cuts in surfaces shall be made with uniform gaps as shown on the drawings, or in reasonable contact if shown without a gap. Welds shall be reasonably smooth and uniform. Finishing and grinding is not required except where necessary for fit or clearance, or when specifically noted on the contract drawings. C. The fabricator shall use special care to avoid bending, twisting or otherwise distorting of individual members or assemblies. D. Erection shall be performed so as to provide a close fit and neat appearance of the structure. E. Unloading, handling and erection shall be executed with care to minimize damage to any shop paint. If temporary braces or erection clips are used, upon removal, steel surfaces shall be ground smooth and holes filled with weld metal or body solder and smoothed by grinding or filing. Touch up abrasions of the shop coat shall be performed by the Painting Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry - bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast -in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. PROJECT 15722 3.03 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design" B. Base Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry - bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base plates. Clean bottom surface of base plates. 1. Set base plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate. 3. Snug -tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. Structural Steel Revised 01132017 05120 - 4 C O 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 Q a Q 0 d 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.04 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Bearing. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS DI.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges for mill material. a. Grind butt welds flush. b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections. B. Bolted Connections: Shop -bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. D. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. Structural Steel PROJECT 15722 3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or re -prime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime -painted joists and accessories and abutting structural steel. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power - tool cleaning. 2. Apply a compatible, primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 05120 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK Structural Steel Revised 01132017 05120 - 6 e 1 4 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 05400 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the light gauge metal framing. B. This shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Load-bearing punched channel studs. 2. "C" shaped load-bearing steel studs. 3. "C" shaped steel joists. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Component design: Compute structural properties of studs and joists in accordance with AISI "Cold -Formed Steel Design Manual", 1996. 1. The supplier shall provide all components and connections relative to size, spacing, gage location, and anchorage shown on architectural and structural drawings. Additional costs associated with an increase in the size, or gage of the studs from that shown on the drawings are not permitted. The design intent shall be followed and supplier shall provide design for all framing components and connections not specifically detailed including trusses, headers, jambs, supplemental bracing, etc. Any deviation from this design shall be approved by the AOR/Engineer. Additional fees required to evaluate a revision in stud size, gage or spacing are the responsibility of the General Contractor. 2. Design supports for exterior curtain wall areas to withstand both positive and negative wind pressures and gravity loads, with maximum deflection of L/600. 3. Use wind load values in accordance with governing Building Code or Factory Mutual Loss Prevention, taking into account elevation above grade and pressure coefficients. B. Fire -rated assemblies: Where framing units are components of assemblies indicated for a fire -resistance rating, including those required for compliance with governing regulations, provide units which have been approved by governing authorities having jurisdiction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's product information and installation instructions for each type of cold -formed structural steel framing member and accessory. Submit certificate of material showing that materials meet or exceed the specified ASTM Standards. 2. Shop drawings: Submit shop drawings for all framing components and connections indicated on the contract drawings. For all framing components and connections not specifically detailed on the drawings including trusses, headers, jambs, etc., submit shop drawings and calculations stamped by an Engineer registered in the state the project is located. 3. Show layout, spacing, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed metal framing, fabrication, and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Protect metal framing units from rusting and damage. Deliver to project site in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles, fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. Store off ground in a dry ventilated space or protect with suitable waterproof coverings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL FRAMING A. System components: With each type of metal framing required, provide manufacturer's standard steel runner (tracks), blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, as needed to provide a complete metal framing. system. B. Materials and finishes: LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING Revised 01132017 05400 - 1 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1. 16 ga. and heavier units: Fabricate metal framing components of structural quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 50,000 psi; ASTM A653. 2. 18 ga. and lighter units: Fabricate metal framing components of commercial quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi; ASTM A653. 3. Provide galvanized finish to metal framing components complying with ASTM A525 for minimum G60 coating. 4. Provide prime coated finish with one coat of shop -applied grey, zinc -chromate, or other similar rust -inhibitive primer. C. "C" shaped studs: 1. Manufacturer's standard load-bearing steel studs of size, shape, and gauge indicated, with 1.625" flange and flange return lip. Product shall be subject to compliance with requirements herein. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. b. Allied Structural Industries. c. Bostwick Steel Framing Co. d. Ceco Corp. e. Dale Industries, Inc. f. Inryco/Milcor. g. Marino Industries Corp. h. Monex Corp. i. U. S. Gypsum (USG). D. Punched channel studs: 1. Manufacturer's standard, factory punched, load-bearing steel studs of size, shape, and gauge indicated, with 1.375" flange. Product shall be subject to compliance with requirements herein. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Alabama Metal Industries Crop. b. Allied Structural Industries. c. d. e. f. g. h. Ceco Corp. Dale Industries, Inc. Inryco/Milcor. Marino Industries Corp. Monex Corp. Wheeling Corrugating Co. E. Joists: 1. Manufacturers standard "C" shaped sections of size, shape and gauge indicated. Product shall be subject to compliance with requirements herein. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. g• h. Alabama Metal Industries Crop. Allied Structural Industries. Ceco Corp. Dale Industries, Inc. Inryco/Milcor. Marino Industries Corp. Monex Corp. U. S. Gypsum (USG). Wheeling Corrugating Co. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's written recommendations and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 4. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS DI.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating jointed members by not less than three exposed screw threads. 5. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING Revised 01132017 05400 - 2 0 0 Q 0 Q O 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold -formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out - of -square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Pre -installation conference: Prior to start of installation of metal framing systems, meet at project site with installers of other work including door and window frames and mechanical and electrical work. Review areas of potential interference and conflicts, and coordinate layout and support provisions for interfacing work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's instructions: Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer's printed or written instructions and recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. B. Runner tracks: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately to layout at base and tops of studs. Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction involved, except do not exceed 24" o.c. spacing for nail or power -driven fasteners, or 16" o.c. for other types of attachment. Provide fasteners at corners and ends of tracks. At track butt joints, anchor track to a common structural element. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non -plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Where stud system abuts structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure. E. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings, and similar jwork requiring attachment to wall or partition. Where type of supplementary support is not otherwise indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or loading resulting from item supported. F. Installation of wall stud system: Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges. Load bearing studs shall be seated squarely to bear against track. Splices in axially loaded studs shall not be permitted. G. Frame wall openings larger than 2'-0" sq. with double stud at each jamb of frame except where more than 2 are either shown or indicated in manufacturer's instructions. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding, and space jack studs same as full -height studs of wall Secure stud system wall opening frame in manner indicated. H. Frame both sides of expansion and control joints with separate studs; and do not bridge the joint with components of stud system. I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, equally spaced (vertical distance) at not more than 3'-4" o.c. Weld at each intersection. J. Installation of joists: Install level and plumb, complete with bracing and reinforcing as indicated on Drawings. Provide not less than 1'-1-172" end bearing. K. Joists shall be located directly over wall studs or on lintels provided for load distribution. L. Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle clips, steel stud section, end grain wood block, or as otherwise recommended by joists manufacturer. M. Where required, reinforce joists at interior support systems with single short length of joists section located directly over interior support, snap -on shoe, 30% side -piece lapped reinforcement, or other method recommended by joist manufacturer. LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING Revised 01132017 05400 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 N. Secure joists to interior support systems to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. O. Joist bridging shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations before application of load to joists. P. Field painting: Touch-up shop -applied protective coatings damaged during handling and installation. Use compatible primer for prime coated surface; use galvanizing repair paint for galvanized surfaces. Q. Install cold -formed metal framing according to ASTM C 1007, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. R. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. S. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer Load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full -height wall studs. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality -control testing. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to inspection and testing. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to General Contractor and AOR. LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING D. E. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. Additional testing and inspecting, at General Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 05400 - 4 C c c c C c c C c c c O DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE O d 0 0 0 0 A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the miscellaneous metal items. B. All items of miscellaneous metal and related parts are not necessarily described. The most important and those requiring detailed description are mentioned. Provide all other work as indicated on the Drawings and necessary to complete the Work, except for items specifically excluded from the Work of this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with: 1. "Specification for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Building" of the American Institute of Steel Construction. 2. "Code for Welding in Building Construction" of the American Welding Society. 3. Manual of Steel Construction, current edition, Part 1 for types of steel required. B. Conflicting requirements: In the event of conflict between pertinent codes and regulations and the requirements of the referenced standards of these Specifications, the provisions of the more stringent shall govern. C. Certify that each welder has current AWS qualification for welding processes involved and has undergone recertification as required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings showing all locations, markings, quantities, -materials, sizes, and shapes and indicate all methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to the work of other Trades. 2. Prequalified welding procedures, prepared by the steel fabricator and erector, as a MISCELLANEOUS METAL 1.04 A. PROJECT 15722 written specification to the AOR. Prepare these procedures in accordance with Appendix E of the AWS Structural Welding Code. 3. Written erection sequence and procedure to be used by steel erector. 4. Mill certification that steel supplied meets requirements of specifications. 5. Electrode manufacturer's certification that the electrode and flux combination meets the requirements of the particular classification or grade of electrodes. 6. AWS Qualification Certificates of each welder that has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification test's. 7. Certification that surface preparation has been completed in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the paint or coating manufacturer. 8. Shop primer: Complete manufacturer's literature fully describing the product, mill thickness and application. PRODUCT HANDLING Stack and store steel above ground on platforms, studs, or other supports. Protect steel from corrosion and damage. Keep materials clean. B. Store other materials in a weathertight, dry place until ready for use. C. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container. 1.05PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SHAPES A. ASTM A 36. B. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the Revised 01132017 005500 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.02 WELDING ELECTRODES A. Electrodes having low hydrogen covering,shall be purchased in hermetically sealed containers. B. For fabricating plant use: E-70 electrodes, AWS A5.5, A5.17, and A5.20. C. For field use: E-70 electrodes, AWS A5.5, A5.17, and A5.20. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electro -deposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M), and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Machine screws: ANSI B18.6.3. D. Lag screws: ANSI BH18.2.1 (ANSI B 18.2.3.8M). E. Wood screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ANSI B18.6.1. F. Plain washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI B 18.22.1 (ANSI B18.22M0. G. Lock Washers: Helical, spring,type, carbon steel, ANSI B18.21.1. H. Expansion anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E488 conducted by..a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Carbon steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Group 1 alloy 304 or 316 stainless-steel bolts and nuts comply with ASTM F593 (ASTM F738M) and ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). 1. Toggle bolts: FS FF -B-588, tumble -wing type, class and style as required. J. Concrete anchors: Phillips Red Head, self -drilling anchors. Catalog No. S-38 with machine bolts and washers. 2.04 GROUT A. Nonshrink, metallic grout: Factory -packaged, ferrous -aggregate grout complying with ASTM CI107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications. B. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1 107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior application. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles an surfaces and straight sharp edge. C. Exterior work: Allow for thermal movement resulting from change in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. D. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. MISCELLANEOUS METAL Revised 01132017 005500 - 2 O O 0 0 C c E E d 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 E. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32", unless otherwise indicated. Form bent - metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. F. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. G. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of 0 type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat- head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 0 0 0 0 Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. J. Shop assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. K. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. L. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.06 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Furnish bent, or otherwise custom -fabricated, bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous isteel and iron shapes as required. B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes, and dimensions required. Furnish malleable -iron washers for heads and nuts that bear on wood structural connections, and furnish steel washers elsewhere. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated that are not a part of structural steel framework as required to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices wherever possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required to coordinate with the assembly and installation with other work. 2.09 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT GRID A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1. Unistrut Corp. 2. Binkley. 3. Power Strut 4. Or approved equal. B. Material: 1. ASTM A36 Steel Sections MISCELLANEOUS METAL Revised 01132017 005500 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2. Cold formed steel tubing, ASTM A500, Grade B or ASTM A501 3. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A325. 4. Continuous Slot Metal Framing: Channel Steel — ASTM A570 GR33 a. Fittings — ASTM A575. b. Framing Nuts — ASTM A675 GR50 (material only). c. Screws — ASTM A307. 5. Anchors: Size and type appropriate for conditions and applied loads. a. ITW Ramset/Red Head. b. Hilti Corp. c. Rawlplug C. Fabrication: 1.. Verify site dimensions prior to shop fabrication. 2. Fabricate with tightly fitted and secured joints. 3. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth and ease exposed angles to small uniform radius. 4. Exposed mechanical fasteners to be flush countersunk screws and bolts except where noted otherwise. 5. Exposed joints to be butted tight, flush and hairline. 6. Components required for anchorage shall be fabricated of the same material and finish as the metal fabrication. D. Finishing: 1. Primer: Manufacturer's standard rust penetrating metal primer. 2. Finish Paint: Factory applied with field touch-up. a. White for all supports above paint break line. 2.10 SHOP COAT A. Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors: SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". 2. Interiors: SSPC-SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning". B. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed - on fireproofing,or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC- PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. Use only top quality, rust -inhibiting primer. I. Ensure that primer is compatible with finish, field paint. See Section 09900. 2. Primer color: Gray Oxide. 2.11 GALVANIZING A. Any metal that has any surface or edge exposed to the weather shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. All galvanized shall meet the requirements set forth in ASTM A 446-76 and ASTM A 525-80. 2.12 MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. Manufactured items of types normally carried in stock inventories, as distinguished from items fabricated especially for this Project, shall be fabricated from materials customarily used by the manufacturer, irrespective of the requirements of this Specification, unless in particular instances, special materials shall be specified. With respect to shop prime coats of paint on such stocked items, manufacturer's standard finish will be accepted unless specified otherwise. 2.13 PIPE BOLLARDS — Refer to Sect 6610 A. Fabricate from Schedule 80 steel pipe. 1. Hot -dip galvanized. Meet the requirements set forth in ASTM A 446-76 and ASTM A 525-80. 2. Primed and ready. Refer to 6660 for finish. 2.14, 3. Heights: See Drawings for bollard heights. TRENCH DRAIN A. See Drawings. B. Description: 1. Material: Gray cast iron. 2. Prime coat not required. 2.15 SECURITY MESH A. Provide security mesh for demising walls. See drawings for locations MISCELLANEOUS METAL Revised 01132017 005500 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 c E E O 0 O DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Description: 1. Amico ASM .75-13F Medium Security Expanded Metal mesh. 2. Or Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorage, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to in-place construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry Q inserts, toggle bolts, through -bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as necessitated. 0 0 D D D B. Cutting, fitting, and placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in from work for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop -welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field welding: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. MISCELLANEOUS METAL 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. F. Corrosion protection: Protect concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete; masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a minimum layer of 3/8" neoprene sheet, washer, or plywood. Bituminous paint may be allowed in certain areas as approved by the AOR. 3.03 CONTINUOUS BENT PLATES A. Provide continuous single angles in long lengths where indicated or necessitated. Drill ❑" holes for wood attachmentat 24" o.c. where required. 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS CLIP ANGLES AND BENT PLATES A. Provide as indicated 'or necessitated. Drill ''/Z" holes for wood attachment at 24" o.c. where required. 3.05 ANGLES AT ROOF DECK OPENINGS A. Provide angles in single lengths where indicated. Drill 'h" holes for attachment of wood, with a minimum of two attachment points and a maximum spacing of 24" o.c. 3.06 LOOSE LINTELS A. Make loose lintels long enough to provide 8" of bearing on each end.. 1. Hot -dip galvanized. 2. Provide loose lintels to the masonry trade for installation. 3.07 WELDING PLATES A. Fabricate plates of sizes indicated. Fabricate to have a minimum of two Nelson Studs on bottom side of plates. Use stud sizes indicated. 3.08 SHOP COAT A. Before steel leaves shop, remove loose mill scale, rust and foreign matter, and apply one Revised 01132017 005500 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 coat of primer. Do not paint surfaces at places to be welded. 1. Primer color: Gray oxide. 3.09 ERECTION A. Use only experienced welders qualified by American Welding Society prescribed testing. Miscellaneous angles, bent plates, and clip angles: Install as indicated. C. Bent plates at roof edges: Before welding plates to structural members, accurately align them so that wood members shall be installed on bent plates can be plumbed with face of brick. After bent plates are lined up, weld them securely in place. D. Welding plates: Install welding plates when concrete and bond beams are set. When concrete has begun to set, clean off tops of plates to assure clean welding surfaces. E. Steel plates: Install plates as indicated. F. Threaded anchor bolts: Have anchor bolts formed into slab as indicated. 3.10 .PIPE BOLLARDS A. See Drawings for installation. B. Install footing prior to application of pavement materials. C. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solidly with non -shrink, non-metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. D. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. 3.11 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT GRID A. Preparation: 1. Obtain AOR's approval prior to site cutting or making unscheduled adjustments. 2. Clean and strip site primed steel where site welding is scheduled. MISCELLANEOUS METAL 3. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. 4. Supply embeds for concrete or masonry as required. B. Installation: 1. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion or defects. 2. Attach system to structure above by means of concrete inserts, through bolts or by direct attachment. 3. After installation, touch-up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. 3.13 SECURITY MESH A. Attach Security Mesh to DSG side of demising wall. Mount to studs so that gypsum board does not waver. 3.14 CLEAN-UP B. When steel has been installed, clean up spatter and debris resulting from welding. Where welding is rough and may interfere with smooth laying of metal deck, grind welds. 3.15 TOUCH-UP PAINTING A. When steel has been installed, touch-up welds, scarred and abraded places on bent plates, structural steel and bar joists with rust -inhibiting paint. Ensure compatibility with finish, field paint. See Section 09900. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 005500 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 O c c c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 05510 - STEEL STAIRS 0 0 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the steel stairs. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Shall have not less than 10 continuous years of successful production/installation of this product. B. All components shall meet or exceed ADA, OSHA and appropriate building code requirements. 1.03 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Metal Stairs Manual published by the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers for Service Class stairs. B. Steel stairs: Engineer, fabricate, and install steel stairs to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each component of steel stairs. 1. Treads: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 Ibf per square foot or a concentrated load of 300 lbf on an area of 4 square inches located in the center of the tread, whichever produces the greater stress. 2. Platforms: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 lbf per square foot. 3. Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from loads specified above as well as stresses resulting from railing system loads. C. Handrails and railings systems: See Section 05521. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings indicating profiles, sizes, STEEL STAIRS PROJECT 15722 connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, openings, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Certification by an engineer, registered in the state where project is located, stating that stairs meet specified structural loading requirements. 3. Certification that primer finishes/coats are compatible with specified finished painting. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store components in a dry, clean location and cover to protect. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TREADS AND LANDINGS A. Diamond plate: 1. Gauges: 14 ga. (treads) and 11 ga. (landings) 2. Material: Hot -rolled A36 structural steel. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel: ASTM A-36. B. Bolts, nuts and washers: ASTM A-325 bolts of sizes recommended by the stair manufacturer for the application. C. Welding materials: AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. 2.03 FINISHES A. Steel: Fed. Spec. TT -P-636. B. Tread fasteners: Cadmium plated. C. Shop primer: Gray. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Provide support beams appropriate for the Revised 01132017 005510 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 application as recommended by the stair manufacturer. C. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surfaces. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Priming: Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. Apply one coat of primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Inspect areas where stairs are to be installed for defects which would affect the proper installation of stairs. If any defects are found, do not commence stair erection until the defects are corrected. B. Erect stair units plumb, square and in proper alignment, and securely anchor as indicated on the Drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter members. D. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws where possible. Where not hidden, use flush counter -sunk fastenings. E. Mechanically fasten joints butted tight, flush, and hairline. Grind welds smooth and flush. 3.02 TOUCH-UPS A. Clean and smooth all welds. Check welds for integrity before permitting any use of the stairs. B. Check the complete installation for sharp edges and grind smooth any sharp edges found. C. Clean surfaces of foreign matter, oil, and grease. D. Touch-up any areas where shop coat has been disturbed to as closely as possible match the existing shop coat. STEEL STAIRS 0 0 0 0 0 C c c END OF SECTION C Revised 01132017 005510 - 2 c 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 05515 - LADDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install the metal ladders and safety cages. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings indicating profiles, connections, attachments, fasteners, welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols, and net weld lengths. 2. Upon request, submit mill certification for steel supplied and the electrode manufacturer's certification that the electrode and flux combination meets the requirements of the particular classification or grade of electrodes. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform welding in accordance with requirements of the American Welding Society Structural Welding Code. B. Employ welders and tackers qualified in accordance with AWS D1.0 to perform the type of work required. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver steel to Project and stack in designated areas. B. Store materials on dunnage in a clean, dry place. If it is necessary to store in unprotected areas, cover with breathing type tarpaulins. Do not use polyethylene sheeting for cover. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ladder and safety cage steel to roof 3. Mill grade, cold -rolled. 0 4. See Drawings for component sizes. 0 PROJECT 15722 B. Concrete anchors: Phillips Red Head self -drilling anchors with machine bolts. C. Welding electrodes:. Series E-70, recommended for the application. D. Shop primer. Gray.. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate as indicated. Make "stand-off' legs long enough to give clearance between walls and ladder rungs. B. Apply one smooth shop coat of rust -inhibiting paint to steel items after fabricating is complete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated. Anchor to masonry walls and concrete with machine bolts and masonry anchors; and anchor to steel angle at top by welding. B. After items are installed, touch up scratched, scarred, and welded places with shop coat material. END OF SECTION LADDERS Revised 01132017 005515 - 1 w DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK LADDERS Revised 01132017 005515 - 2 1 1 e d 4 1 1 1 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 SECTION 05521 - STEEL RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the railings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit the following to the AOR for review: 1. Shop drawings indicating dimensions (field verified), materials, elevations, and installation details. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE J A. Handrails shall be fabricated and installed to provide for a concentrated load of 200 lb. applied at any point and in any direction and for a load of 50 plf applied in any direction. B. Handrails and railings systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each of the respective components of each metal fabrication. In addition to the requirements of applicable building codes, the following minimums shall be applied: 1. Top rail of guardrail system: Capable of withstanding: a. Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear foot applied horizontally and concurrently with uniform load of 100 Ibf per linear foot applied vertically downward. c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Handrails not serving as top rails: Capable of withstanding: a. Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear foot applied in any direction. c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act STEEL RAILINGS PROJECT 15722 concurrently. 3. Infill area of guardrail systems: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 300 lbf applied to one square foot at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing the infill area. a. Above load need not be assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails of railing systems in determining stress on guard. C. Guardrails shall be fabricated and installed in accord with the following and these minimums shall apply: 1. A concentrated load of 200 lb. applied at any point and in any direction at the top of the guardrail. 2. A load of 50 plf applied horizontally at the required guardrail height and a simultaneous load of 100 plf applied vertically downward at the top. of the guardrail. 3. Resist a 200 Ib. concentrated horizontal load applied on a 1' sq. area at any point in the system including intermediate rails or other elements serving this purpose. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Where railings are indicated to fit to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL PIPE AND FERRULES A. 1-1/4" i.d. (1-1/2" O.D.), ASTM A 53, Type S or E, Grade B, Schedule 40. 1. Exterior units shall be hot -dipped galvanized. 2. Wall bracket: No. 386, Julius Blum. 3. Pipe plug: No. 608, Julius Blum. 2.02 TUBES, BARS AND SHAPES A. Carbon steel C1010 with edges eased over. 1. Exterior units shall be hot -dipped Revised 01 132017 005521 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS galvanized. 2.03 INFILL PANEL A. Woven wire mesh as manufactured by McNichols (800-237-3820). 1. 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" wire. See Drawings. 2. Provide with balanced stubs with edge wire. 3. Panels shall be inlaid in channels symmetrically horizontally and vertically. " 4. See Drawings. 2.04 FASTENERS A. Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections that are suitable for anchoring railing to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loadings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Welding: 1. Use only qualified welders. 2. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply the following: a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. c. Remove welding flux immediately. d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. B. C. D. Shop fabricate steel pipe railing in single sections. Where pipes and other elements intersect, cope butting ends to closely fit to pipe joint and weld. Provide steel pipe ferrules (large enough to allow balusters of pipe rail to slip inside) to be set in concrete. E. Clean fabricated sections of railings and apply an even, full coat of a high grade rust resistant STEEL RAILINGS PROJECT 15722 primer, except for portions of balusters to be fitted inside of ferrules. Primers shall be compatible with finish paint coatings. Coordinate with Section 09900. 3.02 INSTALLING RAILING AT WALL A. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket and end fittings. Provide bracket with 1-1/2" clearance from inside face of handrail to finished wall surface. B. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. In any case, verify locations with the AOR. C. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows: 1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2. Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. 3. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shield and either concealed hanger bolt or exposed lag bolt, as applicable. 4. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts with square heads. 5. For steel -framed gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed anchors using self -tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 3.03 INSTALLING PIPE RAILS IN CONCRETE A. Set ferrules for railings when concrete is placed. B. After concrete has cured for at least 3 days, set railing in ferrules. Plumb and true railings and pour molten lead between balusters and insides of ferrules. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND TOUCH-UP A. Clean railings of foreign matter, oil, and grease. B. Touch-up damaged shop coat with primer closely matching shop coat. END OF SECTION Revised 01 132017 005521 - 2. c c c c C C c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 4 SECTION 06100 - GENERAL CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and O services required to complete the general carpentry work and miscellaneous equipment and material installation. 0 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable rules of the respective agencies for species and products specified. B. Plywood product standards: Comply with PS 1 (ANSI A199.1) or, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Do not deliver shop fabricated carpentry items O until site conditions are adequate to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. 0 B. Store indoors, in ventilated area with a constant, minimum temperature of 60 degrees F, maximum humidity of 25 to 55 percent. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER O A. Dimensions: Conform to standards established by the American Lumber Standards Committee. 0 0 B. Moisture content: Unseasoned or 19% maximum at the time of permanent closing in of the structure. C. Surfacing: S4S. D. Miscellaneous lumber: 1. Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including, but not limited to, cant strips, bucks, nailers, plates, blocking, bracing, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. GENERAL CARPENTRY PROJECT 15722 2. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown. 3. Shall be #2, GM, SYP, KDAT. E. All lumber shall be fire treated (unless otherwise noted). 2.02 PLYWOOD - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Identify each panel with the appropriate grade APA trademark and shall meet the requirements of the latest edition of U. S. Product Standard PSI or one of APA's'Performance Standards. B. All plywood which has an edge or surface permanently exposed to the weather shall be classed Exterior. C. Panel thickness, grade, and Group or Identification Index shall be at least equal to that shown on the Drawings. Installation shall be in accordance with the APA recommendations. D. Fire rated plywood: 1. Provide for mounting electrical or telephone equipment and as otherwise noted. 2. 3/4", APA C -D Plugged INT with exterior glue. 2.03 WOOD NAILERS AT ROOF PERIMETER FOR ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING A. Nailers shall be #2 or better lumber, wolmanized pressure treated for fire and rot resistance. Creosote and asphaltic preservatives are not acceptable. Surface height of nailers shall be matched to that of the new insulation thickness being used. 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT - PRESERVATIVE A. Lumber or plywood shall be.preservative treated in the following instances: 1. Whenever wood is placed in the ground. 2. Whenever wood is placed in water. 3. Wherever wood 'comes in contact with masonry or concrete. 4. Wherever wood is exposed to wetting and corrosive environments. 5. Wherever wood would be susceptible to decay organisms or insects. Revised 01132017 06100 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of AWPB Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements. C. Water -borne preservatives shall comply with AWPB LP -2, LP -3, LP -4 and LP -22 as applicable. After treatment, kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15%. D. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.05 WOOD TREATMENT - FIRE -RETARDANT A. Where lumber or plywood is specified or otherwise indicated to be fire -retardant, provide materials which comply with AWPA standards for pressure impregnation with fire -retardant chemicals, and which have a flame spread rating of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with UL Test 723 or ASTM E84, and shall show no increase in flame spread and significant progressive combustion upon continuation of test for additional 20 minutes. Where treated items are exposed to exterior or to high humidity are to have a transparent finish in form of stain or sealer, provide materials which show no change in fire -hazard classification when subjected to standard rain test (UL 790 or ASTM B2898). C. Use fire -retardant treatment which will not bleed through or adversely affect type of finish indicated and which does not require brush treatment of field -made end cuts to maintain fire -hazard classification. D. Where transparent finish is indicated, use type of treatment and species which permits milling of lumber after treatment without altering indicated fire hazard classification, as determined by fire testing. E. Kiln -dry treated items to maximum moisture content of 19%. F. Provide UL label on each pieceoffire-retardant lumber or plywood. G. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.06 FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGE H. Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommending nails. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot -dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true and accurately cut and fitted. C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. D. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise noted. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. GENERAL CARPENTRY Revised 01132017 06100 - 2 0 0` 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS A. Provide for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. B. Attach to wall framing to support applied loading. 1. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. 2. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. 3. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. 4. In stud walls, provide blocking for support of handrails, wall cabinets, toilet vanities, etc. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key -beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.03 WOOD NAILERS AT ROOF PERIMETER FOR ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING A. Install wood nailers at the roof perimeter for the installation of elastomeric roofing. Anchor firmly to deck at 3'-0" o.c. to resist a force of 175 lbs. per lineal foot in any direction. Where the deck consists of material with limited holding capability, the anchoring shall be accomplished by fastening to the supporting steel or with toggle bolts penetrating to the underside of the deck or such means as may be approved in writing the roof manufacturer. '/" vent spaces shall be provided between adjacent lengths of nailers. END OF SECTION GENERAL CARPENTRY Revised 01132017 06100 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK GENERAL CARPENTRY Revised 01132017 06100 - 4 s 1 0 e s 0 1 t 1 D D D D DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 06400 - MILLWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the millwork. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, the "Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are hereby made a part of these Contract Documents. Any reference to "premium", "custom", or "economy" shall be defined in the latest edition of AWI "Quality Standards". B. Field measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which millwork fabrications must fit by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Seismic provisions: In addition to the requirements stated herein, casework, shelving and their means of attachment shall be designed and provided to accommodate relative seismic displacement. Provide in accordance with local building code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings that at a minimum shall show the following: a. All materials (solid wood, plywood, particleboard, fiberwood board, plastic laminate and hardware). b. All thicknesses and dimensions. c. Specie, grade and cut of woods and veneers. d. Jointing and bolting. e. The name of the manufacturer and the model number of all factory fabricated items. f. Full size details drawn in related and g. PROJECT 15722 dimensioned positions to facilitate checking of intersecting and string dimensions. Clear description of work to be done in the shop and work to be done in the field. h. Manufacturer's literature of specialty items not manufactured by the architectural woodworker. 2. Physical samples: a. Plastic laminate in all colors and patterns for the AOR's selection. b. Samples of each wood specified, fully finished. (1). This shall apply to wood receiving transparent finish only, and shall be minimally 12" square in size. (2). Use actual wood specie matched to scheduled finish, effect, sheen and color. c. Exposed hardware, one unit of each type and finish. 3. Certification: Submit copies of certificate signed by woodwork shop certifying that millwork complies with quality grades and other requirements indicated. Form of certificate shall be approved by the AOR. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Millwork shall not be delivered until the building and storage areas are sufficiently dry so that the millwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM - INTERIOR - STAIN FINISH A. AWI quality grade (Section 300): Premium. B. Solid wood: 1. Plain sawn Poplar or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2. No. 2 Western Red Cedar. See Drawings. C. Kerf the back side of all trim 3/4" and under. Back cut trim 3/4" x 2-1/4" and over in lieu of kerfing to prevent warping. All exposed corners to be mitered. Trim shall be anchored with screws which have been countersunk and plugged with wood. MILLWORK Revised 01132017 06400 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.02 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM - INTERIOR - PAINT FINISH A. AWI quality grade (Section 300): Premium. B. Solid wood: 1. Poplar, Natural Birch, Ponderosa Pine (unless otherwise noted). 2. No. 2 Western Red Cedar. See Drawings. C. Plywood: Fiberwood Board as manufactured by Weyerhaeuser (unless otherwise noted). D. Kerf the back side of all trim 3/4" and under. Back cut trim 3/4" x 2-1/4" and over in lieu of kerfing to prevent warping. All exposed corners to be mitered. Trim shall be anchored with screws which have been countersunk and plugged with wood. 2.03 CASEWORK - PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH A. AWI quality grade (Section 400): Premium. B. Exposed surfaces - plastic laminate: 1/16" high pressure plastic laminate as required by AWI quality grade and conforming to NEMA Publication No. LD1 -1964, Part 3 - Abrasion Class I. C. Semi -exposed surfaces: As governed by selected AWI quality grade. D. Provider: AFI, Vendor No. 1. 2.04 COUNTERTOPS A. Plastic laminate: 1. 1/16" high pressure plastic laminate as required by AWI quality grade and conforming to NEMA Publication No. LD1 -1964, Part 3 - Abrasion Class I. 2. All tops in which sinks occur shall have a core of exterior grade hardwood faced plywood or phenolic resin particleboard. 2.05 MELAMINE A. Low pressure laminate manufactured by pressing a melamine -faced resin treated paper directly onto a particle board or fiberboard substrate. Resin shall fuse the paper onto the board. B. Provide finish "button" to cover nail holes. C. Archery Range and Golf Fitting Center: Furnished and installed by Vendor No. 1. 2.06 CASEWORK HARDWARE D. Provide this following hardware unless otherwise noted: 3. Drawer slides: Knape & Vogt No. 1300. 4. Shelf standards and brackets: Knape & Vogt No. 255/256. 5. Shelf standards and support clips: Knape & Vogt No. 233/256. 6. Hinges: Concealed casework hinge with self-closing feature. 7. Pulls: 4" brushed aluminum wire pull. 8. Locks: a. Door: Corbin Cabinet Locks No. 0737. b. Drawer: Corbin Cabinet Locks No. 0738. 9. Coat hooks: Emco Al 1. Finish as selected by the Architect. Provide 3 per dressing room. 2.07 CLOSET AND STORAGE SHELVING - PAINT FINISH A. AWI quality grade (Section 600): Custom. 2.08 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation of the millwork items, shall be as selected by the Contractor but subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING A. Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing of concealed surfaces and similar preparations for finishing of millwork as applicable to each unit of work. 3.02 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION MILLWORK Revised 01132017 06400 - 2 S c ( i Q 0 O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Condition millwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. B. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates, well in advance of the time substrates are to be built. C. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. D. Back prime all surfaces that shall be concealed after installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. B. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. C. Anchor millwork to anchors or built-in blocking. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fastener heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with millwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. 3.04 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Install with minimum member of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners, and comply with referenced Quality Standards for joinery. 3.05 CASEWORK 0 A. Set and secure casework in place rigid, plumb 0 and square. B. Use purpose designed fixture attachments for wall mounted components. Attach wall mounted cabinets in order that they can withstand all superimposed loading. C. Use thread steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and counter tops. D. Permanently fix cabinet and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. E. Counter -sink semi -concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components, and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with surrounding surfaces. F. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other building materials leaving gaps of 1/32" maximum. Seal gaps with sealant tinted to match adjacent surfaces. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. G. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to ensure smooth and correct operation. 3.06 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged and defective millwork wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace millwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean hardware, lubricate and make final adjustments for proper operation. C. Clean millwork on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. Touch-up shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. D. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to fabricator and installer, which ensures millwork being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION MILLWORK Revised 01132017 06400 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK MILLWORK Revised 01132017 06400 - 4 1 a 1 A 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 06610 = PROTECTIVE BOLLARD COVER 3.01 INSTALLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Bollard plastic post sleeves. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for products used.: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. ' IDEAL SHIELD -2525 Clark Street, Detroit, 0 MI 48209-1355 — (877) 325-0769. 0 Q 0 0 B. Or prior approved alternative. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Plastic Cover Standard: Polyethylene Thermoplastic (LDPE) tubs having ultra -violet resistance and anti -static properties, nominal thickness—'/4". Color shall be OSHA yellow for bollards at the rear of the store. B. Plastic Cover Standard: Polyethylene Thermoplastic (LDPE) tubs having ultra -violet resistance and anti -static properties, nominal thickness —'/4". Color shall be DSG custom green when bollards are required at store entrances. 2.03 BOLLARD POST SLEEVES A. Provide bollard post sleeves complying with the following requirements: 1. Dome top low-density polyethylene thermoplastic nominal thickness: 1/4". 2. Sleeve to shield pipe diameter: see drawings for steel pipe size. 3. Sleeve Height: see drawings for height. 4. Sleeve Color: OSHA yellow [and DSG custom green]. 5. Surface of sleeve to be smooth with round top, NO ribbed or two piece systems accepted. 6. Secure with manufacturer's neoprene adhesive tape, NO screws, glue or clamping will be acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION PROTECTIVE BOLLARD COVER A. Install with manufacturer's neoprene adhesive tape per manufacturer's installation guidelines.. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 06610 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PROTECTIVE BOLLARD COVER Revised 01132017 06610 - 2 1 d Q a a 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 07161- POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT PARGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Parge for surfaces exposed to view but not subject to hydrostatic pressure. 1. Outside surfaces of exterior masonry walls. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Details of joints and intersections. C. Maintenance Data: Instructions for care and repair of damaged coatings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project site in manufacturer's original packaging, marked with manufacturer's product identification. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. C. Keep stored products dry; store under cover and elevated above grade. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT PARGE 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Polymer -Modified Cement Parge: Manufactured slurry coating of Portland or hydraulic cement, aggregates, polymer admixtures, and water; no solvents; for application directly to cementitious substrate. 1. Requiring green concrete cure time of not more than 28 days. 2. Elongation at Failure: 20 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D412. 3. Water Vapor Transmission: MINIMUM permeance of finished coating of 1 perm, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 4. Freeze -Thaw Durability: No change when tested in accordance with ASTM C666/C666M for 300 cycles. 5. Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi, minimum, at 28 days, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 109/C 109M. 6. Finished Coating Thickness: As recommended by manufacturer for the specific application but not less than 1/16 inch. 7. Color: Cement gray. B. Crack Repair Material, Joint Tape, and Reinforcing: Type and application as recommended by Parge manufacturer. C. Water: Clean, clear, non -alkaline potable water, free of salts and other harmful elements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces where Parge is to be applied for conditions detrimental to satisfactory performance. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove defective concrete and rebuild to original profiles. Revised 01132017 07161 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Plug active leaks according to Parge manufacturer's instructions. C. Patch holes and non-moving cracks and joints. D. Clean and prepare surfaces thoroughly prior to installation; schedule cleaning and preparation so that residue will not fall on newly coated, uncured surfaces. E Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. Use sandblasting, water blasting, or acid etching as recommended. F. Application of Parge constitutes acceptance of substrates. G. Protect other work from fallout, overspray, and spatter from Parge application; provide temporary enclosures and covers as necessary to do so. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install Parge in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Perform installation only during ambient and. substrate conditions recommended by manufacturer; provide temporary enclosures and/or temporary heating as necessary to do so. C. Fill voids and holes prior to application of first coat. D. Apply the number of coats and at the rates recommended by manufacturer for the specific application but not less than specified minimum thickness; apply at least two coats unless one coat is specifically indicated. E. At surfaces exposed to view, apply a uniformly textured finish without major variations in appearance. 1. Masonry: Complete hiding of masonry joints is required. F. Cure Parge by recommended methods for recommended period prior to making Parged area available for use' or occupancy; protect from too rapid drying, severe weather exposure, and water accumulation. 1. Hot, Dry Weather: Use wet -cure. methods regardless of manufacturer's instructions. POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT PARGE 2. Do not use covers that could stain Parge surfaces. 3. Do not use chemical curing agents unless explicitly approved by Parge manufacturer. 4. Do not expose Parge to sunlight for minimum of 72 hours after placement. G. Do not backfill, fill water or liquid holding structures, or apply finish coatings until time period recommended by manufacturer has passed. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 07161 - 2 c E f 4 0 0 Q 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07218 - BATT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install the batt insulation. 1.02 DELIVERY A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing manufacturer's labels. Labels shall indicate brand name and descriptive data confirming compliance with requirements herein specified. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Keep materials dry,'cprotected against moisture, weather, and damage. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 UN -FACED BATT INSULATION A. Description: 1. Mineral or fiber glass composition conforming to ASTM C665, Type I. 2. Non-combustible: a. Flame spread: 15. b. Smoke developed: 0. B. Thermal resistance: 1. 1" rigid: R-5 (per 1" layer.) 2. 3-1/2": R-11. 3. 3-5/8": R-13. 4. 6": R-19. 5. 8": R-25. 2.02 SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS A. See Section 09250. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Nails and staples: Steel wire, galvanized, type and size to suit application. B. Tape: Polyethylene or polyester, self -adhering type, 2" wide. BATT INSULATION PROJECT 15722 C. Insulation fasteners: Steel impale spindle and clip on flat metal base, self adhering backing, length to suit insulation thickness, capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions without gaps or voids. B. C. D. Trim insulation to neatly and tightly fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. Install in the number of layers necessary to achieve the required "R" value. Physically and permanently attach bats to framing so as to prevent downward slippage of batt. Use wire or metal straps to hold insulation in place. Support relying on friction alone will not be allowed. E. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane. F. The completed installation of surrounding construction shall totally conceal this insulation. Do not leave exposed to view or possible invasion of fire. 3.02 CLEAN UP A. When work is completed in each area, remove debris, equipment, and excess material and leave area broom clean. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 07218 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK BATT INSULATION Revised 01 132017 07218 - 2 a 42 a a a a �7 C3 0 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 07230 - PERIMETER INSULATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install the perimeter insulation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single source responsibility for insulation products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's product data indicating density, insulating value, water absorption characteristics and recommended adhesive for the application. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing manufacturer's labels indicating the brand name and descriptive data confirming compliance with requirements herein specified. 1.05 COORDINATING A. Coordinate shipment and delivery with job progress and other trades for timely installation to preclude delays and interferences and to minimize job storage time. Especially work closely with concrete installers to ensure proper installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PERIMETER INSULATION A. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation; ASTM C578, Type IV, extruded cellular polystyrene; 1.6 pcf density minimum; 25 psi minimum compressive strength; 0.3 percent maximum water absorption by volume; "k" factor of 0.20 at 75 deg. F; square edges, manufacturer's standard board size, thickness indicated with minimum "R" value of 10. 1. Amoco Foam Products Co., Amofoam CM. 2. DiversiFoam Products, CertiFoam SE. 3. Dow Chemical''Company, Styrofoam SM. 4. Owens Corning, Foamular 250. 5. Or equivalent with same performance and warranty. Sub -contractor takes responsibility for product. 2.02 ADHESIVE A. Type as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the application involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. PREPARATION A. Verify that substrate and adjacent materials, and insulation boards, are dry and ready to receive insulation and adhesive. B. Verify that substrate is flat and free of irregularities and materials that will impede adhesive bond. C. Verify that insulation boards are unbroken and free of damage, including board skin. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Recess the insulation. enough to allow the slab to remain at its full thickness above the insulation. Install over vapor barrier. END OF SECTION PERIMETER INSULATION Revised 01132017 07230 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PERIMETER INSULATION Revised 01132017 07230 - 2 a 1 s 1 1 a 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS). 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator shall: 1. Be engaged in application of EIFS systems for a minimum of 3 years. 2. Be knowledgeable in the proper use and handling of materials. 3. Employ skilled mechanics who are experienced and knowledgeable EIFS application, and familiar with the requirements of the specified work. 4. Have successfully completed a minimum of 3 projects of similar size and complexity to the specified project. 5. Provide the proper equipment, manpower and supervision on the job -site to install the system in compliance with published specifications and details, and the project Contract Documents. B. Mock-up: 1. Prior to commencement of work, provide a mock-up for AOR's approval. a. Mock-up shall be of suitable size to accurately represent each color and texture to be utilized on the Project. b. Shall be prepared with the same products, tools, equipment and techniques required for the actual applications. The finish used shall be from the same batch as that being used for the project. 2. The approved mock-up shall remain as a standard of quality and shall be available and maintained at the jobsite. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature fully and completely describing the system and its proper method of installation for this Project. 2. Physical sample of the finish for selection of color and texture. 1.04 •JOB CONDITIONS A. Ambient air temperature shall be 40 degrees F or greater and rising at the time of installation and shall remain at 40 degrees F or greater for at least 24 hours after application. B. Adjacent materials and the wall insulation and finish shall be protected during installation while curing and/or unattended from weather and other damages. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all EIFS materials in their original sealed containers bearing manufacturer's name and identification of product. B. Protect coatings (pail products) from freezing and temperatures in excess of 90 degrees F. Store away from direct sunlight. C. Protect Portland cement -based materials (bag products) from moisture and humidity. Store under cover off the ground in a dry location. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's compound 12 year warranty for EIFS material, sealants, and drainage. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM Revised 01 132017 07240 - I DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Dryvit System Outsulation Plus and Finish System - Class PB Drainage. 2. Or comparable systems as fabricated by: a. Parex. b. Sto Industries, Inc. B. Provide EIFS PB (polymer based) drainage consisting of a secondary weather resistive barrier, adhesive, expanded polystyrene insulation board, base coat, reinforcing mesh and finish. 2.02 MATERIALS Primers/Adhesive: Of type compatible with insulation board, substrate, and reinforcing fabric. Shall be: 1. ADEPS (plywood substrate). 2. Primus. 3. Primus DM. 4. Backstop NT smooth and textured. B. Insulation Board: 1. 1.0 pcf aged expanded polystyrene, self - draining type. 2. See Drawings for various thicknesses required. C. Mesh: 1. Standard Reinforcing Mesh: 4.3 oz Balanced, open weave, treated glass fiber mesh. 2. Heavy duty mesh: 20 oz. To a height 5' above the grade, provide High Impact "Panzer" heavy duty mesh in lieu of manufacturer's standard mesh. D. Basecoat: Depending on substrate conditions: 1. Primus. 2. Genesis. (High build to allow leveling uneven walls). 3. NCB. (Patching and small walls). 4. Waterproof base coat (copings and other designated areas): "Dryflex" high percentage polymer -blend with portland cement. E. Finish coat: EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 1. Dirt Pick-up Resistant (DPR) 2. Provide integral color and texture to match colors indicated on the Drawings. F. Water: Clear and potable. G. Sealant System: Tremco Spectrum 1, 3, and 4 silicone. H. Other components as recommended by the manufacturer: 1. Grid tape. 2. 6" flashing tape. 3. Applicable drainage strip. 4. Flashings. 5. Starter strip PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be detailed and performed strictly in accordance with system manufacturer's current published details and instructions. 1. Substrate shall be a type approved by the manufacturer. 2. Substrate shall be free of planar irregularities greater than 1/4" in 10'-0" and shall be sound and free of foreign substances. 3. Unsatisfactory conditions shall be reported to the General Contractor and corrected prior to application of the system. B. Applyinsulation board with joints offset with respect to substrate joints using a running bond pattern. Joints shall be staggered and interlocked at corners. Boards shall be firmly butted together with no gaps between boards. C. Primers/Adhesive: Method of application shall be in accordance with the manner and rate of spread as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Take prepared insulation board to substrate and mount on substrate. Make surface flat by using a straight edge to align edges of adjacent boards. E. Adhesive application: I. Permissible at all locations except where board is to be installed over the top of flashing or roof membrane, in which event Revised 01132017 07240 - 2 c c c c C e c 0 Q 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 mechanical fasteners shall be used. 2. Adhesive application: Apply adhesive to the back of the insulation board by one of the two following methods: a. Apply to the entire surface of the insulation board using a notched trowel as recommended by the system manufacturer. b. Apply to the entire perimeter of the insulation board in a ribbon fashion 2" wide by 3/8" thick. Dabs of approximately 4" in dia., in the same thickness, shall be then applied 8" o.c. over the remainder of the board. F. Mechanical application: System manufacture's standard corrosion -resistant fastener assemblies, complete with system manufacturer's standard washer and shaft attachments, selected for properties of pull-out, tensile, and shear strength required to resist design loads of application indicated, capable of pulling fastener head below surface of insulation board, and of the following description: 1. Attachment to steel studs from .033" to .112" in thickness: Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C954. 2. Attachment to light gauge steel framing members not less than .0179" in thickness: Steel drill screws complying with ASTM 1002. Apply boards over dry substrate in courses with long edges oriented horizontally. Stagger vertical joints in successive courses to produce running bond pattern. Offset joints of insulation from joints in sheathing. Interlock ends at internal and external corners. Abut boards tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even surfaces without gaps or raised edges between insulation boards. If gaps occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert without use of adhesive. Cut insulation to fit openings, corners, and projections precisely and produce edges and shapes conforming to details indicated. H. Sand high areas fo produce level surface. Base Coat: Inspect surface for flatness, damage and deterioration due to weathering, and repair prior to application of base coat. Apply 1/16" (minimum) thick coat of Primers/Adhesive to entire surface of insulation board. Install in two layers, if necessary, to achieve minimum thickness. Immediately embed standard reinforcing mesh into wet primer/adhesive and smooth surface until mesh is not visible. Lap mesh edges 2-1/2" minimum on all sides. Allow 24 hours to dry. J. Finish: Apply to prepared substrate and as per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM Revised 01132017 07240 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM , Revised 01132017 07240 - 4 a D 0 a a DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 07260 WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Weather Barriers: Materials to control passage of air and water through exterior walls, joints between exterior walls and roof, and joints around frames of openings in exterior walls. Weather Barrier is vapor permeable. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form water - resistive barriers and air barriers. 1. The Weather Barrier shall not be a vapor retarder. B. Air Barrier: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively air impermeable but water vapor permeable, both to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. Note: For the purposes of this specification, vapor impermeable air barriers are classified as vapor retarders. C. Vapor Retarder: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively water vapor impermeable, to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. 1. Water Vapor Permeance: For purposes of conversion, 57.2 ng/(Pa s sq m) = 1 perm. D. Water -Resistive Barrier: Water -shedding barrier made of material that is moisture - resistant, to the degree specified, intended to be installed to shed water without sealed seams. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AATCC Test Method 127 - Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure Test; 2008. B. ASTM D 1970 - Standard Specification for Self -Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection; 2009. C. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2010. D. ASTM E 96/E 96M - Standard Test Methods Weather Barriers for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2005. E. ASTM E 2178 - Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2003. F. ICC -ES AC38 - Acceptance Criteria for Water - Resistive Barriers; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the materials manufacturers before, during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES A. Air Barrier and Water Resistive Barrier: 1. On outside surface of inside wythe of exterior masonry cavity walls use air barrier coating. 2. On outside surface of sheathing of exterior walls use air barrier sheet, mechanically fastened type. 2.02 WEATHER BARRIER MATERIALS (WATER VAPOR PERMEABLE AND WATER -RESISTIVE) A. Weather Barrier Sheet, Mechanically Fastened: 1. Air Permeance: 0.004 cubic feet per square foot, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178. 2. Water Vapor Permeance: 10 perms, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E 96M Procedure A (desiccant method). 3. Water Penetration Resistance: Withstand a water head of 21 inches, minimum, for minimum of 5 hours, when tested in accordance with AATCC 127. 4. Ultraviolet and Weathering Resistance: Approved in writing by manufacturer for minimum of 9 months weather exposure. 5. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke revised 01132017 07260 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 developed index of 50 or Less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 6. Water Resistance: Comply with applicable water -resistive requirements of ICC -ES Acceptance Criteria AC38. B. Air Barrier Coating: Cold -fluid -applied, vapor permeable, elastomeric waterproofing membrane. 1. Dry Film Thickness: 7 mils (0.007 inch), minimum. 2. Air Permeance: 0.004 cubic feet per square foot, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178. 3. Water Vapor Permeance: 10 perms, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E 96M. 2.03 SEALANTS A. Sealant certified as compatible with membrane materials by the membrane manufacturer B. Primers, Cleaners, and Other Sealant Materials: As recommended by sealant manufacturer, appropriate to application, and compatible with adjacent materials. 2.04 ADHESIVES A. Mastic Adhesive: Compatible with sheet seal and substrate, thick mastic of uniform knife grade consistency. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Self -Adhesive Sheet Flashing: ASTM D 1970. B. Fasteners: Type as recommended by the manufacturer for substrate and construction. C. Tape: Product manufactured by the membrane manufacturer. D. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with proper installation. B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Weather Barriers: Install continuous water - resistive barrier and air barrier over surfaces indicated, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. C. Apply sealants and adhesives within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer if temperature is out of this range. D. Mechanically Fastened Sheets - On Exterior: 1. Install sheets shingle -fashion to shed water, with seams generally horizontal. 2. . Overlap seams as recommended by manufacturer but at least 6 inches. 3. Overlap at outside and inside corners as recommended by manufacturer but at least 1'2 inches. 4. Attach to framed construction with fasteners extending through sheathing into framing. Space fasteners at 12 to 18 inches on center along each framing member supporting sheathing, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's installation instructions. 5 Seal seams, laps, penetrations, tears, and cuts with self-adhesive tape. 6. Where stud framing rests on concrete or masonry, extend lower edge of sheet at least 4 inches below bottom of framing and seal to wall with sealant. 7. Install wall flashings under weather barrier. E. Self -Adhesive Sheets: 1. Prepare substrate in manner recommended by sheet manufacturer; fill and tape joints in substrate and between dissimilar materials. 2. Lap sheets shingle -fashion to shed water and seal laps air tight. 3. Once sheets are in place, press firmly into substrate with resilient hand roller; ensure that all laps are firmly adhered with no gaps or fishmouths. 4. Use same material, or other material approved by sheet manufacturer for the Weather Barriers revised 01132017 07260 - 2 0 0 '0 O Q c C c c 0 O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 purpose, to seal to adjacent construction and as flashing. 5. At wide joints, provide extra flexible membrane allowing joint movement. F. Coatings: 1. Prepare substrate in manner recommended by coating manufacturer; treat joints in substrate and between dissimilar materials as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Where exterior masonry veneer is to be installed, install masonry anchors before installing weather barrier over masonry; seal around anchors air tight. 3. Use flashing to seal to adjacent construction and to bridge joints. G. Openings and Penetrations in Exterior Weather Barriers: 1. Install flashing over sills, covering entire sill frame member, extending at least 5 inches onto weather barrier and at least 6 inches up jambs; mechanically fasten stretched edges. 2. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, seal head and jamb flanges using a continuous bead of sealant compressed by flange and cover flanges with at least 4 inches wide; do not seal sill flange. 3. At openings to be filled with non - flanged frames, seal weather barrier to all sides of opening framing, using flashing at least 9 inches wide, covering entire depth of framing. 4. At head of openings, install flashing under weather barrier extending at least 2 inches beyond face of jambs; seal weather barrier to flashing. 5. At interior face of openings, seal gap between window/door frame and rough framing, using joint sealant over backer rod. 6. Service and Other Penetrations: Form flashing around penetrating item and seal to weather barrier surface. `3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. 0 3.05 PROTECTION A. Do not leave materials exposed to weather Weather Barriers longer than recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION revised 01132017 • 07260 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK Weather Barriers revised 01132017 07260 - 4 1 a a 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 07510 — BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING WITH FRANULATED CAP SHEET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the ballasted built-up bituminous roofing. B. See attached Application for Acceptance of Roofing System. This form shall be completed by the roofing subcontractor and submitted with the roofing shop drawings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre -installation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating scheduling required with related work. B. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum ten years of documented experience. B Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years, and approved by manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane and bitumen materials, base, flashing materials, insulation, and surfacing. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination detail conditions, conditions of interface with other materials, and setting plan for tapered insulation. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather. B. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is expected or occurring. C. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's standard form, no dollar limit (NDL), in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roof membrane accessories, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, walkway products, and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOFING A. Built-up Bituminous Roofing: Asphalt felt membrane, four ply, with insulation. B. Roofing Assembly Requirements: 1. Roof Covering External Fire -resistance Classification: UL Class A. 2. Insulation Thermal Value ®, minimum: as indicated on drawings. C. Acceptable Insulation Types: Minimum 2 layers of polyisocyanurate board. D. Surfacing: Granulated cap sheet. 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Roofing Felt: ASTM.D2178/D2178M; Asphalt - saturated glass fiber felt; standard duty. B. Base Flashing Material: Modified bitumen, reinforced, smooth surface. C. Flexible Flashing Material: Modified bitumen, SBS type; conforming to the following SINGLE PLY WHITE REINFORCED TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS A. Bitumen: ASTM D312 Type I, asphalt. B. Primer: ASTM D41/D41M, asphalt type. C. Roof Cement: ASTM D2822/D2822M, Type I, cutback asphalt type. 2.04 INSULATION A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C1289, Type I, aluminum foil both faces; Class 1, non- reinforced foam core, and with the following characteristics: 1. Thermal Resistance: R -value as indicated on the drawings. 2. Tapered Board: Slope as indicated; minimum thickness 1/2 in; fabricate of fewest layers possible. 2.05 SURFACING MATERIALS A. Walkway Pads: Suitable for maintenance traffic, contrasting color. or otherwise visually distinctive from roof membrane. 1. Composition: Asphaltic with mineral granule surface. 2. Surface Color: White Walkway Pads: Bitumen -impregnated mineral fiber boards with granular surfaces, compatible with roofing materials. Size: 24x23 inch. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Cant and Edge Strips: Bitumen -impregnated wood fiberboard, compatible with roofing materials: cants formed to 45 degree angle, tapered edge strips, and other configurations as detailed. B. Insulation Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced type as recommended by insulation manufacturer, compatible with roofing materials; 6 inches wide; self -adhering. C. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by roofing manufacturer. 1. Length as required for thickness of insulation material and penetration of deck substrate, with metal washers. D. Strip Reglet Devices: stainless steel, maximum possible lengths per location, with attachment flanges. E. Cover Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass - mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch thick. 2.07 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials not specifically described but required for a proper completion and watertightness of the roof system shall be selected by the General Contractor, subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Fasten roofing assembly to resist the design uplift pressures as indicated on structural drawings. B. In the absence of structural drawings, fasten roofing assembly to resist the design uplift pressures calculated in accordance with: 1. IBC Chapter 15 2. IBC Chapter 1 3. ASCE 7 3.02 EXAMIINATION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify deck is supported and secure. C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped and suitable for installation of roof system. D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips, nailing strips, and reglets are in place. SINGLE PLY WHITE REINFORCED TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 - 2 c C c Q 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 3.03 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Attachment of Insulation: Mechanically fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's instruction s and Factory Mutual requirements. B. Lay subsequent layers of insulation with joints staggered. minimum 6 inch from joints of preceding layer. Place tapered insulation to the required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. On metal deck, place boards parallel to flutes with insulation board edges bearing on deck flutes. E. Lay boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof. F. At roof drains, use factory -tapered boards to slope down to roof drains over distance of 18 inches. G. Do not apply more insulation than can be covered with membrane in same day. 3.04 COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Stagger joints from joints in insulation below a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. Fasten to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 3.05 MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Install built-up roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of NRCA. PROJECT 15722 B. Equiviscous Temperature (EVT) at Point of Application: In accordance with NRCA recommendations. C. Apply smooth, free from air pockets, wrinkles, fish -mouths, or tears. D. At end of day's operation, install two plies membrane and bitumen glaze coat for cut-off. Glaze exposed felts. Remove cut-off before resuming roofing. E. At intersections with vertical surfaces: 1. Extend membrane and base sheet over cant strips and up a minimum of 4 inches onto vertical surfaces. 2. Mop on base flashing of two additional plies of felt and. one ply of base flashing material. F. At gravel stops, extend membrane and base sheet under gravel stop and to the outside face of the wall. G. Around roof penetrations, mop in and seal flanges and flashings with two additional plies of felt. H. Install walkway pads in cold mastic at 2 gal/sq. ft. Set joints 6 inches apart. 1. Install roofing expansion joints where indicated. Make joints watertight. J. Coordinate installation of roof drains and related flashings. 3.06 ROOF COATING INSTALLATION A. Apply roof coatings in accordance with roofing and coating manufacture's' instructions. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY, CONTROL B. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation material manufacturers daily during SINGLE PLY WHITE REINFORCED TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS installation of work. 3.08 CLEAN UP A. Clean up entire roof surface. Promptly remove foreign matter, debris, equipment, and surplus materials from job site. END OF SECTION SINGLE PLY WHITE REINFORCED TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING PROJECT 15722 07540 - 4 • • • s s • • s 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07600 - METAL FLASHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install the flashing and sheet metal. B. All sheet metal items are not necessarily individually described. The most important parts and those requiring detailed description are usually mentioned. Other work as indicated or necessary shall be provided unless specifically excluded from the work of this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and standards, comply with all pertinent recommendations of: 1. "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual", latest edition. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). 2. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA requirements: a. Downspouts: (1). Profile: SMACNA Figure 1-32 (see Drawings for profile). (2). Hanger design: SMACNA Figure 1-35. b. Conductor heads: SMACNA Figures 1- 25 and 1-26. c. Scupper: SMACNA Plate 27 fig. d. Gutters: SMACNA Plate 2, Style A e. Gravel stop: SMACNA Figures 2-5, 2- 6, 2-11. B. Performance requirements: 1. Install .sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. C. Work associated with roof flashing shall be performed by and be the responsibility of a single installer. Coordinate with Roofing Section. PROJECT 15722 1.03 SUBMITTALS D. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature for all factory fabricated items naming all materials, dimensions, finishes and accompanying accessory items. 2. Complete shop drawings and erection drawings for each product named which shall include a material schedule, details, profiles, gauges, dimensions, layout, anchorage and joint details. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS E. Coordinate work with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of work, and protection of materials and finishes. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL FLASHING A. Sheet Metal: 1. Coil coated galvanized steel sheet. 2. Zinc coated, commercial quality steel sheet conforming to ASTM A755, G90 (ASTM A755M A275). 3. Gauge: 0.239" (24 ga.) 4. Exposed to view: high performance fluoropolymer "Kynar" coating full strength, 2 coats per AAMA 605.2. a. Color: See Drawings. B. Copper: 1. ASTM B370. 2. Temper H00 (cold -rolled) except where temper 060 is required for forming. 3. Note less than 16 oz/sq ft unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other non -corrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 2. Match finish of exposed heads with METAL FLASHING Revised 01132017 07600 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 material being fastened. B. Asphalt mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. C. Mastic sealant: Polyisobutylene; non -hardening, non -skinning, non-drying, non -migrating sealant. D. Elastomeric sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being scaled and complying with requirements for joint sealants. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather -resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. F. Paper slip sheet: 5 Ib./square red rosin, sized building paper conforming to FS UU-B-790, Type I, style lb. G. Polyethylene underlayment: ASTM D4397, minimum 6 mil thick black polyethylene film, resistant to decay when tested according to ASTM E154. H. Metal accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being. installed; non -corrosive; size and thickness required for performance. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. B. Form exposed sheet metal work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. C. Seams: Fabricate non-moving seams with flat - lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. D. Expansion: Space movement joints at maximum of l0' with no joints allowed within 24" of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed with joints). E. Sealed joints: Form non -expansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate Elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Separate metal from non -compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by the manufacturer. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. H. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, non -corrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 3. Size: As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.04 CAULKING (SEALANT) A. Product: 4. One part polysulfide. 5. Or approved equal. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of flashing and sheet metal, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION METAL FLASHING Revised 01132017 07600 - 2 c c 0 O 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.01 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify all dimensions shown on the Drawings by taking field measurements, proper fit and attachment of all part is required. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP - GENERAL A. Unless specifically detailed or specified otherwise, all work shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the SMACNA Manual. B. Form all sheet metal accurately to the dimensions and shapes required, finishing all molded and broken surfaces with true, sharp, and straight lines and angles and, where intercepting other members, coping to an accurate fit and soldering securely. C. Reinforcement, fasteners and expansion provisions shall be wholly concealed within the finished assembly. D. Turn exposed edges back 1/2". E. General: 1. Install exposed sheet metal work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. F. Seams/Waterproofing: 1. Finish watertight and weathertight. 0 2. Make all lock seam work flat and true to line 3. Make all flat and lap seams in direction of flow. 4. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 0 0 Joints: 1. Join parts with rivets or sheet metal screws where necessary for strength or stiffness. 2. Provide suitable watertight expansion joints for all runs of more than 40 feet, except where closer spacing is indicated on the Drawing or required for proper installation. 3. Joints and corners shall be accurately machined, filed and fitted, and rigidly framed together.. and connected. All components shall be matched to produce perfect continuity of line and design. Joints and connections in exterior face metal shall be made watertight. Face of metal shall have hairline joints. 4. Form non -expansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate Elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. 5. Use joint adhesive for non-moving joints as specified, not tobe soldered. H. Nailing: 1. Whenever possible, secure metal by use of clips or cleats without nailing through the metal. 2. In general, space all nails, rivets, and screws not more than 8" apart. When exposed to the weather use lead washers. Expansion: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10' with no joints allowed within 24" of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than, 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). Separations: Separate metal from non- compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Underlayment: Where installing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red -rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 2. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. K. Embed all metal in connection with roofs in a solid bed of caulking.: L. Finishes shall be factory applied. Shapes shall be formed in the field. Do not break or crack the finishes during field forming and installation. METAL FLASHING Revised 01132017 07600 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.03 COUNTER OR CAP FLASHING F. Finish: Kynar 500. Color - See Drawings. A. Flashing shall be provided with all base flashings. The flashing shall be formed of sheets not longer than 10'-0" and shall be built into the masonry approximately 4" with the inner edge terminating in a 1/4" hook dam or, alternately, turning up 1" behind the first masonry•course. The apron shall be of sufficient width to overlap the base flashing not less than 3". Ends of adjacent lengths of flashing shall overlap not less than 3" and the built-in horizontal portion of the joint shall be set in elastic cement. The flashing shall have a layer of mortar above and below the horizontal flange in the wall. Finish: B. Color/ Finish. See Drawings. 3.04 DOWNSPOUTS C. Downspouts: - 1. Telescope joints in downspouts at least 2". 2. Install downspouts with wrap around hangers. - 3. Place one hanger directly below - gutter/downspout connection, and one near the bottom end of each downspout. 4. Place intermediate hangers at 6'-0" o.c. maximum. 5. Flash and seal joint between gutters and downspouts. 6. Attach hangers to masonry with self -drilling masonry anchors and rust -resisting machine screws. Attach hangers to sides of down -spouts with one rust -resisting, self -tapping sheet metal screw in each side of downspout at each hanger. D. Color / Finish:. See Drawings. 3.05 SCUPPER AND CONDUCTOR HEAD E. Scupper and conductor head: 1. Attach conductor head to wall with masonry fasteners. Overflow openings in conductor head shall be provided. 2. A closure flange shall be locked to the scupper and soldered at the top. The juncture between the top of the closure flange and masonry wall shall be sealed. 3. From the roof side a flange shall be formed and soldered to the scupper prior to its insertion into the wall. END OF SECTION METAL FLASHING Revised 01132017 07600 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c E b 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07651 - LAMINATED SHEET FLASHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Q A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the wall flashing. 0 0 0 0 B. The purpose of this flashing is to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of installers: 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section and who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the materials and methods required and who shall direct the entire flashing installation. 2. Provide the AOR with the name of responsible person and his job title. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature which shall include installation instructions as applicable for this Project. 2. A schedule of all locations where the General Contractor proposes use of this product. 3. Physical sample of the product intended to be installed. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect flashing materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other Trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the AOR and at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). LAMINATED SHEET FLASHING PROJECT 15722 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 LAMINATED SHEET FLASHING A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Cop -R -Tex Duplex as manufactured by York. 2. Or comparable products as manufactured by: a. Advanced Building Products. b. Sandell Manufacturing Co. B. Metal: 5 oz. copper bonded on both sides with kraft paper. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE EQUAL PRODUCT A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Perm -A -Barrier Wall Flashing as manufactured by W. R. Grace. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Description: 1. 32 mils, self-adhesive rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to 8 mils of cross - laminated, high-density polyethylene film to provide a minimum of 40 mil thick membrane. 2. Membrane shall be interleaved with disposable silicone -coated release paper until installed. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of flashing, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install flashing in all locations where the flashing shall be totally concealed. B. After installation, cut wall flashing flush with exterior faces of joints. C. Under sills, over exterior openings, and as otherwise indicated, extend flashing into Revised 01132017 07651 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 underside of frame or next higher joint of back-up. D. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work at or above all shelf angles, lintels, ledges and other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall so as to divert such water to the exterior. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections which could puncture flashing. Place through -wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations, laps, and edges (vertically and horizontally) in flashing with mastic before covering the mortar. E. Extend flashings the full length of lintels and shelf angles and minimum of 4" into masonry each end. Extend flashing from a line 1" beyond from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry (trim and seal after installation), through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4", and through the inner Wythe to within'' 'A" of the interior face of the wall in exposed work. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2". F. Seal joints with cold setting cement or mastic. END OF SECTION LAMINATED SHEET FLASHING Revised 01132017 07651 - 2 C c c c C c C c c c b 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07662 - PREFABRICATED COPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the prefabricated coping. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. High performance gravel stop shall be certified by the fascia manufacturer to comply with ANSI/SPRI Standard ES -1-98. Fascia shall meet performance design criteria according to the following test standards: 1. ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test Method RE -1 Test for Roof Edge Termination of Single - ply Roofing Membranes: The fascia system shall be tested to secure the membrane to minimum .100 lbs./ft in accord with the ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test Method RE -1. Use the current edition of ANSI/SPRI ES -1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. 2. ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test Method RE -2 Pull -Off Test for Fascia: The fascia system - shall be tested in accord with the ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test Method RE -2. Use the current edition of ANSI/SPRI ES -1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. 3. FMRC Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 "Perimeter Flashing". The fascia product shall be listed in current Factory mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide approved for the zone in which the work is being accomplished. a. High performance coping shall be certified by the coping manufacturer to meet performance design criteria according to the following test standards: b. ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test RE -3. for Coping: Wind Design Guide for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems (current edition). The coping system shall be tested simultaneously on horizontal and vertical surfaces and shall exceed horizontal and vertical design wind pressure as calculated in accord wit the ANSI/SPRI ES -1-98 Test RE -3. Use the current edition of PROJECT 15722 ANSI/SPRI. ES -1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. c. FMRC Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1- 49 Perimeter Flashing. The coping product shall be listed in current Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide approved for the zone in which the work is being accomplished. B. Work associated with roofing, including (but not limited to) insulation, flashing, and membrane sheet joint sealers, shall be performed by the installer of the roofing. Coordinate with Section 07651, 07600 and roofing section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit the following to AOR for review: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature describing the product and the proper installation for this Project. 2. Physical sample indicating the finish and color to be provided. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 COPING A. Product/manufacturer: 3. Permasnap Coping .050 Aluminum as manufactured by Hickman. 4. Or a comparable product as manufactured by: a. Metal -Era Roof Edge Systems. b. MM Systems. B. Finish: Kynar 500. Color — "Dick's Sporting Goods Hartford Green". See Drawing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coping fascia shall be formed and installed straight and true to line. B. Splice joints to have 6" wide concealed splice PREFABRICATED COPING Revised 01132017 07662 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 plates. Caulking shall be of a type and installed in a manner as approved by the manufacturer. Provide 12" wide field formed flashing at all splice joints. Provide shop welded, prefabricated corners. Provide continuous hold-down strips. Provide all fasteners in a finish and color to match the coping. END OF SECTION PREFABRICATED COPING Revised 01132017 07662 - 2 c c c c c 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 3 SECTION 07724 - ROOF HATCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE D A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the roof hatch. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings that shall include, but not be limited to: Materials, gauges, roof opening and door sizes, method of installation into the roof, hardware, and door finish. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF HATCH A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Bilco Type S-20 as manufactured by The Bilco Co. 2. No substitutions. B. Description: 1. Material: Galvanized steel with paint bond treatment. 2. Size: 2'-6" x 3'-0". 3. Provide insulated curb and cover and positive locking with separate padlock hasp. 4. Provide padlock with Best Core. 2.02 SAFETY POST A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Model 2 (galvanized steel) LadderUP Safety Post as manufactured by The Bilco Co. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Safety post shall lock automatically when fully extended. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of roof hatch system, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and ROOF HATCH PROJECT 15722 subject to approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Roof hatch shall be provided in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, the approved submittals and the manufacturer's instructions. B. The complete installation shall be weathertight. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Shop prefabricate the roof hatch verifying all measurements at the job site prior to fabrication. B. Fabricate in strict accordance with the approved submittals and the manufacturer's published recommendations. C. Weld or mechanically fasten along entire line of contact on the unexposed side. INSTALLATION 3.03 A. Install all members with adequate provision for settling, expanding and contracting to occur without breaking the weather seal. B. Firmly anchor all members, using all anchoring devices required to ensure positive attachment of the members for long life under hard use. C. Protect all finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during progress of the Work. 3.04 CLEANING UP A. Immediately prior to acceptance of the Work, remove all protective materials from the roof hatch system and clean all exposed members. B. Do not use abrasive or harmful cleaning agents. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 07724 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK ROOF HATCH Revised 01132017 07724 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07841 - FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the firestopping. B. Work, in general, includes, but is not limited to, providing fire and smoke barrier firestopping for openings in floors, walls, juncture of walls and • structure and other elements of construction. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator qualifications: Two years experience installing UL Classified fire stopping materials. B. Performance: Materials shall have been tested to provide fire rating equal to that of the construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for his review the following: 1. Shop drawings showing each condition requiring firestopping in dictating proposed UL systems materials, anchorage, methods of installation, and actual adjacent construction. 2. Copy of UL illustration of each proposed system indicating manufacturer approved modifications. 3. Manufacturer's data: Specifications, recommendations, installation instructions, and maintenance data for each type of material required. Include letter indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is recommended for the applications shown. 4. Qualifications statement: Past projects indicating required experience. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, grade, and UL label where applicable. PROJECT 15722 B. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at site. C. Store materials in clean, dry, ventilated location. Protect from soiling, abused, and moisture. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing conditions: 1. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. 2. Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets have been installed. B. Environmental requirements: 1. Furnish adequate ventilation if using solvent. 2. Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer. 3. Keep flammable materials away from sparks of flame. 4. Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by fire stopping materials. 5. Do not apply materials which must set and cure when temperatures of substrates and ambient air are below 60 degrees F. Maintain this temperature for 24 hrs. before and 72 hrs. after installation of materials. 6. If solvent cured materials are used, provide ventilation in work areas and affected adjacent areas. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Submit copies of written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. The guarantee period shall be one year from the Date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS FIRESTOPPING Revised 01132017 07841 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General requirements: Form an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke and gases, and to maintain the integrity of the time -rated construction into which the firestopping system is to be installed. 1. Firestop systems and materials must not require the use of special tools for the installation or modification. 2. Fire hazard classification: Maximum flame spread/smoke developed/fuel contribution of 25/50/50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. All components must be non-combustible. 4. Toxicity: Materials must be non-toxic to human beings -at all stages of application and during fire conditions. 5. All components must be non -corrosive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that all penetrating elements and surrounding devices have been installed and all temporary lines have been removed. B. Remove combustible materials and loose impediment from penetration opening and involved surfaces. C. 3.02 B. Firestopping materials and systems: 1. Use designs tested by independent third- A. party testing agencies, such as Underwriters ❑ Laboratories, Wa Hersey or other agency acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction for the various applications. Do not make substitutions B. within tested designs or mix components of tested designs together. '2. Designs used must provide a fire resistance rating at least equal to the hourly resistance rating of the building component into which the firestop design will be installed. . 3. Installed firestopping systems must provide environmental/water sealing in addition to sealing of openings from passage of fire and smoke. 4. Installed firestopping must be capable of being easily modified by the Owner's maintenance personnel. 5. Where firestopping materials/assembly could be subject to live loads, provide collared device firestopping system. 6. In expansion and control joints, materials must impede the passage of smoke and gases through the joint, but must not interfere with the expansion/contraction movement requirement of the joint. C. D. 3.03 A. Where openings are to be firestopped with materials which must bond with the substrate or penetrating item, clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which will affect the bond of the firestopping material. INSTALLATION Installation materials in accordance with job requirements, the manufacturer's printed rmitritructions for the application, and with the submitted tested design for the application. Ensure that penetrating components are placed and separated in accordance with the tested design be utilized. Finish the surface of putties, sealants and similar materials to a smooth finish. If forms or damming materials are installed, remove such materials only after the designated cure time. REPAIRS AND MODIFICATIONS Identify damaged or re-entered firestopping assemblies requiring repair or modification. B. Remove loose or damaged materials. C. If penetrating elements are to be added, remove enough material to insert the new elements without causing damage to the balance of the firestopping assembly. D. Ensure that surface to be repaired or modified are clean and dry. FIRESTOPPING Revised 01132017 07841 - 2 c c C c E 1 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 E. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions for the application. Use only materials approved by the manufacturer as suitable for repair of the original seal. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed material from traffic and from damage from adjacent work. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Q A. Examine penetration seals for proper installation, adhesion and curing as may be appropriate for the respective seal materials. 0 0 0 B. Keep areas of the work accessible and notify the authorities having jurisdiction of firestopping assemblies ready for inspection. C. Provide a schedule listing all penetrations and the date each was approved by the inspection personnel of the authority jurisdiction. 3.06 FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE A. Penetrations and openings in fire rated assemblies to be firestopped with tested firestopping design assemblies include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Duct, conduit and pipe penetrations through above grade floor slabs. 2. Duct, conduit and pipe penetrations through time -rated partitions and fire walls. 3. Penetrations of vertical shafts such as pipe chases, elevator shafts and utility chutes. 4. Caps at perimeters of time -rated partitions and fire walls, such as between the top of fire walls and the bottom of the above structure. 5. Expansion and control joints. 6. Voids around pipes, ducts, conduits, cables and wires, and structural members penetrating above grade floor slabs and time -rated partitions and fire walls. END OF SECTION FIRESTOPPING Revised 01132017 07841 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK FIRESTOPPING Revised 01132017 07841 - 4 a DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the sealant. B. The purpose of sealant in this Work is to provide a positive barrier against penetration of air and moisture at joints between items where sealant is essential to continued integrity of the barrier. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility and adhesion testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturer, samples.of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: 1. Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to • obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Perform tests under normal environmental conditions that will exist during actual installation. 3. Submit not less than 9 pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analysis of results to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 5. Investigate materials failing compatibility or adhesion tests and obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 6. Testing will not be required when joint sealant manufacturer is able to submit joint preparation data required that are acceptable to AOR and are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. B. Product testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations with in a 24 month period preceding date of General Contractor's submittal of test results to AOR. SEALANTS PROJECT 15722 1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C719), low- temperature flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100% strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. C. Engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent required herein. His work shall have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance and shall be able to show proof of successful similar projects completed over the past 7 years. D. Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for. review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature for each type of sealant used naming product formulation and giving product limitations. 2. Physical sample of all colors for the AOR's approval. 3. Provide schedule indicating sealant color in relation to adjacent surface color. 4. Submit statements by the manufacturers and installers of their acceptance of these documents and conditions and/or any modification proposed to the use of the products. Include a statement from the manufacturer that the proposed use of the product for the conditions encountered is proper. 5. Submit a guarantee warranting all defects of material and/or application for a period of five (5) years from Date of Substantial Completion. Any failure that may occur within this warranty period, due to defective application and/or materials shall, upon written notification of such failure, be repaired or replaced with proper materials and/or labor as approved by the AOR, at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating Revised 01132017 07900 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 manufacturer product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions. 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet or frozen. 3. Where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 4. Until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. B. Note: Typical joint width shall be 3/8" unless otherwise advised by the joint manufacturer for the joint type involved or indicated differently on the Drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Exterior: Compound used for exterior sealing shall be a one component polyurethane sealant of ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Manufacturer: Tremco Inc. "Dymonic" or one of the following: a. Pecora Corp. Of Harleysville, PA. — "DynaTrol I -XL". b. Sonneborn — "Sonnolast NPS". c. Bostik — "Chem -Calk 900". 2. Confirm compatibility with the manufacturer of each exterior building material. 3. Metal flashing: Type as recommended by the flashing manufacturer. B. Interior: Compound used for interior caulking shall be acrylic latex complying with either ASTM C834 type as required for application (gun or knife), non -staining, non-bleeding, paintable. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. Pecora Corp. Of Harleysville, PA. Tremco Inc. Of Cleveland, Ohio. Bostik. C. Back rod: Joint backing shall be non-absorbent, closed cell, foam polyethylene material, square or round in shape, and shall be sized to cause a 30% compression in the joint. D. Match sealant color to that of the adjacent surface. 2.02 PRIMERS A. As recommended by the sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction with the sealant for application onto the various types of materials to which the sealant applied, and complying with the requirements above. When the manufacturer's instructions make reference to use of primers and/or the construction condition requires special surface preparation, these instructions shall be complied with. 2.03 CLEANERS A. Where required by manufacturer's instructions in lieu of primers, cleaners shall be of the type and kind recommended by the sealant manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CHOICE OF CAULKING MATERIAL A. Use only that caulking material which is best suited to the installation and is so recommended by the caulking material manufacturer. 3.02 BACK-UP MATERIALS A. Verify the compatibility of filler material with caulking before installation. B. Use filler about 1/3 wider than width of joint so sufficient pressure is exerted by filler to provide substantial resistance to displacement. C. All filler materials shall be non -oily, non -staining, back-up filler such as polyethylene foam rod, expanded polyurethane, neoprene or other filler completely compatible with the caulking material. 3.03 PREPARATION SEALANTS Revised 01132017 07900 - 2 C c c t 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Surface cleaning ofjoints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except 0 for permanent, protective coatings, tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2 Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove 0 loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete and masonry. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other non -porous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. 0 0 0 0 B. Prime joint substrates where indicated and also where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.04 APPLICATION OF CAULKING A. Do not caulk under weather conditions or sun conditions potentially harmful to the set and curing of the caulking material. B. Deliver materials to the job or place of application in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. C. Install caulking in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, taking care to produce beads of proper width and depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer, and to immediately remove all surplus caulking. 3.05 CAULKING SCHEDULE A. Furnish and install the proper caulking at each point called for on the Drawings plus other points, whether specifically designated or not, where caulking is essential in maintaining the continued integrity of the intended watertight barrier. END OF SECTION SEALANTS Revised 01132017 07900 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS ' PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK SEALANTS Revised 01132017 07900 - 4 4 4 4 s a 4 s 4 0 D ) ) DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 08110 - HOLLOW METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the hollow metal work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all pertinent codes and regulations. B. Manufacture all labeled hollow metal work in accordance with the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories. 1. Provide doors and frames with fire -resistance ratings indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 2. All labeled doors and frames shall be manufactured in'accordance with the specifications procedures of the Underwriter's Laboratories. All labeled doors and frames shall physically bear the U.L. label showing the rating required. a. The following are not acceptable: (1). Stick -on type labels. (2). Embossed frames. (3). Labels not visible after frame installation. . 3. Agency under whom the testing was performed shall be the same for the door and the frame. Labels on the door and frame shall be the same and shall not indicate different testing agencies. 4. UL 10C (positive pressure)/UBC7-2-97. 5. UL 10C (positive pressure)/UBC7-2-97. Category A. 6. For 1-1/2 hr. and 1 hr. doors used in stairway enclosures the average temperature developed on the unexposed side shall not exceed 450 deg F. at the end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop and erection drawings, including complete opening schedule with opening identification marks, details, elevations, dimensions, sections, gauges and hardware HOLLOW METAL PROJECT 15722 locations. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the AOR; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blocking. Avoid use•of non -vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS A. National Account Vendor: No. 4. No exceptions. B. Description: 1. 1-3/4" thick, of composite construction, and fabricated of two sheets roller -leveled prime quality cold -rolled steel sheets. a. Exterior: (1) Acceptable product: Steelcraft H - Series Doors. (2) 16 gauge. (3) SDI Grade III, extra heavy Model 2A (seamless), A-60 galvanized. b. Interior: (1) 16 gauge. (2) SDI Grade III, extra heavy Model 2 (seamless). 2. Provide rust -inhibitive primer (either air - drying or baking) suitable as base for specified finish paints. 3. Thermal/sound insulation: Interior of door shall be completely filled with rigid urethane core foamed in place and chemically bonded to all interior surfaces. Revised 01 132017 08110 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 Urethane shall be self- bonding, self -hardening, and self -extinguishing. 4. Doors shall have flush seamless face sheets with mechanically locked vertical edges. Exposed hairline seam on lock and hinge rail edge are acceptable. 5. Top and bottom of the doors shall be closed flush by 16 ga. steel channels. 6. Hardware preparation: a. Hinge reinforcements shall be 7 ga. steel, drilled and tapped by the manufacturer. b. Doors shall be mortised for template hinges and prepared for locksets. 7. Doors prepared for lights shall have the openings framed and securely attached. Glazing beads shall be screwless snap -in type. C. UL 10C Positive Pressure: 1. Category A Positive Pressure: Openings have all the intumescent required for compliance contained within the door and require no additional installation of intumescent strips. 2. Coordinate with Section 08710, Finish Hardware. 2.02 FRAMES A. Welded unit frames: 1. Exterior: a. 16 ga. commercial quality, cold -rolled steel. b. A-60 galvanized. 2. Interior: a. 16 ga. commercial quality, cold -rolled steel. B. Description: 1. Head and jamb members shall be mitered, securely welded and ground smooth. 2. Provide rust -inhibitive primer (either air - drying or baking) suitable as base for specified finish paints. 3. Provide 5/8" high integral stops and 2" faces normally available from stock. 4. Provide with appropriate jamb anchors and with floor anchors which are adjustable. 5. Double swing doors: Provide two rubber silencers for strike jambs and heads. C. Hardware preparation: 1. Minimum gauges for hardware HOLLOW METAL reinforcements:. a. Hinge reinforcements: 7 gauge. b. Universal strike reinforcements: 12 gauge. 2. Hinge jambs shall be mortised for template hinges and lock jambs shall be mortised for ANSI A115.1 and .2 universal lock strike. 3. Plaster guards shall be snap -in type. 4. Hinge and strike reinforcements shall be drilled and tapped by the manufacturer. 2.03 LABELED DOORS AND FRAMES A. Provide labeled doors and frames for those openings requiring fire protection ratings. 1. Construct and test in accordance with the standards of Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). 2. The UL physical label shall be affixed to all labeled units as evidence of compliance with the procedures of the labeling agency. 3 Advise the AOR prior to fabricating if any door or frame that is required to be fire -rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, hardware or for any other reason. B. All labeled door pairs shall have two (2) piece overlapping astragal. Provide in the following instances: 1. At locations dictated by code. 2. As necessitated by the manufacturer's labeling requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install.all hollow metal in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the approved submittals, the Contract Documents, and the manufacturer's current recommendations, anchoring all components firmly in position for long life under hard use. B. C. Prior to installation, all frames must be checked and corrected for rack, twist, and out -of -square. Erect frames plumb and true, firmly bracing in position until masonry work has reached full height of frames. Do not remove channel spreaders until frames are securely anchored in place. Revised 01 132017 08110 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 C C c c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 D. Leave all installed material clean, free of all foreign matter or rust spots ready to receive finish painting. (See Section 09900, "Paint") E. Install all finish hardware in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, eliminating all hinge -bound conditions and making all items smoothly operating and firmly anchored into position. END OF SECTION HOLLOW METAL Revised 01132017 08110 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK HOLLOW METAL Revised 01132017 08110 - 4 s d 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and 0 services to furnish and install flush wood doors. 0 0 0 0 2) 2 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the applicable requirements of the following standards unless otherwise indicated: 1. AWI Quality Standards - Section 1400 of the Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. Designations for grade and core construction under types of doors refer to this standard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review, the following: 1. Shop drawings: Sizes, face veneer, edge construction, core construction, necessary details, and factory finishing. 2. Door schedule: Show door sizes, opening numbers or designations and elevations, door type, fire classification marking, swing, light and louver cutout sizes and locations, and undercut. - 3. Submit written certification signed by an officer of the manufacturing firm that shall certify that the materials delivered to this Work comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.04 GUARANTEE A. Submit written guarantee for use for the life of the installation, including repair and/or replacement, and refinishing of defective material in accordance with the standard door guarantee of the National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Package each door at the factory in separate heavy paper -type carton or poly bag. Mark each carton or door for location to correspond with opening number on Drawings. FLUSH WOOD DOORS PROJECT 15722 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUSH DOORS A. Provided by: Vendor No. 4. B. AWI quality grade (Section 1400): Premium. C. Solid core wood with wood veneer face: Western Pine for a paint finish. D. Door thickness: 1-3/4". 2.02 PREFITTING AND PREMACHINING A. Pre -fit doors at the factory in accordance with tolerance requirements of the NWMA standards with allowances for undercuts (if any). Provide standard bevel or radius to edge of door as required for the installation. B. Machine doors for butts, locksets, concealed closers, concealed holders, concealed exit hardware and flush bolts. Machine in accordance with templates of approved hardware manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine door frames and verify that frames are correct type and have been installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors. Correct any conditions that will be detrimental to proper and timely installation of wood doors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. B. Hardware: See Section 08710, "Finish Hardware". . Install wood doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. D. Pre -fit doors: Fit to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked at factory as required for proper fit and Revised 01132017 08211 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 uniform clearance at each edge. E. Clearance: Provide clearances of 1/8" at jambs and heads 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Re -hang or replace doors that do not swing or, operate freely. B. Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS sr Revised 01 132017 08211 - 2 0 0 O Q Q c 0 0 0 c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE 0 O A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the access doors. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the purpose of designating the minimum aesthetic, functional and quality standards for the work of this section, proprietary products are specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the Architect for review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature. 2. Shop drawings that shall include, but not be limited to: Materials, gauges, wall opening and door sizes, method of installation into the wall (showing masonry anchors, expanded metal lath, etc.), hardware, and door finish. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to job -site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Model DW -5015 Recessed Access Door as manufactured by Acudor Access Doors. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Description: 1. Material: Steel: 16 gauge door, 14 gauge mounting frame. 0. 2. Recessed 1" to accept gypsum wallboard. 3. Frame: Galvanized steel drywall typing ACCESS DOORS O PROJECT 15722 bead on all sides. 4. Hinge: Concealed, pivoting rod type. 5. Locking: Cylinder master keyed to remainder of building. 6. Finish: Primed coated, Grey Baked Enamel. 7. Size: a. Walls: See; Drawings. b. Ceilings: See Drawings. 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of access door, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Access door shall be provided in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, the approved submittals and the manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Shop pre -fabricate the access door verifying all measurements at the job site prior to fabrication. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Firmly anchor all members, using all anchoring devices required to ensure positive attachment of the members for long life under hard use. B. Protect all finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during progress of the Work. 3.04 CLEANING UP A. Immediately prior to acceptance of the Work, remove all protective materials from the access door and clean all exposed members. B. Do not use abrasive or harmful cleaning agents. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 08305 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK ACCESS DOORS Revised 01132017 08305 - 2 a a A 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 08320 - DOUBLE-ACTING TRAFFIC DOOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the double-acting traffic ("impact") doors. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review, the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturers literatures. 2. Shop drawings: Sizes, face veneer, edge construction, core construction, necessary details, and factory finishing. 3. Door Schedule: Show door sizes, opening numbers or designations and elevations, door type, swing, light and locations, and undercut. 4. Physical sample: a. Cross section at door corner. b. Certification: Submit written certification signed by an officer of the manufacturing firm that shall certify that the materials delivered to this Work comply in all respects with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DOUBLE-ACTING TRAFFIC DOOR A. Product/manufacturer: 1. HCG10 as manufactured by Eliason Corp. 2. Chase Durus Industries, Durulite Retailer. B. Characteristics: 1. Door panels shall be black and each panel shall have a Lexan Vision panel (shatter- proof). 2. 1-3/4" thick double acting with surfaces on both sides to the high impact abrasion resistant PVC acrylic alloy. 3. Provide shock absorbing bumpers consisting of formed 1/2" thick heavy duty rubber both sides of the door. 4. Height: See Drawings. DOUBLE ACTING TRAFFIC DOOR 5. Finish color: Black. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for this Project and in accordance with the design intent. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 08320 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS - PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK DOUBLE ACTING TRAFFIC DOOR Revised 01132017 08320 - 2 • • • • • • • • • 0 0 0 D DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 08331 - UPWARD COILING SERVICE DOOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section includes all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the upward coiling service door and hurricane shutters. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide each upward coiling door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. 1. Provide upward coiling door units by one manufacturer for entire Project. B. Wind loading: Unless otherwise noted, design and reinforce upward__ coiling doors to withstand a 20 psf 95 mph wind loading pressure. C. Installation shall be by an authorized door manufacturer's authorized representative. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review, the following: 1. Shop and erection drawings indicating the following: a. Dimensions, materials and gauges. b. Material finishes. c. . Weatherstripping d. Hardware e. Insulation 2. Submit operation and maintenance manual. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 UPWARD COILING SERVICE DOOR A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Insulated Service Doors as manufactured by Vendor #22. B. Characteristics: 1. Curtain: Interlocking roll formed insulated flat slats fabricated from 24 gauge UPWARD COILING SERVICE DOOR galvanized sheet steel. Curtain shall be of sufficient strength to withstand [20 lbs. per square foot wind pressure] and be equipped with windlocks on alternate slats. Malleable iron endlocks shall be fastened to each end of alternate slats with minimum of two rivets. 2. Vision panels: 10" x 1-1/2" x 3/4" thick oval acrylic panes set with double -sided foam glazing tape and fully contained within slat assembly. Provide 6 — 3 across/2 high. See Drawings. 3. Weatherseals: a. Jambs: Interior and exterior vinyl weatherseals at both jambs. b. Head: Full width flexible seal at inside of hood and full width lintel seal. c. Sill: Automatic type of vinyl or neoprene flexible loop full width. 4. Barrel: Steel pipe of adequate size to carry door weight width deflection not to exceed .03" per foot of door width. Door shall be counter balanced with oil tempered helical torsion springs. Spring tension shall be adjustable by exterior permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. All gears shall be of high grade cast iron. 5: Brackets: Malleable steel plate of sufficient thickness to support weight of curtain and barrel assembly and designed to form and end closure support for the hood. Drive bracket shall be equipped with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. 6. Locks: Chain lock brackets securely attached to door guide. 7. Finish: Galvanized sheet metal doors shall be phosphate treated and given primer coat of rust inhibitive paint. Gray exterior finish and gray interior. 8. Operation: Manual with chain. Revised 01132017 08331 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.02 HURRICANE RATED UPWARD COILING SHUTTER A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Insulated Service Doors as manufactured by Vendor #22. B. Characteristics: 1. Curtain: Interlocking roll formed insulated flat slats fabricated from 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel. Curtain shall be of sufficient strength to withstand with stand hurricane conditions and be equipped with windlocks•on alternate slats. Malleable iron endlocks shall be fastened to each end of alternate slats with minimum of two rivets. 2. Vision panels are not available for hurricane rated coiling doors. 3. Weatherseals: . a. Jambs: Interior and exterior vinyl weatherseals at both jambs. b. Head: Full width flexible seal at inside of hood and full width lintel seal. c. Sill: Automatic type of vinyl or neoprene flexible loop full width. 4. Barrel: Steel pipe of adequate size to carry door weight width deflection not to exceed .03" per foot of door width. Door shall be counter balanced with oil tempered helical torsion springs. Spring tension shall be adjustable by exterior permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. All gears shall be of high grade cast iron.' 5. Brackets: Malleable steel plateof sufficient thickness to support weight of curtain and barrel assembly and designed to form and end closure support for the hood. Drive bracket shall be equipped with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. 6. Locks: Chain lock brackets securely attached to door guide. 7. Finish: Galvanized sheet metal doors shall be phosphate treated and given primer coat of rust inhibitive paint. Gray exterior finish and gray interior. 8. Operation: Manual with chain. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Fabricate service door in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. UPWARD COILING SERVICE DOOR 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install all service doors in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, the approved shop drawings, and the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all components firmly in place for long life under hard use. 3.03 TOUCHING UP A. Upon completion of the installation, touch up all scuffs and abrasions in the shop priming coat, using primer specified above. 3.04 INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, instruct the Owner's maintenance and operation personnel with the operation and maintenance of the service door. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 08331 - 2 e c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCE STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the aluminum entrances and storefronts. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage an experienced installer who has completed installation of aluminum storefront and entrances similar in design and extent to those required for the project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single -source responsibility: Provide aluminum storefront and entrances from one source and produced by a single manufacturer. C. Design responsibility: 1. The Drawings are diagrammatical. They show the required storefront appearance and size. The Specification is performance in character. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that the General Contractor is responsible for the detailing and engineering required for the successful performance of the storefront system in its entirety. By offering a bid and accepting a contract, the General Contractor acknowledges that the information contained in the Contract Documents is adequate to allow him to fabricate and install the storefront system. 2. The General Contractor 's design and engineering responsibilities shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Structural design of the storefront system. b. All connections of the storefront to the building structure. c. Wind loading in accordance with local code and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. When the code requirements are greater than those indicated in the Contract Documents, or the General Contractor proposes to make attachment locations other than those' indicated in the Contract Documents, the General Contractor shall ' bear the expense of the additional labor and materials necessary to strengthen the building frame and/or the storefront system beyond that required by the Contract Documents. The General Contractor shall additionally pay expenses incurred by the AOR for any services required for the design modifications of the structural systems. 4. Design deviations will be permitted only after the AOR has given written approval of the proposed deviation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following:, 1. Shop drawings showing the following: a. A description of all materials, sizes, dimensions, and gauges. b. Size of openings. c. Method of fabrication and assembly. d. Method of joining. e. Any concealed stiffening and reinforcement. Type of spacing of fasteners. Method of providing for expansion and contraction. h. Method of attachment to adjacent construction. i. Method of glazing. j. Location of sealant. 2. Complete hardware schedule organized into sets based on hardware specified. Coordinate hardware with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish. Include item name, name of the manufacturer and complete designations of every item required for each door opening. f. g. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Check actual openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. ALUMINUM ENTRANCE STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL Revised 01132017 08410 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver aluminum entrance and storefront components in the manufacturer's original protective packaging. B. Store aluminum components in a clean dry location away from uncured masonry or concrete. Cover components with waterproof paper, tarpaulin or polyethylene sheeting in a manner to permit circulation of air. C. Stack framing components in a manner that will prevent bending and avoid significant or permanent damage. 1.06. ,WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's warranty: Submit, for Owner (See Section 00550 for definition)'s acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Beneficiary: Issue warranty in the name of the project Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). 2. Warranty period: a. Windows: 2 years commencing from the Date of Substantial Completion. b. Installation: Warranted against defects for 1 year from the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Finishes: The manufacturer shall submit a written guarantee for: 1. AAMA 2005-98: c. 2 coat finish, minimum 1.2 mils dry film thickness. d. 10 year South Florida exposure test. e. 4000 hours salt spray test. f. 20 year finish warranty against chipping, peeling, cracking, chalking and fading. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR CURTAINWALL FRAMING A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Required Vendor: No. 10 (for material only). All storefront members that are required for the entire project shall be furnished from this vendor. See Vendor Matrix for site specific requirements. 2. Kawneer 3. VistaWall. B. Description: 1. Framing member profile: 2-1/2" x 7.5" nominal dimension (2-1/2" x 6" @ displays); exterior glaze pressure plate curtainwall with horizontal and vertical exterior covers; shear block construction. 2. Finish: anodized as selected by the AOR. 3. Material: Extruded aluminum, ASTM B 221; 6063-T6 alloy and temper. 4. Member wall thickness: Reference to tolerances for wall thickness and other cross-sectional dimensions of framing system members are nominal and in compliance with AA Aluminum Standards and Data. 5. Fasteners: 300 Series Stainless Steel. 6. Gaskets: Exterior glazing gaskets shall be extruded EPDM rubber. Interior spacer shall be compatible with silicone sealant. 7. Perimeter strap anchors: Aluminum 6063- T6 alloy and temper. 8. Perimeter anchors: Provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. C. Glazing: 1" [1-5/16" in hurricane zones] .insulating. See Section 08810. 2.02 INTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Required Vendor: No. 10 (for material only). All storefront members that are required for the entire project shall be furnished from this vendor. B. Tube size: 1-3/4" x 4-1/2". 1. Finish/colors: See Drawings. C. Glazing: See Section 08810. 2.03 STOREFRONT DOORS (ARCHERY AND WORKSHOP DOORS) ALUMINUM ENTRANCE STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL Revised 01132017 08410 - 2 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Required Vendor: No. 10 (for material only). All storefront materials that are required for the entire project shall be furnished from this vendor. B. Description: O 1. Member profile: narrow stile, 2-1/8" vertical stile, 2-1/4" top rail, 10" bottom rail. 2. Material standard: ASTM B 221; 6063-T6 alloy and temper. 3. Major portions of the door members shall 0 be 0.125" nominal in thickness and glazing molding to be 0.050" thick. 4. Tolerances: References for wall thickness and other cross-sectional dimensions of entrance members shall be nominal and in compliance with Aluminum Standards and Data, published by The Aluminum O Association. 5 Glazing gaskets: EPDM elastomeric extrusions or a thermoplastic elastomer. 6. Structural silicone sealant: Dow Corning 983 or 995. 7. Fasteners: Stainless steel. O 8. Perimeter anchors: Provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. 0 C. Hardware: 1. 1 Pair Butt Hinges. 2. Best 1E-74 mortise cylinder to accept DSG core. 3. Adams Rite 4510 Latch Lock. 4. Adams Rite 4560 Lever. 5. Push/pull: Contemporary styled 1" round bent bar with 90 deg. Offset pull. 6. Closer: Norton 1601BF Surface Closer and O Drop Plate. 0 0 0 D. Glazing: 1/4" insulating. See Section 08810: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the approved submittals, and the manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Shop prefabricate all doors and frames into complete units, verifying all measurements at the job site prior to fabrication. B. Fabricate in strict accordance with the approved submittals and the manufacturer's published. recommendations. C. Accurately miter and fit to hairline joints. D. Weld or mechanically fasten along entire line of contact on the unexposed side. E. No discoloration on the face after anodizing will be acceptable. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install all members with adequate provision for setting, expanding, and contracting to occur without breaking glass. B. Firmly anchor all members, using all anchoring devices required to ensure positive attachment of the members for long life under hard use. C. All items shall be set in their correct locations and shall be level, square, plumb, and at proper elevations and in alignment with other work. D. All joints between interior metal and masonry and between interior glass framing and mullion members shall be tightly caulked in order to secure a watertight job. E. All metal shall be screwed in place, using backing, masonry plugs, or anchor straps as required. F. Where moldings are joined, they shall be accurately cut and fitted to result in a tightly closed joint. G. Protection: 1. Wherever aluminum is in contact with steel, concrete, or other material potentially creative of electrolytic action, provide all required permanent isolation of the aluminum by backpainting with first quality bituminous paintlor by such other isolation as is approved in advance by the AOR. 2. Protect all finished surfaces as necessary to ALUMINUM ENTRANCE STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL Revised 01132017 08410 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 prevent damage during progress of the Work. 3.04 CLEANING UP A. Immediately prior to acceptance of the work, remove all protective materials from the storefront system and clean all exposed members. B. Do not use abrasives or harmful cleaning agents. END OF SECTION ALUMINUM ENTRANCE STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL Revised 01132017 08410 - 4 0 Q 0 c c c c c c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS ,SECTION 08710- FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the finish hardware. B. Items not specifically mentioned, though necessary to the completion of the Work, shall be provided and shall be of equal quality and design to those specified items. C. No extras will be allowed unless covered by a written order issued by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and the AOR. D. The General Contractor to whom the hardware award is made is responsible for providing templates and all necessary information pertaining to the installation of the hardware. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the following: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. American Society of Hardware Consultants (ASHC) 3. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) 4. Federal Specifications (FS) 5. National Builders Hardware Association (NBHA) B. Supplier: All material in this section is to be purchased from Vendor #4; (Refer to specific door specification sections for additional hardware requirements provided by other vendors.) C. Fire -rated openings: 1. Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. 2. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, provide UL label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". PROJECT 1 5722 D. All hardware shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Packaging: 1. Furnish all finish hardware with each unit clearly marked or numbered in accordance with the hardware schedule. 2. Pack each item complete with all necessary pieces and fasteners. 3. Properly wrap and cushion each item to prevent scratches during delivering and storage. 13. Delivery: Deliver all finish hardware to the installers in a timely manner to ensure orderly progress of the total Work. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation design for use on doors and frames of the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or Project site) for installation. B. Furnish all required templates, reinforcing units, and information as necessary to properly reinforce, drill and tap as required for proper attachment and anchorage, where necessary, physical templates shall be furnished. FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FASTENERS A. Furnish all finish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for long life under hard use. B. Furnish fastenings where necessary with expansion shields, toggle bolts, sex bolts, and other anchors approved by the AOR, according to the materials to which the hardware is to be applied and the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. C. All fastenings shall harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish. 2.02 FINISH A. As specified in the hardware sets. B. Door closers and brackets shall have commercial sprayed finish to match other hardware. 2.03 KEYING A. Keying: All locks shall be keyed into a construction master key system. Vendor No. 4 will furnish 5 construction master keys, and 1 control key to Contractor who will later give to the Loss Prevention Representative at turnover. Vendor No. 4 will coordinate with Loss Prevention Department on quantities of final keys and final cores based on prototypical quantities as well as site specific needs. All permanent cores and keys will be shipped to the Loss Prevention Representative via overnight delivery to arrive at least a week before "the fixture date." B. Mounting heights: The guide for mounting hardware shall be the recommendations as set forth the DHI pamphlet "Recommended Locations of Builders Hardware". C. Fitting: Hardware shall be accurately and properly fitted. Exposed parts shall be removed until after painters finishing is completed, and after painting is completed, shall be reinstalled. D. Hardware found defective in materials and installation shall be replaced, reworked, or otherwise made good as required. E. The following shall be considered as defective materials: 1. Unauthorized substitute. • 2. Items delivered with missing, broken, damaged or defaced parts. 3. Items of incorrect hand or function. F. Keying requirements for doors: 1. Provide removable cylinders on all doors except fitting room locksets which will be keyed separately. 2.05 KEY CABINET A. Provide complete with all systems components and instructions. Cabinet capacity shall be to 50% in excess of actual requirements. B. Provided by Vendor No. 4. C. Location: See Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by AOR. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in the Division 9 sections. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory - prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 2 c c c c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and clean each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final adjustment: When hardware installations are made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space, return to the work the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Instruct DSG's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. D. Continued maintenance service: Approximately six months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the Installer, accompanied by the representative of the latch and lock manufacturer, shall return to the project and re- adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Consult with and instruct DSG's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. 3.03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The hardware schedule describes the required hardware for typical locations. The General Contractor shall use it as a guide only and shall examine all openings in detail to determine all the requirements. The hardware set numbers will be found in an appropriate column of the Door Schedule. FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PROTOTYPE HARDWARE GROUPS 2017 Specifications COMMENTS QTY HARDWARE GROUP #01.0 - Glass and Aluminum Entrance Cylinder Housing 80-103 X 138 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 HARDWARE GROUP #02.0 - Glass and Aluminum Interior — Archery, Workshop, Golf Services Cylinder Housing 80-103 X 138 626 Construction Core - Green 80-035 HARDWARE GROUP #03.0 - Exterior from Sales Floor 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ELEC HINGE 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME W/ELEC HINGE Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 D SN -134 630 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 Construction Core - Green 80-035 Closer 3521 689 Threshold 896V X 36" MILL Door Sweep D608A X 36" Gasketing 5050B x 17' Drip Cap 16A X 40" HARDWARE GROUP #03.0.CA - Exterior from Sales Floor (California Stores) 2 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ELEC HINGE 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME W/ELEC HINGE 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 2 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 1 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 D SN -134 630 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 2 Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 36" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 17' • 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 Relay RLP -24 1 Key Switch MK 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing 80-102 X 138 626 1 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 4 0 c 0 O 0 0 0 Q O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECTI5722 HARDWARE GROUP #03.0.EX — Existing Exterior from Sales Floor QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 1 Door Cord 788-18 i 1 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 D SN -134 630 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 1 HARDWARE GROUP #03.0.INT - Sales Floor from Exit Corridor 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED W/ELHG 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED W/ELHG 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 2 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 1 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150F D SN -134 630 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Electrified Trim AU -B -690F X 626 1 Rim Cylinder Housing K680 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 2 Construction Core - Green 80-035 2 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #03.1 - Exterior from Corridor Exit or Sales Floor 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ELEC HINGE 1 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME W/ELEC HINGE 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 2 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 1 Yale Delayed Egress Exit Device 7150 D SN -134 630 48" 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 48" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 48" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 52" I FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01 132017 08710 - 5 Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #03.1.INT - Sales Floor to Exit Corridor 4070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED W/ELHG 1 4070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED W/ELHG 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 2 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 1 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 1 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150F D SN -134 630 48" 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Electrified Trim AU -B -690F X 626 1 Rim Cylinder Housing K680 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 2 Construction Core - Green 80-035 2 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 1 HARDWARE GROUP #03.2 - Exterior Pair from Sales 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ELHG 2 6070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME W/ELHG 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 4 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 2 QCI2 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 2 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 2 Yale Delayed Eeress Exit Device 7150 D SN -134 630 2 Keyed Mullion KRM200F X 7' X 600 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 3 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 3 Construction Core - Green 80-035 3 Closer 3521 689 2 Threshold 896V X 72" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 2 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 76" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #03.2.INT - Sales Floor Pair to Exit Corridor 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED W/ELHG 2 6070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED W/ELHG 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 4 Electric Hinge TA2714 QC4D 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 2 QC12 PIN CABLE 15' CABLE PART #93981 2 QC12 PIN CABLE 3" CABLE PART #93989 2 Keyed Mullion KRM200F X 7' X 600 1 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150F D SN -134 630 2 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 3 Electrified Trim AU -B -690F X 626 2 Rim Cylinder Housing K680 1 3/8" 626 2 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 5 Construction Core - Green 80-035 5 Closer 3501 689 2 Floor Stop 242F US26D 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 6 C C c c C c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 0 HARDWARE GROUP #03.9 - Exterior from Sales Floor (when within 40 feet of guns) 0 0 D 0 0 0 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME i 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Delayed Exit Device 3 -Point Locking TEL -DES 36" 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing 80-102 X 138 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Astragal 835S X 84" —Mil — Flat Bar Astragal (cut to fit above/below latch 1" Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 36" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 17' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #03.9.1 - Exterior from Sales Floor (when within 40 feet of guns) 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Delayed Exit Device 3 -Point Locking TEL -DES 48" 1 Paddle for 4 -Foot Door Tel-EP1 — 24" (when 4' door is used) 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing 80-102 X 138 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Astragal 835S X 84"—Mil—Flat Bar Astragal (cut to fit above/below Latch protector) 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 48" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 48" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 52" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #03.9.2 - Exterior Pair from Sales Floor (when within 40 feet of guns) 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 2 6070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 6 Keyed Mullion KRM200F 84" 600 K660 7 -Pin 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Delayed exit Device 3 -Point Locking TEL-DESP 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing 80-102 X 138 626 2 Construction Core - Green 80-035 3 Closer 3521 689 2 Threshold 896V X 72" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 2 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 76" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #04.0 - Non -Secure Stock or Non -Secure Passage 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Passage Set AU 5401 LN 626 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #04.1 — Footwear to Stockroom 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Push Plate 30S 4 X 16 US32D 1 Door Pull H 31E 4 X 16 US 32D 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Protection Plate 193S 6" X 34" US32D 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 8 C c c c c c Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECTI5722 HARDWARE GROUP #04.9 — Fire -Rated Stockroom to Impact Door Corridor (open up to 90 degrees) 3090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 2 6090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 8 Surface Vertical Rod 7170F90-LBR-36-9 X EO 630 2 Passage Trim AU -628F 2 Closer Electronically Controlled 4040SE X 120V 2 [j Protection Plate 193S 8" X 34" US32D 4 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 0 HARDWARE GROUP #04.9.DE — Double Egress Fire -Rated Stockroom to Impact Door Corridor (open up to 90 degrees) 3090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 2 6090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 8 Surface Vertical Rod 7170F90-LBR-36-9 X EO 630 2 Closer Electronically Controlled 4040SE X DE X 120V RH 2 Protection Plate 193S 8" X 34" US32D 4 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 O HARDWARE GROUP #04.99 — Fire -Rated Stockroom to Impact Door Corridor (open up to 180 degrees) 3090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 2 6090 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 8 Surface Vertical Rod 7170F90-LBR-36-9 X EO 630 2 Passage Trim AU -628F 2 Closer 3501 689 2 Protection Plate 193S 8" X 34" US32D 4 Electromagnetic Holder 998 689 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 0 Q 0 HARDWARE GROUP #05.0 - Restroom with Stalls 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH 1" UNDERCUT 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Push Plate 30S 4 X 16 US32D 1 Door Pull H 31E 4 X 16 US 32D 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Protection Plate 193S 6" X 34" US32D 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #05.1 - Single Restroom 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH 1" UNDERCUT 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Privacy Set AU-5402LN X 693 X 497 626 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Protection Plate 193S 6" X 34" US32D 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 9 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #06.0 - Offices with push button (locked if pushed in) 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Lockset B AU 5407LN 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #09.0 - Secured Stock/Storage/AV-Data/Display no push button (always locked) 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Lockset B AU 5405LN 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #09.0.8 — Storage Room 2nd Floor TLP no push button (always locked) 3080 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3080 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 4 Lockset B AU 5405LN 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #09.1 - Cash or Count with door scopes 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Lockset B AU 5405LN 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 Door Scope DS1000 [Mount (1) at 60" AFF and (1) at 42"] 2 HARDWARE GROUP #09.2 - Secured Stock/Storage Pair no push button (always locked) active/flush bolts on inactive 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 2 6070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 6 Lockset B AU 5405LN 626 1 - Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Flush Bolt 282D 12" US26D 2 Dustproof Strike 280X 1 Closer 3501 689 2 Floor Stop 242F US26D 2 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 10 0 0 0 0 Q 0 c Q O 0 O 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 HARDWARE GROUP #09.4 - Secured Room Exterior 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge'TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Lockset B AU 5405LN 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 36" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 17' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #10.0 - Receiving at Dock (when no baler door pair is present) 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 4 3 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 A SN -134 630 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Protection Plate 193S 8" x 34" US32D 1 Handicap Threshold 413 X 36" AL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 17' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 Door Scope DS1000 [Mount (1) at 60" AFF and (1) at 43" AFF TO BOTTOM] (Receiving Doors ONLY) 2 HARDWARE GROUP #10.1 - Receiving at Dock 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 A SN -134 630 48" 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Protection Plate 193S 8" x 46" US32D 1 Handicap Threshold 413 X 48" AL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 48" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 Door Scope DS1000 [Mount (1) at 60" AFF and (1) at 43" AFF TO BOTTOM] (Receiving Doors ONLY) 2 HARDWARE GROUP #10.3 — Pair at Receiving (non -windstorm areas -w/34" max useable egress (&, active door only) 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ ASTRAGAL 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ MORTISE PREP & ASTRAGAL 1 6070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME W/ FB PREP 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 6 Mortise Egress Exit Device 7130 X 630 1 Flush Bolt 282D 12" US26D 2 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 11 c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 Exit Alarm EAX-500 with SK6 Double Door Kit 1 Dustproof Strike 280X 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing 80-102 X 138 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521T 689 2 Protection Plate 193S 8" X 34" US32D 2 Threshold Handicap 413 X 72" AL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 2 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 76" 1 Door Scope DS1000 [Mount (1) at 60" AFF and (1) at 42" AFF TO BOTTOM] (INACTIVE DOOR ONLY) 2 HARDWARE GROUP #10.4 - Receiving Exits Requiring Trim (Combo Stores) 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 4070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Yale Egress Exit Device 7150 A SN -134 630 48" 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Exit Device Trim Storeroom AU626-F 630 1 Rim Cylinder Housing K680 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 626 2 Construction Core - Green 80-035 2 Closer 3521 689 1 Protection Plate 1935 8" x 46" US32D 1 Handicap Threshold 413 X 48" AL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 48" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' - 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 Door Scope DS1000 [Mount (1) at 60" AFF and (1) at 43" AFF TO BOTTOM] (Receiving Doors ONLY) 2 HARDWARE GROUP #11.0 - Compactor 3535 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 1 3535 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 Spring Hinge 1502 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D _ 2 Exit Latch AU-5428LN X 694 X 497 626 1 Deadlock B -D152 X Less Core 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 2 Electromagnetic Holder 998 689 1 HARDWARE GROUP #12.1 - Overhead Doors by Others Padlock KS21D1200 Construction Core - Green 80-035 HARDWARE GROUP #12.2 - Roof Hatch by Others Padlock KS21D1200 Construction Core - Green 80-035 3 3 HARDWARE GROUP #13.0 - Glass and Aluminum Exterior Displays; Sales Mall Grilles Cylinder Housing 80-103 X 138 626 Construction Core - Green 80-035 HARDWARE GROUP #14.0 - Sales Mall Grilles Padlock KS21D1200 Construction Core — Green 80-035 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 12 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #15.2 —All Fitting Rooms 3080 FLUSH WOOD FITTING ROOM DOOR 1 3080 WELDED FRAMES FOR FITTING ROOMS P&D 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 4 Lockset and Indicator LSA526 SCC KD 26D TEE US26D 1 Keys for Lockset 2 Closer 1101 689 1 Hinge Pin Door Stop 69 X F14 2 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #17.0 - Electrical Room (Chain Link) Hoover 6045-S36 Deluxe Exit Bar Kit 36" (includes adjustable mounting plate) 1 Outside Trim for D6045 -S36 D-6100 Gate Hardware 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 HARDWARE GROUP #17.1 - Electrical Room (Non -Chain Link) (door swings out of room) 3070 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR 1 3070 DRYWALL KD FRAME 1 Interior Hinge TA2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3 Yale Exit Device 7100 36" 630 1 Exit Device Trim AU -626F 630 1 Rim Cylinder Housing K680 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 X 050 - 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3501 689 1 Floor Stop 242F US26D 1 Door Silencer 307D Grey 3 HARDWARE GROUP #17.2 — Exterior from Corridor Exit 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 1 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Yale Exit Device 7100F 36" 630 1 Closer 3521 689 1 Threshold 896V X 36" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 40" 1 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 13 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #17.23870 — Exterior from Stair Exits 3870 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 1 3870 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED 1 - Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 3 Yale Exit Device 7100F 630 48" (Contractor to cut down in field) 1 Closer 3521 689/ 1 Threshold 896V X 44" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 44" 1 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 48" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #17.2.6070 —Exterior Pair from Stair Exit 3070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR RATED 2 6070 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME RATED _ 1 Exterior Hinge TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP 26D 6 Yale Egress Exit Device 7100F SN -134 630 2 Keyed Mullion KRM200F 84" 600 K660 7 -Pin' 1 Mortise Cylinder Housing K660 X 1 3/8" 626 1 Blocking Ring 36-079 050 626 1 Construction Core - Green 80-035 1 Closer 3521 689 2 Threshold 896V X 72" MILL 1 Door Sweep D608A X 36" 2 Gasketing 5050B x 20' 1 Drip Cap 16A X 76" 1 HARDWARE GROUP #18.0 - Cased Openings 3070 CASED OPEN HOLLOW METAL FRAME WELDED 1 3090 CASED OPEN•HOLLOW METAL FRAME WELDED 1 3870 CASED OPEN HOLLOW METAL FRAME WELDED 1 4070 CASED OPEN HOLLOW METAL FRAME WELDED 1 6090 CASED OPEN HOLLOW METAL FRAME WELDED 1 3070 DRYWALL KD FRAME 1 4070 DRYWALL KD FRAME 1 HARDWARE GROUP #18.1 - Impact Doors and Cased Openings DuraLite Retailer - High Impact Door 3090 Pair 1 6090 CASED OPEN HOLLOW METAL FRAME. 1 HARDWARE GROUP #KEYCAB Key Cabinet Lund Model 1301 1 HARDWARE GROUP #EXTRA Extra Fitting Room Keys 13 for SLP or 17 for TLP/Combo HARDWARE GROUP #MISC Power Supply BPS -24-4 1 per 4 EA 7150D or IMXDA HARDWARE GROUP #CNTL Key Construction Keys KB628XA HARDWARE GROUP #OPKEYS Operating Keys KB628XA 5 FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 14 C E E DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT15722 HARDWARE GROUP #EXTRAS PER DICKS — includes key cabinet, padlocks, cores, extra cylinders, keys Construction Keys KB628XA — control key purchased from Bass Security Services, Inc. 1 Padlock KS21 D1200 — purchased from Bass Security Services, Inc. See Note 1 Duplicate Cut Key KY -327600-9A-99 Keymark — purchased from by Bass Security See Note 1 IC 7 -Pin Core 33K700007-26-9AS — purchased from Bass Security Services, Inc. See Note 1 Note 1: Number to be determined based on number of openings needing cores. (see attached Key and Core Form by project type) 0 END OF SECTION 0 Q 0 Q 0 d d FINISH HARDWARE Revised 01132017 08710 - 15 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 08721 - AUTOMATIC DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the automatic doors. 1:02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the following: 1. ASSI/BHMA A156.1 - Power Operated Pedestrian Door. 2. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Building and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 3. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 4. UL 235 - Electric Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems. B. Conform to the applicable code for automatic release of control drive unit to permit manual opening of doors. C. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of door operating equipment with a minimum of 5 years of documented experience. 1.03 PERFORMANCE A. Automatic door shall accommodate heavy pedestrian traffic, and the weight of the doors. B. Design system to operate, hold open and close doors under design wind and suction loads calculated in accordance with applicable code. C. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of door and frame units, transmitted to operating equipment. D. Provide for dimensional distortion of components during operation. E. Eliminate the possibility of water accumulating and freezing in door power units. F. Provide for opening and closing operation of door panels in the event of power failure. AUTOMATIC DOORS PROJECT 15722 G. Operating temperature range: -20 to 140 degrees F. H. Provide fully adjustable operators for opening and closing speeds, checking speeds, and hold open time. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR to review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature including systems components, sizes, features, and finishes. 2. Shop drawings indicating layout, dimensions, head, jamb, and sill conditions, elevations, components, anchorage, recesses, materials and finishes. 3. Identify installation tolerances required, assembly conditions, routing of service lines and conduit, and locations of operating components and boxes. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's warranty: Submit, for Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Beneficiary: Issue warranty in the name of the project Owner (See Section 005500 for definition). 2. Warranty period: 1 year from the Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SLIDING DOORS AND OPERATOR A. Provide by Vendor No. 20. B. Description of Doors and Hardware: 1. Stanley Dura -Glide 3000 Bi -part Door Sliding Door System: 14'-0" W x 9'-0" H. Coordinate with size with Drawings. a. Florida,Building Code No. 5503. Revised 01 132017 08721 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2. Stanley Sentrex Swing Door System: 6'-5 '/2" W x 7'-6" H. Coordinate size with drawings. Includes doors, frames, sidelights, thresholds, guiderails, Best Cylinders, activation and safety sensors, door position switch for one-way traffic. 3. Frame and panels shall be constructed of 6063T5 extruded aluminum moldings. All fastenings, fastening devices and reinforcing shall be aluminum, stainless steel or other non -corrosive materials compatible with aluminum. (Note sidelites on sliding units.to be break away type.) 4. Finish: See Drawings. 5. Aluminum threshold: a. Provide a 6" wide, low profile type threshold at sliding doors. Threshold shall be beveled on Exterior and Sales side of doors, and have a butt edge on Vestibule side when carpet tile is inside vestibule or beveled when there is VCT inside vestibule. Threshold to meet ADA minimum standards. 6. Hardware for Stanley Dura -Glide 3000 Bi- part Door: Adams Rite MS Deadbolt Lever 4550 2.02 GLASS A. See Section 08810. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of surfaces and openings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with approved submittals, the manufacturer's written instructions, and the Contract Documents. AUTOMATIC DOORS B. Coordinate installation of components with related and adjacent work, level and plumb. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces. B. Adjust door equipment for correct function and smooth operation. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate operation, operating components, adjustment features, and lubrication requirements to DSG. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 08721 - 2 c C c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 SECTION 08810 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE 0 0 0 A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the glass and glazing accessories. It is the intent of the Documents that all units shall be glazed so that there will be no passage of air or moisture. The General Contractor shall provide whatever materials are necessary, whether specified or not, to achieve this condition. 1.02 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: 1. Defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation' 2. Failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight. 3. Deterioration of glazing materials. 4. Other defects resulting in construction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in the 0 "Manual of Glazing" of the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA). 2. Comply with all the requirements of the Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials (16 CFR 1201) as issued by the Consumer Product Safety Commission. 0 0 0 B. Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Single -source responsibility: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. Primary glass of each type and class GLAZING PROJECT 15722.00 indicated. 2. Heat-treated glass of each condition indicated. 3. Insulating glass of each construction indicated. D. Single source responsibility for glazing accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR to review the following: 1. Physical sample: 12" square samples of each type of glass indicated (except for clear monolithic glass products) and 12" long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. 2. Manufacturer's literature completely describing each product. 3. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 4. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 6. Compatibility test report from manufacturer of insulating glass edge sealant indicating that glass edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants, glazing tape, gaskets, setting blocks, and edge blocks. 7. Product test reports for each type of glazing 08810-1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722.00 sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 8. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in operating and maintenance manual. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation,temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Insulating glass: Submit written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those insulating glass units that deteriorate, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to. glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with specified requirement, the following are approved manufacturers: 1. Guardian. 2. AGC Glass 3. Pilkington 4. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 TEMPERED GLASS A. Glass so indicated and required by federal and local regulations and the authorities having jurisdiction shall be fully tempered conforming to ANSI Standard Z97.1-1972 "Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings" and Fed. Spec. ASTM 1048. B. Provide in doors, sidelights and other designated locations. See Drawings. 2.03 FLOAT OR PLATE GLASS - CLEAR A. 1/4" thick (unless noted otherwise). Shall meet or exceed Fed. Spec. ASTM 1036. 2.04 INSULATING GLASS - CLEAR A. Hermetically sealed assembly consisting of two (2) glass plies (float or plate) with an entrapped desiccated air space between. The following are DSG minimum requirements; variations to meet energy code requirements must be approved by DSG: 1. On all exposures: a. Coating: REFER TO LS1.0A b. U -Value: 0.26 c. SHGC: 0.52 B. Provide at exterior storefront units. C. Total unit thickness: 1". 2.05 SEALANT - GLASS A. One -part acrylic terpolymer. B. Resilient polyisobutylene/butyl extruded tape. Physical Characteristics: Self -adhering, remaining permanently elastic even at low temperatures. C. Adhesion capabilities shall remain constant. Shall be unaffected by ultra -violet through glass. Serviceability range - 40 degree F to 200 degree F. Shall be non -staining with no coil exudation. PART 3 - EXECUTION GLAZING 08810 - 2 c c C c c c c c 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722.00 3.01 LABELING A. Each item shall be graded and arrive at the site bearing a label setting forth the quality and type of glass and the manufacturer's name and brand designation. Labels shall remain intact until their removal is authorized by the AOR. 3.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Glazing shall not be done when the temperature is 40 degrees F or below. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING A. Check the openings to determine if they conform to the sizes shown on the Drawings and shop drawings. B. Make certain that the glazing rabbets are clean and in proper condition to receive the sealant. C. The glazing channel and all sealing surfaces of wood or carbon steel shall have a coat of prime paint. The sealing rabbets of all metal holding 0 members shall have all grease, foreign matter, lacquers or other organic protective coatings removed. 6 0 D. Make certain that the corners and intersections of the framing members are properly joined or sealed so as to prevent water leakage. If they are not, advise the AOR in writing. This condition shall be rectified before commencing the glazing operation. E. Tempered glass must be ordered from the factory by size and not altered after fabrication. 3.04 SEALANT A. Sealing of glass shall be as recommended in the Glazing Sealing Systems Manual as published by the Flat Glass Marketing Association, latest edition. 3.05 BREAKAGE OF SURFACE DAMAGE A. Solutions used on the surface of the building to. clean and/or seal shall be applied in a manner to avoid contact with the glass. Solutions to clean the glass shall be a selected product that will not cause damage to the glass surface, exterior building surface or the sealant. •B. Remove promptly any "wash off' from pre -oxidized metal. C. Apply tapes or banners to the framing and suspend over the glass to alert workmen that the opening has been glazed. Directly marking on glass surfaces shall not be permitted. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove all excess putty or compound smears. B. Remove any excess sealant materials left on the surfaces of the glass or the surrounding members immediately during the work life of the sealant. C. All glass at the completion of the Work shall be clean and polished to the approval of the DSG's Construction Project Manager. D. Wash, rinse and dry glass at frequent intervals during the Work. Use soft, clean, grime -free cloths, mild soap, detergent or a slightly acidic cleaning solution; follow immediately with clean rinse water, and prompt removal of excess rinse water with clean squeegee. Remove grease and glazing materials with commercial solvents such as xylene, toluene, mineral spirits or naphtha, and follow with normal wash and rinse. Be careful not to damage glazing or insulating unit seals by over generous application of strong solvents. E. Remove immediately any staining or leaching resulting from surrounding materials. The General Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the glass against any such damage. END OF SECTION GLAZING 08810 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1- GENERAL D b 0 0 0 0 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the gypsum wallboard and the associated products. L02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References: 1. United States Gypsum Company "Gypsum Construction Handbook". 2. Gypsum Association (GA) Publications. B. Fire -test -response characteristics: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: C. Single -source responsibility: 1. Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer. 2. Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. 3. Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board andother panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. D. Seismic provisions: In addition to the requirements stated herein, gypsum ceiling systems and their means of attachment shall be designed and provided to accommodate relative seismic displacement. Provide in accordance with Standard Building Code 1607.] 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. PROJECT 15722 Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental conditions: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. B. Room temperatures: ,For non -adhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg. F. For adhesive attachment and finish of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg. F for 48 hours prior to application and continuously after until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg. F when using temporary heat sources. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The products of the following manufacturers are suitable for use: 1. USG. 2. National Gypsum/Gold Bond. 3. G -P Gypsum Corp. B. For the sake of convenience, the product number descriptions given herein are those of USG. Products as manufactured by any one of the manufacturers named above will be acceptable. 2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Standard: 1. 5/8", non-combustible gypsum core with paper facings on front and long edges. Tapered edges. e2. Conform to "Specification for Gypsum Wallboard", ASTM C 1396 and C 36; Fed. GYPSUM WALLBOARD Revised 01132017 09250 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 Spec. SS -L -30d, Type II1, Grade R. B. Fire rated: 1. 5/8" and ''/2" non-combustible gypsum core enhanced with glass fibers for fire resistance and with paper facings on front and long edges. Tapered edges. 2. Conform to ' Specification for Gypsum Drywall", ASTM C 1396 and C 36 for type "X" gypsum board; Fed. Spec. SS -L -30d, Type III, Grade X. C. Abuse -Resistant: 1. 5/8" and '/2" gypsum panels have a non- combustible, moisture- and mold -resistant core that is encased in moisture- and mold - resistant, 100% recycled green face and brown back papers. The face paper is folded around the long edges to reinforce and protect the core, and the ends are square cut and finished smooth Tapered long edges. 2. Conform to "Specification for Gypsum Drywall", ASTM C 1396 and C 36 for type "X" gypsum. board; Fed. Spec. SS -L -30d, Type III, Grade X. D. .Moisture resistant wallboard with paperless face: 1. 5/8", Coated fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges. Tapered edges. 2. Conform to "Specification for Gypsum Drywall", ASTM C 1396 and C 36 for type "X" gypsum board; Fed. Spec. SS -L -30d, Type III, Grade X plus the following. a. Flexural strength, Parallel: ASTM C473, ASTM C1658. b. Flexural strength, Perpendicular ASTM C473, ASTM C1658. c. Nail pull resistance: ASTM C473, ASTM C 1658. d. Humidified deflection: ASTM C473, ASTM C 1658. e. Hardness, core, edges and ends: ASTM C473, ASTM C1396. f. Water absorption: ASTM C630, ASTM C1396, ASTM C1658. Mold resistance: ASTM D3273. g. 2.03 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. See Section 09270, Exterior Gypsum Sheathing. GYPSUM WALLBOARD 2.04 SOUND BLANKETS A. -USG Sound Attenuation Blankets. B. Non-combustible: 1. Flame spread: 15. 2. Smoke developed: 0. C. Perimeter caulking: USG Acoustical Sealant. 2.05 METAL STUDS A. Standard: Non -load bearing, screw-type, channel studs, roll -formed electro -galvanized steel in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Gauges shall be appropriate to the specific application. Flanges shall be at least 1-1/4" wide. Webs shall be punched to receive bridging, conduit, piping, etc. Meet or exceed ASTM C645, "Light -Gauge Studs, Runners, and Rigid Furring Channels". 1. Unless otherwise directed, install on 16" centers. 2. Sizes as indicated on Drawings and as dictated by manufactures span tables limited to a deflection of L/240.. B. Shaftwall: USG C -H steel stud of size and spacing as indicated on Drawings. C. Structural, perimeter wall studs: See Section 05400, Light Gauge Metal Framing. 2.06 METAL FURRING CHANNELS A. Furring channels: Galvanized steel designed similar to USG Metal Furring Channels. Face width 1-3/8", depth 7/8", length as required by the Drawings. B. Furring channel clips: Galvanized wire for use in attaching furring channels. Install on alternate sides of the carrying channels. Where clips cannot be alternated, wire tying must be employed. 2.07 COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS A. 16 gauge galvanized steel for use in furring, suspended ceilings, and partition construction. Sizes - 3/4", 1-1/2", and 2" as required by the Drawings. Revised 01132017 09250 - 2 1 • • e e e • e DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 2.08 METAL TRIM A. Trim: USG #200 series. All metal that shall be concealed when wall is finished out. Sizes to accommodate drywall thickness. B. Corner bead: "Dura -A -Bead" all metal heavy gauge hot -dipped galvanized steel reinforcement for protecting external corners and shall be concealed when wall is finished out. 2.09 HANGER AND TIE WIRE A. Soft annealed, low carbon steel wire, zinc -coated, No. 9 gauge for hanger wire and No. 18 gauge for tie wire. 2.10 FASTENERS A. Metal studs: Self -drilling, self -tapping steel screws to comply with ASTM C646. Type S and S12, Pan and Bugle head. Length of screw to be equal to panel(s) thickness plus 3/8". 2.11 JOINT TREATMENT A. All products to comply with ASTM C-475, "Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction". B. Joint reinforcing tape: Perf-A-Tape Reinforcing Tape. C. Joint compounds: USG All-purpose Joint Compound. 2.12 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of gypsum drywall, shall be as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's current printed directions, approved submittals and the Contract Documents. In the case of a conflict between these instructions, the most stringent condition GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROJECT 15722 shall preside. 3.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. During and after application of these materials, temperatures within the building shall be maintained within the range of 55 degrees F to 70 degrees F. Adequate ventilation shall be provided to carry off excess moisture. 3.03 METAL STUD ERECTION A. Install all metal studs and accessory items in strict accordance with the approved submittal of manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all members in position for long life under hard use. B. Align all partition and wall assemblies to a tolerance of one in 200 horizontally and one in 500 vertically. Attach steel runners at floor and ceiling to structural elements with suitable fasteners located 2" from each ;end and spaced 24" o.c. To suspended ceiling, use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors spaced 16" o.c. D. Position studs vertically, with open side facing in same direction, engaging floor and ceiling runners. When necessary, splice studs with 8" nested lap and two positive attachments per stud flange. Place studs in direct contact with all door frame jambs, abutting partitions, partition corners and existing construction elements. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls and a possibility of water penetration through walls exists, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall surfaces. E. Anchor all studs for shelf -walls and those adjacent to door and window frames, partition intersections, corners and free-standing furring to ceiling and floor runner flanges with metal lock fastener tool or screws. Securely anchor studs to jamb and head anchors of door or borrowed -light frames by bolt or screw attachment. Over metal door and borrowed - light frames, place horizontally ac ut-to-length section of runner, with a web -flange bend at each end, and secure to strut -studs with two screws in each bent web. Position a cut -to - length stud (extending to ceiling runner) at vertical panel joints over door frame header. Revised 011320.17 09250 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 When attaching studs to steel grid system, structural adequacy of grid to support end reaction of wall must be determined. 3.04 CEILING INSTALLATION A. Grillage erection: 1. Space hanger wires 48" o.c. along carrying channels and within 6" of ends of carrying channel run. 2. Install 1-1/2" carrying channels 48" o.c. and within 6" of walls. Position channels for proper ceiling height, level and secure with hanger wire saddle -ties along channel. Provide 1" clearance between runners and abutting walls and partitions. At channel splices, interlock flanges, overlap ends 12" and secure each end with double -strand 18 ga. tie wire. 3. Erect metal furring channels at right angles to 1-1/2" carrying channels or main supports. Space furring channels 16" o.c. and within 6" of walls. Provide 1" clearance between furring ends and abutting walls and partitions. Secure furring to carrying channels with clips or wire -tie to supports with double -strand 18 ga. wire. At splices, nest furring channels at least 8" and securely wire -tie each end with double - strand 18 ga. wire. 4. At light troffers or any openings that interrupt the carrying or furring channels, install additional cross reinforcing to restore lateral stability of grillage. B. Steel stud framing: 1. Attach runners at ceiling height, through gypsum panels, to each partition stud with two screws. Insert steel studs in runners and attach each end with one pan head framing screw. Install 1-5/8" stud cross - bracing over stud framing, space 48" o.c. and attach to each framing stud with two pan head framing screws. At hangers, install 12" long stud section for box reinforcing or lap studs 12" and secure each end with; two pan head forming screws. 2. At light troffers or any openings that interrupt the ceiling, install additional cross reinforcing to maintain structural integrity of framing. GYPSUM WALLBOARD 3.05 GYPSUM PANEL INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install and finish in accordance with ASTM C840. B. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after the panels have been installed on one side. C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Install wall/partition board panels to minimize the number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. E. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" of open space between panels. Do not force into place. F. Locate both edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges, and field -cut edges abut field -cut edges and ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints at corners of framed openings where possible. G. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so that the • leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. H. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. I. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32" wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb Revised 01132017 09250 - 4 c t 0 3 3 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 1 PROJECT 15722 anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. J. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. K. Cover both faces of stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.) except in chase walls that are braced internally. 1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members project below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4" to '/2" wide joints to install sealant. L. Isolate perimeter of non -load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4" to '/2" wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. N. Coordinate work with that of other Trades. Neatly cut face boards to fit around penetrations through wall. Provide suitable back-up anchorage as required for the attachment of shelves and cabinets. O. Screw heads shall provide a slight depression below the surface of the board. Do not install screw closer than 3/8" from edges and ends of the board. P. Treat joints, screw head depressions, or defects incurred during the installation of the gypsum GYPSUM WALLBOARD Q. board in prescribed manner with joint treatment. Properly space all fasteners in careful accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and code requirements with heads driven slightly below the surface for proper cementing but without breaking the paper cover. R. Loosely butt all joints to be taped; firmly butt all joints to be left untreated. S. Stagger all end joints and the joints between panels to achieve a maximum of bridging and a minimum of continued joints. 3.06 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single layer application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Apply gypsum panels either vertically or horizontally. Position all edges over studs for vertical application; all ends over studs for horizontal application. Use maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. Stagger joints on -opposite ends of partition. 3. Fasten with screws. B. Wall tile substrates: 1. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108,11. Double -layer application: 1. On ceilings, apply base layer prior to applying base layer on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Offset face -layer joints at least 10" from parallel base -layer joints. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base layer joints. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. Revised 01132017 09250 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3. Fasten both base and face layers separately to supports with screws. 3.07 INSTALLING TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. The Drawings do not purport to show all trim required; verify with the AOR the precise locations and types of trim to be used. B. In addition to locations shown on Drawings, install trim at ceiling angles and around cut -onto and openings. C. Install all trim in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, paying particular attention to make all trim installation plumb, level, and true to line, with firm attachment to supporting members. D. For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim. accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. E. Reinforce all vertical and horizontal exterior corners with corner bead fastened with 9/16" rosin -coated staples 9" o.d. on both flanges along entire length of bead. F. Metal trim: Where assembly terminates against masonry or other dissimilar material, apply metal trim over panel edge and fasten with screws or 9/16" rosin -coated staples 12" o.c. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to joint compound. G. Install control joints at locations indicated, and where not indicated according to ASTM C840, and in locations approved by the AOR for visual effect. 3.08 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration and levels of gypsum board finish GYPSUM WALLBOARD indicated. B. Pre -fill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to rim accessories with concealed face flanges as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer and as required to prevent cracks from developing in joint compound at flange edges. D. Locations for various levels of gypsum board finish: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire -resistive - rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Water-resistant gypsum or tile backer boards form substrates for tile, and where indicated. 3. Level 3: Gypsum board surfaces indicated to receive medium or heavy -textured finishes before painting. 4. Level 4: Gypsum board surfaces indicated to receive light -textured finishes, wallcoverings, and flat paints over light textures. 5. Level 5: Gypsum board surfaces indicated to receive gloss and semigloss enamels, non -textured flat paints, and where indicated. 3.09 APPLICATION OF PERIMETER CAULKING A. Apply sound caulking where any wall is designated to receive sound blankets. Apply sealant around all cut-outs and all intersections with adjoining structures. B. Cut panels for loose fit around perimeter. Leave a groove no more than 1/8" wide. Apply a 1/4" minimum round bead of sealant each side of runners including those used at partition intersections with dissimilar wall construction. Immediately install panels, squeezing sealant into firm contact with adjacent surfaces. Fasten panels in normal manner over sealed joints. C. Seal partitions intersecting sound -isolating partitions that are extended to reduce sound Revised 01132017 09250 - 6 0 0 0 0 C c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 flanking paths. 3.10 EXPANSION CONTROL 0 0 0 0 0 0 A. Panel surfaces shall be isolated with control joints or other means where: 1. Partition or furring abuts a structural element (except floor) or dissimilar wall ceiling; 2. Ceiling abuts a structural element, dissimilar wall or partition or other vertical penetration; 3. Construction changes within the plane of the partition or ceiling; 4. Partition or furring run exceeds 30'-0"; Ceiling dimensions exceed 50'-0" in either direction; 5. The area within separate ceiling sections exceeds 2,500 sq. ft.; 6. Wings of "L", "U", and "T" shaped ceiling areas are joined; 7. Expansion or control joints occur in the base exterior wall. B. The location of all control joints shall be verified with the AOR. 3.11 CLEANING UP A. Do not allow the accumulation of scraps and debris arising from the work of this Section but maintain the premises in a neat and orderly condition at all times; in the event of spilling or splashing compound onto other surfaces, immediately remove the spilled or splashed material and all trace of the residue to the approval of the AOR. END OF SECTION GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROJECT 15722 Revised 01132017 09250 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK GYPSUM WALLBOARD Revised 01132017 '09250 - 8 a 1 d 1 a 4 1 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 09270 - EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install the exterior gypsum sheathing. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. B. ASTM C646 - Steel Drill Screws for Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gage Steel Studs. C. ASTM C1177 - Grass Mat Substrate for Use as Sheathing. D. ASTM D828 - Tensile Breaking Strength of Paper and Paperboard. E. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. ASTM E1 19 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. G. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. H. ASTM E398 - Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Sheet Materials Using a Rapid Technique for Dynamic Measurement. I. GA -216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. J. UBC - Uniform Building Code Standard 47-10 "Gypsum Sheathing Board". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Firm with minimum 5 years experience in successfully producing gypsum sheathing similar to that indicated for this project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencement of work, submit to the Owner's Representative for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's data indicating full compliance with the requirements of this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to job site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. B. Store materials inside, under cover, in a dry place. 1. Stack gypsum board flat, off the floor, on boards. 2. Support gypsum boards to prevent sagging. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Product/manufacturer: 3. Dens -Glass Gold as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific. B. Description: 1. Square edged water and fire resistant, silicone treated core penetrated by fiberglass mats both sides complying with ASTM C1179. .' 2. Rated board: Non-combustible, ASTM E 136. 3. Width: 48". 4. Thickness: 5/8". 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Screws: For fastening to metal, use 1-1/4" minimum No. 6, self -tapping, Type S or S-12 wafer or bugle head, corrosion -resistant screws complying with ASTM C646, unless otherwise recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer. B. Nails: For fastening into wood use 11 gauge, 7/16" head galvanized nails, length as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Sealing tape: 1. 2" wide 10 x 10 woven threads per inch self -adhering fiberglass joint. 2. Shall be approved by the sheathing EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING Revised 01132017 09270 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 manufacturer to provide long term protection. D. Sealant/caulk for long term joint protection: Use one of the following. 1. Pecora AC -20 acrylic latex sealant. 2. GE Silicone Silpruf Sealant. 3. Tremco Dymonic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Perform sheathing work in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Application of Dens -Glass Gold Sheets: 1. Install with gold side out in maximum lengths possible to minimize number of joints. 2. Locate edge joints parallel to and located on framing. 3. Stagger intermediate end joints of adjacent lengths of sheathing. 4. For metal framing space screws 8" o.c. at perimeter and 8" o.c. in field. 5. Drive fasteners to bear tight against and flush with surface of sheathing. Do not countersink. 6. Locate fasteners 3/8" minimum from edges and ends of sheathing panels. C. Apply sealant around sheathing perimeter at interface with other materials and install flexible flashing as indicated on Drawings. D. Apply seam sealing tape along all edges, overlapping at intersections by width of the tape. Apply 2" x 2" seam seal squares to all exposed fasteners. Apply approximately a 3/8" bed of caulk along the joint. Embed the caulk into the entire surface of the tape with a trowel. Apply enough caulk to each exposed fastener to cover completely when troweled smooth. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING Revised 01132017 09270 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 D DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC'TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE 2017 PROTOTYPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the ceramic tile and accessories as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Physical samples: a. Tile and tile accessory pieces: Submit a sample of each type and color available. b. Marble: Submit a sample of each type and color available (showing full range of coloration). c. Grout for selection of color. 2. Master Grade Certificate, signed by an officer of the firm manufacturing the tile used, and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for tile containers, and the name and location of the Project. B. Maintenance and operation manual: Submit tile manufacturer's maintenance guides for DSG's use in maintaining all tile herein specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the following: 1. "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" (latest edition) as published by the Tile Council of America, Inc. 2. "Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" (TCA 137.1-1976) as published by the Tile Council of American, Inc. 3. ANSI Specifications: American National Standard Specification for Installation of Ceramic Tile - A108.1-1976; A108.4-1976; A108.5-1976; A108.6-1976; A108.7-1967 (R1976); A118.1-1976; A118.2-1967 (R1976); A136.1-1967 (R1972). 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PROJECT ##### A. Deliver all materials of this Section to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter and other causes. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup. C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg. F or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Tile, Standard Grade, ANSI 137.1. 1. Tile with perforated paper backing shall not be used. 2. Colors and patterns of tile as indicated on Drawings and herein. B. Floor: See Drawings. C. Wall: See Drawings. D. Base at wall: See Drawings. 2.02 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex Portland Cement Mortar, ANSI A118.4- 1999. B. Organic adhesive, ANSI A136.1, Type 1, bearing hallmark of Tile Council of America, Inc. 2.03 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Latex Portland Cement Mortar, ANSI A118.4- 1999, approved brand of Portland Cement grout CERAMIC TILES Revised 01132017 09300 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 2017 PROTOTYPE PROJECT ##### having latex agent integrally ground during manufacture. ti 2.04 SEALANT - EXPANSION JOINTS A. Product: White, fungicidal one -part silicone rubber sealant meeting Federal Specification TT -001543, Class A or B (COM-NBS). 2.05 THRESHOLD A. See Drawings. 2.06 SEALING TILE AND GROUT A. Provided by Vendor No. 3. B. Product shall be clear and non -yellowing. 2.07 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper tile installation, shall be as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TCA INSTALLATION METHODS A. Tile shall be installed in accordance with the following TCA Installation Methods: 1. Thin -set floors: F-113. 2. Tile set with waterproof membrane: F-122. 3. Organic Adhesive over gypsum board walls: W-223. 3.02 LAYOUT A. Determine location of all movement joints prior to beginning work. B. Layout all tile work so as to avoid cuts of less than one-half tile size. C. Locate cuts in both so as to be the least conspicuous. D. Align all wall joints to give straight uniform grout lines, plumb and level. F. v Caulk expansion joints wherever tile butts a perpendicular surface. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. Remove debris daily while work is in progress. At completion of this work, leave entire work area in neat and work like condition satisfactory for receipt of other related items of work which are to be installed as part of other sections. B. Remove all grout haze, observing tile manufacturer's recommendations as to use of mild solution of muriatic acid and chemical cleaners. Rinse tile work thoroughly with water before and after using chemical cleaners. C. Seal tile grout per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION c c c c c c t E. Align floor tile joints square with walls, and make them uniform in width. 4 CERAMIC TILES Revised 01132017 09300 - 2 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the acoustical ceilings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations published by the Ceilings and Interior Systems Contracting Association and the requirements of ASTM C636 (latest edition). B. Single source responsibility: 1. Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling unit from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 2. Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. C. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including, but not limited to, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system components, and partition system. D. Rated assembly: 1. Where acoustical ceilings are components of floor, roof, or beam assemblies indicated for fire -resistance rating, including those required for compliance with governing regulations, provide panels and application or suspension bearing UL Classification Marking for applicable UL design number listed in UL "Fire Resistance Directory". Where required by applicable UL design, provide protection materials for fixtures and ducts. 2. Provide complying UL acoustical panels to match panels in adjacent non -fire- rated PROJECT 15722 acoustical ceiling assemblies, unless otherwise indicated, or unless not available. Where match is not available, submit samples of available complying panels for AOR's selection. E. Seismic provisions: In addition to the requirements stated herein, gypsum ceiling systems and their means of attachment shall be designed and provided to accommodate relative seismic displacement. Provide in accordance local building code.] 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Submit manufacturer's project specifications and installation instructions for each type of acoustical panel and suspension system required, including certified laboratory test reports and other data necessary to show compliance with these specifications. 2. Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and refinishing acoustical panels, including precautions against materials and methods which may be detrimental to finishes and acoustical performances. 3. Shop drawings, showing layout of each type of ceiling system in relation to surrounding structure, mechanical work (which shall include, but not be limited to, duct work and piping), lighting and electrical work, and any other pertinent fixtures and equipment. Drawings shall also show location of accessible panels. The reproduction of AOR's Drawings as the basis of these shop drawings will not be acceptable. 4. Physical Samples: Ceiling board and/or tile and exposed grid in finish and pattern proposed to be furnished. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Revised 01132017 09510 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not install interior acoustical panel ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, and until work above ceilings is completed, and until ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING A. Ceiling panels: See Drawings. B. Suspension System: 1. Product/manufacturer: a. Seismic areas: No. 1200 15/16" Exposed as manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corp. (1) Main runner "T" section: 1-1/2". (2) Cross Tie suspended from bottom of steel joists: 1-1/2". (3) Deflection: 1/360 of span. b. Non -seismic areas: No. 200 15/16" Exposed Snap -in grid as manufactured Chicago Metallic Corp. (1) Main runner "T" section: 1-1/2". (2) Cross Tie suspended from bottom of steel joists: 1-1/2". (3) Deflection: 1/360 of span. c. Exposed grid suspension system designed to accommodate ceiling board. 2. Suspension system shall conform to ASTM C635-78 and installation shall be in accordance with ASTM C636-76. 3. Hot dipped galvanized body and cap. 4. Provide wall molding of a channel or angle shape with an exposed face. 5. Materials: Components shall be formed from commercial quality cold -rolled steel hot -dipped galvanized. Exposed finish shall match the color of the ceiling system. 6. Hold down clips: Provide in quantity to satisfy UL Design requirements. 7. Access hold down clips: Provide one per space (room) or one per each 1000 sq. 11. (whichever is the least square footage). 2.02 • OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the suspended acoustical ceiling, shall be as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval. of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other Trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 1. Do not proceed until all wet work (eg: Concrete and painting) has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Verify that suspended acoustical ceiling may be installed in accordance with the original design, all codes and regulations having jurisdiction, the manufacturer's current recommendations and the approved submittals. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the AOR. D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL A. Coordinate with the requirements of other Trades. Use all means necessary to interface with adjacent materials. B. Where recessed lighting fixtures are installed in suspension system, consult with the fixture ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Revised 01132017 09510 - 2 C c C c c c t 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 manufacturer prior to preparation of shop drawings so that the work of this Section shall be installed ready to receive the lighting fixtures. Modify the suspension system members adjacent to fixture locations as approved by the AOR and to the extent necessary to accommodate the fixtures. C. In the event lighting fixtures or air distribution or return air equipment other than those specified should be substituted under their respective Sections and/or Drawings and should the substituted fixtures require more extensive 0 modifications, the General Contractor shall make such required additional modifications and any additional cost shall be paid by the General Contractor. 0 0 0 3 0 D. Where wide or deep air conditioning ducts above suspended acoustical ceilings interfere with suspension hangers, provide independent framing below the duct work to support the ceiling as an obligation under this Section. Framing shall meet the approval of the AOR. Framing shall be supported from floor or roof structure above and shall in no case be attached to the duct work, piping or conduit. 3.03 SUSPENDED CEILING INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 636 as applicable to acoustical panel ceiling systems, except to extent more stringent requirements indicated or required for compliance with governing regulations or fire resistance ratings. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members only, and only as indicated. 1. Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to metal clips designed for type of member involved, or where possible, by looping and wire -tying directly to members. C. Space hangers not more than 4'-0" o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hanger not more than 6" from ends of each member. All hanger wires shall be installed straight and true. Splayed or diagonally installed wire is not acceptable. D. For the support of light fixtures, the fixture load shall be supported by supplemental hangers within 6" of each corner, or the fixture shall be supported separately. E. Pop rivet the grid to the wall angle around the total perimeter of the room. 3.04 MOLDINGS A. Cope exposed flanges of intersecting members so that flange faces will be flush. B. Install edge moldings of type indicated at edges of each acoustical panel ceiling area, and at locations where edge of panel would otherwise be exposed after completion of work. C. Secure moldings to building construction by fastening through holes drilled in vertical leg. Space holes not -more than 3" from each end and not more than 16" o.c. Draw -up fasteners for tight set against vertical surfaces. D. Miter corners of moldings accurately to provide hairline joints. E. Level moldings with ceiling suspension system, to level tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". 3M5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Plan each layout to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling area. Avoid use of less -than -half width units wherever possible. Comply with AOR's reflected ceiling plans to greatest extent possible. B. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. C. Install hold-down clips for each panel, spaced as recommended by panel manufacturer for application indicated, except do not exceed spacings required by governing regulations or for fire -resistance ratings. D. Scribe and cut panels for accurate fit at borders and at interruptions and penetrations by other work through ceilings. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Revised 01132017 09510 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panels and of trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. B. Institute required protection for acoustical panel ceilings, including temperature and humidity limitations and dust control, so that work will be without damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Revised 01132017 09510 - 4 c c C C c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 0 SECTION 09610 - CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE 0 A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the concrete floor sealer. The product is only for application to those floors that will not receive an additional finish material (e.g.: Tile). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR to review the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature fully describing each product and its proper installation for this Project. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER: A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Duro-Nox, a Nox-Crete Product. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Description: Clear, penetrating, water based sealer for densifying and dustproofing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Prepare the substrate and install the product in strict accordance with the original design and 0 the manufacturer's recommendations. 0 0 0 B. Prepare substrate. 1. Surface shall be free of oil, grease and any extraneous matter which could interfere with products penetration. Pressure wash the concrete substrate to remove contamination, loose or broken cement paste and aggregate. Remove or rework all loose or broken mortar. After pressure washing, the substrate shall readily absorb water and not show any signs of water beading. C. Application: CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER Revised 01132017 PROJECT 15722 1. Do not dilute or thin. 2. Apply using a low pressure rotary or gear pump sprayer with a fan tip. Applications using a commercial grade pump up spray tank, roller or brush are also acceptable (depending on the substrate and project circumstances; follow manufacturer's directions). Airless paint sprayers are not acceptable. 3. Allow product to fully cure prior to putting the substrate into service. 4. Application rate of first coat: 300 to 350 sq ft/gallon. 5. Apply using a uniform spray pattern overlapped slightly on each pass. Apply material sufficiently for a wet appearance but do not leave excess material stand in low areas. Broom out or squeegee excess material as soon as possible. 6. After completing the first coat allow at least one hour then apply a second coat at 350 to 400 sq ft/gallon. END OF SECTION 09610 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER Revised 01132017 09610 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 09652 - RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 0 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the resilient plank flooring and additionally named products. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature fully describing each product and its proper installation for this Project. 2. Physical sample (each product): All colors and patterns. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single -source responsibility: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of resilient plank flooring from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and 0 physical.properties without delaying progress of the Work. 0 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver resilient plank floorings and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected 0 from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 deg. F and 90 deg. F. 0 0 0 C. Store resilient plank flooring on flat surfaces. Move resilient plank flooring and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. All flooring materials and adhesive shall be present at job site for a minimum of 48 hours at a temperature between 68-72 deg. F in order to accumulate properly. Avoid installations with PROJECT 15722 ambient temperature above 80 deg F or below 60 deg. F. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg. F. B. Do not install resilient plank floorings until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during resilient plank flooring installation. 1.06 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Install resilient plank floorings and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. B. Do not install resilient plank floorings over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by resilient plank flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one unopened carton of each type/color of floor covering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING A. Provide by Vendor No. 3. See Drawings. 2.02 RUBBER BASE A. See Section 09653. 2.03 TRANSITION STRIP A. Transition strip to adjacent dissimilar floor material: See Drawings. 2.04 FLOOR CARE PRODUCTS A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Spartan 1 -Shine Floor Finish B. Application:. see section 01740 RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING Revised 01132017 09652 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 2.05 LEVELING AGENT A. See Section 03540, Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete. 2:06 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, including but not limited to, adhesives, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of resilient plank flooring and other named products, shall be only as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it is applied and shall be subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all products in strict accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Concrete subfloors: 1. Slab substrates shall be dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by sheet flooring manufacturer. C. Subfloors and/or underlayment shall be free of surface irregularities, cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits and substances of any kind with potential to interfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain flooring. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive flooring. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per flooring manufacturer's directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrate. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, PROJECT 15722 and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install all products in strict accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Lay out resilient plank flooring to comply with the following: 1. Maintain uniformity of resilient floor covering direction. 2. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low traffic areas, but in no case less than 6" away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. 3. Match edges of resilient plank flooring for color shading and'pattern at seams. 4 Avoid all cross seaming. 5 Completed installation shall be flush with the adjacent flooring materials except where it meets carpet (See drawings for transition type). C. Scribe, cut, and fit sheet flooring to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds and nosings. D. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. E. Adhere flooring to substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed installation. F. Recommended adhesive: Manufacturer's recommended adhesive or approved equal. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from adjacent surfaces. B. As soon as possible after installation, and in accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers, clean all product surfaces using the materials recommended for that purpose by RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING Revised 01132017 09652 - 2 C c c c c c c 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 © the manufacturers of the materials being cleaned. C. Manufacturer provided products: DSG required "after installation floor care": 1. Protection: The floor shall have no foot traffic for the first 6 hours after installation with fixtures, furniture, and rolling equipment not being permitted for at least 24 hours. Cover the floor with something such as plywood, plastic, building paper, or any combination of these for protection. Once construction is completed, remove the 0 protection coverings and sweep or vacuum the floor. The floor shall be damp mopped after 24 hours, but do not flood rinse the floor for 7 days to ensure a firm adhesive bond. After this is completed, follow the maintenance procedures listed below. 2. Cleaning: Sweep, dust mop, damp mop and clean the floor. Machine scrub exposed flooring with products as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Completely rinse and then dry. 3. Apply: Spartan I -Shine Floor Finish. Refer to section 01740 0 END OF SECTION 0 0 RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING .Revised 01132017 09652 - 3 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK RESILIENT PLANK FLOORING Revised 01132017 09652 - 4 0 s 0 d 4 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the resilient tile flooring and additionally named products. 1.02 QUALITY• ASSURANCE A. Single -source responsibility: Obtain each type, color,.and pattern of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature fully describing each product and its proper installation for this Project. 2. Physical sample (each product): All colors and patterns. B. Maintenance and operation manual: Submit tile manufacturer's maintenance guides for DSG's use in maintaining all tile herein specified. C. Certification that all standards and requirements have been met. These shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Conditions under which the materials were installed. 2. Product complies with specified 0 requirements. 3. Installer's certification that moisture testing as required herein has been adhered to. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver tiles and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. 0 B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 0 maintained between 50 deg. F and 90 deg. F. C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. Move tiles and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a minimumtemperature of 70 deg. F in spaces to receive tiles for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg. F. B. Do not install tiles until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during tile installation. 1.06 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including, painting, have been completed. B. Do not install tiles over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by tile manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one unopened carton of each type/color of floor covering. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE A. Provide by Vendor No. 3. B. Description: 1. Commercial quality, conforming to Fed. Spec. SS -T -312B (1), Type IV Comp. 1 and ASTM F 1066. a. Class 1: Solid color and feature strip. b. Class 2: Through pattern. 2. Size: See Drawings. Revised 01132017 09653 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 C. See Drawings for types. 2.02 VINYL BASE A. Provide by Vendor No. 3. B. Description: 1. Base shall be constructed of first quality, extruded, vinyl material, smooth and free from imperfections that shall detract from its appearance. 2. Base shall conform to ASTM F1861, Group 1 (solid). 3. Height: See drawings 4. Profile: Cove type, Style B. 5. Gauge 1/8" thick. C. See Drawings for types. 2.03 TRANSITION STRIP A. Transition strip to adjacent dissimilar floor material: See Drawings. 2.04 FLOOR LEVELING AGENT A. See Section 03540, Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, including but not limited to, adhesives, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of resilient tile flooring and other named products, shall be only as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it is applied and shall be subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other Trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that resilient tile flooring shall be RESILIENT TILE FLOORING installed in accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the AOR. D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. E. Concrete subfloors: Slab substrates shall be dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer. F. Subfloors and/or underlayment shall be free of surface irregularities, cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits and substances of any kind with potential to interfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain tile. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive tile. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile manufacturer's directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrate. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install all products in strict accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths at perimeter that equal less than 1/2 of a tile. Install tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise directed. Revised 01132017 09653 - 2 c c c c c c c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tile in basket weave pattern with grain direction alternating between reversed in adjacent tile. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed tile installation. 3.04 RESILIENT BASE A. Apply base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where resilient base is indicated. Install wall base in lengths as long a practicable. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 1. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 2. Install inside and exterior corners before installing straight pieces. 3. Form inside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce snug fit to substrate. 4. Form outside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by shaving back of base at point where bending will occur. Remove a strip perpendicular to length of base and only deep enough to produce a snug fit without bends whitening ;or removal of more than half the thickness of wall base. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from adjacent surfaces. As soon as possible after installation, and in accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers, clean, seal, and wax all product surfaces using the materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturers of the materials being cleaned. Refer to section 01740. END OF SECTION RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Revised 01132017 09653 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Revised 01132017 09653 - 4 4 4 4 1 a d 4 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 09680 - CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the carpeting. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. See Drawings for types required. B. Contact Vendor No. 3. C. Transition strip to adjacent dissimilar floor 0 material: See Drawings. 2.02 CARPET ADHESIVE A. :Manufacturer recommended or an approved equal. 0 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS 0 0 0 0 A. All other materials, including but not limited to moldings, trims and transition strips, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpeting, and subject to approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DIMENSIONS ON DRAWINGS A. Dimensions supplied in the Drawings are approximate and the General Contractor shall carefully check all dimensions and other conditions affecting his work in the field and shall be responsible for proper installation of carpet in areas designated. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install all carpeting and carpet base in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation as PROJECT 15722 approved by the AOR. B. Cut evenly along walls, cut and fit evenly around all projections into trim strips. Fit closely and evenly to. and through thresholds where carpet joins together in doorways. C. All carpet shall be lined up so that all lines of carpet match as woven, width and length. D. Filler strips shall be not less than 9" in width and at least 36" in length. E. Seaming through a door, at right angles to that door, shall not be allowed. F. Hold cross seaming to a minimum. G. The finished installation shall be free from tacks, scraps, carpet ripples, scallops and puckers. 3.03 DIRECT GLUE DOWN A. Cement carpet directly to prepared substrate. B. Seams shall be overlap cut and carefully glued. All seams and cross seams shall have seam adhesive applied to each side of seam prior to gluing down. The adhesive shall secure breath -to -breath and end-to-end. C. Examine substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed. Notify AOR in writing of major conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Repair minor holes, cracks, depressions, and rough areas using material recommended by carpet or adhesive manufacturer. E. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet. Maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. Follow seaming diagram as submitted and approved at doors, center seams under doors. Do not place seams in traffic direction at doorway. F. Extend carpet under open -bottomed obstructions and under removable flanges and CARPETING Revised 01132017 09680 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space. G. Provide cutouts where required and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. H. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpeting. Notify architect where such conditions exist and request instructions before proceeding. I. Fit sections of carpet into each space prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butt cuts with seaming cement. J. Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without gaps. Roll entire carpet area lightly to eliminate air pockets and insure uniform bond. Remove any adhesive promptly from face of carpet by method which will not damage carpet face. K. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Vacuum carpet with commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove any protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. 3.04. CLEANING UP AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the carpeting installation in each area, visually inspect all carpet installed in that area and immediately remove all dirt, soil, and foreign substance from the exposed face; inspect all adjacent surfaces and remove all marks and stains caused by the carpet installation; remove all packaging materials, carpet scraps, and other debris from the carpet installation to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. B. DSG Project Construction Manager and the AOR shall review all carpet scraps and retain any for future repairs before they are removed from the job site. C. In all public areas, provide a temporary non -staining paper or plastic sheet pathway in the direction of traffic. D. At the time of acceptance, all carpeted areas shall be clean and without blemishes. If cleaning shall be required, and such cleaning shall result in damage to the carpet, or the stains cannot be completely removed, the carpets shall be taken up and replaced with new material, as approved by the AOR. The cost of such replacement shall be paid by the General Contractor. END OF SECTION CARPETING Revised 01132017 09680 - 2 0 0 0 c c c 0 c D D 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 09900 - PAINT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials; equipment, and services required to furnish and apply the painting and staining materials. 1. The term "paint" as used herein means coating systems materials, which includes primers, emulsions, enamels, stain, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. 2. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in any "schedule", except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint these same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, AOR will select the colors. 3. All surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of other Sections, whether specifically mentioned or not, shall be painted or finished as part of the work covered by this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with "Standard (Type 1)" as defined by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America in their "Modern Guide to Paint Specifications", current edition. B. Provide finish coats that are compatible with prime paints used. Review other Sections of these Specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify AOR in writing of any anticipated problems using coating systems as specified with substrates primed by others. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to application, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Submit a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the Work. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials for those specified or approved for this Work by the AOR. 2. In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable alternate in this Section of these Specifications, submit for the AOR's review the current recommended method of application published by the Manufacturer of the proposed material. 3. Submit complete set of available colors for AOR's selections. The AOR has the option of selecting as many colors from any of the various paint or paint related products to be specified here, as he may desire without additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) or the AOR. 4. After AOR has selected colors and has furnished a schedule, prepare samples of each color for approval by the AOR before proceeding with this work. These job applied samples shall serve as a minimum acceptable standard for the finished work in color and appearance. 1.04. PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver all paint and stain materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. 1.05 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one, unopened quart of paint for each paint type and color used. Cans shall be clearly and legibly marked. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams. No Substitutions. Vendor No. 25. B. Approved manufacturers for isolated items. named will be listed with the product. C. All paints, stains, sealers, oils, thinners, turpentine or other materials required to accomplish the painting and finishing shall be Sherwin-Williams first quality materials. PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 2.02 MATERIALS COMPATIBILITY A. All paint and stain materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with the surface to be coated; all tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. B. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the materials to be thinned. C. New paint or stain materials shall be compatible with the existing coatings on existing surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencement of work. Report in writing to the AOR, any condition that may potentially affect proper application. Do not. commence until such defects have been corrected. 13. Correct defects and deficiencies in surfaces that may adversely affect work of this Section. C. Commencement of work shall be construed as acceptance of the surfaces and, therefore, the General Contractor shall be fully responsible for satisfactory work as required herein. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Remove mildew, by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry completely. B. Gypsum wallboard: Remove contamination and prime to show defects, if any. Paint after defects have been remedied. C. Concrete and concrete block: 1. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, powder and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate, rinse well and allow to thoroughly dry. 2. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after being thoroughly wetted with water. Allow to thoroughly dry. 3. Apply masonry filler as required to provide even, consistent (filling of voids), with filler material. Methods of application which "bridge" voids will not be acceptable. D. Completely mask, remove, or otherwise adequately protect all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled to receive paint. E. Spot prime all exposed nails and other metals that are to be painted with emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system. F. Adequate illumination shall be provided in all areas where painting and staining operations are in progress. G. Efflorescence on any area that is scheduled to be painted shall be removed. H. Clean shop coats that become marred. Touch- up with specified shop coats. 3.03 PREPARATION OF WOOD SURFACES A. Wipe off dust and grit from miscellaneous wood items and millwork prior to priming. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand between coats. B. Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, solvent, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. C. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job painted immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides. D. When transparent finish is required, use spar varnish for backpriming. E. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 2 E c 0 Q 0 O O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. F. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood -filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. G. Backpriming woodwork: 1. Backprime exterior woodwork, which is to receive paint finish, with exterior primer paint. 2. Backprime interior woodwork, which is to receive paint or enamel finish, with enamel undercoater primer. 3. Backprime interior and exterior woodwork, which is to receive stain and/or varnish finish, with gloss varnish reduced 25% with mineral spirits. 3.04 PREPARATION OF METAL SURFACES A. Steel and iron: 1. Sand and scrape shop primed steel surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. (Prime steel including shop primed steels.) B. Copper: 1. Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water or solvent washing. 2. Remove contamination from surfaces required to be oxidized. Apply oxidizing solution of copper acetate and ammonium chloride in acetic acid. Rub on repeatedly for correct effect. Once attained, rinse surfaces well with clear water and allow to dry. C. Other metals: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces until they are completely free from dirt, oil, and grease. 2. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. 3.05 APPLICATION A. All materials shall be applied under adequate illumination, evenly spread, and smoothly flowed on with the proper type and size of brushes, roller covers, bucket grids, and spray equipment to avoid run, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles, and excessive roller stipple. B. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When color, stain, mark of any kind, dirt or undercoats show through the final schedule coat of paint to the surface, it shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). C. Do not add thinners to the paint or paint related products. D. Finished areas shall be free from sags, runs, crawls, brush marks, and other defects. E. Touch-up painting as required to provide smooth, even finish prior to final acceptance of work. F. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. G. Allow each coat of finish to dry before following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. H. Where clear finishes are required, ensure tint fillers match wood. Work fillers well into the grain before set. Wipe excess from the surface. Environmental conditions: 1. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which the coating systems may be applied. 2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. J. Moisture content: 1. Use a moisture meter approved by the AOR to test surfaces. 2. Do not apply the initial coating until moisture meter reading is within normal limits recommended by the paint materials manufacturers. K. Defects: Sand and dust between coats to remove all defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. L. Color of undercoats: As recommended by Vendor 25. PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 3 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.06 OBSERVATION OF WORK A. Do not apply additional coats until completed coat has been observed and approved by the AOR. B. Only observed and approved coats of paint will be considered in determining the number of coats applied. 3.07 DRY FILM THICKNESS A. DFT represents Dried Film Thickness. It shall be checked on metal surfaces with a Nordson Mikrotest Dry Film Thickness Gauge. For other surfaces, a Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gauge shall be used. Surfaces may also be checked while surface is wet by using a Nordson or Sherwin-Williams Wet Film Gauge. Should an average of three readings out of five show film less than specified, additional materials should be applied until the surface has the proper amount of material. 3.08 REINSTALLATION OF REMOVED ITEMS A. Following completion of painting in each space, promptly reinstall all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled in the particular Trade. 3.09 A. B. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Coordinate with the requirements of Divisions 15 and 16. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for .mechanical and electrical systems from location and paint separately. C. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected. D. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bar ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are plated or covered with a pre - finished coating. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed immediately behind louvers, grilles, convector and baseboard cabinets to match face .panels. G. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. Color and texture to match adjacent surfaces. H. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. 3.10 CLEANING A. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed or spattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the AOR. 3.11 SURFACE PREPARATION A. SW 1 — Aluminum: 1. Remove all oil, grease, dirt, oxide and other foreign material by cleaning per SSPC-SP1, Solvent Cleaning. B. SW 3—Block: 1. Remove all loose mortar and foreign material. Surface must be free of laitance, concrete dust, dirt, form release agents, moisture curing membranes, loose cement, and hardeners. Concrete and mortar must be cured at least 30 days at 75 degrees. The pH of the surface shall be between 6 and 9, unless the products to used are designed to be used in high or low pH environments, such as Loxon. On tilt -up and poured -in- place concrete, commercial detergents and abrasive blasting may be necessary to prepare the surface. Fill bug holes, air PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 4 c c C c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D J DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 pockets, and other voids with a patching compound such as ConSeal. C. SW 8 — Drywall: 1. Must be clean and dry. All nail heads must be set and spackled. Joints must be taped and covered with a joint compound. Spackled nail heads and tape joints must be sanded smooth and all dust removed prior to painting. Exterior surfaces must be spackled with exterior grade compounds. D. SW 10 — Galvanized Metal: I. Allow to weather a minimum of 12 months prior to coating. Solvent clean per SSPC- SP1, then prime as required. When weathering is not possible or the surface has been treated with chromates or silicates, first Solvent Clean per SSPC-SP1 and apply a test area, priming as required. Allow the coating to dry at least one week before testing. If adhesion is poor, Brush Blast per SSPC-SP7 is necessary to remove these treatments. E. SW 12 — Previously Coated Surfaces: I. Maintenance painting will frequently not permit or require complete removal of all old coatings prior to repainting. However, all surface contamination such as oil, grease, loose paint, mill scale dirt, foreign matter, rust, mold, mildew, mortar, efflorescence, and sealers must be removed to assure sound bonding to the tightly adhering old paint. Glossy surfaces of old paint films must be clean and dull before repainting. Thorough washing with an abrasive cleanser will clean and dull in one operation, or, wash thoroughly and dull by sanding. Spot prime any bare areas with an appropriate primer. Recognize that any surface preparation short of total removal of the system. Check for compatibility by applying a test patch of the recommended coating system, covering at least 2 to 3 square feet. Allow to dry one week before testing adhesion per ASTM D 3359. If the coating system is incompatible, complete removal is required. F. Solvent Cleaning SSPC-SP 1: 1. Solvent cleaning is a method for removing all visible oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants. Solvent cleaning does not remove rust or mill scale. Change rags and cleaning solution frequently so that deposits of oil and grease are not spread over additional areas in the cleaning process. Be sure to allow adequate ventilation. G. Hand Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP 2: 1. Hand tool Cleaning removes all loose mill scale, loose rust, and other detrimental foreign matter. It is not intended that adherent mill scale, rust, and paint be removed by this process. Before hand tool cleaning, remove visible oil, grease, soluble welding residues, and salts by the methods outlined in SSPC-SPI. H. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): 1. Power Tool Cleaning removes all loose mill scale, loose rust, and other detrimental foreign matter. It is not intended that adherent mill scale, rust, and paint be removed by this process. Mill scale, rust, and paint are considered adherent if they cannot be removed by lifting with a putty knife. Before power tool cleaning, remove visible oil, grease, soluble welding residues, and salts by the methods outlined in SSPC-SP 1 or,other agreed upon methods. SW 21 — Water Blasting: 1. Removal of oil and grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and loose paint by water at pressures of 2,000 to 2,500 psi at a flow of 4-14 gallons/minute. J. SW 22 — Stucco: 1. Must be clean and free of any loose stucco. If recommended procedures for apply stucco are followed, and normal drying conditions prevail, the surface may be painted in 30 days. The pH of the surface shall be between 6-9. K. SW 23 — Wood — Exterior: 1. Must be clean and dry. Prime and paint as soon as possible. Knots and pitch streaks must be scraped, sanded, and spot primed before a full priming coat is applied. Patch all nail holes and imperfections with a wood filler or putty and sand smooth. Caulk shall be applied after priming. L. SW 24 — Wood — Interior: PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 5 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 1. All finishing lumber and flooring shall be stored in dry, warm rooms to prevent absorption of moisture, shrinkage, and roughening of the wood. All surfaces must be sanded smooth, with the grain, never across it. Surface blemishes must be corrected and the area cleaned of dust before coating. M. Priming: 1. The following require light gray primer 3.12 PAINT AND FINISH SCHEDULE A. INTERIOR 1. Metal decking primed, galvanized steel or drywall above 17'-0" shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 12, SW 10 or SW 8 b. Primer/Finish: 1-2 Coats Sherwin- Williams Waterborne Acrylic Flat Dryfall (B42W1 Series) @ 3-5 mils DFT per coat Note: Test Patch & Adhesion test on all decking per ASTM D3359 is required. 2. Block walls shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 3 b. Primer: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams Preprite Block Filler (B25 W25) @ 8 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-She] (B20-2650 Series) @ 1-2 mils DFT per coat. 3. Drywall, IMO or Aluminum shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 8, SW 24, or SW 1 Primer: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer (B28W2600) @ 1.5-2 mils DFT (Refer to section 3.1 IM for colors requiring SW Color Primer Gray shading primer system.) b. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg- Shel(B20-2650 Series) @ 1-2 mils DFT per coat 4. Drywall, Gypsum Wallboard for Mall Entry and Mall Corridors where a textured finish is desired or to match existing EIFS shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: (Color Prime No. 1): a. P-98: Dynamic Blue SW6958. 2. The following require light gray primer (Color Prime No. 2): a. P-96: Hearty Orange SW6622 3. The following require medium gray primer (Color Prime No. 5): a. P34: DSG Interior Hartford Green. 4 All other areas require a white primer. a. b. c. Surface Prep: SW 8, SW 24, or SW 1 Primer: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer (B28W2600) @ 1.5-2 mils DFT Finish: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams Ultracrete Textured Masonry Topcoat Fine Finish (A44W801 Series) @ 50- 80 sq. ft. per gallon tinted to "Caen Stone" SW 0028 *Not compliant for SCAQMD areas in CA (Optional): For added durability the Ultracrete may be topcoated with Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss or Eg-Shel to increase the gloss level and help with washability. 5. Metal Doors and Jams, Pre -Primed, shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 12 b. Spot Prime: (As Needed) 1 coat Sherwin-Williams Pro -Industrial Pro- Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer(B66- 310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel (B66-650 Series) @ 1.5-2 mils DFT per coat. 6. Ferrous Metal Hand Rails, Pre -Primed, shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 12 b. Spot Prime: 1 coat Sherwin-Williams Pro -Industrial Pro -Cry] Universal Acrylic (B66-310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss (B66- 650 Series). Color SW7074 @ 2-4 mils DFT per coat 7. Ferrous Metal Columns — Pre Primed PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 a. b. Surface Prep: SW 12 Spot Prime: 1 coat Sherwin-Williams Pro -Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic (B66-310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Eg-Shel (B66-660 Series) @ 1.5 — 2 mils DFT per coat B. EXTERIOR 1. Ferrous Metal (Bare Steel) shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin-Williams: a. Surface Prep: Power Tool Cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 b. Primer: 1 coat Sherwin-Williams Pro - Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic (B66-310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss (B66- 650 Series) @ 2.5-3 mils DFT per coat 2. Non -Ferrous Metal (Aluminum) shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 1 b. Primer/Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin- Williams Duration Exterior Latex Satin Coating (K33 series) @ 2.5-3 mils DFT per coat 3. Non -Ferrous Metal (Galvanized) shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 10 b. Primer: 1 coat Sherwin-Williams Pro - Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic (B66-310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Duration Exterior Latex Satin Coating (1(33 series) @ 2.5-3 mils DFT per coat 4. Block or Pre -Cast Concrete Painted shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 3 b. Primer: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams Loxon Block Surfacer (A24W200) @ 8 mils DFT c. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Duration Exterior Latex Satin Coating (K33 Series) @ 2.5-3 mils DFT per •coat. 5. Block or Pre -Cast Concrete Stained shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin-Wiliams: a. Surface Prep: SW3 b. Primer/Finish: 2 coats Sherwin- Williams Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain (A31 Series) @ proper spread rate (some heavy textured surfaces may require. a 31-d coat for uniformity) 6. Black Pipe — Gas Lines shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: Surface Prep: Power Tool Cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 a. Primer: 1 Coat Sherwin-Williams Pro -Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic (B66-310 series) @ 2.0-4.0 mils DFT b. Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin-Williams Pro Industrial Acrylic Gloss.B66Y600 Series Color Safety Yellow @ 2.5-4 mils DFT per coat. 7. Wood shall receive the following system as manufactured by Sherwin Williams: a. Surface Prep: SW 23 b. Primer/Finish: 2 Coats Sherwin- Williams Duration Exterior Latex Satin Coating (K33 Series) @ 2.5-3 mils DFT per coat (On new Cedar A100 oil primer (Y24) should be applied prior to duration) C. Interior Color Pallette: 1. P-9 Toilet Room: Buckram Binding SW 0036, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-shel 2. P-10 Throughout Store: White Flour SW 7102, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg- Shel 3. P-30 Exterior Mall Entrance: Frosty White SW 6196, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg- Shel, B20W2650. 4. P-34 Throughout Store: DSG Custom Interior Hartford Green, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20T2654 One gallon formula. Colorant oz. 32 64 128 B1 Black 2 LI Blue 2 28 Y3 Deep Gold , 60 G2 New Green 8 PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 7 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 Color Prime No. 5. 5. P-67 Team Sports/Golf/Doors & Trim:. DSG Custom Brick 2 & 4. ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel. B20T2654 Colorant oz. 32 64 128 W1 White 38 1 N1 Raw Umber 4 22 1 R2 Maroon 59 1 Y3 Deep Gold 38 1 G2 New Green 1 1 6. P-69 Self Service Footwear: Software SW 7074, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg- Shel, B20W2653 7. P-78 Full Service Footwear: Color: Iron Ore SW 7069, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel 8. P-82 North Face Vendor Shop DSG Custom Million Dollar Red. ProMar 200 Zero VOC Eg-Shel, B20T2658. *1 Gallon Formula CCE Colorant oz. 32 64 128 R2 Maroon - 19 1 R4 New Red 6 42 1 Y1 Yellow 4 1 1 B1 Black 1 9. P-84 Nike Shop: Color: DSG Custom PMS Cool Gray 11 Light Superpaint Interior Latex Satin, A87W1153-Deep Base CCE Colorant oz. 32 64 128 W1 White 4 39 1 B1 Black 4 10 1 R2 Maroon 3 Y3 Deep Gold 11 1 1 10. P-85 Nike Shop: "Packaged" Black, All Surface Enamel Satin/Low Sheen, A41B201 11. P-89 Cash Wrap trim & Golf Simulator; Color: Black Magic SW 6991, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20T2654 12. P-91 Under Armour Shop; Color: Nebulous White SW 7063, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2651 13. P-94 Throughout / Portal Walls; Color: DSG Custom Pegboard Silver. ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2651 CCE Colorant oz. 32 64 128 B1 Black 2 19 1 1 R2 Maroon 3 1 Y3 Deep Gold 21 14. ** TWO LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-96 Color: Hearty Orange SW 6622, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20T2654 Color Prime: No. 2 15. ** TWO LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-102 2"d Floor Camp Color: Smoky Topaz SW 6117, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2653 16. ** TWO LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-103 2"d Floor Seasonal / Womens Fitting Rm Color: Anonymous SW 7046, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2653 17. ** TWO LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-104 Under Armour Vendor Shop Color: Repose Gray SW 7015, P,roMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20 W2651 18. P-112 Columns & Walls Throughout; Color: Amazing Gray SW 7044, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2651 19. P -112A Underside of Deck: Dryfall Custom Amazing Gray Dryfall. Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Flat, B42W1. *5 Gallon Formula CCE Colorant oz. 32 64 128 B1 Black 2 53 R2 Maroon 14 Y3 Deep Gold 2 49 20.P-114 Golf Band / Lodge Trim Color: Green Black SW 6994 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20W2654 21. P-119 Under Armour Mens Brick Color: Gauntlet Gray SW. 7019 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel. 22. ** SINGLE LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-131 Team Sports Color: Bunglehouse Blue SW 0048, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shell, B20W2653 23. P-132 Lodge Color: Thatch Brown SW 6145, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Eg-Shel PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 8 0 O 0 0 c Q c c DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 24. P-133 Bikes & Fitness; Color: Husky Orange SW 6636, ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20Y2657 25. P-134 To match PL -51 in Golf; Color: Jute Brown SW 6096 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel 26. ** TWO LEVEL PROTOTYPE ONLY** P-140 Womens Studio; Color: Greek Villa SW 7551 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel 27. ** JORDAN SHOP ONLY** P-150 Jordan Shop; Color: Summit Gray SW 7669 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel 28. P-154 Restroom/Office Corridors; Color: Naturel SW 7542 ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel D. Exterior Color Palette: 1. P-50 Exterior Hartford Green Duration Exterior Latex Satin Ultradeep, K33T154 Colorant oz. 32 64 128 B1 Black 2 L1 Blue 2 48 Y3 Deep Gold 2 2 *For Store Front P-50 Exterior Hartford Green SherCryl HPA Semi -Gloss Ultradeep, B66T354 Colorant oz. White Black HS Green HS Yellow Ox. 2 Envirotoner Colorants 32 64 128 14 47 2 22 48 2. P-51 Caen Stone SW0028 Duration Exterior Latex Satin, K33 W 151 Colorant oz. 32 64 128 Y3 Deep Gold 32 1 R2 Maroon 1 1 N1 Raw Umber 3 1 1 *For Areas Requiring a Concrete Stain P-51 Caen Stone SW0028 Vertical Concrete Stain, A31 W51 Colorant oz. 32 64 128 Y3 Deep Gold R2 Maroon N1 Raw Umber 26 1 3 3. P-52 Beldon Duration Exterior Latex Satin Ultradeep K33T154 Colorant oz. 32 64 128 W1 White 48 N1 Raw Umber 4 60 R2 Maroon 2 10 Y3 Deep Gold 48 G2 New Green 2 3.14 STENCILING RATED WALLS: A. Both sides of corridor partitions, smokestop partitions, horizontal exit partitions, exit enclosures, and fire walls shall be effectively and permanently identified with stenciling in a manner acceptable to the authority have jurisdiction and the AOR. Such identification shall be above the ceiling and in concealed spaces. Verify acceptable wording with AOR (Suggested wording: "Fire and Smoke Barrier - Protect All Openings"). Letters shall be 3" to 4" high and the phase shall be stenciled 15'-0" o.c. the length of the partition. END OF SECTION PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 9 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE BLANK PAINT Revised 01132017 09900 - 10 4 1 1 4 1 4 1 t a DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 09970 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the wall panels. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Submit manufacturer's project specifications and installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCED FIBERGLASS WALL PANELS A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Kemlite "Glasbord" FSI. 2. Or an approved equal. B. Characteristics: 1. Surface: Smooth. 2. Thickness: 0.075". 3. UL rating: Class A. 4. Color: See Drawings. 5. Provide all necessary moldings and trims of type standard with the manufacturer. a. These shall include, but not be limited to, caps, divider pieces, inside and outside corners, coves, batten strips, T bars, and base coves. b. Color: See Drawings. 6. Provide fasteners - non -corroding type of truss head nylon drive rivets or stainless steel screws. 7. Pre -drill panels for fasteners. 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the wall panels shall be as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval of the AOR. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wall preparation: Substrate shall be flat, clean, dry and free of all dirt, dust or grease. B. Installation: 1. Install wall covering before equipment and casework is placed. 2. Expansion: Leave not less than 1/4" gap at ceiling and floor, 1/8" gap between wall panels for normal expansion and contraction. Allow not less than 1/8" around pipes, electrical fittings and other wall openings/penetrations. Fill gaps with flexible, silicone based sealant to complete moisture seal. 3. Install fasteners no further than 8" apart around outside edges and no further than 12" apart on intermediate 16" centers. Stagger fasteners on opposing panel edges. Outside fasteners shall be approximately 1" from panel edge. 4. Seal and caulk all corner seams, ceiling and base junctions and fastener holes. 5. Make seams straight and plumb and a minimum of 6" away from corners. Horizontal seams not allowed. 6. Provide sealant at all seams, junctures, and fasteners holes. 7. Finished installed shall provide panels securely in place, plumb and true to line. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 09970 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS Revised 01132017 09970 - 2 4 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Q SECTION 10180 - TOILET PARTITIONS - METAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE 0 0 0 A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install toilet compartments. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay work. B. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation of toilet compartments and related work; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive literature. 2. Shop drawings showing layout of the compartments, dimensions, materials, sizes, thickness, gauges, product construction, hardware, accessories, and installation procedure. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TOILET COMPARTMENT - METAL, BAKED ENAMEL FINISH A. Product/manufacturer: 1. Flush Metal Partition Corp. - #40 Hunter Green. 2. Metpar Corp. - #950 Hunter Green. B. Type: 1. Toilet partitions: Floor mounted, overhead braced. 2. Urinal screens: "WH": Wall mounted for the 24" long partitions. Post (13/4" sq.) to Ceiling Mounted for the 5' long partitions. PROJECT 15722 a. Provide 2 continuous heat-treated polished and anodized extruded aluminum alloy angles for anchoring to wall. C. Panels and doors: 1" thick insulated with a sound deadening double-faced honeycomb core. Faceplates shall be not less than 22 ga. Bonderized-galvanized steel and shall have a molding interlocking all edges. Door edges shall be welded at intervals around perimeter to insure a rigid unit. Corners shall be welded and ground smooth. D. Pilasters: 1-1/4", 20 ga. Bonderized-galvanized steel insulated with a sound deadening honeycomb core. Edges shall be welded at intervals around perimeter to insure a rigid unit. Edges shall be interlocked with oval molding. Pilaster when set in place shall be securely braced with a continuous 1" x 1-1/2" tube of extruded alloy, polished and anodized. Pilaster shall be attached to the floor by means of an anchoring device and secured with 2 - 1-1/2" long screws and shields. E. Hardware: Provide wrap around door hinges, latch, stop and keeper, and coat hook. Accessible door shall have a pull handle on both sides (see Jacknob Corp. Door pull set #54400 ) Lower hinge to be recessed in the door and shall be adjusted for door position. Upper hinge shall operate on a pin anchored above and below the hinge bracket. Latch to be concealed type with emergency access features. All hardware to be Zamac chrome plated. F. Fittings: Wall and "U" brackets to be chrome plated. Door strikes and hinges to be fastened by means of "one-way" head tamper proof chrome plated sex bolts. All other screws to be Philips Head chrome plated. All pilasters to have a 3" high stainless steel shoe. Finish: Prime coated and finished with color coat of high solid baked finish baked at 350'deg. F. PART 3 - EXECUTION TOILET PARTITIONS - METAL Revised 01132017 10180-1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions underwhich toilet partitions and related items are to be installed, including supporting anchors and supports installed by others. Notify General Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Locate Panels to allow for ADA required clear floor space at plumbing fixtures and accessories. Refer to floor plans and ADA.0 drawing sheet. B. Install coat hook in accessible stall at 48" A.F.F. C. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 'A" between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1" between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of panel. Secure panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with stirrup brackets at wall. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. D. Wall -hung screens: Attach with continuous aluminum angles. Set units to provide support and to resist lateral impact. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Hardware adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in -swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on accessible stall doors to return to fully closed position. B. Clean exposed surfaces of partition system using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION TOILET PARTITIONS - METAL 1 Revised 01132017 10180 - 2 Q 0 0 Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 10265 - CORNER GUARDS 2. Width: 2-1/2".1 3. Height: 24". PART 1 - GENERAL 4. Attachment devices: Self-adhesive foam backed. Screwed through the face. 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the corner guards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Install permanently secure, level, plumb, and rigid in manner indicated by manufacturer's A. Prior to installation submit for the AOR's review instructions. the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive END OF SECTION manufacturer's literature. 2. Shop drawings indicating product components and materials, dimensions and attachment to building. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CORNER GUARDS A. Acrovyn 1. Product/manufacturer a. SSM -20 Acrovyn Surface Mounted Corner Guard as manufactured by Impact Specialties: orders(c�impactspec ialties.com; 888-424-6287. 2. Description: a. Extruded vinyl/acrylic, high impact Acrovyn with pebblette grain texture, .040" thickness. Chemical and stain resistance shall be per ASTM D-1308 standards as established by the manufacturer. b. Color: as specified in drawings c. Continuous Regrind retainers: 100% recycled vinyl acrylic compound d. Fasteners: Non -corrosive and compatible with aluminum retainers. All necessary fasteners shall be supplied by the manufacturer. e. 90 degree surface mounted corner with 2" legs f. Top of corner guard shall align with top of wainscot B. Stainless Steel 1. 10 ga., type 304 stainless steel with satin finish. CORNER GUARDS Revised 01132017 10265 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK CORNER GUARDS Revised 01132017 10265 - 2 a v a 4 a 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 10440 - INTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment 0 and services required to furnish and install the interior signage. 0 0 0 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Signage shall be of type and construction as approved by American with Disabilities Act (ADA). B. Sign fabricator: Only listed approved vendors. C. Single -source responsibility: For each separate sign type required, obtain signs from one source of a single manufacturer. D. The Drawings indicated sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements of signs and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Sign units by other manufacturers may be considered provided deviations in dimensions and profiles do not change the design concept as judged by the AOR. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS A. General: 1. Provide as indicated below door signs as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. Intersign - 1-800-322-8426 b. Desk & Door Nameplate Co. - 1 -727-327-1472 2. Signs to be ADA Tactile Sign Series, color to be black on white. Size to be 8"x 8" with raised letters. Lettering to be Helvetica medium. All signs to have grade 2 Braille. 3. Attach signs to wall latch side of door. No exposed fasteners will be allowed. Mount 48" A.F.F. minimum to the lowest tactile characters of sign and 3" from door frame as per ADA. To the side of the sign. 4. Rooms to be provided with signs are as follows: PROJECT 15722 B. Signage Schedule: SINGLE LEVEL] All Exit Doors Restrooms (w/ accessibility symbol) fright side of framed opening to restroom corridor] Men HC (w/ accessibility symbol) Women HC (w/ accessibility symbol) Break Room (only when there is a door or framed opening.) Fitting Room w/ accessibility symbol [when non -accessible fitting rooms exist] Fitting Room Fitting Center Simulator Archery Lane Outdoor Services AV Room Store Manager Department Managers Offices (Only where hallway to offices has a door.) Areas of Refuge (where applicable these must be self -luminous or photo -luminescent) Exterior Area for Assisted Rescue (where applicable these must be self -luminous or photo -luminescent) Checkouts (separate sign provided by vendor #1) Other Rooms as required by code. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C. Installation shall be in accordance with the approved submittals, the Contract Documents, and manufacturer's instructions. D. Once installed, the signs shall be level and true. In addition, location and height on wall shall be in accordance with ADA requirements. INTERIOR SIGNAGE Revised 01132017 END OF SECTION THIS PAGE BLANK 10440 - 1 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the fire extinguishers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Show all materials, dimensions, and finishes. 2. Manufacturer's literature fully describing the product. PART 2— PRODU.CTS 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Types: See Drawings for locations and sizes/types. 2.02 WALL BRACKET A. Extinguisher manufacturer's standard. See Drawings for location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and the approved submittals. B. Install where shown on plans or as directed by local fire marshal. END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Revised 01132017 10520 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Revised 01132017 10520 - 2 7 4 1 1 a 4 a Q DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 10670 - METAL STORAGE SHELVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, 0 and services to provide metal storage shelving. 0 0 0 0 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL STORAGE SHELVING A. Contact Vendor No. 15. B. General Contractor to purchase and install all stockroom metal racks as per layouts. C. The installation of the stockroom racks will include the delivery and unloading of racking material, uncrating, assembly, placing of racks and bolting to floor as per layout. D. The ordering of the racks and scheduling of delivery should be done as soon as the contract is awarded so not to cause delays in the installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the approved submittals, and the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION METAL STORAGE SHELVING PROJECT 15722 Revised 01132017 10670- 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK METAL STORAGE SHELVING Revised 01132017 10670- 2 a 1 a a 1 e DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install the toilet accessories. PROJECT 15722 2.02 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. See Plans for mounting locations and heights. B. Toilet Paper Dispenser: 1. Wausau Paper #1480300 Opticore Revolution - 3 -Roll Tissue Dispenser. 2. Purchase from Sanico. C. Handicap Grab Bars: 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Side: Bobrick B-6806.99 x 42. Mount per dwgs. A. The toilet paper dispensers, soap dispensers, and 2. Back: Bobrick B-6806.99 x 36. Mount per paper towel dispensers, etc. are to be purchased dwgs. and installed by the General Contractor. 3. Vertical: Bobrick B-6806.99 x 24. Mount per dwgs. B. Inserts and anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance manual: Submit accessory manufacturer's maintenance guides for Owner's use in maintaining all products herein specified. Include replaceable parts and service recommendations. D. Stainless Steel Mirror: 1. Bobrick B-165 1836. 2. Mount per dwgs. E. Soap Dispenser: 1. Wausau Paper Electronic Soap Dispenser #1491218. 2. Purchase from Sanico. F. Coat Hook: 1. Bobrick B-682. 2. Mount per dwgs. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS G. Sanitary Napkin Disposal: 1. Bobrick B-270. A. Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and 2. Mount per dwgs. sequencing with other work to avoid 3. Women's only. interference with other items and to ensure proper installation, operation, adjustment, H. Sanitary Napkin/Tampon Dispenser: cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. 1. Bobrick B-3706. 2. Womens only. 1.05 WARRANTY 3. Mount per dwgs. 4. 6" stud wall required for recess. A. Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors I. Handicap Grab Bar: that develop visible silver spoilage defects 1. Bobrick B-6806.99 x 24. within warranty period. 2. Bobrick B-6806.99 x 36. 1. Warranty period: 15 years from date of 3. Mount 3" from top of urinal to center of top occupancy. bar. PART 2- PR�DUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Provided by Vendor No. 29. TOILET ACCESSORIES J. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: 1. Bobrick B-221. 2. Provide a 2" minimum clearance from bottom of dispenser to top of any horizontal projection to provide room for filling dispenser from the bottom. Revised 01132017 10800 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 K. Paper Towel Dispenser 1. Wausau Paper Hybrid Dual -Functionality Paper Towel Dispenser #1477510 2. Purchase from Sanico. L. Baby Changing Station 1. American Specialties, Inc. model #9012 2. Mount per dwgs. 3. One in each men's and women's restroom. M. Garbage Can 1. Rubbermaid RCP 7822 w/ lid 2. Beige 3. Mount per dwgs. 2.03 FASTENING A. All items of toilet accessories shall be provided complete with all required fastening devices. All fastening devices shall harmonize, in finish, with the item being fastened. B. FRT Blocking to be provided by General Contractor for all accessories. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General Contractor is to install all toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using fasteners that are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install -units plumb and level, firmly in anchored in locations indicated. Install blocking as required. B. Grab bars: Finished installation of grab bars shall be capable of withstanding 250 lbs. of pressure from any direction. C. Baby changing station shall be capable of withstanding a static load of 350 pounds. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings. TOILET ACCESSORIES END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 10800 - 2 Q O 0 0 c E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 10990 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire Department Key Box. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 16 - Electrical: Connection to fire department key box tamper switch. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with requirements of local Fire Marshal. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330: PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCK BOX — A. Fire Department Lock Box: Model 3200 -RTS Recessed Mounted with Model 3200-RMK Recessed Mounting Kit Heavy Duty Knox Box with tamper switches manufactured by The Knox Company. Color: Black. Or as required; box must be recessed in wall and wired for tamper switches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install miscellaneous specialties in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 1. Fire Department Lock Box: The preferred and required mounting unless required otherwise by local authority Fire Department. Lock Box is recessed in masonry concrete, as high as possible, with tamper switch and wire connection for monitoring by the DSG security system by Vendor #2. AOR/General Contractor to locate and install as directed by local Fire Marshal. END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Revised 01132017 10990 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Revised 01132017 10990 - 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS a SECTION 11130 - AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT a O 0 O PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the audio-visual equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Submit rough -in drawings for equipment showing dimensioned locations, size and heights. 2. Submit the manufacturer's product data for manufactured equipment showing components, functions, operations, finishes, service connections, characteristic, and wiring diagrams for control systems. 3. Carefully measure the locations of all floor and wall penetrations and existing conditions, and indicate them and provide for them on shop drawings and project record documents. 4. Indicate exact sizes and locations of necessary blocking. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. At completion of the work, provide a qualified and trained manufacturer's representative to demonstrate the operation of each item of equipment and instruct DSG personnel in the operating procedure and maintenance. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have finished components and assemblies wrapped and crated at the factory in a manner to prevent damage or marring or assemblies or surfaces during shipping and handling. B. Deliver materials to the site, unload and store. C. Coordinate size of access and route to place of installation. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Before moving equipment in, ensure that surrounding finishes {floors, walls, ceilings and PROJECT 15722 painting} are completed. , B. Maintain room temperature at 65 degrees Fahrenheit for 72 hours before equipment installation begins, and continuous during and after installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT A. All audio-visual equipment shall be purchased through Vendor No. 5. B. Contact Vendor for equipment and installation prices. Equipment lists can be found on the specialsystems drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to equipment installation, verify all ventilation outlets, utility and electrical service connections, and instruction to all parties with regard to shop drawings. 3.02 FIELD DIMENSIONS A. Before installation, check building dimensions and service rough -in, including means of access, for conditions affecting delivery and installation of equipment. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Provide inserts, and anchors built into other work for support of this work. Ensure that these items are installed in their proper location. Include fastening devices required to attach the work. Use proper anchoring devices for the materials encountered and the usage expected. B. Install items in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions using workers skilled and familiar with items and installation requirements. C. Shop assemble work where possible, and test at shop. D. Sequence installation and erection to ensure AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT Revised 01132017 11130 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 electrical connections are effected in an orderly and expeditious manner. E. Do cutting, fitting and patching necessary, coordinating the work fully with other trades. F. Cut and drill tops, backs, and other elements as required for service outlets and fixtures. Install fixtures and fittings supplied under this section. Have connections to services made by appropriate trades under Division 16. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND TESTING A. Test, clean and adjust equipment prior to demonstration to ensure that correct services have been provided and that equipment is operational and complete in all respects, including specified accessories. B., Prior to a demonstration, submit three (3) ring binders operating and maintenance manuals. C. Make arrangements for demonstration a minimum of two weeks in advance, and coordinate with DSG. D. Provide a written report of demonstration to the DSG Construction Project Manager outlining the equipment demonstrated and malfunctions or deficiencies noted. Indicate individuals present at demonstration. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test, clean and adjust equipment and apparatus to ensure proper working order conditions. END OF SECTION AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT Revised 01132017 11130 - 2 C c c C c c C 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 11162 — EDGE OF DOCK LEVELERS PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment,. 0 and services required to furnish and install the dock levelers. 0 Q 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings that shall include, but not be limited to, description of all materials and operating components, gauges, dimensions, and association materials being provided under separate sections. 2. Submit operation and maintenance manual in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. PART 2- PRODUCTS 0 2.01 EDGE OF DOCK LEVELER A. Provided by Vendor No. 15. B. Description: 1. Provide a non -electric mechanical (spring counterbalance) edge of dock leveler having a capacity of at least 30,000 lbs. 2. Nominal size: 72" ramp width (110" total length with bumpers) X 15" Projection. 3. Lip projection: 12". 4. Provide the following: a. Standard 4" thick bumpers each side (laminated.) b. Torsion spring lift mechanism. c. Heavy duty operating handle. d." Grease fittings on hinge. e Provides a recommended working range of +/- 3" and a maximum © operating range of +/- 5" above and below dock level. 0 0 2.02 DOCK BUMPERS A. Provided by Vendor No. 15. B. Laminated bumper: 1. (2) 13" long x 12" high x 4" thick. EDGE OF DOCK LEVELERS PROJECT 15722 2. Fabric reinforced, laminated type with 3/4" diameter steel rods running full length of bumper. 3. End plates: Minimum 1/4" structural angle or bar. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION -';GENERAL A. Installation of materials of this Section where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein, and as indicated on the approved submittals, anchoring all components firmly in place for long life under hard use and in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, visuallyinspect the entire work of this Section, adjust all components for proper operation and straight alignment, and touch-up all scratches and abrasions to completely invisible. END OF SECTION Revised 01 132017 1 1 162 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK EDGE OF DOCK LEVELERS Revised O1132017 11162 - 2 e • • 0 0 0 • e DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 11163 - DOCK DOOR SEALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to furnish and install the dock door seals as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review, the following: 1. Complete and fully descriptive manufacturer's literature. 2. Shop drawings showing materials, finishes, fabrication, attachment to adjacent construction, and dimensions. 3. Physical samples: Cover fabrics in all colors available for the AOR's selection. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DOCK DOOR SEALS A. Provided by Vendor No. 15. B. Description: 1. Provide a DSS foam dock seal with stationary head pad and beveled side pads. 2. All seams and wear plates to be 100% lock stitched seams. 3. Cover to be 22 oz. vinyl fabric, black color. 4. Opening size: coordinate with existing conditions. 5. Wear plate exposure: 8". 6. Wear plate Material: 40 oz vinyl, black color. 7. Rolled -formed, galvanized steel backing. 8. Full height aiming stripes. 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the dock door seals named above, shall be as selected by the General Contractor subject to the approval of the AOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION DOCK DOOR SEALS PROJECT 15722 3.01 INSTALLATION -'GENERAL A. Installation of materials of this Section where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein, and as indicated on the approved submittals, anchoring all components firmly in place for long life under hard use and in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Confirm final grade approaches in order that the final sizing and configuration is correct. 3.02 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, visually inspect the entire work of this Section, adjust all components for proper operation and straight alignment. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 11163 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK DOCK DOOR SEALS Revised 01132017 11163 - 2 • • O a e e 1 a a 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS O SECTION 11170 - COMPACTOR 0 Q PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, and services required to install the compactor. 1.02 SUBMITTALS B. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review the following: 1. Shop drawings that shall include, but not be limited to, description of all materials and operating components, gauges, dimensions, and association materials being provided under separate sections. 2. Submit operation and maintenance manual in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPACTOR C. The General Contractor shall provide and install the trash compactor. The General Contractor shall be additionally responsible for electrical wiring, connections and controls required for complete operation of the compactor. 0 D. Provide by Vendor No. 6. O O O PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL E. Installation of materials of this Section where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein, and as indicated on the approved submittals, anchoring all components firmly in place for long life under hard use and in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT F. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, visually inspect the entire work of this Section, adjust all components for proper operation and straight COMPACTOR PROJECT 15722 alignment, and touch-up all scratches and abrasions to completely invisible. END OF SECTION Revised 01132017 11170 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK COMPACTOR Revised 01132017 11170 - 2 e e 1 a a a 4 a DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SECTION 12110 - PHOTO MURALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the photo murals. B. See Drawings for sizes and exact quantities and locations. C. For complete information, contact National Account Vendor No.8. D. See Section 09900, Paint, for subsurface cure time prior to installation of murals. E. DSG — Direct Applied Self Adhesive Vinyl 1. Pressure Sensitive Vinyl "Peel & Stick". a. Level 5 Finish Dry Wall Required b. Priming & Painting i. Prime — 1 or 2 Coats — specified dry/recoat times ii. Top Coat — Semi Gloss recommended - 1 or 2 coats — specified dry/recoat times iii. Total — 3 -4 Coats (low knap — smooth finish) iv. Some sanding of walls between coats may be required c. Wall to be free of voids, holidays, drips, and gouges. d. Painter must follow painting specifications of ASTM or USG specifications for coating of Level 5 Drywall Finishing e. Walls to be free of control joints HISTORICAL NOTE of interest: Traditionally, the finishing of Level 5 Drywall was achieved with Alkyd based primers. These full-bodied primers resulted in a coating depth that allowed sanding. With the advent of LO-VOC & NO VOCE primer & paint systems, this isn't possible, and may require additional topcoatings. 2. Prototypical Pressure Sensitive Graphics Usage a. Cashwrap Mural b. Self -Service Footwear focal c. Archery Lane DSG — Lift & Drop Graphic Panels 1. Digitally printed Ultraboard Rigid Panels a. II Lift / Drop Extruded Aluminum Framing System PROJECT 15722 b. Can be installed over any current DSG Interior wall finish c. Can be installed on all DSG Fixture Types 2. Prototypical Usage: a. Portal Graphics b. Perimeter Focal Graphics c. Golf Service Graphic d. Full—Service Footwear graphics DSG — Wall Covering I. WCl — Power Aisle Dressing Rooms a. Raw MDF Walls b. Wallpaper Primer required i. Roman R-35 c. NO PAINT primer — no top coat 2. WC3— Two Level Women's Studio Dressing Rooms a. Drywall Level 4 b. Wallpaper Primer Required i. Roman 977 ii. Roman R35 c. NO PAINT primer — no top coat DSG — Archery Lane 1. Prototypical Pressure Sensitive Graphics Usage a. Installed over Melamine boards i. No primer required PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE. PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE. END OF SECTION PHOTO MURALS Revised 01132017 12110 - 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PHOTO MURALS Revised 01 132017 12110 - 2 4 d 4 d 4 4 4 O 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 12485 - WALK -OFF CARPET TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment, 0 and services required to furnish and install the walk -off carpet tile. O O 0 0 O 0 0 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain floor mat from one source of a single manufacturer. B. Flammability in accordance with ASTM E648, Class 1, Critical Radiant Flux, minimum 0.45 watts/m square. C. Slip resistance in accordance with ASTM D- 2047-96, Coefficient of Friction, minimum 0.60 for accessible routes. D. Standard rolling load performance to be 750 lb/wheel (load applied to a solid,5" x 2" wide polyurethane wheel, 1000 passes without damage). 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project site ready for use and fabricated in as large sections and assemblies as practical, in unopened original factory packaging clearly labeled to identify manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WALK -OFF CARPET TILE A. Carpet Tiles: Provided by Vendor No. 3. 1. 100% polypropylene carpet fibers. 2. Gel foam rubber backing. 3. Bitumen backing. 4. Size: 19-3/4" x 19-3/4". 5. Color: Hearty Moss. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Manufacturer shall offer assistance and guidance to provide a template of irregular shaped mat assemblies to ensure a proper installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the approved submittals, and the Contract Documents. Install surface -type units to comply with manufacturer's instructions at locations indicated and coordinated with entrance locations and traffic patterns. 2. Anchor fixed surface -type frame members to floor with devices spaced as recommended by, manufacturer. C. Coordinate top of mat surfaces with the bottom of doors that swing across to provide ample clearance between door and mat/grid. 3.03 PROTECTION A. After completing frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in recesses, and cover frames with plywood protective flooring. Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and Project is near time of Substantial Completion for Project. END OF SECTION WALK -OFF CARPET TILE Revised 01132017 12485- 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK WALK -OFF CARPET TILE Revised 01132017 12485- 2 1 a 1 0 0 0 d s 1 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 SECTION 13700 - SECURITY POST AND TV SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all of the labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install the ESA and CCTV. All electrical requirements required for ESA & CCTV are to be provided by the General Contractor. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation, submit to the AOR for review, the following: 1. Shop drawings and manufacturer's literature that shall include, but not be limited to, description of all materials and operating components, dimensions, and camera blueprint layout that has been approved by DSG loss prevention. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General Contractor is responsible for securely storing materials to prevent damage and theft. Strictly adhere to manufacturer's instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Security Post and TV System: 2. E.A.S. Security System (Anti -Shoplifting System) at front vestibule and CCTV System (Surveillance Cameras) throughout the store. 3. Provided by Vendor No. 19. 4. See Drawings for details of the Ultra Post System at Vestibule, Digital Preview Systems at Mall Entrances (if applicable) and Promax. PART 3- EXECUTION 3,01 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be by the Vendor 19. END OF SECTION SECURITY POST & TV SYSTEM Revised 01132017 13700- 1 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK SECURITY POST & TV SYSTEM Revised 01132017 13700- 2 4 e 0 0 4 d 4 4 s 4 a Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15010 — BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Mechanical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 15 Sections, in addition to Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) C. American Water Work Association (AWWA) D. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) E. American Refrigeration Institute (ARI) F. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) G. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) H. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) I. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) J. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) K. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS) L. American Gas Association (AGA) M. Factory Mutual (FM) N. Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI) O. Insurers Service Organization (ISO) P. Plumbing & Drainage Institute (PDI) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Proposed Products List: Include Products specified in Division 15. C. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to plan title sheet. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT 15722 B. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction. 1.05, PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. B. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store sensitive Products in weather tight, climate controlled enclosures. C. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above ground. D. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION THIS PAGE IS BLANK 15010 - 1 • • • Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 15190 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates. B. Tags. C. Stencils. D. Pipe Markers. 1.02 ELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Identification painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems: 1.04 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Record actual locations of tagged valves. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton Name Plate Company. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Brady U.S.A., Inc. b. EMED Company, Inc. B. Description: Laminated three -layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. 2.02 TAGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton Name Plate Company Model M45. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Brady U.S.A., Inc. b. EMED Company, Inc. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION Plastic Tags: Laminated three -layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C. Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.03 STENCILS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton Name Plate Company Model 44. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Brady U.S.A., Inc. b. EMED Company, Inc. B. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1. 3/4 to 1-1/4 inch: Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field, 1/2 inch high letters. 2. 1-1/2 to 2 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field, 3/4 inch high letters. 3. 2-1/2 to 6 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 12 inch long color field, 1-1/4 inch high letters. 4. 8 to 10 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 24 inch long color field, 2-1/2 inch high letters. 5. Over 10 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 32 inch long color field, 3-1/2 inch high letters. 6. Ductwork and Equipment: 2-1/2 inch high letters. C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09900, semi -gloss enamel, colors conforming to ANSI A13.1. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: '1. Seton Name Plate Company Model M39 and M40. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering. equivalent products. c. Brady U.S.A., Inc. d. EMED Company, Inc. B. Color: Conform to ANSI A13.1. 15190 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. D. Plastic Underground Pipe Markers: Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09900 for stencil painting. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. B. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive -resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. C. Install labels with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels. D. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. E. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09900. F. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe. G. Identify air handling units with plastic nameplates. Small devices, such as in-line • pumps, may be identified with tags. H. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION J. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic tape pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. L. Identify ductwork with stenciled painting. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air handling unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION 15190 - 2 C C C c C C C C c c c • • • • e • 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15260 - PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Piping insulation. B. Jackets and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07270 - Firestopping. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Painting insulation jacket. C. Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification. D. Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts. 1.03 REFERENCES ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. B. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. C. ASTM C177 - Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot -Plate Apparatus. D. ASTM C195 - Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement. E. ASTM C449/C449M - Mineral Fiber Hydraulic -setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. F. ASTM C518 - Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. G. ASTM C534 - Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. H. ASTM C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. PIPING INSULATION PROJECT 15722 I. ASTM C591 - Unfaced Preformed Rigid Preformed Cellular Urethane Thermal Insulation. ASTM C610 - Expanded Perlite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. K. ASTM C795 - Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. L. ASTM C921 - Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. M. ASTM D 1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. N. ASTM D1667 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed Cell Foam). O. ASTM D1784 - Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. P. ASTM D2842 - Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. Q. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. R. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. S. NAIMA - National Insulation Standards. T. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. U. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 15260 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products . specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience, approved by manufacturer. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to maximum flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. D. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. • B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER A. Manufacturers: 1. Schuller Micro -Lok. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Knauf. b. Owens-Corning. c. Certainteed. B. Insulation: ASTM C547; rigid molded, • noncombustible. 1. 'K' value : ASTM C335, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F. 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F. 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. ASTM C921, White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inches. 3 Secure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. 4. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. D. Tie Wire: 18 gage stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. E. Vapor Barrier Adhesive: Install vapor barrier adhesive of type recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 CELLULAR FOAM A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong Armaflex. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products.. a. Schuller Rubatex. b. Imcoa-Imcolock. Insulation: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet. 1. 'K' Value: ASTM C177 or C518; 0.28 at 75 degrees F. 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F. 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F. 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: ASTM D1056; 1.0 percent by volume. 5. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.17 perm inches. 6. Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25. 7. Maximum Smoke Developed: ASTM E84; PIPING INSULATION 15260 - 2 c c c c c Q 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 50 (pipe), 100 (sheet). 8. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Install adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 0 2.03 JACKETS A. PVC Plastic 1. Manufacturers: a. Zeston. b. Prato. c. Foster Products. 2. Jacket: ASTM C921, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.002 perm inches. d. Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25. e. Maximum Smoke Developed: ASTM E84; 50. f. Thickness: 20 mil. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive and pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. 3. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Install mastic as recommended by covering manufacturer. 0 0 0 0 g. B. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209. 1. Thickness: 0.020 inch. 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. ' Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 0 4. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum. 0 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Insulated dual temperature pipes or cold`pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1. Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory applied or field applied. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe., 3. Finish with glass, cloth and vapor barrier adhesive. 4. PVC fitting covers may be used. 5. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. 6. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. D. For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory applied or field applied. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. 3. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive. 4. PVC fitting covers may be used. 5. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. 6. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment. Inserts and Shields: 1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. PIPING INSULATION 15260 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 5. Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. F. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. G. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. H. For exterior applications, provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. 3.03 TOLERANCE A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated. 3.04 GLASS FIBER INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Plumbing Systems 1. Domestic Cold Water - all sizes -' " 2. Domestic Hot Water - all sizes - 1" 3. Roof Drain Bodies - all sizes - 1/2" 4. Roof Drainage run Horizontal -all sizes -1/2" Above Grade 5. Floor Drains Above Grade - all sizes - 1/2" 6. Mechanical Rooms, Drains, Traps and Horizontal Piping Condensate Drains - all sizes - 1/2" C c c e c c c 3.05 CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION C B. Plumbing Systems 1. Domestic Water Piping under Slab - all sizes - 1/z" 2. Condensate Drains - all sizes -' " END OF SECTION PIPING INSULATION 15260 - 4 c c c a a Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15290 - DUCTWORK INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ductwork insulation. B. Duct liner. C. Insulation jackets. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Painting insulation jackets. B. Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification. C. Section 15890 - Ductwork: Duct liner. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM C518 - Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. C. ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. D. ASTM C612 - Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. E. ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. F. ASTM C1071 - Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass Fiber, Duct Lining Material). G. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. H. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. I. ASTM E162 - Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. DUCTWORK INSULATION PROJECT 15722 J. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. K. NAIMA National Insulation Standards. L. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. M. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. N. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect ;and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. 15290 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. D. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Schuller. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Knauf Micrilite. b. Owens Corning. c. Certainteed. B. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K value : ASTM C518, 0.29 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.20 percent by volume. 4. Density: 1.0 lb/cu ft. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.04 perm. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D. Vapor Barrier Tape 1. Install vapor barrier tape as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. 2. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. E. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage. DUCTWORK INSULATION 2.02 GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER, FLEXIBLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Schuller Linacoustic. 2 Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Knauf Duct Liner M. b. Owens Corning Aeroflex. c. Certainteed Ulma-Cut. B. Insulation: ASTM C1071; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K' value : ASTM C1071 or ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75 degrees F . 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3. Density: 2.0 lb/cu ft. 4. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 5000 ft/min. C. Adhesive 1. Install adhesive as recommended by the duct liner manufacturer. 2. Waterproof fire -retardant type. D. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, welded with integral press on head. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. B. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature: 1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. 15290 - 2 c C c c C c c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q a Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. Insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature: 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. D. E. For supply ductwork exposed in finished spaces, provide insulation on only first 15'-0" of duct. External Duct Insulation Application: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damperoperators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. F. Duct Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA Standards for spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net' inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.03 TOLERANCE A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated. 3.04 FLEXIBLE GLASS FIBER DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE DUCTWORK INSULATION A. DUCTWORK — THICKNESS - FINISH 1. Concealed Low Pressure Supply and Return Ductwork - 1-1/2" —FSK 2. Flexible Duct Connections - 1-1/2" — FSK 3. Fire Damper Sleeves - 1-1/2" — FSK 4. Flex at A.H.U. - 1-1/2" — FSK 5. Last 15'-0" of Exhaust Ductwork - 1-1/2" - FSK B. Insulation R -value shall meet minimum local and state code requirements. 3.05 FLEXIBLE GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER INSULATION SCHEDULE A. DUCTWORK - THICKNESS 1. Low Pressure Supply - 1" 2. Low Pressure Return - 1" END OF SECTION 15290 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK DUCTWORK INSULATION 15290 - 4 e 0 a 1 0 0 s 4 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION PROJECT 15722 THIS SECTION IS WRITTEN FOR STANDARD SPRINKLER HEAD TECHNOLOGY. NEW HEAD (BROADER COVERAGE HEADS) TECHNOLOGY IS ALLOWED BY THE PRIOR! REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS BEFORE DESIGN THE SYSTEM. PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work in this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, providing all labor, materials, supervision, testing, O permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the automatic fire protection system. 0 B. The sprinkler contractor's start point shall be at approximately 5 feet from the building, and to be coordinated with the civil drawings. The fire sprinkler contractor is responsible for this connection, all associated chlorination and all necessary flushing of the underground piping. C. The fire protection system shall provide full and complete coverage of all areas, and shall be compatible with the architectural drawings and avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. Sprinkler Contractor shall provide offsets as needed to avoid other trades, including but not limited to skylights, mechanical ductwork, structural elements and lighting. D. Provide fire protection system complete with all component equipment and material items. Install and test in full O conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, local code enforcing agencies, Owner (See Section 00550 for definition)'s Insurance Consultant and Architect of Record. E. The General Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for completeness and to ensure that all local requirements are met. Any discrepancies or missing items shall be brought to the AOR';s attention prior to bid. O 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 0 0 0 A. Installer Qualifications: Sprinkler Contractor specializing in performing work of this Section with a minimum five (5) years documented experience and a minimum NICET Level III Technician or a Fire'Protection Professional Engineer on staff, responsible for this project. B. Sprinkler Contractor shall have a fire sprinkler contractor license issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Regulatory Requirements: Provide certificate of compliance from Authority Having Jurisdiction indicating approval of field acceptance tests. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 —Painting B. Section 10520 — Fire Extinguishers: for "Cabinets and Accessories" C. Section 16721 — "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not in this Section 1.04 DEFINITIONS FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THE AOR SHOULD VERIFY THE APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS FOR A SPECIFIC PROJECT. THE AOR SHOULD ALSO VERIFY THE APPLICABLE EDITIONS OF NFPA STANDARDS, ESPECIALLY NFPA 13. THIS WILL BE VERY IMPORTANT IN STATES LIKE CALIFORNIA, WHERE THE AHJ MAY NOT BE WILLING TO ALLOW USE OF NEWER EDITION OF NFPA 13 THAN THE ONE ADOPTED BY THE JURISDICTION. AON FPE IS TO BE HIRED DIRECTLY BY THE AOR; THIS SHOULD BE PART OF THE PROPOSAL TO THE OWNER (SEE SECTION 00550 FOR DEFINITION). AON FPE IS TO BE USED ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR WHERE THE LOCAL AUTHORITY REQUIRES FIRE PROTECTION PLANS TO BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PERMIT DOCUMENTS. A. Local Code Enforcing Agency hereafter referred to as the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) — Tukwila Fire Marshal (206) 971-8719. B. Documents, including drawings, calculations and manufacturer product data sheets shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA and as otherwise required by the AHJ. C. Applicable Codes 1. International Building Code - 2015 Edition 2. International Fire Code — 2015 Edition D. Applicable NFPA Codes: 1. Standard 13, 2013 edition 2. Standard 20, 2013 edition 3. Standard 24, 2013 edition 4. Standard 25, 2014 edition 5. Standard 291, 2013 edition 6. Standard 70, 2015 edition E. DSG's Fire Protection Consultant: Will Fletcher, P.E. JENSEN HUGHES San Diego Office 11770 Bernardo Plaza Court, Suite 116 San Diego, CA 92128 t: 858.673.5845 e: william.fletcher@aon.com F. DSG's Insurance Consultant: Aon Risk Solutions Attn: Mr. Gordon Otis One Federal St Boston, MA 02110 t: 617.457.7698 e: gordon.otis@aon.com C C C C c c C c 1.05 WATER FLOW TEST REQUIREMENTS A. The General Contractor shall obtain flow test data within proximity of the project site. B. Existing flow test data may be utilized provided that the validity is confirmed with local water authorities and the test date is within 12 months of construction. c FIRE PROTECTION - 15300- 2 c 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. All flow testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 291. D. Hydrant flow shall be a minimum of 1,500 gpm. E. Flow test data shall include: 1. Static pressure, residual pressure, pitot pressure and calculated flow. 2. Location of static and residual hydrants. 3. Elevation of both hydrants in relation to the finished floor. 4. Hydrant orifice size and butt type. 5. Coefficients used to determine actual observed flow. 6. Date and time of test. 7. Personnel, including company/municipality that performed and witnessed the test. 8. Underground main size. 1.06 SPRINKLER SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Design Criteria: All criteria are based on the presumption of wet -pipe sprinkler systems being installed in heated areas. If freeze potential exists, contact the Fire Protection Consultant or DSG's Insurance Consultant. When remodeling existing Dick's Sporting Goods stores, in which a full code review is not required, General Contractors will only be required to submit drawings and questions to DSG's Insurance Consultant. THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF SALES FLOOR AREAS. A SALES FLOOR WITH A SELF-SERVICE FOOTWEAR AREA AND SALES FLOOR WITH A FULL-SERVICE FOOTWEAR AREA. DESIGN CRITERIA ARE INCLUDED FOR BOTH SALES FLOOR TYPES IN THIS SPECIFICATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WHICH DESIGN CRITERIA SHALL BE USED FOR THIS PROJECT, BASED ON THE TYPE OF SALES FLOOR ONLY ONE APPLICABLE OPTION SHOULD BE SELECTED AND REST THE OTHER OPTION SHOULD BE DELETED TO MAINTAIN CLARITY. 1. Sales Floor with Full -Service Footwear Area. a. Class I-IV Commodities (maximum height of 12 feet) and unexpanded, cartoned or exposed Group 'A' Plastics (maximum display height of 5 feet) on solid display shelves. b. Design Density and Area: 0.18 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,500 sq. ft. in accordance with NFPA 13 Sections 14.2.3.1 and 11.2.3, Table 13.2.1, and Figure 11.2.3.1.1, Ordinary Hazard Group 2; deviations will not be permitted; alternate points on the OH2 curve will not be permitted. c. Sprinkler spacing: maximum 130 sq. ft. d. Extended coverage sprinklers with coverage up to 196 sq. ft. per sprinkler head that are listed for Ordinary Hazard may be permitted subject to the approval of DSG's Insurance Consultant. e. Sprinkler temperature rating: Ordinary (155-165°F). f. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 250 gpm hose stream allowance for 60 minutes (NFPA 13 Table 13.2.1). g. Provide concealed sprinklers in the entry, golf range, archery shooting area, and other areas subject to mechanical injury. 2. Sales Floor with Self -Service Footwear Area. a. Sales Floor Area (excluding Self-service Footwear Area) i. Class I-IV Commodities (maximum height of 12 feet) and unexpanded, cartoned or exposed Group `A' Plastics (maximum display height of 5 feet) on solid display shelves. ii. Design Density and Area: 0.18 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,500 sq. ft. in accordance with NFPA 13 Sections 14.2.3.1 and 11.2.3, Table 13.2.1, and Figure 11.2.3.1.1, Ordinary Hazard Group 2; deviations will not be permitted; alternate points on the OH2 curve will not be permitted. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 3 ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 iii. Sprinkler spacing: maximum 130 sq. ft. iv. Extended coverage sprinklers with coverage up to 196 sq. ft. per sprinkler head that are listed for Ordinary Hazard may be permitted subject to the approval of DSG's Insurance Consultant. v. Sprinkler temperature rating: Ordinary (155-165°F). vi. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 250 gpm hose stream allowance for 60 minutes (NFPA 13 Table 13.2.1). vii. Provide concealed sprinklers in the entry, golf range, archery shooting area, and other areas subject to mechanical injury. b: Sales Floor - Self -Service Footwear Area i. Storage and display of Class I-IV Commodities and unexpanded, cartoned and exposed Group 'A' Plastics (maximum display height of 8 feet). ii. ' Design criteria for the sprinkler protection over the Self -Service Footwear to extend a minimum of 15 feet into the adjacent Sales Floor or to a permanent partition (NFPA 13 Section 11.1.2). iii. Sprinkler temperature rating: Ordinary (155 -165°F) iv. For ceiling heights <= 25 feet: a. Option 1: The sprinkler criteria and storage configuration in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 20.3.3. i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate primary criteria of 0.425 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,000 sq. ft. and secondary criteria of 0.50 gpm/sq. ft. for the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. ii. Comply with all the conditions listed in NFPA 13 Section 20.3.3. iii. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 196 sq. ft. based on the use of extended coverage K25.2 sprinklers; Tyco Model EC -25 or approved equal. Comply with all conditions of the manufacturer's product data sheet for the Tyco EC -25 sprinkler. iv. Note that this sprinkler requires a minimum of 36 -inch clearance between the sprinkler deflector and the top of storage. If the actual clearance is less than 48 -inches, the minimum operating pressure shall be 22 psi. v. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 120 minutes. b. Option 2: The sprinkler criteria in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 15.2.2. i. Back-to-back shelf storage of plastic and rubber commodities with storage height up to .12 feet. ii. Design Density and Area: hydraulic design criteria of 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,500 sq. ft. iii. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 100 sq. ft., based on the use of standard coverage sprinklers. iv. Sprinklers with a minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2. v. . For ceiling heights > 25 feet and <=30 feet: a. Thesprinkler criteria in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 15.2.2. b. Back-to-back shelf storage of plastic and rubber commodities with storage height up to 12 feet. c. Design Density and Area: hydraulic design criteria of 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,500 sq. ft. d. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 100 sq. ft., based on the use of standard coverage sprinklers. e. Sprinklers with a minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2. C c c c c c c c c vi For ceiling heights >30 feet: a. Contact DSG's Insurance Consultant contact. c FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 4 c 3 a Dick's Sporting, Goods PROJECT 15722 STOCKROOMS ARE DEFINED AS THOSE WITH "STORAGE HEIGHT UP TO 12 FEET" OR "STORAGE HEIGHT UP TO 14 FEET" OR "STORAGE HEIGHT UP TO 15 FEET WITHOUT A GRATED WALWAY" OR "STORAGE HEIGHT UP TO 17 FEET WITH A GRATED WALKWAY". THE ARE FOUR DESIGN CRITERIA INCLUDED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WHICH DESIGN CRITERIA SHALL BE USED FOR THIS PROJECT, BASED ON STORAGE HEIGHT, CEILING HEIGHT AND AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY. IN -RACK SPRINKLERS SHALL BE AVOIDED AS LONG AS AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY SUPPORTS THE DESIGN WITH CEILING LEVEL SPRINKLER PROTECTION ONLY. ONLY ONE APPLICABLE OPTION SHOULD BE SELECTED AND REST OF THE OPTIONS SHOULD BE DELETED TO MAINTAIN CLARITY. 3. Main Stock Room, Footwear Stockroom, Receiving Area, and Department Stock Rooms (Lodge, Golf, Workroom, etc.) (storage height up to 12 feet). a. Racks will be 10 feet in height with a maximum useable storage height of 12 feet. b. Class I-IV Commodities and Group 'A' Plastics to a maximum storage height of 12 feet. c. Class I-IV Commodities will be stored on single/double-row racks on wooden pallets or in cardboard boxes. d. Group A Plastics will be cartoned (not exposed), non -expanded, stable; stored on single/double-row racks (open -grated mesh); product may be on wooden pallets. e. Design criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Chapter 17, "Protection of Plastic and Rubber Commodities That Are Stored on Racks." f. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 100 sq. ft. based on the use of standard coverage sprinklers; with a minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2 and listed for storage applications. g. Comply with installation requirements of NFPA 13 and sprinkler manufacturer's listing requirements including requirements for spacing of sprinklers and clearance between the sprinkler deflector and top of storage. h. High-temperature rated (286°F) ceiling sprinklers. i. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 120 minutes. j. For ceiling heights < 17 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.45 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -Factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers ((NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(a) and 17.2.1.2.1(b)). This is a linear interpolation: of the design densities and area of application between storage heights with the same ceiling clearance (less than 5 feet and up to 10 feet of clearance) in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 17.2.1.2.2. k. For ceiling heights <= 22 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of 0.45 gpm/ sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 sq. ft. (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 2). 1. For ceiling heights >22 feet and <=30 feet — Ceiling level Sprinklers Control Mode Specific Application (CMSA) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.2.1, with ceiling level protection only with Control Mode Special Application (CMSA) sprinklers. ii. Option 1: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of fifteen (15) pendent sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 19.6, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 16 psi. iii. Option 2: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of twenty (20) upright sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 11.2, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 75 psi. iv. The maximum sprinkler spacing shall be 10 feet and a minimum clearance of 36 inches shall be provided between the sprinkler deflector and the top of storage. Comply with all conditions of manufacturer's data sheet for the selected CMSA sprinklers. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 5 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 v. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for list of approved CMSA Sprinklers. m. For ceiling heights >22 feet and <=30 feet —Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.3. ii. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for approval to use ESFR sprinklers. 4. Main Stockroom, Footwear Stockroom, and Receiving Area (storage height up to 14 feet) a. Racks will be 12 feet in height with a maximum useable storage height of 14 feet. b. Class 1 -IV Commodities and Group 'A' Plastics to a maximum storage height of 14 feet. c. Class I-IV Commodities will be stored onsingle/double-row racks on wooden pallets or in cardboard boxes. d. Group A Plastics will be cartoned (not exposed), non -expanded, stable; stored on single/double-row racks (open -grated mesh); product may be on wooden pallets. e. Design criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Chapter 17, "Protection of Plastic and Rubber Commodities That Are Stored on Racks." Further details listed below. f. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 100 sq. ft. based on the use of standard coverage sprinklers; with a minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2. Extended coverage EC -25 sprinklers may not be used. g. Comply with installation requirements of NFPA 13 and sprinkler manufacturer's listing requirements including requirements for spacing of sprinklers and clearance between the sprinkler deflector and top of storage. - h. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 120 minutes. i. High-temperature rated (286°F) ceiling sprinkler and ordinary -temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers. Deviations will not be permitted. j. Position the in -rack sprinkler deflectors so that they are at or just below the bottom of the rack support member. Ensure that a minimum 6 -inch clearance is provided between in -rack sprinkler deflectors and the top of storage. k. In -rack sprinklers shall be ordinary temperature, quick response and have a K -Factor of 5.6 or 8.0 (orifice of Y2 -inch or 17/32 -inch). All in -rack sprinklers shall include a water shield and guard, approved by the sprinkler manufacturer. Wire cages are required to be provided. 1. Hydraulic calculations shall be based upon a minimum operating pressure of 15 psi from each of the most hydraulically demanding eight in -rack sprinklers, combined with the complete and simultaneous demand of the ceiling sprinkler system at the point where the two systems are connected. m. For ceiling heights < 19 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.54 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -Factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers ((NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(a) and 17.2.1.2.1(b)). This is a linear interpolation of the design densities and area of application between storage heights with the same ceiling clearance (less than 5 feet and up to 10 feet of clearance) in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 17.2.1.2.2. n. For ceiling heights >= 19 feet and <=22 feet: Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.45 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers (NFPA 13 Figure 17:2.1.2.1(b) note 2). o. For ceiling heights >22 feet and <= 24 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) (NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b)). p. For ceiling heights <= 24 feet Ceiling level sprinklers + one level of in -rack sprinklers: i. Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi installed in accordance with NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 1 (NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 1). FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 6 c c C c c c c C c Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 q. For ceiling heights >24 feet and <=30 feet — Ceiling level Sprinklers Control Mode Specific Application (CMSA) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.2.1, with ceiling level protection only with Control Mode Special Application (CMSA) sprinklers. ii. Option 1: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of fifteen (15) pendent sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 19.6, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 16 psi. iii. Option 2: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of twenty (20) upright sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 11.2, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 75 psi. iv. The maximum sprinkler spacing shall be 10 feet and a minimum clearance of 36 inches shall be provided between the sprinkler deflector and the top of storage. Comply with all conditions of manufacturer's data sheet for the selected CMSA sprinklers. v. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for list of approved CMSA Sprinklers. r. For ceiling heights >24 feet and <=30 feet —Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.3.1. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for approved to use ESFR sprinklers. 5. Main Stockroom, Footwear Stockroom, and Receiving Area (storage height up to 15 feet) a. Racks will be 15 feet in height with a maximum useable storage height of 15 feet. b. Class I-IV Commodities and Group `A'. Plastics to a maximum storage height of 15 feet. c. Class I-IV Commodities will be stored on single/double-row racks on wooden pallets or in cardboard boxes. d. Group A Plastics will be cartoned (not exposed), non -expanded, stable; stored on single/double-row racks (open -grated mesh); product may be on wooden pallets. e. Design criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Chapter 17, "Protection of Plastic and Rubber Commodities That Are Stored on Racks." Further details listed below. f. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 100 sq. ft. based on the use of standard coverage sprinklers; with a minimum nominal K -factor of 11.2. Extended coverage EC -25 sprinklers may not be used. g. Comply with installation requirements of NFPA 13 and sprinkler manufacturer's listing requirements including requirements for spacing of sprinklers and clearance between the sprinkler deflector and top of storage. h. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 120 minutes. i. High-temperature rated (286°F) ceiling sprinkler and ordinary -temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers. Deviations will not be permitted. j. Position the in -rack sprinkler deflectors so that they are at or just below the bottom of the rack support member. Ensure that a minimum 6 -inch clearance is provided between in -rack sprinkler deflectors and the top of storage. k. In -rack sprinklers shall be ordinary temperature, quick response and have a K -Factor of 5.6 or 8.0 (orifice of/2-inch or 17/32 -inch). All in -rack sprinklers shall include a water shield and guard, approved by the sprinkler manufacturer. Wire cages are required to be provided. 1. Hydraulic calculations shall be based upon a minimum operating pressure of 15 psi from each of the most hydraulically demanding eight in -rack sprinklers, combined with the complete and simultaneous demand of the ceiling sprinkler system at the point where the two systems are connected. m. For ceiling heights >= 20 feet and <=22 feet: Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.45 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 2). n. For ceiling heights <= 25 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 7 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 i. Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(b)). o. For ceiling heights <= 25 feet Ceiling level sprinklers + one level of in -rack sprinklers: i. Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi and installed in accordance with NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 1 (NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 1). p. For ceiling heights >25 feet and <=30 feet — Ceiling level Sprinklers Control Mode Specific Application (CMSA) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.2.1, with ceiling level protection only with Control Mode Special Application (CMSA) sprinklers. ii. Option 1: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of fifteen (15) pendent sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 19.6, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 16 psi. iii. Option 2: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of twenty (20) upright sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 11:2, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 75 psi. iv. The maximum sprinkler spacing shall be 10 feet and a minimum clearance of 36 inches shall be provided between the sprinkler deflector and the top of storage. Comply with all conditions of manufacturer's data sheet for the selected CMSA sprinklers. v. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for list of approved CMSA Sprinklers. q. For ceiling heights >25 feet and <=30 feet —Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.3.1. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for approved to use ESFR sprinklers. 6. Main and Footwear Stockroom and Receiving Area (storage height up to 17 feet with grated walkway) a. Class I-IV Commodities and Group 'A' Plastics to a maximum storage height of 17 feet. b. Single and double -row racks connected by an open -grated walkway; the rack structure shall be protected in accordance with criteria for multi -row racks; product may be on wooden pallets or in cardboard boxes. c. Group A Plastics will be cartoned (not exposed), non -expanded, stable; stored within shelves (solid or open -grated mesh) or single/double-row racks (open -grated mesh); product may be on wooden pallets. d. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 120 minutes. e. Ceiling sprinkler spacing: maximum 100 sq. ft. Deviations will not be permitted; extended coverage EC - 25 sprinklers may not be used. f. High-temperature rated (286°F) ceiling sprinkler and ordinary -temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers. Deviations will not be permitted. Provide upright sprinklers beneath the open -grated walkway. Coordinate with lighting fixtures. The sprinkler locations shall align with the transverse flue spaces and shall not exceed 8 feet between sprinklers and 4 feet from the end of a rack or wall. Pipe shall be installed as high as practical. Minimum discharge density of 0.20 gpm/square foot over 1,500 square feet with a maximum spacing of 130 square feet (NFPA 13 Figure 11.2.3.1.1). The sprinklers are required to be provided with shields to protect from the discharge of overhead sprinklers (NFPA 13 Section 8.5.5.3.3). h. Position the in -rack sprinkler deflectors so that they are at or just below the bottom of the rack support member. Ensure that a minimum 6 -inch clearance is provided between in -rack sprinkler deflectors and the top of storage. i. In -rack sprinklers shall be ordinary temperature, quick response and have a K -Factor of 5.6 or 8.0 (orifice of/z-inch or 17/32 -inch). All in -rack sprinklers shall include a water shield and guard, approved by the sprinkler manufacturer. Wire cages are required to be provided. g. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 8 L c C C c c c Q Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 j. Hydraulic calculations shall be based upon a minimum operating pressure of 15 psi from each of the most hydraulically demanding eight in -rack sprinklers, combined with the complete and simultaneous demand of the ceiling sprinkler system at the point where the two systems are connected. k. For ceiling heights < 22 feet Ceiling level sprinklers + one level of in -rack sprinklers: i. Option 1: Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.36 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi (NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(b) note 1 and 17.2.1.2.1(c) note 1). This is an interpolation between the two figures as permitted for storage heights with the same clearances (up to 10 feet and less than 5 feet of clearance) in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 17.2.1.2.2. ii. Option 2: Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi for K -factor 8.0 sprinklers or 30 psi for 5.6 K -factor sprinklers installed on 4 to 5 foot spacing in the longitudinal flue space at the intersection of every transverse flue space (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(c) note 3). 1. For ceiling heights < 22 feet Ceiling level sprinklers only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -Factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(c) note 2). m. For ceiling heights >= 22 feet and <=27 feet: Ceiling level Sprinklers + one level in -rack sprinklers: i. Option 1: Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.45 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers and one level of ordinary - temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi installed in the transverse flue space (NFPA 13 Figures 17.2.1.2.1(d) note 1). ii. Option 2: Ceiling sprinklers discharge density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 2,000 square feet with K -Factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) and one level of ordinary -temperature rated (155 — 165°F) in -rack sprinklers operating at a minimum pressure of 15 psi for K -factor 8.0 sprinklers or 30 psi for 5.6 K -factor sprinklers installed on 4 to 5 foot spacing in the longitudinal flue space at the intersection of every transverse flue space (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(d) note 4). n. For ceiling heights >= 22 feet and <=27 feet: Ceiling level Sprinklers Only: i. Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate 0.60 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,000 square feet, with K -factor 11.2 high temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(d) note 2). o. For ceiling heights >= 22 feet and <=30 feet — Ceiling level Sprinklers Control Mode Specific Application (CMSA) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.2.1, with ceiling level protection only with Control Mode Special Application (CMSA) sprinklers. ii. Option 1: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of fifteen (15) pendent sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 19.6, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 16 psi. iii. Option 2: Hydraulic calculations shall be provided to demonstrate hydraulic design criteria of twenty (20) upright sprinklers with a nominal K -factor of 11.2, operating simultaneously at a minimum pressure of 75 psi. iv. The maximum sprinkler spacing shall be 10 feet and a minimum clearance of 36 inches shall be provided between the sprinkler deflector and the top of storage. Comply with all conditions of manufacturer's data sheet for the selected CMSA sprinklers. v. High-temperature rating (286°F) sprinklers, or otherwise listed manufacturer's data sheet. vi. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for list of approved CMSA Sprinklers. p. For ceiling heights >= 22 feet and <=30 feet —Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Sprinklers: i. The sprinkler criteria shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Table 17.2.3.1. Contact DSG Insurance Consultant for approval to use ESFR sprinklers. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 9 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 7. Main and Footwear Stockroom and Receiving Area - For ceiling heights >30 feet or a storage height different than 12 feet, 14 feet, 15 feet, or l 7 feet, contact DSG Insurance Consultant. 8. Office areas and bathrooms a. Design Criteria for Light Hazard Occupancies: 0.10 gpm/sq. ft. for the most remote 1,500 sq. ft. plus 100 gpm hose stream allowance. b. Sprinkler spacing: maximum 225 sq. ft. c. Extended coverage sprinklers that are listed for Light Hazard may be permitted subject to approval by DSG's Insurance Consultant. d. Sprinkler temperature rating: Ordinary (155-165°F). 9. Window Display areas near entrance/exit vestibule a. Design Criteria shall be the same as the Sales Floor, except sprinklers shall have a high temperature rating (286°F). b. If the store is in a climate that is subject to freezing, dry pendent or dry sidewall sprinklers shall be installed in the window display areas. 10. Entrance/Exit vestibule a. If the store is in a climate that is subject to freezing, dry pendent or dry sidewall sprinklers shall be installed in the entrance/exit vestibules. 11. Mezzanines a. Rack Storage of Class I-IV commodities with cartoned, non -expanded, and stable Group A plastics, stored on wooden pallets or in cardboard boxes with a maximum storage height of 8 feet. b. Ceiling sprinklers discharge density of 0.45 gpm/sq. ft. over the most remote 2,000 sq. ft. (NFPA 13 Figure 17.2.1.2.1(a)). c. Sprinkler temperature rating: Ordinary (155-165°F) d. The water supply must be capable of the prescribed sprinkler demand plus 500 gpm hose stream allowance for 2 hours. e. Ceiling sprinkler spacing: maximum 100 sq. ft. Deviations will not be permitted; extended coverage EC - 25 sprinklers may not be used. B. Complete seismic protection shall be provided when the Structural Engineer (and only the Structural Engineer) has classified the building as Seismic Design category (may also be referred to as Seismic Performance Category) C, D, or E in accordance with the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Standard 7. See Structural Drawings for site-specific Category. Such determination may not be based on Seismic Zone maps or similar geographic classification contained in NFPA or other standards. Seismic protection shall include all requirements of NFPA 13, Section 9.3, including but not limited to, sway bracing, flexible couplings, seismic separation assemblies, fasteners, attachments, restraining straps, etc. The General Contractor is responsible for adhering to all requirements of the AHJ, even if they are more stringent, at no additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). The AHJ may not lessen these requirements. C. Sprinkler systems shall not be calculated to less than 10 psi or 10 percent below the actual water supply available, whichever is greater. Ha 10 psi safety factor is acceptable to the local AHJ, the 10 percent requirement is waived. D. Hydraulic calculations shall demonstrate that velocities do not exceed 30 feet per second. E. Sprinkler deflectors shall be positioned to avoid obstruction to both activation and discharge. Obstructions include, but are not limited to, lights, diffusers, duct -work, structural members, display signage or any other object capable of impeding the proper activation and discharge of the fire sprinklers. Installation shall comply" with NFPA 13, Chapter 8 and the manufacturer's listing. The sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for final coordination. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 10 c c C C c C C 0 0 0% Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 F. Provide sprinklers beneath all obstructions that exceed 4 feet in width. If sprinklers are installed at or below 7 feet 6 inches, provide a listed head guard. G. All sprinkler heads in finished ceilings shall be symmetrically spaced to provide proper coverage and to avoid interference with lights, diffusers, grilles or other ceiling mounted equipment. Heads located in ceiling tile shall be installed at the center or quarter point of the tile. H. All overhead piping located in areas containing ceilings shall be installed concealed above the ceiling. A minimum 8" clearance shall be provided from the bottom of sprinkler piping to the suspended ceiling. I. Inspector's test connections to be provided with orifice equal to the full flow of sprinklers installed on the system, discharging at 3 inches above a hard paved surface. Inspector's test connections shall not be located behind racking or other obstructions and shall be located within 18 inches of an exterior door opening. J. Provide a pressure relief valve not less than % inch in size and set to operate at 175 psi; (NFPA 13 Section 7.1.2.1). K. Provide flushing and drains in accordance with NFPA 13 Sections 8.16.2 and 8.16.3. L. System control valves accessed from the interior of the building shall be butterfly valves with integral supervisory switches. M. Provide sprinkler protection in electrical rooms in accordance with the requirements of the local AHJ. N. The General Contractor shall provide a valve connection, discharging onto a paved outside surface, to allow full system demand to flow forward of the backflow preventer for testing. The test connection shall be capable of full system flow and shall not require system drainage or alteration. Removing or reversing the check valve on the FDC is not an acceptable method of meeting this requirement. O. Coordinate the sprinkler system to avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. Examine the contract documents and make any modifications needed for a complete shop drawing. P. Provide hose connections with valves as required by the AHJ. Supply for hose connections shall be provided from an adjacent overhead sprinkler system (not the ceiling system directly above). No hose or nozzles shall be installed unless specified by the AHJ. Q. Provide fire department connection (FDC) of the type and location required by the AHJ. The exact placement and model of the FDC shall be coordinated with the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition)'s architect and verified with the local AHJ. Any FDC located on the front of the store shall be flush mounted. ' 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. The General Contractor shall submit complete working plans in compliance with NFPA 13 Chapter 23. Include complete calculations and all material data sheets including, but not limited to: 1. Underground - all materials 2. Fire pump (if applicable), jockey pump, controllers 3. Backflow preventer and water meter (if applicable) 4. Aboveground pipe, fittings, hangers 5. Seismic protection (braces, restraints, etc) 6. Valves — all types 7. Alarm devices 8. Fire department connections 9. Hose valves 10. Sprinklers 11. Flow switches FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 11 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 12. Tamper switches B. Submit shop drawings to the AHJ, AOR, and DSG's Insurance Consultant. Allow ample'time for review and potential correction prior to start of installation. No fabrication is permitted until approval from all parties. Send a single set in Adobe .pdf format by email to DSG's insurance consultant at gordon.otis@aon.com for the insurance review. C. Submit revised drawings and calculations for review and approval as required to incorporate changes to the architectural plan and other contract documents during construction. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PARAMETERS A. All materials submitted and installed shall be UL listed to be installed in a fire protectionsystem. B. All materials shall be acceptable to all national and local applicable codes and standards. 2.02 SPRINKLER HEADS A. All sprinklers in finished ceilings shall be of the recessed type, listed for use in this application. Provide concealed type sprinklers in the entry, archery shooting area, and other areas subject to mechanical injury. B. All sprinklers in electric rooms shall be 200°F with a brass finish. C. Sprinklers located within the area of influence of a space heater shall be the temperature as required by NFPA 13. The sprinkler contractor is responsible for coordinating the locations and temperatures of sprinklers with relation to unit heaters. D. Where dry sprinklers are required by this specification, dry pendent sprinklers shall be concealed type, Tyco TY3555 or Victaulic V3618. Dry horizontal sidewall sprinklers shall be Tyco TY3335 or Reliable R5734. E. All sprinkler heads used in elevator hoistways, elevator pit or elevator machine room shall be of 215°F rating (Intermediate temperature classification in accordance with NFPA 13) with a brass finish. F. Provide extra heads of each type and temperature rating installed, enclosed in steel cabinet. Locate cabinet on wall next to main sprinkler system riser. Number of heads to be in accordance with NFPA 13 recommendations; 6 spare heads for up to 300 sprinklers, 12 spare heads for up to 1,000 sprinklers and 24 spare heads for over 1,000 sprinklers. Provide two special sprinkler head wrenches. 2.03 FIRE PUMP ITIS DSG'S DIRECTION TO OMIT A FIRE PUMP WHENEVER POSSIBLE. IF A PUMP IS DEEMED NECESSARY, AN ELECTRIC PUMP SHALL BE PROVIDED. A DIESEL FIRE PUMP SHALL ONLY BE USED IF IT ELIMINATES THE NEED FOR AN EMERGENCY GENERATOR. A. Electric Drive Fire Pump - This section includes providing material and installation for a complete fire pump, and controller with all components and accessories as required for a complete and operable system. The Sprinkler Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to avoid a fire pump within the parameters of the criteria dictated. Minimum fire pump rating shall be 1500 gpm. 1. Specified manufacturers: a. ITT -AC b. Peerless c. Patterson d. Aurora FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 12 c c c c c C c C Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 2. The fire pump assembly shall include all devices, controllers, valves and wiring installations to ensure a ready "to connect to" installation. The pump room shall have a unit heater within and shall be kept at a temperature of 40°F or above. The room shall have internal lighting and a sanitary drain connection of at least 4" diameter shall be located within the room at a location designated by the AOR. Pump shall be U.L. listed and FM approved. 3. Within seven working days of award of contract, General Contractor shall coordinate all space requirements, mechanical requirements, water supply requirements, and electrical/alarm requirements with the AOR and Owner's (See Section 00550 for definition) fire consultant. 4. Fire pump shall be rated to deliver not less than 150 percent of rated capacity at 65 percent of rated head. The motor shall have sufficient horsepower to operate the fire pump under any condition of pump load. 5. Pump shall be tested to 150 percent of maximum working pressure but in no case less than 250 PSI. 6. The jockey pump shall be designed to deliver GPM at psi total dynamic head. The pump shall be a vertical multi- stage, close coupled to an ODP motor. Coordinate the motor operating voltage requirements with the electrical drawings. 7. Fire Pump Motor - Pump motor must be manufactured in the United States. No import electric motors are permitted: Specified manufacturers: (1) Baldor (2) G.E. (3) US Electric (4) Marathon/Century (5) Reliance Motor and all components shall be UL and ULC listed and FM approved. Motor shall be 480 V, 60 HZ 3-phase between 70 and 125 HP. Maximum rating shall not exceed 1780 RPM. Coordinate horsepower rating of pump with electrical contractor. 8. Fire Pump Controller: Specified manufacturers: (1) Metron (2) Firetrol Controller and all components shall be UL and ULC listed and FM approved. Controller shall be combined automatic manual type, arranged to start the fire pump motor automatically on loss of pressure with manual stop. Automatic stop is not permitted. Provide fire pump controller in conformance with the details shown on the bid specification drawings. Provide wye-delta, closed transition starter. Fire pump controller shall be in a NEMA 2 enclosure. Fire pump controller shall have a withstanding rating of 100,000 amps. 9. Verify if back-up power is required by AHJ and coordinate with the architect and general contractor. B. Diesel Drive Fire Pump 1. This section includes providing material and installation for a complete fire pump, and controller with all components and accessories as required for a complete and operable system. The General Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to avoid a fire pump within the parameters of the criteria dictated. 2. Specified manufacturers: a. ITT -AC b. Peerless c. Patterson d. Synchroflow 3. The fire pump assembly shall include all devices, controllers, valves and wiring installations to ensure a "ready to connect to" installation. 4. The pump room shall have a unit heater within and shall be kept at a temperature of 40°F or above. The room shall have internal lighting and a sanitary drain connection of at least 4" diameter shall be located within the room at a location designated by the AOR. Pump shall be U.L. listed and FM approved. 5. Within seven working days of award of contract, General Contractor shall coordinate all space requirements, mechanical requirements, water supply requirements, and electrical/alarm requirements with the AOR. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 13 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 6. Fire pump shall be rated. Unit shall be designed to deliver not less than 150 percent of rated capacity at 65 percent of rated head. The motor shall have sufficient horsepower to operate the fire pump under any condition of pump load. 7. Pump shall be tested to 150 percent of maximum working pressure but in no case less than 250 PSI. 8. The jockey pump shall be designed to deliver GPM at psi total dynamic head. The pump shall be a vertical multi- stage, close coupled to an ODP motor. The motor will operate on 480 V, 3 phase, 60 -Hertz power. 9. Fire Pump Engine: a. Specified manufacturers: (1) Cummings Engine (2) Alternate manufacturers: (a). Caterpillar, Inc. (b). Clarke b. Engine and all components shall be UL and TLC listed and FM approved. c. Provide charging alternator, factory installed heat exchanger cooling system with required strainers, pressure gauge, pressure reducing valve, solenoid valve and bypass line with inlet piped to pump discharge. Flexible exhaust connector and industrial silencer, and jacket water heater. d. Provide electric starting equipment including lead acid heavy duty starting batteries, battery rack and cables. e. Provide exhaust piping and distribution to the exterior of the fire pump room and in accordance with NFPA 20 and the fire pump manufacturer. f. Provide diesel fuel tank venting in accordance with NFPA 20 and the fire pump manufacturer. g. Pipe fuel fill link to the exterior of the building in an accessible location. 10. Controller a. Specified manufacturers: (1) Metron (2) Firetrol b. Controller and all components shall be UL and ULC listed and FM approved. c. Controller shall be combined automatic manual type, arranged to start the fire pump motor automatically on loss of pressure with manual stop. Automatic stop is not permitted. d. Provide fire pump controller in conformance with the details shown on the bid specification drawings. Provide wye-delta, closed transition starter. e. Fire pump controller shall be in a NEMA 2 enclosure. f. Fire pump controller shall have a withstanding rating of 100,000 amps. 2.04 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Specialty Valves and Devices: a. Tyco Fire Products b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. c. Viking Corp. 2. Water -Flow indicators and Supervisory Switches: a. Gamewell Co. b. Pittway Corp; System Sensor Division c. Potter Electric Signal Company d. Viking Corp. e. Watts Industries, Inc. — Water Products Division 3. Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: a. Tyco Fire Products b. Fire -End and Croker Corp. c. Victaulic Co. of America 4. Sprinkler, Branchline Test Fittings: FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 14 c c c C t 0> D 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. b. Fire -End and Croker Corp. c. Smith Industries, Inc. — Potter Roemer Division 5. Sprinkler, Inspector's Test Fittings: a. Fire -End and Croker Corp. b. G/J Innovations, Inc. c. Triple R. Specialty of Ajax, Inc. 6. Fire Department Connections: a. Badger Fire Protection, Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Fire -End and Croker Corp. d. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. e. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc f. Smith Industries, Inc.; Potter -Roemer Div. 7. Sprinklers: a. Tyco Fire Products b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. c. Viking Corp. 8. Backflow Preventer a. Watts b. Ames c. Febco 9. Indicator Posts and Indicator -Post, Gate Valves: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. b. Mueller Valve c. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. d. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. e. Nibco, Inc. f. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 10. Indicator Valves: a. Tyco Fire Products b. Mueller Valve c. McWane, Inc. — Kennedy Valve Div. d. Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc. e. Nibco, Inc. f. Victaulic Co. of America 11: Fire Protection -Service Valves: a. Tyco Fire Products b. Anvil International c. McWane, Inc; Kennedy Valve Div d. Nibco, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. f. Victaulic Co. of America g. Fairbanks 12. Grooved Couplings for Steel Pipe a. Tyco Fire Products b. Gruvlok (Anvil Int.) c. National Fittings, Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America 2.05 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All pipe and fittings shall conform to the materials and methods identified by NFPA 13. FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 15 C Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. All pipes shall have a corrosion resistance rating (CRR) value of at least 1.0. C. Positive locking, press fit or fit type fittings are not permitted. 2.06 VALVES A. General: UL listed and FM approved, with minimum 175-psig (1200 -kPa) nonshock working -pressure rating. Valves for grooved -end piping may be furnished with grooved ends instead of type of ends specified. C B. Gate Valves, NPS 2 (DN50) and smaller: UL 262; cast -bronze, threaded ends: solid wedge; OS&Y; and rising stem. C. Indicating Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN65) and Smaller: UL 1091; butterfly or ball -type, bronze body with threaded ends; and integral indicating device. D. Gate Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN65) and Larger: UL 262, iron body, bronze mounted, taper wedge, OS&Y, and rising. stem. Include replaceable, bronze, wedge facing rings and flanged ends. E. Indicator -Post, Gate Valves: UL 262, iron body, bronze mounted, solid -wedge disc, and nonrising stem with operating nut and flanged ends. F. Indicator -Posts: UL 789, horizontal, wall type, cast-iron body, with windows for target plates that indicate valve position, extension rod and coupling, locking device, and red enamel finish. G. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN50) and Smaller: UL 312 or MSS SP -80, Class 150, bronze body with bronze disc and threaded ends. H. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN65) and Larger: UL 312, cast -Iron body and bolted cap, with bronze disc or cast- iron disc with bronze -disc ring and flanged ends. 1. Split -Clapper Check Valves, NPS 4 (DN100) and Larger: UL 312, cast-iron body with rubber seal, bronze -alloy discs, and stainless-steel spring and hinge pin. J. Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, 175-psig (1200 -kPa) working pressure, designed for horizontal or vertical installation, with cast-iron flanged inlet and outlet, bronze grooved sat with 0 -ring seals, and single -hinges pin and latch design. Include trim sets for. bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages retarding chamber, and fill -line attachment with strainer. K. Pressure -Regulating Valves: UL 1468, 400-psig (2760 -kPa) minimum rating, brass. Include NPS 1-1/2 or NPS 2-1/2 (DN40 or DN65), female NPS inlet and outlet; adjustable setting feature; and straight or 90 -degree angle pattern design as indicated. Finish shall be rough chrome -plated. L. Ball Drip Valves: UL 1726, automatic drain valve, NPS 3/4 (DN20), ball check device with threaded ends. 2.07 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide wall -mounted or free-standing FDC as required by the local fire department. B. Wall -mounted, Fire Department Connections: UL 405; cast -brass body with brass, wall, escutcheon plate: brass, lugged caps with gaskets and brass chains; and brass, lugged swivel connections. Include inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and'matching local fire department sizes and threads, outlet with pipe threads, extension pipe nipples, check devices or clappers for inlets, and escutcheon plate with marking "AUTO SPKR". C C. Free-standing, Fire Department Connections: UL 405, cast -brass body, inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department sizes and threads, and bottom outlet with pipe threads. Include brass, lugged caps, FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 16 c 0 0 O 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 gaskets, and brass chains; brass, lugged swivel connection and drop clapper for each hose -connection inlet; 18 -inch (460 -mm) high brass sleeve; and round, floor, brass, escutcheon plate with marking "AUTO SPKR." 2:08 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Provide a Double -Detector Check Backflow Prevention Assembly or Reduced -Pressure Zone Backflow Prevention Assembly as required by the local and/or state AHJ. Assembly shall include OS&Y gate valves with flanged ends on the inlet and outlet, approved for use as an assembly. Include all bypasses, meters, and required trim. Hydraulic calculations shall include associated friction loss through the backflow preventer at the flow rate of the most hydraulically demanding design area. Coordinate with other trades for required floor drains, clearance, etc. 2.09 SUPERVISORY SWITCHES A. Water -Flow Indicators: UL 346; electrical -supervision, vane -type water -flow detector; with 250-psig (1725 -kPa) pressure rating; and designed for horizontal or vertical installation. Include two single -pole, double -throw, circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory -set, field - adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. B. Valve Supervisory Switches: UL 753; electrical; single -pole, double throw; with normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than fully open position. C. Indicator -Post Supervisory Switches: UL 753; electrical; single -pole, double throw, with normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled indicator -post valve is in other than fully open position. 2.10 PRESSURE GAGES A. Pressure Gages: UL 393, 3-1/2- to 4-1/2 inch — (90- to 115 -mm) diameter dial with dial range of 0 to 300 psig (0 to 1725 kPa). 2.11 PROTECTION CAGES. A. Provide wire protection cages for sprinkler heads located within and above the catwalk. Provide wire protection cages for sprinkler heads within 8' of floor in mezzanine. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER ATTACHMENTS A. Support of pipes with diameter larger than 2-1/2 inches may require modification of structural members to support Q increased loads. Suspend piping and equipment supported by building structure only by those methods, and only at those locations acceptable to the structural engineer. 0 0 B. Do not attach piping or equipment of any size from the roof deck. C. Where a pipe hanger point is not directly below a structural girder, or steel joist, provide supplementary supporting steel fabrication to bridge between structural members to receive the hanger. Attach supplementary members to building structure only by those methods and at those locations acceptable to the structural engineer. D. Do not attach steel fabrications for support of hangers to the roof deck. E. See Specification Section1.06.B for seismic protection. 3.02 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 17 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13 and as stated in this specification. B. A coordinated system of piping and equipment identification shall be provided which includes the following: 1. Framed and plastic protective diagrammatic layout of all piping systems, identifying and locating piping, equipment, and valves. 2. Metal tag identified major valves, piping system components and equipment. 3. Metal identification plate at controlling alarm valve identifying system and area protected. 4. Service labeled piping. 5. Valve identification shall be a minimum 6 inches wide by 2 inches high with enamel baked finish on minimum 18 gauge steel or .024 inch aluminum with red letters on a white background or white letters on red background. Wording of sign shall include, but not limited to "MAIN DRAIN," "AUXILIARY DRAIN," "INSPECTOR'S TEST," "ALARM TEST," ALARM LINE," and similar wording as required to identify operational components. 6. Risers shall be provided with a stamped metal tag containing the .hydraulic design data. 3.03 INSPECTION, TESTING AND CLEANING A. Arrange for all inspections, examinations and tests in full conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, AHJ, DSG'S Insurance Consultant, and DSG's fire protection consultant as necessary to obtain complete and final acceptance of the fire sprinkler system. B. Flush underground piping and pressure test at 200 psi for 2 hours prior to connection to overhead piping. Flushing and testing shall be witnessed by the local AHJ. Leave entire sprinkler system clean in every respect at the conclusion of the work. D. Sprinkler contractor should be responsible to ensure that all sprinkler heads are not covered by tape or other devices used to protect them during painting and that none of the heads were painted. If the Owner discovers heads at any point during the term of the lease, the sprinkler contractor is responsible to replace them at no cost to the Owner. E. The General Contractor shall coordinate acceptance testing in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 25. The General Contractor is responsible for notifying DSG's Insurance Consultant when installation is complete and testing may begin.. Please allow 5-10 working days for scheduling. The General Contractor shall be required to provide a lift, air and water pumps for system pressurization, and any necessary tools and apparatus for complete testing and draining of the systems. The General Contractor shall assist during verification that the fire alarm panel receives proper water flow, supervisory, and trouble conditions associated with the sprinkler system. F. The General Contractor shall furnish to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG's Insurance Consultant (one each) a complete set of signed and witnessed test certificates for the following: a. Underground flushing b. Underground hydrostatic test c. Interior hydrostatic tests for sprinkler systems d. All valve trip tests (if applicable) e. Fire pump test (if applicable) G. The General Contractor shall train store personnel on use of all equipment and furnish (2) copies of NFPA 25 and all apparatus manuals to be left on site. Allow (7) days for scheduling. 3.04 WARRANTY c c C c A. Provide warranty in accordance with the General Conditions for a period of at least one (1) year. E FIRE PROTECTION 15300- 18 1 c Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. The General Contractor shall further warrant that in the event of the failure of any system or its component equipment items, or the improper functioning thereof, during the period of the warranty, the General Contractor shall have available, and on call, competent service personnel for the restoration of all systems and equipment for complete operation. Should the nature of the failure be such as to present an emergency, in the opinion of the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), such personnel shall be promptly available, regardless of the hour of the day or the day of the week. Should the failure be such as to fall under the warranty, the cost of the service shall be borne by the General Contractor. Otherwise, the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) will pay at the prevailing rate for such services. C. If service personnel are not promptly available "on call" as required by the warranty, the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) may employ such personnel as are available to him at the expense of the General Contractor. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION 15300-19 Dick's Sporting Goods 0 SECTION 15310 - FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 0 0 Q 0 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler systems. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting. B. Section 15140 - Supports and Anchors. C. Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification. D. Section 15300 — Fire Protection. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800. C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300. D. ASME B16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250. . ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. F. ASME B16.9 - Factory -made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. G. ASME B16.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket -welding and Threaded. H. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings. I. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. J. ASME B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends. K. ASME B36.10 - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. L. ASTM A135 - Electric -Resistance -Welded Steel FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PROJECT 15722 Pipe. M. ASTM A47 - Malleable Iron Castings. N. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated Welded and Seamless. O. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. P. ASTM A234 - Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. Q. ASTM A795 - Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use. R. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. S. ASTM B75 - Seamless Copper Tube. T. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. U. • ASTM B251 - General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper -Alloy Tube. V. AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal. W. AWS D10.9 - Specifications for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing. X. AWWA C110 - Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings. Y. AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. Z. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. AA. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. BB. UL 262 - Gate Valves for Fire -Protection Service. CC. UL 312 - Check Valves for Fire -Protection Service. DD. UL 405 - Fire Department Connections. 15310 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.05 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Maintenance Instructions: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five (5) years experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Sprinkler Systems: Perform work to NFPA 13. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Perform to ASME Code. C. Valves: Bear UL or FM label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. E. Maintain one (1) copy of each document on site. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures oh piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SPRINKLER PIPING, BURIED A. Cast Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket. 3. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 2.02 SPRINKLER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; ASTM A120; ASTM A795; ASTM A135 or ASME B36.10; Schedule 10 black. 1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded; ASME B16.25, buttweld ends; ASTM A234, wrought carbon steel and alloy steel; ASME B16.5, steel flanges and fittings; ASME B16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded. 2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and fittings; ASME B16.4, screwed fittings. 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, screwed type. ASTM A47. 4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 5. Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon steel housing with integral pipe stop and 0 -ring pocked and 0 -ring, uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to NFPA 13. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes '/2 to 1-1/2 inch: FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 15310 - 2 c C c C c c D 1 Dick's Sporting Goods Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. I. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. 2.04 GATE VALVES A. Screwed - Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model T-104-0. b. Stockham B133. c. Fairbanks 0222. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, screw over bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc, threaded ends, UL listed, FM approved. B. Flanged - Over 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model F-607-0TS. b. Stockham G634. c. Fairbanks 0411. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, hand wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends, UL listed, and FM approved. 2.05 BALL VALVES A. Screwed Ends - Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model T-505-4. b. Milwaukee Model BB -SC. c. Victaulic 727. 2. Bronze three piece full port body, chrome plated brass ball, Teflon seats and stuffing FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PROJECT 15722 box ring, indicator operator, threaded ends, UL listed, FM approved. 2.06 CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco Model W -900-W. 2. Kennedy 706. B. Cast iron wafer style spring actuated check with BUNA-N seat, aluminum bronze plates, UL listed and FM approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems and NFPA 24 for service mains. B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. F. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. G. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat 15310-3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 of zinc rich primer to welding. Refer to Section 09900. H. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. Provide sleeves when penetrating floors and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. 2. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 3. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 5. Support vertucal piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 6. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 7. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. L. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. M. Die cut screw joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with Teflon or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings after installation. O. Provide gate or ball valves for shut-off or isolating service. 1. Provide tamper switches at all required locations. Coordinate tamper switch electrical connections with electrician. P. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 15310 - 4 c c C c e c c Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING PIPING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems. 1. Sanitary sewer. 2. Domestic water. 3. Storm water. 4. Natural gas. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08305 - Access Doors. B. Section 09900 - Painting. C. Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification. D. Section 15260 - Piping Insulation. E. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03. REFERENCES A. AGA Z21.22 - Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems. B. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. D. ASME B16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 and 250. E. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. F. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. G. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV. H. ASME B16.26 - Cast Bronze Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. I. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - PLUMBING PIPING .15410 - 1 PROJECT 15722 DWV. J. ASME B16.32 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Fittings for Sovent Drainage Systems. K. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. L. ASME B31.2 - Fuel Gas Piping. M. ASME B31.9 - Building Service Piping. N. ASME SEC IV - Construction of Heating Boilers. O. ASME SEC IX - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. P. ASTM A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. Q. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded, and Seamless. R. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. S. ASTM A234/A234M - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and elevated Temperatures. T. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. U. ASTM B42 - Seamless Copper Pipe. V. ASTM B43 - Seamless Red Brass Pipe. W. ASTM B68 - Seamless Copper Tube. X. ASTM B75 - Seamless Copper Tube. Y. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. Z. ASTM B251 - Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper -Alloy Tube. AA. ASTM B280 - Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. BB. ASTM B302 - Threadless Copper Pipe (TP). CC. ASTM B306 - Copper, Drainage Tube (DWV). DD. ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. EE. ASTM DI785 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 FF. ASTM D2241 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series). GG. ASTM D2466 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. HH. ASTM D2513 - Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings. 1I. ASTM D2564 - Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. JJ. ASTM D2665 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. KK. ASTM D2683 - Socket -Type Polyethylene Fillings for Outside Diameter -Controlled Polyethylene Pipe. LL. ASTM D2729 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. MM. ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent -Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. NN. ASTM E814 - Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops. 00. ASTM F442 — Clorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR Series). PP. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. QQ. ASTM D2241 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series). RR. ASTM F493 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. SS. ASTM F679 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. TT. ASTM F708 - Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. UU. ASTM F809 - Large Diameter Polybutylene Plastic Pipe. VV. AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal. WW. AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. XX. AWWA C110 - Ductile - Iron and Gray - Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids. YY. AWWA C111 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. ZZ. AWWA C151 - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. AAA. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. BBB. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 in. Through 12 in. for Water Distribution. CCC. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 in. through 36 in. DDD.CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. EEE. CISPI 310 - Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. FFF. MSS SP58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. GGG.MSS SP -67 - Butterfly Valves. HHH.MSS SP69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. I11. MSS SP -70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. JJJ. MSS SP -71 - Cast Iron Swing Check Valves,' Flanged and Threaded Ends. KKK.MSS SP -78 -Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. LLL. MSS SP -80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. MMM. MSS SP -85 - Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. NNN. MSS SP89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - PLUMBING PIPING 15410- 2 C C c C E c C D D D D Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 Fabrication and Installation Practices. 000. MSS SP -110 - Ball Valves Threaded, • Socket -Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. PPP. NCPWB - Procedure Specifications for Pipe Welding. QQQ. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. RRR. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. , Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME SEC IX. C. Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, and water pressure rating. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform Work in accordance with local plumbing code. B. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices. C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: Hub -and -spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gasket or lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, neoprene gasket system or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp -and -shield assemblies. PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. (When permissible by code and not located in a return air plenum) 3. Fittings: PVC. 4. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.03 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B42, Type K, annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B1,6.22 wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: AWS A5.8, BCuP silver braze. 2.04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40, galvanized. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings. C. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F442 Schedule 40, CPVC. 1. Fittings: Solvent welded CPVC. 2. Joints: Solvent welded. 2.05 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints:, ASTM C564, neoprene gasket system or Lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 5. Fittings: PVC. 6. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.06 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, neoprene gasket system or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp -and -shield assemblies. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. (When permissible by code and not located in a return air plenum) 7. Fittings: PVC. 8. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.07 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASTM A234, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: ASME B31.2, welded. 3. Jacket: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half -lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.08 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ASME B31.2, ASME Sec L 2.09 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 3 Inches and Under: 1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions. 2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 1 Inch: 1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. 2. Copper tube and'pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings: 1.. Housing: Malleable iron clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 2. Sealing gasket: "C" shape composition PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 4 3 3 O 0 d d 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 sealing gasket. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2.10 GATE VALVES A. Screwed - Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model T134. b. Milwaukee Model 1151. c. Hammond Model IB629. d. Kitz Model 42. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, threaded ends. B. Soldered - Up to and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model S-134. b. Milwaukee Model 1169. c. Hammond Model IB648. d. Kitz Model 43. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder ends. C. Flanged - Over 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model F-6170. b. Milwaukee Model F2885. c. Hammond Model IRI 140. d. Kitz Model 72. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. 2.11 BALL VALVES A. Screwed - Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model T585-70. b. Milwaukee Model BA300. c. Hammond Model 8300. d. Kitz Model 68. 2. Bronze two piece full port body, chrome plated brass ball, Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, threaded ends. B. Soldered - Up to and Including 2 Inches: 1. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model S-585-70. b. Milwaukee Model BA -150. c. Hammond Model 8311. d. Kitz Model 69. 2. Bronze two piece full port body, chrome plated brass ball., Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, solder ends. C. Flanged - Over 2 lnches: 3. Manufacturers: a. Nibco Model F-510. b. Milwaukee Model F90CC. c. Hammond Model 941TRE. d. Kitz Model K150. 4. Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, Teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle. 2.12 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZurik Permaseal. 2. Other manufacturers offering equivalent products will be considered. B. Up to and including 2 inch: Carbon steel body stainless steel plug, non -lubricated, Teflon packing, Teflon seats, screwed ends. C. Over 2 inches: Carbon steel body, stainless steel plug, Teflon packing, Teflon seat, on -lubricated, flanged ends. 2.13 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Mueller. b. Wilkins. B. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded and single union ends. C. Over 2 Inches: Cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm, stainless steel seat and seat disc, flanged. 2.14 RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts Model Series 174A. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Mueller. b. Wilkins. PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 5 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. Bronze body, Teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. 2.15 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Mueller. b. Wilkins. B. Size 2 inch and Under: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. C. Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen. D. Size 5 inch and Larger: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over -excavated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. 13. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide non -conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 15260. H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 2.5 ft. of cover. J. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. L. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. M. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. N. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. O. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. P. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weatherproof hood. Q. Install water piping in accordance with the requirements of the local plumbing code. R. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. 3.04 APPLICATION PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 6 C c c c C c c c c a a 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations. B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. D. Install gate or ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. E. Install ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. F. Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. G. Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated. 3.05 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Establish invert elevations for horizontal drainage piping within the building and install at a uniform slope throughout. 1. Drainage piping of 2-1/2 inch diameter or less shall be installed at a slope of 1/4 inch per foot minimum. 2. Drainage piping of 3 inch diameter or larger shall be installed at a slope of 1/8 inch per foot minimum, unless otherwise noted on the plans. 3. All underslab drainage piping within the building shall be minimum 3 inch diameter, except for shower drains or as noted on the plans. 4. All horizontal vent piping shall be installed at 1/4 inch per foot slope. B. Slope water piping minimum 0.25 percent and arrange to drain at low points. 3.06 A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM B. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. E. Maintaindisinfectant in system for 24 hours. F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary and storm sewer services. Before commencing work check invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover to avoid freezing. B. Provide new water service complete with approved reduced pressure backflow preventer and water meter withlby-pass valves, pressure reducing valve, and strainer. 1. Provide sleeve in wall for service main and support at wall with Reinforced Concrete Bridge. Caulk enlarged sleeve and make watertight with pliable material. Anchor service main inside to concrete wall. C. Provide new gas service complete with gas meter and regulators. Gas service distribution piping to have initial minimum pressure of 2 psi. Provide regulators on each line serving gravity type appliances, sized in accordance with equipment. END OF SECTION PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 7 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 8 41 0 4 / 0 1 ) ) ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15430 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cleanouts. B. Backflow preventers. C. Water hammer arresters. D. Trench drain. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping. B. Section 15440 - Plumbing Fixtures. C. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME A112.26.1 - Water Hammer Arresters. 13. ASSE 1012 - Backflow Preventers with Immediate Atmospheric Vent. C. ASSE 1013 - Backflow Preventers, Reduced 'Pressure Principle. D. AWWA C506 - Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle and Double Check Valve Types. E. PDI G-101 - Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease Interceptors with Appendix of Sizing and Installation Data. F. PDI WH -201 Water Hammer Arresters. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough -in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, PROJECT 15722 and placement of openings and holes. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, backflow preventers and water hammer arresters. C. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors. D. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS A. Manufacturers: 1. J. R. Smith. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Josam. b. Wade. c. Zurn. B. Exterior Surfaced Area: Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover; Model 4225 manufactured by J. R. Smith. PLUMBING SPECIALITIES 15430 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover; Model 4285 manufactured by J. R. Smith. D. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes and adjustable nickel -bronze strainer, round with scoriated cover in service areas and with depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor area. 1. Finished Concrete Floor: J. R. Smith 4025. 2. Carpeted Floors: J. R. Smith 4025-Y. 3. Ceramic or Quarry Tile Floors: J. R. Smith 4045. 4. Vinyl Tile Floor: J. R. Smith 4145. E. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw; Model 4530 manufactured by J. R. Smith. 2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts Model 909. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Febco Model 825. b. Wilkins Model 975. c. Hersey Model FRP2/GLM. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers: ANSI/ASSE 1013, AWWA C506; bronze body with bronze and plastic internal parts and - stainless steel springs; two independently operating, spring loaded check valves; diaphragm type differential pressure relief valve located between check valves; third check valve which opens under back pressure in case of diaphragm failure; non -threaded vent outlet; assembled with two gate valves, strainer, and four test cocks; Model 909 manufactured by Watts. 2.03 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. J. R. Smith. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. PLUMBING SPECIALITIES a. Sioux Chief. b. Zurn. c. Josam. B. ANSI A112.26.1; sized in accordance with PDI WH -201, precharged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F and maximum 250'psig working pressure; J. R. Smith Figure 5000. 2.04 , TRENCH DRAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts B. Trench drain system shall be constructed using the Watts Dead Level D trench drain system with 0.60% slope. The plumbing contractor shall coordinate the trench drain system installation with the site conditions. Install a Watts catch basin per the plumbing plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting and forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibbs. 15430 - 2 c c c c c c C 3 0 0 0 0 d 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 F. Pipe relief from back flow preventer to nearest drain. G. Install water hammer arresters complete with• accessible isolation valve on supply piping to flush valves and as indicated. H. Install air chambers on hot and cold water supply piping to each fixture or group of fixtures (each washroom). Fabricate same size as supply pipe or 3/4 inch minimum, and minimum 18 inches long. I. Install trench drain in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and requirements. END OF SECTION PLUMBING SPECIALITIES 15430 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PLUMBING SPECIALITIES 15430 - 4 e s 1 a 4 1 a 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water closets. B. Urinals. C. Lavatories. D. Sinks. E. Service sinks. F. Electric water coolers. G. Electric water heater. H. Floor drains. .1. Roof drains. J. Wall hydrants. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15010 — Basic Mechanical Requirements. B. Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping. C. Section 15430 - Plumbing Specialties. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME A112.6.1 - Supports for • Off -the -Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use. B. ASME A112.18.1 - Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings. C. ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures. D. ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 - Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures. E. ANSI/ASME A112.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures. F. ANSI/ASME A112.19.4 - Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures. PROJECT 15722 G. ANSI/ASME A112.19.5 - Trim for Water -Closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals (Dimensional Standards). H. ANSI/ARI 1010 - Drinking -Fountains and Self -Contained, Mechanically -Refrigerated Drinking -Water Coolers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide catalogue illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough -in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of countertop lavatories and sinks. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Refer to plumbing plans for fixture schedule. PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. "P" traps: 1. Seamless cast brass. 2. Escutcheon Plate and Cleanout Cover to be 17 ga. Chrome plated C. ADA Pipe Shield Manufacturer. 1. TrueBro — Lav Shield or equal ADA conforming lavatory pipe shield to be pre- cut to match lavatory sink used. D. NOTE: 1. All vitreous china fixtures shall be white. 2. Provide Sloan Model "P" transformer, 120 volt/24volt, plug-in type to operate up to two (2) faucets for each toilet room. Plumbing Contractor shall provide all wiring from transformer to faucet. 3. Provide Zurn vacuum breaker trap primer (Model P6000-TPO) on water closet flush valve in toilet rooms. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough -in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough -in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 13. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and ' escutcheons. D. Install components level and plumb. E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports, wall carriers and bolts. F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07900, color to match fixture. G. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. H. Provide pre -molded insulation on P -trap and exposed water piping for lavatories designated for handicapped use. Coordinate location of handicapped lavatories with architectural plans. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.06 CLEANING A. At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit use of fixtures. END OF SECTION PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440 - 2 c C c C c c c 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15625 - UNIT HEATERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gas fired unit heaters. B. Electric unit heaters. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. B. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. E. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's literature and data indicating rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, required clearances, and locations and sizes of field connections. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate rigging, assembly, and installation instructions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT 0 A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. UNIT HEATERS 0 PROJECT 15722 C. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owners name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manufacturers warranty for heat exchangers. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturer: Lennox. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. 1. 2. 3. Reznor. Sterling. Q -Mark. C. Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre -wired iunit consisting of cabinet, ' supply fan, heat exchanger, burner, controls, and accessories: 1. Heating: Natural gas fired. 2. Discharge Louvers: Individually adjustable horizontal louvers to match cabinet finish. D. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, easily removedand secured access doors, glass fiber insulation and reflective liner. E. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel welded construction. F. Gas Burner: 1. Atmospheric type with adjustable combustion air supply, 15625 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 2. Gas valve, provides 100 percent safety gas shut-off; 24 volt combining pressure regulation, safety pilot, manual set (On -Off), pilot filtration, automatic electric valve. 3. Electronic pilot ignition, with electric spark igniter. 4. Automatic vent damper with synchronous spring return damper motor. 5. Non -corrosive combustion air blower with permanently lubricated motor. G. Gas Burner Safety Controls: 1. Thermocouple sensor: Prevents opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. 2. Flame rollout switch: Installed on burner box and prevents operation. 3. Vent safety shutoff sensor: Temperature sensor installed on draft hood and prevents operation, manual reset. 4. Limit Control: Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de -energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature, automatic resets. H. Operating Controls: 1. Room Thermostat: Cycles burner to maintain room temperature setting. 2. Supply Fan Control: Energize from bonnet temperature independent of burner controls, with adjustable timed off delay and fixed timed on delay, with manual switch for continuous fan operation. Performance: 1. Ratings: Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than requirements of ASHRAE 90A; seasonal efficiency to ASHRAE 103. 2.02 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturer: Refer to Mechanical Plans Model: Refer to Mechanical Plans. B. Assembly: UL listed and labeled assembly ° with terminal box and cover, and built-in controls. C. Heating Elements: Exposed helical coil of nickel -chrome resistance wire with refractory ceramic support bushings. D. Cabinet: 0.0478 inch steel with easily removed front panel with integral air outlet and inlet grilles. E. Element Hangers: Quiet operating, ball bearing cradle type providing unrestricted longitudinal movement, on enclosure brackets. F. Fan: Direct drive propeller type, statically and dynamically balanced, with fan guard. G. Motor: Permanently lubricated, sleeve bearings for horizontal models, ball bearings for vertical models. • H. Control: Separate fan speed switch and thermostat heat selector switch, factory wired, with switches built-in behind cover. Provide thermal overload. I. Electrical Characteristics: 1. Refer to Mechanical Plans for kW rating. 2. Refer to Mechanical Plan for operating voltage, phase, etc. 3. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch. 2.03 ELECTRIC HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Q -Mark 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. B. Description: Electric unit heater for suspended mounting, with fan forced air distribution over electric resistance heating coils and horizontal discharge. Heating Element: Enclosed copper tube, aluminum finned element of coiled nickel -chrome resistance wire centered in tubes and embedded in refractory material. D. Input Fuses: Provide integral fuses for units rated more than 48 amperes full load. E. Provide line voltage disconnect switch for each input circuit. F. Fabrication: Fabricate cabinet of heavy welded UNIT HEATERS 15625 - 2 c c c C C C c C a Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 steel. G. Provide hinged and latched or captive -screw held panel for electrical connection and control compartment. H. Provide internal shroud around heating elements to assure uniform air flow and delivery temperature across heater face. I. Provide suitable fan blade protection using wire guard. J. Cabinet Finish: Use corrosion -resisting primer and finish with baked enamel. K. Contactor: Provide contactor control for unit. L. Thermostat: Provide integral low voltage thermostat to directly control heater element. M. Provide low voltage control transformer. N. Provide terminal blocks for power and control wiring connections. 2.04 ELECTRIC CABINET HEATERS A. Description: Recessed wall -mounted cabinet heater with fan forced air distributed over. resistance heating element. B. Heating Element: Enclosed copper tube, aluminum finned element of coiled nickel -chrome resistance wire centered in tubes and embedded in refractory material. C. Provide line voltage disconnect switch integral with thermostat to directly control heater element: D. Fabrication: Fabricate cabinet of heavy welded steel. E. Grille: Fabricate from stamped steel sheet. F. Provide hinged and latched and captive -screw held panel for electrical connection and control compartment. G. Cabinet Finish: Use corrosion -resisting primer and finish with baked enamel. H. Grille Finish: Use corrosion -resisting primer and finish with baked enamel. Provide terminal blocks for power and control wiring connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. B. Install gas fired units to NFPA 54. C. Provide vent connections to NFPA 211. D. Install unit heaters with vibration isolation. E. Provide operating controls. F. Provide connection to electrical power systems; refer to Section 16180. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION A. Provide systems demonstration. B. Demonstrate location. of circuit breakers and switches serving electric heating branch circuits, and location and setting procedures for thermostats and other heating controls. END OF SECTION UNIT HEATERS 15625 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK UNIT HEATERS 15625 - 4 e a d 1 4 4 d v 4 0 D D D ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15781 - PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged roof top unit. B. Unit controls. C. Roof mounting curb and base. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: . Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ARI 210 - Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment. B. ARI 240 - Air Source Unitary Heat Pump Equipment. C. ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. 1.04 NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate capacity and dimensions of manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Indicate electrical service with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, and duct connections. C. Product Data: Provide capacity and dimensions of manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Indicate electrical service with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, and duct connections. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. PROJECT 15722 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT;PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instruction, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. 1.07, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. B. Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigeration compressors and heat exchangers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Lennox. Contact Vendor 12. B. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. No substitutions permitted. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 15781 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 and electric refrigeration. B. Description: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan. C. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment under provisions of Section 16180. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish, access doors or removable access panels with quick fasteners. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gage, with access doors or removable panels of minimum 20 gage. B. Insulation: One inch thick neoprene coated glass fiber with edges protected from erosion. C. Heat Exchangers: Aluminized steel, of welded construction. D. Supply Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, • resiliently mounted with V -belt drive, adjustable variable pitch motor pulley, and rubber isolated hinge mounted motor. E. Air Filters: Two inch thick glass fiber disposable media in metal frames. F. Roof Mounting Curb: 14 inches high galvanized steel, channel frame with gaskets, nailer strips. 2.04 BURNER A. Gas Burner: Induced draft type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut-off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100 percent shut-off pilot. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. C. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de -energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. D. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. 2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. B. Provide capillary tubes or thermostatic expansion valves for units of 6 tons capacity and less, and thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circuiting for units 7.5 tons cooling capacity and larger. 2.06 COMPRESSOR A. Provide hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. B. Five minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. C. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F ambient. 2.07' CONDENSER COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows and coil guard. B. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 2.08 MIXED AIR CASING A. Dampers: Provide outside relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside air damper to fail to closed position. Relief to be provided through factory installed power exhaust option on all units over Sales floor. 15781 -2 C c C c C c c c Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets. C. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil. D. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position when ambient air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy. 2.09 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Provide terminal strip on unit for connection of operating controls to remote panel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A. C. Mount units on factory built roof mounting curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Manufacturer to prepare EOC report. HVAC contractor to start-up systems. END OF SECTION PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 15781 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 15781 - 4 4 a 4 4 4 a 4 a e 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15870 - POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof exhausters. B. Cabinet fans. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15890 - Ductwork. B. Section 15910 - Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers. C. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook. B. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. C. AMCA 261 - Directory of Products Licensed to Bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. D. AMCA 300 - Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices. E. AMCA 301 - Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices. F. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generators. G. UL 705 - Power Ventilators. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions. POWER VENTILATORS PROJECT 15722 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF EXHAUSTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Penn. 2. Greenheck. 3. Cook. 4.. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. B. Product Requirements: 1. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal: 2. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 3. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 4. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705. C. Fan Unit: V -belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; resilient mounted motor; 'h inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire bird screen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. D. Roof Curb: 12 inch high, self -flashing of galvanized steel with continuously welded seams, 15870 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 one inch insulation and curb bottom and factory installed nailer strip. E. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non -fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor and solid state speed controller. F. Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked. G. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self -aligning pre -lubricated ball bearings. 2.02 CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Manufacturers: 1. Penn. 2. Greenheck. 3. Cook. 4. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. B. Centrifugal Fan Unit: V -belt or direct driven with galvanized steel housing lined with 1/2 inch acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge. Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug in housing for thermal overload protected motor and solid state speed controller. D. Grille: Aluminum with baked white enamel finish. E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self -aligning pre -lubricated ball bearings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. POWER VENTILATORS B. Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb. C. Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening. D. Hung Cabinet Fans: 1. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. 2. Install flexible connections between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. E. Provide sheaves required for final air balance. F. Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. G. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated. H. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, and bearings are lubricated. END OF SECTION 15870 - 2 C c c C C C D ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15890 - DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. • Metal ductwork. B. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Weld priming, weather resistant, paint or coating. B. Section 15290 - Duct Insulation: External insulation and duct liner. C. Section 15910 - Ductwork Accessories. D. Section 15940 - Air Outlets and Inlets. E. Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. C ASTM A 167 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. D. AWS D9.1 - Welding of Sheet Metal. E. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. F. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. G. SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. H. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. I. UL 181 - Factory -Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DUCTWORK PROJECT 15722 A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, sizes, material thickness, and location and sizes of field connections. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers literature and data sheets indicating rated capacities, dimensions and accessories. 1.06 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.07 QUALITY. ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. B. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years documented experience. B. 'Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three (3) years experience. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B standards. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant 15890 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods - manufacturers. B. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: All interior ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A653 galvanized steel sheet, lock -forming quality, having G60 zinc coating in conformance with ASTM A90. B. All exterior ductwork and ductwork exposed to high humidities shall have G90 zinc coating. C. Insulated Flexible Ducts: D. E. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Manufacturers: a. Thermaflex M -KE. b. Flexmaster Type 3M. c. OmniAir Series 1200. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. Pressure Rating: 4 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Hardcast DT5300 Tape with FTA -20 adhesive. b. United MDT -300 with MTA -20 adhesive. 2. Non -hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used with tape. F. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards — DUCTWORK PROJECT 15722 Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages and reinforcing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment. and 45 degrees convergence downstream. D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. Pittsburgh lock shall be used on all longitudinal seams. All longitudinal seams will be sealed with mastic sealant. Snaplock is not acceptable. G. Flanged duct systems shall be Ductmate or W.D.C.I. proprietary duct connection systems will be accepted. Duct constructed using these systems will refer to the manufacturers guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcements. H. Formed - on flanges will be accepted. Formed on flanges will be constructed as SMACNA T-25 flanges, as defined in 1995 SMACNA Manual. No other construction pertaining to formed - on flanges will be accepted. Formed on flanges shall be accepted for use on ductwork 42" wide or less and must include the use of corners, bolts and cleat. 2.03 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS A. Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating 15890 - 2 C C c C C c C c c D 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 pressures indicated. B. Round Ducts: 1. Manufacturers: a. United McGill Corporation. b. Semco Manufacturing Company. c. Eastern Sheet Metal. 2. Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct with light reinforcing corrugations; fittings manufactured of at least two gages heavier metal than duct. C. Joints: 3. Joints 0"-20" diameter, interior slip coupling beaded at center, fastened to duct, with sealing compound applied continuously around joint before assembling and after fastening. Wrap joints with 3 inch wide duct tape. 4. Joints 21"- 72" diameter, use 3 piece, gasketed, flanged joints consisting of two internal flanges (with integral mastic sealant) split to accommodate minor differences in duct diameter, and one external closure band designed to compress gasketing between internal flanges. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Seal all ductwork with specified sealant. Duct Sizes are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. 0 E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and DUCTWORK maintenance activities. F. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. H. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length, of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. L Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. J. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. 3.02 CLEANING A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes. 15890 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods 3.03 SCHEDULES A. DUCTWORK MATERIAL SCHEDULE 1. AIR SYSTEM and'MATERIAL a. Low Pressure Supply — Steel -b. Return and Relief— Steel c. General Exhaust - Steel B. DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS SCHEDULE 2. AIR SYSTEM and PRESSURE CLASS d. Low Pressure Supply - 1 inch e. Return and Relief - 1 inch f. General Exhaust -'/ inch END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 DUCTWORK 15890 - 4 c c c C c c c c c c c D ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 15910 - DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. SECTION INCLUDES A. Air turning devices/extractors. B. Backdraft dampers. C. Combination fire and smoke dampers. D. Duct access doors. E. Duct test holes. F. Fire dampers. G. Flexible duct connections. H. Volume control dampers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15890 - Ductwork. B. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. NFPA 92A - Smoke Control Systems. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. E. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire -Protection Service. F. UL 555 - Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers. G. UL 555S - Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES' assemblies including: volume control dampers, duct access doors and duct test holes. C. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers, duct access doors and hardware used. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Record actual locations of access doors and test holes. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years documented experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protectand handle products to site under provisions of Section 15010. B. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS A. Multi -blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.02 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Gravity Backdraft Dampers, Size 18 x 18 inches 15910 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 or Smaller, Furnished with Air Moving Equipment: Air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction. B. Multi -Blade, Parallel Action Gravity Balanced Backdraft Dampers: 16 gage thick galvanized steel or extruded aluminum, with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in. rattle -free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2.03 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin. 2. Prefco. 3. Phillips. B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A, UL 555, UL 555S, and as indicated. C. Provide factory sleeve and collar for each damper. • D. Multiple Blade Dampers: Fabricate with 16 gage galvanized steel frame and blades, oil -impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, stainless steel jamb seals, 1/8 x'/z inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock, and' inch actuator shaft. E. Operators: UL listed and labeled spring return electric type suitable for 24 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. Provide end switches to indicate damper position. Locate damper operator on exterior of duct and link to damper operating shaft. F. Thermal Link: Fusible link melting at 165 degrees F; UL listed and labeled. 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Fabrication: Rigid and close -fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick insulation with sheet DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES metal cover. 1. Less Than 12 Inches Square: Secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 Inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. 3. Up to 24 x 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 4. Larger Sizes: Provide an additional hinge. C. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.05 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist -on metal caps. B. Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 2.06 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin. 2. Prefco. 3. Phillips. B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. C. Ceiling Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame and 16 gage flap, two layers 0.125 inch ceramic fiber on top side, and one layer on bottom side for round flaps, with locking clip. D. Horizontal Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage. frame, stainless steel closure spring, and lightweight, heat retardant non -asbestos fabric blanket. E. Curtain Type Dampers: Galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations and closure under air flow conditions. Configure with blades out of air stream. F. Multiple Blade Dampers: 16 gage galvanized steel frame and blades, oil -impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel 15910 - 2 c c c C c C C c c 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 axles, 1/8 x'/z inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. G. Fusible Links: UL 33, separate at 165 degrees F. H. Fire dampers shall have UL 555 dynamic rating for use in dynamic and static systems. 2.07 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. , B. Connector: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1. Fabric: UL listed fire -retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. 2. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 6 inches wide. 3. Metal: 3 inch wide, 24 gage galvanized steel. C. Leaded Vinyl Sheet: Minimum 0.55 inch thick, 0.87 lbs per sq ft, 10 dB attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz range. 2.08 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct. Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and -as indicated. B. Splitter Dampers: 1. Material: Same gage as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches. 2. Blade: Fabricate of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured with continuous hinge or rod. 3. Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod in self -aligning, universal joint action, flanged bushing with set screw. C. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. D. Multi -Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES E. End Bearings: Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil -impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. F. Quadrants: 1. Provide locking,'indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. 2. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 3. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at bothiends. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 15890 for duct construction and pressure class. B. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. C. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, atfire dampers, at smoke detectors, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. D. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. E. Provide fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers and smoke dampers at Locations indicated, where ducts:and outlets pass through fire rated components. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, 15910 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 bearings, bushings and hinges. F Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92A. G. Demonstrate re -setting of fire dampers to AOR. H. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment, and supported by vibration isolators. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take -off. J. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. K. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. END OF SECTION DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15910 - 4 C c c c c c c c c 0 Dick's Sporting Goods 0 SECTION 15940 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Diffusers. B. Registers/grilles. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900- Painting: Painting of ductwork visible behind outlets and inlets. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ADC 1062 - Certification, Rating and Test Manual. B. AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. C. ARI 650 - Air Outlets and Inlets. D. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. E. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. G. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PROJECT 15722 A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TYPE A - (EXHAUST, NO RETURN REGISTERS) A. Steel construction with horizontal front bars set at 45 degrees and curved hemmed edge blades. B. Key operated opposed blade damper. C. 1-1/4 inch wide flange with sponge rubber gasket. D. Model: 350RL. 2.02 TYPE B - (TRANSFER REGISTER) A. Similar to Type A without opposed blade damper.. 2.03 TYPE C (SUPPLY AIR REGISTER) A. Aluminum construction with double deflection capability and horizontal front bars. Bars 3/4 inch deep 0.666 center. B. Key operated aluminum opposed blade damper which shall assure even air distribution across the grille face as well as volume control. C. 1-1/4 inch wide flange with sponge rubber gasket. D. Model: 272 -FL. 15940 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 2.04 TYPE 1 (SQUARE FULL LOUVERED FACE TYPE) A. Steel construction, with adjustable pattern. B. Square or round neck as indicated or scheduled. C. Directional flow pattern as indicated. D. With volume damper and equalizing grid. E. 1-3/4 inch deep inlet collar for duct connection. F. Frame suitable for ceiling type. 24 inch x 24 inch type. G. Model: TMSA. H. Manufacturers: Titus, Kruger, MetalAire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Division 9. F. Supply, return and exhaust registers and diffusers where located in toilet and humid spaces shall be made of aluminum with baked enamel finish. END OF SECTION AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15940 - 2 c c c c C c C C c Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AABC - National Standards for Total System Balance. B. ADC - Test Code for Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers. C. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems. E. SMACNA - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. C. Prior to commencing work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. D. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final,acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for AOR and DSG Construction Project Manager upon completion of work and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. E. Provide reports in soft cover, letter size, 3 -ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front PROJECT 15722 and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and;indicating thermostat locations. F. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty prior to commencing system balance. G. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC National Standards for Total System Balance forms. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Agency: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC. B. Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer and NEBB Certified Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor. PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. • Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 - 1 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. 12. Check all unit heaters, display windows, fire pump room, dock, stair wells, etc. B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance. C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments available to AOR to facilitate spot checks during testing. B. Provide additional balancing devices as required. C. Submit to MEP Engineer for review. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes; and restoring thermostats to specified settings. E. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). F. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. ;Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by'damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. 15990 - 2 c c c e c c c c c c a a 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 K. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near the building entries. 3.06 SCHEDULES 'A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 1. Packaged Roof Top Heating/Cooling Units 2. Air Coils 3. Fans 4. Air Filters 5. Air Inlets and Outlets B. Report Forms 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency c. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency d. Project name e. Project location f. Project Architect g. Project Engineer h. Project General Contractor i. Project altitude j. Report date 2 Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system c. Description of systems operation sequence d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of building pressurization e. Nomenclature used throughout report f. Test conditions 3. Instrument List: a. b. c. d. e. f. Instrument Manufacturer Model number Serial number Range Calibration date 4. Electric Motors: a. Manufacturer b. Model/Frame c. HP/BHP d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING e. RPM f. Service factor g. Starter size,: rating, heater elements h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 5. V -Belt Drive: a. Identification/location b. Required driven RPM c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM f. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual 6. Cooling Coil Data: a. Identification/number b. Location c. Service d. Manufacturer e. Air flow, design and actual f. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual Entering air WB temperature, design and actual h. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual i. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual j. Air pressure drop, design and actual Heating Coil Data: a. Identification/number b. Location c. Service d. Manufacturer e. Air flow, design and actual f. Entering air temperature, design and actual Leaving air temperature, design and actual h. Air pressure drop, design and actual 8. Air Moving Equipment: a. Location b. Manufacturer g. g. c. d. e. f. g. h. J• k. Model number Serial number Arrangement/Class/Discharge Air flow, specified and actual Return air flow, specified and actual Outside air flow, specified and actual Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual Inlet pressure Discharge pressure 1. Sheave Make/Size/Bore m. Number of Belts/Make/Size n. Fan RPM ; _ 15990 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 9. Return Air/Outside Air Data: a. Identification/location b. Design air flow c. Actual air flow d. Design return air flow e. Actual return air flow f. Design outside air flow g. Actual outside'air flow h. Return air temperature i. Outside air temperature j. Required mixed air temperature k. Actual mixed air temperature 1. Design outside/return air ratio m. Actual outside/return air ratio 10. Exhaust Fan Data: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Air flow, specified and actual f. Total static pressure -(total external), specified and actual Inlet pressure Discharge pressure i. Sheave Make/Size/Bore j. Number of Belts/Make/Size k. Fan RPM 11. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size c. Area d. Design velocity e. Design air flow f. Test velocity g. Test air flow h. Duct static pressure i. Air temperature j. Air correction factor 12. Air Distribution Test Sheet: g. h. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Air terminal number Room number/location Terminal type Terminal size Area factor Design velocity Design air flow Test (final) velocity Test (final) air flow Percent of design air flow 3.07 HVAC EQUIPMENT START-UP A. HVAC Subcontractor shall have the fmal start-up of all HVAC equipment supervised and monitored by a factory authorized technician. Factory technician shall completely check all units and systems verifying proper installation and operation of all equipment, piping, control and power wiring, economizers, fan rotation accessories, etc. HVAC Subcontractor shall pay all costs associated with this service. General Contractor shall submit to DSG a written HVAC System Start -Up Supervision verification complete with the following information: 1. Description and location of building. 2. Description and model numbers of all equipment (new and existing). 3. Distributor's Representative's name and address. 4. HVAC Subcontractor's name and address (new and existing equipment). 5. The'following statement shall be signed and dated by the Distributor, the HVAC: Subcontractor, and General Construction Job Superintendent: Installation and start-up procedures as outlined in (insert equipment brand name here) start-up instructions for the above listed equipment have been followed and observed. All units (new and existing) are installed and operating properly." TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 - 4 C c C C c c C c C c 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods HVAC SYSTEM START-UP SUPERVISION VERIFICATION BUILDING: DATE: LOCATION: 0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NAME: ADDRESS: MANUFACTURER'S DISTRIBUTOR: NAME: ADDRESS: EQUIPMENT LIST: UNIT NO. SERIAL NUMBER MODEL NUMBER 3 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: NAME (PRINT) SIGNED: DISTRIBUTOR: NAME (PRINT) SIGNED: WITNESSED BY GENERAL CONSTRUCTION JOB SUPERINTENDENT: NAME (PRINT) SIGNED: Upon completion of this form, forward to MEP Engineer's office and DSG at: Dick's Sporting Goods ATTN: Project Construction Manager 345 Court Street Coraopolis, PA 15108 PROJECT 15722 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 - 5 Dick's Sporting Goods END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 - 6 A 1 1 a a 1 d 0 0 0 O d a 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 Sections, in addition to Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of DIVISION 1 where specified in this Division. B. Electrical Layout Drawings: Switchboard, panelboard, transformer, circuit breaker and disconnect switch submittals shall be accompanied by electrical room layouts, dimensioned or drawn to minimum 'A inch scale and showing code required clearances and access. Where electrical equipment is installed in mechanical rooms, the mechanical room layouts required under Division 15 shall include all electrical equipment with code required clearances and access. C. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Applicable codes as follows: l . Refer to plan title sheet. B. All electrical equipment shall be listed by UL and installed in accordance with that listing. C. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction. 1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. B. .Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of AOR PROJECT 15722 before proceeding. 1.05 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Perform all work in accordance with ADA, the National Electrical Code, OSHA, pertinent NFPA codes, and the rules and regulations of all local, state and federal authorities having jurisdiction. Provide Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) with certificates of inspection. B. Do all necessary cutting and rough patching. C. These drawings indicate the size and general location of work. Scaled dimensions shall not be used. Dimensions not shown shall be obtained from the architectural drawings. For exact locations, height, door swings, mounting heights, etc., refer to architectural drawings and details. D. Prior to starting any work, purchase of equipment, etc., coordinate the work with other trades. Confer with other contractors whose work might affect this installation, and arrange all parts of this work with the building construction and with architectural finish so that it will harmonize in service and appearance. E. All workmanship and materials shall be guaranteed against defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the installation. Any portions of the workmanship and materials which develop defects during that time shall be replaced or repaired in a manner satisfactory to the AOR. Provide insurance as specified in Division 1, and pay for all fees for permits and inspection of electrical work. G. Prepare and furnish to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG "As -Built" plans for all work installed. H. Submit to the AOR for approval, shop drawings of panelboards, lighting fixtures, and fire alarm system before fabrication or purchase of equipment is started.' Provide temporary light and power for the new construction areas, in accordance with National Electrical code and accepted standards established by OSHA. Energy costs will be borne by the General Contractor. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 J. All parts of the work and associated equipment shall be tested and adjusted to work properly and be left in perfect operating condition. This shall include Megger Tests between phases and between each phase and ground of all feeders, subfeeders, switchboards, and panelboards. Correct defects disclosed by these tests without any additional cost to the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition). Repeat tests on repaired or replaced work. K. Provide reconnections and temporary installation as required. Remove at job completion. L. Provide blank plates on all unused remaining outlet boxes. M. Should a bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings or specifications, notify the AOR for a written instructions to all bidders. If these are ignored by the General Contractor, he will be responsible for furnishing the proper or workable equipment as necessary. N. Before submitting a bid, bidders will be held responsible to have visited the site of the work and fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations, including rules, rates and fringe benefits, travel pay, affiliation fees and transportation expense prevailing in the local labor market, and no allowances shall be subsequently be made on behalf of the bidder by reason of any error on his part. O. Provide and install a:complete and operating electrical installation in accordance with these specifications and accompanying contract drawings. This shall include all required labor, materials, apparatus and supervision. Work to be performed shall include, but not limited to, the following: 1. A complete electrical distribution system including conduit and conductors, feeders, branch circuits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, wiring devices, coverplates, etc. 2. The wiring of mechanical equipment as outlined in the Mechanical Equipment Schedule and in the specifications. Work shall include all power and control wiring, disconnect switches, etc., as required. 3. A complete fire alarm system including fire alarm control panel, initiation and annunciator devices, all wiring, conduit, etc., including city connection circuit. 4. Light fixtures as shown on the plans including all devices, equipment, etc., required for mounting, include all painting as required. All lamps required shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. 5. Contact Vendor 18 for light fixtures. PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010 - 2 C c c c c c c a D D 3 D D D -31 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 016060 - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior demolition, removal and abandonment of interior electrical systems, including communications and special systems including fire alarm and telephone. B. Cleaning and repair of existing equipment to remain. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to AOR before disturbing existing installation. D Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. E. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is accepted. Disable system only .to make switchovers and connections. Notify: Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), DSG,and local fire service at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. F. Existing Telephone System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner (See Section p0550 for definition), DSG and Telephone Utility Company at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. G. Existing Intercom System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) and DSG at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section. B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 16060 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. G. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. H. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. I. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. J. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. K. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. C. ' Luminaires: Remove existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps, ballasts and broken electrical parts. END OF SECTION �o MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 16060 - 2 a a Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16111 - CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal conduit: B. Flexible metal conduit. C. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit. D. Electrical metallic tubing. E. Nonmetal conduit. F. Fittings and conduit bodies. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - Boxes. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. C. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices. D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. D. ANSUNFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. NECA "Standard of Installation." F. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. G. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CONDUIT PROJECT 15722 A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inches and all panelboard and transformer feeders. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle Products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. Unless noted otherwise, all conduit shall be concealed. Where shown exposed, conceal in walls at maximum height possible for runs to flush device boxes. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Size: % inch unless otherwise specified. B. Underground Installations: 1. More than Five Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit or plastic:coated conduit, nonmetallic conduit. 2. Within Five Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit. 3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit or nonmetallic. 4. Emerging from slab: Use rigid steel or Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 intermediate metal conduit. C. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use rigid steel. D. In Slab Above Grade: 1. Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing or nonmetallic conduit. E. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel, intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing. F. Dry Locations: 1. Concealed (including block walls above slab): Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing. 2. Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate. metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. American Electric. 2. Youngstown. 3. Allied Tube. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.03 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Anamet. 2. Electriflex. 3. Arnco. B. Description: Interlocked steel construction. C. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. 2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Anamet. 2. Electriflex. 3. Hubbell. B. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. 2.05 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube. 2. Anixter. 3. Wheatland. B. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel compression or set screw type. 2.06 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon. 2. 3. Arnco. Electriflex. B. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 80 PVC. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.07 TELEPHONE/DATA/POS SERVICE CONDUIT. A. Install a % inch conduit with a No. 6 AWG insulated stranded copper ground wire from service TTB to main electrical service grounding electrode. B. Bush all conduits to be used for communication's system's raceways. C. Voice and Data outlets shall consist of a device box and cover plate with 3/4 inch conduit from voice/data outlet to nearest accessible ceiling. Terminate with end bushing in ceiling space. Install pull wire or cord in empty conduit. Coordinate installation with Vendor No. 13. CONDUIT 16111 - 2 c c c c ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190. G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. H. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires or ceiling grids. I. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. J. Route overhead exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. Run along steel members as high as possible. K. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. L. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. M. Do not cross conduits in slab. N. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. O. Maintain 12 inch. (300 mm) clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). P. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; CONDUIT PROJECT 15722 de -burr cut ends. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. R. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. S. Use conduit hubs to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. T. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 -degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch (50 mm) size. U. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. V. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic, control and expansion joints. W. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. . Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Y. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170. Z. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195. AA. Make final connection from motor starting switches to motor by means of conductors in flexible steel conduit. Use "Seal Tite" in wet or damp locations only. BB. Coordinate conduit runs with work of other trades. CC. Where flexible metallic conduit or type MC cable is installed, connectors shall be the die cast MC connectors. DD. Where terminating liquid tight flexible steel conduit (Sealtite), fitting assembly shall be sealing type consisting of steel gland, nylon ring 16111 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 and ground cone on the outside and a nylon insulated throat fitting on the inside. EE. Terminate all conduits with end bushings. 3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating. of partitions and other elements. Where multiple penetrations occur, provide a 2 inch separation between sides of conduit. Use approved methods outlined in Division 7. B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation specified. END OF SECTION CONDUIT r 16111 - 4 c c C c c Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE E PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building wire and cable. B. Metal clad cable. C. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Q A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16130 - Boxes. C. Section 16195 - Identification. 0 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS/ COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Division 3 0 9 1. B. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. C. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions. Include wire and cable lengths within 10 feet of length shown. D. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1. American. 2. Southwire. 3. Rome. B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor: Copper. D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. 2.02 NONMETALLIC -SHEATHED CABLE A. NOT APPROVED 2.03 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE A. NOT APPROVED 2.04 A. 2.05 A. 2.06 A. PROJECT 15722 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE NOT APPROVED ARMORED CABLE NOT APPROVED METAL CLAD CABLE: Manufacturers: 1. Rome. 2. Southwire. 3. Triangle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. C. Conductor: Copper.. D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. E. Insulation Temperature Rating: 75 degrees C. F. Insulation Material: Thermoplastic. G. Armor Material: Steel. H. Armor Design: Interlocked metal tape. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.03 WIRING METHODS BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. All Locations: Metal clad cable may be used for branch circuits in dry locations where concealed, if approved by the owner, landlord, and local code official prior to bid. All other branch circuits and feeders shall use building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. B. Underground Installations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway, except where noted otherwise in specifications. C. Use wiring methods indicated. Unless otherwise noted, all wiring shall be installed in conduit. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. C. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. D. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. E. Use conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits. F. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. H. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. 1. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. J. Protect exposed cable from damage. K. Where not required to be in conduit by other sections, support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or plastic cable ties to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. L. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. M. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. N. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. P. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. Q. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. R. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. S. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. T. All wiring and cable shall be color coded as follows: PHASE A or 1 B or 2 C or 3 Neutral COLOR 208/120V Black Red Blue White COLOR 480/277V Brown Orange Yellow Grey Equipment Ground Green Green U. Where cables pass through the fire rated, fire resistant and/or fire stopped walls use cable sleeves that prevent the spread of fire or _products of combustion. Sleeves shall be Nelson Electric "Multicable Transit", Nelson "Flameseal" or as acceptable. Coordinate fire wall locations with General Contractor. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing under provisions of Division 1. Inspect wire and cable. for physical damage and proper connection. C. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 2 c c 0 0 i a 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 manufacturer's recommended values. D. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. E. Verify continuity of all system and control wiring. F. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA and ATS, except Section 4. END OF SECTION BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 a 1 0 0 Q Q 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16130 - BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Floor boxes. C. Pull and junction boxes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 7 - Firestopping. B. Section 16141 - Wiring Devices. C. Section 16160 - Cabinets and Enclosures. D. Section 16180 - Equipment Wiring Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA - Standard of Installation. B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. C. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. D. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Accurately record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include I/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required. PROJECT 15722 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. C. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16141. 2.02 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, fully adjustable. B. Material: Cast metal. C. Shape: Square. D. Conform to regulatory requirements for concrete -tight floor boxes. E. Covers: 1. Single gang, Brass with duplex flip cover for duplex receptacles. 2 Carpet flanges: Multi -gang, Brass. 3. Fittings: High-tension (15A-125 VAC), Brass. 4. Low-tension (telephone), Brass. F. Service Fittings: As specified in Section 16141. 2.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Surface -Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat -flanged, surface -mounted junction box. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket; and stainless steel cover screws. C. In -Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, inside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover Legend: ELECTRIC. D. Fiberglass Handholes: Die -molded glass fiber hand holes: 1. Cable Entrance: 'Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each BOXES 16130 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 side. 2. Cover: Glass fiber weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets prior to rough -in. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation" for flush mounting. B. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated and specified. C. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose. D. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16141. E. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. F. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. G. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. H. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Division 7. I. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. J. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan. K. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. L. Use flush mounting outlet box in all areas, unless noted otherwise. M. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. N. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches (150 mm) separation. Provide minimum 24 inches (600 mm) separation in acoustic and fire rated walls. O. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. P. Q. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. R. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. S. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. T. Support boxes independently of conduit. U. For normal circuits use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. V. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. W. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations (exposed to the weather) and wet locations. X. Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. Y. Set floor boxes level. Z. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface -mounted cast metal box in other locations. BOXES 16130 - 2 c C C c c 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment connected under Section 16180. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material. B. Adjust flush -mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to.remove dust, debris, and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION BOXES 16130 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK 1 1 v 1 a s BOXES 16130 - 4 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16141 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Device plates and decorative box covers. D. Floor box service fittings. E. Poke -through service fittings. F. Access floor boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA WD l - General Purpose Wiring Devices. B. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device Configurations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Arrow Hart. 4. General Electric. 5. Pass & Seymour. 6. Sylvania. 7. Eagle. 8. Bryant 4500 Series. B. Description: NEMA WD 1, general -duty, AC only snap switch, quiet operating. C. Device Body: White plastic with full size toggle handle. D. Voltage Rating: 120-277 volts, AC. WIRING DEVICES PROJECT 15722 E. Current Rating: 20 amperes. F. Ratings: Match branch circuit and load characteristics when controlling an entire branch circuit load. G. Furnish and install narrow boxes and switches for use in store -front window systems where indicated. 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Hubbell. Leviton. Arrow Hart. General Electric. Pass & Seymour. Sylvania. Eagle. 8. Bryant Series 5300. B. Description: NEMA WD l; heavy-duty receptacle, specification grade. C. Device Body: White plastic. D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; type as specified and indicated. E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20R. F. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. G. Telephone Jack: Modular jack, flush mount, conductors as required (4 -pair minimum). White cover. H. Isolated Ground Receptacle: Type 5-20, orange with isolation barrier construction which isolates the ground contacts from the mounting strap. 2.03 WALL PLATES A. Decorative Cover Plate: White plastic. 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Arrow Hart. 4. General Electric. 5. Pass & Seymour. 6. Sylvania. 7. Eagle. 16141 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 wiring devices. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device cover. 1. Hubbell, 2. Leviton. 3. Arrow Hart. 4. General Electric. 5. Pass & Seymour. 6. Sylvania. 7. Eagle. 8. Bryant. C. Receptacles in wet locations shall be installed with an outlet enclosure clearly marked "Suitable For Wet Locations While In Use". The outlet enclosure shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 2.04 FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE FITTINGS A. Flush Cover Convenience Receptacle: 1. Material: Brass 2. Configuration: Duplex flap opening. 3. Manufacturers: a. Hubbell. —Model S3825 Brass b. Leviton. c. Eagle. B. Flush Cover Communication Outlet: 1. Material: Brass. 2. Configuration: 2-1/8 x one inch (54 x 25 mm), combination threaded opening. C. Protective Ring: Brass finish. D. Split Nozzle: Brass finish. E. Carpet Ring: B Hubbell — SB3084 — Brass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify floor boxes are adjusted properly. D. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NECA "Standard of Installation". B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Electrical outlets located on interior columns shall be centered laterally. Conform to ADA mounting heights. E. Mounting heights for all electrical devices shall comply with ADA. F. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper and to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. G. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting heights specified and indicated on Drawings. Coordinate all rough -in with architectural interior elevations. B. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor, to centerline. Where located near doors, install switches on the lock side and clear of door trim a minimum of 2 inches and a maximum of 10 inches. WIRING DEVICES 16141 - 2 c c C E c c c c Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor, to centerline. D. Install convenience receptacle 2 inches above backsplash of counter, to bottom. E. Install telephone outlet 18 inches above finished floor, to centerline. F. Install telephone outlet for wall telephone 48 inches above finished floor, to centerline. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each wiring device for defects. B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. D. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. E. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. F. Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is operational. 3.06. ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. END OF SECTION WIRING DEVICES 16141 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK WIRING DEVICES 16141 - 4 d 1 r 1 1 1 i a D Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16170 - GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding electrodes and conductors. B. Equipment grounding conductors. C. Bonding. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). 1.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. Metal underground water pipe. B. Metal frame of the building, including footing. C. Rod electrodes. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 10 ohms. 1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode. B. Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROD ELECTRODE A. Material: Copper or Copper -clad steel. B. Diameter: 3/4 inch. C. Length: 10 feet. 2.02 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS GROUNDING AND BONDING PROJECT 15722 A. Manufacturers: 1. Burndy, Hy -Ground. B. Material: Bronze. C. Listing: U.L. 2.03 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cadweld. 2.04 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Size to meet NFPA 70 Requirements. See plans for minimum sizes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install rod electrodes at locations required by local authority. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. Bond steel together. D. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. E. Bond together metal :siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. F. Bond transformer neutrals to adjacent metal structure with "grounding electrode conductors" per NEC Article 250. G. Provide bonding of the above ground portion of the gas piping system inside the building to meet the requirements of NFPA 54 and NFPA 70. 16170 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 H. Provide bonding of shielding cable serving fire alarm addressable adapter modules on all exterior equipment. Provide bonding of exterior equipment device lugs. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL J. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. Perform inspections and test listed in NEA ATS, Section 7.13. END OF SECTION GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170 - 2 c c c c 0 C c 0 0 0 c D D D D Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 16180 - EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical connections to equipment specified under other sections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 - Summary of Work. 13. Division 14 - Electric Elevators - Passenger. C. Section 15450 - Plumbing Equipment. D. Section 15784 - Unit Air Conditioners. E. Section 16111 - Conduit. F. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable. G. Section 16130 - Boxes. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Division 1, Division 11, Division 14, and Division 15. Responsibility for furnishing and installing components, material, conduit, wiring, etc., is as assigned in those Divisions. Control wiring at 120 volts or higher shall be furnished and installed by Division 16. Where responsibility is not specifically assigned, labor and materials shall be furnished by Division 16: Installer shall meet requirements of this Section. B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturers wiring diagrams and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other Divisions or Sections. C. Determine connection locations and requirements based on installation requirements in each Division or Section. D. Sequence rough -in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CORDS AND CAPS A. Attachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1. 13. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment. C. Cord Construction: NFPA 70, Type SO multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations. D. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions under provisions of Division 1 and Division 15. B. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization. 3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use Liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Provide cord and cap where field -supplied attachment plug is required. F. Install suitable strain -relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. EQUIPMENT. WIRING SYSTEMS 16180 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. These devices shall not be mounted to equipment, only to adjacent structural] elements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. 1. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. END OF SECTION EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 16180 - 2 a 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association. B. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. PART 2- PRODUCTS 0 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Materials and Finishes: Corrosion resistance. d B. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. C. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts. Q 2. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel ramset fasteners and welded fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Use self -drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. 0 0 O PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". PROJECT 15722 8. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, T -bars, T -bar supports or conduit. 9. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps. 10. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder -actuated anchors. 11. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. B. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon-head1bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. - ,Use spring lock washers under all nuts. C. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. D. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch (25mm) off wall. E. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 1 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK a 4 v SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 2 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Nameplates and labels. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit markers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 9 - Painting. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background. B. Locations: 1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2. Communication cabinets. C. Letter Size: 3. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 4. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. D. Labels: Engraved coverplates with 3/16 inch letters. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles and control device stations on emergency systems. 2.02 WIRE MARKERS A. Description: Cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire marker's. B. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes and each load connection. C. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PROJECT 15722 indicated on shop drawings. 2.03 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored yellow with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets or permanent adhesive. C. D. E. F. G. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. Secure wall plate labels using screws, rivets or permanent adhesive. Identify conduit using field painting under provisions of Division 9, or provide plastic tape. Provide conduit bands 20 feet on center or use painted fittings. Color: 1. 480 Volt System: Brown. 2. 208 Volt System: Blue. 3. Fire Alarm System: Red. 4. Telephone System: Gray. H. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. END OF SECTION 16195 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 2 t 4 4 d 0 e a 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16421 - UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Arrangement with Utility Company for permanent electric service, including payment of Utility Company charges for service. B. Modifications to.landlord service equipment. C. Metering equipment. 0 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. p C. Section 16426 - Distribution Switchboards. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Characteristics: 480 volts, three phase, four -wire, 60 Hertz. 0 B. Service Entrance: Route through space from landlord service equipment. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with landlord Q requirements. 0 B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 UTILITY METERS A. Meters will be furnished by Utility Company. 2.02 UTILITY METER BASE A. Meter base is in landlord service equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that service equipment is ready to be connected and energized. UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE PROJECT 15722 3.02 PREPARATION A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project. Include all fees. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install service entrance conduits from existing landlord service equipment located in landlord room. END OF SECTION 16421 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE 16421 - 2 1 e 4 4 4 4 d 4 4 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16426 - DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Main switchboard. B. Distribution switchboard. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 3 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete pads. B. Division 9 - Painting. C. Section 16421 - Utility Service Entrance: Utility metering equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. ANSI/IEEE C12.1 - Code for Electricity Metering. C. ANSI C39.1 - Electrical Analog Indicating Instruments. D. ANSI C57.13 - Instrument Transformers. E. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. F. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. G. NEMA PB 2 - Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. H. NEMA PB 2.1 - Proper Handling, Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Deadfront Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars per phase, neutral, and ground; and switchboard DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS PROJECT 15722 instrument details. C. Product Data: Provide electrical characteristics including voltage, frame size and trip ratings, fault current withstand ratings, and time -current curves of all equipment and components. D. Test Reports: Indicate results of factory production tests. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Deliver in 48 inch maximum width shipping splits, individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids. C. Accept switchboards on site. Inspect for damage. D. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic coverto protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. E. Handle in accordance; with NEMA PB 2.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NEMA PB 2 service conditions during and after installation of switchboards. 16426 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings instructed by manufacturer. 1.09 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide two of each key. C. Provide two fuse pullers. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide three of each size and type of fuse installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Vendor 18 2.02 SWITCHBOARD A. Description: NEMA PB 2 with electrical ratings and configurations as indicated. B. Main Section Devices: Group mounted. C. Distribution Section Devices: Group mounted. D. Auxiliary Section Devices: Group mounted. E. Bus Material: Copper. F. Bus Connections: Bolted, accessible from front for maintenance.. G. Fully insulate load side bus bars. H. Ground Bus: Extend length of switchboard. I. Fusible Switch Assemblies (where shown): NEMA KS 1, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses, type as specified. J. Fusible Switch Assemblies (where shown), 800 Amperes and Larger: Bolted pressure contact switches. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class L fuses. K. Molded Case Circuit Breakers (where shown): NEMA AB 1, integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. - L. Solid-state Molded Case Circuit Breakers (where shown): NEMA AB 1, provide with electronic sensing, timing and tripping circuits for adjustable current settings; instantaneous trip; and adjustable short time trip. Provide stationary mounting. M. Line and Load Terminations: Accessible from the front only of the switchboard, suitable for the conductor materials and sizes indicated. N. Provide metering transformer compartment for Utility Company's use. Provide compartment size, bus spacing and drilling, door, and locking and sealing requirements in accordance with Section 16421. O. Configuration: Width, depth and height to match arrangement as shown on Drawings. P. Future Provisions: Fully equip spaces for future devices with bussing and bus connections, suitably insulated and braced for short circuit currents. Provide continuous current rating as indicated. Q. Enclosure: Type 1 - General Purpose. 1. Align sections at front and rear. 2. Switchboard Height: 90 inches excluding floor sills, lifting members and pull boxes. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard light gray enamel over external surfaces. Coat internal surfaces with minimum one coat corrosion -resisting paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc. R. Provide service entrance label. 2.03 FUSES DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS 16426 - 2 C c C C c c c c c 3 3 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: Dual element, current limiting, one-time fuse, 600 volt, UL Class RK 1, RK 5, J or as indicated. B. Fuses 601 Amperes and Larger: Current limiting, time delay one time fuse, 600 volt, UL Class L. C. Interrupting Rating: 200,000 rms amperes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surface is suitable for switchboard installation. 3.02 'INSTALLATION A. Install switchboard in locations shown on Drawings, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and NEMA PB 2.1. B. Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners after placing switchboard. C. Install fuses in each switch. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. B. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase and phase to ground for one minute each, at test voltage of 1000 volts; minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 2 megohms. C. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using calibrated torque wrench. D. Physically test key interlock systems to insure proper function. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Tighten bolted bus connections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values indicated or instructed by the AOR. 3.05 CLEANING A. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS 16426 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS 16426 - 4 4 v s 1 s 4 0 a Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16441 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fusible switches. B. Nonfusible switches. C. Manual motor switches. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16477 - Fuses. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA - Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical Contractors Association). B. NEMA FU1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. C. NEMA KSI - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (published by the International Electrical Testing Association). E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Division 1 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Division 1 - Submittals for project closeout. B. Record actual locations of enclosed switches in project record documents. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three (3) years PROJECT 15722 documented experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Division 1 - Material and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. 1. Square D. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Cutler -Hammer. 2.02 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. B. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1, Class R and/or Class J fuses. 2.03 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. 2.04 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Description: Manual motor starting switches complete with thermal overload protection sized to match motor horsepower. 2.05 ENCLOSURES A. Fabrication: NEMA KS 1. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16441 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches, sized as per nameplate data of equipment served. C. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Division 1: Field inspection, testing, and adjusting. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. C c c END OF SECTION C C c ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16441 - 2 c C C 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16461 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Two -winding transformers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit: Flexible conduit connections. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA ST 1 - Specialty Transformers (Except General -Purpose Type). B. NEMA ST 20 - Dry -Type Transformers for General Applications. C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment (International Electrical Testing Association). NEMA TP -1 EE Transformers D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Division 1 - Submittals: Procedures for 0 submittals. 0 0 0 0 B. Product Data: Provide outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories, unit weight, voltage, kVA, and impedance ratings and characteristics, tap configurations, insulation system type, and rated temperature rise. 1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Test Reports: Indicate loss data, efficiency at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated load, and sound level. 13. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include Instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PROJECT 15722 installation of Product. 1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Division 1: Submittals for project closeout. B. Record actual locations of transformers in project record documents. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Division 1 - Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. C. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and finish. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TWO -WINDING TRANSFORMERS A. Division 1 - Material and Equipment: Product Options and Substitutions. B. Manufacturers: 1. Square D. 2. General Electric. 3. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse. C. Description: NEMA ST 20, TP -1, energy efficient, factory -assembled, air cooled dry type 16461 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods transformers, ratings as indicated. D. Primary Voltage: 480 volts, 3 phase. E. Secondary Voltage: 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase. F. Insulation system :and average winding temperature rise for rated kVA as follows: 1. 1-15 kVA: Class 185 with 115 degrees -C rise. 2. 16-500 kVA: Class 220 with 150 degrees C rise. G. Case temperature: Do not exceed•35, degrees C rise above ambient at warmest point at full,load. H. Winding Taps: 1. Transformers Less than 15 kVA: Two 5 percent below rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. 2. Transformers 15 kVA and Larger: NEMA ST 20. I. Sound Levels: NEMA ST 20. J. Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV for transformers less than 300 kVA, 30 kV for transformers 300 kVA and larger. K. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. L. Mounting: 1. 1-15 kVA: Suitable for wall mounting. 2. 16-75 kVA: Suitable for wall, floor, or trapeze mounting. 3. Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor or trapeze mounting. M. Coil Conductors: Continuous aluminum windings with terminations brazed or welded. N. Enclosure: NEMA ST 20, Type 1 ventilated. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. O. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration -absorbing mounts. P. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. 2.02 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL PROJECT 15722 A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturer quality control. B. Production test each unit according to NEMA ST20. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set transformer plumb and level. B. Use flexible conduit, under the provisions of Section 16111, 2 feet (600 mm) minimum length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. C. Mount wall -mounted transformers using integral flanges or accessory brackets furnished by the manufacturer. D. Mount floor -mounted transformers on vibration isolating pads suitable for isolating the transformer noise from the building structure. E. Mount trapeze -mounted transformers as indicated. F. Provide seismic restraints. G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 16170. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Division 1: Field inspection, testing, and adjusting. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.2. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. END OF SECTION 16461 - 2 c C C c C c c • c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Distribution panelboards. B. Branch circuit panelboards. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. B. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical Contractors Association). B. NEMA AB1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. C. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. D. NEMA KS1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). E. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. F. NEMA PB 1.1 - Instructions for Safe 0 Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. 0 0 0 0 G. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment (published by the International Electrical Testing Association). H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Division 1 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker arrangement and sizes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT PROJECT 15722 A. Division 1: Submittals for project closeout. B. Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements in project record documents. C. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in 'manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Division 1 - Contract Closeout. B. Furnish four (4) sets of matching keys for all keyed -alike panels to the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Division 1 - Material and Equipment: Product Options and Substitutions. B. Manufacturers: 1 Square D Modell -Line. 2. General Electric Model SCP. 3. Siemens Model S4/S5. 4. Cutler -Hammer. C. Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type. D. Service Conditions: 1. Temperature: 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). 2. Altitude: Less than 6,000 feet (1830 m). PANELBOARDS 16470 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods E. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard. F. Minimum short circuit rating: As indicated. Series rating is not acceptable. G. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. H. Circuit Breaker Accessories: Trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated. I. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1, 12 inches deep, 42 inches wide, cabinet box. J. Cabinet Front: Surface type, fastened with hinged door with flush lock, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. K. Provide service entrance label where required. 2.02 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Division 1 - Material and Equipment: Product Options and Substitutions. B. Manufacturers: 1. Square D Model NQOD/NF. 2. General Electric Model AQ/AE. 3. Siemens Model SI/S2. 4. Cutler -Hammer. C. Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard; provide insulated ground bus where" indicated. E. Minimum Short Circuit Rating: As indicated. Series rating is not acceptable. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt -on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits, Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. Do not use tandem circuit PROJECT 15722 breakers. Visual trip indicators are required. G. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. H. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide. All double section panelboards shall be of equal height. Cabinet Front: Flush or Surface cabinet front as indicated with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. J. Provide service entrance label where required. K. Provide lock -on devices for installation of circuits required by local authorities. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and the NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install panelboards plumb. C. Height: 6 feet (1800 mm) to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet (1800 mm) with bottom no more than 4 inches (100 mm) above floor. D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. E. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. Revise directory to reflect changes in room names and numbering as required by DSG. Also, identify the panelboard source on the directory card. F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16195. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling below floor. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch. Identify each as SPARE. PANELBOARDS 16470 - 2 C c c E C c C c c C D D ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 H. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16170. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Division 1: Field inspection, testing, and adjusting. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.4 for switches, Section 7.5 for circuit breakers. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS 16470 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK PANELBOARDS 16470 - 4 0 0 e 0 0 4 0 s 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 16476 - ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Molded case enclosed circuit breakers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices. B. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification: Engraved nameplates. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association). B. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing ratings, trip units, time current curves, dimensions, and enclosure details. 1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D. B. General Electric. C. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse. 2.02 TRIP UNITS A. Field -Adjustable Trip Circuit Breaker: Circuit breakers with frame sizes 100 amperes and larger have mechanism for adjusting long time e setting for automatic operation. B. Field -Changeable Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker: Circuit breakers with frame sizes 200 amperes and larger have changeable trip units. 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND FEATURES A. ,Accessories: As scheduled. Conform to NEMA AB 1. B. Shunt Trip Device: 120 volts, AC. C. Handle Lock: Provisions for padlocking. D. Grounding Lug: In each enclosure. E. Products suitable foruse as service entrance equipment where so applied. 2.04 ENCLOSURE A. Enclosure: NEMA AB 1, Type 1. B. Fabricate enclosure from steel. C. Finish using manufacturer's standard enamel finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 16190. C. Height: 5 ft (1500 mm) to operating handle. D. Locate and install engraved plastic nameplates ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16476 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods under the provisions of Section 16195. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Division 1: Adjusting installed work. B. Adjust trip settings so that circuit breakers coordinate with other overcurrent protective devices in circuit. C. Adjust trip settings to provide adequate protection from overcurrent and fault currents. END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16476 - 2 ee 4 .Pe 0 ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16477 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fuses. B. Spare fuse cabinet. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Painting of spare fuse cabinet. B. Section 16010 - Basic Electrical Requirements. C. Section 16470 - Panelboards. D. Section 16441 - Enclosed Switches. E. Section 16426 - Distribution Switchboards. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code. B. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Product Data: Provide data sheets showing electrical characteristics including time -current curves, AIC rating and UL classification. Also, show manufacturer's name, catalog number and voltage. C. Submit a dimension drawing showing the location of the spare fuse cabinet. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual fuse sizes. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. Use only fuses made FUSES PROJECT 15722 by the one manufacturer. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. ' 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide two fuse pullers. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide three of each size and type fuse installed in the spare fuse cabinet prior to final inspection. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSE REQUIREMENTS A. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated. B Voltage: Provide fuses with voltage rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. C. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L, fast acting. D. Main Service Switches: Class RK1 (dual-element/time delay). E. Power Branch Circuits: Class RK1 (dual element/time delay). F. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5 (dual element/time delay). 2.02 CLASS RK1 (DUAL ELEMENT/TIME DELAY) FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussman Model LPN/LPS. 2. Gould-Shawmut Model A2D/A6D. 3. CEFCO Model LON/LOS. 2.03 CLASS RK5 (DUAL ELEMENT/TIME DELAY) FUSES 16477 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussman Model FRN/FRS. 2. Gould-Shawmut Model TR/TRS. 3. CEFCO Model CRN/CRS. 2.04 CLASS J (DUAL ELEMENT/TIME DELAY) FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Sussman Model LPJ. 2. Gould-Shawmut Model AJT. 2.05 CLASS L (FAST -ACTING) FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussman Model KTU. 2. Gould-Shawmut Model A4BY. 3. CEFCO Model CLU. 2.06 CLASS L (TIME DELAY) FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussman Model KRP/KLU. 2. Gould-Shawmut Model A4BQ/A4BT/A4BY. 3. CEFCO Model CLL. 2.07 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Description: Wall -mounted sheet metal cabinet, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified. B. Doors: Hinged, with hasp for Owner's padlock. C. Finish: Match switchgear. D. Manufacturer: 1. Bussman Catalog No. SFC. 2. Gould Shawmut Catalog No. GSFC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and with all applicable codes. B. Install fuse with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. C. Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated on FUSES drawings. D. Fuses with bolt mount terminals shall be bolted in place using brass bolts/nuts. Place a bronze or brass spring type washer (similar to Belleville cupped washer) between the bolt head/nut and the fuse blade. Tighten using torque as recommended by ASTM Standard for the type bolt and diameter. Affix a label inside the fuse compartment door showing recommended torque - do not cover instructions or label on door. E. Do not ship switches in electrical equipment with fuses already installed. Do not deliver fuses to the job site until the equipment is ready to be energized. END OF .SECTION 16477 - 2 C c C c c C c C c c c ) ) ) ) 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 16485 - CLOCK TIMERS/ CONTACTORS/PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Lighting contactors. B. Clock timers. C. Photoelectric controls. 1.02 REFERENCES . ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. B. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies. C. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Division 1 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, specifications and listings. Indicate operation and programming information. Provide manufacturers and ratings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Division 1: Submittals for project closeout. B. Record actual settings and record actual circuiting arrangements in project record documents. C. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. D. Provide operational and programming information. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Square D. B. General Electric. C. ASCO. 2.02 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, magnetic lighting contactor. B. Configuration: Mechanically held, 2 wire control for photoelectric or time clock, 3 wire control for switches. C. Coil Voltage: As indicated or to match circuit controlled. D. P61es: As indicated, plus 2 spare. E. - Contact Rating: 20 ampere minimum or as indicated. Match branch circuit overcurrent protection, considering derating for continuous loads. F. Enclosure: ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, Type 1. 2.03 MANUFACTURERS - TIME CLOCKS A. Tork 7200ZL or 7302ZL. B. Paragon. C. Intermatic. 2.04 CLOCK TIMERS A. Description: NEMA TICS 2, 7 -day timer with astronomical dial and 12 -hour spring carry-over. 13. Voltage: As indicated or to match circuit controlled. C. Poles: 3 PST. D. Contact Rating: 40 amperes. Enclosures: ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, Type 1. E. CLOCK TIMERS / CONTACTORS/ PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS 16485 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 2.05 MANUFACTURERS - PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS A. Tork 2101 or 2104. B. Paragon. C. Intermatic. 2.06 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS A. Description: Fixed mounted, adjustable, 2 minute delay. B. Voltage: As indicated or to match circuit controlled. C. Poles: SPST. C C C C D. Contact Rating: 2000 watts. C E. Enclosure: Die Cast, weatherproof, conduit mounting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION C c C CLOCK TIMERS / CONTACTORS/ PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS 16485 - 2 C 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART l- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires and accessories. B. Emergency lighting units. C. Exit signs. D. Ballasts. 0 E. Fluorescentlamp emergency power supply. F. Lamps. G. Luminaire accessories. 0 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - Boxes. B. Section 16123 —Building wiring and cable. 1.03 REFERENCES 0 0 0 0 0 0 A. ANSI C78.379 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High -Intensity Discharge Reflector Lamps - Classification of Beam Patterns. B. ANSI C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications. C. ANSI C82.4 - Ballasts for High -Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type). D. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. , E. ANSI/NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. F. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices -Dimensional Requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer. C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES PROJECT 15722 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Maintenance Data: Include replacement parts list. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Vendor #18. Point of Contact: Mr. Don Barr 1- 800-244-0947, cell #1-614-395-9990 ext.221 B. Section 01600 -Materials and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Furnish products as specified on Drawings. For fire rated ceiling assemblies, furnish products listed for installation in the assembly. B. Substitutions: Are not permitted. 2.03 INCANDESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Description: Self-contained emergency lighting unit. B. Battery: Type as shown in schedule with 1.5 hour capacity. C. Battery Charger: Dual -rate type, with sufficient capacity to,recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. D. Lamps: Sealed beam type as scheduled. E. Remote Lamps: Match lamps on unit. F. Housing as scheduled by manufacturer's catalog data. G. Indicators: Provide lamps to indicate AC ON and RECHARGING. H. . Provide TEST switch to transfer unit from external power supply to integral battery supply. Electrical Connection: Conduit connection. 16510 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods 2.04 ' EXIT SIGNS A. Description: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit. B. Face and Housing: As scheduled by manufacturer's catalog data. C. Directional Arrows: Universal type for field adjustment. D. Mounting: Universal, for field selection. E. Battery: As scheduled, with 1.5 hour capacity. F. Battery Charger: Dual -rate type, with sufficient capacity to`recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. G. Lamps: Manufacturers standard. 2.05 BALLASTS A. Fluorescent Ballast: 1. Description: Electronic ballast. UL listed, class P, non PCB ballast. 2. Voltage: Match luminaire voltage. 3. Source Quality Control: Certify ballast design and construction by Certified Ballast Manufacturers, Inc. Meet FCC Part 18, 1 5J for EMI/RFI and Federal Efficacy Standard Law 100-357. 4. Temperature: 60 degrees F - energy saving lamps; 50 degrees F - standard lamps. 5. Minimum line transient as shown in IEE 587, category A and ANSI -62.41. 6. Power factor equal to .95 or greater. 7. Maximum lamp crest factor 1.7. 8. Minimum documented 3 year ballast manufacturer's warranty. 9. 20% Total Harmonic Distortion (THD). 10. Ballast must be compatible with Sensormatic System. B. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Ballast: 1. Description: ANSI C82.4, HID lamp ballast to match lamp specified. 2. Five year replacement warranty. PROJECT 15722 2.06 FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY A. Description: Emergency battery power supply suitable for installation in ballast compartment of fluorescent luminaire. B. Lamp Ratings: One lamp as scheduled on the plans providing 1100-1400 lumens, minimum. C. Battery: Sealed nickel cadmium type, rated for 10 -year life. D. Include TEST switch and AC ON indicator light, installed to be operable and visible from the outside of an assembled luminaire. E. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty. 2.07 LAMPS A. Provide lamp type specified for luminaire. Use energy saving lite white lamps iri florescent luminaires unless specified otherwise. B. Reflector Lamp Beam Patterns: ANSI C78.379. C. Fluorescent Four Foot Lamp: T-8, 32 watt. 1. 3050 initial lumens (2850 Design Lumens). 2. Med Bi Pin. 3. Tri -Phosphorus. 4. 20,000 average hours life at 3 hours per start. 5. Electrode Guard. 6. CRI of 78. 7. Color Temperature: 3500K. 8. Minimum 2 year replacement warranty. D. Compact Fluorescent Lamp: Triple Tube, 32 watt. 1. 2400 initial lumens. 2. 4 -pin base. 3. CRI of 82. 4. Color Temperature: 3500K. 5. Minimum 2 year replacement warranty. 6. 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate and supporting grids for luminaires. B. Examine each luminaire to determine suitability INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 2 c c c c c c ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods for lamps specified. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. C. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot (600 x 1 200 mm) size independent of ceiling framing. D. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan. E. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prohibit movement. F. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Provide auxiliary members spanning ceiling Ts to support surface mounted luminaires. Fasten surface mounted luminaires to ceiling T using bolts, screws, rivets, or suitable clips. For seismic areas, support surface mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building structure. G. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. H. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. I. Install clips to secure recessed grid -supported luminaires in place. Install seismic support where indicated on plans. J. Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings. Outlet boxes are required. K. L. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. Connect luminaires, emergency lighting units and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 16130 using flexible conduit. M. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for PROJECT 15722 temperature conditions within luminaire. N. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. O. Install specified lamps in each luminaire, emergency lighting unit and exit sign. P Mount fixtures as called for in schedule on drawings. Determine type of ceiling to be installed in each space from the architectural drawings and schedules and furnish fixtures suitable for the exact type. Q. Lighting fixtures shall be structurally supported. Fluorescent fixtures mounted in suspended ceiling shall be supported by, and attached to, the ceiling suspension system as required by N.E.C. 410-16(c). Incandescent fixtures mounted in suspended ceilings shall be supported by fixtures channels, furnished under this Division, laid across ceiling support channels. Surface mounted fixtures shall be supported from the building structural system by rods, or rods and clamps, or by the fixture outlet box, which in turn shall be supported by rods. Provide fixture studs as required. R. Wall mounted fixtures shall be secured to masonry walls with bolts and lead anchors, and to metal stud, dry wall partitions by sheetmetal screws driven into metal studs. S. Unless otherwise directed, all pendant fixtures within the same room or area shall be installed plumb and at a uniform height from the finished floor. Adjustment of height shall be made during installation. ' T. All fixtures shall be furnished complete with suitable pendants, canopies, cover, ceiling roundels, opening flanges, hangers, plaster rings or frames, if recessed, and necessary rubber cords, chains. the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper size openings for recessed fixtures and shall furnish and install all wood or metal frames properly set in place and anchored. U. Flush mounted recessed fixtures shall be installed so as to completely eliminate light leakage between the frame and the finished surface. Fixture housing, frame or canopy shall provide a suitable cover for the fixture outlet box of fixture opening. Where sloping ceilings occur, all recessed fixtures shall be of a type INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 designed for the application and shall be mounted to provide proper lighting. V. All HID fixtures shall contain electronic ballasts of high power factor constant wattage type , which comply with U.L. requirements and accord with NEMA and ASA Standards. All ballasts for exterior installation shall have reliable starting characteristics to -20 degrees F temperature. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated on Drawings and as directed. B. Adjust exit sign directional arrows as indicated. C. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean Work under provisions of Division 1. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.. C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. E. Clean finishes and touch up damage. END OF SECTION INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 4 0 D D ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 16721 - ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM , PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This specification document provides the requirements for the installation, programming and configuration of a complete addressable fire alarm system. This system shall include, but not be limited to, system cabinet, power supply, built in Signaling Line Circuit (SLC), 80. character LCD annunciator, six programmable outputs, built in dual line Digital Communicator, associated peripheral devices, batteries, wiring, conduit and other relevant components and accessories required to furnish a complete and operational Life Safety System. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General Contractor shall design, furnish and install a complete 24 VDC, electrically supervised, addressable fire alarm system as specified herein. The system shall include but not be limited to all control panels, power supplies, initiating devices, audible and visual notification appliances, alarm devices, and all accessories required to provide a complete operating fire alarm system. B. The General Contractor will have sole responsibility for design and approval of a complete system by AHJ as well as other approvals, all monitoring of the system as required to obtain AHJ approval will be the responsibility of the contractor till the time vender #2 assumes monitoring as outlined in the following. The contractor will also have sole responsibility for the coordination of all device locations with all other trades to assure no conflict with building components and shall include store fixtures, murals, etc. All devices that interfere with or deemed unacceptable by the DSG Construction Project Manager will be relocated at no additional expense. C. Subsequent to system installation, system startup, and system acceptance by Vendor #2, Vendor #2 will provide all system monitoring and after the 1st year warranty period per section 1.5 Vendor #2 will provide Maintenance. 1.03 LISTINGS ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. All fire alarm system equipment shall be listed for its intended purpose and be compatibility listed to assure the integrity of the complete system. 1.04 STANDARDS A. The fire alarm equipment and installation shall comply with the current provisions of the following standards and shall be listed for its intended purpose and be compatibility listed to insure integrity of the complete system. 1. National Electric Code, Article 760 2. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA): a. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code b. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code c. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code 3. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.- All equipment shall be approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for its intended purpose, listed as power limited by Underwriters. Laboratories, Inc., for the following standards as applicable: a. UL 864 UOJZ Control units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems b. Local Signaling Unit c. Central Station Signaling d. Protected Premises Unit e. Remote Signaling Protected Premises Unit. f. UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling systems. UL 268A Smoke Detectors for duct applications h. UL 217 Smoke Detectors for Single Stations i. UL 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling systems. j. UL 228 Door Holders for Fire Protective Signaling systems. k. UL 464 Audible Signaling appliances 1. UL 1638 Visual Signaling appliances m. UL 38 Manually Activated Signaling Boxes n. UL 346 Waterflow indicators for Fire Protective Signaling systems. o. UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling systems. 3. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) - All visual Notification appliances and manual pull stations shall comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. g. 16721 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five years documented experience B. Installer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five years documented experience as fire alarm subcontractor. C. Manufacturers/Distributors Services: I. The following supervision shall be provided by a factory' trained service technician from the distributor of the fire alarm equipment. The technician shall be certified and shall have a minimum of two (2),years of service experience in the fire alarm industry. The technicians name shall appear on equipment submittals and a copy of his manufactures certification shall be included with the submittal information. 2. The technician shall be responsible for the following items: a. A pre installation visit to the job site to review equipment submittals and to verify the method by which the system is to be wired. b. During the installation the certified technician shall be on site or make periodic visits to verify installation and wiring of the system. He shall also supervise the completion of conduit rough -in, wires pulled into conduit and wiring rough -in, and ready for trim. c. Certified technician,along with. Vendor #2 will certify completion of each phase of work which will at a minimum include completion of wiring, device installation and the final checkout of completed system. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under the provisions of Section 01330 along with submittal to Vendor # 2 for approval of all manufacturers' Model #s of proposed equipment. Vendor #2 review will be limited to the determination if proposed equipment is suitable to enter into Vendor #2's monitoring and Maintenance program. Indicated in the document will be the type, size, rating, style, catalog number, :manufacturer's names, photos, and/or catalog data sheets for all items proposed to meet these specifications. The proposed equipment shall be subject to the approval of the AOR and no equipment shall be ordered or installed on the premises without their approval. Provide calculations to support the selection of back-up power supply batteries to support the requirements of Section 3.2. 1. NOTE: DOCUMENTATION - Submittal of shop drawings shall contain at least one copy of original manufacturer specification and installation instruction sheets along with an electronic submittal of same in PDF format. All equipment and devices on the shop drawings to be furnished under this contract shall be clearly marked in the specification sheets. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Warrant all materials and labor for a one (1) year period after the later of occupancy by DSG or acceptance of system by Vendor #2. During warranty period all Emergency service request will be responded to within a 4 hour timeframe, failure to do so will result in other •qualified technicians providing required service at installer's expense. Subsequent to system acceptance and prior to store turnover to DSG, Vendor #2 will assume all monitoring functions associated with the fire alarm system subject to Vendor #2's acceptance of the system. If system is not acceptable by Vendor #2 by store turnover to DSG, installer will be responsible for providing required monitoring, at no additional cost, until such time that Vendor #2 accepts system. After initial 1 year warranty period vendor #2 will assume responsibility of maintenance of the system. 1.08 PRODUCTS A. This Life Safety System Specification must be conformed to in its entirety to ensure the installed and programmed Life Safety System will accommodate all of the requirements and operations required by the Owner (See Section 00550 for definition), DSG and Vendor #2. Any specified item or operational feature not specifically addressed prior to the bid date will be required to be met without exception. B. General Equipment and Materials Requirements: 1. All equipment furnished for this project shall be new and unused. All components shall be designed for uninterrupted duty. All equipment, materials, accessories, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 2 C c C C C c c c c C 0 0 D D Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 devices and other facilities covered by this specification or noted on the contract drawings and installation specification shall be best suited for the intended use and shall be provided by a single manufacturer. If any of the equipment provided under this specification is provided by different manufacturers, then that equipment shall be "Listed" as to its compatibility by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), if such compatibility is required by UL standards. C. Satisfying the Entire Intent of these Specifications: 3. It is the installer's responsibility to meet the entire intent of these specifications. Deviations from the specified items shall be at the risk of the installer until the date of final acceptance by the architect, engineer, and Vendor #2. All costs for removal, relocation, or replacement of a substituted item shall be at the risk of the installer. PART 2 - SPECIFICATIONS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Lite B. Silent Knight C. EST 2.02 CONTROL PANEL A. The fire alarm control panel (FACP) shall be an addressable control panel. The FACP must have a 5 amp power supply (minimum) and be capable of expansion to a maximum of 45 total amps via bus connected expander modules that supervise low battery, loss of AC and loss of communication. B. The FACP must be capable of supporting a minimum of 127 addressable points and expandable to a minimum of 381 addressable points. This shall be accomplished via two signaling line circuits (SLC) capable of supporting a minimum of 127 devices each. The communication protocol on the SLC loop must be digital. C. The FACP must support a minimum of six programmable outputs. The panel must have a built in 80 character LCD annunciator with the D. capability of having an additional eight supervised remote annunciators connected in the field. The FACP must have a built-in UL approved digital communicator. The communicator must allow local and remote up/downloading of system operating options, event history, and detector sensitivity data. E. The FACP must automatically test the smoke detectors in compliance with NFPA standards to ensure that they are within listed sensitivity parameters and be listed with Underwriters Laboratories for this; purpose. F. The FACP must compensate for the accumulation of contaminants that affect detector sensitivity. The FACP must have a maintenance alert feature (differentiated from trouble condition), auto -programming mode and the ability to upgrade the core operating software on site or over the telephone. G. The FACP shall have a feature that can automatically enroll all properly connected accessories into a functional system within 60 seconds of powering up the panel. Panels that do not have these capabilities will not be accepted. H. The main communication bus (RS485) shall be capable of class A or class B configuration with a total Bus length of 6,000 feet. 2.03 SYSTEM WIRING A. The Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) and Data Communication Bus (RS485) shall be wired with standard NEC760compliant wiring, no twisted, shielded or mid capacitance wiring is required for standard installations. All FACP screw terminals shall be capable of accepting 14-18 AWG wire. All system wiring shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC) and also comply with article 760 of the NEC. 2.04 SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS (SLC) A. Each SLC shall be capable of a wiring distance of 10,000 feet from the SLC driver module and be capable of supporting 127 devices. The communication protocol to SLC devices must be digital. Any SLC loop device, which goes ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 into alarm, must interrupt the polling cycle for priority response from the FACP. The FACP must respond consistently to a device that goes into alarm on an SLC in under 3 seconds. The auxiliary SLC loop module must be capable of being located up to 6000 feet from the FACP on an RS -485 bus, which is separate from the SLC bus. The SLC shall be capable of functioning in a class A or class B configuration. 2.05 SLC LOOP DEVICES A. Devices supported must include analog photoelectric smoke detectors, ionization smoke detectors, analog heat detectors, addressable input modules, relay output modules or addressable notification modules. There is to be no limit to the number of any particular device type up to the maximum of 127 that can be connected to the SLC.- 2.06 LC. 2.06 ANALOG DETECTOR FUNCTIONS A. The products of combustion detectors must communicate analog values using a digital protocol to the control panel for the following functions: 1. Automatic compliance with NFPA 72 standards for detector sensitivity testing. 2. Drift compensation to assure detector is operating correctly. 3. Maintenance alert when a detector nears the trouble condition. 4. Trouble alert when a detector is out of tolerance. 5. Alert control panel of analog values that indicate fire. 2.07 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUTS A. The FACP shall support six programmable output circuits that are capable of being programmed as supervised reverse polarity notification circuits or supervised auxiliary power circuits that can be programmed as continuous, resetable or door holder power. The circuits shall also be programmable as input circuits in class A or B configurations to support dry contact or compatible two wire smoke detectors. 2.08 ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION MODULE A. The General Contractor shall furnish and install where required to meet the intent of the electrical plans, addressable notification modules. The modules shall be U.L. listed compatible with the fire alarm control panel. The notification module must provide one class A (Style Z) or class B (Style Y) notification output with one auxiliary power input. The notification module must be suitable for mounting in a standard 4 square electrical box and must include a plastic cover plate. The notification module must provide an LED that is visible from the outside of the cover plate. The notification module must be fully programmable for such applications as required by the installation. The ANM shall reside on the SLC loop and can be placed up to 10,000ft. from the control or SLC loop module. 2.09 ANNUNCIATORS A. Integral Annunciator The main control must have a built in annunciator with an 80 -character LCD display and feature LED's for General alarm, Supervisory, System trouble, System Silence and Power. When in the normal condition the LCD shall display time and date based on a 200 year clock which is capable of automatic daylight savings time adjustments. All controls and programming keys are silicone mechanical type with tactile and audible feedback. Keys have a travel of .040 in. No membrane style buttons will be permissible. The annunciator must be able to silence and reset alarms through the use of a keypad entered code, or by using a firefighter's key. The annunciators must have two levels of user codes that will allow the limitation of operating system programming to authorized individuals. NO LOCK OUT CODES SHALL BE PROGRAMMED INTO THE SYSTEM. B. Remote Annunciators - The fire system shall be capable of supporting up to eight remote annunciators. LCD Remote annunciator shall have the same control and display layout so that they match identically the built in annunciator. Remote annunciators shall be available in two colors, red and light gray. Remote annunciators shall have the same functionality and operation as the built in annunciator. All annunciators must have 80 -character LCD displays and must feature five LED's for general alarm, supervisory, system trouble, system silence, and system power. All controls and programming keys are silicone mechanical type with tactical and audible feedback. Keys shall have a travel of .040 inches. No membrane style buttons will ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 4 C c C C c c c c c c Q Q 0 O O 0 Q 0 O Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 be permitted. C. Either annunciator must be able to silence and reset alarms through the use of a code entered on the annunciator keypad or by using a firefighter key. The annunciator must have a minimum of two levels of user codes that will limit the operating system programming to authorized individuals. The control panel must allow all annunciators to accommodate multiple users input simultaneously. Remote annunciators shall be capable of operating at a distance of 6000 feet from the main control panel on unshielded non -twisted cable. 2.10 I/O MODULES A. The fire system shall be able to support up to eight I/O modules that shall be used to drive remote LED graphic style displays and accommodate up to eight dry contact type switch inputs. The I/O modules shall each drive up to 40 LEDs without requiring external power connections. The I/O module inputs shall be supervised and be suitable for alarm and trouble circuits as well as reset and silence switches. 2.11 SERIAL/PARALLEL INTERFACE A. The fire system shall be capable of supporting up to two serial/parallel interfaces that are capable of driving standard computer style printers. The interface shall be programmable as to what information is sent to it and shall include the ability to print out Detector Status by point, Event History by point and System Programming. 2.12 DIGITAL COMMUNICATOR A. The digital communicator must be an integral part of the control panel, be provided with transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS), and be capable of reporting all zones of alarm, supervisory, and trouble as well as all system status information such as loss of AC, low battery, ground fault, loss of supervision to any remote devices with individual and distinct messages to a central station or remote station (monitoring is to be provided by Vendor #2). The communicator must also be capable of up/downloading of all system programming options, Event history and Sensitivity compliance information to a PC on site or at a remote location. B. The communicator shall have an answering machine bypass feature that will allow the panel to respond to communication even on phone lines that have other communication equipment present. The communicator must be capable of reporting via Contact ID formats. The communicator shall have a delayed AC loss report function which will provide a programmable report delay plus a 10-25 min. random component to help ease traffic to the central station during a power outage. No controls that use External modems for remote programming and diagnostics shall be accepted. 2.13 DRY CONTACTS A. The FACP will have three form "C" dry contacts, one will be, dedicated to trouble conditions, the other two will be programmable for alarm, trouble, notification, pre -alarm, waterflow, manual pull, aux. 1 or aux. 2. The trouble contact shall' be normal in an electrically energized state so that any total power loss (AC and Backup) will cause a trouble condition. In the event that the Microprocessor on the FACP fails the trouble contacts shall also indicate a trouble condition. 2.14 GROUND FAULT DETECTION A. A ground fault detection circuit, to detect positive and negative grounds on all field wiring. The ground fault detector shall operate the general trouble devices as specified but shall not cause an alarm to be sounded. Ground fault will not interfere with the normal operation, such as alarm, or other trouble conditions. 2.15 OVER CURRENT PROTECTION A. All low voltage circuits will be protected by microprocessor controlled circuit breakers or have a self restoring circuit breaker for the following: smoke detector power, main power supply, indicating appliance circuits, battery standby power and auxiliary output. 2.16 TEST FUNCTIONS A. A "Lamp Test" mode shall be a standard feature of the fire alarm control panel and shall test all LED's and the LCD display on the main panel and remote annunciators. B. A "Walk Test" mode shall be a standard feature of the fire alarm control panel. The walk test ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 5 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 feature shall function so that each alarm input tested will operate the associated notification appliance for two seconds. The FACP will then automatically perform a reset and confirm normal device operation. The event memory shall contain the information on the point tested. the zone tripped, the zone restore and the individual points return to normal. C. A "Fire Drill" mode shall allow the manual testing of the fire alarm system notification circuits. The "Fire Drill" shall be capable of being controlled at the main annunciator, remote annunciators and via a remote contact input. D. A "Bypass Mode" shall allow for,any point or nac circuit to be bypassed without effecting the operation of the total fire system. 2.17 REMOTE INPUT CAPABILITIES A. The control panel shall have provisions for supervised switch inputs for the purpose of Alarm reset and Alarm and trouble restore. 2.18 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MAPPING STRUCTURE A. All notification circuits and modules shall be programmable via a mapping structure that allows for a maximum of 250 output groups. Each of these groups shall have the ability to be triggered by any of the panels 125 Zones. A zone may trigger from groups individually, or may contain a global trigger for manual pull stations, fire drills and two different system alarms. Additionally each Zone will individually control .the cadence pattern of each of the Groups that it is "Mapped" to so that sounders can indicate a variety of conditions. The Zone shall be capable of issuing a different cadence pattern for each of the Groups under its control. The mapping structure must also allow a group to be designated to "ignore cadence" for use with strobes and other continuous input devices. Zones shall have eight different output categories; Detector alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, Pre -alarm, Waterflow, Manual pull, Zone auxiliary one and Zone Auxiliary two. Each of the categories shall have the ability to control from 1 to 8 output groups with a cadence pattern. The patterns are; March code, ANSI 3.41, Single Stroke Bell Temporal, California code, Zone 1 coded, Zone 2 coded, Zone 3 coded, Zone 4 coded, Zone 5 coded, Zone 6 coded, Zone 7 coded, Zone 8 coded, Custom output pattern 1, Custom output pattern 2, Custom output pattern 3, Custom output pattern 4, and Constant. This mapping/cadence pattern shall be supported by all system power supplies and Notification Expander Modules. 2.19 ON BOARD PROGRAMMER A. The FACP shall have an on board programmer which will allow for all system functions and options to be programmed via the on board annunciator keypad. Any panel that does not have this capability will not be accepted. 2.20 SERVICE REMINDER A. The FACP shall be capable of automatically generating textual service reminder and the main and remote annunciator LCD's to inform the user of required testing or service. The service reminder shall not interfere with the normal operation of the FACP. 2.21 ENGLISH LANGUAGE DESCRIPTIONS A. The FACP shall provide the ability to have a text description of each system device, input zone and output group on the system. The use of individual lights to provide descriptions will not be acceptable. 2.22 SYSTEM OPERATION A. Alarm 1. When a device indicates any alarm condition the control panel must respond within 3 seconds and sound a general alarm to all notification devices. The General Alarm or Supervisory Alarm LED on the annunciators shall light and the LCD should prompt the user as to the number of current events. The alarm information must be stored in event memory for later review. Event memory must be available at the main and all remote annunciators. 2. Upon actuation of elevator equipment room heat detectors,,the FACP shall provide an contact output to actuate the shunt -trip devices associated with the elevator supply circuit breakers (electrical contractor to coordinate). 3. When the alarmed device is restored to normal, the control panel shall be required to be manually reset to clear the alarm condition, except that the alarms may be ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 6 c c c c C C c c c • • 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 silenced as programmed. 4. An alarm shall be silenced by a code or Firefighter key at the main or remote annunciators. When silenced, this shall not prevent the resounding of subsequent events if another event should occur (subsequent alarm feature). When alarms are silenced the silenced LED on the control panel, and on any remote annunciators shall remain lit, until the alarmed device is returned to normal. Waterflow cannot be silenced until the waterflow switch is returned to its NON alarm state. 2.23 TROUBLES A. When a device indicates a trouble condition, the control panel System Trouble LED should light and the LCD should prompt the user as to the number of current events. The trouble information must be stored in event memory for later review. Event memory must be available at the main and all remote annunciators. B. When the device in trouble is restored to normal, the control panel shall be automatically reset, The trouble restore information must be stored in event memory for later review. Event memory must be available at the main and all remote annunciators. A trouble shall be silenced by a code or Firefighter key at the main or remote annunciators. When silenced, this shall not prevent the resounding of subsequent events if another event should occur.. 2.24 SUPERVISION METHODS A. Each SLC loop shall be electrically supervised for opens and ground faults in the circuit wiring, and shall be so arranged that a fault condition on any loop will not cause an alarm to sound. Additionally, every addressable device connected to the SLC will be supervised and individually identified if in a fault condition. The occurrence of any fault will light a trouble LED and sound the system trouble sounder, but will not interfere with the proper operation of any circuit which does not have a fault condition. B. Each indicating appliance circuit shall be electrically supervised for opens, grounds and short circuit faults, on the circuit wiring, and shall be so arranged that a fault condition on any indicating appliance circuit or group of circuits will not cause an alarm to sound. The occurrence of any fault will light the trouble LED and sound the system trouble sounder, but will not interfere with the proper operation of any circuit which does not have a fault condition. PART 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS 3.01 CONTROL UNIT A. System Cabinet: , 1. Mounting: The system cabinet shall be red and surface mounted (as indicated on the electrical plans). The cabinet door shall be easily removable to facilitate installation and service. 2. Audible System Trouble Sounder: An audible system trouble sounder shall be an integral part of the control unit. Provisions shall also be provided for an optional supervised remote trouble signal. B. Power Supply and Charger: 1. The entire system shall operate on 24 VDC, filtered switch mode power supply with the rated current available of 5 Amps (minimum). The FACP must have a battery charging circuit capable of complying with the following requirements: a. Twenty-four (24) hours of battery standby with five (5) minutes of alarm signaling at the end of this twenty-four (24) hour period (as required per NFPA 72 central station signaling requirements) using rechargeable batteries with automatic charger to maintain gel -cell batteries in a fully charged condition. 2. The power supply shall comply with U.L. Standard 864 for power limiting. 3. The FACP will indicate a trouble condition if there is a loss of AC power or if the batteries are missing or of insufficient capacity to support proper system operation in the event of AC failure. A "Battery Test" will be performed automatically every minute to check the integrity of the batteries. The test must disconnect the batteries from the charging circuit and place a load on the battery to verify the battery condition. 4. Provide integral transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) at power supply. 5. In the event that it is necessary to provide additional power one or more Distributed ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 7 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 Power Modules shall be used to accomplish this purpose. 3.03 CONNECTIONS AND CIRCUITS A. Connections to the light and power service shall be on a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with •the National Fire Alarm Code NFPA 72, National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA 70, and the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). The circuit and connections shall be mechanically protected. A circuit disconnecting means shall be accessible only to authorized personnel and shall be clearly marked "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL". PART 4 - ACCESSORY COMPONENTS 4.01 ACCESSORIES A. The FACP shall support the following devices on the RS -485 data bus: 1. Signaling Line Circuit Expander (SLC) Module 2. Printer Interface Module 3. LCD Remote Annunciator with reset and silence switches 4. LED I/O module 5. IPGSM-4G IP Internet and GSM Dual Path Communicator a. IPGSM-4G IP Internet and GSM Dual Path Communicator to be installed where permissible by local municipality. GC to confirm. b. IPGSM-4G IP Internet and GSM Dual Path Communicator shall be installed directly to Fire Alarm Control Panel using (1) Data line and (1) dedicated outlet & circuit. c. When installing IPGSM-4G IP Internet and GSM Dual Path Communicator, abandon the existing primary phone line for the Fire Alarm system. 4.02 DEVICES A. The FACP shall support the operation of 127 total devices per SLC loop without regard to device type. The following devices shall be supported: 1. Addressable Analog Photoelectric Smoke detector. 2. Addressable Analog Heat Sensor 3. Addressable Relay Module 4. HVAC Duct Detector Enclosure utilizing Addressable Module 5. Addressable Input Module. 6. Addressable Notification Module. 7. Addressable Dual action Manual Pull Station — Key Reset. B. The FACP shall support these other devices via addressable input, addressable Notification, or Addressable Output Modules. 1. Addressable Dual action Manual Pull Station — Key Reset 2. Combination Horn Strobe or Strobe Only Devices 3. Sprinkler Flow & Tamper Switches; coordinate location and type with fire sprinkler contractor. 4.03 MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS A. Furnish and install devices, as required to provide a complete system. This shall include but is not limited to the following devices: 1. Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non - coded, dual -action type, with a key operated test -reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. The reset key shall be so designed that it will reset Manual station and open FACP without use of another key. 2. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected, as operated, at a minimum distance of fifty feet, front or side. Manual Stations shall be constructed of die cast metal with clearly visible operating instructions on the front of the stations in raised letters. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox, or semi -flush mounting on a standard single - gang box, and shall be installed within the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) dependent on Manual Station accessibility or per local requirements. Manual Stations shall be installed in conjunction with an Addressable Input Module (AIM) or Mini Input Module (MIM). AIM, MIM, and Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Fire Lite BG-12LX, or equal. 4.04 NOTIFICATION DEVICES ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 8 c c c c C c Q 3 ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 A. The visible and audible/visible signal devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. per UL 1971 and/or 1638 for the ST and also UL464 for the HS. Devices shall be mounted as required by locale jurisdictional requirements, at - sales floor locations the devices shall be pendant mounted even with the bottom of the sales floor light fixtures. The notification appliance (combination audible/visible units only) shall produce a peak sound output of 88dba or greater as measured in an anechoic chamber. The signaling appliance shall also have the capability to silence the audible signal while leaving the visible signal energized with the use of a single pair of wires. Additionally, the user shall be able to select either continuous or temporal tone output with the temporal signal having the ability to be synchronized. The visible signaling appliance shall maintain a minimum flash rate of 1Hz or greater regardless or power input voltage. The appliance shall also be capable of meeting the candela requirements of the electrical plans presented by the Architect and ADA. Candela output shall be switch adjustable: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, or 185. The appliance shall be polarized to allow for electrical supervision of the system wiring. The unit shall be provided with terminals with barriers for input/output wiring and be able to mount to a single gang or double gang box or double workbox with the use of an adapter plate. The unit shall have an input voltage range of 20-30 volts with either direct current or full wave rectified power. Visual strobe appliances shall be configured such that the flash is synchronized between devices. 4.05 SMOKE DETECTORS A. Smoke detectors shall be ceiling mounted, Analog/Addressable photoelectric smoke detectors. The combination detector head and twist lock base shall be U.L. listed compatible with the fire alarm control panel. The base shall permit direct interchange between ionization smoke detectors or the heat detectors. The base shall be the appropriate twist lock base. B. The smoke detector shall have a flashing status LED for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LED will latch on steady at full brilliance. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel's reset switch. The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being selected and measured by the ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM control panel without the need for external test equipment. Detectors shall have completely closed back to restrict entry of dust and air turbulence and have a 30 mesh insect screen. Electronics of the unit shall be shielded to protect against false alarms from E.M.I. and R.F.I. 4.06 HEAT DETECTORS A. Furnish and install analog/addressable heat detectors. The combination heat detector and twist lock base shall be U.L. listed compatible with the fire alarm control panel. The base shall permit direct interchange between Ionization smoke detectors and ;photoelectric smoke detectors. The base shall be appropriate twist lock base. The heat detector shall have a flashing status LED for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LED will latch on steady at full brilliance. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel's reset switch. Electronics of the unit shall be shielded to protect against false alarms from E.M.I. and R.F.I. 4.07 DUCT DETECTORS A. Furnish and install analog/addressable HVAC duct detectors. Duct Mounted Smoke Detector shall be photoelectric type with auxiliary SPDT relay contact, key -operated NORMAL -RESET - TEST switch, duct sampling tubes extending width of duct, and visual indication of detector actuation, in duct -mounted housing. Detector shall be capable of self monitoring and self adjusting for sensitivity for contaminant build up. 4.08 TRIP RELAYS A. NFPA 90; provide output trip relays to provide shut -down function to HVAC equipment. Coordinate relay requirements with mechanical contractor. Fire Lite CRF300, or equal. PART 5 - WIRING 5.01 INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The installer shall coordinate the installation of the fire alarm equipment. All conductors and wiring shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations, AHJ and the requirements of Vendor #2. All fire alarm 16721 -9 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 system wiring shall be installed subsequent to all painting - the fire alarm wiring shall NOT be painted or exposed to paint. B. It shall be the installer's responsibility to coordinate with the supplier, regarding the correct wiring procedures before installing any conduits or conductors. C. The contractor shall coordinate with Vendor #2 such that subsequent to the installation of the fire alarm system wiring and prior to any further fire alarm system work, Vendor #2 shall inspect, and test, all fire alarm system wiring for acceptance. The contractor shall replace/rework any fire alarm system wiring that is deemed by Vendor #2 to be unacceptable. 5.02 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. System components shall be installed in accordance with the latest revisions of the appropriate NFPA pamphlets, the requirements contained herein, National Electrical Code, local and state regulations, the requirements of the fire department, other applicable authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ), and Vendor #2. B. All wire used on the fire alarm system shall be U.L. Listed as fire alarm protection signaling circuit cable per National Electrical Code, Articles 760 PART 6 - WARRANTY, FINAL TEST AND TURN OVER 6.01 GENERAL A. Prepare and start systems under direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative and Vendor #2. B. Include services of manufacturer's technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. C. Coordinate signal requirements by the DACT with Vendor #2. ALL POINTS AND TROUBLES. D. After Warranty period as per section 1.5, all maintenance will be performed by Vendor #2 subsequent to turn over of the fire alarm system from the contractor to tenant. If the fire alarm system is not accepted by Vendor #2 for maintenance, the contractor shall provide system maintenance at no cost to the tenant until such time it is accepted. All Emergency services will be subject to section 1.5 and will include but not limited to all code/jurisdictional periodic test and inspections until such time Vendor #2 deems the fire alarm system is suitable for acceptance. During the period that the system is deemed unacceptable by vendor #2 all jurisdiction required testing maintenance etc that is preformed shall be documented to tenant and Vendor #2. 6.02 TESTING A. Pre -Final Test 1. Before the installation shall be considered completed and acceptable by Vendor #2, a test of the system shall be performed as follows (Note: all acceptance tests shall be performed under the direction and to the satisfaction of Vendor #2). This pre-test is intended to ensure system proper system operation prior to having the AHJ witness a system test. 2. The General Contractor shall operate every building fire alarm device to ensure proper operation and correct annunciation at the control panel. 3. At least one half of all tests shall be performed on battery standby power. 4 Where application of heat would destroy any detector, it may be manually activated. 5. The communication loops and the indicating appliance circuits shall be opened in at least two (2) locations per circuit to check for the presence of correct supervision circuitry. 6. When the testing has been completed to the satisfaction of Vendor #2, a notarized letter co-signed by the General Contractor and Vendor #2's representative attesting to the satisfactory completion of said testing shall be forwarded to DSG and included in final close out documents . 7. The General Contractor shall leave the fire alarm system in proper working order for acceptance by Vendor #2. B. Final Test for Witness by AHJ - Before the installation shall be considered completed and acceptable by the AHJ, a test of the system shall be performed as follows: 1. The General Contractor shall operate every building fire alarm device to ensure proper ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 10 c c c c D 0 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 operation and correct annunciation at the control panel. 2. At least one half of all tests shall be performed on battery standby power. 3. Where application of heat would destroy any detector, it may be manually activated. 4. The communication loops and the indicating appliance circuits shall be opened in at least two (2) locations per circuit to check for the presence of correct supervision circuitry. 5. When the testing has been completed to the satisfaction the AHJ, a notarized letter cosigned by the General Contractor attesting to the satisfactory completion of said testing shall be forwarded to tenant and Vendor #2 and shall be included as part of final Closeout documents per 6.03. 6. The General Contractor shall leave the fire alarm system in proper working order for acceptance by the AHJ. 7. Prior to final test the local fire marshal must be notified in accordance with local requirements. 6.03 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS O A. Submittals shall comply with section 00950 and shall also include deliver of two copies of the final close out documents after Vendor #2 acceptance - one copy to Vendor #2 and one to DSG within Thirty (30) days of system acceptance. The closeout submittals shall O include but not limited to: 1. Installation and Programming manuals for the installed Life Safety System. 2. Point to point diagrams of the entire Life Safety System as installed with programmed device addresses. This shall include all connected Smoke Detectors and O addressable field modules. • 3. All drawings must reflect device address. 4. A copy of the manufacturer warranty. 5. A list of all inspection, testing or Maintenance required for the system by local jurisdictional authorities. 0 0 B. Operating and Instruction Manuals - Operating and instruction manuals shall be submitted prior to testing of the system. Six (6) complete sets of operating and instruction manuals shall be delivered to the Architect upon completion. User operating instructions shall'be provided prominently displayed on a separate sheet located next to the control unit in accordance with U.L. Standard 864. PART 7 - ACCEPTANCE BY VENDOR #2 7.01 HORIZONTAL WIRE RUN INSPECTION A. Inspect horizontal wire runs for both intrusion and fire alarm systems. 1. Check for use of beam clamps and bridal rings. 2 Check that wire is not tied to metal structure in any location. 3. Check that cable ties are not pulled to tight and pinching cable packs. 4. Check all pass through areas walls or floors for properly sleeved and bushings used. 5. Check to see if cable has been painted (if ceiling is already painted). 6. Check turns for soft turns, and that cable is not pulled against sharp corners. 7. Check all J -boxes for box bushings or Romex connectors to protect cable entrance and exit. 8. Check that no cables are running parallel to high voltage cable, and if they must be run parallel check for 4 inch minimum spacing between high voltage and security cables. 9. Test for shorts and grounds on all cables installed. 7.02 THROUGH WALL WIRE INSPECTION A. Inspect all cables running through walls without conduit prior to gypsum board installation: 1. Inspect all cable running through walls but not protected by conduit for plastic bushings installed in the steel studs to protect cable from sharp edges. 2. Check that no cable is tied in the wall to any metal object. 3. Check that no cable is running in wall with high voltage 4 inch minimum separation. 4. Check all J -boxes for either box bushings or Romex connectors to protect cable , entrance and exit. 5. Test all cables for shorts or grounds. 7.03 VERTICAL WIRE RUN INSPECTION A. Check all vertical cable runs: 1. Check that all cables in conduit for a maximum conduit fill ratio of 43%. 2. Check conduit run for maximum of 360 degree in total bends without J -Box installed. ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 11 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 3. Check cable entrance into conduit for bushing to protect cable from chafing. 4. Check all flexible conduits proper connectors to J -box and device connection. 5. Check raceway through window or door mullions for flexible conduit to protect from sharp edges of aluminum frame work and glass resting on cable. 6. Check all cables for shorts or grounds. 7.04 GENERAL NOTES: A. Contract with Vendor #2 should be complete prior to start of construction. Any cables that fail test or inspection will be replaced and not repaired. C. Electrical Subcontractor will coordinate with Vendor #2's Project Manger to schedule inspections (72 HRS minimum lead time). D. Any inspections scheduled and work not completed may result in additional charges. E. Any inspections scheduled and work not completed may result in additional charges. F. Work not completed before any inspections scheduled may result in additional charges. G. Lifts for inspection will be provided by electrical subcontractor. H. A representative of Electrical Subcontractor shall be present during inspection and testing. Electrical Subcontractor will provide Vendor#2 a copy of as -built drawings showing cable runs (2 ) two copies separate from General Contractor close out requirements.. END OF SECTION ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 12 c c c c c C 0 D J r ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16741 - TELEPHONE DATA/POS SERVICE, PATHWAYS AND WIRING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Telephone service entrance raceway. B. Equipment and terminal backboards. C. D. E. F. 1.02 Premise wiring. Wiring devices and terminations. Identification Testing RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 — Basic Electrical Requirements B. Section 16111 -Conduit 1.03 SYSTEM'S DESCRIPTION A. For all future references, the use of the word "provide" shall mean, "to furnish and install". B. For all future references, the use of DSG refers to Dick's Sporting Goods. C. The Subcontractor, in conjunction with DSG's National Account Vendor No. 13, shall provide a complete Telephone, Data and POS (Point of Sale) Communication's system. D. Vendor No. 13 shall provide all Telephone, Audio Visual and *Data Equipment cabling and/or devices, programming, Trafsys components, Cisco wireless phone system components, Indyme wireless call boxes / components/server, cable management devices (excluding EC provided raceways of conduit), cabling, jacks, identification and labeling, testing, coordination with local exchange carriers and all other trades including other National Account Vendors for DSG, terminations, and inspections required by the AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction) or as noted in the Project's General Conditions. TELEPHONE DATA/POS SERVICE, PATHWAYS AND WIRING PROJECT 15722 E. The Subcontractor shall contact DSG's National Account Vendor No. 13 in order to secure a quote for the Work indicated in the Project Documents, including the specifications and drawings. Vendor No. 13 shall provide a quote based on their National Account Agreement with DSG and other Project specific criteria and/or requirements. F. DSG shall provide the Back Office equipment, routers, network switches, CRT's, printers, and Cisco wireless antennae/components for each location. DSG's separate Subcontractor shall install, interconnect and test the DSG furnished equipment. - G. The Landlord/Owner (See Section 00550 for definition) is responsible to provide the 25 pair incoming service cable from the Local Exchange Carrier's demarcation point to DSG's Special Systems Backboard and confirm dial tone. The Landlord is to provide conduit and pull string for TI service to the AV Room. H. This portion of the Work shall be completed 4 weeks prior to receipt of the store's merchandise in order that the systems are available for use by DSG during merchandise receipt. Telephone Service Entrance Pathway: The Landlord shall provide a 4 -inch raceway to within 5' of DSG's building. The General Contractor shall intercept the 4 -inch conduit at this point and extend the raceway utilizing rigid conduit, through the DSG Building and up to the bottom of the roofs bar joist. Provide pull boxes as required for the Landlord or their agent to complete the installation of the service cable to the Special Systems Backboard. Coordinate installation with Landlord and confirm routing with DSG Project Construction Manager prior to rough in. Confirm type of 25 pair cabling being provided by the Landlord (plenum rated or PVC jacketing). If PVC jacketed and local AHJ requires continuous conduit raceway from connection point to MDF backboard, then provide continuous rigid conduit raceway. J. Backbone Pathway: Conform to EIA/TIA 569 using conduit as indicated. K. Horizontal Pathway: Conform to EIA/TIA 569, using raceway, backboards, and cabinets as 16741 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 indicated. L. Premises Wiring: Complete from voice/data locations to its respective termination point using cable as specified. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Drawings shall be based upon the final documents, including all changes. They must include the specific location and identification of all: equipment, panels, devices and all other pertinent items. Drawings shall include specific identification corresponding to tagging of all equipment, panels, devices, telephone cables, data cables, controls, antennae and the like. B. Drawings shall be clearly identified as "RECORD DRAWINGS" and shall be dated to indicate the date of the latest information contained there on. Drawings shall also provide explicit written certification that the certification that the Contractor has reviewed the actual as constructed conditions with the Owner's representative and contain the representative's endorsement and concurrence with all information contained on the drawings. Any required revisions shall be made as directed prior to final release of retention. C. Submit written results from testing as outlined in 3.3 of this Section. D. Provide empty conduit for TI in AV Room. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The routing of this cabling shall be done in conformance with EIA/TIA-569B.1 wiring standards and BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. B. The Subcontractor, prior to beginning the Work, shall arrange a Pre -installation Conference. The conference should include discussions regarding terminations, cabling, routing and identification schemes and other pertinent issues relating to the Telephone and Data Systems. Attendees should include, but not necessarily be limited to, the General Contractor, company representative from the National Account Vendor, Landlord, DSG Project Construction Manager and any other attendees deemed necessary by the Subcontractor. C. The Subcontractor shall provide all necessary labor to assist the DSG's Project Construction Manager, DSG's Vendors or their agents in checking out and identifying any difficulties or improprieties in the installation and ALL the troubleshooting and correction associated therewith. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TELEPHONE TERMINATION BACKBOARDS A. Material: Plywood — N inch, finished grade one side. B. Size: Special Systems Backboard — 8x8 feet, 3/4 inch thick, flame-retardant. IDF Backboard — 2x2 feet, 3/4", flame-retardant 2.02 CONDUIT A. 3/4 inch minimum size. Refer to Section 16111 for allowable types. Extend all conduits to accessible locations above ceiling. If no ceiling is present, then the conduit shall be extended to the bottom of the roof's bar joist for cable routing. 2.03 CABLING TELEPHONE DATA/POS SERVICE, PATHWAYS AND WIRING A. The Voice cabling for each device and/or station to be provided, to be installed from each device location to the indicated IDF or Telephone MDF, shall be CAT 6, 4 pair, unshielded, twisted, PVC, 24 gauge, solid copper conductor with white jacketing with a 25 year warranty, complying with TIA 568-B.1. The routing of this cabling shall be done in conformance with EIA/TIA-569 wiring standard and BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. Communications cabling shall be continuous (i.e., there will be no splices) from each device to its respective termination point. Subcontractor to note wall elevations and equipment layout at the Special Systems Backboard that indicates designated landing areas for Telephone, POS Data and other device cabling. The cabling shall be properly identified and tagged per the noted criteria, 16741 - 2 c c c c c c c Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 which will be left with fifteen (15) feet of slack, coiled for termination at the IDF(s) or MDF. B. The POS and Data cabling for each device and/or station, including but not limited to CRT's, time clocks, RF and wireless phone system's antennae, POS units, upload ports, to be provided from each device location to the indicated IDF or Data MDF shall be CAT 6, 4 pair, unshielded, twisted, PVC, 24 gauge, solid copper conductor with white jacketing with a 25 year warranty and complying with TIA 568-B.1. The routing of this cabling shall be done in conformance with EIA/TIA 569 wiring standards and BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. Communications cabling shall be continuous (i.e., there will be no splices) from each device to its respective termination point. Subcontractor to note wall elevations and equipment layout at the Special Systems Backboard that indicates designated landing areas for POS and Data cabling. The cabling shall be properly identified and tagged per the noted criteria and left with fifteen feet of slack coiled for termination at the IDF or MDF. C. The Fiber Optic Cable from each IDF location to the MDF data Rack to be provided shall be a multimode 62.5/125 Um, 6 stand, PVC, armored with a white jacket and complying with TIA 568-B.1. Cabling shall be installed and tested per the EIA/TIA-568-B.1 "Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards", and any subsequent updates or modifications to those standards. D. The 25 pair communication cable from the IDF to the Telephone MDF to be provided shall be a CAT 3, 24 awg, PVC white jacketed. 2.04 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT A. Equipment: The National Account Vendor No. 13 shall provide the equipment and services per their agreement with DSG and it shall be provided as a part of this Work, along with any project specific requirements. B. Termination Jacks: RJ -45 type jacks provided as noted in the National Account Store Installation Material Configuration and as manufactured by NTW (Network The World) or an approved equal. C. Data jack colors as noted: 1st data jack at location, Green; 2nd data jack at location, White; 3rd data jack at location, Slate; 4th data jack at location, Blue. Red for all Access Points. All data jacks to support CAT 6 cabling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION TELEPHONE DATA/POS SERVICE, PATHWAYS AND WIRING A. General Contractor is to finish paint termination backboards with durable gray enamel under the provisions of Division 9 prior to installation of telephone equipment. B. General Contractor is to support raceways and backboards under the provisions of Section 16190. C. General Contractor is to Install termination backboards plumb, and attach securely to building wall at each corner. D. Electrical Subcontractor is to Install polyethylene pulling string in each empty conduit raceway. E. General Contractor to mark all backboards with the legend "TELEPHONE" under the provisions of Section 16195. F. Contact National Account Vendor No. 13. G. Identify each conductor at termination point as to location of jack or outlet served. H. Provide rough -in boxes to facilitate the installation of the proposed port configuration single or multiple including dual or quad ports. Provide a single J box. Cabling in walls, mechanical spaces, elevator hoist and other areas as defined by the NEC shall be installed in conduit and extended as required. J. All cabling shall be supported to the building structure and run in such a manner as to diminish the ability to view the cabling from any sales area or customer view. Cabling shall be installed at 90 degree right angle runs. Cabling 16741 -3 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 shall not be attached to any other Work including but not limited to fire protection piping, plumbing, lines, HVAC ductwork or equipment, ceiling support systems including tie wires for same and or electrical conduits. Provide all ancillary support components and cable management devices to comply with the NEC and ANSI/TIA/EIA installation requirements and/or requirements of the AHJ. be provided to the Owner prior to the Owners acceptance of this Work. F. In the event of testing criteria failure after Electrical Contractor sign off, the Electrical Contractor shall provide immediate call back and provide laborer to remedy situation within 4 hours of first contact. END OF SECTION K. Avoid installations that subject the cabling to be near sources of EMI. Data cable runs shall not exceed 290 LF without the expressed written consent of DSG or DSG's authorized agent. M. Terminations and termination devices including faceplates for all cabling provided shall be done as a part of the Work. 3.02 CABLE TESTING A. The CAT 6 cables shall be installed with zero defective pairs per cable sheath. The cable shall be tested for shorts, crosses, opens, grounds, transpositions, splits and to minimum data rate of 1000 Mbps, with results of test recorded on industry standard test result form with a separate page for each cable. In addition to the submission required as part of the project "Record" documentation, Submit test results directly to Steward Osborn, Manager of IT Support c/o Dick's Sporting Goods, , Telephone (724.273.3412) immediately upon completion • of testing. B. Test results shall verify that the installed performance is in agreement with the cable manufacturer's rated minimum performance indicated on accepted submittals. C. Test report shall indicate the following: NEXT - near end crosstalk, attenuation, length of run, impedance, loop resistance, capacitance, ACR, attenuation to crosstalk ratio, performance grade, signal to noise ratio, skew, and noise. D. All Fiber Optic Cables shall be tested in accord with ANSI/TIAEIA-526-14A and meet the performance specifications of TIA/EIA-568-B.1 E. Written test results for all cabling provided shall TELEPHONE DATA/POS SERVICE, PATHWAYS AND WIRING 16741 - 4 c c C c c c c C c c 0 0 D Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 SECTION 16743 - E.A.S. SYSTEM AND CCTV SYSTEM PART 1.- GENERAL A. General Contractor to purchase equipment and installation for the E.A.S. System (Anti -Shoplifting System), and CCTV System (Surveillance Cameras) from Vendor 19. PART 2- PRODUCTS A. E.A.S. System (Anti -Shoplifting System), and CCTV System (Surveillance Cameras) throughout the store from Vendor 19. 1. The E.A.S. System is to be installed at Vestibule or main entrance to a single level DSG store. 2. The E.A.S. System is to be installed at All Exterior and Mall entrances to a two-level DSG store. 3. The E.A.S. System is to be installed at mall entrances 4. The E.A.S. System is to be installed at Dick's Golf Shop entrances. B. All equipment and installation is to be contracted through Sensormatic Electronics (Vendor 19), DSG's National Account manager, Jeff Dye at 440.846.6086. C. All Sensormatic installation questions are to be directed to Sensormatic Project Manager Fran Ciglar at 561.939.3011 or via e-mail at fciglar@tycoint.com. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Vendor 19 to furnish and install all systems under contract with the General Contractor. END OF SECTION E.A.S. SYSTEM AND CCTV SYSTEM 16743 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK E.A.S. SYSTEM AND CCTV SYSTEM 16743 - 2 A e a s 1 1 s a Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16747 - AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 AUDIOVISUAL EQUIPMENT A. The General Contractor on BTS projects will 0 contract with Vendor 5 and Vendor 13 to furnish and install Audio/Visual Equipment. B. The General Contractor on RBTS projects will coordinate installation of DSG provide Audio/Visual Equipment furnished and installed by DSG's Vendors 5 and 13. PART 2— PRODUCTS A. Vendor 13 provides and installs all speaker cable, Coax cable and data cable for the Q Audio/Visual Systems. 0 0 0 0 Q O B. Vendor 5 provides and installs the following equipment: 1. Televisions and mounting hardware including poles. 2. A/V equipmentcabinet and rack 3. Media Players 4. Monitors. 5. Speakers. PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Coordinate installation of Vendor 13's cabling. Coordinate installation of Vendor 5's equipment. END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEM 16747 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEM 16747 - 2 1 1 • 1 1 s 4 4 1 0 0 Dick's Sporting Goods SECTION 16749 - BUILDING SECURITY PART 1 - GENERAL A. General Contractor to purchase and install all devices and wiring associated with the building security as supplied by Tyco. B. All items related to this system and their locations to be coordinated andcontracted through Tyco. Contact person to be Thad Henson @ 847-521-0536 or Jonathan Thomas @ 610-587-41063 PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Tyco to supply Honeywell 7847i Internet Communication Module. This requires an IP connection to the security panel. Coordinate 0 with Tyco Integrated Security. Contact person to be Thad Henson @ 847-521-0536 0 0 0 0 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION PROJECT 15722 BUILDING SECURITY 16749 - 1 Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 THIS PAGE IS BLANK BUILDING SECURITY 16749 - 2 1 v e 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4'x 8' Banner Quantity = 2 slsileioads uoileoililuapi T O'0 • M 00 PC 8 10 0 0 w 0d 5— 0 cn z Er o' O O 0 0) 0 0 0 z 60/£0/9 :NMVNO ]IVO aauueq QX-fr 30 in below grade o x 0 • 0 0 0 5' x 25' Banner Quantity = 1 A� HI --e1-1/2 in I '�/ T C) CO CD O m m 1.1.10# a Z0 0 L Ze' 0 0 00 rn a m Onl z D Zm 70 0 (51 0 (Package B) CS / NO Banner Sign Vendor Installation FITIMI= "r$ ,, 1 SPORTING GOODS {` -HNOW OPEN; i C.1 C.� iMill I� M�1 'ir�l f� a - 1-x% .0 Will ISE 0 II• 1_0 o� iIno IE1 00 -1 ""-"`—`1 .I fEk Tie rope around column as illustrated D1CKS SPORTING GOODS OPENING SOON i I IL -- CI ICS OW fir NM =CI 0 11111111111E100 Ilial MI C Ma 1M 0 Tie rope for pull down of opening soon banner around column as illustrated eonefld.1 1 identification specialists 1 Story !Al 1st Banner NOW OPEN Sewn rope on bottom with 25' leads. Grommets spaced every T 3' along top, 4 side hems, velcro 4 around perimeter on front, 1" webbing in hems. NOW OPEN (B) 2nd Banner OPENING SOON Velcro 4 around perimeter on back. Grommet in top left comer with 30' of rope attached. lot Banner "Now Open" 2nd Banner "Opening Soon" Velcro Velcro Pull rope 5 OPENING SOON N x V1 in N x V1 Install "Now Open" banner with screws to top of beam as illustrated in part A. Attach "Opening Soon" banner with velcro to front of "Now Open" banner as illustrated in part B. NOTE: When removing "Now Open" banner, re -install the 1" tex screws with silicone to prevent water leakage. LOCATION DICK ~ s DICK'S SPORTING GOODS Package B, 1 Story SPORTING GOODS Sign Vendor Installation r # DATE DESCRIPTION BY - DRAWN 8Y: MjD o DATE DRAWN: 6/3/09 JOB 4: 11-000 SCALE: NTS SHEET#: j 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • O v • 0 Vendor Matrix 1332 - Tukwila, WA Fiscal Year 17 Issued 2/6/2017 Vendor Scope ofWork Lead Time Purchased in Inks: Installed By Vendor Primal), Con/act: Retro - BTS - Single Level Prototype 01 - Advanced Fixtures Casework/Millwork, Slatwall/Pias. Lam. Inc. Panels/MDF Panels, Wall Lozier 10 G.C. Vendor Heather Ingram, 972-784-8800 x 225, DicksPJM@advancedfixtures.com 02 - Tyco Integrated Security Security / BA 4 G.C. Vendor Christy Bauswell, (317) 258-6273, cbauswell@tyco.com 03 - Inside Edge All Flooring Materials / Ceramic Tile / Wall Carpet 9 G.C. Vendor Ron Myers, 651.389.4226, rmyers@iecis.com 04-DHPace Hollow Metal Doors (Frames & Hardware, Cores, Keying), Fitting Room Doors G.C. G.C. Adam West, (417) 873-1860, adam.west@dhpace.com 04 - Girtman ,Associates Cores and Keying 6 G.C. G.C. Laura Hametz, 855-447-8600, ext. 1584, dsg@girtman.com 05 - Ovation In -Store Audio / Video Equipment; Smart Response Technology - Customer Help Buttons 10 G.C. Vendor Joe Miklos, 215-896-7322, jmiklos@ovationinstore.com 06 - PTR Baler & Compactor Co. Trash Compactor 6 G.C. Vendor Dawn Rischow, 484-534-5401, drischow@PTRCo.com 08 - ImageOne Graphics, Metal Architectural Elements, Exterior Structure 15 G.C. Vendor A.J. Rocchio, (215) 826-0880 x115, ARocchio@l1ind.com 10 - Core Marketing / Alum. Storefront & Curtainwall, Alum. Win. Kawneer Frames 4 G.C. G.C. Mary Jane Mangino, 724.443.0520, maryjane@coremarketing.com 11-ImageOne Exterior Signage, Mall Entrance Signage 4 G.C. Vendor Linda Baynes, (215) 826-0880 x126, Isbaynes@i1ind.com 12 - York HVAC Equipment / RTU's 8 G.C. G.C. Geoffrey Illian, (405) 419-6766, Geoffrey.G.Illian@jci.com 13 - Source One Data / Telephone Wiring, Paging System / Traf- Sys, Speakers 2 G.C. Vendor . Ken Dudek, 608-222-6320 x 7105, kdudek@source1net.com 15 - Retail Fixture Solutions, Inc Stockroom Shelving (including Conveyor System to Mezzanine when required), Dock Levelers / Dock Seals 10 G.C. Vendor Ron Hoffman, 972-923-0001, rhoffman@retailfixturesolutions.com 16 - Novar EMS / Energy Management System, Commissioning 4 Vendor EIec.Cont. Cody Hatch, 216-682-1482, 18 cody,hatch@novar.com 18 - Rexel Capitol Light Switchgear, Lighting Fixtures 6 G.C. G.C. Don Barr, 614-771-7366, dbarr@capitollight.com 19 - Tyco Integrated CCTV, EAS Security/ Sensormatic 8 G.C. Vendor Quotes Jeff Dye (jedye@tycoint.com; 440-846-6086). For Scheduling of Installation contact Fran Ciglar at 561- 939-3011 20 - Stanley Works Automatic Entrance Doors 8 . G.C. Vendor Andrew Miller, 860-409-6506, Andrew.Miller@sbdinc.com 22 - Cornell Storefront Loading Dock Doors and/or Security Gate as Systems applicable 4 G.C. Vendor Dan Bulkley, 800-882-6773 X 625, dbulkley@cornellstorefronts.com 25 - Sherwin - Williams Interior / Exterior Paint 2 G.C. G.C. James Geist, 724-933-1900, jim.l.geist@sherwin.com 27 - Premier Store Fixtures Surface Mounted Wall Standards, Wall Grid, SSFW Fixtures 12 G.C. Vendor 01 Stephanie Craven, 631-236-4055, DSG@premierfixtures.com 29 - Sanico Company Toilet Room Accessories, Cleaning Equipment 4 G.C. & Products G.C. John'Sullivan, 800-333-2635 x 210, jsullivan@isanico.com Please note that Lead Time is Prototypical. Project specific Lead Time may vary due to scope of work. The information contained herein supercedes any information that may have been issued prior to this date and is subject to change. Vendor Matrix with Contact Info Single Dick's Sporting Goode - Confidential 2/6/2017 2:09:44 PM, Page 1 of 1 ,2U SII Ox = C mo � y 2 x ••- DO Z y vc MZ -n 0 yD a, a C1 m z z r - z z z cn RIII co_ zo Z c D OO KI 03 2 O - O z r 0D O< M z z oZ X mo A � T1a >z - r D r r m PI ® 11 Em yr ▪ O >, y m2 O* O 2 2 o aW-4 m >j ✓ ▪ p OE r m X11 00 0 3p D y Zi O* Em 1 o Oz mG) zm -133 Zo mz m m co cn m m O EXHIBIT B-1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT - PHOTOS REQUIRED JOB NO. XXXXX SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: XXXXX Maxwell Johanson Maher 105 Broadway Avenue 'IL /0444400 —/4,iraw1720 az DICK Sporting Goods STORE #XXX 0w yo Wo zw v= m0 v* D6 rm rxrrr Om DN r0 AT Om zz O= c'" m STRAIGHT -ON VIEW OF MALL ENTRANCE. z 0 m N MALL TENANT MALL CONCOURSE DD r mn >2 Z -( Bela a-7 CO N m m z O EXHIBIT B-2 BRANDED WALL AT MALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT - PHOTOS REQUIRED JOB NO. xxxxx SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: XXXXX Maxwell Johanson Maher IMMEMMINIIIININII 105 Broadway Avenue pr, 662444 MIMI% fa:66+244S www.eaVoeRmn spoodere6.eo. DICK Sporting Goods STORE #XXX E C E E t E k U STRAIGHT -ON VIEW OF MALL ENTRANCE. pSt-06/-1 ym pm � m o,a w C m o,d 3ag 0 02 m go o m m o m p a x m m p O N m c• .s C 5 o o -12 N fG 0 m oat O • N 0 a m . o aim., o ao m 5 3 g coat�a m m m y m 0 o a 0 y m Fo o R. y o N z 0 511m MALL CONCOURSE e,♦ O• pp 4 zz aZ W 1 W EXHIBIT B-3 BRANDING AREA PROJECT CLOSEOUT - PHOTOS REQUIRED JOB NO. XXXXX SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: XXXXX Mazwell Johanson Maher 105 Broadway Avenue pl, f6+i14b0 Nidlls,Terms, Me fez W4444141 DICK Sporting Goods STORE #XXX D J ) ) ) Dick's Sporting Goods PROJECT 15722 APPENDIX C - SPECIFICATION FOR TRAFSYS WIRING A. Trafsys is to be installed at all public entrances to DSG stores. Final Trafsys camera quantities and spacing to be provided by Vendor#13 and verified by the system manufacturer. B. One Category 6, 24 AWG cable will be run from each entrance to the MDF backboard. Each end will terminate into a Cat. 6 568B red jack. C. At typical store entries the jacks should be mounted at 1.1'-6"aff. D. At mall entries the jacks should be mounted to the underside of the entry structure soffit. The prototypical soffit height is 9'-6"aff minimum. E. In wiring the jacks, the Cat. 6 cable must be terminated at 568B standard. F. Each entrance must be "home run" via separate line to the jacks at the MDF backboard. Each jack must be labeled according to entrance location. G. All cable runs must be tested as they are installed for continuity, and to make sure no cable shorts have occurred. TRAFSYS WIRING APPENDIX C- 1 O O O O 0 O O O SPORTING COMM..) 1.) All items below should be saved separately on a REWRITABLE disc (2 disc copies required) A sample disc organization is attached to:this checklist. 2.) Two copies of the disk should be submitted to the DSG corporate office. 3.) One full size hard copy of a complete set of (including Sprinkler and Fire Alarm) as-builts must be place in electrical room tube at the store. 4.) Extra hard copies of manuals are to be sent or left at the store. 5.) Only submit to DSG PM the items that are listed on this checklist. National vendor warranties and manuals are on file at the corporate office. 6.) This checklist and close out documents must be received by the DSG PM 60 days from the date of lease turnover date. 7.) All items must be completed, submitted and corrected before final payment will be released. =Final, completed punchlist signed off by the store manager =Certificate of Completion Building Permit (copy) =FINAL Certificate of Occupancy (copy) =Project Directory - Includes all subcontractors (and NAVs), trade, address, phone number and contact name =Sales tax statement (A template is attached to this checklist for completion) nArchitect statement that all submittal requirements have been completed/approved (This must be obtained by the GC/LL) =Final Test & Balance Report =Start up/deficiency report from Lennox (all deficiencies must be addressed prior to submittal) =Cal -Green Commissioning report (if applicable) =Programming/deficiency report from Novar (all deficiencies must be addressed prior to submittal) =Tyco acceptance letter for Fire Alarm System with date of tumover noted (only needed if installed by EC) =One hard copy of a complete set of (including Sprinkler and Fire Alarm) as-builts placed in tube at store electrical room =Attic stock left in manager approved space at store (submit photo of material left at store) One clearly labeled quart of each type of paint used (P -color and texture) One sealed box of each type of floor covering One sealed box of ceiling tile Five track heads =Final, completed ADA Punchlist with corrections signed off by store manager and completion photos included in pdf format. riGeneral Contractor 1 --Site work r -Concrete r—jMason r,Steel Erector r—IMisc Metal r 1Carpenter 1—,Caulker r -Roofer 2 year labor r -Roofing Manufacturer's warranty (main roof) r -Roofing Manufacturer's warranty (metal roof) r 1Metal roof - 2 year weather tightness warranty r -Framer r-Drywaller r—lStorefront (glazer) rlAcoustic Ceiling r -Painter r -HVAC r -Plumber r -Fire Protection r -Electrician (includes FA it installed by EC) r-Elevator/Escalator r-1EIFS =HVAC Systems =Fire Protection =Security Grilles and Shutters r-Soll Treatment - 5 year r—,Glazing Manufacturer- 10 year r-EIFS Manufacturer - 12 year I—ISealant - 5 year r -Shingle Manufacturer 1^^I 1I ,, I r GC Project Manager Signature DSG Construction Manager Signature DSG Facilities Manager Signature Date of submission to DSG PM Date of acceptance and submittal to Facilities Mgr Date of acceptance updated 11.13 14 o1cr.rIDI .2) a . Upi ec9J A :_- i1 f Store name number and • - BTS or RBTS : Construction Com •letion date: Soft 0.m - date: • General Contractor: Construction PM: Landlord: Facilities Mena ter: 1.) All items below should be saved separately on a REWRITABLE disc (2 disc copies required) A sample disc organization is attached to:this checklist. 2.) Two copies of the disk should be submitted to the DSG corporate office. 3.) One full size hard copy of a complete set of (including Sprinkler and Fire Alarm) as-builts must be place in electrical room tube at the store. 4.) Extra hard copies of manuals are to be sent or left at the store. 5.) Only submit to DSG PM the items that are listed on this checklist. National vendor warranties and manuals are on file at the corporate office. 6.) This checklist and close out documents must be received by the DSG PM 60 days from the date of lease turnover date. 7.) All items must be completed, submitted and corrected before final payment will be released. =Final, completed punchlist signed off by the store manager =Certificate of Completion Building Permit (copy) =FINAL Certificate of Occupancy (copy) =Project Directory - Includes all subcontractors (and NAVs), trade, address, phone number and contact name =Sales tax statement (A template is attached to this checklist for completion) nArchitect statement that all submittal requirements have been completed/approved (This must be obtained by the GC/LL) =Final Test & Balance Report =Start up/deficiency report from Lennox (all deficiencies must be addressed prior to submittal) =Cal -Green Commissioning report (if applicable) =Programming/deficiency report from Novar (all deficiencies must be addressed prior to submittal) =Tyco acceptance letter for Fire Alarm System with date of tumover noted (only needed if installed by EC) =One hard copy of a complete set of (including Sprinkler and Fire Alarm) as-builts placed in tube at store electrical room =Attic stock left in manager approved space at store (submit photo of material left at store) One clearly labeled quart of each type of paint used (P -color and texture) One sealed box of each type of floor covering One sealed box of ceiling tile Five track heads =Final, completed ADA Punchlist with corrections signed off by store manager and completion photos included in pdf format. riGeneral Contractor 1 --Site work r -Concrete r—jMason r,Steel Erector r—IMisc Metal r 1Carpenter 1—,Caulker r -Roofer 2 year labor r -Roofing Manufacturer's warranty (main roof) r -Roofing Manufacturer's warranty (metal roof) r 1Metal roof - 2 year weather tightness warranty r -Framer r-Drywaller r—lStorefront (glazer) rlAcoustic Ceiling r -Painter r -HVAC r -Plumber r -Fire Protection r -Electrician (includes FA it installed by EC) r-Elevator/Escalator r-1EIFS =HVAC Systems =Fire Protection =Security Grilles and Shutters r-Soll Treatment - 5 year r—,Glazing Manufacturer- 10 year r-EIFS Manufacturer - 12 year I—ISealant - 5 year r -Shingle Manufacturer 1^^I 1I ,, I r GC Project Manager Signature DSG Construction Manager Signature DSG Facilities Manager Signature Date of submission to DSG PM Date of acceptance and submittal to Facilities Mgr Date of acceptance updated 11.13 14 WEEKLY CONSTRUCTION REPORT ATTN: FAX: SITE INFORMATION Report Date: Completed By: Store #: Official Address: Email: Delivery / Turn Over: IIs schedule being met? 1" . if answer is no, please explain in comments at end Punch Date: (7 to 14 days before turnover) Developer: Phone #: Contact: • Phone #: Contractor: Phone #: Contact: Phone #: EXTERIOR Site Work Block Brick veneer EIFS Paving & Striping Lighting Image one RTUS INTERIORS UG Plumbing UG Electrical Concrete Plumbing RI Electrical RI [Perm.. Power date HVAC Fire Protection Framing % • Como Date: SHELL Foundations Steel Ordered? Bldg Steel Mezz Steel Mezz concrete Decking Roofing Landscaping Comp Date: INTERIORS Drywall Painting Flooring ADT Sensormatic Image One Novar program Millwork Final Cleaning NATIONAL ACCOUNTS CONTRACT/PO UPDATE % Comp Date: DATE OF EXPECTED OFF SITE UTILITIES provide this information even if it is not in your scope Comp Date: Electric: Gas: Phone: Water: Sewer: Comp Date: Complete Backboards installed for phone equipment, FA, etc Thru wall conduit for MDF & CONTRACT EXECUTION IDF VENDOR DATE ORDERED DATE PO/CONTRACT# SCHEDULED DELIVERY&COMPLETION Milwork & Shelving ADT - Burglar Alarm Flooring Girtman Associates Ovation In -Store PTR Baler Image One (exterior signage) Image One (interior graphics) Core Marketing (storefront) Lennox Source One HyTek (1 -level stores) Capitol Light/Rexel Sensormatic Stanley Doors Cornell Dock Doors Symmetry (2 -level stores) Material Handling Products Premier Store Fixtures GTC - Painted Graphic Sanico Company Schindler Elevator Corp (2 level stores) Interior Signs (spec -10440) CHANGE ORDER LOG AND TRACKING Change Order # Date Amount Description and status Total GENERAL UPDATE: (provide brief summary of events happening this week onsite) 1 e c V c c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UTILITY REQUEST FORM Store Number: Store Permanent Address: Phone # : If Existing Structure: Existing Meter numbers: Former Tenants Name: IF NEW CONSTRUCTION: Name of Construction Company: Phone #: Contact: CHECK ONE: Lease Property Manager Contact: Phone: Electric Company: Phone #: Meter Number: (provide photo of meter in place and Gose up of meter number) Account #: Gas Company: Phone #: Meter Number: (provide photo of meter in place and close up of meter number) Account #: Water Company: Phone #: Meter Number: (provide photo of meter in place and Gose up of meter number) Account #: Sewage Company: Phone #: Meter Number: (provide photo of meter in place and Gose up of meter number) Account #: Own Other Phone: Date Utility Accounts to be Opened by: Last Revised 1/13/06 Certificate of Completion PROJECT: (Name and address) CONTRACT: CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACTOR: The work performed under the Contract by the Contractor has been reviewed by the Contractor and found to have been completed in strict accordance with the Architect's plans and in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc. harmless against any expense, loss or claim as a result of the work performed by the Contractor failing to be completed in strict accordance with the Architect's plans and in accordance with the Contract. In addition, the Contractor shall repair or replace at its sole expense any work that was not completed in strict accordance with the Architect's plans and the Contract. CONTRACTOR By: Name: Title: Q OFF HOURS INSPECTION Reimbursement authorization/approval to conduct inspection activities during off hours. Date: g/30 / Requested By: .J£ AG 1r Firm/Company: '%Xi 4NIDQel.'S 4 A Permit Number: _%1 7 oo;4 Inspection Information L Project Name: —f � i c kS $oe.7(.4c7 Project Address/Lo'cation: `?'!51 Sov 1 p 10.4.4.e 4 Requested Date for Inspection: B131 1 (1 Requested Time: S.3 / PM J e Xy-s,t4v& Contact Name: Special Conditions for Consideration: Phone Number: '.i .754"..67f ' 0/ Sc ** Contractor will be charged a minimum for three (3) hour inspection time for any off -hours inspection work at $102.00 per hour (minimum total of $306.00). This is to be paid at the time of request. ** The undersigned, as an authorized representative of the above firm, hereby agrees to reimburse the City for its overtime inspections on the above referenced project. A separate invoice will be issued for all inspection time in Resstv (3) hours. Signature: Printed Name: Date: Bl3 o /i i PERMIT CENTER CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 3.0 2017 City Use Only: Approved: Disapproved: Paid: Receipt No: Date of Approval/Disapproval: Remarks: Authorized Reviewer: W:\Permit Center\Applications-Handouts\Templates\Forms \Off Hours Inspection 1-2017.docx Revised: January 1, 2017 McHenry & Associates Incorpor Mc &A Consulting Engineers est. 1960 March 31, 2017 Herschman Architects Incorporated 25001 Emery Road, Suite 400 Warrensville Hts., OH 44128 Attention: Aaron Blue Re: Dick's Sporting Goods #1332 Tukwila, WA The following are our responses to the City of Tukwila, WA- Department of Community Development. The responses are for the Development Permit Application Number D17-0036. PLUMBING (PW Department Comments) 1. Refer to the completed Non -Residential Sewer Use Certification form listing all of the new plumbing fixtures. 2. The existing storm drain piping is in conflict with the new Dick's Sporting Goods entrance. The existing storm drain pipe (between columns 20.9 and 21.3 on sheet P1.0) is relocated to drop down below grade at column lines 20.8 and 21.4 and then routed underground to be reconnected to the existing storm piping from where the existing drops were below the existing store front sidewalk. 3. In regards to the mandatory backflow test report, we defer the processing of the test report to the future Fire Protection Contractor/Engineer as they will be performing the mandatory backflow test as part of their engineered fire protection shop drawings. If there are any questions regarding the above, please contact our office. Very truly yours, McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. oe)46,..c711-, leau-o� Adam M. Lesiak CORRECiTIDN Do- oo3cp D CITY OF TUKWILA APR G7 2017 PERMIT CENTER 25001 Emery Road, Suite 200 Warrensville Heights, OH 44128 Phone 1 216.292.4696 www.mchenryassociates.com O HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS, INC. 25001 Emery Road, Suite 400 Cleveland, OH 44128 I., I 221166..222233:32320100 16216.223.223. .3200- 3210 fax ' www:herschmanarchitects.com Attn: Attn: Allen Johannessen Joanna Spencer City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 O Correction. #1 Response Letter April 4, 2017 Re: Permit Application # D17-0036 Dick's Sporting Goods 17450 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA Job #: HA# 15722.00 From: Aaroh Blue The following are responses to Correction Letter #1, Development Permit Application Number D17-0036. Buildinq_Department (Allen Johannessen): General Note: PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min: size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets.shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other thanthat of an engineering or land'surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. (WAC 196- 23-010 & 196-23-020) • Response: Sets of revised plans and required supporting documentation have been included in this submission with architect's and/or engineer's stamp, signature, registration number and expiration dates. Building Review #1: Provide a means of egress plan that conforms with Mercantile "M" type occupancy classification where the planspecifically shows all elements of that egress system; most specifically where access to the common paths of egress travel shall not exceed 30ft from any point in the merchandise pad. The egress paths to be shown on theplan are those that shall be illuminated emergency pathways inspected with light meters by the building official. (IBC Group M 1018.1, 1018.3, 1018.4, 1020.2 & Table 1020.2) DSG Fairfield, CA Response: Please see added sheet LS1.1 indicating the Aisles (44" per 1018.3) and Aisle Accessways (30" per 1018.4). We have colored the plan to indicate conformance with 1018.3 & 1018.4 using yellow for the aisles and green for aisle accessways within the merchandise pads. CORRECTION LTR# Q 003 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Page 1 of 2 APR 012011 PERMIT CENTER D HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS, INC. 25001 Emery Road, Suite 400 Cleveland, OH 44128 216.223.3200 216.223.3210 fax www.herschmanarchitects.com 0 Correction #1 Response Letter Building Review #2: The detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid 22 between D & E, refers to FP1/Al2.1_ floor plan detail which appears inconsistent with sheet A1.0. Please clarify. • Response: Enlarged plan FP1 on sheet Al2.1 is rotated 90 degrees from the overall plan on A1.0 so that the enlarged plan can be fit onto this sheet without additional match lines being needed. Building Review #3: The detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid A between 22 & 23 refers to B/A10.1 stairway detail where the detail B is not shown on that sheet A10.1.. Also, the detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid J between 20 & 21 refers to A125. That referenced floor plan detail is not on that sheet Al2.5. Please clarify or provide those details. • Response: We have added plan detail B to sheet A10.1 (and corresponding section detail 2) as referenced on sheet A1.0. Also, we have added the enlarged FP1 on sheet Al2.5 as referenced on sheet A1.0. Please see the following letter from McHenry and. Associates to address PW Department corrections. Should you have any questions or need any additional clarification/information, please do not hesitate to contact me. Sincerely, HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS, INC. L. Aaron Blue DSG Fairfield, CA Page 2 of 2 0 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Public Works Department - Bob Giberson, Director March 21, 2017 Kimco Realty 4065 Factoria Square Mall SE, #F4 Bellevue, WA 98006 Subject: Dick's Sporting Goods Tenant Improvement 17450 Southcenter Pkwy, Tukwila Permit No. D17-0036 • To Whom It May Concern: In accordance with Washington State Department of Health guidelines for Group A Public Water Systems, Public Works has implemented a cross -connection control program to protect the public water system from contamination via cross -connection. The program requires elimination or control of any cross -connection between the distribution system and a consumer's water system by the installation of an approved backflow device. The subject building has all necessary backflow preventers installed, however, they are overdue for mandatory annual testing. The following assemblies were due in 2016: a) 10" fireline DDCVA located in a vault at the NW corner of the building at 17300 Southcenter Pkwy b) 10" fireline DDCVA located in a vault on the SW side of the building at 17770 Southcenter Pkwy The Public Works Director will withhold issuance of the Dick's Sporting Goods Tenant Improvement permit until the Permit Center receives test reports for the above backflows. If you need assistance in locating the above backflows in the field, please call Mr. Todd Reedy, Water Department, at (206) 433-1860. Please contact me at (206) 431-2440 or via email at Joanna.spencerc tukwilawa.gov if you have any questions. Sincerely, sr4 Lks Janna Spencer Development Engineer cc: Aaron Blue, Applicant KIR Tukwila 050, LLC, Owner Todd Reedy, Water Department i -Permit .File D17-0036 (W: PW Eng/Other/Joanna/Letter. Kimco Realty 032117) 6300 Building s 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite 100 f Tukwila., WA 98188 • 206-433-0179 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 Website: TukwilaWA.gov March 22, 2017 a a City of Tukwila Department of Community Development AARON BLUE 25001 EMERY RD - SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D17-0036 DICK'S SPORTING GOODS - 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Dear AARON BLUE, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by .a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020) (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Provide a means of egress plan that conforms with Mercantile "M" type occupancy classification where the plan specifically shows all elements of that egress system; most specifically where access to the common paths of egress travel shall not exceed 30 feet from any point in the merchandise pad. The egress paths to be shown on the plan are those that shall be illuminated emergency pathways inspected with light meters by the building official. (IBC Group M 1018.1, 1018.3, 1018.4, 1020.2 & TABLE 1020.2) 2. The detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid 22 between D & E, refers to FP1/Al2.1 floor plan detail which appears inconsistent with sheet A1.0. Please clarify. 3. The detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid A between 22 & 23 refers to B/A10.1 stairway detail where the detail B is not shown on that sheet A10.1. Also, the detail reference key on sheet A1.0 at grid J between 20 & 21 refers to Al2.5. That referenced floorplan detail is not on that sheet Al2.5. Please clarify or provide those details. Note: This permit plan review may not be complete as revised plans may require further corrections. PW DEPARTMENT: Joanna Spencer at 206-431-2440 if you have questions regarding these comments. • 1) Submit Non -Residential Sewer Use Certification form and list all new plumbing fixtures. Do not list fixtures replaced in kind. 2) Clarify the storm drain pipe (between columns 20.9 and 21.3 on sheet P1.0) connection to the existing storm drainage system outside the building envelope. There was no detail for this connection tie in. There is an existing catch basin in the parking lot, but it is quite a distance away. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 3) It was brought to our attention that the building is past due on the mandatory backflow test reports. The City has not received the mandatory test reports in 2016 for: a) 10" fireline Detector Double Check Valve Assembly (DDCVA) located in a vault at the NW corner of the bldg. at 17300 SC Pwky and b) 10" fireline DDCVA located in a vault on the SW side of the building at 17770 SC Pkwy. Please know that a separate letter addressing the above backflows testing was mailed to the property owner on March 22, 2017. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at 206-431-3655. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D17-0036 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 9R1RR • Plume 206-431-3670 • Far 706.431.3665 PERMIT CORD COPY' PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0036 DATE: 04/07/17 PROJECT NAME: DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SITE ADDRESS: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: P(PM'I� 17 g Buildin Divis o CJS kW- `k --t1-11 Public Works I Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 04/11/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) j (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: �✓ i�LJ 4i(,/ DUE DATE: 05/09/17 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 (4ERMOT COORD COPY "Q PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP • PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0036 DATE: 02/28/17 PROJECT NAME: DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SITE ADDRESS: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PKWY X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # ; after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Co,nr LL Building Division L Conn jZ l-)-`1a1 Public Works frivi PM° 11* U* AO- Fire Prevention Planning Division U Structural Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 03/02/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews ❑ Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 03/30/17 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire 0 Ping 0 PW tk Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Li/ K f iv/1 Plan Check/Permit Number: D17-0036 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # • Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is :Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Dick's Sporting Goods Project Address: 17450 Southcenter Pkwy Contact Person: Agvb, Phone Number: ZI b - 223 - 32.43 Summary of Revision: S,c e. 0v+4 -4,64r'3 r.a notal vw+ ,n tran.te s e 1-I-th -c Prep.wNw1- A.. yO tt..,,...1011 eliAd 7 edhi , RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 0 7 2017 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): LS 1. 1 t A10.1 A 12' S "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisjpn Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: IN-- Entered in TRAKiT on LI -1 v ( 7 \applications\forms-applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: Non -Residential Sewer fle Certification Sewage Treatment Capacity Charge b 1-7,- 00 To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. Please Print or Type 17'-t SO south ceo-f°c Pki,a Property Street Address 'euu iL WA (38I8S City State ZIP Owner's Name Owner's Mailing Address City State ZIP Owner's Phone Number including Area Code Property Contact Phone Number including Area Code Party to be Billed (if different from owner) Address City State ZIP A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 . 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Z eZ Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 6 2 05 Clothes washer or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 Lit Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 6 Z Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 I i .5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 L. Q 0 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 3 k ''"- Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF Water 8 4 Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE L-( Total Fixture Units = 20 RCE King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division For King County Use Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # Subdivision Name Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) City or Sewer District IAA 1Ct�vii./4t CORRECTION Date of Connection ��k'> •ti Side Sewer Permit # Lot # Please report any demolitions of pre-existing structures on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. (See King County Code 28.84.050, 0.5) Demolition of pre-existing structure? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was structure on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes ❑ No Sewer disconnect date Type of structure demolished Request to apply demolition credit to multiple structures? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility/Process: r Lccn I € RECEIVED Estimated Wastewater Dischargc'�Ty OF TUKW LA 2_.1 Gallons/days APR G7 201? Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RC ERMIT CENTER 32_9 Total Discharge (gal/day) _ 187 1 .7 RCE C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A 22- +B 3.9 Total RCE Pursuant to King County Code 28.84.050, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the Metropolitan King County Council at a rate per month, per residential customer or residential customer equivalent, for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206-477-5516. I understand that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information. I understand that any deviation may result in a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner/Representative Date Print Name of Owner/Representative 1610_6969w_nonres_sewer_cap_chg_1058.indd White — King County Yellow — Local Sewer Agency Pink — Sewer Customer (Rev. 10/16) -QED+202M i#• THE ANDREWS GROUP LLC Home. Espanol of Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance 0 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I Page 1 of 2 A -'L, Index help . My L&I Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing THE ANDREWS GROUP LLC Owner or tradesperson Principals ANDREWS, ROBERT A, PARTNER/MEMBER Doing business as THE ANDREWS GROUP LLC WA UBI No. 603 483 265 2702 NE 114TH AVE STE 1 VANCOUVER, WA 98684 360-852-1230 CLARK County Business type Limited Liability Company License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. ........................................................................... Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. ANDREAG851P7 Effective — expiration 10/27/2015-10/27/2017 Bond ..._..._....... Travelers Cas and Surety Co of America Bond account no. 106388315 $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 10/27/2015 10/07/2015 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance .......................... Ohio Cas Ins Co $1,000,000.00 Policy no. BKS56951174 Received by L&I Effective date 10/18/2016 10/21/2016 Expiration date 10/21/2017 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&l Tax debts .............. No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=603483265&LIC=ANDREAG851 P7&SAW= 4/25/2017 THE ANDREWS GROUP LLC Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. L&I Account ID Account is current. 597,148-00 ................................. Doing business as ANDREWS GROUP THE LLC Estimated workers reported Quarter 4 of Year 2016 "7 to 10 Workers" L&I account representative T2 / HAN CHUNG (360)902.4713 - Email: CHUK235@Ini.wa.gov Workplace safety and health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. Page 2 of 2 © Washington State Dept. of Labor & Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state of Washington. Help us improve https://secure.lni, wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=603483265&LIC=ANDREAG851P7&SAW= 4/25/2017 SPORT \G GOODS OWNER K I MCO REALTY 4065 FACTOR I A MALL 5E #F -I0 BELLEVUE, INA x8006 CONTACT: PHONE:425-513-3501 E-MAIL: tit t'it Iti Pe ENGENTEERENG STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 5 T DESIGN AND ENGINEERING, P.O. BOX 515 ISSAGUAH, WA 18021 CONTACT: JIM TRUEBLOOD PHONE: (425) 557.0171 FAX: (425) 551.0765 E-MAIL: jim®bntengr.com 111111111 I III 11111 11111111 _1)11)1® _11111M11 INC mmuum 1iiiuiitiiiiR11 _mom SPORTING GOODS IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII TENANT DICK'S SPORTING GOODS 345 COURT STREET CORAOPOL I S, PA 15108 CONTACT: DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION PHONE: (124) 213.3400 McHenry & Associates Incorporated Mc&A Consulting Engineers est. 1960 MEP ENGINEER MGHENRY 4 ASSOCIATES 25001 Emery Road, Suite 200 Warrensville Heights, OH 44128-562I CONTACT: MATT DAVIS PHONE: (2I6) 212.46x6 FAX: (216) 2125814 E-MAIL: mail@mchenryassociates.com PARKKAN/ SUP RC NT R Td<W =A, WA STOR 55 EMU nnl HERSCHMAN ICORPORATEDlm ARCHITECTS nul ARCHITECT HERSGHMAN ARCHITECTS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 CONTACT: AARON BLUE PHONE: (2I6) 223.3200 x243 FAX: (2I6) 223.3210 E-MAIL: ablue®herschmanarchitects.com NATIONAL VENDORS RESPONSIBILITY CHART SOP CONTACTS: PSG MANAGER OF ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES: MATTHEW JAROCK - MATTHEW.JAROCK@DCSG.COM (724) 213-5645 PSG MANAGER OF STORE PLANNING: DAN HINTZ - DAN.HINTZ@DGSG.COM (124) 213-3357 PSG MANAGER OF PURCHASING: GREGG GRAVES - GREGG.GRAVES@PCSG.GOM (724) 273-3142 PSG PROCUREMENT SPECIALIST: SUSAN CLYDESDALE - SUSAN.GLYPESPALE@PGSG.GOM (124) 213-4536 VENDOR #2: BART JONES (BARTJONES@TYGO.GOM), BILLY SANDERS (BSANDERS@TYCO.COM), MIKKO SUOMINEN (MSUUOMINEN@APT.GOM) AND MIKE SMITH (MSM ITH@ADT.GOM) VENDOR #15: REFER TO STORE SPECIFIC VENDOR MATRIX FOR CONTACT NAME AND NUMBER. Fiscal" FOar . 17 lssued2/6/2017: Retry -BTS Single Level Prototyp : 01 - Advanced Fixtures Casework/MUiwork; Siatv�rali/Plan Lam. Inc; Panels/MDF Panels. Wall Lnzler. 02 - Tyco integrated Security Security f BA 10 G. Vendor Heather Ingram, -972-784-8800,x 225;, DicksPJM advancedfixtures•com; 4 Vendor 73- Instde=;Edgo: 04 -DH Pace Alt, Flooring>:Maferia}s 1 Ceramic; Tl}e / V11ali Carpet Hcillov�I Mefai Doors (Frames & Hardware, Cores, Ke_yang). Fitting Room Doors:; 9 Christy Bauswell,, 317) 258 6273, -cbausweilttyco cora NA xN Vendor Ron Myers. ,651 389 4226, rmyersgrecis com Adam Wee$ti (417) 873-1860; adarti'.wet dhpa'ce.com G.C. Cores end. Keyng Assrates 65, Ovation In :.Store; Audio /Video Equipment;SmartResponse Technology= Customer Help Buttons: 06- PTR Baler &;. Compacttr Coy; Trash, Compactor° irriageOne rketing t KaWneer: 6;. G 10 Vendor Laura Hametz. 855-447&600, ext':. 1584dsgrgirtrnan corgi' Joe Miklos,'215=896 7322;; jmiklasgoyationinstore com GC' Vendor Dawn RI§ch ow, r484 534-5401, dnschow@7PTRCocorr Graphics, Metal Architectural Elements, Exterior Structure Alum.; Storefront & Curtainwall,, Alum Frames '15 G. Vender A J gocchro, (215 326 08E ARocch i 1 ind.corns Mary -Jane Manginol 7 maryjane> coremarketing com. 11 ImageOne;; titertor Signage, Mal}. Entrance4`Signage! Vendor Linda<Baynes, (21526=(1880 X -i26 Isbaynes l ind.c m' 12 --:'York HVAC Equi"pmenta RTU's: C. Geoffrey Illra`n, (405) 419-6766;, Geoffrey Glliian@for com: Source On e' Data / Teiephione; Sys, Speakers erring:, :PagingSystem /Tr 2;: Vendor Keri:: 08-222 63. kdudek souree1 net coir 7195, _4 0; 'Nture; ;elutions Stockroonn Shelving (including,Conveyor System to zz Meanine..when required),: Dock; Levelers t:Dock,$eais 6 : Nevar° IMWM.10C0/00.011,00rni/1/0/010 001/000,000 OF: G C_ Vendor Ron Hotfman, 972;923 rttoffrrlan @retail fixturesol itionscote: EMS t Energy Management System, Commission}ng .4 Vendor Elec.ont: 18• Cody ketch-, 21-6=.68771482! codytiatchnovar.00m 1.8-:Rexel' Capitol Light; Switct gear. Lighting Fixtures 6 GC. Don;Bari`„614 771.7366. dbarrgcepitoil ight;coir% 1g Tyco Integrated CCTV, EAS:: Security/"Serisonnatic 8 Gam: Vendor .Ouotes�Jeff`Dye (3edye tycoint coin; 440-84i-6086).For; Scheduling Of . _. Installs#ion contact Fran Cie}ar at 561- Automatic Entrance Doors:; 8 Stanley, Gllorks:� ,..� G GC Vendor' Andrew Miller, 86(3-483 6506; AncirewArltet sbdinc corxt: ma - 22 Corneil Storefront Loading Dock>Daors andi r.Security„Gate as 4 G Systems applicable:. Vendor DanBuikley. 800-882-6773 X625; dbuikiey corn ellstofefronts.com Sherwin . Ilrarri"s 27 Premier Store Fixtures. interior / Exterior Paint; Surface Mounted SSFW Fixtures III Standards. Wall Grid;, 12 G; .tarries Geist, 724-9 jim i geisl sherwtrt coni' Vendor 01 Stephanie Craven, 631-236-4055, DSG Premie rfxtures com; 2'91-. Sanico Compan Toilet; Roorti;Accessories C)eaning Equipment' roduct. 4_ G C;: G :. John`Sul}(van. 80€1.333 2635 x 210. jsul[tuan xi fsantco, worn• llilllnunq 1111 III„ 11 1111111111111 111 milli 1111 7 PLANNING APPROVED - No changes .can be made. to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD A roved By: L PP Date:. y: GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ARCHITECTURAL NORTH BUILDING SECTION B51 WALL SECTION EXTERIOR ELEVATION >I INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DETAIL TAG E4 El ABBREVIATIONS A.F.F. A.G.T. ADJ. A.G. ALTN. ALUM. Above Finish Floor Acoustical Ceiling Tile Adjacent Air Conditioning Alternate • F.R.P. Aluminum EXP. E.J. E.I.F.S. APPD. Approved APPROX. Annroximate F.R.T. ARCH. ASPH. AUTO. AVG. BLK. 5D. B.U.R. G.B. G.O. CLO. G.W. COL. CONC. G.M.U. CONT. CORR. CRS. PIA. D.S.G. DR. D.S. DWG. D.F. EA. E.W. ELEC. EL. ELEV. EQUIP. E.F. EXIST. Architectural Asphalt Automatic Average Block Board Built -Up Roof Catch Basin Cleanout Closet Cold Water Column Concrete Concrete Masonry Unit Continuous Corridor Courses Diameter Dick's Sporting Goods Door Downspout Drawing Drinking Fountain Each Each Way Electrical Elevation Elevation Equipment Exhaust Fan Existing SET BASED ON F-1 PLAN DATED 1/25/2017 F.F. F.E. F.O. FT. FTG. GA. G.G. GYP. H.V.A.C. H.M. HORIZ. H.W. HR. IN. INSUL. INT. JAN. J.T. LAV. M.D.F. M.H. MFGR. M.O. MAX. MECH. MIN. MISC. MTL. Expansion Expansion Joint Exterior Insulation 4 Finish System Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Fire Retardant Treated Finish Floor Fire Extinguisher Finished Opening Foot Footing Gauge Gen. Contractor Gypsum Heating, Ventilation 4 Air Conditioning Hollow Metal Horizontal Hot Water Hour Inch Insulation or Insulated Interior Janitor's Closet Joint Lavatory Medium Density Fiberboard Manhole Manufacturer Masonry Opening Maximum Mechanical Minimum Miscellaneous Metal CEILING TAG WALL FINISH TAG ELEVATION TAG DOOR TAG WINDOW TAG ROOM TAG REVISION N.I.G. N.T.S. O.G. OPP. O.H. PR. PLAS. LAM. PLYWD. P.Y.G. PRE -FAB. P.T. REINF. RM. S.A.T. SCHED. SIM. SO. S.F. 5.5. STL. STOR. STR. TEL. T*G T.O. T.G. T.O.S. TYP. UNPIN. U.N.O. V.B. VERT. VEST. V.G.T. W.H. W.W.F. WD. CEILING TYPE # (HEIGHT) 01-0II P -I ) co) (A) ROOM NAME 100 Not In Contract Not To Scale On Center Opposite Overhead Pair Plastic Laminate Plywood Polyvinyl Chloride Prefabricated Pressure Treated Reinforcement Room Suspended Acoustical Tile Schedule Similar Square Square Foot Stainless Steel Steel Storage Structural Telephone Tongue 4 Groove Top Of Top Of Grade Top Of Steel Typical Unfinished Unless Noted Otherwise Vapor Barrier Vertical Vestibule Vinyl Composition Tile Water Heater Welded Wire Fabric With Without Wood **ATI work, materials, and systems shown in these plans and specifications, including all referenced national accounts, is the sole responsibility of the Landlord (and/or Landlords General Contractor) to purchase, schedule, and install complete as shown and referenced. Any reference to "General Contractor" in these plans and/or specifications refers to the Landlord and "Landlord's General Contractor". The Tenant (Dick's Sporting Goods) has .no scope of work and/or responsibility shown on these plans and/or specifications.** DRAWING INDEX • ARCHTECTIMAL TI .D COVER SHEET L5I.0 LIFE SAFETY PLAN LSI.Oa CODE DATA it REFERENCES ADA.0 2010 ADA STANDARDS ASI.I SIDEWALK PLAN AND DETAILS DI.0 ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLAN D2.0 DEMOLITION ELEVATION D5.0 DEMOLITION SECTIONS D3.1 DEMOLITION SECTIONS D5.2 DEMOLITION SECTIONS D4.0 ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN AI.0 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN AI.2 PARTITION 'TYPES A2.0 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH FLOOR PLAN A2.Oa FINISH FLOOR PLAN DETAILS A2.2 ARCHITECTURAL BLOCKING PLAN A22a BLOCKING DETAILS A5.0 ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLANS A5.I ARCHITECTURAL CEILING* COORDINATION PLANS A4.0 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PLAN A4.I ROOF DETAILS A5.0 SCHEDULES 4 NOTES A5.I DOOR 4 WINDOW DETAILS A6.0 BUILDING ELEVATIONS A7.0 ENLARGED ENTRY DETAILS Aq.0 WALL SECTIONS Aq.I WALL SECTIONS Aq.2 WALL SECTIONS Aq.5 WALL SECTIONS Aq.4 WALL SECTIONS Aq.5 WALL SECTIONS Aq.b IN -FILL SECTIONS AI0.0 ENLARGED PLAN $ VESTIBULE DETAILS AI0.I STAIR DETAILS AI1.0 ARCHITECTURAL FIXTURE PLANS AII.1 PREMIER FIXTURE PLAN AI 1.2 APPAREL PORTAL PLAN AI13 APPAREL PORTAL ELEVATIONS Al 1.4 VALANCE/CI CLF SECTIONS AI2.0 TEAM SPORTS PLAN. ELEVATIONS 4 DETAILS Al2.1 LODGE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS AI2.1a LODGE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS AI2.Ib LODGE ELEVATIONS Al2.2 FULL SERVICE FOOTWEAR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A1220 FULL SERVICE FOOTWEAR SECTIONS 4 DETAILS Al2.5 BIKES $ FITNESS PLAN AND ELEVATIONS AI2.4 GOLF PRO SHOP PLAN AND ELEVATIONS AI2.4a GOLF PRO SHOP ELEVATIONS Al2.5 CASHWRAP PLAN, ELEVATIONS 4 DETAILS Al2.6 OFFICE PLAN 4 ELEVATIONS AI2.ba OFFICE SECTIONS 4 DETAILS AI2.1 TOILET ROOM PLAN, ELEVATIONS 4 DETAILS Al2.1 TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR ELEVATIONS A13.2 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS STRUCTURAL 51.1 FOUNDATION PLAN 5I2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 513 CANOPY FOUNDATION PLAN 4 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 52.1 SCHEDULES AND NOTES - STANDARD NOTES 53.1 DETAILS 532 DETAILS 53.3 DETAILS H.V.A.C. DH1.0 DEMOLITION HVAC. FLOOR PLAN HI.0 HVAC FLOOR PLAN 141.1 OFFICE HVAC FLOOR PLAN 142.0 HVAC. SCHEDULES 142.1 HVAC. DETAILS 142.2 HVAC. DETAILS AND NOTES 1430 HVAC ROOF PLAN PI.0 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P2.0 ENLARGED PLAN, DIAGRAMS 4 DETAILS P2.I SCHEDULES 4 DIAGRAMS P3.0 PLUMBING. ROOF PLAN ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN DIMENSIONED LIGHTING PLAN TRACK LIGHTING FLAN E2.0 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E2.1 ELECTRICAL POWER ROOF PLAN E5.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E3.Oa E4.0 E5.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS MISG SCHEDULES PANEL SCHEDULES E5.1 E6.0 PANEL SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.0 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM FLOOR PLAN E.5.0 SECURITY PLAN Eq.O SECURITY SYSTEM DETAILS Eq.! E10.0 SECURITY SYSTEM DETAILS SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN E11.0 SPECIAL SYSTEMS DIAGRAMS of NOTES EPERGY SYS EMI.0 EM2.O EMS NOTES (YORK RTUs) EMS DETAILS (YORK RTUs) FIRE PREVENTION FPI.O FIRE PREVENTION PLAN DESIGN REVISION BULLETINS LIST OF ALL INCLUDED DRB'S (as required by each DRB. Not all DRB's may apply to this store) NOTE. THIS SET OF PROTOTYPE OGUMENTS INCLUDES ALL ORB'S UF T VICINITY MAP AREA MAP Permit . 1%s)r7 . Plan review approval is subject to errors and orissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and carditions is acknowledged: 1 Date: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: liecnanical aktiectricai t�.,' �Iumbing 1IGas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of TLi!st.file Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may i c ude additional pian review fees. 11 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 R ity ofTuI Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION': ' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER 003(0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: a.biue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 a �.mmNc o C rn C o ,p O O W 2 ° - •C C II ° c 0 cc 22ma 0_ OF- w coO 0 oI-8 2o 2 O m O 0 mo m 0 u) 2 o_a • m; C c co e - moo (1 (f L C O w O O C ..'0 C c O oo .SII m� 3 O � � N t 1 II N a �II ma 0 II J N CO m C D c O II O t0 II C C O. a tO 0 00 •m (n 00ro°o C J SII - II = c .0 W C W C= 00 N _ _ p =~ 2 O t° N O -m m C 0 m 0. 2 i O >. Q. O y, tl/ 0 C 0 e E II o ° 0 o m ° =IIWmm \2m :002O O - D O c O O c 3 o t c 0 ma- 22-EL HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX, (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com COVER SHEET T1.0 34" CLEAR DOO EGRESS WIDTH (170 OCC.) 304'-104n 102" CLEAR STAIR WIDTH -1- _ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I _ I I_ I I_ I I =I I I _ 1 1 _ 1 1 VIII 1 1 _ 1 1 _ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ 1 I_ 1 I_ 1 I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ I I 0tee _ II _ I I MIMI 51" CLEAR STAIR WIDTH (170 OCC 171 ✓ -t L—J ▪ —, ILS I ▪ — 7 I I LE -1j 12' APPAREL PROCESSING \09 -IS/ 48' >< / \ i 96" EL PROCESSING BAR \09 -IS/ 48' >< AH801-LS F 1 14ml TN - 1 S 174'-8" ACTUAL OVERALL TRAVEL DISTANCE i. l l_ (1'1 t _ I L I I __ I_ I_ I I _ I_ I I ® I_ _ 1_ I I (250'-0" ALLOWED) 1 1 n O LL I II� I ll i 1 tl� I It� IIII IIII III IIII IIII HH I fl 1 I---II--I I II 1 H - 11I1 1111 1 II I 1II1 1II1 18t-8" ACTUAL OVERALL TRAVEL 11 DISTANCE (250'-0" ALLOWED IIII !III 1 II 1 EJLA 24• Jig u 4 in N V7C-15.- 1 f5 48' >< 48' `SFS01-L5- S 1 48' X 48' 4 n LB I I_ I I_ I I r I I_ I I_ I I_ I I_ 1 I _ 771 LLL IHrr r—T— I� 14 14 14 !E SFS03-15' 8"SO2X `,17C -15/X 48' 48' X LB' X „, / 96' \ 48' 96' in N 11 II II II II II II II II 11 m m 11-411-411-411:1--H-4 4 (V 111 11111 1 '1 1 1 1111 1 r, 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1_ L F-**_:*.i.t _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ I_ 1 1 _ 1 I� II ri 1771 la lE1 III a5444-41.3 O 1 N 0 in 1 1 . I- + li i III I •. I 1 I- + 1 1 k+ i L- - - 1ml I I I , I- + r I 1 _ 1 1 _ I L I I_ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 _ 1 1 1 1 _ I I- ® ri--I- 11-1 +4 � I % II I-+ 150 = C�J C�J 2E I- + occwPAN _ _,� �i r' �-� 1 1 (limy ! - 8 =' LPA LF LPh C�I L-9_1()6' 1� =- I— + 1 _, -I I' � r I t�I Cf-�' �'-1 �n.L_ .iJ LJ I1�]L ..'/ — --- --- --- —T— (�"4 G -7j (J -) ( r1- r—T—T—'T T — T—T---r— LD1 1 ■� �� I– –I r°7 -1-1H SIH 1 HH j HH = �1- I-II-j!H L9J LIIJ ED 4-q L D — 1 r —ZEd in N 65" CLEAR EGRESS WIDT (325 OCC.) 150" CLEAR EGRESS RE . IEWED FOR CODs. COMPLIANCE r PPROVED APR 2 0 2017 WIDTH (475 OCC.) LS1 ARCHITECTURAL LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCS 3/32" = I'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15-122.00 N 0 0 (7 0 0 N O w L U O w0 U C – U V na 0 U 0 cc U ° 0,t m Y U H N = 0 �O C oI.?. O • C – i 0 I– O0 O8) V c 0 _m Q 0 = D_ f/) J ` O c 0 0 O C pCj O 0 C 0 To .- O 8008. 000NC - O C C O _ w_▪ 90� 3 U = 0 N 0 .' U 0 n T � • C O T oc=C Ja`<00 U :21 _°O03 -m 0 I -I N 0 _ y c No to O 0 1 T O — 0 O CO 0_C W U 0 - 0 0.%0 0 0 c 0 = — N - N W U L J m a) c 0 0« 0 - 0 N C p 0 E =DC7 O) c ; 0 c 3 m 0 0 () 0 C O m Q = N 11.0) cc 1- z w C) CC 0 � � M �w cc cc se O a1—CD it HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHTECTLMAL LIFE SAFETY PLANS LS1.0 PLAN REVIEW DATA 1. Applicable Codes: VII. Exit Capacity: X. Plumbing Fixture analysis (Table 2402.): 2015 Washington State Budding Code A. 2015 International Building Code B. 2015 international Plumbing Code G. 2015 International Fire Code D. 2015 International Mechanical Code E. 2014 National Electric Code 2015 Washington State Energy Code A. Minimum number of exits: (1006.2.1.1) Total ocapant Toad = 116 occupants = 3 exits, min. B. Number of exits provided: 6 - (5) from Sales + (1) from Stock G. Minimum exit width required (Section 1005.1): 1. Doors: 02 inches per person (1005.32) 716 occupants x 02 = 155.2' of required door width Note Section 10055: 50% x 1552" = 716' for remain exits If main exit (largest capacity of 45") Is blocked (2) a 65" exits + (2) 34' exits= 118' (remaining doors must add up to a minimum 50% of egress width capacity as required by code) D. Exit width provided: 1. 243' of sales egress width provided. 2. 34" of storage egress width provided. E. Stairs (1005.3.1): Based on the maximum occupant load for each door 0.5 Inches per person required (w/ Sprinkler System) 1. Door *IISb capacity: 65' / 0.2 = 325 occupants. 525 occupants x 0.3 inches per person = 41.5' stair width required;102" provided. 2. Door *141 capacity: 34' / 02 = 170 occupants. 110 occupants x 0.3 inches per person = 51" stair width required; 51" provided. Provided Exterior Area of Assisted Rescue at each stair Iodation (1004.1): I. 30' x 48" clear floor area for each 200 occupants served (1004.63). 2. 1 Ebur Fire Resistance Rating (1004.72) 3. Signage identifying 'Area of Assisted Rescue° per Section 1004.4 (Item 2) E. Turnstile at Main Entrance (10103): 1. Turnstiles shall turn free In the direction of egress when primary power is lost and by manual release by a employee. a. Proposed turnstiles deactivate aid swing clear upon loss of primary power, activation of fire alarm system, or manual release by an employee. 2. Turnstiles shall not account for more that 50% of required egress capacity. a. Proposed turnstiles account for 150 occupants (50 occupants each) of the total required 116 occupants. 3. Turnstiles shall not account for more than 50 occupants each. 4. Provide 36' min. clear width at each turnstile. 116. FEMALE Water Closets by Use Type Water Closets by Use Type M (511 occ.o 1/500)= 0.142 M (311 occ.e 1/500)= 0.142 5 02 c.e 1/100)= 0.12 5 (12 occ.e 1/100): 0.12 oc 5 (5 occ.e 1/25)= 020 5 (5 occ.e 1/25)= 020 Total WC's= 2 required, Total WC's= 2 required, 2 Provided 1 WC's 4 2 Urinals Provided by use tine by use type 11. Occupancy Group: ML M (511 oc . M (511 occ el/T50)= 0.415 M (311 occ01/T50)= 0.415 oc 5 (12 occ.el/100)= 0.12 5 (I2 occ.0 1/100)= 0.12 B (5 occ.e 1/40)= 0.125 5 (5 occ.e 1/40): 0.125 Total Lavatories= I required, 2 provided Total Lavatories= I required. 2 provided A. Mercantile (1�U Section 304 A. Me O Seaton 311 Storage G. Business (B) Section 304 Note: Mixed Occupancies for the purpose of Tater defined Non-5eperated Uses Allowing No Rated Separation of Stock Rooms. Drinking Fountains by use type M (142 Occ.e 1/1000)= 0.142 5 (24 occ.eI11000)= 0.024 Total DH's 01/100)= 1 .10 reequired, 2 provided Service Sink III. Construction Tire: A. V-8 (Table 601) B. Fire Resistance Requirements (Table 601) G. As Listed: Required ProvidedI �t required, I provided I. Exterior bearing walls (See Table 602) refit's. below 0 HSR 2. Exterior non-bearing walls (See Tele 602) refit's. below 0 HOUR 3. Interior bearing walls 0 hour WA Combustible materials allowed FRT WD. USED 5. Structural frame 0 hour 0 HOUR 6. Floors 0 hour 0 HOUR 1. Roofs 0 hour (see note G. for restrictions) 0 HOUR 8. Shaft enclosures (107.4) 0 hour WA 4. Fire Wall (e adjacent mall) 3 hour See Table 106.4 WA 10. Stair Enclosures 1 hour I HOUR (located mound exit alcove at Area of Assisted Rescue - Section 1004.12) Fire Resistance rating refit's for Exterior walls based on fire seperation distance Table 602: Less than 5' 2 flour Greater than 5' less than 10' I Hour 6reater or eq. to 10' 0 HourSePcr Tele 1053: Maximum area of exterior wall openings Unlimited with separation Beater than 20'. Greater than 20' - No Limit 6reater than 5' 4 less that 10' - 25% Greater than 15' aid less than 20' -15% Greater than 3' 4 less that 5' - 15% Greater than 10' 4 less than 15' - 45% Less than 3' - 0% XI. Ernelope Energy Compliance:4. A. Roof: 1. Existing roof Is to remain over thermal envelope area (new roofing to be installed over new canopy area, which is outside the thermal envelope). 2. Existing skylights are to remain. B. Exterior Walls: I. At exterior walls where existhg furring and gyp. bd. is to remain 4 a cavity is not exposed, No Additional Insulation is required. 2. At exterior walls where existing furring Is to remain 4 existing gyp. bd. is not present, new RIO Continuous Rigid Insulation shall be Installed over studs before installing new gyp. bd. VIII. Arrangement of Exits: 3. At extortor walls w/o existing Purring or where exterior wall construction is new, install R -IO Gonthuous Rigid Insulation on Inside face of amu or concrete wall construction. New A. anon of Exits: At least 2 exits shall be laced a distance equal Pt °Cl to not less than half the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area beteg served (10152.1). One third the length for sprhklered buildings. B. Maximum travel distance: 250 feet (Table 1016.1). metal furring and gyp. bd. to be Installed Inside of continuous hsulatton. G. Vertical Fenestrations: I. Aluminum Curtain Wall 4 Storefront Glazing Systems (1" clew unit w/ fiberglass pressure plate): Total System Requirements: IX. Other life safety considerations: A Minimum corridor width: 44' (1018.2). B. Dead end corridor: 20'maximum (1018.4). Exception #2.50 maximum h Group B where building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 4033.1.1. G. Door clear width: 32' minimum (1008.1.1). D. Intortor finches (Table 803.4): 1. Vertical Exits/ Passageways - Class B 2. Exit Access Cooridors - Glass 0 3. Rooms/ Enclosed Spaces: Glass 0 4. Floor Finishes - Glass 11 - Floor finish materials must comply with DOG FF -I 'pill test' (804.4.1). IV. Fire Suppression stem:U= ppr 5y 0.58 max.; SHGG= 0.48 max. (West facing w/ 0.41 Projection Factor) Center of Glass Values required to meet above system requirements: A. Fully sprinklered (403.2.1) B. Manual Fire alarm system riot required for Group M occupancies (4012.1) less than 500 occupants above grade exit discharge or if fully sprtnklered In accordance with Section 4033.1.1. 1' Argon filled clear Insulated bless Units: U= 0.26 max.; SH6C= 0.52 max. (If tint must be used to meet above requirements, submit sample for review) 2. Aluminum Slid Entrance Doors (lazed): Glass equal to above. g Required: U= 0.60 max.; SHSC= 0.48 (West facing w/ 0.41 Projection Factor) Provided: U= 0.60; SH60= 021 3. Nen HollowlowMetal 40 Dmoors (Insulated): Provided: U= 0.061 4. Existing Hollow Metal Doors to remain. D. Slab -on -Grade: Existing slab -on -grade 1s to remain. Where new exterior wall construction is to take place below finished floor, new R -I0 Continuous Rigid Insulation to be V. Building Height and Area: A Allowable Height: 3 stories, (Table 504.4). B. Allowable Area: Unlimited (Section 501). VI. Occv ant Load (Table 1004.12) p1. SECTION 1003 - GENERAL. MEANS OF EGRESS (kf_I LK TO TABLE 1004.12 FOR MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT) MERCANTILE = 60 s.f. GROSS/OCCUPANT (44,504 s.f) = 742 OCCUPANTS BUSINESS = 100 s.P. GROSS/OCCUPANT ( 444 51) = 10 OCCUPANTS MAIN FLOOR STORA6E = 300 s.f. GROSS/OCCUPANT ( 7.048 s.f.) = 24 OCCUPANTS installed to a min. 24' below finished floor. 52,546 TOTAL 51. 116 OCCUPANTS TOTAL FIXTURE LEGEND • FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FRE EXT HER SIZE Aim FLAGS:ENT FOR CLASS A HAZARDS. O 11,250 S.F. MAX FLOOR AREA FOR EACH FIRE EXTINGUISHER. • 15' MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXTIN6UISHER O 1,500 SQ. FT. PER UNIT OF A • MINIMiJM RATED EXTIN6UISHER - 2A-I013:C FELE EXTRSIEHER SIZE AIS PLACEMENTFOR CLASS B HAZARDS. O ORDINARY (MODERATE) HAZARD - Size 10B EXTINGUISHER RATING REQUIRES 30'-0' MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXTINGUISHER Size 205 EXTINGUISHER RATING REQUIRES 50'-0' MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXTINGUISHER FETE EXT ER SIZE AND PLACEMENTFOR CLASS 0 HAZARDS. • REQUIRED WIRE ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIFM54T CAN BE ENCOUNTERED THAT WOULD REQUIRE A NONCONDUCTING EXTINGUISHING MEDIUM. FIRE EXTINGUISHER NOTES INFORMATION BASED ON INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NFPA 10 FOR AN ORDINARY (MODERATE HAZARD) OCCUPANCY 1. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES AS PROPOSED ARE BASED ON NFPA 10. VERIFY 4 COORDINATE FINAL QUANTITIES, LOCATIONS, AND INSTALLATION WITH LOCAL .IURISDIGTiON. 2. TOTAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS = COORDINATE WITH AUTHORITY HAVING .LJRISDICTION. ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL HAVE A BROSS WEI6HT NOT TO EXCEED 40 lbs AND ARE TO BE MOUNTED ON MOUNTING BRACKETS 50 THAT THE BOTTOM OF UNIT 15 21' A.F.F. OR LOWER FOR CANE DETECTION. COORDINATE EXACT HEIGHT WITH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. 5. PLACE SALES FLOOR Ff.'s ON REAR SIDE OF COLUMNS AS SHOWN (OR AS ALLOWED BY FIXTURE PLACEMENT PER D5G's F -I PLAN. rREVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City ©f Tukwila BUILDING bn 003 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 nil PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: ).blue Project No.: 15/22.00 co 0 0 c� c7 z PI cc 0 a _ C - n J N LI o C m 0 O O C 03 V J C CO .0 Y 0 0 co O ‘rom �0. o >. O = 0 0 N 0. 0 03 N c E2. -=DC7 D U .0 2 0 0 0. <w:o.� 0 - 0 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com CODE DATA d: REFERENCES LS1.Oa FLOC* SPACE NOTES t DOORSSHALL TO WPM NTO IMOM SPACES (304.4) 2. WE FILL IRKNISTRUCTED SITS: OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IXIST ADJC01 AN ACCESSZLE ROUTE OR ANTHER CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (305.0) 3. A CLEAR FLCKS SPACE IS MIMED AT ANY DEVICE WITH AN PART (3)92) Fig. 304.32 T -SHAPED SPACE [4JJ FIg. M5.71 TIMM SPACE Ref. Section 304 60' Ref. 904.3.1 CIRCLLAR SPACE 60" MIN. ///// // // // //i m T A X Ft. 305.72 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE D+1 ALCOVES //////////,I/// 0 o 30' 1 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FORWARD APPROACH Fig. 305.3 Fig. 305.5 (a) CB .LL' --r -J I- 48' I ,r/////////i/ � PARALLEL APPROACH Fig.305.5 (b) MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE Ref. Sections 304 & 305 00' 1- LAMM RAP RUN WONG (a) STRAIGHT RALP NOTES: 1. MAX RAP SLOPE SHALL BE tt2 (405.2) 2. MAXPAN CROSS SLOP? CW RAMP SHALL BE t48 (405.3) 3. RAIWS WITH A RISE GREATER THAN 6' SHALL HAVE HANDRALS, AND SHALL CON3LY w/ SECTION 505 (4052) a v X f Ref. Section 405.92 BARRER CURB RAMP Ft. 405.7 MIN. EDGE PROTECTION Ref. Section 405.9 RAMPS Ref. Section 405 irRAAP RUN ADJORDO SUARFACE, 120 MAX. COINTER SLOPE FLARED ME BEY CIARB RAP (b) CHANGE N DRECTION RAP RUN 5E //// ////////// // Fig. 4059.1 EXTENDED FLOOR OR GRCIND SINFAOE LOC t / /// / / // // c BERAL STTE NOTES: t ACCESSIBLE PARKNQ SPACES AND ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE LEVEL, M AXNUM PERYTTED SLOPE IS t48 (502.2 & 502.3) 2. ACCEMBLE PARKNG SPACES T BE DENTFE) WITH A SIGN. SONS DENTIFYNG VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL CONTAN TIE DESK3NATION'VAN ACCESSIBLE'. SIGNS SHALL BE I 60' FROM THE PARKNG SURFACE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN. (502.2.2 85022.3) / //////////////// ///// VAN PARKNG SPACE IDENTFICATION 5048 SHALL BE 60' ABOVE PARKNG SPACE SURFACE VM COMER SLIME CF SURFACES ADJACENT TO CURB RAPS Flg. 4082 I MATCH CURB RAMP 0 O t10 MAL SLOR DN. 4_003 ABOVE PARKNG SURFACE 20'-0' fel FULL LENGTH OF PAI. IP SPACE PLAN Ref. Figures 406.3 & 408.4 CURB RAMPS Ref. Section 408 PASSENGER LOADING ZONE ACCESS AISLE FIg. 503.3 INI• Int er UK 18r MN. VAN ACCESSIBLE TYPICAL VEFICLE PARKNG SPACES & ACCESS AISLE Ref. Figures 502.2 & 502.3 96' VAN ACCESSIBLE OPTIONAL VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKNG SPACE & ACCESS AISLE Ref. Section 502.2 Exception VEHICAL PARKING SPACES & ACCESS AISLE Ref. Section 502 PARKING & PASSENGER LOADING ZONES Ref. Sections 502 & 503 ABOVE P SURFACE IDENTIFICATION Ref. Section 502.6 V2' MALME 1 1/4'-2' 1-1/2' CRCULAR HANIIRAIL CLEARANCES Ft. 505.5 & 505.6 (a.) FRONT APPROACH, PUL SDE (b.) FRONT APPROACH, PURI SIDE (c.) FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE; DOOR w/ 130TH CLOSER & LATCH ION -CIRCULAR HANDRAL CROSS SEC1NWS Ft. 505.72 HANDRAL SIZES & CLEARANCES (a.) PULL SIDE I APPROACH I A IMMIT OF RAISED CHARACTERS PONTOS OF BRALE Flg. 703.2.5 Fig. 703.32 (d.) APPROACH, PUL- SIDEME (e.) APPROACH, PULL SIDE CENTER LIE t TACTLE CHARACTERS TACTLE SIGN NOTES: t RAS CHARACTERS SHALL COPLY WITH 7032 A11 SHALL BE DUPLICATED N BRALLE CONLYREI WITH 709.5. RAISED CHARACTERS MALL BE INSTALLED N ACCORDANCE WITH 703.4. (7032) 2. BRALLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COWIN WITH 703.3 AND 703.4. (703.3) 3. BRALLE SHALL BE POSITONED BELOW THE CORRESPONDO4G TEXT. F TEXT IS , BRALLE SHALL BE PLACED BELOW THE ENTRE TEXT. (703.32) 4ti PICTOCNALM SHALL HAVE A FELD IEKET CF 6MIES (150 taq CHARACTERS AND BRALLE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED N THE PICTOGRAM FELD. (703.6.1) 5. POTOGRANS AND THEN FELD SHALL HAVE A NON-CIARE FNMA PMTOGRALM SHALL CONTRAST WITH TIEN FELD WITH ETHER A LIGHT PICTOGRAM ON A DARK FELD OR A DARK PICTOCRAM ON A LEHHT FELD. (703.62) Design Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT llu 111 0 Flo. 3032 N. 303.3 CHANGES N LEVEL CHANGES N LEVEL SEATER THAN V2' SHALL BE RAMP, AND SHALL COLPLY w/ SECTION 405 OR 408. (309.4) LOIS PERPENDCULAR TO ROLtTE OF TRAVB. 3022 CARPET PILE THIMESS 1/2' II MAX. \`:\\\\\\ V\\\\\\\\\ \� \\\`;•�\\♦\` /////////////////////////////%/////////o OPENINGS N FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE Ref. Sado 302.3 FLOOR & GROUND SURFACES Ref. Sections 302 & 303 STARS F. 505.4 (a) 1,-0' tax I /////////2/// ////////////// BOTTOM TOP s •U (b.) SLIDING DOOR sr kW (a.) FOLDING G DOOR CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS Fla 4042.3 FIg. 403.52 (a) r 24' 48' CLEAR WIDTHS AT 180 DEI3REE TURNS MAX 1 \\\\ \\\\\\\ \ \\\\\\, \\\\\ \\ \\ CLEAR WDTHS Fig. 409.51 Drawn Bp??? <48' Fig. 403.52 (b) ACCESSIKIE ROUTE NTE TIE SLOPE CF A WALK1K3 SURFACE ALONG AN ACCEMBRE ROUTE SHALL NOT BE STEER THAN 120 AND CROSS ELVES MALL NT EXCEED t48 (402) ACCESSIBLE ROUTE Ref. Section 402 HANDRAL EXTENSIONS a RAMP FIg. 505.10.1 30 MAX. ///// / // RAPS FIg. 505A (b) TACTILE CHARAC EFtS HOBS HANDRAL HEIGHTS Ref. Section 505 Mal CAPE OF A TREAD ACE MALL BE WI RAEMX3 MAX., / Ft. 504.5 (b) ANGLED RISER PROTECT SHADED AREA FROM CROSS -TRAFFIC WALIGKil SURFACES Flg. 505.4 (c) (c.) POCKET OR c E APPROACH (L) LATCH APPROACH, PUl SDE (1 LATCH APPROACH, PULL SLOE; DOOR w/ CLOSER TACTILE SIGNS Ref. Section 703 BOTTCM Ft. 50510.3 TOP Fla 505.102 HANDRAL EXTENSIONS M STAIR 1.1/2' MAX. (d) STOP MI LATCH APPROACH DOORWAYS w/o DOORS. SUM DOORS. GATES & FOLDNG DOORS Flp. 4042.42 (J.) LATCH APPROACH, PITH SDE (L) LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE; 0008 w/ CLOSER MANEUVERING CLEARANCES Ref. Section 40423 MANUAL SWNGING DOORS & GATES Fla 4042.4.1 RECESSED DOORS & GATES Fla 4042.3 MANEUVER9K3 CLEARANCE NOTES t DOORS, DOORWAYS AM) GATES PROVINKI USER PASSAGE SHALL CCIFLY (208. 2. ADJUST DOOR ) GLOM SO THAT THE NOR TAKES AT LEAST 5 SECOMM TO YE FROM 00 DEGREE CSI POSITKXV TO 12 DEGREES FROM LATCH (404.2.8) 3. F1E DOORS SHALL HAVE OPENNO FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE BULINKI AM) FORE CODES. OPER NTE 3IOR DOORS, 5 POUNDS MAXMAL (404.2.9) 4;MAMINERNI CLEARANCES ARE ® AT AUTCMATE DORS MESS DOOR OPERATION HAS STAMBY POWER (404.32) DOORS & GATES IN SERIES Fla 4042.6 ACCESSIBLE GUIDELINES DRAWINGIS A REPRESENTATIVE Y OF TIE REMEEIENTS OF TIE 200 ADA STANDARDS THAT MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT. WHERE SPECFIC IMENSONAL TION AND CLEARANCES ARE NT NOTED CAN TIEDRA CONSTRUCT TO THE CLEARANCES AND TO ERANCES SHOWN OI THS SLEET. WNERE MAN SPECFICALLY POICATE DFFERB4T OR COFLICTING MOREAU:1NTO THE STANDARDS DEPCTED ON THIS SHEET, CONSTRUCT 10103 TIE MORE STRPMENT REGIUNELENT OR CONTACT TIE ARCHTECT FOR RESOLUTION L ANY OPERABLE PART OF ANY OM WALL BE PETALLED WM TIE RIM OM Cia lOw AL F504.5(c) CURVED POINIKI STAIRWAYS & HANDRAILS Ref. Sections 504 & 505 F. 504.5 (d) BEVELED t PROTRUDNG OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REINED WDTH OF AN A ROUTE (307.5) 2. PROTR OBJECTS ON A CRCLLATION PATH SHALL COPLY w/ SECTION 307 (204.1) 4 6SIM' 9/ '//////// /// FIg. 3082.1 INCIISTRIXTED FORWARD REACH z nr I. I Lam_ 25'1 MAX. ) PLAN \\\\ \\ \\ \\ \\\\\ (a) FIg. 30822 OBST UCTB) IRN FORWARD REACH 4' MAX. (b) %/ // // / // / / / ///////// 3.3.1 STRUCTED SDE REACH REACH RANGES Ref. Section 308 ALTERNATE DOOR LOCATION / (a) Ft. 308.92 OBSTRUCTED HIGH SDE REACH PARTRION a • • CANE DETECTION AREA \\ \ e♦ ♦\ \\ \ \ \♦\♦♦ ♦ Fig. 307.5 VERTICAL CLEARANCES Ft. 307.3 (a) Fig. 3072 LIMITS OF PROTRIHM3 OBJECTS Fig. 307.9 (b) POST PROTRLER83 03JECTS PROTRUDING OBJECTS Ref. Section 307 Fa. 604.3.1 CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSES L. 1 1/4'-2' CIRCULAR 1-1/2' (a) RIOJECT803 OBJECTS (b) ECM= ITS SPA O GRAB BARS Fig. 609.3 APPROACH 42' 58' LEL 5r 114. w/ WALL MTD. W.C. w/ FLR. MTD. W.C. WHEELCHAIR ACCESSELE TOLET COMPARTMENT Ref. Section 604 ' 6' MAX. (a) ELEVATION (c) PLAN WHEELCHAR ACCESSBLE TOLET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE Fig. 804.82 DMPBMER OUTLET LOCATION a 1- TOLET w-18' RPL w FLLISH CONTROL (OPEN ME) TOILET ROOM CLEARANCES & MOUNTING HEIGHTS Ref. Chapter 6 (b) IRRNAL Ref. Section 605 63� ALMULATORY ACCESEBLE TOLET COPARTIENT Flg. 604.8.2 MINOR // 4 kg gip /////1/r/ // _16'_ LAVATORY Ref. Sections 808 & 803.3 F3082 TOE CLEARAN ES (b) PLAN (a) ELEVATION KNEE & TOE CLEARANCES Ref. Section 308 TOLE ROOM NOTES: t A TURNNG SPACE PER BECTON 304 18 REQUJIB) WITIGI A TOLET ROOM (60321) 2 OILY THE FOLLOWNG OBJECTS ARE PERI/TIED TO OVERLAP THE FIRED CLEARAN E: GRAB BARS, DISP, SANITARY NAPKN DISPOSAL UNIT, COAT ROOKS AND %EL -VES (604.32) a FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE OPEN SDE CF TIE WATER CLOSET (604.6) 4. URNALS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COmIPLYNG WITH 305 FOR FORWARD APPROACH AND CENTERED ON 11T (605.3) 5 LAVATORES SHALL HAVE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CC/PLY/10 WITH 305 PONTKIED FOR FORWARD APPROACH AND CENTERED Or UNIT (8N2) 8. KNEE & TOE CLEARANCE CONN.YPKI WITH 306 SHALL BE PROVDED (8022) 7. EXPOSED WATER SUPPLY AND DRAM PPS SHALL BE NSULATED. THERE SHALL SS N SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORES (606.5) 8 INSTALL GRAB BARS TO WNTISTAND NOT LESS 250 FORCE ANY POINT CM THE BAR Ft. 308.3 KNEE CLEARANCES • 0 • • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • • • 0 0 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 ARE A DRMGM FOIBITAN NOTES: t KNEE & TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYNG WITH 306 SHALL BE PROVE (6022) 2. WHERE A GM= FOIRtITAN IS RECKNED, TWO SHALL BE PROVDED; ONE INN & ONE LOW (2112) 3. UNITS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR FLOOR MACE COLFLYPKI WITH 305 POSITKIED FOR FORWARD APPROACH AND CENTERED ON UNIT (602.2) 153 DRNKING FOUNTAN SPOUT LOCATION Fig' W15 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA IE NED FOR PPROVED f" 6°2'7 APR 2 0 2017 FEB 2 8 2017 k-FIRMIT CENTER Ref. 602.4 FOLNTAN OUTLET City° Tukwila Ref. Section 802 0 a. cc gO0g2i) L. • CC 0 WI- 2: rip:000U: 1:11:7:00 71-2000o' D;: 11:3'2-081: 2:c:; .00 '7'. o -1) 20: 0a- ,,00 7: C'IMC :2132c0 s-2:' 3 CC LIJ CC Om I- 1/1 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 2010 ADA STANDARDS ADA.0 7 WALL BEYOND 4'-6" MAX. SLOPE DOWN 4° CONC. FROST SLAB (REFER TO STRUCTURAL) Y2" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL SIDEWALK BOTTOM OF FOOTING .• • a .d 60 AIR SPACE d • d 4 4 .. 4 d • (SEE STRUCTURAL) iii III STEEL BAR REINFORCING —/ (REFER TO STRUCTURAL) (5'-0" MIN. @ DOORS) FLARED SIDE SLOPE III • 4 d •• • d d a • GI1IC CONDITIONS (SEE STRUCTURAL) D7 FROST SLAB DETAIL n- SCALE 1" = 11-0" 0 0 n LEVEL LANDING AT TOP OF RAMP WITH MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 2% FLARED SIDE SLOPE WIDTH 1:10 SLOPE MAX. TAPER CURB ON BOTH SIDES OF HANDICAP RAMP) (PER PLAN) 1/4" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL REQUIRES SEALANT BETNEEN JOINT AND SIDEWALK $3 DOWEL, TYP. ® 2'-8" O.G. D1 D2 D8 I:10 SLOPE MAX. CURB RAMP PLAN DETAIL SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" CONCRETE CURB 4 GUTTER BY SITE CONTRACTOR (N.I.G) ASPHALT PAVING BY SITE CONTRACTOR (NIG.) NOTE: ALL SIDEWALKS TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 P51 AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE WITH A BROOM FINISH SIDEWALK CURB (TYP.) DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" NOT TUSEAILD DE SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" IS) X !u 1-7 O �) SLOPE 1:12 11,4— FLUSH SLOPE AWAY FROM CURB RAMP NOT TO EXCEED 5`X1. :::: PrPr 4" POROUS FILL 1/20 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL REQUIRES SEALANT BETWEEN JOINT AND SIDEWALK #3 DOWEL, TYP. ® 2'-8" 0.G. N kb Z D3 NOTE: ALL SIDEWALKS TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 PSI AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE WITH A BROOM FINISH CURB RAMP DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = FROST FREE SLAB (REI -CR TO STRUCTURAL) D7 PLASTIC BOLLARD COVER OSHA YELLOW 6" 0 STEEL PIFE BOLLARD CHAMFER CONCRETE FLUSH WITH SURROUNDING CONCRETE SLAB OR PAVEMENT ASPHALT PAVING 1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER W/ SEALANT CRUSHED AGGREGATE IS" DIA CONCRETE FOOTING FOR BOLLARD COMPACTED SUB6RADE D11 a C •,�-+. 1 • �,�^ ;:.moi141:4; 4 d #11.4 4 1• d 4 •d 6" 6" LOADING DOCK 4 TRANSFORMER BOLLARD DETAIL m N.T.S. PLASTIC BOLLARD COVER TO MATCH PSG CUSTOM GREEN 6" W STEEL PIPE BOLLARD SLOPE CONCRETE FOR DRAINAGE FLOOR LEVEL BEYOND GONG. SIDEWALK - SEE SPECS. 1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER W/SEALANT CRUSHED AGGREGATE 18" 0 CONCRETE FOOTING FOR BOLLARD COMPACTED SUB6RADE Ye" x I° DEEP SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT @ INTERVALS OF 5'-O" 0.G. OR AS NOTED ON SIDEWALK PLAN. D4 NOTE: ALL SIDEWALKS TO BE 4' REINFORCED, 4000 P5I AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE WITH A BROOM FINISH SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT (TYP.) DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" •4T44TH4474r4T.4.411 4174•:•T�TiT1.7.4T•612•T6T•WATS46T�741= 4'-by2' 3'-4" 5'-Oy2 5'-4" 4'' ' 4' -IO" 4' -IO' 4'-10' 4'-I0' 41-0' 4'- 0' 4' -IO' 4'-10' 4'-10" 4' 4'- ■ 4'-.j/2n 41-• 4'-8' 4'-2' 4'-2' 4'-2' d • • O 1 m 6" STOREFRONT m D9 BOLLARD DETAIL N.T.S. PSG CONSTRUCTION 1/4' EXPANSION JOINT W/ PREMOLDED FILLER 4 SEALANT @ 20'-0" 0.G. EACH WAY OR AS NOTED ON SIDEWALK PLAN CONCRETE SIDE WALK. BROOM FINISH SEE SPECS. GREASE 9 41 8 FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" 46 NEW OR EXISTIN6 SITE CONSTRUCTION (N.I.Ga #4 SMOOTH BAR, EPDXY COATED 4" LONG @ 2'-0" 0.C. BY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR D5 NOTE: ALL SIDEWALKS TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 P51 AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE WITH A BROOM FINISH EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" (2) 12' X IS" h. "RESERVED FOR EXPECTING MOTHERS" 5I6N BACK TO BACK ON POST oik BOTTOM OF SIGN ELEV. 7'-0" PLASTIC BOLLARD COVER SAFETY YELLOW 6" 0 STEEL PIPE BOLLARD ASPHALT ok FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" I/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER }/SEALANT CRUSHED AGGREGATE RESERVED FOR EXPECTING MOTHERS O 1 0 1 18" 0 CONCRETE FOOTING FOR BOLLARD COMPACTED SUBGRADE CONCRETE SIDE WALK. BROOM FINISH SEE SPECS. D10 WITH EXPECTANT MOTHER SIGN BOLLARD DETAIL N.T.S. 1/4" EXPANSION JOINT IN/ PREMOLDED FILLER 4 SEALANT ® 20'-0" 0.G. EACH WAY OR AS NOTED ON SIDEWALK PLAN. D6 NOTE: ALL SIDEWAL 5 TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 PSI AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" MI II MINIM IrMiffirmin m ._■ lil 11' 144/2' EXPANSION JOINT 23142' EXPANSION JOINT 23'-/2' EXPANSION JOINT I8' -b' EXPANSION JOINT 171-8' EXPANSION JOINT I4' -O° EXPANSION JOINT I1'-Sn EXPANSION JOINT 447474.41746 T41 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1 1 4,1 rn Q rD4 D6 -� gjinD5 rcri 414" 4:42■ 4'42" 18'-6' EXPANSION JOINT 4'-O' 4'4/2" 442■ 4'42" IY-/2" EXPANSION JOINT SP1 Pi'-qY2' EXPANSION JOINT ARCHITECTURAL SIDEWALK PLAN SCALE I/8" = I'-0" PSG'S EX. SITE CONST. CONST. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER i7- 003 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 cc 0 EL N (o O m e N N omLUO L Q W 2 o m C � C O U 0. - C ,..- 0 m CO O cc O2 O N 2. m 01- N 0 11,5---8 Ci- O O .] O O I--- \ .U c 0 .- w 1- .) `o m 2Vmoc � ✓ m 2 m o. U] 3 L m. C m 0 y o U m OC! t C 07, .- O NO C C - •O C O W71; 0 m y W o9�� 3 ✓ .] 0 O I- m -1 •O N 0.coy D EQ== — C'O l0 IP 0 V J V1 0 ._ 0 C t° V C C a.4°�mm.oiSvU] m�m`o.L. Jc CLW--� Oc! 0 C.�NO o 0 C t >. U)y dN ,_ H E mC -•C4] N N ▪ O " O > o...(12 O O N Q• C N -a m p O O o0m°�C N to 0 t° O ••- W � J ._co .> cO r m F._ 2 N . ~N 012 O — E— °�U, s) Dogi3 '''� ... 3 00,0 0 0 CO Q m of o. rn cc w 1- z w C) w co 0 « « J§ CC CC O 1111 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SIDEWALK PLAN & DETAILS AS1.1 if1 e . •U1 D4 7s3 in D41 TYP. D6 ABU TYP. \Astl) ` ? D9 P. b'-0. 1 -Cr 1 iO ..�, 71 1,2S.som ^ 4" 7141 ; I Fes. 0 De � De 14O.6 ASt1 Q RI - A81. % A8t1 r r r r r i w r 4'-by2' 3'-4" 5'-Oy2 5'-4" 4'' ' 4' -IO" 4' -IO' 4'-10' 4'-I0' 41-0' 4'- 0' 4' -IO' 4'-10' 4'-10" 4' 4'- ■ 4'-.j/2n 41-• 4'-8' 4'-2' 4'-2' 4'-2' d • • O 1 m 6" STOREFRONT m D9 BOLLARD DETAIL N.T.S. PSG CONSTRUCTION 1/4' EXPANSION JOINT W/ PREMOLDED FILLER 4 SEALANT @ 20'-0" 0.G. EACH WAY OR AS NOTED ON SIDEWALK PLAN CONCRETE SIDE WALK. BROOM FINISH SEE SPECS. GREASE 9 41 8 FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" 46 NEW OR EXISTIN6 SITE CONSTRUCTION (N.I.Ga #4 SMOOTH BAR, EPDXY COATED 4" LONG @ 2'-0" 0.C. BY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR D5 NOTE: ALL SIDEWALKS TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 P51 AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE WITH A BROOM FINISH EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" (2) 12' X IS" h. "RESERVED FOR EXPECTING MOTHERS" 5I6N BACK TO BACK ON POST oik BOTTOM OF SIGN ELEV. 7'-0" PLASTIC BOLLARD COVER SAFETY YELLOW 6" 0 STEEL PIPE BOLLARD ASPHALT ok FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" I/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER }/SEALANT CRUSHED AGGREGATE RESERVED FOR EXPECTING MOTHERS O 1 0 1 18" 0 CONCRETE FOOTING FOR BOLLARD COMPACTED SUBGRADE CONCRETE SIDE WALK. BROOM FINISH SEE SPECS. D10 WITH EXPECTANT MOTHER SIGN BOLLARD DETAIL N.T.S. 1/4" EXPANSION JOINT IN/ PREMOLDED FILLER 4 SEALANT ® 20'-0" 0.G. EACH WAY OR AS NOTED ON SIDEWALK PLAN. D6 NOTE: ALL SIDEWAL 5 TO BE 4" REINFORCED, 4000 PSI AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" MI II MINIM IrMiffirmin m ._■ lil 11' 144/2' EXPANSION JOINT 23142' EXPANSION JOINT 23'-/2' EXPANSION JOINT I8' -b' EXPANSION JOINT 171-8' EXPANSION JOINT I4' -O° EXPANSION JOINT I1'-Sn EXPANSION JOINT 447474.41746 T41 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1 1 4,1 rn Q rD4 D6 -� gjinD5 rcri 414" 4:42■ 4'42" 18'-6' EXPANSION JOINT 4'-O' 4'4/2" 442■ 4'42" IY-/2" EXPANSION JOINT SP1 Pi'-qY2' EXPANSION JOINT ARCHITECTURAL SIDEWALK PLAN SCALE I/8" = I'-0" PSG'S EX. SITE CONST. CONST. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER i7- 003 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 cc 0 EL N (o O m e N N omLUO L Q W 2 o m C � C O U 0. - C ,..- 0 m CO O cc O2 O N 2. m 01- N 0 11,5---8 Ci- O O .] O O I--- \ .U c 0 .- w 1- .) `o m 2Vmoc � ✓ m 2 m o. U] 3 L m. C m 0 y o U m OC! t C 07, .- O NO C C - •O C O W71; 0 m y W o9�� 3 ✓ .] 0 O I- m -1 •O N 0.coy D EQ== — C'O l0 IP 0 V J V1 0 ._ 0 C t° V C C a.4°�mm.oiSvU] m�m`o.L. Jc CLW--� Oc! 0 C.�NO o 0 C t >. U)y dN ,_ H E mC -•C4] N N ▪ O " O > o...(12 O O N Q• C N -a m p O O o0m°�C N to 0 t° O ••- W � J ._co .> cO r m F._ 2 N . ~N 012 O — E— °�U, s) Dogi3 '''� ... 3 00,0 0 0 CO Q m of o. rn cc w 1- z w C) w co 0 « « J§ CC CC O 1111 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SIDEWALK PLAN & DETAILS AS1.1 0 0 REMOVE EXISTING STAIRS 0 TTITTTT- 1111111 TRANEMOVE LLIJJLL—tet EXISTING STAIRS --� 304'-144° 34'-uV4° 54'-11° 55'-L° 55'-0° EXISTING LANDLORD ELECTRICAL ROOM TO REMAIN. EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDING/SERVING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL REMAIN. LOCATE AND B!COM FAMILIAR WITH THESE UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. 0 T r WILL. _ WALL PK/ L 4 t.r1O D3 LJ 31 y0 AD �p u LL MAIN MEC RM. SELVES 8 TENANTS ^, FIRE PHONE LU "HI L 'PI "F2"P3' TRANS "HPA f 1 "HP" n n FIRE RISER BALER L___T__ REMOVE FORMER TSA EQUIPMENT EXISTING UTILITIES FtEDIN$/SERVING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL REMAIN. LOCATE AND EECOYE FAMILIAR WITH TIC C UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. f 11 L _ _ _ T _ - EXISTING FURRING TO REMAIN L -__JL___ -L__ T T 1 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN EXISTING FURRING TO REMAIN I I I I I I — 11 I I I L J < / _iL---�-i / EXISTING 5TEEL \ Jr COLUMN TO REMAIN / JL - r -T--r- _ /—J_-_L-J_— X / REMOVE RECESSED CMJ ENCLOSURE, CONC. STAIR, RAILINGS, CEILING, ETC; PREP TO INFILL TO MATCH FIN. FLOOR EXISTING FIRE CONTROL VALVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIRE HYDRANT II Nki [r\ /11 v til 1 lL ' 1 REMOVE DOMESTIC WATER SUB -METER J1 —EXI L TO Ext NE, FURRING J 5A 0 EXISTING 6' FIRE FROM RISER ROOM NEAR STARBUGK5 REMOVE SLAB FOR INSTALL OF NEW STEM WALLS, CMJ EticloaiRE AND EXIT STAIRS EXISTING DOOR 4 STAIRS TO REMAIN REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING DOORS, EDGE OF DOCK LEVELERS AND TRUCK SEALS O REMOVE RECESSED Gt4J ENa.05URE, GONG. STAIR, RAILINGS, CEILING, ETC; PREP TO INFILL TO MATCH FIN. FLOOR CLEAN AND REMOVE ANY DEEIMS/SEDIMENT FROM TRENCH DRAIN EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXIST. BANK OF GAS METERS REMOVE EXISTING IN -FLOOR RAIL/GUIDES; PATCH CONCRETE AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH, EVEN FLOOR EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN EXISTING FURRING TO REMAIN EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN L EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDING/r.VING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL REMAIN, LOCATE AND BECOME FAMILIAR —1 WITH THESE UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. 1 EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDIN6/5ER1'1N6 ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL RENAIN. LOCATE AND BEGONE FAMILIAR WITH TIICGC UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN T EXI TING DEt«fl51N6 TO REMAIN STING STEEL TO REMAIN EXISTING FURRING TO REMAIN EXISTING WOOD COLUMNS TO BE REMOVED AND RE'IACED WITH STEEL COLUMNS 1(TYPj; REFER TO STRUCTURAL J J EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN N. r 111 EXISTING FURRING TO REMAIN R€MO TING- CARPET, TILE 4— MASTIC COMPLETE IN ENTIRE AREA OF. WORK N.N.O.. REMOVE ALL FLOOR MOUNTED APPURTENANCES AND PREPARE FLOOR FOR NEW FINISHES. REFER TO M.E.P. DRAWINGS FOR -ADQITLONAL DIRECTIVES. r ill RI >j(IO IiEXI5TING WALLS AND FURRINalCOMPLETELY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMIT>_D TO; DOORS, GLAZING, GYPSUM13OARD, FRAMING, MILLWORK, AND M.E.P. APPURTENANCES NICO.. REMOVE ALL CEILINGS COMPLETELY, INCLUDING—WI—NOT—LIMITED TO, GYP. /ADJAG TENANT N. EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDING/SERVING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AV SHALL REMAIN. LOCATE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH 11 C. t UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. BD. 4 LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING, ACOUSTICAL ELE1.1ENTS, LIGHTS, SECURITY/ FIRE DEVICES, SPEAKERS, I— ETC. DUCT BRANCHES TO BE REMOVED BACK TO DROPS FROM RTU'S. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYS EM, INCLUDING MONITORING, TO REMAIN INTACT AND OPERATIONAL. -INR BRANCHES AND DROPS FaRIOEI11.IN65 SHALL BE TURNED OF 9gr RAT "THE DECK TO ALLOW CCYVEPE WHILE SPACE IS VACANT. _INOSE=JiOMPLETE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM WILL 1_OCCUR ONCE NEW STORE LAYOUT 15 -FINALMYARtEA SPRINKLER — DESI6NS ARE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED FOR PERMIT. EXISTING STEEL EXISTING FURRING COLUMN TO REMAIN TO REMAIN EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN r 1 LN Li L 1 F-7 IXI I\I J EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDINSERVING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL REMAIN. LOCATE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THESE UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. 4 -1 IXI I\I LJ` **NOTE: THI5 DEMOLITION PACKAGE IS FOR INTERIOR ONLY. NO REMOVAL OF BUILDING ENVELOPE ELEMENTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN T14I5 PORTION OF DEMOLITION. 1 J r in EXISTING DRY FIRE RISER SERVING CANOPY EXISTING FURRING, TO REMAIN ' OVERFLOW IN DOWN AT LJMN WITH REMOVE FURRING ALONG FRONT WALL EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN LO 0 oI C r r- I-- —I— -rrh -I -�- EXISTING UTILITIES FEEDINVSERVING ADJACENT TENANTS ARE LOCATED THROUGHOUT AND SHALL. REMAIN. LOCATE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THESE UTILITIES TO PREVENT SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO OPERATIONAL TENANTS. J EXISTING DEM WALL TO REN — REMOVE FURRING ALONG FRONT WALL L A L/ \J SING AIN in REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 a 201 Orr rWI D La] 1 REMOVE LOW GAWP( OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN REMOVE LOW CANo'Y L — S ROOF DRAIN EXISTING SOFFIT AND PILASTERS TO REMAIN. EXTERIOR DEMOLITION SCOPE TO BE COWL -ETD IN FUTURE PHASE OF WORK REMOVE CANOPY FRAMING, SOFFIT, ENTRANCE FEATURE AND STOREFRONT OVERFLOW DRAIN DISCHARGES TNROUISH UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY CEILING WALL LEGEND EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN CANOPY DRY SPRINKLER HEADS FED FROM RISER ROOM AT NORTHWEST CORER OF FORMER THE SPORTS AUTHORITY TENANT SPACE CANOPY DRY SPRINKLER HEADS FED FROM RISER ROOM AT THE SOUTWEST CORNIER OF BURLINGTON TENANT SPACE RECEIVED CITY OF TUUKW'ILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 • • 0 0 • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 c� cc 0 a m. O m C ,p N Y Y U 0 .-. L — W 0 U - C - C U 2 V O O 'a U is U O O , Q m_ UI--' O O O L `0- 0'6'6 c17- - Omoc17- - QU c w c- .. « 1- O m m N To' mm _ n - U 0.. C O ° C 0 0 0 m cri rD -- o u U c tom; W° v m 0 3 c'c 1—V- COU, V\Q Ow J v i O cC D. N« )0aJ ¢ m1 D-LJTN:Jm°3 °a ' t° C_ • . Y` NO p, O "03m) O N N O. C u, O a - O ° o 0 2 0 O 0 C ,T,_ UN N (0 2 V L J m�m. C c °Y N Na E °m�U — ▪ 0 a c . ll • 0 a. 0 L c m 0 0 ° O. CCI Q °] N O. r/) W 1— W 0 ce W > a. M J W Cr CC NC NC O 4C M CL I- cn 1111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHITECTURAL D1 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE 5/52" = 1'-0" ARCHITECTURAL C) 0036 DEMOUTION PLAN D1.0 T.O. PARAPET W1 I35' -O" A T.O. PARAPET ;14-R4CPE1- I21'-5 1/2" WHERE CANOPY EXTENDS PAST CORNER OF BUILDING; IT IS TO REMAIN AS EXISTING. REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING FINISHES ONCE NEW CANOPY STEEL 15 INSTALLED REMOVE EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES F.,===7___ ___.___====rr==Wiz=== =__ __ r 177.!--/---;r--- fir-7---r---,--------+----•-----r----/----T7-- / / / , / / , , , / ' / / / / / ,/ / / / / / ,' /' , ' /' / /' /' / / / , ...• / r /'/ ' / / / oik FIN. FLOOR 100'-0" /- // // // // / / • // // I/ // / ,7 /� 77 /' / ,' 77/./ /'. 7 ' ,7 )< 2' / / /I •/ , , , \ , ♦ i, / ' ,7// /'T.771--„T=/==7•/z. -71-- / - ' , '' -- - ' -- ' -- r /7 / / / „f\)/77 \ /', /7 / / / 7 / / Ai_ _ I _ 1 / / / / / I / V' / / / y / / / / /7 / , I / / / / / , /1 / / EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN // / • • / / / / 1 ♦♦ \ / / / / i/ //, / /i' /' / • /1 I / /,• /, X ,471 , //// / I , r---,----7(----/---;71--1,/- , I//// ///1 L` I 1 1 / / - I // / / // /, /, 1 / / ' / / / // ;7 /I I ' /, / / I I EXISTING BUILDING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN BEYOND REMOVE CMU PIERS AND CANOPIES , 1-/----14---,,----2-----4/ /' / r/ / / /, 1 / 1/ F -i' --r'-- �'--TL--_ .19 / 1/' /'ir— t ,L' / / / / I 77 I ' ' / ' 1 / I' , I' f -- ---/ `'/ ---i,- -7 7 I/ i�- 7 / _ / / / 1 / /1./, 1 / ,11} �rL�"' 1 9 I/ / / II /Ir---ir-�T-Ir- 7 , // t _II C I 10 II ' 11 II/ II// 1/ /1 �1' /Ir i 1r ,' it ra ' =-1,'1/ I // I I/ IIII ' 111' // 1 / I 1/,7/11C, 11/ 11;, 11, //1 ,,I, ( 4 �I 1 I / 1r=Ad�_�`-�� , a /� /- 11/' III/ II, I/ /,1='---91v•- ,1 /7,-- /14: I7," /14 /1LL // ILL /J1 /' I ' r�♦y/ /-\ • / / / / , T --T___ / , I / /'1 / / /, 1 / ' / / / / / r i r �/' / / , __ _=7__ 7___7z___7__ __ �___7c—_{__ .Z___7L_q •----� _ , .t• , • , / e• / / _47/ /--.7<94 J74„,„--,:, ^` / / 7 1 / / / , / / / , , , , , r7, /,♦S \1 yn Ijn 4 -73(c -Ti/ }, ,•-,,i-, / / L___7L___�___/ __ /___7L___�/ ---/---7 L__7.L__ -71-- _ /C -r I I / I 1 I J `7y-%- A�-1 -, _ a� __J ___ ___1___1 ___ __ /---/-__ / ___---77----7'---7----r____ 1__ _— t____L ---/ ----/---- ,7 __ i ___i `l�r f �`'7 17 c('y�f Tlrr�� T' •/ I -`----L----'`"--- "I , / , / / / / / / / / / 7 L;L,is ___ . ___;;21_: q. / /l / / ' / / ' / / / / / /9 i / / ' , / I / / / / _ PROFILE OF NEW D56 ENTRANCE FEATURE AND ENCLOSED CANOPY; REFER TO DOCUMENTS FOR NEV CONSTRUCTION REMOVE EXISTING EXTERIOR FINIS / / / , / / / / , / 7 / , / , , , , • / / 7/ / r / -1' ,7 / / / I , / ♦ / I I , / / / , / , / / /7 ' i / / --IL-t== II' / .- 7417' �?I1LX_7/-91 /// 677=-11-4":=+.11 � 7 _ll -/-_/�1I(1, , / / / /I rte// I, / "=71-=r // / •/ 47-12' „,1 /P/11 /1/.1 ' II , i 1,1L-4 / k ==11_=__11 ==-1' '1 ' 1•/ ' / / / / / / Y / L__"I7 ___x ___T„I 1 � /I /U �T /'II / I / 1 , / ” / / / / / /1 / f--�rr---� --71r--+'--,ry II / / , / 11 / II / 1, / I / ,I' /,•7/ / , I „7'/ / ,1i ,,I I ,' 11 ' I ry /11 /r , I / 11 / II / I I / I / , 1 / /, /' /' /' /, / / / I / II , ,I, I II ,, , ,, 11, 11/ I V / 1 / / / / / / / , I/ ,I / 11 - I i > �1/ ,"1 IL d / .R�===JI� J�, I /1 1 / / / 7/7/ / / f / I II � I � ,jl , Ip , , „ /ii== ��II-==�� / I , I / / / / / /''/ /7/ /' /I / I / Ip , II / II / I, , I , Y , IL//' ,6==f-====;_41 _,,JJ1{�1_j 1� //j RI I / I ), , , II , 11 / 1, I ' A / / , , , '74 -r I �'-'II`r / 1 ,' 1/ 11/ ' 1V' 1,1`' 1' / 1 / / / ' / REMOVE CANOPY, CANOPY FRAMING, SOFFIT, ENTRANCE FEATURE AND STOREFRONT. / ' .1I/ /1 1 r/1/,'I : NEM EXISTING OLD NAVY PILASTER TO REMAIN; PATCH/REPAIR NORTH SIDE EXISTING WEST FACING FINISHES REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY COMPLETE TO BUILDING WALL 1 =. - / 1 ,f- / 11 / / / // ti' / // / / / ' / ,! /' /' /' /' 11 / /11 / 7/ / ' / // / / / / / It' / ' 1,/ •/' // / / , / ' /' /' ,/ /' I I / / I 1 / // 4, , ' fi •''' 14,' / / / / / / / / 7/l 1/I / / , i / // // /,7 //1 /I/ / �— REMOVE BUILDING NALL CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATE WITH NEW STOREFRONT OPENING / I I / I, 1 r' / I -i/ -- • ' / /' / /11 �* /' / 3/1,/; ,1, , , / ; �r I L __ __1 =_ lyyy 7{_=__=an 11'7/ 1 /' /'' 1 11 // // 11V' // 111 / / 11 f / I yk' /' /111 ,•//1�1y1, ,!1 I1 / r111 / / 111 , / /PI / / 11 1 1 , •/'114-' , ' 1111 , / ' J11 ' ' 11 r; /� ;f; 11 /' /' 1111 ;, 1111 / 1111 111 / ,! / _Li1111/, /' I, /'Ij1 // 111L/' 111 /' •/'1111•/•, I{,li' I , , I, I , , 1•, /7'I ' i 11 ' -- ' ;I 1' , 11 y4----Z---I� , ,11 / :IAF---x--�1, /� iii /' .9 1111 111 / liii / ,r rl-�--- 1 y , , :II,IILy---JIB—�"n1 , 11 li EXISTING BUILDING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN BEYOND REMOVE GM PIERS AND CANOPIES REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING AND DOORS X1`1- 063 b REVIElD FOR C E COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of TOMEI BUlgOIt3 DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS ARE INTENDED AS A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED; COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 0 • 0 • • • • • • 0 • • • 0 • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 (7 0 0 (nmmm co;) c 10 -- c O c L U O 7.= L - W 0 U ~. T, C . c U O. - 0 U 0 cc U O U N �. F.7: ,,'1- co 0 76 v o,L-� O • 0U c .- cw 0 1- ° a0 c V c U im a 0 0 W 0. 0) U N = c m - c 00 ai u. r - L c m .- O 0 U c C LU oc0 p N N c - av' 170 c a3 N L1- md a" 0 a c..�a. CUm J I.E. _s: , m a O • 0 • 3 03 ▪ y .] 0 O ' E wmC LJ 0 • 0 0L -a 0 x 0 . .'N ▪ 0 2 3 • y 0. 10 0 0 • 9- 0 >. 0.-0 y 0 O C w N a - 0 O O o% m U 0 C 0 - w w N y m U L _1 m m 0 0 m .L-. C N N a a m 0 C o - E - 0 0ss. ,o a ▪ - 0 c m c s m c • o. c 0 0 U m O. COQID1 0.0) W 1— W U cc W 0 co Q co /� w " — 4 cc e O 0 1— U) 11FA 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION ELEVATION D2.0 II II II II I I II II II II r1 II E II II REMOVE E:XISf TING - PARAPET F- MED 7 / REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY ELEMENT REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS r REMOVE OLD ENTRY SIGN MATURE COMPLETE DS2 I DEMO SECTION 1/2" ®i-0" T.O. SCREEN WALL AFF T.O. PARAPET +2q'-0' AFF TA. PARAPET +2b'-0' AFF T.O. CONCRETE +14'-0' AFF B.O. SOFFIT SFEATHIN6 +12'-0' AFF T.O. PORTAL ARCH +10LO' AFF FINISH FLOOR +O'-0' AFP REMOVE EX I -TING FRAMED PARAPET �- 1 11111.1111111 i REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY OVER BUILD ELEMENT -F+-- —H H HI HI HI t REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS TO.fARAPET +24'-0' AFF BD. SOFFIT SHEATHIN5 s AFF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APF 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FINISH FLOOR 40LO' AFF DS1 DEMO SECTION 1/2' ® 1'-O' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS ARE INTENDED AS A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED; COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: a.bIue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 0 z 0 d N U]mmmW C y m Y O co w U • .c wm U C m O_ 22 O m U F- W m p m Omr,o� _ E U m C - f- 140 cUmU c D m m U m c C C C — m 0 w0. -- C m O 0 U N - V C m C LLI 0 2 m m C7 U m C m m J O O T O V \ ¢ C C 'O W m CW O J 0 V) 2 W O C C a O m W m m W `o m C W C r m J c 0 3 O L T.c O = m W f—E:• 2mm to �Wo m m o ' y G EN C O O o C m O = w m N m U J 9 m m m.-. C vO]1.i° OO0 D C j W c 3 . 2 m COQ. ¢mo N C O m U m0. O c 0 % 0 m 0 O 0 O 0 T W C 0 0. m 0 W 0 O 0 00 0 1FAI 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION WALL SECTIONS D3.0 Jr - REMOVE EXISTING PRA PARAPET IF' 11111111111WirftlItrfttlit /i REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY OVER BUILD ELEMENT REMOVE EXISTING ——GANDW-ELE-A4EW -- --� 4: :1_ ___ REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS H DS4 DEMO SECTION 1/2• T.D. PARAPET AFF Do. SOFFIT SHEATHING +12'-0• AFF FINISH FLOOR +0.-0 APP L REMOVE EXISITI PARAPET MED _o_ + t"-__ 1,4= === == II III,I 1 UI H OVE EXISTING A *FY OVER ELEMFNir 9U1 DS3 REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY ELEMENT 1 REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS bC7OO DEMO SECTION 1/2' ®1-0' REMOVE OW ENTRY SIGN FEATURE COMPLETE T.O. SCREEN WALL 4S -OA T.O. PARAPET +24V-0' AFF T.O. PARAPET +26LO'AFF T.O. CONCRETE +14'-0. AFF SA. SOFFIT SHEATHING +12'-0• AFF T.O. PORTAL ARCH s_ +10'-0' AFF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUlf1441114GADIVISIN Arr RECEIVED CITY OF TUi{WILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS ARE INTENDED AS A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED; COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a .blue Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 (7 z 0 a w w m m w w C .c4;. � w Y C O m Lm U O L W ° Co v n- m 0 m m 0 F w Oroo `L'o To C. —.- I—Or o o• `w cU m c �0 II— m a ( 2 0 U 0 - c m 0 — • ; o0 m vim. —2 C m 0 « O co U 6-c _ - O c C 0 m o ` m o�� 3 U m N 2 m J a 0 O 0 w c r C13 03 0 m J w C O C C U 'O O d 0 a m m w O m fn m 2°1,7, m 0 i m c 10 c c r m J t0 c c Y o o O o 0 F-- w a m ‘,T) E y m m c m 0 O. O O 1 A O U • w O C OE O 0 2 m U m -6= w U 2 _1 m m • vl m 0 Y C w a m w C O — E ' 0. Y - m C co C , m 3 0 . • C 0 = W O. C < m w dvi aC w 1— z w 0 cc w a Q coCO / w T Q J W CC O H a H- CO 11,4 1/1 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION WALL SECTIONS D3.1 TT H- -H T T T J _1 — I— — — I— — — I— — — I— — — T L _1 T -1--L —I-- -T LM STAitrlA COeviE ANLZ CEILING etkP�f j_— I— REFER To PLAN —f J_ —I T —I T_ LTJ—I—_L7 LTJ—I—� Q LTJ i L —I—-I----—I—�--I—��--I—��—I—L.� DS7 DEMO SECTION 1/2- T -O- J 6 / 4. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN r REMOVE EXISTING FRAMED PARAPET REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY OVER BUILD ELEMENT f7mi'mr1 II II (I REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY ELEMENT REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS DS6 DEMO SECTION 1/2- = to. TA. PARAPET AFF TA. PARAPET +P1' -O• AFF B.O. SOFFIT SFEATHIN AFF FINISH FLOOR +O'-0• AFF YVIIA% r_17 II II II REMOVE EXISTING FRAMED PARAPET REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY OVER BUILD ELEMENT 1 II - A --0 REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY ELEMENT REMOVE EXISTING MASONRY PIERS T- - - T.O. PARAPET +2T-0• AFF T.0. PARAPET _ i4 '-O AFF B.O. SOFFIT SHEATHING +12'-0• AFF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 Citi' of Tukwila BUILDIN DS5 DEMO SECTION 112- o I-0" FINISH FLOOR +O'-0• AFF RECEIVED CITY OF `AUKIIVIL, FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS ARE INTENDED AS A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED; COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION I` 0 iJ Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written cgnsent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 Cf) Toal; ww c y . c O m Y U 0 rm a L 0 0 0 c� z 1:: cc 0 a N • 0 0- 0 U F- CO 0 t O O ~ � U c 00 21; =• coo 00 0 c(172— m m O c c o t7 3 ON 0L a ` N C a > C O O V m C c O. a O U m N m N = m O m O V O . -. J V c \ U c C = - L 6 f J W 0 0 0 0 L > N 2 3 an 2 N .-. I— NL ro O E o w O c m mn y o •-0 (,0.m0 y N 2 C (0 E -a 0 0 o c o a m c O = N vi N m U t _1.710 co 0 m -`—w _ E w c a 0 o. 0 x�oca� c o c O > v 0 L c 0 m 0. CD Q m ti nV) cr H W V d Q / w r J W CC CC O cgC HO) IFA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION WALL SECTIONS D3.2 50.'-101/4" 34'-1r4. 54'-11° 551-0" 551-0° 5V-01 REMOVE CANOPY, SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, PARAPETS, DRAINS, AND APPLIED BUILDING FACADE FINISHES 0 0 EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN II L° REMOVE RTU; CURB TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN REMOVE RTU; CURB TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN REMOVE ENTRANCE FEATURE L REMOVE LOW CANOPY ROOF DRAIN REMOVE LOW CANOPY oVERrLOW ROOF DRAIN 4 DP4 EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN REMOVE RTU; CURB TO REMAIN � — — 1 � eel L ----J EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN 0 NEW ROOF OPENING FOR ROOF HATCH LJ EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN REMOVE CANOPY, SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, PARAPETS, DRAINS, AND APPLIED BUILDING FACADE FINISHES REMOVE LOW CANOPY OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN ARCHITECTURAL DEMO ROOF PLAN REMOVE LOW CANOPY ROOF DRAIN SCALE 3/32" = I' -O" 4 n 4 n 4 75> 111 ♦y O r N REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DiVI ION RECEIVED CITY OF `d U3KWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • 0 • 0 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 • • • Drawn By: .blue Project No.: 15722.00 N 0 0 (7 0 z rr 0 a C.1) ( Nc O 0 00-. 0 O 1-1-1 m U -- m C 0-- U 3 — Vd; m O U cc O O O m g. m U I- 0 • O 0 G) U CO H \ 1QU c 0 1— 0 0`Om O 73 0 m a U) -' (, U m c C m C O y - 0 O 0 Nis - To — O 000—c 173.V C 0 m m O w m O m 2.0 2 V N T • C 2 a V \ ¢ C — - C .o m a • C V J N • m D C (l v m v O p m m CO v+C m `o m J c ▪ V C \ C c C .0 CO m C C N y 0 0 - 0 0 .c>,..0, N — _ m m O 1— aEi w m C 0 0 O. N O O T O.0 — 0 y CO Q C -O O 0 0 m m U m C O = Y 0 vi m m — m ' Ut -J m c �N m O C N m N C — E— mU v .N-. m C O] D O C 5 m C 3 p. o m O. CD<00i nrn 11,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN D4.0 3041-104n n 3Q'-111'4 WALL MOUNTED FIRE HYDRANT EX. 6' FIRE FROM RISER '-0° ROOM NEAR 5TARBUCK5 "EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE" SIGN LOCATED NEXT TO DOOR SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT DISCHARGES TO HUB DRAIN DOWNSPOUT DISCHARGES TO GRADE FROST FIRE CONTROL VALVE SLAB .. SCUPPER AND DONWPOUT DIS TO FW DRAIN DOWNSPOUT DISCHARGES TO GRADE DIVERT/RELOCATE EXI5TINS SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT DI3CHAR5 5 TO CLEAR STAIRS ` LEAVE -CUT FURRING TO DOOR TO OPEN FULL 180°. $ INSTALL % F.R.T. PL • • II6d BELOW OPENING 4 LEA 5PRINKLER RISER AREA; 36' H. STEEL 4)6" DIA SAFETY BOLLARDS W/ CHAIN SLOT AND 6' CHAIN; POWDER -COATED 1 YELLOW FINISH A5 MANUFACTURED BY VESTIL MANUFACTURER - 260-6655-1586 (BOL -JK -36-45 4 BOL-.K-GN6); SURFACE MOUNT BOLLARD PLATE TO CONCRETE W/ EXPANSION BOLTS. INSTALL AS 6OVERXD BY RISER INSTALLATION AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES. (REFER TO A2.0 FOR FLOOR STRIPING) WALL PN COMPACTOR (VENDOR *6) SCUPPER AND DOlM SPOUT DISCI-ARE/ES TO 6RADE EXIST. BANK OF 6A5 METERS SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT DISCHARGES TO GRADE PARSE EXTERIOR OF NEW CMU TO MATCH ADJACENT 1E1 PRECAST PANS LOCATION OF "BB' PANEL WITH 3'-0° CLEARANCE IN FRONT 4 ADDITIONAL ELECT. EQUIPMENT; REFER TO E .EC. 5HT5 6.. TO CONFIRM WITH PSG PM LOCATION OF ALL FLOOR OUTLETS ONE PEEK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FITTING ROOMS AND I -WALLS ARE FIXTURES PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED BY VENDOR *I. (DOORS, DR FRAMES 4 DR HARDWARE ARE BY VENDOR *4) TYPICAL OF ALL PORTALS; REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR OUTLET LOCATIONS DI DRY FIRE RISER SERVIN6 CANOPY KNOX BOX LOCATION (IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE CODE). PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM TAMPER SWITCH TO D56 ALARM SYSTEM. ..:.:.:.:..:.041.7.:eWe:4:..:...7.:.:.:4...:.. -- TYP. • PILASTERS Al ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE 3/32" = 11-0" GENERAL NOTES I. FOR WOOD BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS, 6.. SHALL REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS 4 SHEET A2.2. 2. DIMENSIONS OF WALLS ME FROM FINISH® FACE TO FINISHED FACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: 3. PROVIDE SOUND BATT INSULATION IN ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS OF EACH OF TM FOLLOWING ROOMS - MifN5, WOMEN% BREAK ROOM, OFFICES, GASH / COUNT ROOM, AND L053 PREVE ITION. 4. ALL PU14BI146 ACCESS PANE. LOCATIONS REQUIRED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS, AND DS6 FRO.EGT MANA69 5. 6.. SHALL INSTALL FIRE BLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPPING IN COMBUSTIBLE CONGEALED WALL LOCATIONS EVERY IO' -0' o.c. BOTH HORIZONTALLY 4 VERTICALLY AS REQUIRED BY CODS 6. ALSO REFER TO SIEETr Al2.0 THRU Al2./ FOR ADDITIONAL RE9ERE3kGE5 TO WALL SECTIONS CANOPY DRY SPRINKLER ; ' FED FROM RISER ROOM AT NORTH EST CORNER OF FORMER THE SPORTS AUTHO ITY MART SPACE bi/ 003* CANOPY DRY SPRINKLER HEADS FED FROM RISER ROOM AT THE 50UTWE9T CORNER OF 3URLIN6TON TENANT SPACE 4 in O 1 N Q EVIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED ITY OF TU KWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER WALL LEGEND ALSO REFER TO ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION SHEETS FOR WALL SIZES 4 SECTION TAGS G.M.U. WALL CONSTRUCTION (RESER TO WALL SECTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION) r vl G.M1J. WALL CONSTRUCTION w/ FURRING 4 GYPSUM BOARD (REFER TO WALL SECTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION) .•�•�v.� WALL CONSTRLCTION r(/ FACE BRICK (REFER TO WALL SECTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION) �y�•Z•p••v • •C.M.U. I'//////////l//A 6YPS.1M BOARD 6 METAL STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION (REFER TO ENLARSED FLOOR FLANS FOR NOMINAL. WALL THICIQNESS) 4 REFER TO SFT AI2 FOR PART111ON TYPE INFORMATION AS NOTED CHAIN LINK FENCE ENCLOSURE r Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/201/ BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By; a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 0 z cc 0 a O 0 Y U O w 0 U 0 C II 6` 0 Oe c U 0 0 0 Q D U 1- 0I- - m O ` Z. 0 c0 1-L \ ▪ °U �'� _ e• I- 028 V 0 o (1) U 0 = 0 0 c c - O O 0 m vi c 0 0 O 0 UC c — II O c "f32 2.502 D T 0 y c O — c II 0 2) t0 m • II J N c U II O m'0 0. a Q, II II c :IaG: C 0 o O F-4'=ro- 0- oN d • 0 • am o y N O. N 0 Eo o � c O O 0 c O — w 0 V V1 W U J -3; O y d 0 II V 0 y c O - E- °�(7 x::61 � 45 o c m c 3 o - U O 0 O. C Q 0 N O.0) Vi y 0 c II o 0 cc w 1- z w C) w / J w Y cc 0I - a. Q- I- 11. 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHTECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A1.0 NOTE: REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (Al2 SHEETS) FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIRED FINISHES AND TO LOCATE LOZIER FIXTURES SO AS TO IDENTIFY EXTENT OF GYPSUM BOARD (NOT REQUIRED BEHIND LOZIER FROM 9'-9 1/2" AND BELOW, TYP. U.N.0- REFER TO BLOCKING DETAILS ON A2.2) NOTE: ALL WALLS TO DECK ARE TO BE BUILT TO DECK WITH NO INTERRUPTIONS TO GRAPHICS, MILLWORK OR PAINT STRIPES, U.N.O. 6' MTL. STUDS 16" o.G. EXTEND TO DECK, CCL DI/AI32 FINISHED CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO CEILING PLAN); IF NO GLC, EXTEND GYP. TO DECK 1 I/2" MELAMINE BOARD (BY VENDOR *I) OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD MELAMINE BOARD (BY VENDOR #I) OVER 5/8° GYP. BD. �� 5/8° GYP. BD. NSE M.R. GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) TYPICAL N 3 5/8° MTL. STUDS @ lb" o.G. EXTEND TO DECK, SEE 12I/AI3.2 FINISHED CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO CEILING PLAN); IF NO GL6, EXTEND GYP. TO DECK 1/2" MELAMINE BOARD (BY VENDOR *1) OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 1/2" MELAMINE BOARD (BY VENDOR *1) OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" 6YP. BD. NSE M.R. GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) TYPICAL SIMILAR MN MEM 5/8" GYP. BD. 6" MTL. STUDS ® I6" o.c. 12'-0" A.F.F. 4' TOP OF MELAMINE 1 I ` • • 'I 1/2" MELAMINE BOARD (BY VENDOR *I) BASE AS SCHEDULED (REI ER TO ELEVATION) i -s GENERAL CiONfiRAGTOR IS TO SELEGi MATERIAL i-IGKNE55E5 E3A5E ON fiat "SSMA PROMGfi iE�aNlGAL INFORMATION" MANUAL =oR LJMITIM WALL -s 1 69T TABLES OR ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS USINS 5 F5= LATERAL LQA AND MAX Dm"LEGiloN OF L/2L0. MAN UL DESIGN tltl-41I "1 HOUR : (1) LAVER 136" TYPE -X GYP. BO. EACH BIDE NON -RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY FIRESTOP SEALANT - PROVIDE FIRE SAFIN6 INSULATION IN FLUTES OF ROOF DECK 146A. PLATE REGIJIRED HERE WALL IS PARALLEL IW/ DECK RIBS LONG-LEG SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK ANCHORED TO ROOF DECK. SECURE STUDS (THRU SLOTS) TO SLOTTED TOP TRACK 00 NOT FASTEN GYP. BD. WITHIN MIN. SCREW CLEAR AREA OR INTO TOP TRACK CEILING MAY OCCUR - REFER TO CEILING' PLAN FOR LOCATION AND TYPE INSTALL FIRESTOP AT CEILING' LINE - TYP. (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. BD. EA. SIDE OF STEEL. STUDS 6005162-33 STEEL STUD FRAMING R-6 SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS CONTINUOUS STEEL RUNNER, ANCHORED TO FLOOR 1/2" MELAMINE (UP TO 12'-0° AFF) OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 1 1/2" METAL FURRING FAGS OF GMU WALL 5/8° GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" METAL FURRING FACE OF GMU WALL SIMILAR 5/8" GYP. BD. (FINISH A5 SCHEDULED) 6" MTL. STUDS 16" o.c. V--s FINISHED BASE (WHERE SCHEDULED) SIMILAR 1 1- 5/8" GYP. BD. (FINISH A5 SCHEDULED) 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" o.c. FINISHED BASE • (WHERE SCHEDULED) SIM. T/ WALL __ ELEV. +II' -6" 1 PAINTED TRIM, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS B/ TRIM _ I ELEV. +10'-O' • F.R.T. PLYWD ON METAL STUD FRAMING, SEE SECTIONS 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 1 1/2" METAL FURRING FACE OF GMU WALL SALES AREA 101 =MI NMI ---♦ — — —. 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES OF 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING, AT I6'o.c. VESTIBULE [ 100 SIMILAR SIMILAR 71; ,1 I, 1 l 1 5/8° GYP. BD. (FINISH A5 SCHEDULED) \ \ \ \ \ \ \ C� L 3 5/8' MTL. STUDS @ 16" 0.6. 1 MIN r Zit _-- t--� FINISHED CEILING AND GYPSUM BOARD WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO PLANS) 7FINISHED BASE • (WHERE SCHEDULED) // i 1 `� — —� ♦ CONTINUOUS TO DECK ZZ - SIMILAR 6" MTL. STUDS ® 16" o.G. EXTEND TO DECK, SEE DI/A152 NEW 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER NEW SECURITY MESH; REFER TO SPECIFICATION EXISTING DEMISING WALL WHERE NO CONCRETE WALL CONSTRUCTION 15 LOCATED BEHIND FINISHES AT EXISTING DEMISING WALLS; TYP. 5/8" GYP. BD. SIMILAR 1 1 ROOFING ♦ SYSTEM ON METAL DECK MIN. I ' J 1 `r— — —� ♦ J WHERE STUD (WAGE REQUIRES, ALL KICKERS TO BE ON STOCK SIDE ONLY AND ABOVE CEILING SPACE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT I6"o.c. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK SCHEDULED BASE ADD SOUND BATT INSULATION IN WALLS AT ALL RESTROOMS, BREAK ROOM, OFFICES, GASH/ COUNT ROOM AND L055 PREVENTION 1 TYPICAL 1 TYPICAL 5/8" GYP. BD. (FINISH A5 SCHEDULED) RLTER TO INT. ELEV. T/ THIN BRICK THIN BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 6° MTL. STUDS 16' O.G. REFER TO INT. ELEV. B/ THIN BRICK ,6 CEILING HEIGHT SEE PLAN SHEATHING LEFT OFF STUD BEHIND LOZIER- RLTER TO A2.2 FOR BLOCKING THIN BRICK OVER 5/8° GYPSUM BOARD WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO A122 FOR FINISHES) _ FINISHED BASE (WHERE SCHEDULED) 11i I1 `�— — _ ♦ 6" MTL. STUDS ®I6' O.G. EXTEND TO DECK, SEE DI/A152 — FINISHED CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO CEILING PLAN); IF NO GLC, EXTEND GYP. TO DECK J FINISHED CEILING (REFER TO GEILIN PLAN) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD SIMILAR 1 ROOFING SYSTEM ON TYPICAL 1 METAL DECK 6" METAL STUDS AT 16"oz. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK SCHEDULED BASE r— — — J. TYPICAL 1 5/8" GYP. BD. (FINISH A5 SCHEDULED) 6" MTL. STUDS CO 16" 0.G. FINISHED SASE (WHERE SCHEDULED) 1 ENVELOPE ENERGY GOMPL I ANGE : - AT EXTERIOR WALLS INHERE EXISTING FURRING AND GYP. BD. 15 TO REMAIN 4 A CAVITY IS NOT EXPOSED, NO ADDITIONAL INSULATION IS REQUIRED. - AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE EXISTING FURRING 15 TO REMAIN 4 EXISTING GYP. BD. 15 NOT PRESENT, NEW R -IO CONTINUOUS INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER STUDS BEFORE INSTALLING NEW GYP. BD. -AT EXTERIOR WALLS w/o EXISTING FURRING OR WHERE EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION IS NEW, INSTALL R -IO CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION ON INSIDE FACE OF GMU OR CONCRETE WALL CONSTRUCTION. NEW METAL FURRING AND GYP. BD. PER PARTITION TYPES ON THIS SHEET TO BE INSTALLED INSIDE OF GONTI NUOUS INSULATION. ZVI 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE M.R. GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) .111 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS ►� lb' o.G. EXTEND TO ► DECK, SEE DI/A132 411— FINISHED CEILING ►� WHERE APPLICABLE ►� (REFER TO CEILING go- PLAN); IF NO GL6, ► EXTEND GYP. TO DECK .i� 110- -44 i . SOUND BATT ►., INSULATION -41 ►11 0 ►moi . .: 411 -411 ► SIMILAR 5/8" GYP. BD. NSE M.R. GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS Ib' o.c. EXTEND TO DECK, 5EE DI/A15.2 FINISHED GEILIN6 s (REFER TO CEILING PLAN) Z 1 I` tri — 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MR GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) SIMILAR Dt7� 3 5/8° MTL. STUDS 16" o.G. EXTEND TO DECK, SEE DI/A132 PARTITION TO BE NOTCHED AT EACH J0IST/PURL IN FINISHED CEILING (REFER TO GEILIN6 PLAN) 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE M.R. GYP. BD. IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 Q 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDiVIBIQJ. TYPICAL RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: o.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 c7 z Pm cc 0 a N Uti: Cm Lm N _ • OsL .0 •0 a' m U m c cc o o° m n O 3I-rn z• 0 m o m LO 0 F- O m O 10 U .0 0 m c ' .. I" 1— 0 c 0`orn c U c 0 m 'amLa - in3 U .. O m- 0 0 0 X0000 0 N 0m 0 0 0C r.. V C C 0 0 m N W oD0U 3 UR m co O 1- m -' :0 0 Q. T CO c 0 .T O \0 Q C — - cv ma 0 m VoC C a J N CD m C D c a o m m m17,ma,- fn 0 C 0 O O 0 o Ta2gc: :0: 3mc0 .C\aF N to 2 15 m Tam 0 0 m m ▪ 0 U N NII U L __i 0• c ...7. •-,-N V ▪ T3 0 m y C >O 0 —E-m\C7 Y .. 62 of D O C> m C .0 0 0 0 0 m a Ifl Q m 0 171_ Ci) cc W 1— z W 0 cc 0 Q _r) 4t -mg Ctilj C 0 r V♦ HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com PARTITION TYPES A1.2 304'-IOy 3q' -I114. 55'-0° / 55'-0° 55'-0' 4 Y iUi IWUI19111!."si�i.-11■1 ■V ■■■ ■V■I■r11L"�l!J■1 7111■■■ ■■■■■11■■■■■1p! i■■■■ ■■■■■11■' ■111 MEIN MINIMUM lila 7■■■IL IT7177■IL. 11■■■■■ .::4:i■■■■■■I 11 11■r/■■■ ■11611■■■I ■■I 11 ■■■■■■■Tri- 11■■■■■■I 115.1111w1Piaillit ■■\■■■■■■I PORTALS NEED TO BE IN PLACE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE FLOORING ON TI -IE FADS; COORDINATE Y4/ VENDOR *I, TYPICAL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED ••r�:•:.:r��i-.• V•`! OTW01019ST,16 /110/11j,}1TPNS•Tl !i!EINNEIM 111LJ■7■■■■I nummimshaqmosommi- Gm■'1:fai 1 11 �fi�i1■�1■■■1 imprp .�i■■■■■1'Qi■■1 II __J■■■■■■■■► J■■ISI iii■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 " DLII „1 Iufli!!__ 1:31 A2.0 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH FLOOR PLAN SCALE 3/32" = I' -O" City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVI 1 NOTES 2. 3. AS AN ALTERNATE FOR PLASTIC LAMINATES, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE THERMOFUSED MELAMINE PANEL AS MFGR'D BY VENDOR #I. ALL PANEL COLORS MUST MATCH THOSE OF THE PLASTIC LAMINATE COLORS LISTED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. ALL PLASTIC LAMINATES AND MELAMINE FINIOHCS ARE MATTE (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SEE DETAILS OF TRANSITION STRIPS ON SHEET A5.I PAINT ALL EXPOSED SALES FLOOR CEILING AREAS (P -112A) IN A FLAT FINISH. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, WIRING, GABLES, ELECTRICAL BOXES, ETC., IN THESE AREAS PAINTED TO MATCH. 4. ALL EDGES OF ALL TRIM BOARDS AT EDGES OF SLATWALL THROUGHOUT STORE ARE TO BE PAINTED BLACK. ALL OTHERS TO MATCH FINISH ON FACE OF TRIM BOARDS. INSTALLATION OF SLAT/MALL TO ADHERE TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 6. NO COLOR OR MATERIAL SELECTIONS (INCLUDING FLOORING, CARPETING, PAINT, PLASTIC LAMINATE, METAL FINISHES, ETC) ARE TO BE SUBSTITUTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF DICK'S. REFER TO Ct'CGIFIGATIONS FOR PAINT FINICI ICS OF ALL MATERIALS AND SURFACES. PAINT 2' GREEN STRIPE (P-34) IN ALL MAIN STOCK ROOMS 4 RECEIVING @ I5' -O° A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF STRIPE AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER. WORK ROOM AND GOLF STOCK STRIPE TO BE @ 121-0° A.F.F.; ALL GYP. BD. WALLS IN STOCK AREAS TO BE TAPED, MUD AND SANDED ONLY. NO PAINT OTHER THAN THE STRIPE. REFER TO AII.0 FIXTURE PLAN. 5. 7. a. CFIV,iE0 F TU KWILA 9282017 MIT .aTER q. PAINT ALL WALL LOUVERS TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISHES. 10. PREPARE EXISTING AND NEW CONCRETE SLABS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WOOD, RESILIENT TILE, CARPET AND EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORS. GRIND OFF ALL HIGH SPOTS. FILL ALL LOW SPOTS, HOLES AND CRACKS WITH GEMENT -BASED, POLYMER MODIFIED, SELF LEVELING PRODUCT THAT CAN BE APPLIED IN THICKNESSES FROM I/8° AND THAT CAN BE FEATHERED AT EDGES TO MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR ELEVATIONS. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH NOT LESS THAN 4000 P5I. II. ALL MILLWORK TRIM TOUCH-UP TO BE BY G.G. 12. PROVIDE 4' HIGH 3/4" PLYWOOD WAINSCOT IN STOCK ROOM (115) AND RECEIVING (IIb) AROUND PERIMETER EVERYWHERE THERE 15 NO SHELVING OR RACKING ON WALLS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH VENDOR #15. 13. PAINT ALL SALES FLOOR COLUMNS P-112. 14. REFER TO THE AI2 SHEETS FOR EXTENT OF BASE 13-30. 15. 6.C. TO FAINT ALL EXPOSED SALES FLOOR CONDUIT, INCLUDING DROPS FOR BA 4 CCTV. CONDUIT PAINT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE (WALL, CEILING, COLUMN, ETC,) DROPS SUSPENDED FROM CEILING ON SALES FLOOR AWAY FROM A VERTICAL SURFACE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING. Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects. Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT e e • • • e e • • e e • e • • • e e Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15722.00 0 0 z P. 0 a t1(n c 0 c C o°) N - C o m L O O o ~ Q C C V O — O 0 Qe 0 O (Y m _ 0 0 0 O 0 Q F N 7. O 0o•-• 0 ▪ c m I— C'U0�C 9 — a) (1)- O 0 = C 0 C O e 0 U 0 6'0 — c °% Q O N o C — C C 0 W W O O C (7 O 0 N O 0 J ~ a N 1— N• C O - c v m a t0 V J U 0 c C 0 'o O DgV C C Q Q O 0 V 0 U 00 J 1130 Lc \ • oa O ci° c C L W J 0 c 3 Y s O 0 0 0 t > N o 3 y N N O ~ Ewt°wm O 0 0 0 y 0 o . O >, 0. 0 V N Q 0 • E .o 0 O O tJ g 0 O Q c = w• aci 0 2 J m 0 C 0.-. 0 .L — 0 N .00 O N C O Y .N. 0 c CDD 5.030 3 0 L C 0 • 0 0 m Q m Q m 0 nrn cc w 1— z W V ec W < co I T J W s cc cc O ELI— I1,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHITECTURAL FINISH FLOOR PLAN A2.0 :1: Di 4' ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NO. ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE CEILING COMMENTS VESTIBULE F-3 8-30 GL -2 REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 100 SALES - - - 101 RITER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN 4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES FITTING ROOM (ALL) G -I B-30 - IOIc-P GOLF STOCK CS - EXPOSED NO FINISH 2" P-34 PAINT STRIPE AT 12'-O" A.F.F. 102 FITTING CENTER G -I B-30 EXPOSED P -I0 (FLAT) FITTINS CENTER WILL RECEIVE MELAMINE PANELS UP TO 12'-0" - REFER TO F -I FIXTUZE PLAN. 103 CORRIDOR V-22 8-50 GL -I • 105 CORRIDOR V-40 8-30 GL -I I05a LP (L055 PREVENTION) V-40 B-30 GL -2 P-10 107 STORE MANAGER'S OFFICE V-40 B-30 GL -1 108 DEPARTMENT MANAGERS' OFFICE V-40 8-30 GL -I 104 BREAK ROOM V-40 8-50 GL -I 110 GASH / COUNT ROOM V-40 5-30 GL -2 P -IO III R' SS CORRIDOR V-40 8-30 GL -I 112 WOMEN'S T -I BT -I / BT -2 CL -2 P -I0 REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 113 MEN'S T -I BT -I / BT -2 CL -2 P -I0 RLTER TO ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 114 STOCK ROOM G5 - EXPOSED NO FINISH 2" P-34 PAINT STRIPE AT 15'-0' A.F.F. ; ALL WALLS WITHOUT RACKING TO HAVE PLYWOOD WAINSCOT A5 PER NOTE *12 BELOW. 115 STOCK/EGRESS CORRIDOR V-40 5-30 CL -I N TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL CORRIDOR LLS; SIE '°'CSWA AI2.I FOR ELEVATIONS AND AI2ba FOR DETAILS 115A RECEIVING G5 - EXPOSED NO FINISH 2" P-34 PAINT STRIPE AT 151-0' A.F.F. ; ALL WALLS WITHOUT RACKING TO HAVE PLYWOOD WAINSCOT AS PER NOTE #12 BELOW. II6 JANITOR G5 - EXPOSED NO FINISH FRP PANEL (WHITE) BEHIND AND ON SIDE OF SINK IIS ARCHERY G5 B-30 - MELAMINE CEILING - 81-0" 120 WORK ROOM G5 --IN EXPOSED NO 2" P-34 PAINT STRIPE AT 121-0" A.F.F. 121 WORKSHOP G5 8-30 GL -I 122 ELECTRICAL ROOM G5 a POSED, NO EXFINISH 130 DATA / AV GS B-30 EXPOSED NO FINISH 151 BORDER DETAIL @ BIKES/FITNESS AND FSFW SCALE'. 1/2" = I'-0" VINYL WOOD FLANK FIELD FL OORIN6. ROWS TO EE 3TASSERED. (TM) br7 00.3 6. AIU.E D2 :1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION BORDER DETAIL @ LODGE AND FSFW SCALE 1/2" = I' -O" RECEIVED CITY OF TU KWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 c7 z fr 0 a U) a; .0 c g N Y c O W a7 U a3 ,° 0 • C r CO U cc UmO O U O _ UF- Q7 a) t ‘- 0 O m o F \ U a° F— o `o c W V c U co B —maln (/) o- —'c o O c m 0 c N co_ 0 a7 — o N U c c — V c c O t1.110o20C vwr7 ▪ a7 0 0 2 F- 0-'..• N cO T o < 0 ... O \ c = c ▪ V W fl 0 9 J W • m c c U 9 O a7 U a)c m N O- .. a) moa� (/) N c 30, o a7 - � m a czm-1c c 3 Y s O o L Tr— Hy E N E m m m n co O " o % co 0. y o C II m 0 O • Q ° c co N 1°A 73 •` ai U t J m m N d — C N N a 07 y c O - E— CO °(7 �x-ai 0, o c 3 co c 3 o. 0 m C(.30 - 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com FDIISH FLOOR PLAN DETAILS A2.Oa 504'-101/4" / av-111/4 55'-0' 55'-0° .:•:•:._1,;mf_•_1L's 0:yllrll 4 ImmIli' 3>IIN Aq olydeJe BL00KIN6 N oI O n 4 0 n REVIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 • l A2.2 ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHIC PLAN SCALE 3/32" = 1'-0" 1`1 003G � City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION n RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER r- 0 tJ Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 e 0 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: Project No.: 15122.00 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com BLOCKS AND GRAPFIIICS PLAN A2.2 STEEL TRACK (FULL LENGTH OF WOOD BLOCKING) ANCHORED TO STUDS ® MIN. 12'o.c. - MIN. 206A. LSX5XI4 GA. TYP. o EA. END OF BLOCKING 4 V21 x BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS II/ FASTENERS to MIN. 8"o.c. BLOCKING DETAIL 3'm1'-0' 20 A. TRACK NESTED VERTICALLY ON FLANGE SIDE r OF STUD FOR ATTACHMENT OF BLOCKING- REF. DM 4/A22 •1 (3) #10-16 TEKS SCREWS TYP. h LSXSXI4 GA. TIP. to EA. END OF BLOCKING 3 REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISH 6'x 20 GA. MIL. STUDS ® I6° 0.C. T.O. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #1 T.O. BRACKET ELEV. 11'-2 1/4" (2) 2x10 FRT. WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORED TO LIGHT 6A. ANGLES AT EACH END W/ (6) #I2-24 x 2 i" WOOD TO METAL SELF DRILLING FASTENERS SHELF BLOCKING DETAIL B.O. BRACKET gib / ELEV. q' -II 1/4" B.O. AD. BLK'6 ELEV. q' -q 1/2" B.O. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #I - DESIGN 4 ATTACHMENT OF BRACKET TO BLOCKING BY VENDOR 1-1/2" = 11-0' VENDOR BLOCKING NOTES PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR FIXTURES AS INDICATED IN DETAILS. COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING WITH VENDORS. ADDITIONAL BLOCKING 15 REQUIRED A5 PER DETAILS THIS SHEET. "ALL BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED G.G. TO PROVIDE 2'X4" CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS 20 GA. TRACK NESTED VERTICALLY ON FLANGE SIDE OF STUD FOR ATTACHMENT OF BLOCKING- F. DTL 4/A2.2 L3X3XI6 GA. W/ (4) #12-I4 TEK SCREWS TO STUD 4 (4) a°4) X 1 4' CONCRETE SCREWS TO WALL TYP EA. STUD (5) #10-I6 TEKS SCREWS TYP. L2X2XI4 GA. TYP. @ EA. END OF BLOCKING MASONRY WALL G.G. TO PROVIDE 2'X4" CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS " NOTE: FOR LOZIER PRODUCTS, 64 NEEDS T• . ' 5" 0 DIMENSIONS PER RUN (I I/2' EA. END) TO ACCOUNT FOR LAST UPRITE. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR #I LOZIER -10' A BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.G. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TYP. 5/5" GYP. BOARD 6.0. TO PROVIDE 2x6 NO BLOCKING BEtNEEN WALL STUDS TYP. WALL GRID LF -16 C BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.C. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETNEEN WALL STUDS TYP. 4 FORESIGHT SIMULATOR WALL G1 I BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 5/5' GYP. BOARD G.G. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 5/5" PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTED BETWEEN 51105; COORDINATE WITH SHELF/ VALANCE BLOCKING 5/5' GYP. BOARD LODGE TAXIDERMY L1 BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE T GOLF SHOE FOCAL BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE f 1 'C„,OF BLK'G 2 SHELF BLOCKING DETAIL RLI•CR TO ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISH 5-5/5"x 20 GA. MIL. STUDS o I6" O.G. T.O. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #1 T.O. BRACKET • ELEV. 11'-2 1/4" (2) 2x10 F.R.T. BLOCKING ANCHORED TO LIGHT A. ANGLES AT EACH END W/ (6) #12-24 x 2 ' WOOD TO METAL SELF DRILLING FASTENERS B.O. BRACKET gip / ELEV. q' -I 11/4" B.O. WD. BLK'G ELEV. q' -q 1/2" 8.0. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #1 - DESIGN 4 ATTACHMENT OF BRACKET TO BLOCKING BY VENDOR G.G. TO PROVIDE 2'X4° CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS "" NOTE: FOR LOZIER PRODUCTS, 6G NEEDS T. ADD 5" TO DIMENSIONS PER RUN (I I/2' EA. END) TO ACCOUNT FOR LAST UFRITE. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR 411 LOZIER - 4' Al BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 1-1/2' = 1'-0" G.G. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 5/8' PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTED BETWEEN STUDS UP TO 10'-0' U.N.O. IN ELEVATIONS " NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING SPANNING BETWEEN AT LEAST 2 STUD CAVITIES BEHIND PILASTER LOCATIONS. PLYWOOD F BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.0. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 5/4" PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTED BETWEEN STUDS UP TO 9'-4 1/2" COORDINATE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING NEEDS WITH VENDOR #27 G2 GOLF FOCAL WALL BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE """LOCATION OF BLOCKING M MUST COORDINATE WITH LOCATION OF TV - REFER TO F -I PLAN." 6.C. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TYP. 5/5" GYP. BOARD MELAMINE M WALL MOUNTED TV BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE D �7 6.G. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 5/5' MIN. THICK PLYWOOD BETWEEN WALL STUDS G.G. TO PROVIDE 2"X4' CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED i TO STUDS \\ n MASONRY WALL 3/5'• 2 1/2' 1 1/2" 5/5" 1 REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISH I-I/2'x 20 GA. MTC. STUDS ® 16" 0.G. T.O. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #1 T.O. BRACKET ELEV. 11'-2 1/4" (2) 2x10 F.RT. BLOCKING ANCHORED TO CMU VV/ (6) 4'x4' TAFOON ANCHORS, 1 " EMBED (MIN (2) LOCATIONS AT EACH PIECE OF BLOCKING B/N STUDS) B.O. BRACKET gb / ELEV. q' -I 11/4" B.O. WD. BLK'G q ELEV '-q 1/2" B.O. SHELF BRACKET BY VENDOR #1- DESIGN 4 ATTACHMENT OF BRACKET TO BLOCKING BY VENDOR SHELF BLOCKING DETAIL " NOTE: 11 FOR COZIER PRODUCTS, GG NEEDS TO ADD 3' TO DIMENSIONS PER RUN (I I/2' EA. END) TO ACCOUNT FOR LAST UPRITE. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR #1 LOZIER - 3' A2 BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 11 " G.G. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 3/4' PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTED BETWEEN STUDS UP TO II' -0" F1 PLYWOOD - SIMULATOR BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE COORDINATE BLOCKING NEEDS WITH VENDOR #I TO ALIGN WITH FREESTANDING END PANEL 6.G. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 3/4' PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTED BETWEEN STUDS UP TO 3'-0' G3 FREESTANDING END PANEL BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE G.C. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TYP. 5/5' GYP. BOARD 6.0. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TYP. N FOOTWEAR WALL PANELS BLOCKING DETAIL 003 S BREAK ROOM COAT RACK BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 1-1/2' = 11-0' 6.C. TO PROVIDE 2"X4" GONTINJOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO GYP. BD. G.G. TO PROVIDE 2"X4° CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO GYP. BD. "" NOTE: FOR LOZIER PRODUCTS, 6G NEEDS TO ADD 3' TO DIMENSIONS PER RUN (I I/2" EA. END) TO ACCOUNT FOR LAST UPRITE. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR #I. LOZIER B BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.C. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS, VP. GOLF PILASTERS G BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.G. TO PROVIDE 2x6 WD BLOCKING 5E71'E34 WALL STUDS TYP. 5/5" GYP. BOARD MELAMINE NET BLOCKING K BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.C. TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 1/2' MIN. THICK PLYWOOD SHEET BLOCKING ON WALLS 5/5" 6YP. BOARD REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE R APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION """LOCATION OF BLOCK U MUST COORDINATE WITH LOCATION OF CO2 TANKS - REFER TO F -I PLAN""" G.G. TO PROVIDE 2x4 WD SURFACE MOUNTED TO WALL, PAINTED P-10 OFFICES BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 6.G. TO PROVIDE 2x5 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TYP. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 CENTER 5/5" GYP. BOARD 6.G. TO PROVIDE 2x5 WD BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL STUDS TSP. WORKSHOP CO2 TANKS U BLOCKING DETAIL V NOT TO SCALE GOLF BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written cgnsent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 • • • 0 • 0 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 cn 0 0 c� z cc 0 a WW. C ,n , . c O m L 0 0 O O - c "-- O m U cc ° ° ° m Og. m U :- CO Of O O m o oma\ • 10 c I— o▪ f0`orn O a, m U m m D. 3 ru - Cnom, cm c c O y cri C7 L O N U c -�c�o ui�0°°c ��mc�3 ° m O ,0 2 1—m�` o", 41 c O T 'O \QG_ — c v m a ° m •O . • N V) .... m 0 c U V O m -13:: C c a a0m 1Om o�`maI- (n m m 0 m m O . ... J G \ D c c m c O o ° 0 0 tay03 H ,,, n m y o m — w 4) y O O 1 w O 0 10 N O. N N -O 0 O 0 CI S m° m c 2 w v y m wU t m -j i m c N a N C p 0 -m\0 . '� m c 01 D 0 c 5 m e m¢mU ° nr cc W 1-" z W v cr W co 0 co / w r J W CC a I- CO 11,4 1FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com BLOCKNO DETALS A2.2a 304'-IOy4" / 3a'-4)!14 54' -II' 55'-0' 55'-0" 551-0' 551-0' 417.7•:•:•:•:•:•:.:•:.:•:•:•:. EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES- REFER TO A6.O FOR HEIGHTS. EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES- REFER TO A6.0 FOR HEIGHTS. EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES- REFER TO Ab.0 FOR HEIGHTS. r�- T T T T T T T O- T 1 I I I I I I I. I 1 1 1 I I T I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I I 11 -T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 -I-1-I-1-I-1-I-I-1-I-I-I-I-I-I-I'`I-I-I- 1 I I I 1 1 I I 1 I I I I 1 151 I I -1-r1-1 1-11 • P_��: I■�I:uI■I ■�■�. =El= I�il'■ir■�I ];- :; 41'77::: ■r■r■ 111:111111 111111 ii■■ ■■■■■■■■■ 111'1111111' ROOF DEG 112111111111 IiiiliiiIjIIuIII C'i ei �I�■■I■■■■■■■■i ,W , 151-0/40 [E] SKYLIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS MOUNT FITTING ROOM LIGHT AT 4'-6' AFF; COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH VENDOR #1. DECORATIVE PENDANT CENTERED IN ROOM; BOTTOM MOUNTED AT 8'-2' AFF, HUNG FROM UNISTRUT TIGHT TO ST1EUCTUR3E_tBOVE TV WALL BRA b'-8" DRY FIRE RISER SERVING CANOPY [El OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN; ADD NEW RECESSED LIGHTS [E] OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN Pi/ NEW LEADER THROUGH WALL TO SIGN PIER; OUTLET AT GRADE ON NORTH SIDE MOUNT TRACK DIRECTLY TO GYP. CEILING IO' -O" A.F.F. [E] ROOF DRAIN w/ NEW DROP IN BOX -OUT. [E] SKYLIGHT; PROV DE BURGLAR BARS 141-51 1. NEW SOFFIT AND REG£J£D LIGHTS 2" OVLTFLOW DRAIN DOWN AT COWAN WITH ISGHARGE TO K ARCHITECTURAL A3 CEILING PLAN SCALE 3/32" = 1'-0" APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila UILDING DJVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 0 N Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 • • - • • 0 - 0 • 0 - • • • - Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15'722.00 0 0 c� z 1=-1 CC0 (n O :7! U O mC °=m U Irm ° m_`or m m ° .2 `o O m U p H\ m U c. 1— pm`o(n 0 m c c ` mm Cn 0 m, c ) 0 �m8mm 6-— ;1:i m O p y U m C - � C m O m m W p — 3 Q m g o - N CO >. V \ ¢ C - - cv ma C • J VJ N • m C m C p m m t-":1°8; d o. 61:6- mU vC O 0 m 0 2 L C \ - Ca m C m C « m J m C C .c 0 3 N r y w N O m -cm mo. m o� o U (A e =• 2 (n • v) To U 2 - 1 ° min m « y 0 m o 0 N. Y a m C p1 6 c 0 m C m 3 coir C o m o. • V) w 1— z 0 w Cr W d co J M c W �+ cc O o_ 111 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCI'OTECTURAL CEI.IN© PLANS A3.O LEGEND PERMIT CENTER SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PENDANT HI -BAY LIGHT FIXTURE r --a I'-0" x 41-0" FLUORESCENT FIXTURE; SURFACE MOUNTED o EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT FIXTURE. (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) MOUNTED AT 17'-O" A.F.F. S' -O" FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE, PENDANT (LOCATED AT ALL EGRESS DOORS) 4 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. �� DECORATIVE PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) MOUNTED AT S'-2" A.F.F. 1 1 ED MOUNTED UNLESS NOTOTHERWISE (I5 -O A.F.F.) 4'-O" FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE, PENDANT (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) o EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT CEILING SURFACE XXX TRACK LIGHTS; MOUNT BOTTOM OF TRACK 16'-O" ~� MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (I5' -O" A.F.F) (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) --- F.—CEILING n HEIGHT A.F.F. (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) 01 CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN LIGHT FIXTURE :•;:• .,:,:, 5/6" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING PAINTED P -IO UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED XXX (� TO ELECTRICAL) (REFER TO PLAN FOR HEIGHTS) FNISH p RECESSED DOWNLIGHT; (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) oILINGr LOGATION SURFACE MOUNTED EXIT SIGN AND LIGHTING (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) :.::._.:......... MELAMINE CEILING -ARCHERY RANGE p 1 1'x4" RECESSED WALL WASH LIGHT FIXTURE (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) RECEIVING DOCK LIGHT (REFER TO PLAN FOR HEIGHTS) 2'-O" x 4'-O" FLUORESCENT FIXTURE (REFER TO ELECTRICAL) 2'-0" x 4'-0" SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING (REFER PLAN FOR HEIGHTS) TO • 0 N Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 • • - • • 0 - 0 • 0 - • • • - Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15'722.00 0 0 c� z 1=-1 CC0 (n O :7! U O mC °=m U Irm ° m_`or m m ° .2 `o O m U p H\ m U c. 1— pm`o(n 0 m c c ` mm Cn 0 m, c ) 0 �m8mm 6-— ;1:i m O p y U m C - � C m O m m W p — 3 Q m g o - N CO >. V \ ¢ C - - cv ma C • J VJ N • m C m C p m m t-":1°8; d o. 61:6- mU vC O 0 m 0 2 L C \ - Ca m C m C « m J m C C .c 0 3 N r y w N O m -cm mo. m o� o U (A e =• 2 (n • v) To U 2 - 1 ° min m « y 0 m o 0 N. Y a m C p1 6 c 0 m C m 3 coir C o m o. • V) w 1— z 0 w Cr W d co J M c W �+ cc O o_ 111 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCI'OTECTURAL CEI.IN© PLANS A3.O 5 0 4 ' 0Y4 a=r-11114,. / 54' -II° 55'-O 55'-0' 551-0" 551-0° zio•cc __Atm ____0T5gte..,_ 4 0 k, t 0 tgir • • •, • • • • • /1 NIPE8 - OMIMMZEM81 Agks, 791 115 / allraELEMINAIESIRIEWMIEMUEINWIAR" \t/ 511111111111b...'... . I / a. 414 I I 1111111 -L - -L - -L -.J- - -L - -L - -L - -L - -L - -L I 1:111:1:1:1:1111:1:1 -1-4 -1--1-1- -1-4 1:1:1:1:1:1:1:1;1111 - - - - - -L - -L AIN 0 L_I (2 IMONCIIMI=n111M12•1 INKfl7=1:11. iir 0), ...... // 4::1) L r• - I : = .7.21-20w-raimmaarme..w.mma \ 1 1 1 AIL 111 r_ - 48' 08A =- - 3 0 ti) at, (0) (0) 6.94 10. '1, 1 `IF 1 1 14- CT% (0) • •• • • ' • • . . • • • . • • " . ' me..1 IhAll -II 11 H L — — IM • fix IF 1 `IF 188 11 FF 404 A 1 1 `IF 1 444 . ' • • • • ' • • ' • : L_I Ai ,... , 11 L_I ., • • • • . • . . • ••• . • • •• • • . 'IF a IN 1 1 1 W -W 11 1 L— 414 rn —11 E- LL L - - 1 r 1 11 414 /AL L V A \x/ 1\ I a" >< >.< 1 96" 96" 8' APPAREL PROCESSINGSBAR 24' • ; 2EA-3( Yvve51 / 12' AIPR EL PROC SING .e: 8' 9 96' 9-I 8' r I x 1 i I1 1 1 : 0 TT" :_:061‘2515:A L rnocr-siNG DA I T /I \ 8' 96' IMAM Mt9 I "iki .1111111=i ITIONIONOMMI IIIII MAI 011.4.ZEO=NOMlifiwsi 11.Mi 11 IfINIEOW411 ••• 411111111111111181111 96' '.AH BO 1-15- 48' >< 96' 'Ili MI11 \ 1•D `-.12-15./ 48' >.< 96' 48' 96' 48. >< 48' >< ••••••„„. 96' 96' .• o 5 8 C -1" X 48' -"•••••17C-15,--- >< 14 96' II 111 SOI -15-</ SES03-15' 8" X • 6' 48' 8' 48' >.< 96" 502 5 "--47C-15./ 48" 48 X 48' X • 6' 96' 48'X 48' •-•.„„ 96' 8" fi X2 /AL isf ... • -O. • 1.... • • . . „ , • . . . . . . •A3 ARCHITECTURAL CEILING COORDINATION PLAN 5GALE 5/2” = ILO" . •• L -J 11111111 • • L-1 . . . . . • • ' 414 81.1.11' 414 L_I - -av•-.4-•-&w.-a,w.wh!PLITIA•wwww 3 11 3 JI L -J pt 9 csi in 9 in 9 in btl 003 (p REVIEWED FOR OMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 Z017 City of Tukwila BUILRgietiaManN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • • • 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: ablue Project No.: 15122.00 0 14 1! 1FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 2 5 0 0 1 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHITECTURAL CEILING COORDNATION PLAN A3.1 3O4'-IOy4" •34'-1114" 54' -II' 5'_V" 55'-0' / 55'-0" [E] PARAPET COPING; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS [E] GUTTER AMD DOWNSPOUT; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS [E] GUTTER MD DOVI45POUT; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS REMOVE EXISTING RTU [E] SKYLIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN; INSTALL GAP EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM TO REMAIN [E] SKYLIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS [E] GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FADE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS [El GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS [E] SKYLIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM TO REMAIN 0 r n [E] 51G'LIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS [E] PARAPET COPING; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM TO REMA [E] SKYLIGHT PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS REMOVE EXISTING RTU REMOVE EXISTING RTU EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN; INSTALL GAP EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN; INSTALL CAP [E] SKYLIGHT; PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS 4 N EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM TO REMAIN [E] SKYLIGHT PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS 4 in n [E] PARAPET COPING; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FACE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS NEW ROOF IN -FILL OVER CANOPY TO MATCH EXISTING BITUMINOUS SYSTEM [E] PRIMARY ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW DRAINS NEW ROOF INFILL OVER CANOPY TO MATCH EXISTING BITUMINOUS SYSTEM [E] PRIMARY ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW DRAINS NEW ROOF IN -FILL OVER CANOPY TO MATCH EXISTING BITUMINOUS SYSTEM [EI PRIMARY ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW DRAINS n A4 ARCHIT RAL ROOF PLAN TYP. A BION SCALE 3/32" = I'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AER 2 0 2017 Gity of Tukwila BUILDI IN .IV RECEIVED CITY OF 1 UKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER r- 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 DID/PERMIT • 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: I3'i22.00 CD 0 0 z cc 0 a N Cr) 7:7 m m N V, c o N . C O L Y U O W m U O O C C U -0 0._ c mW U CC O 2-8 m p O O �U c ID f— 0 om oc g 3 m Um (n ° m o. � ) 00 e 6.0 "—t m O « O N U C C C 0 O OW : m 3 U NO N H. m J a 0 CL N C O _T .D \ ¢ c a CO 0 V J N ul N C c U O O OC C O Q. m W N m 5738 w � cc W F— z W 0 cc W CO 0 co T =1 W CC CC 0 M IO_ I— (1) irA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PLAN A4,O "GOOSENECK" BY OTHERS ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING BONDING ADHESIVE i SEALANT (IF REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC SYSTEM) ROOF MEMBRANE THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK D1 pig! FLEXIBLE PENETRATION DETAIL N.T.S. 0 2'-6" x 3'-0" ROOF SCUTTLE w/ "LADDER -UP" SAFETY POST. SECURE SCUTTLE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. HINGE PINS ARE TO BE WELDED NON -REMOVABLE. PADLOCK HASP RIGID INSULATION a CURB EXTEND ROOFING UP CURB AND UNDER INTEGRAL GAP FLASHING, SECURE PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. CONT. EXTERIOR F.R.T. NAILERS - MATGH INSULATION THICKNESS ►_� _ — 1117"4111.== FRAM_ / SCUTTLE OPENING PLAN 15-1/2" 0 0 2'— 1" 0 0 0 0 111 Q D11 0 J` 4 WELDED STEEL ANGLE FRAME, REFER TO STRUCTURAL WELD TOP LADDER BRACKETS TO FRAME PROVIDE 3/4" WATER LINE AND THREADED SILLGOCK AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE INSULATION FOR WATER LINE AS REQUIRED. (REFER TO PLUMBING) 2 1/2" x 3/8" FLAT STL. BAR BRACKETS a 4'-O"o.c. MAX., WELD TO SIDE RAILS. FASTEN BRACKETS TO WALL w/ 3/8" DIA. "LIBERTY" TOGGLES 4 WASHERS. MIN. DBL. 18 GA. METAL STUDS FULL HEIGHT AT BRACKET LOCATIONS 2 1/2" x 3/8" FLAT STL. BAR SIDE RAILS, yv/ I" DIA. STEEL RUN65 PUNCHED INTO RAILS AT 12"o.c. AND WELDED. 2 1/2" x 2-1/2" x 5/I6" WELDED CLIP ANGLES SECURED TO CONCRETE FLOOR w/ 5/8" DIA. EXPANSION BOLTS - EACH RAIL 2" x 3/I6" STL. BAR INTERMEDIATE HOOPS 4'-0"o.c. MAX., YIELD TO SIDE RAILS 1 1/2" x I/8" VERTICAL STL. STRAPS a q"o.c. 5" x 1/4" STL. BAR HOOP T* B, WELD TO SIDE RAILS 5/4" x 6"H. x 30 "W. F.R.T. PLYWOOD HORIZONTAL BLOCKING a BRACKET LOCATIONS. ROOF HATCH & LADDER DETAIL 314"•1'-0" BUILDING FACADE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS REFER TO PLAN D16 \\\ PILASTER CAP DETAIL SMALL PRE -FINISHED ALUM. BRAKE METAL GAP ON 50# FELT $ 5/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING EXTEND FELT OVER FACE OF FRAMING CONT. CLEAT EXPANSION ANCHOR ROOF DECK THERMAL INSULATION D2 in 0 1 IY%' PLUMBING VENT STACK SEALANT DRAWBANO INSTALL SEALANT BETWEEN PIPE AND PREMANUFACTURED MEMBRANE FLASHING PREMANUFACTURED MEMBRANE FLASHING BASE MEMBRANE ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC SYSTEM WELDED SEAM SINGLE -PLY ROOF MEMBRANE PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL N.T.S. 1 TAPERED PLASTER (SMALL) D17 2x F.R.T. PERIMETER FRAME SILL PLATE w/ ANCHOR BOLTS 0 0 1 TAPER® 1 0 TAPERED • PIER PILASTER & PIER CAP FRAMING PLANS N.T.S. SEALING MATERIAL RAISED CURB WOOD NAILER BONDING ADHESIVE r D3 • HVAC CURB DETAIL N.T.S. OFTOP EQUIPMENT FRAME ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING GASKETED FASTENERS MIN. TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE REMOVABLE SHEET -METAL COUNTERFLASHING SEAM PLATES AND FASTENERS WELDED SEAM SEALANT (IF REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC SYSTEM) ROOF MEMBRANE THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK STEEL FRAME, REFER TO STRUCTURAL in z X G D4 PARAPET COPING CAP DETAIL 3"•1'-0" REFER TO PLAN CONTINUOUS CLEAT w/ FLANGE EXTENSION, ANCHORED w/ I-1/4"LG. GALV. ROOFING NAILS 6"o.c. PREFINISHED BRAKE METAL COPING GAP w/ MIN. 1/4" PER FT. SLOPE 2x F.R.T. NAILER w/ #I0's x I-I/2"LG. a b"o.c. (STAGGERED) I I/2"LG. GASKETED GALV. STL. HEX HEAD SCREW FASTENERS a I8"o.c. METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET ROOF 2x F.R.T. NAILER w/ *IOx2 "Le . a 6"o.c. (STAGGERED) • • • • 5 1/2" 1 1/2" / / / / / / / / / PARAPET D5 COPING CAP DETAIL 1-112'-T-0" REMOVE EXISTING INTERMEDIATE CURB PARTITIONS/DIVIDERS COMPLETE CONTINUOUS CLEAT w/ FLANGE EXTENSION, ANCHORED w/ I-I/4"LG. &ALV. ROOFING NAILS 6"o.c. PREFINISHED BRAKE METAL COPING GAP w/ MIN. 1/4" PER FT. SLOPE 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD w/ I-5/8"x2OGA. STL. FRAMING a 24"o.c. w/ FRONT RUNNER. CONT. 24GA. STL. STRAPPING ANGLE CONTINUOUS CLEAT, ANCHORED w/ #8x3/4"L6. PANCAKE HEAD FASTENERS 6 "o.c. METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET #8 TYPE 5 SCREWS D6 \U ROOF PYRAMIDAL GAP - MIN. 24GA. GALV. METAL. PROVIDE FLAT SEAM JOINTS PER SMACNA FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING ATTACH TO JOISTS 4 CURB IN/ #I0's @12"o.c. 1 I/2"LG. GASKETED GALV. STL. HEX HEAD SCREW FASTENERS a 18"o.c. EXISTING CURB 4 ROOF CONSTRUCTION FILL CURB w/ BATT INSUALTION INFILL OPNGS. w/ MATCHING DECK. CURB CAP DETAIL 3"•1'-0" NI 003 TAPERED 2x8 F.R.T. FRAMING ANCHOR BOLT 2x F.R.T. FRAMING 4 SILL PLATE 12 D19 PIER CAP DETAIL PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL GAP ON 50# FELT 4 5/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING EXTEND FELT OVER FACE OF FRAMING CONT. CLEAT RECEMED3 CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 REVIEWED FOR CQP COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 CI Of Tukwila l ' DIVISION PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.bIue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z 0 (1) oi'0�, N O m t9 U O L — 0�� ° C C U 0 0.. c 0)m IC O O'O N w m U1 - m OO O 0L 005,— " mU c m c— e' I— 0 ° o • Um— • 4) m (D. U m C O m 0 U c (7 0) m O 0 U 0 C wroom0 - Oce C 0 • stm o_� a ' C O 0a re — Cv m m C V J o 0) 2 13 U 2 no•,m (7 43 Ts n m C0) 8 mmm 1 m• C 0.2 c ` 3 .02 O L T C 0 N = CO HE om' r N m ,n 0 1 9.20) ,n N 0.o v, OE 050°33 0=.-0 N W To -J m min m L C N N cc w 1— z w V cc w co }- �T- =Iw cc he 0 e Q.1— co HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ROOF DETAILS A4.1 I4'-OY�° EMERGENCY BREAKOUT ON BOTH SWING OUT PANELS AND SLIDING DOORS. TYP. ON DOORS #IOOa AND #IOOb. ALUMINUM SLIDING DOORS NOTES I. EXTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO MATCH 175G - EXTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN. 2. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 3. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE I/4" TEMPERED GLAZING. 4. EXTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE I° INSULATED TEMPERED GLAZING. 2'3:o:: 2: rrImlw / / / FLUSH \ / N / < > N / N / N / N. / \ / OPN'G EQUAL ROUGH OPN'& -F 0 ro R GREEN- /// /^\ / / / / \ \ \ OT \ \ \ \ \ / / / OT/ / / / / / b ,e r N \ N / / I� / O-;"� \' Linal \ 0\ ©SX\ INC V �1 / =/ 0/X \ / / ©/50 e I� io 1_8 EMERGENCY BREAKOUT ON BOTH SWING OUT PANELS AND SLIDING DOORS. TYP. ON DOORS #IOOa AND #IOOb. ALUMINUM SLIDING DOORS NOTES I. EXTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO MATCH 175G - EXTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN. 2. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 3. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE I/4" TEMPERED GLAZING. 4. EXTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE I° INSULATED TEMPERED GLAZING. 2'3:o:: 2: WOOD DOOR N 1- 0 mom§ 0 IL 1 rrImlw / / / FLUSH \ / N / < > N / N / N / N. / \ / OPN'G EQUAL / of _a ro R GREEN- /// /^\ / / / / \ \ \ OT \ \ \ \ \ / / / OT/ e 1 / / c' 0 I-8 0 e 0 io 1_8 COLOR P56 HI,iRTFORD TO MATCH 1_8 WOOD DOOR N 1- 0 mom§ 0 IL 1 -P-o" ALUMINUM SWING DOORS NOTES I. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 2. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING. 13/4" ROUGH OPENING 3'-0" 3'-63/4" / 134" 134' ARCHERY FULL LITE ALUM. DOOR w/ SIDELITE NOTES I. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR &LAZING REQUIREMENTS. 2. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINIUM. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS. FIN. FLOOR NOTE: VERIFY BOTTOM OF DOOR OPENING AND GRADE DIFFERENCE (FINISH FLOOR TO EXTERIOR FINISH GRADE) WITH COMPACTOR DOOR GRADE COMPACTOR DOOR H.M. DOOR $ FRAME 1 DOOR TYPES SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" - I rrImlw / / / FLUSH \ / N / < > N / N / N / N. / \ / OPN'G EQUAL ROUGH OFN'G of _a ro R GREEN- 411) /^\ / / / / \ \ \ OT \ \ \ \ \ / / / OT/ e 1 ----7 / c' 8 -P-o" ALUMINUM SWING DOORS NOTES I. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 2. INTERIOR DOOR UNIT TO HAVE 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING. 13/4" ROUGH OPENING 3'-0" 3'-63/4" / 134" 134' ARCHERY FULL LITE ALUM. DOOR w/ SIDELITE NOTES I. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR &LAZING REQUIREMENTS. 2. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINIUM. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS. FIN. FLOOR NOTE: VERIFY BOTTOM OF DOOR OPENING AND GRADE DIFFERENCE (FINISH FLOOR TO EXTERIOR FINISH GRADE) WITH COMPACTOR DOOR GRADE COMPACTOR DOOR H.M. DOOR $ FRAME 1 DOOR TYPES SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" - I rrImlw / / / FLUSH \ / N / < > N / N / N / N. / \ / INTERIOR DOOR FACES TO BE MIN. 16 GA. STL. H.M. DOOR $ FRAME 2° NOTES I. SEE HEAD DETAIL FOR FRAME SIZE. 2. DOORS THAT REQUIRE DOOR SM: MOUNT (I) AT 43" AFF MAX (TO BOTTOM OF GLASS) AND (I) AT 60" AFF; LOWER EXIT DEVICE TO CLEAR SPY; REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE. WORKSHOP FULL LITE ALUM. DOOR WINDOW FRAMING NOTES I. SEC SPECIFICATIONS FOR &LAZING REQUIREMENTS. 2. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINIUM. EXIT DEVICE MOUNTED ON BENT STEEL PLATE BY VENDOR *4 GALV. CHA I N LINK GATE TEMPERED NOT USED 21'-4" ROUGH OPN'G STORE ENTRANCE ALUMINUM GURTAINWALL SYSTEM 2 I EXTERIOR GLAZING UNITS - 1" SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" uu 1'-4° ROUGH OPN'G .4o 0 a Z. I-8 EQUAL ROUGH EQUAL OPN'G EQUAL EQUAL / / / • GREEN- 411) EQUAL A,EQUAL e 1 0 go c' 8 I-8 0 e ° A 1 ALUMINUM 1_8 COLOR P56 HI,iRTFORD TO MATCH 1_8 - r ® 9 RREEN- tx-ttxloK GAPS I-8 � e EQUAL L 141-01/" b EQUAL J e 8 5-8 RI-8T� COLOR TO MA 0 e I-8 OT = 4o R MG HARTFORD GREEN- EXTERIOR GAPS I-8 0 8 10 e t - R ® e EQUAL 14'-•0y2" EQUAL ROUGH OPN'G STORE ENTRANCE ALUMINUM GURTAINWALL SYSTEM 2 I EXTERIOR GLAZING UNITS - 1" SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" uu 1'-4° ROUGH OPN'G .4o 0 a Z. I-8 • I-8 iii ®®1 e / / / • GREEN- 411) EQUAL 0 0 ua ei 7 r r%u .s {�I I-8 iv% Op / / / P56 •-• GREEN- -- • c l- EQUAL A,EQUAL e 1 C5> STORE ENTRANCE ALUMINUM GURTAINWALL SYSTEM - =TEMPERED INSUL. GLAZING PANELS NOTE: MULLION COVERS TO MATCH MG -EXTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN ON EXTERIOR SIDE ONLY. NOTE: ALL STOREFRONT SYSTEMS BY VENDOR * 10 4 VENDOR *20; REFER TO DETAIL 8/A5.1 (OR q/A5.I FOR DISPLAYS WHERE USED) FOR FRAMING DETAILS. 21'-4" ROUGH OFN'G 7 r r%u .s {�I / / / \ \° ft co / e 1 0 go c' / / / \/ \ I-8 0 - ° A 1 ALUMINUM I-8 0 I-8 \ \ \ 0 e - r ® 9 v � EQUAL L 141-01/" b EQUAL J ROUGH OPN'G STORE ENTRANCE ALUMINUM GURTAINWALL SYSTEM NOTES 1. 1" INSULATED GLAZING 3 I INTERIOR GLAZING UNITS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" TEMPERED Envelope Energy Compliance: A. Vertical Fenestrations: 1. Aluminum Curtain Wall 4 Storefront blazing Systems (I" clear unit w/ fiberglass pressure plate): Total System Requirements: U= 0.38 max.; SH6G= 0.48 max. (West facing w/ 0.41 Projection Factor) Center of Glass Values required to meet above system requirements: I" Argon filled clear Insulated Glass Units: U= 026 max.; SHGC= 0.52 max. Of tint must be used to meet above requirements, submit sample for review) 2. Aluminum Sliding Entrance Doors (glazed): &lass equal to above. Required: U= 0.60 max.; SHGG= 0.43 (West facing w/ 0.41 Projection Factor) Provided: U= 0.60; SHGC= 027 3. New Hollow Metal Doors (insulated): Required: U= 0.40 max. Provided: U= 0.067 4. Existing Hollow Metal Doors to remain. NOTE: MULLION COVERS TO MATCH D5G-EXTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN ON EXTERIOR SIDE ONLY. NOTE: ALL STOREFRONT SYSTEMS BY VENDOR # 10 4 VENDOR #20; REFER TO DETAIL 8/AS.I (OR ci/A5.I FOR DISPLAYS WHERE USED) FOR FRAMING DETAILS. DUAL -ACTING DOORS 8'-O" GOORD. w/ EXISTING OPENING COILING SERVICE DOOR NOTES I. SEE VENDOR DINGS FOR VISION PANEL LOCATIONS IN HIGH RISK LOCATIONS, A5 DETERMINED SY D5G 'REGIONAL COMPONENTS SCHEDULE,' ALL GLASS DOORS AND WINDOWS AT GRADE ARE TO SE SECURED WITH XPANDA SECURITY GATES, MODEL 651225H, GREY FINISH. GATES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY XPANDA SECURITY PRODUCTS, (800) 855-0214; G.G. TO COORDINATE. DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR JAMB HEAD NO. LOCATION TYPE MATERIAL SIZE MATT- TYPE MAT'L HARDWARE TYPE SET NO. RATING REMARKS INTERIOR SIGNAGE (REFER TO ADA.O FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS) - (SEE NOTE 21.) NO. FIRST FLOOR IOoa IOOb I00c VESTIBULE A ALUMJGLA55 14'-0" x 1'-O" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 VESTIBULE A ALUMJGLA55 14'-0" x 7'-0" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 VESTIBULE B ALUMJGLAS5 6'4" x 71-O" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 INFRARED SENSOR OPERATED AUTOMATIC SWING OR DOUBLE SLIDERS - OLE NOTE #4, #I5, #16, #I8 "EXIT" IOIa GOLF/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING (2) 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-4 H. MTL. H-4 03.2 NOTES #2, 443, #5 "EXIT" 1000 IOOb IOOc IOIO IOIb BIKES 4 FITNESS/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 03.1 NOTES #2, #3, #5 "EXIT" IOIb IOIc WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-O" x 8'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 15.2 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "BLE FITTING IRlototsf IOIc IOId WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-0" x 8'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 15.2 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "FITTING ROOM" IOId IOIe MEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-O" x 8'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 152 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "FITTING ROOM" IOIe IOIf MEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-0" x 8'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 152 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "I .E FITTlts6 tt IOIf 102 GOLF STOCK G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 01.0 102 105 LODGE/OFFICE CORRIDOR -- 4'-0" x 7'-O" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 105 105a OFFICE CORRIDOR G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 H.MTL. H-3 04.0 "OFFICES" I05a 107 LOSS PREVENTION G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 NOTE #8 107 108 STORE MANAGER OFFICE G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 1'-0" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 'STORE MANAGER" 108 101 DEPT. MANAGERS OFFICE G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 "DEPARTMENT MANAGERS" IOq 110 BREAK ROOM 3'-0" x 1'-0" KD J-6 KD H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING "BREAK ROOM" 110 111 GASH/ COUNT ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD .1-3 KD H-3 oq.I III 112 RESTROOM/EXIT CORRIDOR -- 4'-O" x 7'-0" H. MTL. .1-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 112 1120 RESTROOMS/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 03.1 NOTES #2, #3, 415 "EXIT" 112a 113 WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. .1-2 H. MTL. H-2 05.0 NOTE #8 "WOMEN" 113 114 MEN'S TOILET ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x '1'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. .1-3 H. MTL. H-3 05.0 NOTE #8 114 115 STOCKROOM E HIGH IMPACT w/VP (2) 3'-O" x q' -O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.1 POLY GORE, NOTES #I 115 I15a LODGE CORRIDOR 6-0" x 1:-0" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 1150 I ISb LODGE/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL (2) 3'-O" x 1'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-4 H. MTL. H-4 032 NOTES #2, #3, 415 "EXIT" I ISb 1156 STOCKROOM HOLLOW METAL (2) 3'-O" x q' -O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 04.q SIM. I HR. II5c 116o RECEIVING F ROLLING STEEL 81_0" x q'-0" COORD. w/ EXISTING OPENING 121 1160 I I6b STOCKROOM EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING 3'-O" x 1'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 10.0 NOTES #3, 445 116b 1166 TRASH COMPACTOR K HOLLOW METAL 3'-5" x 3'-5" H. MTL. 1-4 SIM. H. MTL. H-4 SIM. 11.0 11/2 HR. NOTES #q, #11 1166 111 FOOTWEAR/ STOCKROOM 8'-O" x 7'-0" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 111 I Ila STOCKROOM E HIGH IMPACT w/VP (2) 3'-o" x q'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.1 POLY GORE, NOTES #I I Ila 120 ARCHERY H ALUM. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" ALUM. .1-1 ALUM. H -I 02.0 NOTE *20 "ARCHERY LANE" 120 121 WORK ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 01.0 121 122 WORK SHOP J ALUM. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" ALUM. J-1 ALUM. H -I 02.0 NOTE #20 122 130 ELECTRICAL ROOM L CHAIN LINK 3'-0" x 8'-O" 17.0 NOTE #Iq 130 131 DATA/AV ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD .1-3 KI7 H-3 01.0 "AV ROOM" 131 140 NiN LANDLORD SPRINKLER C HOLLOW METAL H. MTL. H-4 NOTES #5 140 141 LANDLORD ELEC. ACCESS C HOLLOW METAL NOTES #3, 415 141 142 LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM C HOLLOW METAL KD J-3 KD H-3 NOTES #3 142 143 LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM C HOLLOW METAL KO NOTES #3 143 RHI ROOF HATCH STEEL SEE SHEETS A4.0, A4.I 12.2 RHI DOOR NOTES: ALL DOOR & HARDWARE BY VENDOR #4 UNLESS NOTED 1. DOOR TO BE PROVIDED WITH 180° SWINE' HARDWARE AND "TEARDROP" IMPACT BUMPERS (TYF. BOTH SIDES OF DOORS). ALL DOOR HARDWARE BY DOOR MFGR. 2. DOOR TO HAVE ELECTRONIC DELAYED EGRESS PANIC DEVICE AS Au.onao PER CODE (IBC SECTION 1008.1.8.6). DEvia TO BE HARDWIRED AND TIED INTO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DOOR TO HAVE 15 SECOND DELAY. POST 5I6NAGE A5 REQUIRED STATING 71-1J5: "PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS." 5. DOOR INDICATED A5 EXIT DOOR, PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PANIC HARDWARE ALARNED EXIT UNIT5 (A5 PER 4. AUTOMATIC SLIDE DOOR MFGR. TO PROVIDE ALUMINUM THRESHOLD ADA APPROVED WITH SLIDE DOOR ASSEMBLY. DOOR CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL. 5. METAL THRESHOLDS FOR PERIMETER WALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE AUJMINUM, WEAT1-ER RESISTANT, AND A.D.A. COMPLIANT (AS PER rrECIFICATIONS) 6. INSULATED DOOR V4/ PERIMETER INF-ATHER STRIP. (AS FER SPECIFICATIONS) 1. G.C. TO ADJUST CLOSERS ON ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO A MAXIMJM OPENING' FORCE OF 5 LBS. ADJJST CLOSING SPE.ED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO MOVE FROM ‘10° TO 12° FROM THE LATCH IS NOT LESS THAN 5 8. UNDERCUT DOOR BY I IN. q. COORDINATE SIZE AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH COMPACTOR MANUFACTURER DOOR TO HAVE 130° SHNG AND MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN AS SPECIFIED. 10. HARDWARE SUPPLIER IS TO PROVIDE A PADLOCK FOR THE ROOF HATCH AND OVERHEAD DOOR. COORDINATE KEYING WITH DICKS SPORTING GOODS. II. FRAME LOCATION FLUSH WITH INSIDE IALALL (COMPACTOR DOOR HAS 180° SANG) 12. FINAL KEYING BY DICK'S SPORTING GOODS. 15. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE ADA ACCESSIBLE. 14. PROVIDE LOCK SETS AT ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS. (AS PER SPF-CIFICATIONS) 15. DOOR 15 INFRARED SENSOR OPERATED AUTOMATIC SNIING OR DOUBLE SLIDERS. SEE NOTE * 4. 16 . DOOR ROUGH OPENING INCLUDES AUTOMATIC OPERATORS. ACTUAL DOOR HEIGHT 15 7'-0" HI GH. 11. OPEN 18. DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED BY VENDOR *20. FUNCTION: TO BE KEY -LOCKED EXTERIOR, ALWAYS UNLOCKED H. DOOR REQUIRED TO HAVE PANIC HARDWARE AS REQUIRED BY NEC CODE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 20. DOOR HARDWARE F'ROVIDED BY VENDOR *10. FUNCTION: TO BE KEY -LOCKED EXTERIOR, ALWAYS UNLOCKED INTERIOR 21. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 10440 FOR INTERIOR SIGNA6E PACKAGE VENDORS 4 ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE 22. G.C. TO INSTALL DOOR AND HARDWARE (FRAME PROVIDED BY VENDOR *4; VENDO'R *I TO ROUGH IN FRAME DURING FITTING' RM CONSTRUCTION; G.C. TO LEVEL AND ANCHOR FRAME TO FITTING RM CONSTRUCTION DURING DOOR INSTALL); G.C. TO FAINT DOOR AND FRAME (BOTH SIDES OF DOOR.) INTERIOR FINISHES KEY MATERIAL UPDATED : 5.3.2016 DESCRIPTION KEY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0-5 R-21 CARPET - THROUGHOUT TURF FIELD - PUTTING GREEN TURF FRINGE - CLEATS/PUTTING GREEN FORE -SIGHT SIMULATOR WALLS EVER -LAST EL -02 GRIFFIN GREY 10 (SSFIAL) HYTEX RIB BLACK #161-33 UBC 5-2/42-2 GRIFFIN GREY "10" - 35 WI MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBER BOARD - TRIM AND BASE PAINT GRADE NMDF THERMOFUSED MDF MOCK CLEAR DOUBLE DENSITY MDF LOCAL SUPPLIER - PAINT GRADE ML -I THERMOFUSED MELAMINE PANEL WHITE - PROVIDE WHITE PLASTIC GAPS OVER FASTENERS PLY -I FRT PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1/2" x 4' x F-5 V-22 V-21 VESTIBULE - CARPET TILE VCT - AISLE STRIPES VCT - THROUGHOUT VINYL 1^100D PLANK FLOORING PATTERN - HEARTY MOSS POWER POINT (REFER TO SPECS) ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51813 - PUMPKIN ORANGE ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51q15 - CHARCOAL SHAW - 0181V; COLOR: 02124 LIGHT MAPLE; UNCOMMON GROUND 4 MT -52 METAL - GENERAL FIXTURES TIGER DRYLAC PI GLIMMER MT -54 METAL - LODGE HUNTING CABINET PANELS GKD METAL FABRICS - ELLIPSE 52 - AISI TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL VINYL Y400D PLANK FLOORING - FOOTWEAR (FSFIN) CENTIVA - NIKE BLEND - 4" x 36' FLANKS; COLOR: DSX5661FRSE $ DS>$102FR.SE 50150 BLEND V-40 V-43 V-64 VCT - THROUGHOUT VINYL WOOD PLANK FLOORING - FOOTWEAR (SSFIA0 GOLF SERVICE AREA ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51q04 - STERLING SHAW - 0033V; COLOR: 02140 3HOE 1" GRAND ENTRANCE - CHEMICAL RESISTANCE MATERIAL NV ANTI -FATIGUE; COLOR: MARBLEIZED BLACK CEDAR WOOD PLANKING (MALL ENTRANCES ONLY) 6" TONGUE AND GROOVE: CEDAR AND MISC. TRIM $ BASE. WEST COAST STORES ONLY WHITE OAK - SOLID HARDWOOD - QUARTER SAWN - 6" WIDE BRK-2 BRK-4 REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 04810.2.01 C FOR ACCEPTABLE BRICK MANUFACTURERS AND COLORS MALL ENTRANCE - MALL SIDE V2' MODULAR 11-1IN BRICK; MORTAR:. LA FARGE- (ARGOS) BLUSH - NON -FADING SALES FLOOR 1/2" MCVULAR THIN BRICK; GROUT: LATICRETE 1500 SANDED &ROUT- COLOR 27: I -EMP V -6q 5-30 RESILIENT BASE - 6" VINYL COVED JOHNSONITE #40 BLACK T -I 12" x 12" CERAMIC TILE ACP - DSG BEIGE #10413086 CS CONCRETE SLAB - NEW NEW CONCRETE FLOOR. A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS CLEAR SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC WATER BASED SEALER TO BE APPLIED. CL -I ACOUSTICAL TILE ARMSTRONG - FISSURED #755, 24' x 48" x 5/8" LAY IN TILE - COLOR TO BE IIHITE CL -2 GYPSUM BOARD aLiN6 PAINTED P -I0 UNLESS NOTED 011-1ERINISE - REFER TO A3.0 CS CONCRETE SLAB - EXISTING EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO BE CLEANED. A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS CLEAR SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC WATER BASED SEALER TO BE APPLIED. PAINT - TOILET ROOM PAINT - THROUGHOUT PAINT - EXTERIOR MALL ENTRANCE PAINT - 'THROUGHOUT SHERWIN WILLIAMS - CUSTOM INTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN P-61 PAINT - PAINT TO MATCH BRK-2 AND BRK-4 SHERWIN WILLIAMS - D56 CUSTOM BRICK 2 PAINT - FOOTWEAR (SSFIA0 TS -3 VINYL JOHNSONITE - # EG -50-H TRANSITION MOULDING BETWEEN CARPET AND CONCRETE (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN tri TS -4 VINYL JOHNSONITE - # CTA -80-A TRANSITION MOULDING BETWEEN RESILIENT FLOORING AND CARPET (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN TS -5 VINYL JOHNSONITE - RRS-50-C TILE REDUCER BETKEEN RESILIENT FLOORING AND CONCRETE (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN ALUMINUM SCHLUTER SCHIENE TRANSITION STRIP BETWEEN VCT AND CERAMIC TILE IN RESTROOM - ALUMINUM PAINT - FOOTWEAR (FSFW) SHERWIN WILLIAMS - 5111061 - IRON ORE PAINT - NIKE VENDOR SHOP SHERAIN WILLIAMS - DS& CUSTOM PMS COOL GRAY II LIGHT BASE TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - D5G BEIGE 1015860 - 6" x 12" COVE TILE BASE BT -2 BASE TILE - RESTROOMS PAINT - NIKE VENDOR SHOP SHERWIN WILLIAMS - SWA41B201 - ALL SURFACE ENAMEL LATEX SATIN BLACK PAINT - CASH TRIM 6-1 GROUT - RESTROOMS PAINT - UNDER ARMOUR SHOP ACCENT WALL TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - D56 ALMOND 1013342 - 12" x 12" 1NALL TILE PAINT - 'THROUGHOUT SHERWIN WILLIAMS - PSG CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER 1^/ALL TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - DS& BEIGE 10q3056 - 12" x 12" WALL TILE PAINT - WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM PAINT - WALLS/ COLUMNS THROUGHOUT SALES SHERWIN WILLIAMS - PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX - EGGSHELL - AMAZING GRAY SW1044 PAINT - BOTTOM OF DECK/ STRUCTURE THROUGHOUT SALES AMAZING GRAY - DS& CUSTOM PAINT - LODGE 4 GOLF PERIMETER BAND COLOR SHERAIN WILLIAMS - PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX - EGGSHF_LL- PAINT - TEAM SPORTS PAINT - LODGE 51-IERININ WILLIAMS - S116145 THATCH BROWN P -I33 PAINT - BIKES AND FITNESS SHERWIN WILLIAMS - 51N6636 HUSKY ORANGE WALLCOVERING NIOMENS FITTING ROOM D.L.COUCH - SYMPHONY OPUS BACKBEAT; PATTERN AZ52015; COLOR: WHITE SQUALL FRP-I FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL - JANITOR'S SINK .015" THICK PANEL ADHERED TO WALLS, WITH PVC MOLDINGS ON 2 SIDES OF MOP RECEPTOR SINK, 6-0" HIGH x 4'-0" WIDE; COLOR: WHITE ACROVYN PANEL #4121 OYSTER GRAY .040 THICK PANEL, PEBBLETTE TEXTURED, ADHERED TO WALLS OF CORRIDORS TO STOCKROOM (REFER TO ELEVATIONS) ACROVYN CORNER GUARD 44121 OYSTER GRAY MODEL #SSM -20 - .040 PEBBLETTE TEXTVRED, ADHERED TO OUTSIDE CORNERS IN CORRIDOR, SUPPLIED WITH ALUMINUM RETAINER AND TOP/f3OTTOM ENDCAPS PL -2I PL -42 PAINT - PAINT TO MATCH PL -5I IN GOLF PAINT - CORRIDOR WALLS OFFICES WORK SHOP NIKE VENDOR SHOP TEAM SPORTS TRIM GOLF / BIKES 4 FITNESS TRIM INOMENS FITTING ROOM - TRIM WILSONART - D452-60 MATTE - BLACK FOREST GREEN FORMICA - 118-58 - FINISH OAK TO MATCH ANTIQUE ASH PIONITE- AP210 RURAL PINE FUNDER ACHIEVA #224-04 , COLOR: NINA MAPLE; FINISH SUEDE FORMICA BLACK; 101-42; CRYSTAL FORMICA - 8845-58 BLEACHED LEGNO, FINISH: MATTE FAB -3 FABRIC - GUNS FIXTURE IA/ALI-5 WOLF GORDON; TUDOR 011Y; 682183621/ F06 CYN REVIEWE CODE COMPLIANCE D FOR ciTyRoECFETiuVKETvi APPROVED FEB 28 2011 APR 2 0 2011 Aoal LA PERMIT CENTER BUJ OtNn DIVISION Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • 0 • • Drawn By: ablue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 17: 0 6.- 0 J ▪ 00 L3 z- Emco 0' .0; :01 og:▪ C 7:9 ;0.01 o =.:E! cc 1 - cc CO co cc Ne 0 11,4 1 rAl HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SCHF_DULES AND NOTES A5.0 7 r r%u .s {�I / / / \ \° t‘ / \ 1 io : = / / / \/ \ \ \ \ / / n - \ \ \ / / / - v � DUAL -ACTING DOORS 8'-O" GOORD. w/ EXISTING OPENING COILING SERVICE DOOR NOTES I. SEE VENDOR DINGS FOR VISION PANEL LOCATIONS IN HIGH RISK LOCATIONS, A5 DETERMINED SY D5G 'REGIONAL COMPONENTS SCHEDULE,' ALL GLASS DOORS AND WINDOWS AT GRADE ARE TO SE SECURED WITH XPANDA SECURITY GATES, MODEL 651225H, GREY FINISH. GATES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY XPANDA SECURITY PRODUCTS, (800) 855-0214; G.G. TO COORDINATE. DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR JAMB HEAD NO. LOCATION TYPE MATERIAL SIZE MATT- TYPE MAT'L HARDWARE TYPE SET NO. RATING REMARKS INTERIOR SIGNAGE (REFER TO ADA.O FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS) - (SEE NOTE 21.) NO. FIRST FLOOR IOoa IOOb I00c VESTIBULE A ALUMJGLA55 14'-0" x 1'-O" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 VESTIBULE A ALUMJGLA55 14'-0" x 7'-0" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 VESTIBULE B ALUMJGLAS5 6'4" x 71-O" (PACKAGE) ALUM. J-5 ALUM. H-5 01.0 INFRARED SENSOR OPERATED AUTOMATIC SWING OR DOUBLE SLIDERS - OLE NOTE #4, #I5, #16, #I8 "EXIT" IOIa GOLF/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING (2) 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-4 H. MTL. H-4 03.2 NOTES #2, 443, #5 "EXIT" 1000 IOOb IOOc IOIO IOIb BIKES 4 FITNESS/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 03.1 NOTES #2, #3, #5 "EXIT" IOIb IOIc WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-O" x 8'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 15.2 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "BLE FITTING IRlototsf IOIc IOId WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-0" x 8'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 15.2 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "FITTING ROOM" IOId IOIe MEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-O" x 8'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 152 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "FITTING ROOM" IOIe IOIf MEN'S FITTING ROOM G WOOD 3'-0" x 8'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 SIM. H. MTL. J-3 SIM. 152 NOTES #8, #I4, #22 "I .E FITTlts6 tt IOIf 102 GOLF STOCK G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 01.0 102 105 LODGE/OFFICE CORRIDOR -- 4'-0" x 7'-O" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 105 105a OFFICE CORRIDOR G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-3 H.MTL. H-3 04.0 "OFFICES" I05a 107 LOSS PREVENTION G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 NOTE #8 107 108 STORE MANAGER OFFICE G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 1'-0" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 'STORE MANAGER" 108 101 DEPT. MANAGERS OFFICE G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD J-3 KD H-3 06.0 "DEPARTMENT MANAGERS" IOq 110 BREAK ROOM 3'-0" x 1'-0" KD J-6 KD H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING "BREAK ROOM" 110 111 GASH/ COUNT ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD .1-3 KD H-3 oq.I III 112 RESTROOM/EXIT CORRIDOR -- 4'-O" x 7'-0" H. MTL. .1-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 112 1120 RESTROOMS/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 03.1 NOTES #2, #3, 415 "EXIT" 112a 113 WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. .1-2 H. MTL. H-2 05.0 NOTE #8 "WOMEN" 113 114 MEN'S TOILET ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x '1'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. .1-3 H. MTL. H-3 05.0 NOTE #8 114 115 STOCKROOM E HIGH IMPACT w/VP (2) 3'-O" x q' -O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.1 POLY GORE, NOTES #I 115 I15a LODGE CORRIDOR 6-0" x 1:-0" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 1150 I ISb LODGE/SALES EXIT G HOLLOW METAL (2) 3'-O" x 1'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-4 H. MTL. H-4 032 NOTES #2, #3, 415 "EXIT" I ISb 1156 STOCKROOM HOLLOW METAL (2) 3'-O" x q' -O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 04.q SIM. I HR. II5c 116o RECEIVING F ROLLING STEEL 81_0" x q'-0" COORD. w/ EXISTING OPENING 121 1160 I I6b STOCKROOM EXIT G HOLLOW METAL EXISTING 3'-O" x 1'-O" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 10.0 NOTES #3, 445 116b 1166 TRASH COMPACTOR K HOLLOW METAL 3'-5" x 3'-5" H. MTL. 1-4 SIM. H. MTL. H-4 SIM. 11.0 11/2 HR. NOTES #q, #11 1166 111 FOOTWEAR/ STOCKROOM 8'-O" x 7'-0" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.0 FRAMED OPENING 111 I Ila STOCKROOM E HIGH IMPACT w/VP (2) 3'-o" x q'-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-6 H. MTL. H-6 18.1 POLY GORE, NOTES #I I Ila 120 ARCHERY H ALUM. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" ALUM. .1-1 ALUM. H -I 02.0 NOTE *20 "ARCHERY LANE" 120 121 WORK ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" H. MTL. J-2 H. MTL. H-2 01.0 121 122 WORK SHOP J ALUM. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" ALUM. J-1 ALUM. H -I 02.0 NOTE #20 122 130 ELECTRICAL ROOM L CHAIN LINK 3'-0" x 8'-O" 17.0 NOTE #Iq 130 131 DATA/AV ROOM G HOLLOW METAL 3'-O" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" KD .1-3 KI7 H-3 01.0 "AV ROOM" 131 140 NiN LANDLORD SPRINKLER C HOLLOW METAL H. MTL. H-4 NOTES #5 140 141 LANDLORD ELEC. ACCESS C HOLLOW METAL NOTES #3, 415 141 142 LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM C HOLLOW METAL KD J-3 KD H-3 NOTES #3 142 143 LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM C HOLLOW METAL KO NOTES #3 143 RHI ROOF HATCH STEEL SEE SHEETS A4.0, A4.I 12.2 RHI DOOR NOTES: ALL DOOR & HARDWARE BY VENDOR #4 UNLESS NOTED 1. DOOR TO BE PROVIDED WITH 180° SWINE' HARDWARE AND "TEARDROP" IMPACT BUMPERS (TYF. BOTH SIDES OF DOORS). ALL DOOR HARDWARE BY DOOR MFGR. 2. DOOR TO HAVE ELECTRONIC DELAYED EGRESS PANIC DEVICE AS Au.onao PER CODE (IBC SECTION 1008.1.8.6). DEvia TO BE HARDWIRED AND TIED INTO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DOOR TO HAVE 15 SECOND DELAY. POST 5I6NAGE A5 REQUIRED STATING 71-1J5: "PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS." 5. DOOR INDICATED A5 EXIT DOOR, PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PANIC HARDWARE ALARNED EXIT UNIT5 (A5 PER 4. AUTOMATIC SLIDE DOOR MFGR. TO PROVIDE ALUMINUM THRESHOLD ADA APPROVED WITH SLIDE DOOR ASSEMBLY. DOOR CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL. 5. METAL THRESHOLDS FOR PERIMETER WALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE AUJMINUM, WEAT1-ER RESISTANT, AND A.D.A. COMPLIANT (AS PER rrECIFICATIONS) 6. INSULATED DOOR V4/ PERIMETER INF-ATHER STRIP. (AS FER SPECIFICATIONS) 1. G.C. TO ADJUST CLOSERS ON ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO A MAXIMJM OPENING' FORCE OF 5 LBS. ADJJST CLOSING SPE.ED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO MOVE FROM ‘10° TO 12° FROM THE LATCH IS NOT LESS THAN 5 8. UNDERCUT DOOR BY I IN. q. COORDINATE SIZE AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH COMPACTOR MANUFACTURER DOOR TO HAVE 130° SHNG AND MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN AS SPECIFIED. 10. HARDWARE SUPPLIER IS TO PROVIDE A PADLOCK FOR THE ROOF HATCH AND OVERHEAD DOOR. COORDINATE KEYING WITH DICKS SPORTING GOODS. II. FRAME LOCATION FLUSH WITH INSIDE IALALL (COMPACTOR DOOR HAS 180° SANG) 12. FINAL KEYING BY DICK'S SPORTING GOODS. 15. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE ADA ACCESSIBLE. 14. PROVIDE LOCK SETS AT ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS. (AS PER SPF-CIFICATIONS) 15. DOOR 15 INFRARED SENSOR OPERATED AUTOMATIC SNIING OR DOUBLE SLIDERS. SEE NOTE * 4. 16 . DOOR ROUGH OPENING INCLUDES AUTOMATIC OPERATORS. ACTUAL DOOR HEIGHT 15 7'-0" HI GH. 11. OPEN 18. DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED BY VENDOR *20. FUNCTION: TO BE KEY -LOCKED EXTERIOR, ALWAYS UNLOCKED H. DOOR REQUIRED TO HAVE PANIC HARDWARE AS REQUIRED BY NEC CODE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 20. DOOR HARDWARE F'ROVIDED BY VENDOR *10. FUNCTION: TO BE KEY -LOCKED EXTERIOR, ALWAYS UNLOCKED INTERIOR 21. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 10440 FOR INTERIOR SIGNA6E PACKAGE VENDORS 4 ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE 22. G.C. TO INSTALL DOOR AND HARDWARE (FRAME PROVIDED BY VENDOR *4; VENDO'R *I TO ROUGH IN FRAME DURING FITTING' RM CONSTRUCTION; G.C. TO LEVEL AND ANCHOR FRAME TO FITTING RM CONSTRUCTION DURING DOOR INSTALL); G.C. TO FAINT DOOR AND FRAME (BOTH SIDES OF DOOR.) INTERIOR FINISHES KEY MATERIAL UPDATED : 5.3.2016 DESCRIPTION KEY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0-5 R-21 CARPET - THROUGHOUT TURF FIELD - PUTTING GREEN TURF FRINGE - CLEATS/PUTTING GREEN FORE -SIGHT SIMULATOR WALLS EVER -LAST EL -02 GRIFFIN GREY 10 (SSFIAL) HYTEX RIB BLACK #161-33 UBC 5-2/42-2 GRIFFIN GREY "10" - 35 WI MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBER BOARD - TRIM AND BASE PAINT GRADE NMDF THERMOFUSED MDF MOCK CLEAR DOUBLE DENSITY MDF LOCAL SUPPLIER - PAINT GRADE ML -I THERMOFUSED MELAMINE PANEL WHITE - PROVIDE WHITE PLASTIC GAPS OVER FASTENERS PLY -I FRT PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1/2" x 4' x F-5 V-22 V-21 VESTIBULE - CARPET TILE VCT - AISLE STRIPES VCT - THROUGHOUT VINYL 1^100D PLANK FLOORING PATTERN - HEARTY MOSS POWER POINT (REFER TO SPECS) ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51813 - PUMPKIN ORANGE ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51q15 - CHARCOAL SHAW - 0181V; COLOR: 02124 LIGHT MAPLE; UNCOMMON GROUND 4 MT -52 METAL - GENERAL FIXTURES TIGER DRYLAC PI GLIMMER MT -54 METAL - LODGE HUNTING CABINET PANELS GKD METAL FABRICS - ELLIPSE 52 - AISI TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL VINYL Y400D PLANK FLOORING - FOOTWEAR (FSFIN) CENTIVA - NIKE BLEND - 4" x 36' FLANKS; COLOR: DSX5661FRSE $ DS>$102FR.SE 50150 BLEND V-40 V-43 V-64 VCT - THROUGHOUT VINYL WOOD PLANK FLOORING - FOOTWEAR (SSFIA0 GOLF SERVICE AREA ARMSTRONG - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE - 51q04 - STERLING SHAW - 0033V; COLOR: 02140 3HOE 1" GRAND ENTRANCE - CHEMICAL RESISTANCE MATERIAL NV ANTI -FATIGUE; COLOR: MARBLEIZED BLACK CEDAR WOOD PLANKING (MALL ENTRANCES ONLY) 6" TONGUE AND GROOVE: CEDAR AND MISC. TRIM $ BASE. WEST COAST STORES ONLY WHITE OAK - SOLID HARDWOOD - QUARTER SAWN - 6" WIDE BRK-2 BRK-4 REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 04810.2.01 C FOR ACCEPTABLE BRICK MANUFACTURERS AND COLORS MALL ENTRANCE - MALL SIDE V2' MODULAR 11-1IN BRICK; MORTAR:. LA FARGE- (ARGOS) BLUSH - NON -FADING SALES FLOOR 1/2" MCVULAR THIN BRICK; GROUT: LATICRETE 1500 SANDED &ROUT- COLOR 27: I -EMP V -6q 5-30 RESILIENT BASE - 6" VINYL COVED JOHNSONITE #40 BLACK T -I 12" x 12" CERAMIC TILE ACP - DSG BEIGE #10413086 CS CONCRETE SLAB - NEW NEW CONCRETE FLOOR. A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS CLEAR SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC WATER BASED SEALER TO BE APPLIED. CL -I ACOUSTICAL TILE ARMSTRONG - FISSURED #755, 24' x 48" x 5/8" LAY IN TILE - COLOR TO BE IIHITE CL -2 GYPSUM BOARD aLiN6 PAINTED P -I0 UNLESS NOTED 011-1ERINISE - REFER TO A3.0 CS CONCRETE SLAB - EXISTING EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO BE CLEANED. A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS CLEAR SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC WATER BASED SEALER TO BE APPLIED. PAINT - TOILET ROOM PAINT - THROUGHOUT PAINT - EXTERIOR MALL ENTRANCE PAINT - 'THROUGHOUT SHERWIN WILLIAMS - CUSTOM INTERIOR HARTFORD GREEN P-61 PAINT - PAINT TO MATCH BRK-2 AND BRK-4 SHERWIN WILLIAMS - D56 CUSTOM BRICK 2 PAINT - FOOTWEAR (SSFIA0 TS -3 VINYL JOHNSONITE - # EG -50-H TRANSITION MOULDING BETWEEN CARPET AND CONCRETE (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN tri TS -4 VINYL JOHNSONITE - # CTA -80-A TRANSITION MOULDING BETWEEN RESILIENT FLOORING AND CARPET (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN TS -5 VINYL JOHNSONITE - RRS-50-C TILE REDUCER BETKEEN RESILIENT FLOORING AND CONCRETE (SEE A2.0) - COLOR #80 FAWN ALUMINUM SCHLUTER SCHIENE TRANSITION STRIP BETWEEN VCT AND CERAMIC TILE IN RESTROOM - ALUMINUM PAINT - FOOTWEAR (FSFW) SHERWIN WILLIAMS - 5111061 - IRON ORE PAINT - NIKE VENDOR SHOP SHERAIN WILLIAMS - DS& CUSTOM PMS COOL GRAY II LIGHT BASE TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - D5G BEIGE 1015860 - 6" x 12" COVE TILE BASE BT -2 BASE TILE - RESTROOMS PAINT - NIKE VENDOR SHOP SHERWIN WILLIAMS - SWA41B201 - ALL SURFACE ENAMEL LATEX SATIN BLACK PAINT - CASH TRIM 6-1 GROUT - RESTROOMS PAINT - UNDER ARMOUR SHOP ACCENT WALL TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - D56 ALMOND 1013342 - 12" x 12" 1NALL TILE PAINT - 'THROUGHOUT SHERWIN WILLIAMS - PSG CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER 1^/ALL TILE - RESTROOMS ACP - DS& BEIGE 10q3056 - 12" x 12" WALL TILE PAINT - WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM PAINT - WALLS/ COLUMNS THROUGHOUT SALES SHERWIN WILLIAMS - PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX - EGGSHELL - AMAZING GRAY SW1044 PAINT - BOTTOM OF DECK/ STRUCTURE THROUGHOUT SALES AMAZING GRAY - DS& CUSTOM PAINT - LODGE 4 GOLF PERIMETER BAND COLOR SHERAIN WILLIAMS - PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX - EGGSHF_LL- PAINT - TEAM SPORTS PAINT - LODGE 51-IERININ WILLIAMS - S116145 THATCH BROWN P -I33 PAINT - BIKES AND FITNESS SHERWIN WILLIAMS - 51N6636 HUSKY ORANGE WALLCOVERING NIOMENS FITTING ROOM D.L.COUCH - SYMPHONY OPUS BACKBEAT; PATTERN AZ52015; COLOR: WHITE SQUALL FRP-I FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL - JANITOR'S SINK .015" THICK PANEL ADHERED TO WALLS, WITH PVC MOLDINGS ON 2 SIDES OF MOP RECEPTOR SINK, 6-0" HIGH x 4'-0" WIDE; COLOR: WHITE ACROVYN PANEL #4121 OYSTER GRAY .040 THICK PANEL, PEBBLETTE TEXTURED, ADHERED TO WALLS OF CORRIDORS TO STOCKROOM (REFER TO ELEVATIONS) ACROVYN CORNER GUARD 44121 OYSTER GRAY MODEL #SSM -20 - .040 PEBBLETTE TEXTVRED, ADHERED TO OUTSIDE CORNERS IN CORRIDOR, SUPPLIED WITH ALUMINUM RETAINER AND TOP/f3OTTOM ENDCAPS PL -2I PL -42 PAINT - PAINT TO MATCH PL -5I IN GOLF PAINT - CORRIDOR WALLS OFFICES WORK SHOP NIKE VENDOR SHOP TEAM SPORTS TRIM GOLF / BIKES 4 FITNESS TRIM INOMENS FITTING ROOM - TRIM WILSONART - D452-60 MATTE - BLACK FOREST GREEN FORMICA - 118-58 - FINISH OAK TO MATCH ANTIQUE ASH PIONITE- AP210 RURAL PINE FUNDER ACHIEVA #224-04 , COLOR: NINA MAPLE; FINISH SUEDE FORMICA BLACK; 101-42; CRYSTAL FORMICA - 8845-58 BLEACHED LEGNO, FINISH: MATTE FAB -3 FABRIC - GUNS FIXTURE IA/ALI-5 WOLF GORDON; TUDOR 011Y; 682183621/ F06 CYN REVIEWE CODE COMPLIANCE D FOR ciTyRoECFETiuVKETvi APPROVED FEB 28 2011 APR 2 0 2011 Aoal LA PERMIT CENTER BUJ OtNn DIVISION Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • 0 • • Drawn By: ablue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 17: 0 6.- 0 J ▪ 00 L3 z- Emco 0' .0; :01 og:▪ C 7:9 ;0.01 o =.:E! cc 1 - cc CO co cc Ne 0 11,4 1 rAl HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SCHF_DULES AND NOTES A5.0 V MELAMINE BOARD ON 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 7 3/4' SEALANT JOINT AND BACKER ;. ROD H-1 HEAD DETAIL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8° METAL STUD PRAMIN& PERIMETER SEALANT ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD ON 6" METAL STUD FRAMING J-1 PERIMETER SEALANT /2" MELAMINE BOARD OR 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD —ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME SEALANT JOINT AND BACKER ROD D.O. JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" 4" WALL WIDTH J-8 JAMB DETAIL COILING DOOR GUIDES 6" GUIDE WEATHER STRIPPING FULL HEIGHT I/4'THK. HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED BENT PLATE w/ WELDED JAMB ANCHORS I6"o.c. - PAINT TO MATCH EXTERIOR OF DOOR SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" DOOR SCHLUTER SGHIENE EDGER; INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUGTIO CERAMIC. TI 6-1C) HOLLOW METAL FRAME V.G.T.; RAMP UP TO TOP OF THRESHOLD AT 2% SLOPE MAX. TRANSITION STRIPS 8 1/4" 1/2" . 1/2" PAINTED H.M. FRAME DOOR H-2 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6' METAL STUD FRAMING SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV HEAD DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6" METAL STUD FRAMING J-2 2" D.O. T 3/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. -ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 14-00R 1DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL CARPET SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" VINYL EDGE GUARD SEALED CONC. PAINTED H.M. FRAME POOR 5 3/4" 4 7/6' H-3 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8' METAL STUD FRAMING SLATWALL MAY -+ OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. HEAD DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING In Zee D.O. 3/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. ADJUSTABLE JAMB satiNCHOR J-3 DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" VINYL ADAPTOR CARPET Y.G.T. rXTERIOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME, FILL SOLI WITH MORTAR II 5/8° EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION, SLC WALL SECTIONS STEEL LINTEL, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INTERIOR DOOR H-4 HEAD DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = l' -O" NOTE I. REVERSE DOOR SWING FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 2.3 1/2" FRAME FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 3. SET DOOR FRAME BACK FROM FACE OF MASONRY 50 THAT INSIDE FACE OF DOOR 15 NO MORE THAN 8° FROM INSIDE FACE OF WALL. EXTERIOR WALL INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION, SEE WALL SECTIONS REINFORCED CELL, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS EXTERIOR J-4 JAMB DETAIL FURRED WALL CONDITION ON FRT BLOCKING WHERE APPLICABLE 'T' TYPE MASONRY WALL ANCHOR CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT, BOTH SIDES PAINTED H.M. FRAME, FILL SOLID WITH MORTAR DOOR THRESHOLD BELOW SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" NOTE I. REVERSE DOOR SWING FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 2. 3 1/2° FRAME FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 5. SET DOOR FRAME BACK FROM FACE OF MASONRY SO THAT INSIDE FACE OF DOOR 15 NO MORE THAN 8° FROM INSIDE FACE OF WALL. *"EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION MAY OCCUR; SEE PLAN. VINYL REDUCER SEALED CONC. SCALE 1 1/2" = I'-0" BACKER ROD $ SEALANT. SEAL TO N PRESSURE PLATE. (� DO NOT SEAL SNAP y' COVER, TYPICAL - N n I" INSULATED GLASS I' INSULATED GLASS GASKET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHIM C) 3/4" 5 1/4" 7 1/2" 01 HEAD H-8 SEAL TO PRESSURE PLATE. DO NOT SEAL SNAP COVER. DO NOT BLOCK SYSTEM WEEPS, TYPICAL 8 ['REFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHIM SEALANT JOINT AND BACKER ROD, BOTH SIDES CURTAINWALL FRAMING SYSTEM DETAILS 1600 SCALE: 3" = 11-0" I 2 1/2" I BACKER ROD AND SEALANT, 80T4 SIDES—mac. --„ PLAN OR SECTION VIEW PREFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS GASKET, 5EE SPECIFICATIONS I' INSULATED GLASS PRESSURE GAP INTERMEDIATE I -8 1/2" 2 1/2" t SHIM SEAL TO PRESSURE PLATE. DO NOT SEAL SNAP COVER DO NOT BLOCK SYSTEM WEEPS, TYPICAL PRESSURE PLATE SNAP COVER JAMB J-8 ['REFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS GASKET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS I" INSULATED GLASS H-5 HEAD DETAIL BI -PARTING AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS w/ EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY DOORS AND 5IDEL ITES J-5 SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" VENDOR 120 JAMB DETAIL EXTERIOR DOOR A5 SCHEDULED FACE OF MASONRY BEYOND CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM 7 1/2" JOINT FILLER SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-O" INTERIOR ALUMINUM BUMPER SEAL THRESHOLD (ADA) r -FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) THRESHOLD TYPES SEE PLAN PAINTED H.M. FRAME DOOR HIGH IMPACT DOOR MAY OCCUR, SEE SCHEDULE H-6 Av HEAD DETAIL GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL STUD FRAMING SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. it COORDINATE REINFORCING OF FRAME AND HEAD FOR HIGH IMPACT DOOR ATTACHMENT SCALE; 11/2" = I'-0" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL STUD FRAMING a_ D.O. 5/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. ADJUSTABLE JAMB ,,NCHOR CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT, BOTH SIDES J-6 HIGH IMPACT DOOR MAY OCCUR, SEE SCHEDULE PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE II" FLOOR LINE EXTERIOR DOOR AS SCHEDULED CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM STOCK SIDE PAINTED H.M. FRAME DOOR a 1/8° 5/16' H-7 1/2" THIN BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6' METAL STUD FRAMING HEAD DETAIL tr SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" ° D.O. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6" METAL STUD FRAMING J-7 1/2" THIN BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6' METAL T STUD FRAMING ADJUSTABLE JAMB 'ANCHOR 1 _ DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME STOCK SIDE JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE Iv CARPETED FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) 1/2" JOINT FILLER EXTERIOR DOOR AS SCHEDULED CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM INTERIOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE I� VCT FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) 1/2" JOINT FILLER SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" Dig- 003 (9 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED • APR 2 Q 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0 tJ I4 Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • e • • • • • • • • • e • e • Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 z I: I' CC 0 a N U) TO= m m N C c O m U U m is U O O F m p m z O m m m O O O m 0 oi-L 03 c m c- c f— 1Oom 8o c U CO a m 0 W • U m = o 0 -m0U(.4, c� c 000 O 00c -E c c 0 • 4) O °) c • v w 3 m m m v m�`w m c O _T - m OJ W N .� m c c c E w v c 0. a0mmm co N c m 0 m m :c▪ o c m m J m O O O > O N= N = m CO H E y m O 00)0 m O m N m O N C m p O W m U 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS A5.1 r Z r T 3/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. -ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 14-00R 1DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL CARPET SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" VINYL EDGE GUARD SEALED CONC. PAINTED H.M. FRAME POOR 5 3/4" 4 7/6' H-3 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8' METAL STUD FRAMING SLATWALL MAY -+ OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. HEAD DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING In Zee D.O. 3/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. ADJUSTABLE JAMB satiNCHOR J-3 DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" VINYL ADAPTOR CARPET Y.G.T. rXTERIOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME, FILL SOLI WITH MORTAR II 5/8° EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION, SLC WALL SECTIONS STEEL LINTEL, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INTERIOR DOOR H-4 HEAD DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = l' -O" NOTE I. REVERSE DOOR SWING FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 2.3 1/2" FRAME FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 3. SET DOOR FRAME BACK FROM FACE OF MASONRY 50 THAT INSIDE FACE OF DOOR 15 NO MORE THAN 8° FROM INSIDE FACE OF WALL. EXTERIOR WALL INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION, SEE WALL SECTIONS REINFORCED CELL, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS EXTERIOR J-4 JAMB DETAIL FURRED WALL CONDITION ON FRT BLOCKING WHERE APPLICABLE 'T' TYPE MASONRY WALL ANCHOR CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT, BOTH SIDES PAINTED H.M. FRAME, FILL SOLID WITH MORTAR DOOR THRESHOLD BELOW SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" NOTE I. REVERSE DOOR SWING FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 2. 3 1/2° FRAME FOR COMPACTOR DOOR 5. SET DOOR FRAME BACK FROM FACE OF MASONRY SO THAT INSIDE FACE OF DOOR 15 NO MORE THAN 8° FROM INSIDE FACE OF WALL. *"EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION MAY OCCUR; SEE PLAN. VINYL REDUCER SEALED CONC. SCALE 1 1/2" = I'-0" BACKER ROD $ SEALANT. SEAL TO N PRESSURE PLATE. (� DO NOT SEAL SNAP y' COVER, TYPICAL - N n I" INSULATED GLASS I' INSULATED GLASS GASKET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHIM C) 3/4" 5 1/4" 7 1/2" 01 HEAD H-8 SEAL TO PRESSURE PLATE. DO NOT SEAL SNAP COVER. DO NOT BLOCK SYSTEM WEEPS, TYPICAL 8 ['REFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHIM SEALANT JOINT AND BACKER ROD, BOTH SIDES CURTAINWALL FRAMING SYSTEM DETAILS 1600 SCALE: 3" = 11-0" I 2 1/2" I BACKER ROD AND SEALANT, 80T4 SIDES—mac. --„ PLAN OR SECTION VIEW PREFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS GASKET, 5EE SPECIFICATIONS I' INSULATED GLASS PRESSURE GAP INTERMEDIATE I -8 1/2" 2 1/2" t SHIM SEAL TO PRESSURE PLATE. DO NOT SEAL SNAP COVER DO NOT BLOCK SYSTEM WEEPS, TYPICAL PRESSURE PLATE SNAP COVER JAMB J-8 ['REFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS GASKET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS I" INSULATED GLASS H-5 HEAD DETAIL BI -PARTING AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS w/ EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY DOORS AND 5IDEL ITES J-5 SCALE; 1 1/2" = I'-0" VENDOR 120 JAMB DETAIL EXTERIOR DOOR A5 SCHEDULED FACE OF MASONRY BEYOND CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM 7 1/2" JOINT FILLER SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-O" INTERIOR ALUMINUM BUMPER SEAL THRESHOLD (ADA) r -FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) THRESHOLD TYPES SEE PLAN PAINTED H.M. FRAME DOOR HIGH IMPACT DOOR MAY OCCUR, SEE SCHEDULE H-6 Av HEAD DETAIL GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL STUD FRAMING SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. it COORDINATE REINFORCING OF FRAME AND HEAD FOR HIGH IMPACT DOOR ATTACHMENT SCALE; 11/2" = I'-0" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL STUD FRAMING a_ D.O. 5/4" SLATWALL MAY OCCUR, EITHER SIDE, SEE INTERIOR ELEV. ADJUSTABLE JAMB ,,NCHOR CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT, BOTH SIDES J-6 HIGH IMPACT DOOR MAY OCCUR, SEE SCHEDULE PAINTED H.M. FRAME JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE II" FLOOR LINE EXTERIOR DOOR AS SCHEDULED CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM STOCK SIDE PAINTED H.M. FRAME DOOR a 1/8° 5/16' H-7 1/2" THIN BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6' METAL STUD FRAMING HEAD DETAIL tr SCALE; 1 1/2" = I' -O" ° D.O. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6" METAL STUD FRAMING J-7 1/2" THIN BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 6' METAL T STUD FRAMING ADJUSTABLE JAMB 'ANCHOR 1 _ DOOR PAINTED H.M. FRAME STOCK SIDE JAMB DETAIL SCALE; 1 1/2" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE Iv CARPETED FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) 1/2" JOINT FILLER EXTERIOR DOOR AS SCHEDULED CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLATFORM INTERIOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 2 MAX SLOPE I� VCT FINISH FLOOR (SEE FINISH PLAN) 1/2" JOINT FILLER SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" Dig- 003 (9 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED • APR 2 Q 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0 tJ I4 Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • e • • • • • • • • • e • e • Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 z I: I' CC 0 a N U) TO= m m N C c O m U U m is U O O F m p m z O m m m O O O m 0 oi-L 03 c m c- c f— 1Oom 8o c U CO a m 0 W • U m = o 0 -m0U(.4, c� c 000 O 00c -E c c 0 • 4) O °) c • v w 3 m m m v m�`w m c O _T - m OJ W N .� m c c c E w v c 0. a0mmm co N c m 0 m m :c▪ o c m m J m O O O > O N= N = m CO H E y m O 00)0 m O m N m O N C m p O W m U 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS A5.1 EXTERIOR MATERIALS 2/23/2011 FACE BRICK VENEER - SIZE: STANDARD REFER 10 SPECIFICATION SECTION 04200 FOR ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS. MORTAR - ARGO5 BLUSH (TO ORDER CALL: WESLEY ALBRIGH- • 404-402-6386-WALE3RIGHT•AS-US.COM) I BRK-I SMOOTH -FACED, CENTER SCORED C.M.U. - 16"x8" EXPOSURE CMU -I 5M00114 -FACED WILL - 16"x8" EXPOSURE CMU -2 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR = "CAEN STONE" SW 0028 BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS TEXTURE = SMOOTH SAND 1 EIFS-I EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR = MATCH EXISTING 'MILLER' 8230W SUNBAKED SAND TEXTURE = SMOOTH SAND IEIFS-2 EXTERIOR STAIN - COLOR TO MATCH (P-51) "CAEN STONE" SW 0028 BY SI-IERWIN WILLIAMS (STAIN -I EXTERIOR PAINT - COLOR (P-50) D5G EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN" PAINT -I EXTERIOR PAINT - COLOR (P-51) "CAEN STONE" SW 0028 BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS [F'AINT_2 EXTERIOR PAINT, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR (P-52) DSG BELDON FAINT -3 EXTERIOR PAINT, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR TO MATCH 'BEHR 3412-4 SILVER MUSHROOM 12AINT-4) PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH DSG EXTERIOR "HARTFORD CEN" Loom.' PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIAL COLOR COPING -2 EXISTING GUTTER - PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. GUTTER EXILORSTING DOWNSPOUT - PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING CO [ D5-1 j ALUMINUM STOREFRONT/CURTAIN-WALL SYSTEM, COLOR OF MULLIONS (EXT.) TO MATCH ASG EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN' GLAZ ALUMINUM AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR COLOR TO MATCH DSG EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN" DOOR INDIVIDUAL LETTER SIGNAGE w/ INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LETTERS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR '18 SIGN -I EXTERIOR DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LIGHT -I EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ILIGHT-2 ILIGHT-3j EXTER EMERCRCTRICALENCY 161G1 -4T FIXtURE, REFETO ELERIOR ALL GLASS DOORS AND WINDOWS AT GRADE ARE TO BE SECURED WITH XPANDA SECURITY GATES, MODEL G5D25H, GREY FINISH. GATES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY XPANDA SECURITY PRODUCTS, (SOO) 535-O2I4; G.G. TO COORDINATE. 24 6,6 T.O. PARAPET 121'-2 14/" T.O. PA PET '-3 1/2" REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING FINISHES ONCE NEW CANOPY STEEL 15 INSTALLED 19 ICN► TYPICAL SIGNAGE PURCHASED BY DSG AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #8 1516N-11 81M. ENTRANCE FEATURE ELEV. 42'-O" TOP OF MASONRY ELEV. 43'-4" MATCH EIFS-2 EXISTING OLD NAVY PILASTER TO REMAIN. ONCE DEMOLITION OF FORMER SPORTS AUTHORITY CANOPY 15 COMPLETE, INSTALL NEW FINISHES WHERE PILASTER WILL BE EXPOSED AFTER NEW CONSTRUCTION OF D5G CANOPY 15 COMPLETE; NEV( FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES ON FRONT FACE OF PILASTER TYPICAL MATCH EIFS-2 FIN. FLO 100'-o" ■lnl■■■■■■■■■s■al =_== ■■■■■■■It■■Ill■■■■■■si■■I■■i■■n■■■ ■■■■a1■1■■■■■■as*sa =-=-1:77.: . ■u ■■■■s■u■ sass■*s■■■ausua l •aaasss■■ u■■■■■f■NN _ -----.:= _ _: saa� ■ a*■■■l■1 ■■ I II slE ■suuss■si -_—_ ■■i:■■lI■i■■■�■■■■/■■■■■■ I■■ *■ ala■■ suss■■ ■■t■■■s>li■ta■■ ss■s ma us1IM! ___ __ ■ 1■I ■Ilii ■■�■ le ■ ■ 1Iq�11■�NNIIN Nli II NUN NUM: at arsammatu 111111 IN IIIIIININNINION 111115 IN NW IINN NE Mil N n' 114111111 OM INNIIIININININN MIN INN 8111*:■■*■■■■1■i■■I■' Ii* *Emu"l ■ -- ..i■■■■■■■■■■■■n■■■■■■■ 1 luau■■■■u■■■■11■■■u■■■ lu■■s■■■u■■■ull■■■s■■■ — •____ __: I■■■■■■■■■■u■11■u■■■■■ =• lu■uuu■■su■■u11■■■■■■■ .u•ii.0 I■■s■uu■■assn■■uusu■ -=.I■■■■■uu■ssu■n■■■■■■■ I■■■■■■■■■■■■Y■■■■■■■ _=_=_:i■■■■■■■■■■■■n■■■■■■■ -- r=•I■■■■■■■■■■■■Ila■■■■■■ .mui1iui i■■■■■■■■■■■■u■■L ■■■ 1■■■■■■u■■■s■11■■■11■■■ __===i■■■u■■■■■■■■11■u■11■■■ __ _.UUuu■■■■■■■Y■■■11■■■ ■■■suss■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■u■■■■■u■■■ ■■■s■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ I■■■u■lM■uuu■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ MEM =NM MINIM =NM ■sus■■=NM EXISTING PAINT -4 —FAINT -4) DOOR 6 FRAME POOR 4 FRAME FAINT -4 TYPIC PAINT -4 PAINT -4L TYPICAL STAIN -I) TYPICAL EXISTING BRAKE MTL.ANDS WITH MEDALLIONS BY VENDOR #8. PAINT TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM. ALISN WITH STOREFRONT FRAMING A5 SHOWN. 1 ***NO OVERFLOW ROOF DRAINS TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THIS AREA*** T/O EX. MASONRY ELEV. 25'-8" V.I.F. TYPICAL EXISTING TYPICAL EXISTING TYPICAL TYPICAL FAINT -4 STAIN -I TYPICAL BE1 FAINT -4 PAINT -4 WEST(FRONT) BUILDING ELEVATION SCALE I/8" = 1'-O" EXISTING, I>I) EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING NEW I CMJ -2 PAINT -4 T/0 OPENING 10'-0" A.F.F. I6HT--41 TYPICAL NEIN I CMJ -2 ) PAINT -4 III 111 1x11 I I 0> / o —EXI5TIN6I PAINT -4 1 ED di T/0 EX. MASONRY ELEV. 23'-8" V.I.F. ok FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" jh FIN. GRADE () 41_0" Y.I.F. VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" FIN. GRADE () 41_O" V.I.F. 25 NO WORK BEYOND THIS POINT IN -FILL EXISTING OPENINGS w/ CMU; MATCH EXISTING 1Pf MODIFY 4 ENLARGE EXISTING OPENING FOR NEW EGRESS STAIRS AND AREA OF ASSISTED RESCUE; CUT OUT EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AND EXCAVATE TO INSTALL NEW CONCRETE STAIRS, RCIIR TO STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION I. DS -I ) EXISTING EAST(REAR) BE3 BUILDING ELEVATION SCALE I/8" = 1'-0" ---r-X15TINGI PAINT -4 _i= XIX — XI5TIN6) PAINT -4 IN -FILL EXISTING OPENINGS w/ CMU; MATCH EXISTING aik T/0 EX. MASONRY ELEV. 25'-8" V.I.F. FIN. FLOOR V ELEV. 01-0" FIN. GRADE 7()4'-0" Y.I.F. --IXI5TIN61 PAINT -4 COPING SIM. EXISTING LIGHT -2) TYPICAL XISTIN� PAINT -4 NEW PAINT -4 NEW PAINT -4 TYPICAL NEW DOOR 4 HARDWARE IN EXISTING FRAME STEEL STAIRS vv/ AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE II II LJ BE2 II II LJ II II LJ NORTH (SIDE) BUILDING ELEVATION SCALE I/8" = I'-0" IN -FILL EXISTING OPENINGS w/ CMU; PARSE EXTERIOR FACE TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACE: PAINT -4 EXISTING BE3 --EXISTINE1 EAST (REAR) PAINT -4 BUILING ELEVATION L J1 II II LJ di T/0 EX. MASONRY ELEV. 23'-8" V.I.F. OXISTIN4 PAINT -4 EXISTING OPENING w/ NEW OVERHEAD DOOR; BY VENDOR #22 chh FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" thh FIN. GRADE (-) 41-0" V.I.F. NEW TRUCK SEALS, BUMPERS 4 EDGE OF DOCK LEVELER; BY VENDOR #15 SCALE I/8" = I' -O" 161 -IT -2 kmu=A EXISTING EXISTING DOWNSPOUT; PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR MASONRY ELEV. 25'-8" V.I.F. 1 1 1 1 IN -FILL EXISTING OPENINGS rt/ CMU; MATCH EXISTING COMPACTOR DOOR PAINTED (RLTER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE) FAINT -4) COMPACTOR 4 CONTAINER (VENDOR 1W WESTRECEIVING BE4 BUILDING ELEVATION SCALE I/8" = 1'-0" b 17 063 � REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FIN. FLOOR k ELEV. 0'-0" FIN. GRADE eto (-) 41-0" V.I.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER 0 cJ Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • 0 - • • 0 • 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: a .blue Project No.: 15/22.00 0 0 c� z 0 a N o0m v ♦. _ L C m m .-. O N co C -C w�mo-� QJ 0II C 0 .5 m ` NL II c u C O > II m .0QmcD 3 'O 0 0 m II J 0 r-n-mcc IIOc ml'....— a�Wm o . CYmJ m IIcN oC 0 c m cJ QO O O O 1—yn2 0 C 0 0 mc J m CD — E- m�1 T O 0 > o 3 OY m 00m II 0 ... C0N« E vm N •- 0 0 Q N0 81; V.2U L mcC CO cp o yaO = N . NE C0y NCII D p c 5 m c = 3 0 .o c o m ¢ m y 21nln I� HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com BU Dt4G ELEVATIONS A6.0 I/2" THICK BRICK VENEER ON 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD STL. STUD FURRING, RLTER TR TO PLAN WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR #1 r.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM STOREFRONT D1 JAMB DETAIL 1 112'4-0' GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLAN SALES VEST. NEW INTERNAL RAIN LEADER FROM EXISTING DRAIN BODY STEEL STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/5" F.R.T. SHEATHING WEATHER -RESISTANT BARRIER 3-5/8 "x2OGA. STL. STUD FRAMING STOREFRONT D2 PILASTER DETAIL r L 1 1/2'-f-0' _t NNE r: !11.I 111111111111 I. L FEIFs=1 I LOW CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM "CO PERIMETER SEALANT 1 (TYP. BOTH SIDES) PRE -FINISHED 0.050" ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL - TO MATCH EXT. CURTAIN -WALL COLOR GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING * INSULATION, REItR TO PLAN SALES VEST• NEW INTERNAL RAIN LEADER FROM EXISTING DRAIN BODY STEEL STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM 5/5" .R.T. SHEATHING WEA -RESISTANT BARRIER 3-5/8"x206A. STL. STUD FRAMING E T. STOREFRONT D3 PILASTER DETAIL 1 1/2'-1-0' HIGH ENTRANCE FEATURE SHOYW DASFSD, REMOVED FOR DRAWING CLARITY EIFS-[ PERIMETER SEALANT 1 (TYP. BOTH SIDES) PRE -FINIC 1 D 0.050" ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL - TO MATCH EXT. CURTAIN -WALL COLOR r J i El / / ri �i1i1 r, r ' STOREFRONT ENTRANCE BS1 BUILDING SECTION SCALE I/4" = 1'-0" FPi NOTE: REFER TO WINDOW TYPES ON SHEET A50 FOR SIZES. (TYP,) NEW ( CMU -1 PAINT -4 SECURITY POSTS ANCHORED TO SLAB. (TYP. OF 2) ALUMINUM AUTOMATIC SWING DOORS IN/ ALUM. ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD. (REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS) A .O El z ) El i%. 41/ " 0''. / allik 4g7 al BRAKE MTL SANDS WITH MEDALLIONS BY VENDOR V. PAINT TO MATCH STORQ'RONT SYSTEM. ALIGN WITH STOREFRONT FRAMING A5 SHOMN. 2I'-4" I GMU-S BASF PAINT -I EQUAL ROUGH GLAZING OPENING SECURITY POSTS ANCHORED TO SLAB. (TYP. OF 2) EQUAL // El r D2All Ti /i El // — BRAKE METAL PILASTER is/ CONGEALED CANOPY DRAIN TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM (REFER TO DETAIL) 4 7/S" D4 VESTIBULE CORNER DETAIL 1 1/2'_1'-0' I •EIFS-I. /— 1200E LINE 1 t � I! i; I/ I II 1 1 i ■ I 11110111111111111111051,1111111 11111=111111111111, ri. NEW 1 CM J -I 1 PAINT -4 • WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR ttI 5/8" F.R.T. PLY. BLOCKING STEEL STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLAN T/ OF PARAPET ELEV. +35"-6" T/ OF PARAPET ELEV. +28'-0" B/ OF SOFFIT ELEV. +20'-8" B/ OF CANOPY op ELEV. +12'-O" INUM STOREFRONT INS SYSTEM. ICN FRAM_ FLUSH W IDE FACE OF NRY. (TYP.) Inc -- .;11•11 RIO TOM reT.4 ����������� WI f 74III Imo! 6UIDE RAIL `TYP. OF 2) WALL MURAL E FRAMING (RcIIR TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS) ALUMINUM AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR5 w/ ALUM. ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD. (RCIIR TO SPECIFICATIONS) 4 2I'-4" . • c. ROUGH GLA2IN& OPENVNG ROUGH OPENING iiif//// STOREFRONT ENTRANCE ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" BS1 A7.0 CONCRETE PIER FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE (TYP. OF 2) (PEFER TO STRUCTURAL) CDD FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" a� D5 8" PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED BY: VENDOR 8 MEDALLION DETAIL 3'•f -O' 1" 1" EXTERIOR MATERIALS 2/23,2011 flitOt tNGIG& VtNttIK - SIZE: STANDAKI7 REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 04200 FOR ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS. MORTAR - ARGOS BLUSH (TO ORDER CALL: WESLEY ALBRIGHT ® 404-402-6386-WALBRIGHToAR605-US.GOM) 1 BRK-I SMOOTH -FACED, CENTER SCORED G.M.U. - 16"x8" EXPOSURE [ CMU -I 5MOOTH-PAGED G.M.U. - 16"x8° EXPOSURE CMU -2 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR = "CAEN STONE" 5W 0028 BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS TEXTURE = SMOOTH SAND [ EIPS-I EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR = MATCH EXISTING 'MILLER' 8230W SUNBAKED SAND TEXTURE = SMOOTH SAND SIPS -2 EXTERIOR STAIN - COLOR TO MATCH (P -5I) GAEN STONE SW 0028 BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS (STAIN -I EXTERIOR PAINT - COLOR (P-50) DS& EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN' PAINT -1 PAINT-21EXTERIOR PAINT - COLOR (P-51) 'GAEN STONE" SW 0028 BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS EXTERIOR PAINT, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR (P-52) DS6 BELDON FAINT -3 EXTERIOR PAINT, SEE SPECIFICATIONS COLOR TO MATCH 'BEHR' 3AI2-4 SILVER MUSHROOM PAINT -41 PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH D5G EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN' [GopINS-I PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIAL COLOR 1GOPIN6-2 EXISTING GUTTER - PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. GUTTER EXISTING DOWNSPOUT - PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR DS -I ALUMINUM STOREFRONT/CURTAIN-WALL SYSTEM, COLOR OF MULLIONS (EXT.) TO MATCH D56 EXTERIOR "HARTFORD GREEN" GLAZ ALUMINUM AUTOM"HATIC.ARTFORD SLIDIN6 DOOR, COLOR TO MATCH P56 EXTERIOR GREEN' [ DOORj INDIVIDUAL LETTER SIGNAGE Nf/ INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LETTERS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #8 SIGN -i REFER IOR TO DECORATIVEELECTRICAL LIGHTDRAWINGS FIXTURE, LIGHT-11EXTER EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS wGHT-2 EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS p6HT-3 ALL GLASS DOORS AND WINDOWS AT GRADE ARE TO BE SECURED WITH XPANDA SECURITY GADS, MODEL GSD25H, GREY FINISH. GATES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY XPANDA SECURITY PRODUCTS, (800) S35-0214; G.G. TO COORDINATE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TU K IL> FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER r 0 (J Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 (7 c7 z cc 0 cn e U m y O L. I- N J O y CL T • C O , p < C cLI ma CO m V J CO 0 C �O-[m�Cp • OmU:;:coo OO C C m . L-• O o ° 3po >,.. o3 y � N y ▪ N N N N p .. T O, m u) O Q 0 • p lc I� mm')m O - w y y W U .c J m p E m m C -(4): N 0 E m .y.. N C p7 3 o m H t U t C O C — 0 U m O. m Q m N O r/) no it HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ENLARGED ENTRY DETAILS A7.0 T/O TRIM 3" EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-0" TO COL. LINE M.I T/0 MASONRY k 43'-4" A.F.F. T/0 ENTRANCE FEATURE 4) 42'-O" A.F. DICK'S SPORTING GOOD SIGN, REFER TO ELEVATIONS METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEW MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD, REFER TO MFGR. FOR CLEARANCES FIXTURES WALL FURRING, GYP. BD. 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLANS WOOD TRIM REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 10'-8" GYP. BD. PILASTER BEYOND 1 FACE OF VESTIBULE 111-6" A.F.F. ck IVO STEEL 10'-2" A.F.F. 6" CEILING JOISTS, REFER TO STRUCTURAL PRE -FINISHED ALUMINU CURTAINWALL SYSTEM T/O AUTO DOOR 1'-8" A.F.F. AUTOMATIC. ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM, IN/ MOTION SENSORS SALES AREA 101 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FNSFED FLOG$ O'-0. YY 5/8" GYP. n RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4 ELECTRICAL VESTIBULE SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH T/0 PARAPET Ah 35'-6" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING I -V2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER %" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL T/O COPING 28'-0" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED METAL. COPING DICK'S SPORTING GOOD SIGN, REFER TO ELEVATIONS I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER 5/8' 6LASS-MAT ATHIN& AND WEATHER BARRIER LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL B/0 SOFFIT 201-8" A.F.F. BETWEEN SIGN PIERS I" EIFS OVER 5/8" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER B/0 STEEL 18'-8" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SYSTEM BRICK SIGN PIER; BEYOND T/O METAL BAND op II' -6" A.F.F. T/O STOREFRONT I0' -O" A.F.F. BRAKE METAL BAND OVER %" F.R.T. PLYWOOD AND WEATHER BARRIER T/O AUTO DOOR • 1'-8" A.F.F. AUTOMATIC ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM w/ MOTION SENSORS ENTRANCE FEATURE BEYOND, REFER TO ELEVATIONS ig EXP. JT. MATERIAL, FILL TOP Ys " w/ SEALANT GONG. FOUNDATION FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE BEYOND _T/0 CONC. PIER 1'-4" A.F.F. i ��:!. gl aiii.i g '1, �`i J•.! ifd eri .-i 1P I� rif!;,17• � e l g '/ ��i! i, fai 'I,a �!''I 79 '1!;tri gtif � eif Ali! 'I!i��!0• �l. ittiilr Refi % f AO • ! . �1!Wie1, 4! 'et -d• ! f ..! 10/9 4�.24 9 j t° '415 I,.��.! .1 A '10,! • i A1, ��� .1 ���i.!, •�, % .• �a .1 �• etAlq • •- i�•! LI L ! •1 ,t, A //.� \���///\//\���i , //ice//// //\ ./� //.�.���/// / I $ WS2 WALL SECTION REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING 4 FOUNIDATIOK REFER TO STRUCTURAL 1/2'-Y-0' / CONFECT TO STORM SYSTEM FINISH FLOOR gb 01-0" A.F.F. EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-0" WALL FURRING, GYP. BD. 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLANS WOOD TRIM REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS GYP. BD. PILASTER BEYOND TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEW MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, RLTER TO STRUCTURAL 1 D5 A10.0 X A10.0 1 1 T/O MASONRY gb 43'-4" A.F.F. T/O ENTRANCE FEATURE 42'-O" A.F.F. DICK'S SPORTING GOOD SIGN, REFER TO ELEVATIONS r L IQ NI QM T/O PARAPET 35'-6" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER % GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DICK'S SPORTING GOOD SIGN, REFER TO ELEVATIONS Ir LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS B/0 LIGHT 231-0" A.F.F. I'-511 WALL FURRING, GYP. BD. 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLANS D �7 ��I3 B/0 SOFFIT 201-8" A.F.F. BETWEEN SIGN PIERS 3/4" EIFS OVER 54 GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER _B/0 STEEL k I8'-8" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SYSTEM BRICK SIGN PIER; BEYOND T/O METAL BAND 111-6" A.F.F. T/O STOREFRONT 10'-0" A.F.F. BRAKE METAL BAND OVER %" F.R.T. PLYWOOD AND WEATI CR BARRIER WS1 WALL SECTION D FOR too Ni111,3fig41 APPROVED APR 2 2017 City of Mita BUILDING ON 1/r -1•-0- PRE-FINICHCD ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SYSTEM ENTRANCE FEATURE BEYOND, REFER TO ELEVATIONS CONC. FOUNDATION FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE BEYOND T/O CONC. PIER I'-4" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR AL 0'-O" A.F.F. RECEIVED CITY OF 'T UKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0 I4 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 c� 0 z 0 a CO To g O W 2 G v a_ cc 222 0_ W m: O W _ m - - I- o W U `W m C - = O O g wm U C H WJ �a W C N v C O > 0 C▪ n 71-1 'O 0 C O. W N 0 0 C W 2 J 0 ° 2-6 .2 0 oO- O 'O o 0 m 0 O= y 0 W - J m OCL rn Q) ▪ ... N _ W Vl = E cc w 1- z w 0 cc G. co / w r �w CC he 0 IL I— CO 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com WALL SECTIONS A9.0 WS3a • T/O MASONRY Iv 451-4" A.F.F. • T/O ENTRANCE FEATURE 42'-O" A.F.F. C/L SIGN BRACKET TUBE • COORD. w/ VENDOR #8 • C/L SIGN BRACKET TUBE COORD. W/ VENDOR #8 4" BRICK VENt.tK 4 G.M.U. ACCENT BANDS vi/ BRICK TIES I6"o.c.. HORIZ. $ VERT. , ANCHOR THROUGH TO STL STUD FRAMING STL. STUD IN -FILL, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING WEATHER -RESISTANT BARRIER %/ iLI WA iUU 117074 rim KS1 U I %� M a I» re. La rgiI& i MI M NI / NI 1� 1 i i\\' D19� A4.1� /ENTRANCE FEATURE BY VENDOR #8 PERIMETER SEALANT EMBEDDED MOUNTING PLATE (FLU w/ FACE OF BRICK) ANCHORED TO 5 : L FRAMING, REFER TO STRUCTURAL (COORDINATE w/ VENDOR #8) SIGN MOUNTING BRACKET BY VENDOR #8 VERIFY MOUNTING PLATE 4 ELEVATION HEIGHTS WITH VENDOR #8. PERIMETER SEALANT EMBEDDED MOUNTING P (FLUSH w/ FACE OF BRIG ANCHORED TO STEEL INC, REFER TO STRUCTURAL (COORDINATE w/ VENDO' 8) SIGN MOUNTING BRAG BY VENDOR #8 BE FRAM! BRAGIN TO TYP. • CORPFA FLASHING w/ WEEPS ®16"o.c. REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB FINISH FLOOR O' -O" A.F.F. REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING 4 FOUNDATION, REFER TO STRUCTURAL WALL SECTION 1/2' • T-06 D15 A10.0 ENTRANCE FEATURE BY VENDOR #8 FLASHING 4 WEEPS T/0 GONG. PIER 00 I'-4" A.F.F. GONG. PIER FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 1/2" EXP. JT. MATERIAL, FILL TOP I/2" w/ SEALANT EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN B/0 BRICK VENEER 26-0" A.F.F. 2'-Q," 5IM. TO COL. LINE M.I PLASHING w/ WEEPS @ I6"o REGLET w/ 2 -PIECE COUNTER -FLASHING L red ii rA %L /A I ed i, red , „1 %.' WIA ii ii ii i1 it it PRE -FINISHED MTL. COPING (REFER TO ELEVATIONS) T/O MASONRY Ab 43'-4" A.F.F. D17 A10.0 NEW ROOFING MEMBRANE SYSTEM INSTALL SPRAY FOAM INSULATION IN NON -REINFORCED CELLS FROM FLOOR TO ROOF DIAPHRAGM, TYPICAL ALL NEW EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLS REFER TO FLOOR PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FIN1C1IES AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS —�T —I�—�I---IT N BULK D FRA NG FOR CONN TION BE HIGH CANOPY FFIT AND LOW GANG SOFFI-; BEYO k6" MET pTUDS ELAS -MAT THING, WEA BARR IR AND EIFS F1II11ISH) 11 11 11 11 —I1-- ___ —u --IL_— _LI I T/0 ENTRANCE FEATURE 421-0" A.F.F. STEEL TUBE FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE MOUNTING, REFER TO STRUCTURAL (COORDINATE w/ VENDOR #8) C/L SIGN BRACKET TUBE ib COORD. IN/ VENDOR #8 STEEL TUBE FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE MOUNTING, RITER TO STRUCTURAL (COORDINATE w/ VENDOR #8) C/L SIGN BRACKET TUBE COORD. w/ VENDOR #8 REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION STL. STUD IN -FILL, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING WEATHER -RESISTANT BARRIER 4" BRICK VENEER 4 G.M.U. ACCENT BANDS w/ BRICK TIES ® I6"o.c. HORIZ. 4 VERT., ANCHOR THROUGH TO STL STUD FRAMING 4" SCORED SMOOTH FACED G.M.U., REFER TO DETAIL 126/AI0.0 FOR z 0 CORNER DETAIL. N j BRICK VENEER bra/ 003 NEW 8" CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITT-1 INSULATION WS3 WALL SECTION 1/2• - T -o• REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILD; • FLASHING w/ WEEPS 16"o.c. 1/2" EXP. JT. MATERIAL, FILL TOP 1/2" v4/ SEALANT REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK FINISH FLOOR k O'-0" A.F.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 0 z cc 0 a n 0 0 U C C O O C U m a C ° o 2 (n m N y .0 J a C c J C co o 1- z W v W d N co M >- w r 52W cc Ne 0 �. CO 1r4 1FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com WALL SECTIONS A 9 .1 EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-n" (11111111111111111W 7'-6 TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEV MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, RCT -LR TO STRUCTURAL • • • • II • • L • . •• . •. 1" M 6'-8" NEW 8" CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITH INSULATION WS4 WALL SECTION T/O MASONRY AL 45'-4" A.F.F. PRE-FINICkILD METAL COPING I/O PARAPET AI 55'-6" A.F.F. 5/0 EIFS CORNICE 55' -IO" A.F.F. I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER %" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL T/O c1- EL 24'-2" B/O LIGHT 23'-0" A.F.F. BRICK SIGN PIER; BEYOND B/0 STEEL 12'-6 5/8" A.F.F. B/0 SOFFIT II' -10 1/2" A.F.F.`, 1/2• - 11-0' FINISH FLOOR AL O'-0" A.P.F. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED f APR 2 0 Z017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 - 0 0 • 0 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: I5'122.00 0 0 0 (.9 0 N w 0 m OU" O L y 0 W 0 U Q C 'O O.. o3 m U (Y O O O 5g. U I- co m m 0 •- m O 0 o o1- iOo m c I— 010`00 gocom 3 (� U 0) : C m 0 C7 Cm O O N o C V G C O W t0 °2c vom3 • c O T D \ ¢ C C V CO .0 C • J U) r m C C U O O O U m 03 N cn •, .CJ4) C\ r _ C C = O J O • C 0 L L 0 0 0 O 3 O N N ._ 0 0) , w m m 0) O. N O ` 0 1 T O- U y 0 m .O 0 O 0 o W m U C u 0 CO w OJ U.0 J m O N = C N 0 V E N mC 0 OO (7 .N-. D) C 03 0) c m o y " _ U L C O m Q m N Orn 1— z w V CC 0. N co }- - '— 4* —w CCO I— a. N CO II FA 1 FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com WALL SECTIONS A9.2 EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 7'-6" TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEW MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING I/O PARAPET S5'-6" A.F.F. 5/0 EIFS CORNICE 55'-10" A.F.F. I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER %" GLASS -MAT IH ATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER T/0 PARAPET 2Q'-0" A.F.F. 5/0 EIFS CORNICE s 27'-4" A.F.F. I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER 54I GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER T/O 511=1- 241-2" TEEL24'-2" A.F.F. 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL T/0 MASONRY ph 20'-O" A.F.F. 5/0 LIGHT Ah I'7'-4" A.F.F. 5/0 STEEL �___�__ 12'-6 5/8" AFF. 5/0 SOFFIT 111-10 1/2" A.F.F.`, BRICK PILASTER; BEYOND EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION WS6 WALL SECTION 1/26 - Y -o• FINISH FLOOR k O' -O" A.F.F. EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-8" 1'-6" TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEW MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL II 5r a x / NEW 8” CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITH INSULATION i i r WS5 WALL SECTION w 5 II 0 0 `St' \0v Z0 -L 0 m PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING T/0 PARAPET dfi 55'-6" A.F.F. B/0 EIFS CORNICE 53' -IO" A.F.F. I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER %" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL T/O STEEL 24'-2" A.F.F. I/O MASONRY k 201-0" A.F.F. 5/o LIGHT I1'-4" A.F.F. 4" SCORED SMOOTH FACED G.M.U., REFER TO DETAIL 06/AI0.0 FOR CORNER DETAIL. 4" BRICK VENEER 4 G.M.U. ACCENT BANDS w/ BRICK TIES ® 16"o.c. HORIZ. 4 VERT., ANCHOR THROUGH TO STL STUD FRAMING B/O STEEL 12'-6 5/8" A.F.F. B/0 SOFFIT II' -I0 1/2" A.F.F.`, 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" GLASS -MAT FZESISTANT BARRIER FLASHING w/ WEEPS 16"o.c. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED APR 2 0 2117 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 • • • 0 • 0 Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� cc 0 a N m 0 O m o gF. 0 2 c 1- 0• 10`00) c -cpm ▪ i0m �o cn U C. C - m 0 0 o 0 — 0) c C 0 W"0- 0000 15 N T " D V2" EXP. JT. MATERIAL, FILL TOP 1/2" w/ SEALANT REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK— FINISH FLOOR ab O' -O" A.F.F. RECEIVE -10 CITY OF TUKW ILA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER 1,4 1 gi HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com WALL SECTIONS A9.3 EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-8" TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEN MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL .r® 0.00010001 60111.10110.2211 // / / / // / / v2uI / al 0 N WS8 5'-811 PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING T/O PARAPET k 2a' -o" A.F.F. B/O EIFS CORNICE 27'-4" A.F.F. I -I/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER / GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER T/O 51 =I- 241 -2" L24'-2" A.F.F. 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL I/O MASONRY Ab 16'-O" A.F.F. 4" BRICK VENEER $ G.M.U. ACCENT BANDS w/ BRICK TIES ®16"o.c. HORIZ. $ VERT., ANCHOR THROUGH TO STL STUD FRAMING B/O LIGHT JE /131-4" A.F.F. B/O STEEL 12'-6 5/8" A.F.F. B/O SOFFIT II' -IO 1/2" A.F.F.`r 6" STL. STUD, REFER TO STRUCTURAL z0� 31)--- 5/8" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING WEATHER -RESISTANT BARRIER EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION § �o� zv rZ W FLASHING w/ WEEPS ti > 16"o.c. 1/2" EXP. JT. MATERIAL, WALL SECTION 4 4. 4 1/2' - 1J-0' FILL TOP 1/2" w/ SEALANT REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK— FINISH FLOOR k 0'-O" A.F.F. EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 2'-8" TO COL. LINE M.I METAL SIDING ON BACK SIDE OF PARAPET NEIN MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 6" STL. JOIST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 6" '1''"111'"•/'''1r ,'A fir'' 1'-10" PRE -FINISHED METAL COPING T/O PARAPET 21'-O" A.P.F. B/O EIFS CORNICE E 27'-4" A.F.F. I-1/2" EIFS w/ DRAINAGE OVER %" GLASS -MAT SHEATHING AND WEATHER BARRIER T/0 STEEL 24'-2" A.F.F. 6" STL. STUD, REI -LR TO STRUCTURAL l7 WS71 WALL SECTION 1,2' _ T -OR T/O MASONRY k 16'-O" A.F.F. B/0 LIGHT 416 _ 13'-4" A.F.F. WO STEEL 12'-6 5/8" A.F.F. B/O SOFFIT �, 11'-10 1/2" A.F.F. 003 BRICK PILASTER; BEYOND EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 20 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FINISH FLOOR O' -O" A.F.F. RECEIVED CITY OF UKW'iLA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT e 0 0 • e • e e • • e e • • 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0) a N .c to J co 0 0 (7 cc 0 a 0 W 1— z VWact cm co W a co / w r � W CC�O I- CD i A iri HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com WALL SECTIONS A9.4 %" GYP. BD w/ SECURITY MESH ON 6" METAL STUD PARTITION 4 R -I3 BATT INSULATION IN CAVITY pik WO CEILING 10'-6" A.F.F. cik CENTER OF LIGHT 8'-O" A.F.F. STEEL RAILING w/ BALLASTS A FINISH FLOOR O' -O" A.F.F. CONCRETE STEM WALL FOUNDATION; REFER TO STRUCTURAL FINISH GRADE (-) 41-0" B.F.F. V.I.F. %" GYP. BD w/ SECURITY MESH ON 6" METAL STUD PARTITION 4 R -I3 BATT INSULATION IN CAVITY I HOUR RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY - UL # 1501 T/O NEW MASONRY 00 II' -4" A.F.F. SECURITY/EMERGENCY LIGHT; RL -FCR TO ELECTRICAL NEW 8" CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITH INSULATION CONCRETE STEM WALL 4 FOUNDATION; REFER TO STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ON GRADE STAIRS; REFER TO A10.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • MODIFY 4 ENLARGE EXISTING OPENING FOR NEW EGRESS STAIRS AND AREA OF ASSISTED RESCUE; CUT OUT EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AND EXCAVATE TO INSTALL NEW CONCRETE STAIRS, RC tR TO STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION STAIRS WS9 WALL SECTION Vs ® 1'-0' H 4 - CONCRETE . .d • 6'-0" EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION T/0 NEW MASONRY op II' -4" A.F.F. B/0 OPENING 10'-0" A.P.F. STEEL HANDRAIL; SEE SHEET AI0.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCRETE STEM WALL; BEYOND LEVEL LANDING AT BASE OF STAIRS—i i EXISTING PAVEMENT; PROVIDE TAPERED TRANSITION TO NEW LEVEL LANDING 4• .4 bri 003 � REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVE -7.D CITY OF TUKi WILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER r 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 (7 0 a m m U) 0. O m Q C O U y 0 .c 0.70' 0 a w 1— z w U CC w a co w r 'w cc cr O a i A IrA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com CONCRETE STAIR PLAN & SECTIONS A9.5 NEW 8" CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITH INSULATION d • EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB WS11 .vq • .4 4 • B/O [E] OPENING 10'-0" A.F.F. V.I.F. FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" A.F.F. EXISTING CONCRETE STEM WALL * FOUNDATION FINISH GRADE AL (441-0" B.F.F. Y.I.F. [E] OPENING IN -FILL WALL SECTION 1/2' - 1'-0' EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW 8" CMU IN -FILL; NON -GROUTED CELLS TO BE FILLED WITH INSULATION CONCRETE SLAB IN -FILL w/ SELECT FILL DOWEL INTO EXISTING SLAB; REFER TO STRUCTURAL WS10 [E] STAIR IN -FILL WALL SECTION 1/2' ® 1-0' 5/0 [E] OPENING_ 10'-0" A.F.F. V.1 .F. FINISH FLOOR AL O'—O" A.F.F. CONCRETE STEM WALL FOUNDATION; REFER TO STRUCTURAL FINISH GRADE Aia (-) 4'-0" B.F.F. V.I.F. oo3 tv REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 Z 0 a N Q)i m m m m y 0 0 �Lm U O c •. c 0 a a m m Um OU m p • c m m... 1- m m O :28 O 2.8 g • H\ 16U c m—. , m c f- 2Uo o N t 2U (;1142 a- —a 0mm c O U m C7 L c m o f/l U ` c �, a cc 0 W `°0mm0 �Da`)t75 m C m mLO 1— _0_1 E 0 ul o< 5:5 .T. •O C = - ca m1] m m a J 0 y m c D c U a O m a apm1IIami m " -42: () m c 00 m \ . Lm. J 0 0 a C L w J C - � m cc W 1— z W Ic W co 0 =1 W CCCC O c-I—V♦ 11. 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com IAV-FLL SECTIONS A9.6 FAUX WOOD CHANNEL BY VENDOR 411 T/ WALL V +I1'-6" AFF 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 2" 2' 3-5/8"x20&A. STL. STUDS • I b'o.c. 5/8" FRT. PLYWOOD BLOCKING B.O.S. +10'-2" AFF CEILING HEIGHT +10'-0" AFF in I L FRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM VESTIBULE FRAMING, REFER TO SCHEDULE D1 4 m • DETAIL 5" D6 1 1/2'-f-0" OPEN F.R.T. PLYWOOD + OVER CEILING JOIST£ STEEL- S1, REFER TURAL 1 1/2'-f-0" 5/8" GYP. BD. PERIMETER SEALANT, BOTH SIDES FAUX WOOD CHANNEL BY VENDOR #i T/ WALL M' +I I'-6" AFF 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD fn • " t 2 3/4" L Ir 5/8" FRT. PLYWOOD Q BLOCKING B.O.S. +10'-2" AFF dh CEILING HEIGHT � I +10'-O" AFF J -BEAD D2 DETAIL r r 1 3-5/8"x2OGA. 511 - STUDS • I6"o.c. F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER CEILING JOISTS 2 5/4" STEEL STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 11/2" vs•_. -o• 1 1/2'-f-0" PAINT EXPOSED PORTION OF STL. BEAM TO MATCH SOFFIT 5/8 GYP. BOARD OVER I-5/8"x2OGA. METAL FRAMING • I6"o.c., PAINT AS SCHEDULED T/ SOFFIT +II' -6" AFF B/ SOFFIT +10'-0" AFF D7 5/8' GYP. BD. 7/8" HAT CHANNEL SEALANT BOTH SIDES PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM, REFER TO SCHEDULE DETAIL 5/8" GYP. BD. " FACE OF BUILDING some 1 1/2"-1'-0" 2-I/2"x20GA. STL. STUDS • I6"o.c. w/ BATT INSULATION 3/4' F.RT. PLYWOOD PRE -FINISHED BREAK METAL CLADDING; COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER CEILING JOISTS —� 5/8" GYP. BD. 7/8" HAT CHANNEL " FACE OF BUILDING PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM, REFER TO SCHEDULE D3 DETAIL 1 112'-f-0" 2-I/2"x20GA. STL. STUDS • 16"o.c. w/ BATT INSULATION 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD PRE -FINISHED BREAK METAL CLADDING; COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT STEEL STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS B.O.S. ELEV. +10'-I 1/2" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED ALUM. SOFFIT PANELS BY VENDOR 4t8 w/ HAT CHANNEL SUPPORTS (BY G.G.); COLOR TO MATCH AGM PANELS CONT. 2x6 F.R.T. NAILER IMM• !•r ` rte �:'r �►�� ►1 `T w w A PARAPET' BELOW M.2 l4 5/8' GLASS -MAT - I THI STEEL TUBE COLUMNS w/ 511... STUD FRAMING IN -FILL, Rcruz TO STRUCTURAL AW0/ WEATHER RESIST NT BARRIER MASONRY HORIZ. 4 VERT., EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS w/ TIES'AT I5'o.c. ER TO ELEVATIONS q' ■ 5'-2" • r— •0 • rPARAPET BELOW D17 SIGN PIER DETAIL 3/4'-f-0' • HIGH ENTRANCE FEATURE STEEL = COLUMNS w/ STL. 5 D FRAMING; REFER TO TRUCTURAL 5/8' GLASS -MAT - I THING WEATHER RESIST NT BARRIER MASONRY HORIZ. 4 VERT., D20 w/ TIES AT Ib'o.c. TO ELEVATIONS 2'-0" 2'-O" TYPICAL PILASTER DETAIL AT 16'-0' TALL PLASTER • —EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS OUTLINE OF BRICK BELOW/ABOVE M.1 EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS M.2 STEEL TUBE COLUMNS IN/ STL. STUD FRAMING IN -FILL, REFER TO STRUCTURAL O in AT I6'o.c. ELEVATIONS D16 SIGN PIER DETAIL EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS —\ 3/4'-f-0' MID. THRU CANOPY O EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS STEEL TUBE COLUMNS w/ STL. 511..D FRAMING; REFER TO STRUCTURAL 7-4 5/8' GLASS -MAT WEATHER RESIST MASONRY HORIZ. 4 VERT., D19 TYPICAL PILASTER DETAIL 8/4'-f-0" AT 20'-0" TALL PLASTER EIFS SYSTEM ON CANOPY FRAMING; REFER TO ELEVATIONS PAINTED GYPSUM BD. OVER MTL FRAMING, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR #1 D5 DETAIL 1 112'-f-0" R -I3 BATT INSULATION I" EIFS SYSTEM w/ DRAINAGE 5/8' GLASS -MAT SHEATHING w/ WEATHER BARRIER PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAIN -WALL r NOTE: REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL FINISHES REQUIRED. (TYP.) M.1 SOFFIT 7 ABOVE STEEL TUBE COLUMNS w/ STL. STUD FRAMING IN -FILL, REFER TO STRUCTURAL r SOFFIT � ABOVE O cV 5/8' GLASS -MAT SHEATHI WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER ENTRANCE FEATURE MASONRY VENEER w/ TIES'AT Ib'o.c. HORIZ. 4 VERT., REFER TO ELEVATIONS CONCRETE PIER D15 q' I 3'-2" 4,-8" a 2'-0" SIGN PIER DETAIL 314'•1'-0" cy LOW bci7 003 � (V 5/8' GLASS -MAT WEATHER RESIST MASONRY VENEE HORIZ. 4 VERT., D18 etkOlt- w w w J . ■ - - STEEL TUBE w/ STL. STIP REFER TO COLUMNS FRAMING; STRUCTURAL Of. 41 `ti ro pp ba Ft/4 '0 gl .44 rTo► r f•it•AI ALP-4.r%)VZJff i THING NT BARRIER w/ TIES AT I b'o.c. TO ELEVATIONS TYPICAL PILASTER DETAIL 3/4"-1'-O LOW REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TU KWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 (7 z CC Y o,mC O .7:7 21 V N.t11'2 U 2-, %I.- `• o O m oF� o - 2U c W . m O m 2 = ro 0 O • V m 0 m O. 322 o U0. O C m - 0 N. CD o •U 8 C - C C O W 3 O O O C o v 3 U % O. 2 1_ L)J CO N c o > - cv 0 : . .. . . . OC it,. J CON O 0 Lo >.0 o0 F-X' O \ C .0 03 rC 0. .m— U• m O 0.2 1'A wy ANN O co ymm� m v 0 co a«mU NT0OC N O 'O O � O 0 W 0, 0 ° C O = N „; N o w U 2 J N H N E O. y L. r CO V _ ▪ N C O 1 w 1- w 0 w d co >- .‘w cc cc Ne O Q 0I— CO IVA IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ENLARGED PLAN & VESTIBULE DETAILS AlOmO MAX. I/2"R. 1 I/2"--\ D1 PROVIDE 1/4" STL. CLOSURE PLATE I-1/2' OD. 5TL. HANDRAIL 1-1/2" O.D. STEEL GUARDRAIL 1-1/2' O.D. STL. HANDRAIL 1/2' DIA. 50 BALUSTERS PIN. FLOOR ELEV. O'-0" 61-0 I/2' LANDING 6'-0° LANDING STAIRS 3'-c( 3/4' CLEAR 4'-O' LANDING REINFORCED CONCRETE LANDING, EXTERIOR CONCRETE STAIR B ENLARGED PLAN "EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE" SIGN METAL CHECKERED PLATE TREADS STEEL CHANNEL STRINGER 3 1/2 x 3-1/2 x 5/16" HOT -DIPPED 6ALV. STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO STRINGER 4 BOLTED TO FOOTING, W/ 3/8" DIA. SLEEVED A.B.'S LOWER STAIR DETAIL 1-112'4-0' 1/4" STL. CLOSURE PLATE METAL CHECKERED PLATE LANDING D2 STEEL CHANNEL STRI N&ER UPPER STAIR / LANDING DETAIL 1-1/2'-1'-0' 3/4'-1'-0' NOTES: ALL STEEL TO BE HOT -DIPPED GALV. 4 RECEIVE ONE COAT OF PRIMER rt/ TWO FINISH COATS OF PAINT. COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH STAIR DESIGN LIVE LOAD = IOOpsf TREADS 4 LANDING 3/16° 'GLASS 3' STEEL CHECKERED PLATE 1_0N 2 STAIR CROSS SECTION 1-1/2' OD. STEEL GUARDRAIL 11 GG, STL. INTERMEDIATE CHANNEL 4 LEDGER FASTEN LEDGER TO G.M.U. OR CONC. WALL rt/ 1/2° DIA. 5.5. SLEEVED AB.'S 24"o.c. 1'-0" LANDING CIO STL. CHANNEL STRINGER 1 1/2' x 1-1/2" x 1/4" CLIP ANGLE WELDED TO STRINGER CIO STL. CHANNEL 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 5/16' HOT -DIPPED GALV. STEEL ABLE WELDED TO STRINGER 4 BOLTED TO FOOTING W/ 3/S' DIA. SLEEVED AB.'S STAIR CROSS SECTION - PLATE 314'•1'-0' Co 0 ;r It CONC. FTG. BELOW I -I/2' O.D. STL. GUARDRAIL 0 a'-8 11/16" 5'-I 15/16° 41-51/16° / L TRENCH FTG. BELOW I-1/2" 0D. STL. HANDRAIL A / 4'-8 1/2" 8 I/8' 51" MIN. EXTERIOR STEEL STAIR ENLARGED PLAN 4'-1 1/16" 41-4' LANDING Ate- o043 314'.1'-0' °EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE' SIGN 11/2° OD. STL. GUARDRAIL RECEIVED T CIT ILA APR 07 2017 PERMIT CENTER REVIEtAIED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDINrI DIVISION Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 4/04/2011 CIN COMMENT 0 • 0 • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 Drawn By: °.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 z cc 0 a C U a O m 0 o w O. fi O ` m � N�.2�� O e 0 0 — J - O @ C C ▪ .c ▪ @ J @ C — c 2 . 3 p O o 0 0 0 C > y •-• 3 —v, q O IVA IFA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com STAIR DETALS A10.1 0 0 m DCn cn 304'-ICY4" ./.+I-0" Q m C U 0 XIcn 0'L 0 0 -n I Imo' I I�r I I` I �rf� — 1 rHl --E > /cc! olydei 4q olydei NMI DIG ,L NOV2I 3NI8,0� NOVH 3NI8.01. 1 -wpm Turf Mat 17 APPAREL PROCESSING AN3HOUV 1 9 t4 t-U9111Iv' 4' - D"RACKS EL PROCESSING BAR 100-11111111111104-11111 96'6' LEGEND 24 24 8.: GONDOLA RISERS n.�•�r•_6 24 1.0;4/;84>J NUMBER INDICATES HEIGHT n a n Q ARCHERY TARGETS rrtrr7rtr ARCHERY BOWS iiti iitii FISHING RODS xxx xxx FLOOR OUTLET rte, PUTTER WALL I I SLATWALL 1 1 GONDOWITH SLAT FINISH KaIg 1 I S GRIDWALL SECTION I_EII WALL STANDARDS APPA HANGREL BARS 1 w II l l I t}—, 1� II I I I I Y , j. 11��1���iT� 1tt. BIKESSTATI1 HANGING BIKES I4'-2"A.F.F. MAIN DISTRIBUTION FEED MDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FEED IDF 2WY2436 2 -WAY IOI ' 4WY1622 4 -WAY �R! LF -105 FEATURE PALLET V-1058 HF48 -p NI= H -FRAME DSG-NT52 FEATURE TABLE TAS ElDUMP BIN WALL CORNER PROTECTOR ==isi-I / T.I.M.E PALLET 0 0 m DCn cn 304'-ICY4" ./.+I-0" Q m C U 0 XIcn 0'L 0 0 -n I Imo' I I�r I I` I �rf� — 1 rHl --E > /cc! olydei 4q olydei NMI DIG ,L NOV2I 3NI8,0� NOVH 3NI8.01. 1 -wpm Turf Mat 17 APPAREL PROCESSING AN3HOUV 1 9 t4 t-U9111Iv' 4' - D"RACKS EL PROCESSING BAR 100-11111111111104-11111 96'6' 2-15 .• 96'' 004.141,00,,_, , 96' 60' 9Y �-2i�J I � I L J HUNTIl 'S GAMES 2 -6"EC 2'-6"EC 2 - 6"EC 2 - 6"EC B6' c-,�c-,�-I .96'996 0 8.: �►--ti •. 24' n.�•�r•_6 24 1.0;4/;84>J BIKE BULK 6'10x7'11 2 -6"EC MERCH 2-6"EC 2-6"EC MERCH MERCH 2 - 6"EC 2 - 6"E MERCH MERC H U N'1'1 - 6"EC D D N r !- PI rT , 11 3'3 MERCH E 2 - 6"EC C� MyCH 8' - 0"TACKLE DM -26 �EQE LIVE BAIT 2 - 6"EC MERCH HGS> 1 HI H FF�� coa i0 D N 2 - 6"EC< MERCH 12 - 0"TREESTAND sa41� c-,�c-,�-I ' 96' 96' 48' 96' 96' 72' 1110.0411 •6' kB' 96' *96' 111.1)6. 48' D; iJ Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2'- .' AREL 8' - 0"SALMON IIF1PC r.T ' 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • O 0 0 0 0 O 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15722.00 GG-NT52G-t• TABLE 16' - 0"PADDLES b 2' - 0"APPAREL 6"A PARER =-I WOMEN 'EBOKN 3' -!"EC 3' -!"EC ���..... co f.�..-.. 2' PPAREL 4' - 0"STORAGE I I D G-NT52G-N ITABLE I A 'ENA CSI 1 MEMPING CANOPIES 1 ' - 0"STOVES / COOK / KITCHE YOUTH V0MENS COMPL 16' - 0"PROPANE / STOVES 16' - 0"PROPANE / YOUTH WOMENS COMPL E SETS 'TRAIL ACC / LIGHTING / TECI- PACKS 12' - 0"GOGGLES / SWM 8' - 8' - 0"BEDDING 0"BEDDING 16' - 12' - 0"COMP SWIM 3131d111O3 SN3 0"A PA EL 16' - 0"STREET HOCKEY 16' - 0"STREET 0"YETI 12' - 0"SLEDS / TOYS / ICE N O 0 0 z F 0 CDa GRAPHIGM tr 16' - 0"ACCESSORIES WIREIlreliiIII EI►UIE):1►■ pop NFP NFP NFP NFP 119 0"BALLS 3'-0"EC MERCH 9' - 0"FRONT 2 - .'EC MERCH 9'-6"FRON OMM IL9►L7 ■11'P REVIEWED FO CODE COMPLIAN APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 r m cn FIXTURE NOTES ALL FIXTURING 5HOYI4 TO BE PURCHASED BY 6.G. FROM VENDOR #1 AND VENDOR #I TO INSTALL (UNLESS NOTED OTHERYVI5E) 0 FIXTURING TO BE INSTALLED BY 6:C. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FIXTURING IN/ MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. ALSO COORDINATE r(/ D56's ON SITE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AND VENDOR ALL TRIM SHOY*4 A6AIN5T SLATWALL 15 TO BE FURLS SED A5 PART OF THE VENDOR I PACKAGE QF1 ARCHITECTURAL FIXTURE PLAN SCALE 3/32" = 1'-0" of Tukwil CITYRECEIVED CI! U Oa TUK ILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER THIS PLAN IS BASED ON DSG FIXTURE PLAN DATED FEBRUARY 25, 2017 rn ooi° o C C 0 m t U O LII 0 '2 a3 C C r ° 0. C m W U CC 0 0 0 O m UF- co O ! o 2 O 0 a) U O F \ c 0 C — i 03 I— O 0 O 0 U ro c 0 to w 0= 0 m C 0 C 0 y - m 0 0 m W 0 C O) O O N 0 0 c = 0 C C 0 Wm�c v 0 y O 1— D) J •E ° N c O \ ¢ C - c V VJ : c 0 a o 41 -OCC 0. 1 Lw r z w cc w d N co 'w cc O a. rL ♦/� Vd IVA IrA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ARCH'IITEC11JRAL FIXTURE PLANS A11.0 304'-I0y4" 5q41/4. 54' -II' 55'-01 :070.7.:............ / 55I-0" 551-0" 0000..-0.4.74,.:.:• 01 0 L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 '1-1-1-1-1—I—I-1—I-1-1-1—I-1—I—I—I-1—I—I- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1. 1 1 .1. 1 T T T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1—I-1-1-1-1-1- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 cg REVIEWED FO CODE COMPLIA APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 — Ara -------------WA,.•--------------- GENERAL NOTES (2) F1.1 I. ALL FIXTURING SHOWN TO 13E PURCHASED BY &L. FROM VENDOR #27 AND INSTALLED 13Y VENDOR #I. PREMIER (VENDOR NPLAN7) SCALE 3/32" = I'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF T.UKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER THIS PLAN IS BASED ON DSG FIXTURE PLAN DATED FEBRUARY 25, 2017 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 N D 0 0 c� cc 0 a N cn�mmN ; C y N Y C O L Y V O W 0 0 m C •- C U - Q' 0 U W 0) cc U 0 0 2 0 C Q 0 01-. 0 0 � L O 0 V oi-\ 0- U c 1— o• 60 �U c 0 V a — m a fn 7 o� m U 0 - =0 — 0000 O0 -( — 00o0U C O C c 0 O O O 0 W 3 U 16 o 2 1— m - O N Q c 0 N C O _T 0 . Q c _ •0 0) D � 7c; J N A .r 0 V O O l0 "O C C Q O 0 m D 0 U 0 In N C tb O .0-• -7 C \ O C O 0 .c co J 0 • C 0 0 0 0 = Q o 0 0 L a N 0 3 1— d0 O O m m O 0 m 0. • O O >. O- -0 0 0 Q CO • E• O O 0 0 U C = V N V) N 0 U J m▪ 0c°)— ID N N 0 W to C O E — 0 0 Y N 4) C 0) O) D OC 7 0 7 �' 0 c 0 0 Q CO¢oioaw W 1- z W Cas) LC W 0 - CO M /'- T J W Y � � CC Se O I- CO IVA IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com PREMIER (VEIDOR 027) FIXTURE PLAN A11.1 PORTAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE I/4" = I' -L" br7oo3Q REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECIaIN0 CITY OF T UI'1LA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 0 z 17- 0 a 'O a (' D C co 'OC Q O m a p 4) m N 4) 4) � m •O � N C CE 0)m` DYO O 0 0 Fa N`yOOOcY.L J C L m J m L> C o C \ N 03 mYCmnC a C. C.0 O O 1 T O- -• U co N Q N w C .a m O O o Cm 4)O mc O = V N y N .m•. V L -J m otom 0 .c C y N V 0 17:,N C p O m \ ri -'133 N 4) C 03 O C .300- m C 7 3 0 . 0 2 Q m¢mycu) KEYPLAN 1VA IFA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com APPAREL PORTAL PLAN A11.2 14'-8 5/8" 10" I5I-0" Rt N 10 1/4" 14'-8 5/S" • 1 N N 11 15'-0" 10' 10 1/4" 15'-6" r- 10" I4'-2" 10' 10 7/8" FP1 PORTAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4' = 1'-O" 21 �p c7 0o,3 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila A BUILDING DIVISION 1 RECEP:{0, CITY OF T U KWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER KEYPLAN N 0 1J Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/f ERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a N w.m 633930 C v) N Y C O m „,C3 22 • — L m U e W c.c"0 m ` m U it O 00 m O. ,n U I-1— N � m O O m U p I— \ c - I— O o (n 20cuc .ammmn co (/)3 L� U m = m C - C O m m 0 0— m t C7 L C m m 4.- 0 O ' U C c W m pm m3 i— OJ O N C v m a D—% C O Qv g:, LI CC 0 O %myO O \ izt C _VT 8 y '"m • JQ '0 CO ?LW m mO o m m m v m C m O m m .3 0 .c --J C \ I m C J C C L m m r W 1- z W fre >- wTT J W CIC ocC 1— I— I—V) IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com APPAREL PORTAL PLAN A11.2a LIGHT T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-lO" dhT.O.TRIM ELEV. 9'-0" B.O. TRIM V ELEV.8'-6' FIN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O' E12 INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED, q,4.2018 \ PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING -1031 PAINT - NATUREL P-4 P-154) -1031 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK (P-101 =-='tel (F-4) PAINT - HARTFORD (D56) GREEN I Il 11 U U U I BY VENDOR *I PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN J P-611 PL -2I GRID BY VENDOR #8 6RID LWC-I r—T— i PAINT - SOFTWARE C -0= 7 SUEDE BLACK ( P-641 i'L-44 BY VENDOR C =0._ — BY VENDOR 40 PAINT - IRON ORE -7I PIONITE V1P210 RURAL PINE P-18 'Ll PL -7I GRID BY VENDOR NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY WC -I NINA MAPLE 1F-84 PL -5I) 1 I I �1fL 1 IF NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK r EARTHEN TWILL [ P-551 PL -0 I1— PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6' VINYL COVE - BLACK P -S'1 530 Il, UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOG. P -9I (=AB -4 PAINT - CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL P -t;4 -1 PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL P -I05 FIRP-1 SSFW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY AR°vn+ PANEL: al -44M" OYSTER [ P -I12) S, 55FW PAINT - GREEN BLACK K 'GRINYNER �D' C°14%"2.4OYSTER GRAY P-II4) G6-2 PAINT - CUSTOM EUNLEHOUSE BLUE AGROVYN PANEL; °OLORIMI62 CHARCOAL ( P -13I1 [P-1321 PAINT - THATCH BROWN ACRONYM CORM 6UARD, ca°RAl62 CHARCOAL G6-3 PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P -I33 [ ML -I) PAINT - .UTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 89 P-134 PLY -1 NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. NOTE: ALL PORTALS ARE FIXTURES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1; G.C. TO PAINT PORTALS ONLY AS DESIGNATED ON THESE ELEVATIONS. FOR OVERALL PORTAL WIDTH AND HEIGHT, REFER TO THE F-1. THIS SHEET 1S FOR BASIC PAINT REQUIREMENT REFERENCE ONLY. G.G. TO USE PAINTABLE CAULK AT ALL INTERIOR MDF WALL SEAMS TO ACCEPT ALL FINISHES. \\IP \ -1P/ -1031 -1031 (P-103) -1031 I Il 11 U U U I BY VENDOR *I BY VENDOR *I PL -1I PL -'II GRID BY VENDOR #8 6RID LWC-I r—T— i —T---1 C -0= 7 $I #8 41-0" �V BY VENDOR C =0._ — BY VENDOR 40 -7I FL PL -7I GRID BY VENDOR GRID BY VENDOR WC -I NC -I) 1 7 1 7 1 I I APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = I' -O' T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6' -I0' �T.O.TRIM ELEV. a'-0" VB.O. TRIM ELEV. 8'-6" THREE WAY MIRROR BY VENDOR #1 (5) HOOKS ON A WOOD BAR BY VENDOR *1 cik FIN. FLOOR ELEV O' -O" E13 1B-301 IB30J-\ APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = 11-0' VT.O. PORTAL ELEV 16' -IO° TRIM ELEV. 161-0" T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" A B.O. VALANCE Y ELEV. 101-0' vFIN. FLOOR ELEV O' -O" (P-34) //—e.C. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE P-34 Vi7 P-83) PL -4A G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB BELOW VALANCE P-84 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) El 15'-O" HOLD @ BACK WALL (830) 16'-8" AT.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6' -IO" —B_.0._TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" ch B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-O' FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" NIKE APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = P34 G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE P34 P-441 ,—G.L. TO PAINT IN 'ERIOR;JAMB BLLOW \A6 LANCE P-44 P-44 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. STANDARDS, TYP. STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) VT.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-lO" 4_131 _TRIM ELEV. I6' -O" • T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" rik B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' 14'-2" HOLD ® BACK WALL 15-30) 151-10" APPAREL PORTAL E4 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = I' -O' P-34) I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 I 1 L I I I I 1 1 1 DR 4 FRAME ddh FIN. FLOOR ELEV. OLO" • T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6' -IO" �T.O.TRIM ELEV. 41-0" clk B.O. TRIM wti ELEV. 8'-611 / 1 IAN& BAR BY VENDOR *1 UPHOLSTERED BENCH BY VENDOR #I diFIN. FLOOR ELEV 0'-0" I I I 1 1 I I — 1 I FI I 1 I I 1 --.Iy • 1�—Tr-1111 — 1- 66 T.O. PORTAL ELEV 16'-I0' _�B.O.TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" PRE-FINICHLD TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, T.O. VALANCE TYPICAL. ' ELEV 11-0" DLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR 4$1 E8 "ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM" ROOM SIGNAGE AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY; REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4° = I' -O' B.O. VALANCE ELEV 10'-0' BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 50"1^1. x 12" H. MIRROR AND FRAME BY VENDOR #21 VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O° diTIO. PORTAL ELEV 16'-10" TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" A T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" L B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' AFIN. FLOOR • ELEV. 0'-0" IP -34) G.G. TO ADD (I) LAYER OF 1/4" GYPSUM BOARD ABOVE THE VALANCE, OVER THE FIXTURE SUBSTRATE. G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE FF --34) P-41 PL -41 G.G. TO PAINT /-- INTERIOR JAMB BELOW VALANCE PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR *1, TYPICAL. r STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) oik T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-10" B.O. ,TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" T.O. VALANCE • ELEV. 11-0" AB.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' I5' -O" HOLD ® SACK WALL 16-30) 16'-8" UA APPAREL PORTAL E2 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" diFIN.FLOOR ELEV. DI -0" •Ilii■1 .----- . ---- .----- .----- .----- .----- .----- NIMMIMEIMIMEMMI ---- it INNIMINNIMEMYAIN rill ---- .---- 1 .----- - -- .EMININNEWIMI - ---- - .---- .-a 2---- •. ----- MINNIMIMM .----En al W•ra - 1 T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16' -IO" B.O. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0' PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. T.O. VALANCE V ELEV. 11-0' di B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' INISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I E5 4'-I" APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0' Eirai 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 11 1 1 11 PL -42 1 � I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 11 1 ' 1 1' I 1 I I I I 1 A ------------ ----------- ----- ------ ----- I- I_ 1 1-- -111- PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I DR 4 FRAME "FITTING ROOM" ROOM 516NA6E; RCI TR TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINE -5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL E9 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" G.G. TO USE PAINTABLE CAULK AT ALL INTERIOR MDF WALL SEAMS TO ACCEPT ALL FINISHES. P -I03 P-34 / DR 4 FRAME_- / /. UL BY VENDOR *I IPL -'111 GRID BY VENDOR #8 1 IAN& BAR BY VENDOR #1 WG -I APPAREL PORTAL E14 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = 11-0' T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6'-10" AT.O.TRIM ELEV. °I'-0" AB.O_TRIM ELEV. 8'-6° P-103) A di FIN. FLOOR = ELEV OI -O' E15 �n a I BY VENDOR #I PL -111 GRID BY VENDOR #8 — T — I ViC-I 2'-O" 16-30 THREE WAY MIRROR BY VENDOR #1 HOLSTERED BENCH BY VENDOR #I APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0" FIN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6'-10' 401:1_0. TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" A T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0° 1i3.0. VALANCE ELEV. l0' -O' E6 ■1 IMI _-. �1 MEN MallE M' -1=1' IMMO NEM NEM MMi IMINM Ming 4'-I" OPEN E3 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = 11-0" PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR 4*1, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #1 I8"61. x 12"H MIRROR AND FRAME BY VENDOR #21 APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = 11-0" 1P-34 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 1 1'1-42] BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 P-34 DR 4 FRAME FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0' 1 I 1 1 L 1 11 . T 11 1 1 1.1 1 Lit 1 1 I 1 1 III 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 I , I I 1 I 1 1 1 11 1 1 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I E10 AT.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-10' VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. O'-0' E16 °ACCESSIBLE FITT N6 ROOM" ROOM 5I6NA6E AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY; REFER TO TACTILE SI6NAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = 11-0' T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16' -IO' B.O. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" VT.D. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0° AB.O. VALANCE ELEV.l0'-O" oik FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0' T.O. PORTAL W ELEV. 16'-10" ELEV. 161-0° VT.O. VALANCE ELEV. II -O" (P-34) rP-�� PL -41 1 -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. STANDARDS SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #27, INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #i 4'-1" E7 B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0" IP -341 - DRP341 - DR 4 FRAME VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. O'-0" Ell APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = 11-0" P-34 1 1 .1 iF 'TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR *8 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR *I MIRROR AND FRAME BY "FITTING ROOM° ROOM 5IGNAGE; REFER TO TACTILE SISNASE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION n 003 b G.G. TO USE PAINTABLE cAULK AT ALL INTERIOR MDF WALL SEAMS TO ACCEPT ALL FNISHES. \ -1P/ -1031 -1031 BENCH BY VENDOR 4tI J O n u Il l BY VENDOR $I #8 41-0" �V BY VENDOR *1 *8 s -7I FL PL -7I GRID BY VENDOR GRID BY VENDOR WC -I NC -I) — —1l �1fL 1 IF r I- =I I1— —. Il 11 11 Il, 1B-301 IB30J-\ APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = 11-0' VT.O. PORTAL ELEV 16' -IO° TRIM ELEV. 161-0" T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" A B.O. VALANCE Y ELEV. 101-0' vFIN. FLOOR ELEV O' -O" (P-34) //—e.C. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE P-34 Vi7 P-83) PL -4A G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB BELOW VALANCE P-84 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) El 15'-O" HOLD @ BACK WALL (830) 16'-8" AT.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6' -IO" —B_.0._TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" ch B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-O' FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" NIKE APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = P34 G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE P34 P-441 ,—G.L. TO PAINT IN 'ERIOR;JAMB BLLOW \A6 LANCE P-44 P-44 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. STANDARDS, TYP. STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) VT.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-lO" 4_131 _TRIM ELEV. I6' -O" • T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" rik B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' 14'-2" HOLD ® BACK WALL 15-30) 151-10" APPAREL PORTAL E4 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = I' -O' P-34) I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 I 1 L I I I I 1 1 1 DR 4 FRAME ddh FIN. FLOOR ELEV. OLO" • T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6' -IO" �T.O.TRIM ELEV. 41-0" clk B.O. TRIM wti ELEV. 8'-611 / 1 IAN& BAR BY VENDOR *1 UPHOLSTERED BENCH BY VENDOR #I diFIN. FLOOR ELEV 0'-0" I I I 1 1 I I — 1 I FI I 1 I I 1 --.Iy • 1�—Tr-1111 — 1- 66 T.O. PORTAL ELEV 16'-I0' _�B.O.TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" PRE-FINICHLD TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, T.O. VALANCE TYPICAL. ' ELEV 11-0" DLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR 4$1 E8 "ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM" ROOM SIGNAGE AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY; REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4° = I' -O' B.O. VALANCE ELEV 10'-0' BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 50"1^1. x 12" H. MIRROR AND FRAME BY VENDOR #21 VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O° diTIO. PORTAL ELEV 16'-10" TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" A T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0" L B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' AFIN. FLOOR • ELEV. 0'-0" IP -34) G.G. TO ADD (I) LAYER OF 1/4" GYPSUM BOARD ABOVE THE VALANCE, OVER THE FIXTURE SUBSTRATE. G.G. TO PAINT INTERIOR JAMB ABOVE VALANCE FF --34) P-41 PL -41 G.G. TO PAINT /-- INTERIOR JAMB BELOW VALANCE PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR *1, TYPICAL. r STORAGE CLIP FOR TELESCOPING POLES MOUNTED AT 52" A.F.F. (WHERE APPLICABLE) oik T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-10" B.O. ,TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" T.O. VALANCE • ELEV. 11-0" AB.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' I5' -O" HOLD ® SACK WALL 16-30) 16'-8" UA APPAREL PORTAL E2 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" diFIN.FLOOR ELEV. DI -0" •Ilii■1 .----- . ---- .----- .----- .----- .----- .----- NIMMIMEIMIMEMMI ---- it INNIMINNIMEMYAIN rill ---- .---- 1 .----- - -- .EMININNEWIMI - ---- - .---- .-a 2---- •. ----- MINNIMIMM .----En al W•ra - 1 T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16' -IO" B.O. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0' PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. T.O. VALANCE V ELEV. 11-0' di B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0' INISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I E5 4'-I" APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0' Eirai 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 11 1 1 11 PL -42 1 � I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 11 1 ' 1 1' I 1 I I I I 1 A ------------ ----------- ----- ------ ----- I- I_ 1 1-- -111- PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #1, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I DR 4 FRAME "FITTING ROOM" ROOM 516NA6E; RCI TR TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINE -5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL E9 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" G.G. TO USE PAINTABLE CAULK AT ALL INTERIOR MDF WALL SEAMS TO ACCEPT ALL FINISHES. P -I03 P-34 / DR 4 FRAME_- / /. UL BY VENDOR *I IPL -'111 GRID BY VENDOR #8 1 IAN& BAR BY VENDOR #1 WG -I APPAREL PORTAL E14 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = 11-0' T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6'-10" AT.O.TRIM ELEV. °I'-0" AB.O_TRIM ELEV. 8'-6° P-103) A di FIN. FLOOR = ELEV OI -O' E15 �n a I BY VENDOR #I PL -111 GRID BY VENDOR #8 — T — I ViC-I 2'-O" 16-30 THREE WAY MIRROR BY VENDOR #1 HOLSTERED BENCH BY VENDOR #I APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0" FIN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" T.O. PORTAL ELEV. I6'-10' 401:1_0. TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" A T.O. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0° 1i3.0. VALANCE ELEV. l0' -O' E6 ■1 IMI _-. �1 MEN MallE M' -1=1' IMMO NEM NEM MMi IMINM Ming 4'-I" OPEN E3 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = 11-0" PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR 4*1, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #1 I8"61. x 12"H MIRROR AND FRAME BY VENDOR #21 APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = 11-0" 1P-34 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 1 1'1-42] BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR #8 P-34 DR 4 FRAME FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0' 1 I 1 1 L 1 11 . T 11 1 1 1.1 1 Lit 1 1 I 1 1 III 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 I , I I 1 I 1 1 1 11 1 1 PRE -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I E10 AT.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16'-10' VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. O'-0' E16 °ACCESSIBLE FITT N6 ROOM" ROOM 5I6NA6E AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY; REFER TO TACTILE SI6NAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = 11-0' T.O. PORTAL ELEV. 16' -IO' B.O. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" VT.D. VALANCE ELEV. 11-0° AB.O. VALANCE ELEV.l0'-O" oik FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0' T.O. PORTAL W ELEV. 16'-10" ELEV. 161-0° VT.O. VALANCE ELEV. II -O" (P-34) rP-�� PL -41 1 -FINISHED TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR #I, TYPICAL. STANDARDS SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #27, INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #i 4'-1" E7 B.O. VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0" IP -341 - DRP341 - DR 4 FRAME VFIN. FLOOR ELEV. O'-0" Ell APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = 11-0" P-34 1 1 .1 iF 'TRIM AND VALANCE BY VENDOR BLADE SIGN BY VENDOR *8 FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR *I MIRROR AND FRAME BY "FITTING ROOM° ROOM 5IGNAGE; REFER TO TACTILE SISNASE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION n 003 b G.G. TO USE PAINTABLE cAULK AT ALL INTERIOR MDF WALL SEAMS TO ACCEPT ALL FNISHES. APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION T.O. PORTAL DR 4 FRAME di FIN. FLOOR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE r APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MIRROR BY VENDOR #1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/FERMIT • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 1FA FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com APPAREL PORTAL ELEVATIONS A11.3 BENCH BY VENDOR 4tI APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION T.O. PORTAL DR 4 FRAME di FIN. FLOOR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE r APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MIRROR BY VENDOR #1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APPAREL PORTAL INTERIOR ELEVATION FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/FERMIT • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 1FA FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com APPAREL PORTAL ELEVATIONS A11.3 T.O. V. TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" LIT PILASTER BY VENDOR #I LIT OUTRIGGER BASE CABINET BY VENDOR #I FINISH FLOOR 1'-3" z) REFER TO BLOCKING DETAILS #1-4 ON SHEET A2.2 FOR ADDITIONAL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS. WS1 SHOE FOCAL WALL SECTION • SCALE 5/4" = 1'-0" WS2 NOT USED �T.O.ND.TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" GRAPHIC MURAL; REFER TO AI2.4 ELEVATIONS A T.O. CI }CLF ELEV. I I'-0" VB.O. SHELF ELEV. 10'-0" 1 1/2" - 1'-0' T-8 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES- 5' AND 4' IN LENGTH BY VENDOR #18 E66CRATE PAINT GYP WHITE ON BACK WALL BEHIND SHELF (P -I0.) FINISH MATERIAL BY VENDOR #I 1'-2" REFER TO BLOCKING DETAILS #1-4 ON SHEET A2.2 FOR ADDITIONAL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS. WS1SECTION CO GOLF 1 1/2" PET 2OR5 VALANCE BLOCKING B.O. BLOCKING Ao a'4 ELEV. '- 1/2" _2x8 BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGER T.O. WD. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" GRAPHIC MURAL; REFER TO Al2.4 ELEVATIONS T.O. SHELF ELEV. 11'-5" di B.O. SHELF ELEV. 10'-O" SLATWALL RAIL ON SLATWALL BRACKET, TYPOF2 r 1 7. 4 • I 1 0 0 i1 SHELF ON SLATWALL BRACKET T-8 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES- 5' AND 4' IN LENGTH BY VENDOR #IS EGGCRATE DIFFUSER BY VENDOR # I 00 FINISH FLOOR iii REFER TO BLOCKING DETALS #1-4 ON SHEET A2.2 FOR ADDITIONAL BLOCKING REQUIRF- E:NTS. WS5 GOLF PUTTERS WALL SECTION SCALE 5/4" = 1'-0" T.O. WD. TRIM V ELEV. 16'-O" GRAPHIC MURAL; REFER TO AI2.4 ELEVATIONS ,ALT.O. APPLIED TRIM ELEV. 11'-0" VB.O. APPLIED TRIM ELEV. 10'-O" FINISH BY VENDOR #I WS6 ALL SHELVING/ VALANCES SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY; SHELVES ARE PURCHASED BY G.C. FROM VENDOR #1 AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1; ALL BLOCKING TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. A T.O. ND. TRIM ELEV. 16'-0" LIFT AND DROP FRAME BY VENDOR #8 T.O. SHELF ELEV. II' -3" VB.O. SHELF ELEV. I0' -O" FINISH FLOOR 1 I'-3" 1 '1001 W55 1 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 0 0 • 0 • 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 c7 Z cc 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED REFER TO BLOCKING DETAILS #11-4 ON SHEET A2.2 FOR ADDITIONAL BLOCKING REQUIREMEN SECTION CO GOLF WS7 11/2'-1'-0' NIKE FOCAL WALL SECTION APR 2 0 2011 - City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SCALE 5/4" = I' -O" D11- 00-3fv RECEIVE -Z' CITY OF IUKWILA FEB 28 2U17 PERMIT CENTER N y _ o C gm,C C o m c c a a 0 m m cc w 1— z w V w a ecc co cr a I— u) IVA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com VALANCE / SHELF SECTIONS A 11. 4 T.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 16'-O" B.0. PAINT STRIPE M' ELEV. 15'-0" T.O. LOZIER ELEV. 10'-0" LikB.O. GYP. BD ' ELEV. 41'-41 I/2" LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1 BACK PANE. (TVP,) P -q4 BY VENDOR *I F-114 COZIER GORIER FILL BY VENDOR *I cly FINISH FLOOR V ELEV. 01" TO DECK P -I12 G . 30'-O" MAX GYPSUM BD. CONTROL JOINT SPACING G.J. 15'-O" CONTROL JOINT SPACING @ BRICK TO DECK C.J. (P-112) fF-341 • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 P -I32 l 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I J 1 _1 I � I I 1 I I I GJ1 I I 1 I I I � � I I I 1 1 � I I I T.0_WOOD TRIM k ELEV. Iq'-0 3/4" `P LAZED OPENING, HT ELEV. IS' -8" 5.0. WOOD TRIM oh ELEV. I8'-6 3/4" REFER TO SHEET A125 FOR CONTINUATION 1 1 I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 � I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 � � I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 / 1 / \ / 1/ 11 11 —�'1 / 1 / 1 / 1 El LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDPANE BBACKL (TYR) [P-44) BY VENDOR *I TEAM SPORTS INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = NO GYP. 5D. BEHIND LOZIER (TVP. THROUGHOUT) 6" GYP. BD. STARTS 1 J= 1- G.G. TO COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF EDGE OF BRICK WITH VENDOR *1 SO THE BRICK 15 TIGHT TO THE LOZIER END GAP, BOTH SIDES. L1 FIXTURE (TVP.) �- LF -16) BY VENDOR *27 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 J OKA CONTINUOUS BEHIND WALL GRIDS /// FINISH FLOOR 46 ELEV. 01-0" KEYPLAN INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED: 4.14.2016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL (1'-q 1 P -I54 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR ® THIN BRICK P-10 PAINT - HARTFORD (D56) GREEN P-54 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-67 (PL -211 PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE BLACK P424 1?L-41 PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE 12-78 PL -5c NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE 1Pe4 PL -51 NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN TWILL P-851 )'L -62j PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6" VINYL COVE - BLACK (P -Sq) B -S0 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE ® WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOE P-11 PAINT - PEGBOARD CUSTOM SILVER V -I WHITE SQUALL (P114) PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL (P-IO3) lrRP- I1 SSFW PAINT - AMAZING GRAYTAW GRAY"PA EL4Ca0R' OY51 ER P-112 SSFW PAINT - GREEN BLACK At41,CIRC7VYN °0r WPM; °O14R` s 21 P-114 C6-2 PAINT - CUSSETOM BUN6LI^HOUBLUE AGROM PANE.; GOLORM162 GHARGOAL ( P-131) ipatcV g PAINT - THATCH BROWN [c6-31AcietAht CORNER6UAM GC WR1 t82 (P-1321 PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P-133) ML -I PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 89 P-134 PLY -I NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. T.O. PAINT STRIPE oh ELEV. 16'-0" B.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 15'-0" TEAM SPORTS E2 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0' P-34) 1B-30) FAUX i^b0D CHANNL P-34 BY VAR. #I T.O. VESTIBULE ELEV. I I'-6" jP-q4) FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" TEAM SPORTS E3 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = BLOCK WALL LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR *I BACK PANE. (TYP) P -q4) BY VENDOR *1 T.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 16'-0" 5/8" GYP. BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL FURRING ALUMINUM EDGE REVEAL ch T.D. BRICK EDGE TRIM ELEV. 15'-0" 1/2" THICK VENEER BRICK OVER 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD WITH 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT lb" O.G.: D4 BRICK VENEER TO TRIM SECTION VIEW .01791, CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM F.R.T. BLOCKING A5 REQUIRED r k-filtifttlIttfttftfIll • WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR #1 D1 BRICK VENEER @ STOREFRONT PLAN VIEW SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" STL. STUD FURRING, REFER TO PLAN 1/2" THICK BRICK VENEER ON 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" ALUMINUM EDGE REVEAL: MANUF: CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY (I-800-256-5230) PRODUCT: 'CTG EDGE'; COLOR: CLEAR ANODIZED; PROTRUDING LEG TO MATCH THICKNESS OF THIN BRICK SYSTEM AND SHALL NOT PROTRUDE PAST FACE OF BRICK. STL. STUD FURRING, REFER TO PLAN 1/2" THICK BRICK VENEER ON 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD D2 ALUMINUM EDGE REVEAL EDGE OF LOZIER BRICK VENEER EDGE TRIM PLAN VIEW SCALE 1 1/2" = I1-0" NO GYP. BD. BEHIND LOZIER (TVP. THROUGHOUT) RLFLR TO SHEET Al2.5 FOR CONTINUATION 11 T.O. LOZIER ELEV. Ice -o" B.O. GYP. BD ob q ELEV. '-1 1/2" LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR *I BACK PANEL (TYP) P-14 BY VENDOR *1 P -q4 LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR *1 FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O'-0" REFER TO SHEET Al2.I FOR CONTINUATION (,y I€,r— —11 - — r,1-- -11 T H I f i d k r( til hi— C=1' 000o QC=a Q= 1,1 0000 0C=10=70 I ioc�0� 0CD00t:=11 1 !I� 11 L J '1 L J ✓ If 7 P I • 11 7 -VI-) 1 1 ilip • • • • • • • • • APPRCVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila • Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects. Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 0 • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 cc 0 a, ci) CITY OF TUKWILA —FE 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER 11 N FIXTURE LENGTH N FPI TEAM SPORTS FLOOR PLAN kYYYX 0 • 11131 0-0 0 fx 000=0 81-6 g 111 2 C V1 -3-.• 0• 8c "6:02732:: 10 - E o.74 o 1130 -c13-50 o cc cc uu Grt co CC CC 0 ocC 1r4 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 TEAM SPORTS PLAN, ELEVATIONS AM) DETAILS Al2.0 21 REFER TO SFEET Al2.1 FOR CONTINUATION 1/2a 5'011 IO' -3" 111i E � 1 f ff �i ff' ) f :: f j 1 1 "5"-- 42'-O" 1 < \\ \---/ �.; it / f t, L -J I SII — 1 111 FIXTURE LENGTH s sH3- 11 I il3 } j S f E E } e' I 11. >k 1y{ -1 SI `-1I }0 0 2q' -O" 1j { 11 it ill If FIXTURE LENGTH fr'14`1 ----"/...4'///7/724,777771/17:7 1. ill - \ / 1 /\ -- " ` -./ \ T.O. PAINT STRIPE IP ELEV. I61—O" B.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. I5'-0" TA. LOZIER ELEV. 10'-0" TO DECK P—U2 IF -541 FP1 LODGE FLOOR PLAN SCALE I/4" = I'—O" I — I FIXTURE LENGTH 71—H1- ,1 77 f\ iL s' Elr�t s' I L I INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE MATEO, q,142016 PAINT — BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT — NATUREL P—a P-154 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK P-10) K PAINT - HARTFORD (DS&) GREEN IP -54) PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-61) PL -21) (P-64) PAINT - SOFTWARE PL -4A SUEDE BLACK PAINT - IRON ORE K'L-50 PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE 1.--18 [P-4) NIKE PAINT — COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE PL -51) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTFEN TWILL P-85 (F'L-61 PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6" VINYL COVE - BLACK I :I () UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOe P-411) rAS PAINT -CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL P- 4 ( WGA) PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL IP -I05 (FRP-1 1P-II2) 55FW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY Ac Y NF OR' GOL0Y5T GRA ='-415 SSFW PAINT - GREEN BLACK nTYNER OrrY x &JAS' col ow 1429 OYST� 6RA (P-114 G6-2 PAINT -CUSTOM BUN6LEHOUSE BLUE ACROVYN MEL; Go1.0R1ttt62 GHARLOAL P-151 7 PAINT - THATCH BROWN ACNCNYN CORNER 6UAFD; GOLow0162 CHARCOAL P-132 G53 PAINT - CUSTOM I- JSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P-133 ( ML -I) PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 89 IP -134) (PLY -0 NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISI1i s. TO DECK P—I12 \ / \ / LOZIER FIXTURE BY \ / VENDOR #I \ / BACK PANEL (TYPJ \/ /\ /\ / \ / \ / \ chFINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O P -q4 P—a4 IP #1 LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR #I El r LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'_OII MATCH LINE _A -A REFER TO SHEET Al2 Ia Fr"I L O 1 O z 11.1 7 4'-O" SF7ie rt I<I II es .T .17 ,4 Wryer b Si X N g g II t u ,€ it1 t y ¢ 3 F 1 �€ L 21- 0" ,_ B/ POWER AND COAX REQUIRED (SEE ELECTRICAL) IF 71 IL II 1I II II L I! 1 ki /211-1, II Ala 1'I) a'}d 11 ELECTRONICS GAB NETS BY VENDOR *1, METAL BY VENDOR #21 0 C�n I~ 1i 9 ail r- 1 1— 4'-0"• O FIXTURE LENGTH } 811 sIS 5' -Ill CJ CORRIDOR u5a 2'-10" E4 O dl El E3 6'-0" II 9 ARCHERY 120 4 El O ktt T tiZt VT.O. PAINT STRIP ELEV. 161-0" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV 15'-0" • B.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. I0'-0" FINISH FLOOR • ELEV. 0'-0" E2 LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1 BACK PANEL (TYP,) IP -a4) BY VENDOR $11 I P—a4 LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR #I LODGE FP1 I GFSCA/Lf�OOR PLAN LE 1/4" = 1'-0" T.O. PAINT STRIPE 1-1 ELEV. 161-0' " BD. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 15'-0" T.O. LOZIER ELEV. 101-0" LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #I BACK PANEL (TYP,) IP -a4) BY VENDOR #I FINISH FLOOR wti ELEV. O' -O° TO DECK P-112 KEYPLAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED I P1-541 • APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila UILDING DIVISION RECEIVE.D Tf OF IUKWILA 4. FEB 28 2017 F RMIT CENTER 11 II LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #I BACK PANEL (TYP,) P -q4 BY VENDOR *1 LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR #I LODGE E3 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 11-0' 0 tJ Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT e 0 • e 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 • • 0 • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15'722.00 co 0 0 0 cc 0 a N r WCmVml0T2. 0-N`CmW U U g°ta = o \.! o -r O c. m= U 0 - 0 -0-c 2' v Umc c m -Ti - m W a W 'g 6: CC N - O 0 0 m 0 Y m� O • 100 8 = «.aco },;)moom m mom. U g m m O I- E.-' V y W C O > D \ ¢ C - - C v m (1) C/) =0 U U v g_ QOOmN"mJ0 a N m 0 my d a V N m to. cO r D N. ma I CL2.c m -I 0` 3.=Y O o 0 0 '6 .c >,..c 0 N _ 1- E � .5:5 O E N -J_o .NEN -NmyC OCamUNm '171 dVc- 000 �oOONN COQNOcU)O- Ucm m 0 U C3 o NO cc w 0 1- z W cr W G. N co >- ` ."22 « « J W aC�t0 aI-c HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LODGE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS Al2.1 T.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 161-O" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 15'-0" eik B.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 101-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" TO DECK (P -I12) TO DECK P-112 {P-34) LODGE E4 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" VT.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 16'-0' B.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 151-0" T.O. LOZIER 11 ELEV. 10'-0" LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #I BACK PANEL (TYP) P -q4 BY VENDOR #I - 1P -c14 LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR #I TO DECK IP -I12 MEDIUM SIZE TAXIDERMY LARGEST TAXIDERMY MEDIUM SIZE TAXIDERMY TO DECK (P-1121 FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" VT.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. 16'-O" TO. GRAPHIC ELEV 151-0" T.O. LOZIER ELEV. 10'-0" di DR HEADER • ELEV. T-2" FINISH FLOOR • ELEV. OLO" V HT • EELEV. 8'-0' DR HEAD • ELEV. 7'-4" di FINISH FLOOR V ELEV. -0" ELEV. 8'-0' ,DR HEAD • ELEV. 7'-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. E1, /L> /-01-0" TO DECK P-II2 (P-54) TO DECK P-II2 E6 LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I'-0" (B -3o) - ROOM SIGNAGE MT); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.O FOR MOUNTING LOCATION ELEVATION I P -I54) (5-30}\ ISI—/ PRE -FINISHED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. DOOR 4 FRAME ELEVATION 5 E8 P -I54) i--IB-S0I ROOM 516NAGE (TYP.); REFER TO TACTILE 516NAGE GUIDELINE5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I1-011 43. HT ELEV. 8'-0" dh DR HEAD ELEV. 71-2" ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADAO FOR MOUNTING LOCATION —/ (5-50 boy FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" ELEVATION 2 P -I54 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING (P-154) P-154 \ / / \ / OPEN TO SALES �LOO1 /' /4rZ P -I54 \— (B-3oI-\ f - ® , ELEVATION I P -I54) (5-30}\ ISI—/ PRE -FINISHED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. DOOR 4 FRAME ELEVATION 5 E8 P -I54) i--IB-S0I ROOM 516NAGE (TYP.); REFER TO TACTILE 516NAGE GUIDELINE5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I1-011 43. HT ELEV. 8'-0" dh DR HEAD ELEV. 71-2" ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADAO FOR MOUNTING LOCATION —/ (5-50 boy FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" ELEVATION 2 P -I54 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING (P-154) PAINT - NATi1REL ( P -`t) FI /' /4rZ i \— THIN BRICK f - .41.-x6HT ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" P -I54 ELEVATION 4 R FRAME 1B-50 FINISH GLG ELEV. E5 LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1 BACK PAM. (TYP) P -c14) BY VENDOR #I LOZIER CORNER FILL BY VENDOR #I P -I14 LODGE BY VENDOR #I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = VT.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. I6'-0" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 151-0" T.O. LOZIER ELEV. 10'-O" WD TRIM Q-14 BY OR #1 diFINISH FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" BASE CABINET IPL -51) BY VENDOR #I TO DECK P -I12) BASE CABINET PL -51 BY VENDOR #I BASF CABINET IPL -511 BY VENDOR #I {P-34) • E7 FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0' okFINISH CLG ELEV. S'-0' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O' -O' P -IO ( P -I0) ELEVATION I (P-34) DOOR 4 FRAME E9 P -IO ELEVATION 3 P -I0 WORK SHOP 122 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" BASE FILLER LODGE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" VFINISH CL6 ELEV. 8'-0" (5-50)--� (2) 50W RACKS BY VENDOR #I ATTACHED TO SLATWALL. TRIM 1 P-II4 1 BY VENDOR #I (P-10) 41-0n 21-0n 2' TRIM J-� BY VENDOR #I d- 1 - FINISH FLOOR ELEV. /. 01-0" VFINISH GL6 ELEV. 8'-0" \ 0 N "\ 4 P -IO ELEVATION 2 5-30 FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" i P-10 41-0" BOW SCALE P -I0 ELEVATION 4 DR HEADER - ELEV. 1'-2" MATCH LINE A -A REFER TO SHEET A 12.1 VIDE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING AT I'-0" AND 4'-O" A.F.F. WITH EYE HOOK AND CHAIN LINK TO SECURE CO 2 TANKS BLOCKING TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED TO GYP., PAINTED P -I0. INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED, a.14 .2016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING (P-154) PAINT - NATi1REL ( P -`t) FI PAINT - WHITE FLOUR WR THIN BRICK P-10) PAINT - HARTFORD (D56) GREEN E4,' F6/AI2.Ica E2 105 P-54) PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 E5 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-67 PL -21 PAINT - SOFTWARE 11-0" SUEDE BLACK f P-64 PL -4g PAINT - IRON ORE I0L-5G1 PIONITE WP2I0 RURAL PINE P -TS) NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE P-84 PL -5I iiE ( (�� NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN TWILL P-85 ; r --r r r (P -q) PAINT - BLACK MAGIC r 6' VINYL DOVE - BLACK 5-30) 5'-211 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOE P -al F -3 (P_94) PAINT -CUSARD TOMSILVER PEGBO J WHITE SQUALL 1 1 PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL P-I03) '-I SSFy1► PAINT - AMAZING GRAY AGROVYN Q3' GOLORI� MTER GRAY P II2 TAW 5SFW PAINT - 6REEN BLACK 'r: AY D`"Lag' ' O't GR P-II4 C6-2 PAINT -CUSTOM BUNGLEHOUSE BLUE AGROVYN P,atCL GOLOR,ab2 CHARCOAL P-I5I PAINT - THATCH BROWN ACROVYN GORNR GUARD; COLOR 62 CHARCOAL P -I32 C6-3 PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P -I55 ML -I) PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 8') (r -I34) [PLY -I NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINIC.I E . 5'-2" 4'-O" 8'-6y211 151-6" PROVIDE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING AT 11-0' AND 4'-O" A.F.F. WITH EYE HOOK AND CHAIN LINK TO SECURE CO 2 TANKS LODGE FPI I FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" br7 *-003 \ V4" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 1UKWILA FEB 282011 ERIVIIT CENTER KEYPLAN 0 N Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of thls design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • • 0 0 0 • 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 F 0 a C m� N m . C L3; L U O r oc • CO c C V U m °0. m U 4- 0 CO m O m O m U p - \ mU c o• m`ow ▪ mV m _ p V - O m m d U 0z 0 m C 0 0 m 0 .0U m 0 V C C 0 LLI 47_o v . o m m m s m J 'O 0 d T m C O >, o F--tamCNcm" _J�e•ocmTcamp Q O V3mc-vm— v co • \n - Lym"VCO \ - ac • mVy0a0 1 E>.o0 N�COmcoam3 to N a C m p = O m U V - w 0 v N m U L J m m N m C o_70 N '0 o E - E m�� m c - p 5 m c r 0i t c• o o m a CO ¢m`rnnco it HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LODGE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS Al2.1 _ 1 FI CORRIDOR E4,' F6/AI2.Ica E2 105 E5 r--. L I..t 11-IOy21 11-0" 6'-/y2" R.O. L-...1 WORKSHOP SLATWALL PROVIDED BY VENDOR #1. 122 El I t E4 E1/AI2.Ia E2 { Ei 1 f I E3 iiE ( (�� t(rF4 .-if_-, r --r r r r r� 5'-211 31-011 L --J L WORK ROOM J - 121 1 I 151-6" PROVIDE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING AT 11-0' AND 4'-O" A.F.F. WITH EYE HOOK AND CHAIN LINK TO SECURE CO 2 TANKS LODGE FPI I FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" br7 *-003 \ V4" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 1UKWILA FEB 282011 ERIVIIT CENTER KEYPLAN 0 N Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of thls design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • • 0 0 0 • 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 F 0 a C m� N m . C L3; L U O r oc • CO c C V U m °0. m U 4- 0 CO m O m O m U p - \ mU c o• m`ow ▪ mV m _ p V - O m m d U 0z 0 m C 0 0 m 0 .0U m 0 V C C 0 LLI 47_o v . o m m m s m J 'O 0 d T m C O >, o F--tamCNcm" _J�e•ocmTcamp Q O V3mc-vm— v co • \n - Lym"VCO \ - ac • mVy0a0 1 E>.o0 N�COmcoam3 to N a C m p = O m U V - w 0 v N m U L J m m N m C o_70 N '0 o E - E m�� m c - p 5 m c r 0i t c• o o m a CO ¢m`rnnco it HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LODGE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS Al2.1 r1, FINISH GL6 ELEV. /. S'_O" cik FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-011 ,0 FINISH GLG ELEV. 8'-0" b Ib. DENSITY FOAM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #I, (4) LAYERS THICK ENTIRE SURFACE OF BACK WALL tik FINISH GLG ELEV. 8'-0" ELEVATION I FINISH FLOOR `►' ELEV. O' -O E10 (P -IO ELEVATION 5 ` (e-ao) FINISH FLOOR ELEV. o' -O" ck FINISH GLG ELEV 8'-O" PRE -FABRICATED ARCHERY TARGET FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #I O 74- Q VFINISH FLOOR =I E /O' -OIL ARCHERY RANGE 120 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 6 Ib. DENSITY FOAM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1, (4) LAYERS THICK ENTIRE SURFACE OF BACK MU- 12'-0" ALL ELEVATION 4 NOTE: 6.G. TO MAKE SURE MELAMINE SEAM(5) BEHIND GRAPHIC. ARE EVEN, FLUSH AND BONDO'D MINIMALLY WITHOUT NOTICEABLE HUMPS. 5'-I1 1/2" NOTE: INSTALL WHITE PLASTIC CAPS OVER EVERY \ (e -3O1 FASTENERS @ EACH MELAMINE PANEL (ML -I) 12'-O" y I2' -O" III 12'-O" y 12'-0" y 5' -II 1/2" 1 111 PAINT - NATUREL 1 P -a) . r _,...-- --- - _._--1111 PANELS WAALL,PANELS - 1111 I I I1 1111 1111 111 - t 11'-6" ED -I 0 v GRAPHIC BOW HUNTER GRAPHICtiT FRAME BY VENDOR. #1 GRAPHIC BY VENDOR #815 BY VENDOR #I BY VENDOR #1 TYPICAL DII \ 1- 0 OVER MELAMINE MDF TRIM 1 \ \ \ c •" • ILII - 1111 1111 SUEDE BLACK P-34) SY VENDOR #I1111 1111 MI ‘ . f--- - _____- i ELEVATION 4 NOTE: 6.G. TO MAKE SURE MELAMINE SEAM(5) BEHIND GRAPHIC. ARE EVEN, FLUSH AND BONDO'D MINIMALLY WITHOUT NOTICEABLE HUMPS. 5'-I1 1/2" NOTE: INSTALL WHITE PLASTIC CAPS OVER EVERY \ (e -3O1 FASTENERS @ EACH MELAMINE PANEL (ML -I) 12'-O" y I2' -O" III PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING 111 PAINT - NATUREL 1 P -a) EP -1541 PANELS PRE -FINISHED ` \ THIN BRICK 111 - (ML -I ) ED �( // 111 111 BY VENDOR #I AILUM.RVOOR FRAME \ 111 III III 111 PL -211 ` \ \ \ c •" • SUEDE BLACK P-64) PL -44 / MI ‘ pL-5c i ELEVATION 2 NOTE: INSTALL WHITE PLASTIC GAPS OVER EVERY FASTENERS @ EACH MELAMINE PANEL (ML -I) Imo) PRE -FABRICATED ARCHERY TARGET FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1 eik FINISH GLG ELEV IO' -O' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" VFINISH GL6 ELEV 10'-0' ELEVATION I P-10 VFINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" i V-2 ELEVATION 3 1 ►lett-21 CRASH RAIL CORRIDOR 105a Ell INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH CLG ELEV. 10'-O° 1P-Io1 FRAM l � okFINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" FINISH GLG V ELEV. 10'-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0,-0" 15-501 ELEVATION 2 P-b1J DOOR 4 FRAM 1P-Io1 AGY2 CRASH RAIL P -IO P01-21 CRASH RAIL FRAME P-152) .................................. ELEVATION 2 \ / \ / \ / OPEN O CORRIDOR SALES / \ / \ / \ CIS) P -I0 I ++-21 CRASH RAIL INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED: 9.14.2016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL 1 P -a) EP -1541 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR WR THIN BRICK fP-lo PAINT - HARTFORD (DS6) GREEN P-34 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-61 PL -211 PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE BLACK P-64) PL -44 PAINT - IRON ORE pL-5c PIONITE WP2IO RURAL PINE (P 78) NIKE PAINT - COOL 6RAY NINA MAPLE P-84 (PL -5I) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTFEN TWILL P-85 I'L-b21 PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6" VINYL COVE - BLACK (P -M) 05-30 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE I• WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOE P -q1 PAINT - CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL P-94 t PC -1) PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL FRP-I) 55FW PAINT - AMAZIN6 GRAY ALOR i*' 29 OYSTER A€ROVYN PAM1; C444"441 GRAY P-112 [ACV -4 SSFW PAINT - 6REEN BLACK AGROvrN CINER "RP) G014Ri sea (P-114) (66-2) PAINT - CUSTOMACROJYN EUN6LEHOUSE BLUE PANEL; GOLORZA162 GHARGOAL P-131 V PAINT - THATCH BROWN AGROVYN GOR) euARv; GOLGR4162 CHARCOAL (P-132) G6-3) PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE 12-133 ML -I) (P-154) PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2' x 4' x S') (PLY -I) NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Rm CES/ED CITY OF 1LIKALA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER KEYPLAN 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • - • • • • • • - • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15"122.00 0 0 z 0 m Om oiO`o 0)o m c c c U m — m m d E = c wm — C m cc W z W 0 W a co J W CC CC NCO I- CO 116 1FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LODGE ELEVATIONS Al2.1b INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE lEVATE7s 11.142016 PAINT -BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL P-4 ) P -I54) 12" , 1 —_, 1 , PAINT - WHITE FLOUR77.7C THIN BRICK P-10) [P-341 PAINT - HARTFORD (256) GREEN PAINT -CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FORST GREEN P-67 IPL -20 PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE BLACK "el PL -41 PAINT - IRONORE PIONITE WP2I0 RURAL PINE P-18) FL -50 NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY fpL-50 NINA MAPLE P-04) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN T11111- "5 PL -0 PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6," VINYL COVE - BLACK P-bq 115-50 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE EM WOLF GORDON; TUDOR 011Y; Foe PAI J PAINT - CUSTOM PAINT PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL p.44 PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL (P-105) FRP-I 5SPW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY ACRFirN PANE4 WW1"4241 °Y51ER P-112 74•5• 55FI4 PAINT - GREEN BLACK AcrYNER a),V74134 eljARD; C°14Rg "241 GRA P-114) C6-2 PAINT - CUSTOM BUNGLEHOUSE BLUE c071 AGROVYN Mil/ COLORA162 CHARCOAL P -I51 PAINT - THATCH BROWN AMVY/A4LCORNI3R GUARD; COLORA162 CRGO P -I52 [C6-51 PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P -I33 ML -1 PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 69 P -I34) PLY -I NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. KEYPLAN REFER TO SHEET Al2.1 FOR CONTINUATION P CENTERLINE OF POWER AISLE— S'-O" 'HOLD EQUAL 1 EQUAL r 1 (cij 24'q I/4" / 21,41,11 oh 1 till 1 11 111 111 FIXTURE LENGTH 1 =C? FIXTURE LENGTH 251-1" HOLD FIXTURE LENGTH T 9 H Li 0 LJ L. EQUAL SV -3 1/2" F I XTURE 331-5 LENGTH HOLD 1 \/( 24° x 24° x 3/4' PARTICLE 13D SHELF LINER ON RACKING @ 36" AFF +/- BY VENDOR #1 EQUAL LI 0 Li H LJ u Lr -1=7 L L 1-- 1 7 L 1 1 1 1 ot FINISHED NALL DIMENSION 1 n 1 1 0 • 24'-cl 1/4" P1 F Al2.20 1 E -1 L FIXTURE LENGTH 11 Tr H 0 ri L -J II" LJ LJ L L I- 1 7 14-'- 1 Tr, 0 tu _t 11 I ft I I III '1 1 11 T I— A122 4V-10" HOLD CENTERLINE OF FOYER AISLE 45'-5" HOLD 1 1/4" FPI FULL-SERVICE FOOTWEAR FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1-0" 11-0 1/4" 1 T.O. PAINT STRIPE V ELEV. I&' -O" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 15'-O" di B.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. I0,-0" R HEADER ELEV. '1'-2° FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" P-II2 -/ 30'-0" MAX. GYP. D. CONTROL JOINT SPACING, G.J. 33'-5" HOW 16'- 1/2" IV -8 1/2" P -I12 (P441 1F-241 • — — ...._ 201'-6 I/2"± GRAPHIC LENGTH-- — ___ — -- -.. -- — — -LIFT 4 DROP GRAPHIC BY— --- VENDOR #3 _ --FAINT P-13 CONTINUOUS — --- BEHIND GRAPHI--. —_.r _ _ , _ — -- _ _ 12" , 1 —_, 1 , El •. , -•;',.•••• •••••••••• 56' -II"± GRAPHIC LENGTH IND 'TRIM .7-1 tar=TE.) 5Y VaIDOR #1 ACCESSORY WALL LIFT 4 DROP ERAF'HIC BY - VENDOR se PAINT P-18 CONTINUOUS- _ BEHIND GRAPHIC CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 4 ACCESSORY FULL-SERVICE FOOTWEAR - SIDE viALL E2 I INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = ILO" CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 4 GRAPHIC P--181 CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 4 GRAPHIC. FILL -SERVICE FOOTWEAR - REAR WALL INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4° = ILO" T.O. PAINT STRIPE 46, ELEV. 16-0" N. T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. IV -0" `F B.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 10'-0" 1 P-78 1 FINISH FLOOR k ELEV. OLO° s-ao) CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS TO DECK IP -I12) (3) L. • CENTERLINE OF: . . -.POYNER AISLE • • . • . • . , . • , . • : . : •• • ,• IDR. • • • ....• • • OUTLINE OF. FOOTWEAR FOCAL IN.. FOREGROUND. „.. „ . • • •• . ELEV *•11-2" . . • .• . . • DOOR.FR?titiE : IP -78) 5-301 ST CI) S1'-3 1/4"± GRAPHIC LENGTH — —LIFT 4 DROP GRAPHIC. BY- VENDOR #13 PAINT P-1/3 CONTINUOUS— BEHIND GRAPHIC, ••••••••••• •••••••• E3 CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS FULL-SERVICE FOOTWEAR - SIDE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4" = ILO" CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 4 GRAPHIC I/2"± GRAPHIC LENGTH ••••••••••• 2" ...••••••• ...••••••• •••••••• LIFT 4 DROP GRAPHIC BY VENDOR #E5 PAINT F-13 CONTINUOUS BEHIND GRAPHIC ••••••• CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 4 GRAPHIC CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS b II 00 3 T.O. PAINT STRIPE Abb A T.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV 161-0" ¶ELEV. 161-0" T.O. GRAPHIC gib A T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 1V-0" `tr' we' ELEV. 15'-O" B.O. GIRAFHIC oik 5.0. GRAPHIC ELEV. I0' -O" `1. ELEV. 101-0" TRIM BY VENDOR 1.11, TRIM P-15 BY VENDOR #I FINISH FLOOR A FINISH FLOOR ELEV. OLO° V ELEV. 01-0" E4 59'-5" HOLD REFER TO SHEET A123 FOR CONTINUATION D Al 2 .2c4 RECEIVED CITY OF ILKWILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER FINISHED WALL DIMENSION/ GRAPHIC LENGTH lee -8 1/2" 16-8. 1/2" 1P-112) TO DECK CENTERLINE OF POWER AISLE REVIEVVED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 I3L City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION 1 —r ••••••••••• -LIFT eRAPHIC BY Rik?) --PAINT P-70 CONTINUOUS-...... BEHIND kRAPHIC •••••••• ••••••• .,••••••• ••••••• ••••••••• ••••••••• 1711 AL Lbstrisox DE I II FULL-SERVICE FOOTVVEAIR - FOCAL WALL FRONT INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = l'-0" CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS GRAPHIC IND TRIM 5Y VENDOR #I CONTINUOUS BEHIND PANELS 1111111•111•1•1010M. Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/ERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 Ta c; • 00 11122 0- - - 05 cr 8 8 (3 1- 20 2 t - Ea. co 2 2! 0 -• 0 2 0 -6 ui .. -o L1-1 (a4 7-• -0 - .5 075 2.0 2.-1 ,s12 in 8 - • - 0) zi cut cn tn.-6 t, 1:7 C .0 CO C ° 0 ° g .0 0 • W ••-• 10 0 . 0) y0 ••-•• E g o g t; a 0 _J ))t; o_70- ff3 c E — CO D6cS'auc o 10 0 14 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com FML -SERVICE FOOTWEAR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A 1 2 . 2 METAL STUDS WITH GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE (1.1.N.O.), SEE PARTITION TYPES T.O. PAINT STRIPE ELEV. IV-0" T.O. GRAPHIC. ELEV. 0" LIFT 4 DROP GRAPHIC BY VENDOR #8 ‘It' 0. 6RA ELEV. 10'10' -OO " DISPLAY FIXTURE INSTALLED BY VENDOR #1- 2X6FRT WOOD BLOCKING; REFER TO BLOCKING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS FINISH FLOOR ELEV O' -O" WS1 fel FOOTWEAR WALL SECTION SCALE 3/4" = I'-0" METAL STUDS WITH GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES, SEE PARTITION TYPES D1 WEAL PAINTED BLACK END TRIM BY VENDOR '1 END WALL DETAIL SCALE: I -I/2"=1' -O" D3 24" TALL, 10 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS, BOLTED TO FLOOR PER MFR'S SPECIFICATIONS. MFR BY BOSTON RETAIL (I-SOO-225-1653), PART NO. S5GP-24 CORNER GUARD ALT. DETAIL SCALE 3" = I'-0" 33I-5" HOLD FINISHED WALL DIMENSION T.O. PAINT STRIPE ilk ELEV. 16'-0" B.O. PAINT STRIPE ib ELEV. 15'-0" IV TRIM P-78 BY VENDOR #1 WD TRIM P-18 BY VENDOR #I E5 FOOTWEAR INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4" = II -O" -sO ) 003b FINISH FLOOR k ELEV 0'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF I UKv SLA FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/201'1 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15/22.00 (I) 0 0 (7 0 cc 0 a \ ~ a co c 0 W 1- 0 V ricW co 0 w4_ W cc cc Ne O < O I- CD irA 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com FU LL -SERVICE FOOTWEAR ELEVBq SECTIONS AND DETALS Al2.2a '1'-03411 4'-0" 3'-03411 11 51_/11 5" 4' 411 x'-634" 5111 �II // € F z i!J ! q€r Ss i; sry 4 & R? of k, ? g I I` E li: E F .it i (" i a (( [( t €I fl tt i E i €i( I I f€ I E €li 1 I I fli 1 f 1 (► ! I 1 ,.;;! i 1 11 ! _'x_ �___ i € I LIQ_ f— ____ ,Uzi t I j 1 1 �' i1 1' /f 11 1 f i t I "r/ f c ' [ f' 1 (�� 1 1 I. 1 i 4" IQ' �TI�411� IF a Ifl IFS 11 l ti f GRAPHIC TO BE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF AISLE 1 i :1 r 0 1 11 i1 P � xi11ri = fr�i11 o- FF. + tt eg a i=i 1 r '1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I '—'�---'i--_7___1___7--_1___7___1___7___1___7___1___7_--1---7--- I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �2.wa-..2 _�v�zvr_1vu�':r.:_---. mrr_-osu-.-ri--vr.v. - cvruvr _�rn�k % ... w4. ara- --=—Lvu.v�__-.. r ;? ZI yQ It- 1a 1' -f �--s-: t=: i n_, �-. `epi 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11= N r 1 1 P I GRAPHIC TO BE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF AISLE if a .f t 1 r r I E� -:,.mom a... i.... �� 3 "n, 1 t❑ a E ff ` 3„ i� F,% F; K`: ^ t O i t t =E ��1.1 " L E r, o ; c a � Y f1 1 11 I if I 11 LT— u 1a 3 2'-a 3/8' 1 t 24'-3" FIXTURE LENGTH 1€ L �_ Li_ ___ 1 FP1 BIKES / FITNESS FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1'-O' REFER TO CHCCT Al2.4 FOR CONTINUATION to STATIC HANGING BIKE RACKS MOUNTED BY VENDOR #1 AT I4'-2" A.F.F. Iu W 17 TO DECK P-112 T.O. WOOD VALANCE ELEV.II'-O" \ B.O. WOOD VALANCE 10'-0" REFER TO SHEET AI22 FOR CONTINUATION FIN. FLOOR E 'L'_Y /. 01—/111 PL -5I LOPEN ABOVE 7 / BIKES / FITNESS E1 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4" = 11_O" G.J. LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1 BACK PANEL (TYP,) 1P -g41 BY VENDOR #1 T.O. LOZIER ELEV. 10'-0" LOZIER CORER FILL (P-qt4) BY VENDOR #1 28'-6 1/8" MAX GYPSUM BD. CONTROL JOINT SPACING TO DECK (P-1121 111-5 5/8" INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED: q�€6 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL ( P -q) IP -1541 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK (P -I0 R K PAINT - HARTFORD (D56) GR EN F-34 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-51 PL -2I PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE BLACK P-69) K-44 (P-181 PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP2I0 RURAL PINE L-� NIKE PAINT - COOL BRAY NINA MAPLE P-34 PL -51 NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN r LL P-35 )'L -6:I PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6" VINYL COVE - BLACK P- G1 B-30 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS V�-IITE ® WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; F06 PA PAINT - CUSTOM I'CGDOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL P-44 YVC-1 J PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL P -I03 (� 11 �V� PAINT - AMAZING GRAY AGROVYN PAFL, GOLOR1* OY51Hi GRAY P II2 ) S �W PAINT - GREEN BLACK N G°welr WARD%G°>AR: *424 P -I14 C6-2 PAINT —CUSTOM BUNGLEHOUSE BLUE ACROVYN PAWL; GOLOR�{62 CHARCOAL P-131 Y (P--132) PAINT - THATCH BROWN AG N CORNER GUARD; GOLOR'�162 AL I c6-3) PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE P -I33 ML -I PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 8') P-134 IFLY-1) NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. G.J. 21'-5" TO CENTERLINE OP GRAPHIC J OF AISLE 5'-0" 51_011 TO CENTERLINE OF GRAPHIC TO DECK (P-II2J 51-011 €I OF AISLE 51_011 KEYPLAN TO DECK (P -I12 ) �a,T.O._PAINT STRIPE �'ELEV. I6'-0" ('L-7 tP34) IP -I33} P-133) GR 14.1 IN LIFT AND DROP FRAME BY NENDOR #3 P-133 R I6I.I IN LIFT AND DROP FRAME BY 1/ENDOR #8 O P--4) ' 0. PAINT STRIPE EV:.15'-O". : P-133 11 1111 E2 BIKES / FITNESS INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = II -0" = T.O. LOZIER ELEV. IO' -O" / / LOZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #I BACK PANEL (r m.) P -q4 BY VENDOR #I LOZIER CORNER FILL P -q4 BY VENDOR #I akFINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" G J. 30'-0" MAX GYPSUM BD. CONTROL JOINT SPACING G ,J. TO DECK P-II2 ) TO DECK P-II2 [P) jP--34.j IP -133 T.O. PAINT STRIPE. �ELEV. 16'-0' B.O. PAINT STRI ELEV. 15'-0" 1 1 1 1 I 1 II 11 v 46-3 1/4" 7 1/4" 14'-7 I/8" 7 1/4" IQ' -1" (-7 1/4" 10'-10 I/8" ll' -0" 4'-2" GOLF 11— n 9 — J -x.41 u L 5'-10 I/4" ir \ 61t ni 1 t— t f1 f1 111 12'-3" 1[ 6'-O 1/2" 6" 1 trn 1--11 I 1 I - FOCAL TO BE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF AISLE u I7'-0"HOLD BETWEEN PILASTERS 611 z1.47 2a i\ 6" 6' it r -i 1r LT l E4 G CENTER E3 E2 — ri 1 OMR 11 18'-7" I6' -IO 7/8" f}o}aoQoa €t'J000000f 0000000' 0000000 "Ars -^0000000 100000001 I'so000t) ,— O 0 1 11 1 r T.O. WOOD TRIM ELEV. 16'-O" VB.O. WOOD TRIM ELEV. I5'-8" r-6 1/4" 15'-2 1/2" 71/4" GOLF PRO SHOP FP1 FLOOR PLAN SCALE I/4" = I' -O" REFER TO SHEET Al2$ FOR CONTINUATION tik T.O. WOOD VALANCE ELEV. 111-0" B.O. WOOD VALANCE ELEV. 10'-o" MN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" E2 GRAPHIC MURAL — BY VENDOR #8 / \\ // \ / N/ / \ / N / /LEVEL 4 FINISH 1P-101`_ L T 0UTRkSGERS PLUG MOLD 1 GRA HIC MURAL — BY DOR #8 TO DECK P -I12 �\\\ 1 LIFT 1 DROP GRAPHIC BY VENDOR #8 moi./// `\\�� LI- OUTRISSER5 PLUG MOLD FLAT PANEL (PL -7 BASE Y VENDOR #I El FLAT PANEL FL -5I GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = I'-0" 11 11 11 11 11 FP. -N2 r BASE BY VENDOR #I T.O. WOOD TRIM gb ELEV. 16'-O" P-34) FPL FIN. FLOOR gb ELEV. 01-0" GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" E3 19.;.70 LIT OU1"QIGGERS PLUG MOLD FLAT PANEL (PL -7 BASE Y VENDOR #I L-1 GRAPHIC MURAL PL -7 T PANEL \ / \/ X LIT PILASTER BY VENDOR #I LEVEL 4 FINISH/ -I \ P-101 / 'RAPHIC TB BY\VEND9 4t8 \ / zzz LIT OUTRIGGERS T.O. WOOD TRIM op ELEV. I6' -O" \ B.O_WOOD TRIM ELEV. I5'-8" T.O. WOOD VALANCE / ELEV. 111-0" _BA. WOOD VALANGE,�, ELEV.IO'-O" �P' BASE BY VENDOR # GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-O" BASE CABINET BY VENDOR #I 11 i GRAPHIC. MURAL] BY VEINDOR #8 55 — K -7c) TO DECK P -I12) — GRAPHIC MURAL — — BY VENDQR 1r9L-7G1 x -O L-761 7 SLOT SYSTEM SLAT WALL I'1 --76j BY VENDOR #I BY VENDOR #I 2" TRIM BY VENDOR #I PEPSI COOLER LOPEN ABOVE 1;'L-7 —(P-II2) GRAPHIC MURAL BY VENDOR #8 TO DECK P -I12 PL -7c1 T.O. WOOD TRIM ELEV 161-0' \ B.O_WOOD TRIM ELEV. I5-8" LIT OVTR16617R5 C 'LUG `•?OLD T.O. WOOD VALANCE /ELEV. 11'-O" 15.0.1100D VALANCE ELEV I0' -O" E4 GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = P-0" FLAT PANEL {BASE) BY VENDOR #1 FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" 1 TRIM L-7 BY VENDOR 1 LEVEL 4 FINISH P -I0 TVP. BEHIND GRAPHICS 'GRAPHIC MURAL _ BY VENDOR #8 -701 \ / 6v6 BY ��fR� #8 —IPL -511 PL -Bl TO DECK P-112) LIT 0‘./TRI PLUG MOLD GOLF PRO -SHOP E5 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = 1'-0' TO DECK P -I12 vollr G71'G74RII C. WRAC VEZOR-48„ -- ` � -4. J LAZIER FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1 BACK PANEL (IYP,) PL -76) BY VENDOR #I LIT OUTRIGGERS PLUG MOLD i LIT OUTRIGer2R5 -(P -I FRDR AME "EXIT" SIGN; REI -LR TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET A5.0 SLUG HOLD \_41. 1 FLAT61PANEL 5Y VENDOR #I REFER TO SHEET AI2.3 FOR CONTINUATION T.O. WOOD TRIM • ELEV. I6'-0" \ B.O_INOOD TRIM ELEV. 15'-8" TA. WOOD VALANCE /ELEV. 11'-0" B.O. WORD VALANCE ELEV. 10'-0" FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" 01) KEYPLAN INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE tIPDA11FD:9.142016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDIN6 PAINT - NATUREL P -q P-154 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR WR THIN BRICK P-10 PAINT - HARTFORD (706) GREEN P-34 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN 1* -67 PL -21 PAINT - SOFTWARER WEDE BLACK P -6q PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP2IO RURAL PINE P-78 PLS NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE P-64) FI -51 1P-63) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK I'L-61 EARTFEN TWILL IP -M) PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6" VINYL COVE - BLACK 3-30) UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOE "1 1 A l PAINT - CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER (YVG-I) WHITE SQUALL j P-94, PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL P-I03j FRP-1 55FW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY TA I'GRO�" rmm; °O 't" (77.57/3kGRAY (P -u2) 55FA PAINT - GREEN BLACK '°'y N COR WARD; COLow *424 12-114 1 C6-2) PAINT - CUSTOM BUNGLEHOUSE BLUR AGROVYN 1'AIE14 GOLORA162 CHARCOAL ( P-131) IAGV- PAINT - THATCH BROWN 106-3) PGROVIILCORPER 6UARa COLOR: 62 (P-52 [P-133) PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE ML -I PAINT - JUTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 89 P-134) (PLY -I) NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. br7oo3b 11 FLAT PANEL (PL -761 BY VENDOR #I 2" TRIM 7 BY VENDOR* BY VENDOR E#i E6 TO DECK (P -I I21 \ /1 GRAPHIC MURAL I BY/VENDOR #8 1 ,LEVEL 4 FINISH. L / IP -I0) r—'TY'Ll21---lciLi __ L / i T.O. WOOD TRIM ELEV. I6' -O" \ B.D. WOOD TRIM gib ELEV. 15'-8' T.D. WOOD VALANCE gib —1 / - ELEV. I I' -O" / B.D. WOOD VALANCE ELEV. I0' -O" ZS is -- 2" TRIM BY VENDOR #I m DR 4 FRAME (P-155) FIN. FLOOR gb ELEV. 0'-O" GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 'TU KW LA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 B1D/PERMIT • 0 • • • • 0 0 • 0 • • • 0 • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15722.00 CD 0 0 cc 0 TIS - E1 w o 8.0 C.:: 71: :9; :6 -WC :1- Cga C OD 1- 0 =cc cm co co art c:c .4; CCLU CC ocC 1— FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 www.herschmanarchitects.com GOLF PRO SHOP PLAN AND ELEVATIONS Al2.4 5/S" GYP. BD. - rr SHELF FIXTURE BY VENDOR #1; 1 REFER TO A2.2 FOR 1 IN -WALL BLOCKING= rJ SLAT/NALL BY VENDOR #1 WOOD CASED OPENING BY VENDOR #I 6" METAL 5TU05 AS REQUIRED D4 GOLF -SHOP HEAD SECTION ROUGH OPENING eo ELEV. a'-0" SLAT/NALL BY VENDOR #1 WOOD CASED OPENING BY VENDOR #I SCALE I-1/2" = I'-0" 4'-10 1/2" R.O. D2 11 4'-q" HOLD FINISHED DIM t Y II I' -O" GOLF -SHOP JAMB DETAIL SLATWALL 4 CORNER TRIM BY VENDOR #1 SCALE I-1/2" = I1-0" FP1 FINISH FLUSH WITH CONCRETE FLOOR 6", MIN. CORE DRILLED / BLOCK OUT TYPICAL 4" SPECIFIED REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOORING 2 1/2" PRACTICE CUP PROVIDED BY VENDOR NON SHRINK GROUT INSTALLED BY VENDOR / GUP INSTALLER EXISTING VAPOR BARRIER TO BE LEFT INTACT D3 SECTION ALT. DETAIL EXISTING SLAB INSERT SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2'-6" 6'-3" O 7'-2 5/6" 3'-5 5/S" DETAIL PUTTING GREEN SCALE 3/4" = 1'-O" NOTES: ALL PUTTING CUPS AND FLAGS ARE PROVIDED BY SOUTHWEST GREENS AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR #3. FLOOR SLAB TO BE GORE DRILLED FOR CUP INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR 4$3 FOR ACTUAL SIZE OF CUP TO BE INSTALLED. FIELD CARPET. REFER TO DRAWING A5.0 FOR SPECIFICATION PUTTING GREEN -SOUTHWEST GREENS MN42 / PRO -TURF 4200 PUTTING GREEN FRINGE - SOUTHWEST GREENS FL -55 / FRINGELON - 4" WIDE oh 0'-O" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR L GRAPHIC MURAL BY VENDOR #S \ LEVEL 4 FINISH / / (P-10} / \TYP. BEHIND / / \GRAPHIC$' FLAT FANELei IPL -"I BY VENDOR *I TR1Mei IPL -i BY VENDOR #I 4' TRIM PL -5I BY VENDOR # E7 \ TO DECK IP -I12) 1 - / J T.O. WOOD TRIM Ah ELEV. Ib' -O" \ B.O. WOOD TRIM AL ELEV. 15'-S" T.O. WOOD VALANCE AN ELEV II' -O" B.O. WOOD VALANCE E ELEV IO' -O"" GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" FIN. FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0-0" OPEN ABOVE FPL-10 I21 --,c1 \ / \ E8 T.D. WOOD VALANCE A / ELEV. II' -011 sl\___4, B.O. WOOD VALANCE ELEV 101-0" L 7G) \-1PL-511 VNET MOUNTING HT. ELEV. 111-6" NET MOUNTING HEIGHT - COORD. W/ VENDOR *I ELEV. b'-8" (MIN) 41,6 FIN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O' VNET MOUNTING HT. ELEV. 111" NET MOUNTING HEIGHT - 000RD. W/ VENDOR *I ROUGH OPENING ELEV. 4'-0" 66 FIN. FLOOR V ELEV. OI -0" E7 GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE I/4' = I' -O" F.D. P-10 41-0" 4'-0" 4'-O" 4' - PANELS IML -I ) BY VENDOR *I L _J 6-601. MURAL BY 2,froR *3 MP q► DI TL TO INE L 51 O r N ELEVATION I �F 4'-O"4'-0" 4'-O" 4'-0" P -I0 F.D. PANELS ML -I BY VENDOR *I FITTING CENTER INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" ELEVATION 3 TV AND WALL BRACKET TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY IT EQUIPMENT INSTALLER G.G. TO INSTALL BLOCKING M IN WALL TO COORDINATE WITH LOCATION OF TV - REFER TO F -I PLAN — BO TV FIN. FLOOR aik ELEV. O' -O" ELEV 6'-8" (MIN.) OPEN ABOVE 7 -7 SOLID PANEL/I PL�I E9 GOLF PRO -SHOP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" IB -501 ELEVATION 2 41-4 4" • [P -IO ! 41- 4a 41-0" 414/411 EG 1, I, PANELS (ML -I I PANELS I 3 - O N ML -I VENDOR *I TRIIPL-IM BY BY VENDOR *1 / n II u 1 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / OPEN / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ _ i 1— / > IB -501 ELEVATION 2 IBS) Dt-�- 003 ELEVATION 4 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ti} APR 2 0 2011 1 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF T .UKdAL,s` FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • 0 0 0 • • • • • 0 • 0 • 0 • • • Drawn By; reg Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 0 z cc 0 a N 73 co N - D C U D l" 'O c C O_ m m N O O . N (n N cwt m m m O o m m C _-• m J Cm c"3r� O o TO 0 0 E N - m 1;i g V) O O y N 2 C N 'O p 2 0 0°; O = V N y N 702:2 t m -J m m N m E - Y a C N N m y C O —m00 .N.. m C O] C j m c 3 0 m N -. O U t c U 111/3- a CO<='i m N O.0) 1FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com GOLF PRO -SHOP ELEVATIONS Al2.4a 41-4 4" 4'-O" IP -I0 4'-4J4" EG 1, I PANELS (ML -I I BY VENDOR #I I 3 IBS) Dt-�- 003 ELEVATION 4 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ti} APR 2 0 2011 1 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF T .UKdAL,s` FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construc on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • 0 0 0 • • • • • 0 • 0 • 0 • • • Drawn By; reg Project No.: 15122.00 co 0 0 0 z cc 0 a N 73 co N - D C U D l" 'O c C O_ m m N O O . N (n N cwt m m m O o m m C _-• m J Cm c"3r� O o TO 0 0 E N - m 1;i g V) O O y N 2 C N 'O p 2 0 0°; O = V N y N 702:2 t m -J m m N m E - Y a C N N m y C O —m00 .N.. m C O] C j m c 3 0 m N -. O U t c U 111/3- a CO<='i m N O.0) 1FAI HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com GOLF PRO -SHOP ELEVATIONS Al2.4a T O_. WOOD TRIM ELEV. 14'-0 3/4" \` ,GLAZED OPENING HT 'V ELEV. Is' -e" NO CONTROL JOINTS BEHIND WALL MOUNTED MURALS FINISH TO DECK MOOD TRIM IP -34 SY VENDOR rik BA. WOOD TRIM ELEV. I5'-6 3/4" TVs POLE MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUM/RE FINISH TO DECK LINE ELEV. I0' -O' SDR HEAD HT V ELEV. 11-5 1/4" PAINT STRIPE g ELEV. I6'-0" _T.O. WOOD_TRIM ELEV. 15'-O" El CASH WRAPS INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = 11-0" IP 341 T.O. WOOD TRIM / ELEV. 14'-0 3/4' Nr B.O. WOOD_TRIM alb ELEV. IS' -6 5/4' t=AUX ►NOOD CHANNEL �/�I,. �P�-�34 1Y BY ENDOR NHP -34) E2 FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O' -O' E3 P-34 CASH WRAPS INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4' = I' -O" R: EARIZED ALL / INISHED M. SLIDING DO// //i/ / / IF NEEDED, FILL GAP IN WITH BREAK METAL TO MATCH STOREFONT T.O. VESTIBULE ELEV. 11'-6-6" PRHDHT ELEV. -1'-6 1/4" FINISH FLOOR oh ELEV. O' -O' CLEAR ALUM. ti INISHED • ► IZED NOTE: EXTEND ADJACENT PAINT AND LEVEL 5 FINISH BEHIND WOOD TRIM FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O'-0` 11 i 1 • 21'-4" \\ VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0' "EXIT" SIGN; RIS=ER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET A5.0 CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM Tli W.‘161 !4 F.R.T. BLACKING AS REQUIRED WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR *I D1 STL. STUD FURRING, RLTCR TO PLAN 1/2" THICK BRICK VENEER ON 5/SII GYPSUM BOARD TRANSITION TO STOREFRONT PLAN VIEW ABOVE VEST. SCALE 1 1/2" = I'-OII LINE ELEV. 10'-O" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 31-5" 5.0. GRAPHIC ELEV. 2-7' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" '-0° E4 Eay P -I0 51-6" WALL MURAL GR - 250/254 WALL 15-30, VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = GL6 LINE ELEV. I0'-0" DR HF. -AD HT ELEV. i' -S 1/4" GRAPHIC W/ FRAME BY VENDOR *3 FINISH FLOOR ' ELEV. 01-0" D2 J WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR #1 GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLAN CASH PLAN VIEW SCALE I-1/2" = I' -O" /G I• .7: AL . ST•" 7E-ri Thf //i/ / / / 8 / [P-101 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK PRE -FI SHE al . ST IZEb T PAINT - 61ARTFORD (DS6) GREEN PRE -21 194 / /4 / // PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 SLACK FOREST GREEN // , / / / // PAINT - SOFTWARE Imo -SSE P -6q / // / / PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE 1 P-181 fil NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE IF -54) 1PL-5II / // / / 7 /// / l PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6' VINYL COVE - BLACK IP -s4 B-30 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0' "EXIT" SIGN; RIS=ER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET A5.0 CURTAIN -WALL SYSTEM Tli W.‘161 !4 F.R.T. BLACKING AS REQUIRED WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR *I D1 STL. STUD FURRING, RLTCR TO PLAN 1/2" THICK BRICK VENEER ON 5/SII GYPSUM BOARD TRANSITION TO STOREFRONT PLAN VIEW ABOVE VEST. SCALE 1 1/2" = I'-OII LINE ELEV. 10'-O" T.O. GRAPHIC ELEV. 31-5" 5.0. GRAPHIC ELEV. 2-7' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" '-0° E4 Eay P -I0 51-6" WALL MURAL GR - 250/254 WALL 15-30, VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = GL6 LINE ELEV. I0'-0" DR HF. -AD HT ELEV. i' -S 1/4" GRAPHIC W/ FRAME BY VENDOR *3 FINISH FLOOR ' ELEV. 01-0" D2 J WOOD TRIM BY VENDOR #1 GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLAN CASH PLAN VIEW SCALE I-1/2" = I' -O" /G I• .7: AL . ST•" sem• - • T /1/ , / / / Q / [P-101 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK PRE -FI SHE al . ST IZEb T PAINT - 61ARTFORD (DS6) GREEN /// (/ / • /4 / // PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 SLACK FOREST GREEN // , / / / // PAINT - SOFTWARE Imo -SSE BLACK P -6q VESTIBULE E5 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 11-0II BLOCK WALL T.O. PAINT TRIM ELEV. I6' -O" WOOD TRIM (RL ER TO ELEVATIONS) VENDOR *I �T.O.TRIM ELEV. 15'-0" ,B.O. 'TRIM ELEV. I4'-6" L_ GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, RCI -CR TO PLAN 1W11411. ttle 4W I WI A.: OM • CASH D3 SECTION VIEW SCALE 1-1/2" = 1'_O" LINE ELEV. 10'-0' HD HT BLOCK WALL ELEV. 1'-6 1/4" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O,_O" GYP. BD., STL. STUD FRAMING 4 INSULATION, REFER TO PLAN T.0.TRIM ELEV. 5'-5" B.D. TRIM ELEV. 3'-2" WOOD TRIM (REFER TO ELEVATIONS) VENDOR *I D4 E6 P -IO 119-50, VESTIBULE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" CASH SECTION VIEW SCALE I-1/2" = 1'-0" D INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE trOA,E 9.14.2016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL P-4 P-154 [P-101 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR THIN BRICK ., PAINT - 61ARTFORD (DS6) GREEN IP -341 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 SLACK FOREST GREEN P-61 PL -21J PAINT - SOFTWARE Imo -SSE BLACK P -6q PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE 1 P-181 fil NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE IF -54) 1PL-5II NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN TWILL P -e5 m PAINT - BLACK MAGIC 6' VINYL COVE - BLACK IP -s4 B-30 UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FO6 P-41 PAINT - CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL 12-44 1 110-1 1 M PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL I Ffw-I1 SSFW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY 146V-2) AGROVYN PAtB.J GOLOI424 OY9182 I P-1121 55FW PAINT - GREEN BLACK AAR4.64 C4iy4NER r Go1'o4' ► I P-114 J G6-2 J PAINT - CUSTOM BUN GL.EHOUSE BLUE MR"' PAtat coLOR,ab2 WARGO& P -I31 FAINT - THATCH BROM AGROvYw CORM 6UARc' co1.ORIR62 cHARLOAL. P -I52 arra 1P-133) PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE ML -11 PAINT - .UTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 5') P-134 PLY -I NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. I*7 003 �O REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF TUKWIL APR 07 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 4/04/2011 •CITY COMMENT • • • 0 • • 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a KEYPLAN ctW :m tO= LC O !01 — L OOU = ,.., U I- N m wO 03 13 O O. mI-cU To c H O - O 0 �Vcvo .O - 0 W a C - A"" o. = m o0m� 0 0 vim- « O • N U C :CMICcO m C o OW C zr. 3 UEoO N 1— o J V Na0 C O T ¢ O.C = ,o 0aJ N ~C C v U a O O c 0. a.om10o ID5m O .cm_,O ac m c d5e C rfpJ c C COy OT..,- o 5Lo N a. co r W 2 O m 0 w 1— z w V w a. a T CC O acC a. 1— it II FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com CASHWRAP PLAN, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS Al2.5 GLNG HT ELEV. 81.0" ch DR HEAD ELEV 71-2° di FINISH FLOOR • ELEV O, -O" HT ELEV. 81-0" W' DR HEAD ELEV. 11-2" ,FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-011 ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP.); RL ER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION - A—(P-34) DR 4 FRAME jp-\154\1 -l0) y ‘ P -I541 (P-10 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 P. l54I — \/ \ i / / / / / �� \ \ \ / / III) \ \ \ \ i / / / / �/ ciao 04 /� / / 08 / / / / \ \ \\ 108 E2 P341- 8-301 1F-341 DR 4 FRAME ELEVATION I P-1541 -l0) f ‘ PAINT - NATUREL (P-10 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 P. l54I \ \\ /( \ \ \ / / III) \ / /� / / 08 / / / / \ \ \\ 108 / \ ❑ \ / / / / \ \ \ \ *�`�,. \l ❑ IB -3o PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 — 1 [PL -2I I 43_01._.NG HT ELEV. 81-0" FINISH ELEV. 0'-0" ,GLNG V ELEV. 81-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" E4 ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION CORRIDOR 105a INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" P-Io1 ELEVATION 1 r—IP-34) DR 4 FRAME ,- GLNG HT ELEV. 81-0" ELEV. 81-0" VFINISH FLOOR EI EV. 0I_011 ELEVATION 3 LOSS PREVENTION INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" E6 HT ELEV. 81-0" DR HEAD W ELEV. 1'-2" A FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" GLNG HT ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH���.�FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" E8 �DEE HT V VARIES HEAD ELEV. 11-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-O" �SDE�_ CK HT V VARIES A FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" DATA/AV ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" P -IO) CF )\ ELEVATION I 5-30 4" MAX. ELEVATION 3 dik FINISH FLOOR ELEV OI_o" —1P-34) DOOR 4 FRAME 21-0" ELEVATION 3 (2) 5PS (@ S6" MAX) 1P 10) (ML -11 TYP. PL -21) le -57 ELEVATION 2 (P-10 1 5 5 0 7 1$-307 ELEVATION 4 P -I0 ELEVATION 2 P -I0 (5-30 LNG HT ELEV. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" CASH/COUNT ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-011 ELEVATION 4 ELEVATION 4 PREFINISHED FLUSH RECESTXD KEY CABINET, PURCHASE FROM VENDOR #4 - ORDINATE SIZE W/ VENDOR *4 it)A....)t& HT ELEV. 8'-O° DR HEAD ELEV 7'-2' FRAME ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINE5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION ak FINISH FLOOR vti ELEV. 01-0" HT ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH FLOOR FLOOR M ELEV.01-0" HT / / / �/ OPEN TO BREAK ROOM ELEVATION 2 P-154) ELEV. 8'-0' ,i. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" HT ELEV. 8'-0' 66 DRHEAD ELEV. 1'-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. /. 01_/111 *21-0" I15-301 (2) EO. SPS ((§ 36" MAX) ELEVATION 4 4" MAX. P -I0 (P -lo) ML -I TYF. PL -21) 15-307 DR 4 (FRAME HT ELEV. 8'-0' t FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION 1 ELEV. 0'-0' e - ( (P -l0) f ‘ PAINT - NATUREL (P-10 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 HEAD \ OHYBRID THIN BRICK / /� / / 08 \\ // VDR ELEV. 7'-2" \ P-34 f/ PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 / 1 [PL -2I I 1 ♦ ism r / P-69 AzE / / PAINT - IRON ORE PL -5C1 PIONITE Y P210 RURAL PINE i / NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE (P-84) /1077 1 — NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK ELEVATION 3 LOSS PREVENTION INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" E6 HT ELEV. 81-0" DR HEAD W ELEV. 1'-2" A FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" GLNG HT ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH���.�FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" E8 �DEE HT V VARIES HEAD ELEV. 11-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-O" �SDE�_ CK HT V VARIES A FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" DATA/AV ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" P -IO) CF )\ ELEVATION I 5-30 4" MAX. ELEVATION 3 dik FINISH FLOOR ELEV OI_o" —1P-34) DOOR 4 FRAME 21-0" ELEVATION 3 (2) 5PS (@ S6" MAX) 1P 10) (ML -11 TYP. PL -21) le -57 ELEVATION 2 (P-10 1 5 5 0 7 1$-307 ELEVATION 4 P -I0 ELEVATION 2 P -I0 (5-30 LNG HT ELEV. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" CASH/COUNT ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-011 ELEVATION 4 ELEVATION 4 PREFINISHED FLUSH RECESTXD KEY CABINET, PURCHASE FROM VENDOR #4 - ORDINATE SIZE W/ VENDOR *4 it)A....)t& HT ELEV. 8'-O° DR HEAD ELEV 7'-2' FRAME ROOM SIGNAGE (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINE5 ON ADA.0 FOR MOUNTING LOCATION ak FINISH FLOOR vti ELEV. 01-0" HT ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH FLOOR FLOOR M ELEV.01-0" HT / / / �/ OPEN TO BREAK ROOM ELEVATION 2 P-154) ELEV. 8'-0' ,i. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" HT ELEV. 8'-0' 66 DRHEAD ELEV. 1'-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. /. 01_/111 *21-0" I15-301 (2) EO. SPS ((§ 36" MAX) ELEVATION 4 4" MAX. P -I0 (P -lo) ML -I TYF. PL -21) 15-307 DR 4 (FRAME HT ELEV. 8'-0' t FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION 1 ELEV. 0'-0' e - ( (P -l0) / ‘ PAINT - NATUREL P -GI 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 4*241 __/ OHYBRID THIN BRICK / /� / / 08 \\ // PAINT - HARTFORD (DS6) GREEN P-34 f/ PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 1 1 [PL -2I \ \ ♦ ism r —1041 P-69 AzE ELEVATION 3 DEPARTMENT MANAGERS' OFFICE E5 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" FIT ELEV 8'-O' AFINISH FLOOR ELEV. OI -0" HT ELEV. 8'-0' ejk FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O1-0" E7 1P-10) (2) SHELF WITH GOAT ROD UNITS PURCHASED FROM VENDOR #I (1YP) Z? in f B-30 R L � GLNG HT ELEV. 8'-0' m ELEVATION I P -I0 r ,� GLNG HT ELEV. 81-0" DR_HEAD ELEV. 7'-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" HT ELEV. 81-0" ,FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" E9 03-50 BREAK ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" DOOR 4 6reJ ELEVATION 3 P -I0 TA& PAINT - BUCKRAM BIDING ‘ PAINT - NATUREL P -GI 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 4*241 __/ OHYBRID THIN BRICK / /� / / 08 I PAINT - HARTFORD (DS6) GREEN P-34 f/ ELEVATION I (P -IO 1 113-307 ELEVATION 3 STORE MANAGER'S OFFICE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = 11-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0' 4'-0" FRP PANEL [FRP-I WHITE FINISH FLOOR R ELEV. O'-0' ELEVATION I 5.5. I— —1 4'-O" FRP PANEL (FRP-I WHITE 5.5. 1L ELEVATION 2 JANITOR E3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" P -I0 ELEVATION 2 (2) SFS (@ 36" MAX) 2'-011 HT ELEV. 8'-O" FINISHFLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" �_ GLNG HT ELEV. 8'-0" olik DR HEAD ELEV. 7'-2" cik FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 0'-O" HT ELEV. 8'-0' FINISH FLOOR M' ELEV. 01-0' ELEVATION 4 corn= BAR PURCHASED FROM VENDOR #I (TYP) (P -IO) fn 8-30 - 1— EXPOSED PIPES UNDER LAV TO BE WRAPPED IN A LAV -GUARD INSULATION KIT; REFER TO PLUMBING SHE IPL -2f FP -341 DR 4 FRAME ELEVATION 2 (P -I0) \/ OPEN TO CORRIDOR #10541 / / 1 / / 4 (P-10) P -l0 15-307 ELEVATION 2 4 4 5-30 INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE UPDATED. 9142016 TA& PAINT - BUCKRAM BIDING MANUFACTURER # PAINT - NATUREL P -GI 12-1 54 ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 4*241 PAINT - WHITE FLOUR OHYBRID THIN BRICK (P-10) ---/M1 GENERAL NOTES PAINT - HARTFORD (DS6) GREEN P-34 PAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-67 [PL -2I PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE SLACK P-69 AzE PAINT - IRON ORE PL -5C1 PIONITE Y P210 RURAL PINE P-18 NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE (P-84) PL -5I) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK EARTHEN TWILL P-05 Z.Lorf PAINT - BLACK MAGIC I5 -5o) b° VINYL COVE - BLACK P -Sq UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE ® WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; FOE P -9I PAINT - CUSTOM PEGBOARD SILVER WHITE SQUALL P-44 IVA PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL P-103 FRP-I SSFW PAINT - AMAZING GRAY ACRr14 Pte' C44"124 O15113k P-II2 V1 PAINT -GREEN BLACK 1"°V1/4 ,C4474154 GUARD; COLOR: *424 �-21Y PAINT PAINT -CUSTOM BUNGLEHOUSE BLUE ACROWN PAWL; COLaz41162 CHARCOAL P-131 PAINT - THATCH BROWN AGROVITAII _CORNER GUARD; COLORA162 [P -I32) 663) PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE [ML -I) MELAMINE - WHITE P-133 PAINT - .UTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (1/2" x 4' x 8') P-134) FLY -I -0/4" 5" U \ NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SGIEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINISHES. 1I 1I 1I 11 1I II 0 14 R� R• D, ... ... ® a CI BREAK ROOM ACCESSORIES TA& DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER # VENDOR REMARKS O ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14411218 4*241 OHYBRID DUAL -FUNCTIONALITY PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Wausau Paper #141-7510 #2q GENERAL NOTES I. WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE WORK WITH RELATED TRADES. 2. PROVIDE PRT BLOCKING FOR FIXTURES. E4 EI El E4/Al2.6 E2 E4 E5/AI2b E3 47811 131-3" 141-0" 4743" LP OFFICE 161-0)211 KEYPLAN BREAK ROOM E2/Al2.6 CORRIDOR E7/AI2b 1 STORE MANAGER Eq/Al2.6 7)4"7 5" 11 El 4-7811 E4 ES/Al2.6 E2 DATA/AV FP1 OFFICES FLOORPLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" E6/Al2.6 1 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bcii O©3t4 81-0" -7Y4 m RECEDED pITY OF T U K vVI LA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • 0 0 0 • 0 0 • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z cc 0 a N (1)�mmN� C y N Y C O " L0-. U O .- w 0 U co: ° U O m o pr: _a2o c T1:1 —_ 1— O La.O N 2' U c ; cm .o-m2a U '059 C m 0 E goUm 0* (5 C m o N U m C - C • 0 W E O C °m�a 0 1gni v0 eO.�m°c J•E'—vN�0cO`mO '32:::21> NoC 0 -0 m J • V O - C 1 C r W-1 0 3 E O E ° ° L y L O y _ N y = v) N O ~ ( °w)m ;oE0 v) Q O T N Q C m -0 EO O 0 m ° ° C O - .2 N • N m co o co ° t 0 m • o o N C O - E— co 0 cry • m C 2' Do>>0c • om°t U .c C 0 =00=0. CCI <=10 au) 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com OFFICE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS Al2.6 LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING (TYP) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (TYP) .040 ACROVYN CHCET FIELD CUT TO FIT D1 OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL ,-- ALUMINUM OUTSIDE CORNER RETAINER \—ACROVYN OUTSIDE CORNER MOLDING 6" = 1'-0" REFER TO SHEET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. .040 ACROVYN SHEET FIELD GUT TO FIT • COVE BASE A5 SPECIFIED FINIIHCD FLOOR BY OTHERS TYPICAL BASE D4 DETAIL REfi CR TO SHEET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. ADJUSTABLE WALL SHELVES AND HARDWARE BY VENDOR 4t1 HD SHELVING, STANDARD COUNTER TOPS AND SUPPORTS BY VENDOR #1 Il0n 2'-O" WALL LINE FLOOR LINE —\ REFER TO SH ET A2.2 FOR BLOCKING, REQUIREMENTS. (TYP,) NOTE: SIMILAR DETAIL AT CASH AND COUNT ROOMS. NOTE - THIS DETAIL 15 FOR DIMENSIONAL FRAMING PURPOSES ONLY, DETAILS AND FIXTURCS WILL BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR #1 WS1 DEPT. MANAGER'S OFFICE BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE I" = 1'-0" LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING (TYP)p 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (TYP.) D2 INSIDE CORNER DETAIL OVERLAP JOINT .040 ACROVYN SHEET FIELD CUT TO FIT 6" = I'-0" REFER TO SHEET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. ACROVYN CRASH RAIL .040 ACROVYN CtfLET FIELD CUT TO FIT D5 TYPICAL WAINSCOT DETAIL LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING (TYP) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (TYP) 6" = I' -O" REFER TO SHEET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. CONTINUOUS IN -WALL PLYWOOD BLOCKING TO TOP OF SHELF O lh TO TOP OF ACCESSIBLE SHELF REFER TO SHEET A22 FOR BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS. (TYP.) AND TO AI2 ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION OF ACCESSIBLE SHELF NOTE - THIS DETAIL 15 FOR DIMENSIONAL FRAMING PURPOSES ONLY, DETAILS AND FIX11JRES WILL BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR #I WS4 HANGER WALL RACK BLOCKING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING (TYP) END CONDITION D3 DETAIL .040 ACROVYN SHEET FIELD CUT TO FIT BUTT JOINT ° b 6" REFER TO SHEET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. I" WIDE ALUMINUM WALL CLIP 16" O.G. MAX. 4'-0" A.F.F. CRASH RAIL HEIGHT CONTINUOUS PVC RETAINER ACROVYN COVER ACROVYN CRASH RAIL D6 DETAIL #I0 X 1 1/2" PH PAN HD SMS AF -6 ALLIGATOR AND 1/4" FLAT WASHER STEEL PLATED SAE STEEL STUD BLOCKING (TYP) 6" = REFER TO SHCET A5.0 FOR MATERIAL INFORMATION. b 003 (p REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEP/ED CITY OF TUKW'ILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 1,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com OFFICE SECTIONS AND DETALLS Al2m6a FLG ELEV. 8'-O° If_LIAL____NSCOI ELEV. 4'-q" FIN. FLOOR V ELEV. 01-0" Fes_ ELEV. 8'-0" GOT ELEV. �LEV4'-q° / �/ DR 4 PFRAME (WT -2) T -I ) El FIN. FLOOR V ELEV. 0'-0" �G-I) TYPICAL WOMENS TOILET ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/2" = I'-0" G-1 TYPICAL P -q Br -2 WT -2 BT -I ELEVATION MENS TOILET ROOM E2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" -{ G -I ) TYPICAL FIN. CLG . 8'-0" WAINSCOT ELEV 4'-q ° z < 1:11 dd ryOH Oia FOOR \ T \ 11.1 ELEVATION ELEV. 0'-O" TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER # VENDOR REMARKS O TOILET PAPER DISPENSER Wausau Paper #1480300 #2q OACCESSIBLE s GRAB BARS (WATER CLOSETS) SIDE Bobrick 8-6806.11 X 42 #21 ( T-1 ) Oa ACCESSIBLE GRAB BARS (WATER CLOSETS) BACK BobrIck B-6306.19 X 36 #2q ( WT -I) O ACCESSIBLE GRAB BARS (WATER CLOSETS) VERT. BobrIck B-6806.19 X 24 #29 MOUNT 40" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BAR O ELECTRONIC SOAP DISPENSER Wausau Paper #14aI218 #2q /\HYBRID DUAL -FUNCTIONALITY PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Wausau Paper #1477510 #29 DSG O COAT HOOK Bobr►ck 8-6824021 MOUNT 64" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE IN STALLS; MOUNT 46" A.F.F. MAX. (TO THE TOP) IN ACCESSIBLE STALLS O SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Bobrick 8-210 *-2cf BT -2 OSANITARY NPK / TMP DISPENSER Bobrick 5-3706 #2q DISPENSER NEEDS A 6" STUD WALL FOR A REGLJ.�LD INSTALLATION. (UNIT CAN BE SEMI-REGE7XD IN A 4" STUD WALL) O BABY CHANGING STATION ASI #9012 #21 INSTALL BOTTOM MOUNTS AT 33" AFF O TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER BobrIck 8-221 #21 SHERWIN WILLIAMS oM STAINLESS STEEL MIRROR BobrIck 8-165 1836 #2q O WALL MOUNTED GARBAGE CAN Rubbermaid RCP 7822 W/ LID BEIGE #29 O DOOR FULL JAGKNOU LL SET CORP' DDDR PU #54400 6.0. ACCESSIBLE STALL TO HAVE ONE ON EACH SIDE OF PARTITION DOOR GENERAL NOTES I. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED BY G.G. 2. WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE WORK WITH RELATED TRADES. 3. CLEAR DIMENSIONS FROM € TO I. OF FIXTURES, AND FROM € OF FIXTURES TO ADJACENT PARTITIONS OR WALLS ARE CONSIDERED HOLD DIMENSIONS. 4. PROVIDE CLEAR SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF MIRRORS, BETWEEN TILE AND FRAME. 5. PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING FOR FIXTURES. b. ADJUST ACCESSIBLE STALL DOORS TO BE SELF-CLOSING. 7. BABY CHANGING STATION SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING A STATIC LOAD OF 300 POUNDS. FLG ELEV. 8'-0'1 SGOT ELEV 4'-q° MOOR ELEV. OLO" —( G-1) TYPICAL ( P -q ir BT -2 4\-1 G -I TYPICAL 2) (BT -1) FG ELEV 8'-O" WAINSCOT ELEV 4'-q" F_� (H.1=LOOR ELEVATION 2 ELEV. o' -o" HEADRAIL WHERE REQUIRED ID I'-3" BT -I -(G-I) TYPICAL ( P -a BT -2 WT -2I O z X HEADRAIL WHERE REQUIRED [P -a) of yr Aff°tAnstrom o 1441111111311 Air � 11311 Iu N O —1- Wj'-21 I L5I1 iv BT -2 .4 - • O iv / WT -21 [AT -2) BT -I) ,, FINS. GLG V ELEV. 8'-0" WAINSCOT MIRRORS 46 ELEV 6'-q" :tt TOILET ROOM INTERIOR FINISHES SYMBOL MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LINE COLOR NOTES TILE ACP PSG BEIGE 1013086 12X12 FLOOR TILE ( T-1 ) ACP DS& ALMOND 10013342 12X12 ACCENT WALL TILE ( WT -I) ACP D5G BEIGE 1013086 I2X12 WALL TILE [WT -2 TILE TRIM ACP DSG BEIGE 1015860 6X12 COVE TILE BASE BT -I ACP DSG BEIGE 1013167 3X12 BULLNOSE BT -2 PANT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW -6468 DS6 GREEN - VENDOR #25 (P-34 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW -0036 BUCKRAM BINDING - VENDOR #25 P -a GROUT HYDROMENT STANDARD SAND BEIGE 1-1148 MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED GROUT JOINT 3/16" ( G -I) TOILET PARTITIONS THE ADJUSTABLE GAM ON THE BOTTOM OF THE DOOR MUST BE FLUSH METAL PARTITION CORP. *40 HUNTER GREEN ADJUSTED ON THE AC..0 IBLE STALLS 50 THE DOOR 15 SELF-CLOSING; SEE SPECS FOR HARDWARE METPAR CORP. 4*150 HUNTER GREEN T INT -2 BT -I ) ELEVATION 2 / 31-0" m WftINSGOT ELEV. 5'-q" THIS WALL ONLY F,� IN. FLOOR ELEV. O' -O" 41311 44" -(G-I) TYPICAL -{ G -I 1 TYPICAL ELEVATION 3 171_75/811 ELEVATION 3 �ELEV. 81-0° WAINSCOT ELEV. 4L11" FOOR ELEV. 01-0" FIN. GLG ELEV. 8'-O" WAINSCOT 0 MIRRORS ELEV. 6'-4" _�WAINSGOT ELEV. 5'-q" THIS WALL ONLY FOOR ELEV. O' -O" ( P -a ) G -I ) TYPICAL ELEVATION 4 P-01) / / /DR it FRAME ( G- BI - O T (WT -2) ( 5T- ) L PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND BABY CHANGER 61_42II 31_8" MANUAL OVERRIDE BUTTON ON OPEN SIDE OF STALL 2'-7" STALL 21.111 '- 1" STALL EQ. (15" MIN) EQ. (15" MIN.) EQ. (15" MIN.) EQ. (15" MIN) 1'-611 (15" MIN.) 2'-6" (30" MIN.) TYPICAL PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND DISPENSOR AND GARBAGE CAN PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND BABY CHANGER 47811 ELEVATION 4 -1 •I T I L r L J r--1 c�-- J O t N 4 in J L FLOOR DRAIN E4 El J O 4 / —1 L MEN 114 L 17 1 LL rl/ -� \ L, \ 51-0" 1 —I J 11-2" E4 El E2 FP1 I 4'-0" 1MIN CLEAR Io+ 1— J L 2'-lO" MIN. CLEAR t FLOOR DRAIN 3" (4" MAX) 31-2" MIN. L r MANUAL OVERRIDE BUTTON ON OPEN SIDE OF STALL L E3 WOMEN E2 [ 113 ) w w Zo , NN r O t 6) -1 / i 4'-2" 0 z 0 31-0y2" 5'-0" RESTROOM FLOOR PLAN SCALE I /2" = I'-0" 47811 / 41-311 11 003 THE SECTION OF WALL WHERE THE RECESSED SANITARY DISPENSER 15 LOCATED MUST BE A 6" STUD WALL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 20 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION —PROVIDE IN -WALL 47/811 BLOCKING BEHIND DISPENSOR AND GARBAGE CAN RECE;VF,P CITY OF I UKWILA FES 282011 CERMIT CENTER KEYPLAN Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15-122.00 0 cc 0 (0--i, a, -- 1 : -- c:: -.7::::c .1 7°-7: , ;0 .. : ,......2 0: cc co cc fr co Cr 1r4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com TOILET ROOM PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS Al2.7 HT 1P-341 DOOR 4 FRAME ROOM 5I6NA6E (TYP); REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.O FOR. MOUNTING LOCATION (P-34) DOOR 4 FRAME ELEV. S'-0" DR HEAD ELEV. T-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" HT P -I54 / / P -I54 / ELEVATION I ELEV• 8'-O" chi DR HEADum B.ecInic wr`7ia coa.9aa 44APIJIYCIURIM EMT= raa+r COOLER TO MALL AS PER KANUFACIURERS MIR rtrnr p.a.COMPLIANCE P -I54 P -I54 P-54 / PAINT - W-IITE FLOUR , ,,r FINISH FLOOR THIN BRICK 'RKY P-151 \ / \ / OPEN TO SALES / \ / \ / \ / \ DR FRAME k cLeAR ® FAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 t1 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-67 [PL -211 ® PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE RACK P-64 pi -42 PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE [P-76 / / 411E, NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE ELEV. 01-0" aEc.1 a cu (RIVER TO e.Ec1RJcru.1 CORRIDOR 112 E3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 1/4" = I' -O" ELEVATION 3 CLN6 HT ROOM SIGNAGE (TYPJ; REFER TO TACTILE SIGNAGE GUIDELINES ON ADA.O FOR MOUNTING LOCATION [P-341 DOOR 4 FRAM ELEV. 8'-0" cik DR HEAD ELEV. T-2" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 01-0" HT P-154) 1 50)— ELEVATION 2 ELEV. 8'-0" FINISH FLOOR ELEV. O'-0" [P-154 [8-30. ELEVATION 4 INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE I1192A7ER 9.14,2016 PAINT - BUCKRAM BINDING PAINT - NATUREL P-11 P-54 (P-10) PAINT - W-IITE FLOUR THIN BRICK 'RKY PAINT - HARTFORD (DS6) GREEN P-34) FAINT - CUSTOM BRICK 2 BLACK FOREST GREEN P-67 [PL -211 PAINT - SOFTWARE SUEDE RACK P-64 pi -42 PAINT - IRON ORE PIONITE WP210 RURAL PINE [P-76 pL-51 NIKE PAINT - COOL GRAY NINA MAPLE 1P-54 [PL -5) NIKE PAINT - SATIN BLACK K-61 EARTH TWILL 1.455 PAINT - BLACK MAGIC [E~a°1 6' VINYL COVE - BLACK P -Sq) UA PAINT - NEBULOUS WHITE ® WOLF GORDON; TUDOR CITY; Fob P-41 PAINTPE-GBOARD CUSTOMSILVER WHITE SQUALL P-44 [ ) 1}4C-1) PAINT -ANONYMOUS FIBER REINFORCED PANEL (P -I03) FRP-1 SSV( PAINT - AMAZING GRAY ACAY YN "le' COL RM24 O15TER GR P-112 TAT2F TAT 55FW PAINT - GREEN BLACK fraTTIYwC47ERGUARD; GGLORI "21 P-114 (G6-2) PAINT - CUSTOM BUNGL.EHOUSE BLUE ACROVYN PAIH.; COLOR6162 UiARLOA- P-131 PAINT - THATCH BROWN fGRN ` D; �DR'162 [P-132 c&-3 PAINT - CUSTOM HUSKY ORANGE MELAMINE - WHITE [P -I3) IML -I) PAINT - JJTE BROWN FRT PLYWOOD- (I/2" x 4' x 8') P-134 IPLY-I1 NOTE: RCIIR TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FINIS! E.J. l7- 003 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 'TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER r 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written cgnsent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • e e e • e e • e • e e 0 e e • Drawn By: reg Project No.: 15122.00 KEYPLAN 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com CORRIDOR 112, ELEVATIONS Al2.7a 9 V f 0 w 11111111 1 IIIIIIIII I 11111111111 II I D1 TYPICAL DEFLECTION CLIP AT TOP OF WALL DETAIL S'-1'-0' NON -RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY INSTALL FIRE SAFING INSULATION IN FLUTES OF ROOF DECK ABOVE STEEL CHANNEL W/ RETAINING CLIPS ADD 14 GA. PLATE FOR WALL PARALLEL TO DECK RIBS LONG-LEG SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK ANCHORED TO ROOF DECK. SECURE STUDS (THRU SLOTS) TO SLOTTED TOP TRACK. DO NOT FASTEN GYP. BD. WITHIN MIN. SCREW CLEAR AREA OR INTO TOP TRACK PROVIDE I I/2' COLD ROLLED CHANNEL WITHIN 12" OF DEFLECTION TRACK FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION PER U.L. RATING. WHERE SCHEDULED (TYP) GYP. BD. EACH FACE OF WALL FASTENED A5 SCHEDULED (TYP) MTL. STUDS @ 16" o.c. OR AS SCHEDULED (TVP) CONT. MTL. RUNNER TRACK MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO CONC. SLAB. (TYi') GONG. FLOOR SLAB (TYP,) SURFACE MOUNTED BALER WIRE STORAGE TUBE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR *6. ANCHOR BOLTS, (2) PER HANGER 6" PVC PIPE 10'-0° LONG. CAP ONE END. LOCATE BEHIND BALER. J HANGER (2) LOCATE ONE 3'-0' FROM EACH END OF PVC TUBE. RECEIVING 116 rREAR OF BALER REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL \// 111 , /11104 O� ri 11 72 D12 BALER WIRE HOLDER DETAIL SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" D2 RUNNER TRACK DETAIL SCALE 3" = I'-0" 0'-0" AP.F_ FINI51-FLOOR D3 REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH ABOVE TOP BLOCKING 2" x 4° CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS NO GYP. BD. BEHIND LOZIER (TYP. THROUGHOUT) ELEVATION LOZIER FIXTURE 2" x 4° CONTINUOUS 11O0D BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS WALL SECTION NOTE: PAINT EXPOSED ENDS OF BLOCKING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES (TVP,) LOZIER BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE 1/2" = I' -O" G.M.U. WALL AS PER DRAWINGS FROST PROOF HOSE BIBB WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTOR RECESSED LOCKABLE COVER FROST -PROOF HOSE BIB D6 DETAIL xAL£ � � 2� SCALE 11/2" = I' -O" • O in O {:g JOIST PANEL POINT 6" FIXTURE OR SIGN SUPPORT MAX. PROVIDED/INSTALLED BY OTHERS. UNISTRUT D4 DETAIL SCALE 1" = 1'-0" u PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT IF UNISTRUT CANNOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINT. (REFER TO STRUCTURAL) (2) I-° UNISTRUT PER FLANGE/MONITOR IO' ON CENTER (SEE AGM -3045F FLANGE DETAIL) 15/8' (126A) 'PERFORATED' UNISTRUT MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST FOR FIXTURE OR SIGN SUPPORT. (REFER TO CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS) UNISTRUT, BEAM CLAMPS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING OF CHANNELS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY 6.G. NOTE: ALSO REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCING A5 REQUIRED. Y2" x 1/16" KERF TO LAPO / 3" MURAL MURAL ON 5/8" GYPSUM BD. M.D.F. TRIM (PAINT P-34) (REFER TO ELEVATION FOR SIZES) 3" NOTE: FINISH GYP. BD. SCREWS AND JOINTS TO PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE MOUNTING SURFACE. D7 TRIM DETAIL NOTE: WALLS BEHIND MURALS TO BE PAINTED SIM. TO ALL EXPOSED WALL SURFACES. SCALE 6" = 1'-0" P.Y.G. GAP (2) 130TH ENDS ARE TO BE REMOVABLE 6"'0( 56"L P.V.G. TUBE MARKED "PLANS" AT 48" A.F.F. (MAX) 1X4 WOOD BLOCKING PAINT PAINT TO MATCH WALL METAL STRAPPING D5 PLAN TUBE DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" NOTE: PLAN TUBE PROVIDED BY VENDOR #I. (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) INSTALL PER LOCATION AS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN. CONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE ONE (I) COMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1/2" MELAMINE BD. y" x 1/16" KERF TO LAPO D11 3" MURAL MURAL ON 1/2" MELAMINE M.D.F. TRIM (PAINT P-34) (REFER TO ELEVATION FOR SIZES) 5' NOTE: G.G. TO MAKE SURE MELAMINE SEAM(5) BEHIND GRAPHIC ARE EVEN, FLUSH AND BONDO'D MINIMALLY WITHOUT NOTICEABLE HUMPS. DRIVING RANGE/ARCHERY RANGE MURAL TRIM DETAIL SCALE 6" = I' -O" 003& REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF'RAMA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 z 0 a 0 cn mm m V, y c Vl - x c o mL U O 7: w m o Y- o m C c U � Um,cN3 oQ\. o¢m ,- _o4'NN. O m„o u)? U w�om — C-_Umvvm .o (• 7, I'--:- 03O L T0 0 O f— y ` mmO1Cro�m nm 6U roc �mC m o U C m V C Q OO m dNo-`U UH N O Umo4' 2' U ` U m: CC NC�m O NU NN c 2 T m m O N _ N N_mm• �yCy 0 0`O, TO� O N O. CN E. ° o N o m : w w Ut0 m N ,o NCD • .0 O C — mG..0 c- 0C o) o. co - m mUn C 0 10— .0oo0U U 3 cc W 1- z W 0 cc W co 0 co • Q J W CC CC he O 11,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com MISC. DETAILS A13.2 -\ F I XX 1 r I \ � A D1 TYPICAL DEFLECTION CLIP AT TOP OF WALL DETAIL S'-1'-0' NON -RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY INSTALL FIRE SAFING INSULATION IN FLUTES OF ROOF DECK ABOVE STEEL CHANNEL W/ RETAINING CLIPS ADD 14 GA. PLATE FOR WALL PARALLEL TO DECK RIBS LONG-LEG SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK ANCHORED TO ROOF DECK. SECURE STUDS (THRU SLOTS) TO SLOTTED TOP TRACK. DO NOT FASTEN GYP. BD. WITHIN MIN. SCREW CLEAR AREA OR INTO TOP TRACK PROVIDE I I/2' COLD ROLLED CHANNEL WITHIN 12" OF DEFLECTION TRACK FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION PER U.L. RATING. WHERE SCHEDULED (TYP) GYP. BD. EACH FACE OF WALL FASTENED A5 SCHEDULED (TYP) MTL. STUDS @ 16" o.c. OR AS SCHEDULED (TVP) CONT. MTL. RUNNER TRACK MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO CONC. SLAB. (TYi') GONG. FLOOR SLAB (TYP,) SURFACE MOUNTED BALER WIRE STORAGE TUBE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR *6. ANCHOR BOLTS, (2) PER HANGER 6" PVC PIPE 10'-0° LONG. CAP ONE END. LOCATE BEHIND BALER. J HANGER (2) LOCATE ONE 3'-0' FROM EACH END OF PVC TUBE. RECEIVING 116 rREAR OF BALER REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL \// 111 , /11104 O� ri 11 72 D12 BALER WIRE HOLDER DETAIL SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" D2 RUNNER TRACK DETAIL SCALE 3" = I'-0" 0'-0" AP.F_ FINI51-FLOOR D3 REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH ABOVE TOP BLOCKING 2" x 4° CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS NO GYP. BD. BEHIND LOZIER (TYP. THROUGHOUT) ELEVATION LOZIER FIXTURE 2" x 4° CONTINUOUS 11O0D BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS WALL SECTION NOTE: PAINT EXPOSED ENDS OF BLOCKING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES (TVP,) LOZIER BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE 1/2" = I' -O" G.M.U. WALL AS PER DRAWINGS FROST PROOF HOSE BIBB WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTOR RECESSED LOCKABLE COVER FROST -PROOF HOSE BIB D6 DETAIL xAL£ � � 2� SCALE 11/2" = I' -O" • O in O {:g JOIST PANEL POINT 6" FIXTURE OR SIGN SUPPORT MAX. PROVIDED/INSTALLED BY OTHERS. UNISTRUT D4 DETAIL SCALE 1" = 1'-0" u PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT IF UNISTRUT CANNOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINT. (REFER TO STRUCTURAL) (2) I-° UNISTRUT PER FLANGE/MONITOR IO' ON CENTER (SEE AGM -3045F FLANGE DETAIL) 15/8' (126A) 'PERFORATED' UNISTRUT MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST FOR FIXTURE OR SIGN SUPPORT. (REFER TO CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS) UNISTRUT, BEAM CLAMPS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING OF CHANNELS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY 6.G. NOTE: ALSO REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCING A5 REQUIRED. Y2" x 1/16" KERF TO LAPO / 3" MURAL MURAL ON 5/8" GYPSUM BD. M.D.F. TRIM (PAINT P-34) (REFER TO ELEVATION FOR SIZES) 3" NOTE: FINISH GYP. BD. SCREWS AND JOINTS TO PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE MOUNTING SURFACE. D7 TRIM DETAIL NOTE: WALLS BEHIND MURALS TO BE PAINTED SIM. TO ALL EXPOSED WALL SURFACES. SCALE 6" = 1'-0" P.Y.G. GAP (2) 130TH ENDS ARE TO BE REMOVABLE 6"'0( 56"L P.V.G. TUBE MARKED "PLANS" AT 48" A.F.F. (MAX) 1X4 WOOD BLOCKING PAINT PAINT TO MATCH WALL METAL STRAPPING D5 PLAN TUBE DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = I' -O" NOTE: PLAN TUBE PROVIDED BY VENDOR #I. (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) INSTALL PER LOCATION AS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN. CONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE ONE (I) COMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1/2" MELAMINE BD. y" x 1/16" KERF TO LAPO D11 3" MURAL MURAL ON 1/2" MELAMINE M.D.F. TRIM (PAINT P-34) (REFER TO ELEVATION FOR SIZES) 5' NOTE: G.G. TO MAKE SURE MELAMINE SEAM(5) BEHIND GRAPHIC ARE EVEN, FLUSH AND BONDO'D MINIMALLY WITHOUT NOTICEABLE HUMPS. DRIVING RANGE/ARCHERY RANGE MURAL TRIM DETAIL SCALE 6" = I' -O" 003& REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF'RAMA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER 0 Design and construct on documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: a.blue Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 z 0 a 0 cn mm m V, y c Vl - x c o mL U O 7: w m o Y- o m C c U � Um,cN3 oQ\. o¢m ,- _o4'NN. O m„o u)? U w�om — C-_Umvvm .o (• 7, I'--:- 03O L T0 0 O f— y ` mmO1Cro�m nm 6U roc �mC m o U C m V C Q OO m dNo-`U UH N O Umo4' 2' U ` U m: CC NC�m O NU NN c 2 T m m O N _ N N_mm• �yCy 0 0`O, TO� O N O. CN E. ° o N o m : w w Ut0 m N ,o NCD • .0 O C — mG..0 c- 0C o) o. co - m mUn C 0 10— .0oo0U U 3 cc W 1- z W 0 cc W co 0 co • Q J W CC CC he O 11,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com MISC. DETAILS A13.2 (NI 1'-6" CONC FTG (N) 8" C.I.P. WALL B/S3.3 (N) 8" MU WALL( (3 (SIDES) C/53.1 Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue (NI 1'-6" CONC FTG (3 SIDES) 02/22/11 BID/PERMIT 0 B/53.2 CUT OUT (E) SLAB FOR (N) 4" CONC SLAB W/ #4 0 18"o.c. H EA WAY • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 0 0 0 c� 0 z cc 0 coa (nwm"N N O 0 0 U O L W O U r _. C U a n O cc U2 O m ai OH N • � Omo E'U 10 - o m U m C a - U m = go m cU m O 'O N U C w o (7,m U o C U J H � C 0 < — c 10 c N N U Qom v V? 12 J a i 0 C « 10 c C O p O O L T y E y m c to o m y N O m E v o D W m 0 O — 0 N O J •` 41 L 2 C O N C - E — m 3 0' -O 0 .c ib Q l0 N lf) y U r City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION xxxxxx XXXXXSfxxxxtXXXX'.fxXxxxxxx17'' .� C/95.3 N 0 SEE SHEET 51.3 FOR, ENLARGED CANOPY FOUNDATION PLAN PLAN NOTES: 1 TOP OF MAIN FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE IS REFERENCE ELEVATION 0'-0". 2. (N) INDICATES A NEW FRAMING MEMBER 3. (E) INDICATES AN EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. 4. Fx.x INDICATES FOOTING TYPE. SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET 92.1 FOR SIZE & REINFORCING. 5. SEE SHEET S2.1 FOR BALANCE OF FRAMING NOTES AND SCHEDULES. SEE SHEET S2.1 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 6. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS. FEB 2 8 2011 W 1-- z W 0 < „,a isfc < =-'- M . T W 6c c O etc 0 I— CO IVA II FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED PERMIT CENTER B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com FOUNDATION PLAN FOUNDATION PLAN 304'-101/4" ser. -1114. 54'-I I" 555'-0" 55tO" 55'-0" 55'-0" 1E1 6 3/4 X 27 GLB GJI--JL_J-L (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB J 0 (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB ===L L r = SEE SHEET 51.3 FOR ENLARGED CANOPY FRAMING PLAN l (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB [ (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB = = = = 11-0" 11-0" (NI W14 X 120 (E) 6 3/4 XI 27 GLB Jt m J 0 4 (NIX6 IQ?‹ ®M F/53.3 (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB WE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB z (NI5 TYP 14X RTU-3 1750# 11-0" 11-0" 11-0" 11-0" 1 (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 'I ---I ---I I I L___J , 11'-0" 11'-0° 11'-0" [ (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB = = = = 11-0" 11-0" (NI W14 X 120 (E) 6 3/4 XI 27 GLB Jt m J 0 4 (NIX6 IQ?‹ ®M F/53.3 (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB WE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB z (NI5 TYP 14X RTU-3 1750# 11-0" 11-0" 11-0" 11-0" 1 (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB LEI 63/4X27GLB LEL 6 3/4 X 27 GLB LE163/4X27GLB LE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB IP 63/4X27GLB LE�63/4X27GLB X 27 GLB / ❑l 11-0" / (N) W14 11'-0" X 120 / (NI 4X6 (N) W14 IX 120 jp! 6 3/4 X 27 GLB fiUC5.125/1 (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 0 N ao ID B/53.3 C12 X 20.7 11-0" 1 [ 11-o" Irl (N) W14 h20 /8 X 12 GLB tiUC5.125/12 n JL_ E 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 11 tJ L N co a (N) 6" (18) GA (B■1 3/8"] METAL JOIST (LOW) 0 16"o.c. 11'-0" 1 9'-0" NI W14 X 120 RTU -9 1250# (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB N W14 X 12 m J 0 N 0v 11 —JL--- RTU-12 1250# _ = � = = 41(E) 6 3/4 427 GLB II 11 11 1 F/53.1 JL JL C/93.2 TYP 11'-0" 11'-0" / 11'-0" 1T-0" / RTU -6 X 120 1750# (El 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (El 6 3/4 X 27 GLB N)W14X120 'I ---I 11'-0" I L___J 11'-0" LEI 63/4X27GLB LEL 6 3/4 X 27 GLB LE163/4X27GLB LE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB IP 63/4X27GLB LE�63/4X27GLB X 27 GLB / ❑l 11-0" / (N) W14 11'-0" X 120 / (NI 4X6 (N) W14 IX 120 jp! 6 3/4 X 27 GLB fiUC5.125/1 (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 0 N ao ID B/53.3 C12 X 20.7 11-0" 1 [ 11-o" Irl (N) W14 h20 /8 X 12 GLB tiUC5.125/12 n JL_ E 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 11 tJ L N co a (N) 6" (18) GA (B■1 3/8"] METAL JOIST (LOW) 0 16"o.c. 11'-0" 1 9'-0" NI W14 X 120 RTU -9 1250# (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB N W14 X 12 m J 0 N 0v 11 —JL--- RTU-12 1250# _ = � = = 41(E) 6 3/4 427 GLB II 11 11 1 F/53.1 JL JL C/93.2 TYP 11'-0" 11'-0" / 11'-0" 1T-0" / RTU -6 X 120 1750# (El 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (El 6 3/4 X 27 GLB N)W14X120 (N) W14 X 120 (N 11'-0" / W14 X 120 11-0" (NI W14 X 120 n 1I (E) SKYLIGHT, (TYP 15 PLACES) (N) W14 X 120 1EL 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB W14 X 120 (EI63/4X27GLB 11'-0" 11'-0" (NI W14 X (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 11'-0" 11'-0" (NI W14 X 120 11'-0" 11'-0" NI W14 X 1.2.0 I-- -I C/93.2 11'-0" TYP 11'-0" 11'-0" (N) W14 X 120 (N 11'-0" / W14 X 120 11-0" (NI W14 X 120 n 1I (E) SKYLIGHT, (TYP 15 PLACES) (N) W14 X 120 1EL 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (EI 6 3/4 X 27 GLB W14 X 120 (EI63/4X27GLB 11'-0" 11'-0" (NI W14 X (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 11'-0" 11'-0" (NI W14 X 120 11'-0" 11'-0" NI W14 X 1.2.0 I-- -I 11'-0" 11'-0" NI W14 120 (EI63/4X27GLB (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (E[ 6 3/4 X 27 GLB CO -J 0 NI W14 X 120 C/S3.2 TYP 11'-0" 11-0" (NI W14 X (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB TYP (NI W14 X 120 (X63/4X27GLB n 11 LL X ao I I II I II RTU -11 1550# -II- rl I I I I I I I I H ROOF FRAMING PLAN jE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB r 11 in in REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwita UILDING DIVISION PLAN NOTES: 1. (NI INDICATES A NEW FRAMING MEMBER 2. to INDICATES AN EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 4. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR BALANCE OF FRAMING NOTES AND SCHEDULES. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS. CITY OF TUKOLA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER B &T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/11 B1D/PERMIT • • • • • • Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 co 0 0 CC 0 To 1s" 76 fi 0 co oi co 0. 0 cc 0 cc CO co 11.1 tr CC crC II in 1511 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 FAX (216) 223-3210 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S1.2 ;1-0" 11'-0" (EI63/4X27GLB (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB (E[ 6 3/4 X 27 GLB CO -J 0 NI W14 X 120 C/S3.2 TYP 11'-0" 11-0" (NI W14 X (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB TYP (NI W14 X 120 (X63/4X27GLB n 11 LL X ao I I II I II RTU -11 1550# -II- rl I I I I I I I I H ROOF FRAMING PLAN jE) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB r 11 in in REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwita UILDING DIVISION PLAN NOTES: 1. (NI INDICATES A NEW FRAMING MEMBER 2. to INDICATES AN EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 4. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR BALANCE OF FRAMING NOTES AND SCHEDULES. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS. CITY OF TUKOLA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER B &T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/11 B1D/PERMIT • • • • • • Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 co 0 0 CC 0 To 1s" 76 fi 0 co oi co 0. 0 cc 0 cc CO co 11.1 tr CC crC II in 1511 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 FAX (216) 223-3210 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S1.2 hiss Co44k D • D . D+ D. • D 4) GOA. \,\g5 1. - F5.0 AY53.3 )00000XXXXXX,Y)0 •C • XXXXXXXXXXXX�D t;. D • • ° F i0 z t.03 D' D' 1,57. SLAB ..ONG 'ADE W/.o #4• .6 18"o.a EA .WAY'0 C.. •OF •SpA. ' ' • ' . .•' Db D•• . D D' ' D .D. • D • D D ° . D D• b • •DD •D .D • 4 SLAB ON GRADE W/ #4 0 18"o.c. EA WAY 0 CE OF SLAB. D D D . D • D •D A/S3.1 B �g5 cfr • -.�D' . D. ' F3.0 PLAN NOTES: 1. TOP OF MAIN FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE IS REFERENCE ELEVATION 0,-0". 2. (NI INDICATES A NEW FRAMING MEMBER 3. (E) INDICATES AN EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. 4. Fx.x INDICATES FOOTING TYPE. SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET S2.1 FOR SIZE & REINFORCING. 5. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR BALANCE OF FRAMING NOTES AND SCHEDULES. SEE SHEET 92.1 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 6. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS. 0/93.1 r I L - F5.0 A'93.2 A/53.3 CANOPY FOUNDATION PLAN JIB x X co m X X N C L L - T -L 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (HIGH 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (LOW) = CONNECTIONS TO BE DETERMINED DURING CONSTRUCTION AYS3.3 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 12 X 6 X 5/16 HSS (HIGH) 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (LOWI L 12 X 6 X 5/16 HSS (HIGH) 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (LOW) E/93.2 (N) SIMPSON HHDQ14-SDS2.5 EA SIDE OF (El GLB W/ 7/8". (A307) THRU BOLT 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 12 X 6 X 3/16 12 X 6 X 3/16 H99 (HIGH) HSS LOW) //. iI (N) SIMPSON HHDQ14-SDS2.5 (SEE SECTION B/S3.1) 6" (18 GA) METAL `r JOISTS 0 16"o.c. x 8 X 4 X 5/16 HSS (LOWI (NI SIMPSON HHDQ14-SDS2.5 EA SIDE OF (E) GLB W/ 7/8" m (A307) THRU BOLT D/93.3 A 53.2 D/53.2 6 X 61/4 HSS 31 (4 SIDES) SEE SECTION B/93.1 FOR EL VATIONS W24 X 55 (HIGH) 16 X 8 5/16 HSS (LOW) W24 X 94 (HIGH - 1/2" APA RATED SHEATHING PER GENERAL NOTES A/53.1 (0 P x x co E/ 3 J (N) SIMPSON HHDQ14-SDS2.5 (SEE SECTION B/S3.11 // 3.1 r 6" (18 GAI MEAL JOISTS 0 16" c. 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (HIGH) 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS LOW) II II II II 6X6X1/4HSS (4 9IDE5l SEE SECTION, B/S3.1 FOR EL VATIONS D/93.2 B/53.1 A/G3.2 12 X 6 X 3/16 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (HIGH) HSS (LOW) 003&' E/53.2 A/53.3 1,R, REVIEWED FOR ,CODE COMPLIANCE :;fir APPROVED APR 2 0 2017 City of Tukwila $UILDING DI\/(SiO 6" (18 GAI METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (HIGH) 12 X 6 X 3/16 HSS (LOW) CONNECTIONS TO BE DETERMINED DURING CONSTRUCTION Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is Strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/11 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 0 0 c� 0 z cc 0 a N U) oaioNvi O y N = 4) t. W 0 0C � = U 0 m U O O = m m� U H N c or a O 4 o .;•., mo c 15'0 F- o • t0 O) O U • 0 2 _ = .- m 0 0 N N (} _ L = m O CO Uc = C O womm o mom= 5 2 ° 2 f0 = O >, T� \ Q 17) == 'tl c o J N = O O O 10 0 v = = O. a O 2 O N = 41'7C) O N - 0 C \ 0)= J = = L N (0 RECEIVED CITY OF TU KW'ILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER r-. ENGLNEERL`'G B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) CANOPY ROOF FRAMING PLAN 3/16" : 1'-0' 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects,com CANOPY FDN PLAN & ROOF FRAMING PLAN S1.3 FOOTING SCHEDULE MARK SIZE REINFORCING F3.0 3'-0" X 3'-0" X 1'-0" DEEP (3) #4 EA WAY BOTTOM F5.0 5'-0" X 5'-0" X V-2" DEEP (5) #5 EA WAY BOTTOM FA 6'-0" X 8'-0" X 1'-4" DEEP (8) #6 LONG WAY BOTTOM (12) #6 SHORT WAY BOTTOM FB 24" DIA X 3'-0" DEEP SONOTUBE (5) #4 VERT #3 ©TIES 0 6"o.c. FOOTING SCHEDULE MAXIMUM SPACING & LOCATION PER FDN PLAN 1" X 1/4" SAWN JOINT DD " 0j000o000 08,08, 083 I 1=1 I 1=1 11_ D •• • P • • A n A. SHRINKAGE JOINT (S.J.) 000 0000 000 000000 Oo Oo Oo I1II1 1IIIIIIII BEAM ELEVATION SCHEDULE GRID M END O O O O O O O O O NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH NORTH SOUTH 20 23'-8" 23'-8" 23'-6" 23'-6" 23'-5" 23'-5"... 23'-3" 23'4" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-0" 23'-0" 21 23'-8" 23'-8" 23'-6" 23'-6" 23'-5" 23'-5" 23'-4" 23'-4" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-0" 23'-0" 22 23'-8" 23'-8" 23'-6" 23'-6" 23'-5" 23'-5" 23'-4" 23'-4" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-3" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-2" 23'-0" 23'-0" 23 23'-8" 23'-8" 23'-6" 23'-6" AM1 1 .A1111116 h. 41Ih A ti h A d I I O 24 23'-6" 23'-6" 4% ri r4 r4 II V.1111 r41114 03111TV NOTES: 1. ALL VERTICAL DIMENSIONS IN THIS SCHEDULE WERE ESTIMATED FROM APPROXIMATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS DONE BY B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC, AND ARE TO ` BE CONFIRMED BY AWARDED GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE SOUTH END OF COLUMN / WIDE FLANGE BEAM AT GRID 23 /©IS TO BE 9'-0" DUE TO EXTERIOR WALL INTERFERENCE. 3. DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS, ALL BOTTOM OF BEAM ELEVATION HEIGHTS ARE TO ADD 1'-0" TO THE HEIGHTS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE. GENERAL NOTE CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE -- 2015 EDITION ALL ASTM'S CALLED OUT ARE TO BE THE LATEST EDITION LIVE LOADS BUILDING RISK CATEGORY II (IBC TABLE 1604.5) GRAVITY LOADS: SNOW GROUND SNOW LOAD Pg = 36 psf FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD Pf = 25 psf SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce = 1.0 SNOW IMPORTANCE FACTOR Is = 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR Ct = 1.0 LATERAL LOADS: WIND Vult = 110 MPH Vasd = 85 MPH EXPOSURE "B" Kzt = 1.00 SEISMIC ... SITE CLASS "D" SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY "D" IMPORTANCE FACTOR Ie = 1.0 Ss = 1.458g Si = 0.544g FA = 1.000 Fv = 1.500 Sas = 0.972g SDI = 0.544g R = 4 (INTERMEDIATE PRECAST SHEARWALLS) FOUNDATION FOUNDATION DESIGN WAS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMED ALLOWABLE VALUES: FOOTING BEARING PRESSURE:.... 1500 PSF ON DENSE NATIVE MATERIAL OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL (33% INCREASE FOR WIND OR SEISMIC) LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE: 35 PCF EQUIVALENT FLUID PRESSURE (ACTIVE) 250 PCF EQUIVALENT FLUID PRESSURE (PASSIVE) COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION• 0 35 ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1'-6" BELOW FINISH GRADE. SLABS AND FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON UNDISTURBED SOIL OR STRUCTURAL FILL COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D-1557. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE POSITIVE PERMANENT DRAINAGE OF BUILDING PERIMETER. A SLAB JOINT DETAILS S21 MINIMUM BAR LAPS FOR REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE STRENGTH: SEE BELOW (CLASS B SPLICE - STAGGER SPLICES) SIZE LAP LENGTH 3000 PSI OR LESS 4000 PSI SIZE LAP LENGTH 3000 PSI OR LESS 4000 PSI #3 24" - 24" 07 63" 54" #4 29" 25" #8 72" 62" #5 36" 31" #9 81" 69" #6 43" 38" #10 90" 77" 3/4" a 1'-0" MINIMUM BAR SPACING (INCLUDING LAPS): 2" CLR OR 1 1/2" X BAR DIAMETER 1.5 X LAP EQUALS 150% LAP LENGTH REQUIRED ALL REINFORCING BARS SHALL EXTEND AS FAR A STANDARD 90 OR 180 HOOK UNLESS DETAILED 180° HOOKS R"3 DIA FOR #3-#7 R-4 DIA FOR #8-#10 R-8 DIA kj,6DIAOR 4" MIN STANDARD HOOKS & BENDS N 0 m 90° HOOKS LAP 6 1T 3 WIRE TOGETHER - O EA END COLUMN BAR OFFSET SPLICE AS POSSIBLE AND END IN OTHERWISE 6 DIA OR 4" MIN BEND AROUND PINS (2"0 MIN) UP TO #4 BARS STIRRUPS & TIES 2 MIN FOR STEP FTG ��1 MAX M0 AX FOR BMS & SLABS UNO BENT BARS NOTE: STOP ALL HORIZONTAL REINF AT EXPANSION JOINT EXCEPT BOND BEAM REINF. AT ROOF LEVEL PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT 0 40'-0"o.c. MAX. HORIZ. (TYPICAL) PVC WATERSTOP & FILLER iii ii�.i /AI/ iii, III' i 8d 0.131"0 2 1/2" 10d 0.148"0 3" / /1:/,TTI JI// I/ 271777 ' TYP HORIZ. REINF. #5V EA SIDE OF JOINT 8" CMU EXPANSION JOINT BEAM ELEVATION SCHEDULE TYP. HORIZ. REINF. PROVIDE (2) #4 BARS ALL SIDES OF OPN'G EXTEND BARS 2'-0" MIN BEYOND FACE OF OPENING U.N.O. END OF 8" CMU WALL PLAN VIEWS @ CMU WALLS VERT. PIPE (WRAPPED) FTG THICKEN 0 PIPE AS REQ'D TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO REINF & CONC COVER TO PIPE. PROVIDE #4 0 PIPE 12^ 12" PIPE THRU FTG IN PIPE SLEEVE 3 L- -J ,PER PLAN, 18" MIN DETAIL "d" NOTES 1. "PIPE" THRU FTG TYP REINF. 11 2 PROVIDE REINF TO MATCH FTG REINF 12" 12^ PIPE w Le 1- 5. CLEARANCE BETWEEN "PIPES" ate.. z TO BE 3". WHEN 4 OR MORE "PIPES" ARE GROUPED IN ONE "PIPE" AREA. PROVIDE ENGINEERED DETAILS OF BLOCKOUT. NO PIPES PARALLEL TO FTG THIS AREA PIPE IN BACKFILLED TRENCH "PIPE" • ANY PENETRATION THRU FOUNDATION TO ALLOW FOR 1" OF MOTION IN ANY DIRECTION. SLEEVES SHALL BE PVC, I.D. TO BE 2" LARGER THAN PIPE O.D. PLUMBING EMBEDDED IN CONC TO BE PROVIDED W/ FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS 0 ENTRY & EXIT POINTS. 4. WRAPPED PIPES SHALL HAVE 1 1/2" CLEAR FROM WRAPPING TO REINFORCING. SLEEVED PIPES SHALL HAVE 1 1/2" MINIMUM CLEAR TO REINFORCING. WRAP W/ 1/8" FOAM SHEET, 3 LAYERS MIN. SLEEVED PIPES PER NOTES. PIPE CONDUIT SLAB PER PLAN SAND Oo000000o•00000 $08&08 ,00c± 0000c 1 1/2" MIN COVER PIPE REQUIRING EMBEDMENT IN CONC 00000000•0000o� 00000$00$000000' WP MEMBRANE BASE ROCK CONDUIT REQUIRING CONDUIT & PIPE NOT EMBEDMENT IN CONC REQUIRING EMBEDMEN CONCRETE fc=2500 PSI FOR ALL SLABS AND FOOTINGS. fc=3000 PSI FOR C.I.P. RETAINING WALLS. MIXING AND PLACING OF ALL CONCRETE AND SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IBC AND ACI CODE 318. PROPORTIONS OF AGGREGATE TO CEMENT SHALL BE SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE WORKABLE MIX WITH 5" MAXIMUM SLUMP WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (SPECIAL INSPECTION) HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE GRADE "N" (f'm = 1500 PSI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-90. ALL MASONRY TO BE ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC. ALL CELLS SHALL BE SOLID GROUTED. GROUT STRENGTH SHALL BE 2000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. MASONRY STRESSES USED IN DESIGN WERE FOR INSPECTED CONSTRUCTION. HOLLOW LOAD BEARING AND VENEER UNITS SHALL BE PER ASTM C-90, GRADE N, TYPE I, LIGHT WEIGHT (MIN .115 PCF BLOCK DENSITY). REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED BARS ASTM A615, GRADE 60 (fy = 60,000 PSI). SPLICES SHALL BE 40 BAR DIAMETERS MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. ALL CONNECTIONS AND BOLTS SHOWN EMBEDDED IN MASONRY ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY THE MASONS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WALL OR PIER. PROVIDE CORNER BARS TO MATCH ALL HORIZONTAL T REINFORCING. ALL MASONRY TO BE RUNNING BOND LAY-UP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN DRAWINGS. ALL REINFORCING FOR 8" CMU SHALL BE #5 AT 24" ON CENTER VERTICAL WITH (2) #4 IN BOND BEAMS AT 48" ON CENTER VERTICAL LIFTS. T MORTAR: ALL MORTAR TO BE PER ASTM C-270, TYPE 'S'. ALL EXTERIOR BLOCK MORTAR IS TO CONTAIN THE RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF "DRY BLOCK MORTAR ADMIXTURE" FOR WATER REPELLENCY AND TO ASSURE PROPER BOND STRENGTH. MASONRY VENEER VENEER ANCHOR TIES SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT, MINIMUM OF #22 GA. BY 1" IF SHEET METAL OR SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF #9 GA. IF WIRE, AND SHALL HAVE A LIP OR HOOK ON THE EXTENDED LEG THAT ENGAGES A HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT. ANCHOR TIES SHALL BE SPACED SO AS TO SUPPORT NOT MORE THAN TWO SQUARE FEET OF WALL AREA AND NOT MORE THAN 24"o.c. HORIZONTALLY. ANCHOR TIES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT WIRE OF #9 GA. OR EQUIVALENT. HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 16"o.c. VERTICALLY. THE JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH BUTT SPICES BETWEEN TIES PERMITTED. PROVIDE WIRE MESH BACKING PER ARCH. DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WEEP HOLES 0 32"o.c. IN FIRST MORTAR JOINT ABOVE LOWEST SOLDIER COURSE. PROVIDE VERTICAL EXPANSION JOINTS IN CONTINUOUS VENEER 0 45'o.c. MAXIMUM. STEEL LINTELS SUPPORTING MASONRY VENEER SHALL BE 3 1/2 X 3 1/2 X 3/8 WITH MINIMUM 3" BEARING ON FULL HEIGHT MASONRY VENEER EACH END. PIPE OR CONDUIT TYP. REINFORCING DETAIL 5"® MAX HOLE 1 1/2" 11 1 1/2" BEAM PER PLAN 1/4" STIFFENER PLATES EA SIDE 0 HOLE PENETRATION B S2.1 TYP. REINFORCING DETAILS3/4" = 11-0" S2.1 8" CMU WALL DETAILS 3/4" = 1'-0" TYP PIPE THRU S2.1 FTG DETAIL 3/4" = -O" TYP PENETRATION IN WF BEAM 3/4" = 1'-O" Minkler Boulevard AREA OF WORK REINFORCING STEEL ALL CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED PER ASTM A615, GRADE 60 (fy=60,000 psi) EXCEPT ALL #4 SLAB DOWELS SHALL BE GRADE 40 (fy=40,000 psi). LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS 30 BAR DIAMETERS, 1'-7" MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS (1'-7" BEND) WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL HORIZONTAL REINF. DETAIL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH "ACI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE OF DETAILING REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES". WELDED WIRE FABRIC (WWF) TO CONFORM WITH ASTM A185. REINFORCING HOOKS TO COMPLY WITH STANDARD ACI HOOKS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COVER TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT TO BE: CONCRETE CAST AGAINST & PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH 3 INCHES CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER . 1 1/2 INCHES (#5 BARS & SMALLER) ....2 INCHES (#6 THRU #18 BARS) CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND 3/4 INCHES (#11 BAR & SMALLER) 1 1/2 INCHES (#14 & #18 BARS) MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PLATES MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PLATES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36 (fy=36,000 PSI). WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 1/4" CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS TO BE BY WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS -- USE FRESH E70 ELECTRODES. MISCELLANEOUS HANGERS TO BE SIMPSON OR I.C.C. APPROVED EQUAL NAIL ALL HOLES WITH NAILS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. MACHINE BOLTS TO BE A-307. ANCHOR BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT PER IBC TABLE 1908.2. STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH "AISC SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS", AND THE "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE". STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS CONFORMS WITH TUBE COLUMNS CONFORM WITH PIPE COLUMNS CONFORM WITH STEEL CHANNEL BEAMS CONFORM WITH MISC STEEL PLATES CONFORM WITH STEEL PLATES AT MOMENT FRAMES CONFORM WITH WELDHEAD STUDS CONFORM WITH BOLTS (WOOD TO STEEL) CONFORM WITH BOLTS (STEEL TO STEEL) CONFORM WITH ASTM A992 (Fy=50,000 PSI) ASTM A500 GRADE B ()(=46,000 PSI) ASTM A501 (Fy=36,000 PSI) ASTM A36 (Fy=36,000 PSI) ASTM A36 (Fy=36,000 PSI) ASTM A572 (Fy=50,000 PSI) ASTM A108 (Fy=46,000 PSI) ASTM A307 ASTM A325N PROVIDE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS PER IBC TABLE 1908.2 FOR CONCRETE. ALL WELDING TO CONFORM WITH AWS D1.1 "CODE FOR WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION". WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 1/4" CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS BY WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS. USE FRESH 70XX ELECTRODES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ITEMS TO BE GALVANIZED. NOTE: BOLTS ARE NOT AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTE FOR WELDHEAD STUDS. EPDXY DOWELS EPDXY SHALL BE SIMPSON "EPDXY-TIE SET -XP" FROM SIMPSON STRONG -TIE PLEASANTON, CA. ANCHORING ADHESIVE SHALL BE A TWO -COMPONENT HIGH -SOLIDS EPDXY-BASED SYSTEM SUPPLIED IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CARTRIDGE AND DISPENSED THROUGH A STATIC -MIXING NOZZLE SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE ADHESIVE ANCHOR SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR PERFORMANCE IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE PER ICC-ES-AC308. DOWELS SHALL BE DEFORMED BAR PER "REINFORCING STEEL" NOTE ABOVE. PROVIDE SIZE AND EMBEDMENT AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS AND DETAILS. DOWELS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER SIMPSON STRONG -TIE'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR SET -XP EPDXY-TIE ADHESIVE. r Tuesday Morning 767sf t 1.675sf 17, David's Bridal 12,942s1.. -Americas Best -- Bath & Body Works Lifeway Christian Store �ulta Cosmetics -Thai Mali 2000st Stanford's Kusa \ Capriatti s Sandwich Shop Bar &Grip Wing Stop Cold Stone Creamery Pacific Dental �m000 - - - !f SoutlICentet parkway r Sprint PCS LS5256s1 2066,1 5660s1 KEY PLAN a Hobby Town " Famous Daves 2720st NOT TO SCALE EPDXY ANCHORS EPDXY SHALL BE HILTI "HIT -RE 500 -SD" FROM HILTI US. ANCHORING ADHESIVE SHALL BE A TWO -COMPONENT HIGH -SOLIDS EPDXY-BASED SYSTEM SUPPLIED IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CARTRIDGE AND DISPENSED THROUGH A STATIC -MIXING NOZZLE SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE ADHESIVE ANCHOR SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR PERFORMANCE IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE PER ICC -ES -ESR -2322. ANCHORS SHALL BE THREADED ROD CONFORMING TO ASTM A36. PROVIDE DIAMETER AND EMBEDMENT AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS AND DETAILS. ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER HILTI'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR HIT -RE 500 -SD EPDXY-TIE ADHESIVE. WEDGE -BOLT ANCHORS WEDGE -BOLT ANCHORS SHALL BE TRUBOLT WEDGE ANCHORS OR APPROVED EQUAL AND SHALL BE IMPERIAL -SIZED STEEL THREADED STUD WITH AN INTEGRAL CONE EXPANDER AND A THREE -SEGMENT EXPANSION CLIP. THE STUD SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM CARBON STEEL AND THE EXPANSION CLIP SHALL HAVE TWO UNDERCUTTING EMBOSSMENTS PER SEGMENT AND BE MANUFACTURED FROM 316 STAINLESS STEEL THE ANCHOR SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR PERFORMANCE IN CRACKED CONCRETE PER ACI 355.2 AND ICC -ES AC 193. ANCHORS SHALL BE TRUBOLT RED HEAD TYPE ANCHORS OR APPROVED EQUAL AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DRILLED HOLES SHALL BE SIZED FOR DIAMETER AND DEPTH PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE SPECIAL INSPECTED FOR HOLE SIZE AND DEPTH PRIOR TO ANCHOR INSTALLATION. IF ANCHORS ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT INSPECTION, EACH ANCHOR SHALL BE TORQUE TESTED TO MANUFACTURER'S FOOT/POUND SPECIFICATIONS BASED ON DIAMETER OF ANCHOR. TORQUE TESTING OF ANCHORS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE DONE BY A SPECIAL INSPECTION AGENCY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO TESTING. POWDER DRIVEN PINS ANCHOR PINS INTO CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE HILTI DS (.177"O) X 2" EMBEDMENT 0 16"o.c. PIN CONNECTORS SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 318.02 APPENDIX D - CRACKED CONCRETE. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING AS NOTED ON PLANS. 14 AND 16 GAUGE CONFORM TO ASTM A653, GRADE D. 18 GAUGE AND LIGHTER CONFORM TO ASTM 446, GRADE A. MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES FOR STUDS ARE AS FOLLOWS: 6" X 18 GA.; Ix=1.652 IN4, Sx=.542 IN3, 4" X 18 GA.; Ix=.934 IN4, Sx=.467 IN3, 3 5/8" X 18 GA.; Ix=.885 IN4, Sx=.472 IN3, WELDS: WELDING SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH AWS D 1.3-2008. UTILIZING E60XX OR E70XX ELECTRODES. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD MAY REQUEST NON DESTRUCTIVE TEST TO VERIFY PROPER WELDS. WELDING WILL BE PERFORMED BY WABO-CERTIFIED WELDERS. TIMBER 2X MEMBERS H F #2 (Fb=1270 psi REP.) (2 X 6 OR LESS) H.F.#2 (Fb=1035 psi REP.) (2 X 8 OR LARGER) 4X MEMBERS D F #2 (Fb=1080 psi) (4 X 10 OR LESS) D.F.#2 (Fb=990 psi) (4 X 12 OR LARGER) 6X MEMBERS D F #1 (Fb=1350 psi) LUMBER NOT NOTED TO BE D.F.#2 BOLTS IN WOOD CONFORM WITH ASTM A307 ALL GRADES SHALL CONFORM TO "WWPA GRADING RULES FOR WESTERN LUMBER -- LATEST EDITION." BOLT HEADS AND NUTS BEARING AGAINST WOOD SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STANDARD CUT WASHERS. PLATE WASHERS A MINIMUM OF 3" X 3" X 1/4" SHALL BE USED AT ALL SILL PLATE ANCHOR BOLTS. ALL NEW FRAMING LUMBER SHALL HAVE 19% MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. ALL NAILS ARE "COMMON" UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. MINIMUM NAILING PER IBC TABLE 2304.10.1. S4S TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SUBSTITUTION OF OTHERS SPECIES WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER IS PROHIBITED. MISCELLANEOUS HANGERS TO BE SIMPSON OR I.C.C. APPROVED EQUAL ALL CONNECTORS FOR PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER AND ALL NAILS IN EXTERIOR SHEATHING SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED. NAIL ALL HOLES WITH NAILS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ANCHOR BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT PER IBC TABLE 1908.2. NAILS NAILS SHALL BE COMMON, AMERICAN OR CANADIAN MANUFACTURED ONLY WITH MINIMUM DIAMETERS AS FOLLOWS: NAIL DESIGNATION MINIMUM NAIL SHANK DIAMETER (IN) MINIMUM NAIL LENGTH 8d 0.131"0 2 1/2" 10d 0.148"0 3" 16d SINKER OR 12d 0.148"0 3 1/4" 16d 0.1621'0 3 1/2" 20d 0.192"0 4" SIMPSON STRONG -TIE HARDWARE ALL FRAMING HARDWARE SHALL BE SIMPSON STRONG -TIE OR ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL FRAMING HARDWARE WITH SIZE, TYPE AND NUMBER OF FASTENERS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. STEEL ROOF DECK STEEL ROOF DECK SHALL BE "VERCO" TYPE HSB-36 WIDE RIB GALVANIZED DECK CONFORMING WITH ASTM A446, GRADE A, Fy = 33,000 PSI. DECK MATERIAL SHALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A653 - SS DESIGNATION, GRADE 33, MINIMUM YIELD 33 KSI - ZINC COATED PER ASTM 653 A, G60. HSB-36 - 22 GA; MINIMUM S (in3 / ft) = 0.187; MINIMUM I (in4 / ft) = 0.175; Fy = 33 ksi CONNECT DECK TO SUPPORTS WITH (4) 1/2" EFFECTIVE DIAMETER ARC SPOT WELDS PER SHEET ACROSS EACH SUPPORT AND 12"o.c. AT SUPPORTS PARALLEL TO SPAN, BUTTON PUNCH SIDE LAPS AT 24"o.c. ROOF DECK SHEETS SHALL SPAN A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) JOISTS BAYS, TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ROOF SHEATHING ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 1/2" (NOMINAL) APA RATED SHEATHING 24/0, EXPOSURE 1, SIZED FOR SPACING. INSTALL PANELS WITH 1/8" SPACING AT END JOINTS AND 1/4" SPACING AT EDGE JOINTS. NAILING SHALL BE 10d (COMMON) AT 6"o.c. AT PANEL EDGES AND 12"o.c. AT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS U.N.O. ON PLANS. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMIT THREE SETS OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER AND ONE SET TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION FOR: REINFORCING STEEL, MISC. & STRUCTURAL STEEL & METAL DECKING. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INSPECTIONS ARE TO BE PER IBC CHAPTER 17, SECTIONS 1704 AND 1705 AND ARE TO BE BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB AND APRROVED BY THE OWNER AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGAGED BY AND PAID FOR BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. FOUNDATION: INSPECT FOOTINGS AND EXCAVATIONS JUST PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT TO INSURE MATERIAL IS DRY AND DENSE. CONCRETE: TAKE CONCRETE CYLINDERS PER IBC SECTION 1705.3. VERIFY MIX DESIGN AND SLUMPS. REINFORCING: VERIFY ALL REINFORCING IS PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS. CHECK FOR REQUIRED COVER, SIZE AND GRADE. MASONRY: INSPECT ALL GROUT POURS FOR BREAKING STRENGTH AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. WELDING: INSPECT ALL FIELD WELDING. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF WELDERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR REWELDING AND REINSPECTION OF ALL WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. INSPECTOR SHALL NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. EPDXY ANCHOR: SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. WEDGE BOLT: SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. WEDGE ANCHOR: SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY UNUSUAL OR UNSAFE CONDITIONS WHICH ARE DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. SOME DETAILS WERE BASED UPON ASSUMED CONDITIONS SINCE THEY WERE NOT CLEARLY SHOWN ON ORIGINAL DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN OUR DETAILS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHOULD BE CALLED TO OUR ATTENTION PRIOR TO CONTINUATION OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES Dt� r 1 av ruir'cenlc; a PLihnntcle s ne;taumnt REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/1% BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: Project No.: 16200 w. m O N 6 O c",12 U O LA Y 2 w .0 w o __ C C 0 O O. . m 'U O C22 Z m ` U 1- 0 o 2 O O mO 0 0I T. c I--- o m O 2 = - C U (/)2 ° 1.20. U C C O 2 • m a U 0� y0 c O 0 O N U c 0 C c O U mom a� m C7 c n - a- O N O C O a 13 - ca mn m •_1.- D- J . - NO C c U 'O O mecca a O m aiu� m m � o 0)C 0 c « m m C O o ° a - N d m d O • C 0 0 0 o�m�m U N N w1,_ N V t -I wmwm y N O v O m y C O - E 1 g c 0 m C • 0,00 ma m ¢ 0 0 0.0) CON a>1 St IKEA SeaaI ti S ti„L s;• PROJECT LOCATION VICINITY MAP ENGINEERING City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) NOT TO SCAL 11,4 1111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SCHEUDLES & NOTES STANDARD NOTES S2.1 S3.1 +10'-2" B.O. STEEL 1, SEI PLYWOOD (N) PLYWOOD (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN —13X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 3 5/8" (18 GA) METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. WF BEAM (HIGH) PER PLAN STOREFRONT PER ARCH HSS BEAM (LOW) PER PLAN 2'-8" 7'-6' 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 1/4"e X -U HILTI PINS 0 8"o.c.. STAGGERED INTO HSS BEAM & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD STOREFRONT PER ARCH STOREFRONT PER ARCH (N) SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN � . . . bP • •, - 0 0 10 1=1 f��lll���lll���lll� Illllr��lll���l�+ ... #4 X 2'-0" 0 18"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) (E) SLAB ON GRADE • TO COL. LINE M.1 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2" 0 X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 8 X 8 X 1/2" PLATE W/ (4) 5/8" 0 (A307) THRU BOLTS 0 5" GA 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 3/16 /2" 0 6"o. WF BEAM (HIGH) PER PLAN 3/16 /2" 0 6"o.c. o 0 O -J 3/16 /2" 0 6"o.c. 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GAI CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8"0 X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD (N) FROST SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN ENTRANCE FEATURE BY OTHERS BLACK IRON BLKG 0 48"o.c. VERTICAL 6" (18 GA) [B■1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 13X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD ENTRANCE FEATURE BY OTHERS BEYOND 2'-0" X 2'-0" C.I.P. CONC PILASTER BEYOND =111,11= 1-6" ;III�ii1 1�111111IL1111111111 (2) #5 CONT SECTION W11 11111II111III11 1111—II •J 1=1 I _11177,1111 7177;111,T4117,:11 . 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR FOOTING PER D/53.1 1/2" = 1'-O" 1 1/2" cV x N BASE PLATE DETAIL "b1" JE) PLYWOOD (N) PLYWOOD SIMPSON HHDQ14-SDS2.5 W/ 7/8" 0 (A307) BOLT W/ 3 X 3 X 1/4' WASHER PLATE 0 EA (El PURLIN ADJACENT TO HSS TOWER FRAME STRUTS (2 PLACES) (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN (EI BEAM 3 X 8 (RIPPED) P.T. CONT PLATE W/ 1/2" X 9"' ANCHOR BOLTS 0 24"o.c. (INTO CMU) & 1/2"0 X 6 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 24"o.c. (INTO (E) GLB) BETWEEN 1 1/2". ANCHOR BOLTS DETAIL 'b2" #3 © TIES 0 6"o.c. (25) #4 L #41 0 12"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) (E) SLAB ON GRADE B/S3.2 CONC STAIRS #4 0 12"o.c. EA WAY Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. 8" C.I.P. WALL #4 L 0 12"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2"0 X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD —I 4 X 6 X 3/8" LLH TYPICAL ON EAST FACE 10 X 10 X 1/2" PLATE W/ (4) 5/8" 0 (A307) THRU BOLTS 0 7" GA 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. Ti/.1 VA 45 %/ KG %/ %/ %/ %/ VIKG 45 KGKG A KG iNt 'IM KG AG 02.4 KG 7/4KG KG 403 WA KG %/ i r, 4 . i VA VA WA %/ %/ TMredVA VA Wi KG GSM KG 5 KG VA i i nG KG //. VA ,. 405 /II .': 4 q %/WSKG IMMIlin In 1112 m\ `\ / `\ \\ `\ NS `\ ZoN `\ / `\ `1 MI �\ `1 1 N\ I_:c Q NS N\ hn NS N\ `1 `\ `\ `1 \ I `\ i . i i i, k\ `1 NA aIN `1 N\ NS `1 `\ MI M\ NS N\ MS N\ ni NS `1 `1 NISh NS `1 SS j n\ `1 in in �! �� pp� ' ,. H \- :, `\ I\ `1 M\ knl Sli n\ NS NS `'S inkin +43'-4" T.O.ONRY (2) #4 CONT 12 X 6 X 1/4 HSS FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE MOUNTING #3 0 TIES 0 6"o.c. (6 MIN) (14) #4 L C� SIGN BRACKETA% (VFY W/ ARCH) nry +37-4„ i r DETAIL ENTRANCE FEATURE BY OTHERS BEYOND +33'-2' i r 12 X 6 X 1/4 HSS FOR ENTRANCE FEATURE MOUNTING (E) SIDEWALK C.I.P. CONC PILASTER Date Issue 02/22/11 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • 0 • • 0 0 • • 0 Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 +27'-8" ADD 6 X 6 X 1/4 HSS WHERE HSS HORIZ STRUT MEETS TOWER (2 PLACES) SIZE PER PLAN & SCHEDULE 1/8 TYP REINFORCE PER SCHEDULE SECTION +22'-80 HSS BEAM (HIGH) PER PLAN 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8" o X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD (NI 8" CMU WALL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS J 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 X 3/16". TYPICAL 3/16/18" 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. (N) SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN (E) SLAB ON GRADE #4 X 2'-0" 0 18"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) 6" 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) [B■1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) VENEER PER ARCH HSS COL PER PLAN 45 45 i KGKG .4 VA VA • , 4 3/4 X 14 X 1'-2" PLATE W/ (4) 3/4" 0 X 12" ANCHOR BOLTS (SEE DETAIL "b1" 3/4" NONSHRINK GROUT „ li ' `\ •`1 `\ �\ `1 .1 c , ., `\ Ni NS N\ NS `1 N\ i`\ r>> NS M\ Ni NS NS `\ is `1 kni 0'I N\ NS M\ `\ NS S\ in `1 N'S i\\ i`1 kin N\ . X11 IliNs\ N\ cvs `1 u\ I' `1 NS 1 II NS `\ IN\ rk 11 RS' k\ M\ NA ;% KS NS 44 ,° I =11=1 I 110=1 I k ll I I ILI 1i 1111 11=1 I I -1 S3.1 IIIIII IIIII 111, � 1"J. 61 6 X 6 HSS PER PLAN (ALL 4 SIDES), TYPICAL (f) 0 0 (7 MA: (18 GAI X 2" BRICK VENEER TIES 0 16"o.c. HORIZ & VERT ALL AROUND SIGN COLUMN W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO STUDS (TYPICAL) WF BEAM PER PLAN 3/4" X 1'-1" KERF PLATE W/ (5) 3/4"0 (A325N) BOLTS HSS COL PER PLAN SECTION c7 z cc 0 a APR 2 0 2x11 6" (18 GA) [B■1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c.. TYPICAL BETWEEN HORIZ HSS'a (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) VENEER -PER ARCH HSS COL PER PLAN +5'_8" 3/4 X 12 X 1'-0" PLATE W/ (4) 3/4"0 X 12" ANCHOR BOLTS (SEE DETAIL "b1" (E) GLB PER PLAN W14 X 120 FRAME PER PLAN (N) WATER HEATER (WT ■ 350#t) STRAPS TO WALL BY OTHERS City of Tt union BUILDING DIVISION 3/4" NONSHRINK GROUT #3 0 TIES 0 6"o.c. (6 MIN) (25) #4 L (SEE DETAIL "b2") C.I.P. CONC PILASTER 0,-0,. FINISHED FLOOR (2) #5 CONT 1 003 CC al 11.1 0 0 CO SIZE PER PLAN & SCHEDULE REINFORCE PER SCHEDULE SECTION J U 1/2" = 1'-O" S3.1 CITY OF 1UK(WILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER 4'-0" MAX UNISTRUT P1026 W/ 1/2"0 BOLTS W/ CHANNEL NUT & SPRING UNISTRUT P1000 SPAN (3) STUDS MIN. CONNECT TO EA STUD W/ (2 #12 SCREWS 6" (18 GA) METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 2 X 2 X 1/4 X 5'-0" HSS (WELDED) TO W14 X 120 FRAME W/1/4"X4X4 END PLATES P2868 CLAMP TO WF. USE P2867 CLAMP 0 TERMINATING END OR WHERE HSS DOES NOT CONTINUE ON OTHER SIDE (300# MIN CAPACITY) 3/8" 0 THREADED ROD 0 EA UNISTRUT (2 MIN) MIN (2) UNISTRUT P1000 HS CHANNEL NUT W/ SPRING PER ARCH :°; & L R ENGLLEERLNNG SECTION B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) 3/4" = 1'-0" 11,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DETAILS S3.1 #3 © TIES 0 6"o.c. (25) #4 L HSS BEAM PER PLAN 1/4" END CAP PLATE (N) 8" CMU WALL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS (SOLID GROUT) #4 1 0 18"o.c. (DRILLI& EPDXY) #5 L 0 24"o.c. #41-0 18"o.c. 3/8" STIFFENER PLATE - EA SIDE OF WEB (E) 6 3/4 X 27 GLB 3/8" PLATE (ONE SIDE) W/ (2) 3/4" m (A307) BOLTS (3 PLACES) 1 1/2" (1) #4 NOSER BAR DETAIL "a2" HSS BEAM PER PLAN HSS COL PER PLAN PLAN VIEW "a4" 1/4" CAP PLATE 1/4" END CAP PLATE (E) WALL BEYOND PER PLAN (3) #5 CONT BOTTOM 3/16/ Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/11 BID/PERMIT #4 —1 0 18"o.c. 0 OPENING 4" SLAB ON GRADE W/ #4 0 12"o.c. EA WAY 3/8" END PLATE #4 1— 0 12"o.c. W14 X 120 X 20'-0" PER PLAN 1'-1 5/8" X 3/4" X 2'-O" PLATE W/ (4) 1 1/4"0 (A307) BOLTS T-0" 1/2" PLATE "U " EA SIDE OF HSS • 04 n 0 12"o.c. HSS BEAM PER PLAN 3/16 HSS COL PER PLAN BASE PLATE DETAL "a1" DETAIL "a3" 8" AUNC (E) FOUNDATION 1- 0 w x 0 z w 1- 0 N 0 a_ w 0 • 0 • • • • SECTION 1'-2" X 3/4" X 1'-2" BASE PLATE W/ (4) 5/8" m X 8" EPDXY BOLTS • 1" (MAX) NONSHRINK GROUT BASE PLATE DETAIL (E) SLAB ON GRADE • TO COL. LINE M.1 TO COL. LINE M.1 • T.O. PARAPET +35'-6" T.O. PARAPET • • 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD VIEWING EAST SECTION 0 • 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2" $ X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 JE) PLYWOOD (N) PLYWOOD 10 X 10 X 1/2" PLATE W/ (4) 5/8"0 (A307) THRU BOLTS 0 7" GA 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. Je) PLYWOOD (N) PLYWOOD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2" m X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD i3X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD JE) PLYWOOD (N) PLYWOOD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2"e X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 1 +29'-0" T.O. PARAPET 2'-8" 4" X 7" (18 GA) CLIPS 0 EA STUD W/ (3) #8 SCREWS 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. +24'-2" T.O. STEEL 13X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 13X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD HSS BEAM (HIGH) PER PLAN 13X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD W2" 0 6"o.c. HSS BEAMS (HIGH) PER PLAN (4) #8 SCREWS (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN 3/161/2" 0 6"o.c. (4) #8 SCREWS 3/16 V HSS BEAM (HIGH) PER PLAN J3X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD (E) BEAM (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN +20'-0" T.O. MASONRY 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/81 X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. N LS (18 GA) X 2" BRICK VENEER TIES 0 16"o.c. HORIZ & VERT ALL AROUND SIGN COLUMN W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO STUDS (TYPICAL) BLACK IRON BLKG O 48"o.c. VERTICAL 3 X 8 (RIPPED) P.T. CONT PLATE W/ 1/2" X 9"' ANCHOR BOLTS 0 24"o.c. (INTO CMU) & 1/2" o X 6 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 24"o.c. (INTO (E) GLB) BETWEEN 1 1/2" m ANCHOR BOLTS 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) [13■1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) [5.1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) DIAGONAL METAL BRACE 0 16"o.c. BLACK IRON BLKG 0 48"o.c. VERTICAL 6" (18 GA) DIAGONAL BLACK IRON BLKG 0 48"o.c. VERTICAL METAL BRACE 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 5/8" m X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD J3X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 3/16 /2" 0 6"o.c. HSS BEAM (LOW) PER PLAN 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 5/8"$ X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 3/161/2" 0 6"o. J3XHX3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD HSS BEAM (LOW) PER PLAN 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 5/8"e X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO (E) CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD J3XHX3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD HSS BEAM (LOW) PER PLAN .12'-6 5/8" B.O. STEEL J3X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) HSS BEAMS (LOW) PER PLAN J3X4X3/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD (E) 8" CMU WALL (SOLID GROUTED) (VERIFY) 3/16 VENEER PER ARCH 6" (18 GA) [B■1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) [5.1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8"e X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA JOIST & EA STUD (E) 8" CMU WALL (SOLID GROUTED) (VERIFY) J3 X 4 X 3/16" LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8" m X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO (E) CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA JOIST & EA STUD 1195 COL PER PLAN VENEER PER ARCH REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 3/4 X 12 X 1'-0" PLATE W/ (4) 3/4" m X 12" ANCHOR BOLTS (SEE DETAIL "al" City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION cc W 1'- z W V cc W 0. �< co _M = W X CC CCC D..I-U) (E) SLAB ON GRADE 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8"® X 6" TITEN SCREWS 0 16"o.c. INTO CONC & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 3/4" NONSHRINK GROUT #3 © TIES 0 6"o.c. (6 MINI (25) #4 L (SEE DETAIL "a2") C.I.P. CONC PILASTER (N) SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN (E) SLAB ON GRADE 04 X 2'-0" 0 18"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) 6" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER (E) SIDEWALK (E) SLAB ON GRADE (E) SIDEWALK FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR O'-0" FINISHED FLOOR N N 7.1 N N lI „ll,,,11;111 JET l l 1-111-111:-_-111-111-111=-111=„i,_-111-11 11lIi1 1�l=III- ,Ill;111,1ell HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED (E) FOUNDATION S3.2 �• .. -• . ' . '. . D'', .. '� • D , i . 1. \ 1 1A--- 1 1 1 0 p, . •. -ft, , SIZE PER PLAN & SCHEDULE REINFORCE PER SCHEDULE SECTION (2) #5 CONT (E) FOUNDATION gt ENGINEERING B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DETAILS 1/2" = 1'-0" S3.2 SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0" S3.2 SECTION S3.2 1/2" = 1'-0" DETAIL "a2" #3 © TIES 0 6"o.c. (25) #4 L BASE PLATE DETAL "al" JE) PLYWOOD (NI PLYWOOD HSS BEAM PER PLAN HSS BEAM PER PLAN 3/16 11" 3/16 11" PLAN VIEW "a4" HSS COL PER PLAN 1/4" CAP PLATE HSS BEAM PER PLAN 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 1/2"® X 3 1/2" LAG BOLTS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 10 X 10 X 1/2" PLATE W/ (4) 5/8" m (A307) THRU BOLTS 0 7" GA 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. -411 3/16 /3 1/2" DETAIL "a3" O HSS COL PER PLAN HSS BEAMS (HIGH) PER PLAN (E) ROOF FRAMING TO REMAIN 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8" m X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) DIAGONAL METAL BRACE 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL (SKEWED) TRACK W/ 5/8" 0 X 5" TITEN SCREWS 0 32"o.c. INTO CMU & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD J5X4X5/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 3/16 /2" 0 6"o. HSS BEAM (LOW) PER PLAN J3X4X5/16"LLH CONT ANGLE W/ (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD 6" (18 GA) METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) (E) 8" CMU WALL (SOLID GROUTED) (VERIFY) 3/16 VENEER PER ARCH 6" (18 GA) [B"1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. (E) SLAB ON GRADE 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 5/8" m X 6" TITEN SCREWS 0 16"o.c. INTO CONC & (2) #8 SCREWS INTO EA STUD i fA is +29'-0" T.O. PARAPET + 24'-2" T.O. STEEL + 16'-0" T.O. MASONRY + 12'-6 5/8" B.O. STEEL HSS BEAMS (LOW) PER PLAN (18 GA) BRICK VENEER TIES O 16"o.c. HORIZ & VERT BLACK IRON BLKG O 48"o.c. VERTICAL 6" (18 GA) [B"1.625"] METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. HSS COL PER PLAN VENEER PER ARCH 3/4 X 14 X 1'-2" PLATE W/ (4) 3/41 X 12" ANCHOR BOLTS (SEE DETAIL "al" 3/4" NONSHRINK GROUT #3 © TIES 0 6"o.c. (6 MIN) (25) #4 L (sEE DETAIL "a2") C.I.P. CONC PILASTER •,-11 1=1 11=1 11=1 11=I I=1 I I, , I I 1=1LI=1�1�—III—I I I 111-1- ...IIHf i 1111 I I� (I II I { I 1 I=N -111—I I tI _I 11=1 11-1 11= "a2" (E) FOUNDATION SIZE PER PLAN & SCHEDULE REINFORCE PER SCHEDULE Ie 0- U 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR B.O. (E) ROOF /' 0 STRUCTURE 1 BASE PLATE DETAIL HSS COL PER PLAN 1/4 X 3 X 0'-11" PLATE W/ (2) 5/81 X 4 1/2" EPDXY ANCHORS 4 X 6 (FLAT) BLKG BETWEEN 2 X 4's 6" (18 GA) [B"2"] METAL TRACK 6" (18 GA) METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 1 1/2" /4' /9" 3/8 X 4 X 0'-O" PLATE (WELDED) 1/4 X 3 X 0'-8" PLATE W/ (1) 5/8"® X 4 1/2" EPDXY ANCHOR C12 X 20.7 PER PLAN 0 1'-0" s O d- r,. 4 /••y Y 2• i $. /• 1 rt ///��.7137 1.4t1.1 I 1=1 • • 6" (18 GA) [B•1.625"] t° METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 1/2" X 5" TITAN ANCHORS 0 32"o.c. (N) 8" CMU WALL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS (SOLID GROUT) #5 X 4'-0" 0 24"o.c. (LAP 2'-0") 04 1 0 18"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) NEW OPENING FOR STAIR (2) #4 CONT TOP #4 0 12"o.c. EA WAY 8" C.I.P. WALL #4 L_ 0 12"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 1/2" X 5" TITAN ANCHORS 0 32"o.c. 1/2 X 6 X 0'-11" PLATE W/ (2) 5/8" m X 3 1/2" EPDXY ANCHORS 0 • ::mss• 0 o 0 o • 14 kr =111=1 I ITI I I I I.I I I.�I 11-1 11-�I I I4 -I 111 I ISI 11-1 I i'' =1=L I— -1 11=_J 'ELI II—.• 7 - •. :• II, ,1 II 1lu 11 I I I 11=1 I I-1 11-1 11-11 IIIIIll_III IIII 11 1111 I 1 . • IIII 17.1 1IIIII1 1 1111 FOOTING PER SECTION B/S3.2 1-11 I— 111=111=111=111 (3) #5 CONT BOTTOM .f -.a ] Y is AO' Ys3.3 B 53.9 ELEVATION 1/2" : 1'-O" HSS BEAM PER PLAN 1 3/16 /8" 1/4" END CAP PLATE HSS BEAM PER PLAN 1/4" CAP PLATE HSS COL PER PLAN 3/16 8 X 4 HSS PER PLAN 1/4" END CAP PLATE 16 X 8 HSS PER PLAN #4 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. #8 SCREWS 0 12"o.c. ALL SIDES SIMPSON HL33 0 EA END. EA SIDE (8 TOTAL) W/ 1/2" 1 X 3 1/2" LAGS INTO BLKG & 4 X 8 SLEEPER SIMPSON LTP4 (CENTERED) EA SIDE #5 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. ELEVATION MECHANICAL UNIT 4 X 8 SLEEPER ALL SIDES 4 X 6 BLKG BETWEEN (E) 2 X STIFFENERS 4 X 6 BEYOND GLB PER PLAN 4 X 6 BLKG 0 END OF UNIT 8" CMU INFILL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS (SOLID GROUT) #4 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. #5 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. MECHANICAL UNIT 1/2" : 1'-0" Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/1/ BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • • • • • 0 Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 U) m m 0 ti cN N • c O 0 0 U O :4-, w0° 9 C",2 c U 0 O - .3 U m o m ° m m « F N O -0 C O 0 U � 5 m To O In 0 m t c c 0 m j " .2 O c DETAIL "f" SIMPSON LTP4 (CENTERED) (2) ROWS SDS SCREWS 0 12"o.c. 4 X 6 W/ SIMPSON LUS46 EA END D S3.3 SECTION E 3/4" : SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" 12 X 6 X 1/4 HSS 1/4" END CAP PLATE SIGN MOUNTING BRACKET BY OTHERS 1/2 X 1'-0" WIDE X 2'-0" HIGH PLATE FOR SIGNAGE CONNECTION X3.3 SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" D c* -7 003 b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY Oa TLIK gtr ILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a ewmt MB& gENGINEERING B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) SECTION 1/2" : 1'-0" G S3.3 SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" N � mm a 2 U C N 0 0 c U y U L m O y N 9 0 0 0 a c ' 2 m c 0. cO O O. n v7 II FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DETAILS S3.3 •' •• .: .: ' '• •► . D.': '► I` • •• O . • •► . .i. A Q. • j t;• - ,•• s IIU ei SIZE PER PLAN & SCHEDULE REINFORCE PER SCHEDULE Ie 0- U 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR B.O. (E) ROOF /' 0 STRUCTURE 1 BASE PLATE DETAIL HSS COL PER PLAN 1/4 X 3 X 0'-11" PLATE W/ (2) 5/81 X 4 1/2" EPDXY ANCHORS 4 X 6 (FLAT) BLKG BETWEEN 2 X 4's 6" (18 GA) [B"2"] METAL TRACK 6" (18 GA) METAL STUDS 0 16"o.c. 1 1/2" /4' /9" 3/8 X 4 X 0'-O" PLATE (WELDED) 1/4 X 3 X 0'-8" PLATE W/ (1) 5/8"® X 4 1/2" EPDXY ANCHOR C12 X 20.7 PER PLAN 0 1'-0" s O d- r,. 4 /••y Y 2• i $. /• 1 rt ///��.7137 1.4t1.1 I 1=1 • • 6" (18 GA) [B•1.625"] t° METAL JOISTS 0 16"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 1/2" X 5" TITAN ANCHORS 0 32"o.c. (N) 8" CMU WALL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS (SOLID GROUT) #5 X 4'-0" 0 24"o.c. (LAP 2'-0") 04 1 0 18"o.c. (DRILL & EPDXY) NEW OPENING FOR STAIR (2) #4 CONT TOP #4 0 12"o.c. EA WAY 8" C.I.P. WALL #4 L_ 0 12"o.c. 6" (18 GA) CONT METAL TRACK W/ 1/2" X 5" TITAN ANCHORS 0 32"o.c. 1/2 X 6 X 0'-11" PLATE W/ (2) 5/8" m X 3 1/2" EPDXY ANCHORS 0 • ::mss• 0 o 0 o • 14 kr =111=1 I ITI I I I I.I I I.�I 11-1 11-�I I I4 -I 111 I ISI 11-1 I i'' =1=L I— -1 11=_J 'ELI II—.• 7 - •. :• II, ,1 II 1lu 11 I I I 11=1 I I-1 11-1 11-11 IIIIIll_III IIII 11 1111 I 1 . • IIII 17.1 1IIIII1 1 1111 FOOTING PER SECTION B/S3.2 1-11 I— 111=111=111=111 (3) #5 CONT BOTTOM .f -.a ] Y is AO' Ys3.3 B 53.9 ELEVATION 1/2" : 1'-O" HSS BEAM PER PLAN 1 3/16 /8" 1/4" END CAP PLATE HSS BEAM PER PLAN 1/4" CAP PLATE HSS COL PER PLAN 3/16 8 X 4 HSS PER PLAN 1/4" END CAP PLATE 16 X 8 HSS PER PLAN #4 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. #8 SCREWS 0 12"o.c. ALL SIDES SIMPSON HL33 0 EA END. EA SIDE (8 TOTAL) W/ 1/2" 1 X 3 1/2" LAGS INTO BLKG & 4 X 8 SLEEPER SIMPSON LTP4 (CENTERED) EA SIDE #5 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. ELEVATION MECHANICAL UNIT 4 X 8 SLEEPER ALL SIDES 4 X 6 BLKG BETWEEN (E) 2 X STIFFENERS 4 X 6 BEYOND GLB PER PLAN 4 X 6 BLKG 0 END OF UNIT 8" CMU INFILL W/ #5V 0 24"o.c. & (2) #4H IN BOND BEAMS 0 48"o.c. LIFTS (SOLID GROUT) #4 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. #5 X 2'-6" 0 24"o.c. MECHANICAL UNIT 1/2" : 1'-0" Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 02/22/1/ BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • • • • • 0 Drawn By: JT/NH Project No.: 16200 U) m m 0 ti cN N • c O 0 0 U O :4-, w0° 9 C",2 c U 0 O - .3 U m o m ° m m « F N O -0 C O 0 U � 5 m To O In 0 m t c c 0 m j " .2 O c DETAIL "f" SIMPSON LTP4 (CENTERED) (2) ROWS SDS SCREWS 0 12"o.c. 4 X 6 W/ SIMPSON LUS46 EA END D S3.3 SECTION E 3/4" : SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" 12 X 6 X 1/4 HSS 1/4" END CAP PLATE SIGN MOUNTING BRACKET BY OTHERS 1/2 X 1'-0" WIDE X 2'-0" HIGH PLATE FOR SIGNAGE CONNECTION X3.3 SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" D c* -7 003 b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 0 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY Oa TLIK gtr ILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a ewmt MB& gENGINEERING B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. 250 E. SUNSET WAY ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 (425) 557-0779 (PHONE) (425) 557-0765 (FAX) SECTION 1/2" : 1'-0" G S3.3 SECTION 3/4" : 1'-0" N � mm a 2 U C N 0 0 c U y U L m O y N 9 0 0 0 a c ' 2 m c 0. cO O O. n v7 II FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DETAILS S3.3 O O DWG Name: D:\Jobs\2011\SHA\DSSs\WA_Tukwila-TSA\Drawings\I 12S1B_H03.O.dwg Updated By: hfontanet Feb 22, 2011 - 1c1:461:52 LLJ L J I-.—'XR' ATP 2 TYP. (2) -7//' iF7A 1;\ v., it4_, SKYLIGHTS TYP. 'XR' ROOFTOP@ UNIT -'XR' ROOFTOP@ UNIT Id! LkeJ —r 'XR' ROOFTOP@ UNIT L- J 'XR' ROOFTOP UNIT rs - — i 17%-70- I D5112 L` —'XR' ROOFTOP UNIT 23 11 ." 111111 11 L_� L J T—�1 L_S 0 LOW CANOPY -I LOW CANOPY ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN 0.5 ?9) 0. LOW CANOPY OVER LOW ROOF DRAIN OW CANO OOF DRAI 1 DEMOLITION H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN SCALE: S/52" = I' -O" 1.9 22.3 H.V.A.C. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING 611) AND BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL DEMOLITION WORK. PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED FOR PROJECT AND DISPOSE OF DEMOLITION MATERIALS IN A CODE APPROVED MANNER. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT, DISASSEMBLE, GAP, PLUG AND REMOVE ALL PIPING, DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT. ALL OPENINGS ON PIPING AND DUCTS THAT REMAIN SHALL BE GAPPED AND PROPERLY SECURED. VERIFY ALL DEMOLITION WORK IN FIELD. DEMOLITION WORK INCLUDES THE REMOVAL OF ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CONTROL WIRING, CURBS, ECT. G. OWNER SHALL DESIGNATE ANY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION. ANY EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED BY OWNER TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE PROTECTED AND DELIVERED TO OWNER ON SITE. D. DEMOLITION TO BE DONE IN A MANNER 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE ADJACENT TENANTS AND NOT AFFECT THE OPERATION OF SYSTEMS TO REMAIN IN USE. ANY ITEM TO REMAIN THAT 15 DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY OPENINGS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION CAUSED BY THE DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. F. PATCH ALL HOLES IN WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS THAT RESULT FROM THE DEMOLITION WORK FOR NEW SURFACE FINISH. G. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TIMES TO WORK IN SPECIFIC AREAS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. IF AFTER HOURS WORK 15 REQUIRED ALL PREMIUM TIME SHALL BE INCLUDED IN 51D. H. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT 15 SHOWN, HOWEVER IT 15 THE INTENT OF THIS CONTRACT THAT ALL EQUIPMENT NOT INDICATED TO SE REUSED OR NOT REQUIRED TO BE REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT, SHALL BE REMOVED. ALL GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY FOR REMOVAL AND PATCHING. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NOTE THAT NOT ALL DEMOLITION WORK GAN BE PERFORMED AT ONE TIME. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH STORE PHASING CONSTRUCTION PLAN. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. J. FOR ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, GONTRAGTOR SHALL REMOVE EQUIPMENT, PATCH, AND REPAIR ROOF AND DECK TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS, INCLUDING INSULATION. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE BY OWNER'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AND PAID FOR BY THIS CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. H.V.A.C. CODED NOTES: 0 I. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSER, GRILLE, CONTROLS, HANGERS, ETG. PROVIDE REINFORCED INSULATED CURB GAP PER OSHA STANDARDS. 2. REMOVE EXISTING AIR TRANSFER DUCT 12x12 AND ALL ASSOCIATED GRILLES, DUCTWORK AND HANGERS. PATCH WALL OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING. TYP. (2) n 003 RECEIVED CITY OF T UKW1LA FEB 28201 PERMIT CENTER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETGJ PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. FI FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR 15 RLPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). ALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS LOCATED ON SALES FLOOR WALLS SHALL BE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. is CNI 0, w a w w Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 c� c7 z CC 0 a �mOC lc L.5Ou ,q C W w U C9U v _ m -,-- . a`U rUOOmm . . '',651- N m Q •. m 000o1-\ 2 U c - f -O T. mU m • `p y g v—moa CO 2 U 0. C m • m r U tm N o- . O m O W« 8 `m3 H g.- 0 CD 2 2 m C mmp 0.— C v m .0 D0) 9 U v O 'O C 0 �.om7 O 0m u,L a. C=p NU JC W C O mJ C — m C v0 O 0 i -E w 0 mI C m CJ ,7, ;,04: `15 1 O O▪ « -- wn° ,p '0 E (0 v i 0 � 0 o c%mp�= U O = W J-- Y_N --UN fpWC ;U9 DLNm D '6 C m5 O C 3 00 r c 0 N 0. - J ect CC 1- C) crzc) I— r o it rz o Q W UCC OU -0 OCD J O wcc w O z J E W J 5 m F. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPAR oC PIRMiTAN D APPROVAL QUIRED NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DEMOLITION H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN DH1. 0 0 Feb 22, 2011 - 20:5x:25 0 ®FL FGTRIG WALL ©HEATER -15 KW ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING 22. 0 24x2• 12x10 SR -I, 12x6 225 CFM \ / TYP. (4) FOOTWEAR11 STOCK / SPRINKLER AREA IOxlO \1r ATD-3, 200 GFM 6-2, 12x12 ON WALL 6-3, I2xI2 IN CEILING RCEIVING PROVIDE WITH INSULATED BACK PANEL 'vv ON ROOF 11 L CORRIDOR 5R -I, 12x8 300 GFM � 5 ta rJ 5R-1,18%6 425 GFM TYP. (2) 200 MBH 8"N TO RTU/7 GD -I, 8114' 200 GFM Ory GD -I, 8"4' 225 GFM ARCHERY LJ GD -3, 8114' 150 GFM 3 WAY THROW TYP. (2) 16x10 ON ROOF FOOTWEAR 65 TON COOLING TO RTU/5 dal 11.71 @9 iIy Ni 0D-4, 2600 GFM (9 rW dy ON ROOF 65 TON COOLING '1J tJ @9 a 16x14 I I 16x16 I6x16 GD -4, O 2600 GFM @J ail QJ ON ROOF 5 TOGO0LING GD -2, 8"4' 125 GFM 2 WAY THROW 0D-4, O 2000 GFM 415 ATD-3, 200 GFM 6-2, 12x12 ON WALL 6-3, 12x12 IN CEILING 5R -I, 12x6 200 GFM I ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING SR -I, 12x6 200 GFM L.P. CLOSET DEPT. MANAGERS BREAK ROOM TO RTU/II f 5R -I, 18x8 600 GFM ON ROOF 85 TON COOLING CORRIDOR LIosaJ STOCKR r1 ail BIKE RAGKS, BIKES :J ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING (5 @J HUNTING QJ REFER TO DRAWING HI.I FOR OFFICE LAYOUT. CORR. 105 STORE MANAGER WORKSHOP 122 WORK RM 121 12x10 5R -1,18x8 600 GFM 5R -I, I8x8 600 GFM DATA/AV TO RTU/q rl @J 'J ri1 L9 ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING EXERCISE GD -6, 5000 GFM @9 Q1, ADJA CEN TENANT (N THY IJ 9v \J LJ 9a O4 14x12— L� GD -6, O 4250 GFM FITTING CENTER •-12x8 GOLF STOCK 5R -I, 12x6 225 GFM TYP. TO RTU/3 GOLF PRO SHOP @5 ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING Ly \I9 aly Gy \IJ 1 61 �J \J @J LIGHT TYP. vii @y Itrei r1 ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING 1 10x6 Ara 11171 NG, TO RTU/1 try L9 :J LJ SR -I, 12x6 225 GFM ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING :y t% L7 ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING J � 9 LJ 0D-6, 5000 GFM I/ 'J �ry \I9 MJ :J rl ai ATD-I, 6-2, 12x12 ®O 11 \TJ \y: SPRINKLER 140 LJ VESTIBULE ELECTRIC WALL HEATER - 15 KW T H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = I'—O" ON ROOF ON ROOF H.V.A.C. CODED NOTES:0 I. DASHED LINE INDICATES I" AGOUSTIG LINING FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. TYPICAL. 2. PROVIDE 21" TRIM FLANGE AROUND FULL PERIMETER OF EXPOSED DUGT PENETRATION ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL PENETRATIONS. GAULK FULL PERIMI_ I tR OF TRIM FLANGES AIR TIGHT. TYPICAL. TRIM FLANGE NOT REQUIRED IN LOGATIONS NOT VISIBLE AND ON SIDE OF WALL WHERE A SUPPLY REGISTER OR RETURN GRILLE 15 INSTALLED 3. DUCT PENETRATION SHALL BE ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. 4. ALL DUGTWORK ON SALES FLOOR SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED INSIDE JOIST WEBBING TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM CLEARANCE. IF THIS 15 NOT ACHIEVABLE THEN ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM CLEARANCE. DUGT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED BELOW THE PAINT BREAK LINE. IF THE CONTRACTOR 15 IN DOUBT, SUBMIT AN RFI TO THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR CLARIFICATION. COORDINATE DUCT LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. TYPIGAL. 5. ALL DUCTWORK ON STOCK ROOM FLOOR SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED INSIDE JOIST WEBBING TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM CLEARANCE. IF THI5 15 NOT ACHIEVABLE THEN ALL DUGTWORK SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED TIGHT TO THE STRUGTURE ABOVE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM GLEARANGE. COORDINATE DUGT LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND STOCKROOM FIXTURING. TYPIGAL. 6. CONNECT SUPPLY AIR BRANCH DUCT TO SUPPLY DUGT EXTENSION BETWEEN ROOFTOP UNIT AND CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER. EXTEND BRANCH DUCTWORK A5 INDICATED. 1. PROVIDE 121"x121" EXHAUST DUGT UP TO EXHAUST FAN. 8. GONNEGT SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS TO ROOFTOP UNIT AND TO GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER. BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT IT -0". REFER TO DETAILS ON DRAWING H2.1. q. GUT END OF RETURN DUGT AT 45 DEGREE TOP OPENING. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING H2.I. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXACT LOGATION OF ROOFTOP UNIT ON ROOF WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SECURE ROOF CURB TO ROOF STRUCTURE AND FASTEN UNIT TO ROOF CURB. SHIM CURB A5 REQUIRED 50 UNIT SETS DEAD LEVEL. PROVIDE CURB COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT STEEL A5 REQUIRED TO FRAME OPENINGS A5 DIRECTED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. GUT OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF FOR DUGT CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN CONNECTIONS. OFFSET AND TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN DUGTWORK AS REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUGTURE. PROVIDE MITERED ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES AT BOTTOM OF SUPPLY AND RETURN DUGT DROPS (EXCEPT WHERE GONNEGTING TO GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER). II. INSTALL GONDENSATE DRAIN WITH DEEP SEAL TRAP AND GLEAN OUT. ROUTE CONDENSATE ON ROOF AS INDICATED ON DRAWING H3.0. 12. SMOKE DETEGTOR SHALL BE FIELD INSTALLED AND LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR DUGT TO SHUT DOWN ROOFTOP UNIT UPON ALARM. SMOKE DETECTOR AND REMOTE INDICATOR ALARM AND KEY TEST SWITCH STATION TO BE FURNISHED BY ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR. MEGHANIGAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE SMOKE DETEGTOR TO ROOFTOP UNIT. REMOTE INDIGATOR ALARM AND KEY TEST SWITCH STATION SHALL BE INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PER SITE-SPEGIFIG GODE REQUIREMENTS. 13. MOUNT BOTTOM OF UNIT HEATER AT 121-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE LOGATION OF HEATER WITH OVERHEAD DOOR 50 THAT HEATER AIR FLOW 15 DIRECTED AT THE DOOR OPENING WHEN THE DOOR 15 IN THE OPEN POSITION. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS AND SUPPORT RODS AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE. 14. 5" FLUE THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING H2.1. 15. AIR TRANSFER DUGT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING H2.2. 16. MOUNT BOTTOM OF AIR TRANSFER GRILLE A5 HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE/RELATIVE HUMIDITY/GARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. NOVAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR EQUIPMENT SERVING THIS AREA. ELEGTRIGAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. D 003 RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER MEGHANIGAL GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING GORREGTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, EGONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. ELEGTRIGAL GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MEGHANIGAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). ALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS LOCATED ON SALES FLOOR WALLS SHALL BE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD r N >ti 0 Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PERMITAND 1 PPROVAL N OTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. HDF 15122.00 i/) 72: m m vi L L U O w 0y_ 10 j C U -0 0._ m= m ccpO20L 0 1- m ma_m O Om00F—� 100 c t° -' m F'- O 0 O U m , W C m m a cn00c�=-Q 0 m 00 0 6 0 L O m U c m m � mC7 3 U m m N 1— (° a a 0 o a C C -0 m 9 C W U J 0 m- m C D c 0vm ID•0C=a a o .ma U) mcm0 L co, O O - m m C Y m 1 m J ict cc I— U CC Z O CO < W � I— 0 U) O . W Q in0 cc oce Q zLLI cc I— z m IVA IFA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN H1.0 nmumIlll Feb 22, 2011 - 20:31:51 ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING GD -I, 6"4D 15 GFM 2 WAY THROW GD -2, 8"1:P 125 GFM 3 WAY THROW L.P. CLOSET DEPT. MANA ( 101 GD -1,10°4) 350 GFM 10"4) G -I, 24x12 125 GFM1.171 10x10—r 1 CORR. [105) TYP / \ —GD -I, S"4 V 125 GFM 2 WAY THROW U TYP. 26x18 [ $TORE MANAGER ios j I 16x12 —IOxlO CORRIDOR 105a) 1 —6-3, 24x12 150 GFM 12x12 L 10"4' G-3, 24x12 350 GFM BREAK ROOM 12x12 [ 110 j —6-1, 12x12 150 GFM ASH/COUNT [ 11\ 12x12 150 GFM 3 WAY THROW 8"(1)—e 1 Ibxl2— I 3, 24x12 GFM 1( G0-1,10"4) 215 GFM FG.,10"4) 215 GFM 10" P• IOxlO 1 8x12 • b"4' 10" 4 MOUNT ON WALL NEXT TO ROOM LIGHT SWITCH. COORDINATE WITH DRAWING EI.O. WORKSHOP \2� 6-3, 24x12 450 GFM GD -I, 10"cP 215 GFM ON ROOF G 1 24x12 6x6 6x6 O9 SR -I, 6x6/+ 100 GFM O6-1,10x10 100 GFM WORK RM [ 121 12x12 ON ROOF DATA/AV ( 151 6-2, I ATD-I, G-2, 24x12 0. C.) 1 OFFICE H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I'-0" \ N\ H.V.A.C. CODED NOTES: 0 I. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE/RELATIVE HUMIDITY/CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. REFER TO FI FCTRIGAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 2. THERMOSTAT FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 3. NOVAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR EQUIPMENT SERVING THI5 AREA. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 4. ONE (I) HOUR TIMER WALL SNITCH FOR EXHAUST FAN. FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. 5. DASHED LINE INDICATES I" AGOUSTIG LINING FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. TYPICAL. 6. INSTALL BOTTOM OF DUCTWORK AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS NO MORE THAN 24" ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS. TYPICAL. 1. AIR TRANSFER DUCT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING H2.2. MOUNT BOTTOM OF AIR TRANSFER GRILLE AT 12" ABOVE DOOR. S. MOUNT BOTTOM OF GRILLE ON WALL A5 HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 1. MOUNT BOTTOM OF RETURN GRILLE / SUPPLY REGISTER ON WALL AT 16-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 10. MOUNT BOTTOM OF GRILLE ON WALL AT 1'-0" ABOVE FINI'HED FLOOR. II. PROVIDE 20"x20", I" ACOUSTIC LINED, SUPPLY AIR DUCT DROP TO CEILING PLENUM AND EXTEND BRANCH DUCTWORK A5 INDICATED. n- 003 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282011 PERMIT CENTER r CV N CV Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 9 9 • • • o • e e • Drawn By: 1-117F Project No.: 15122.00 wO mC m• .1:200)"..-0! yUU YnU C ._.c. o ac -To U O 2 m a m 1-,-g O o_ , c Ta c —aa a 0 m O I° m c (n ? c7 U m a C m O mo0m ao a.—L m mU m C 'O C C 0 LL oomc _.ot0`m C7 U ," 1°...u' 2 1—a_N >,,- O C 2 >, V •-, ¢ C - C -0 m ,p W N V • J c O Camm 18:: emmc0E73; ac aY/ i- . >N 0 CD E .0wm m O O O Lm To.. om ,- o >, O. 0 r., m a C m m Eo O m 0 2 m m c m o o 2 m U t m J m m m_ CD r C m 0. m _ a m m C E mU _ m m 2 m D o c m c 0p . CO LO.' m¢NaWccn MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, MATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. FI FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). J CC U CCZcco O Ci) W Uct ZLi.0 I• OC O J � O . M J Q W pcc 0 �. w O_Z_J E W J Y z m ALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS LOCATED ON SALES FLOOR WALLS SHALL BE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds — 0.972, Sd1 — 0.544 SITE CLASS — D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE APPROVAL REQUIRzD N OTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com OFFICE H.V.A.C. FLOOR PLAN H1.1 DWG Name: D:\Jobs\2017\GHA\DSGsVNA_Tukwila-TSA\Drawfngs\I 1281B_H02.O.dwg Updated By: hfontanet Feb 22, 2017 - 20:3cl:41 ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE UNIT NO . LOCATION SERVES UNIT POWER MAX. CFM 0.A. (5#13 0T' SUPPLY FAN EXHAUST FAN COOLING COIL SAS FIRED HEATING SECTION UNIT D I MENS I ONS UNIT WEIGHT DESIGN EQUIPMENT (YORK) REMARKS FLA MGA MOGP PHASE VOLTS GFM HP MOTOR RPM FAN RPM EXT. 5P (I N WG) HP EXT. SP (I N WG) EAT (DB) TOT. GL6.SENS. (BTUH) GLS (BTUH) NOMINAL TONS EER/SEER EAT DEG F INPUT (MBH) OUTPUT (MBH) EFF. 6A5 PRE55. (IN WG) RTU -1 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 03 3/4 0.1" g5/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.3 2 24 E 112 80% 1 120X51 1150 1.1-1501 THRU 11 RTU -2 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 @ 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.3 2 S AT�GE 112 80% 1 120X51 1150 ZJ-150 1 THRU 11 RTU -3 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 ® 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.3 2 24 E 112 80% 1 120X51 1150 ZJ-150 1 THRU 11 RTU -4 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 ® 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.32 S 06E 112 SO% 1 120X51 1150 ZJ-150 1 THRU 11 RTU -5 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 @ 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.3 2 24 E 1q2 80% 1 120X51 1150 ZJ-150 1 THRU 11 RTU -6 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 36.2 41.3 50.0 3 460 1,800 5,000 5.0 1150 1451 1.40 1 @ 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 110,800 121,300 12.5 12.0/--- 54.3 2 24 E 112 80% 1 120X51 1150 ZJ-150 1 THRU 11 RTU -1 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 15.0 18.3 20.0 3 460 850 2,600 1.5 1150 828 0.65 1 ® 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 80,000 51,000 6.5 12.0/--- 56.0 120 2 STAGE 16 80% 1 81X51 1550 ZJ-018 1 THRU 11 RTU -8 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 15.0 18.3 20.0 3 460 850 2,600 1.5 1150 828 0.65 1 @ 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 80,000 51,000 6.5 12.0/--- 56.0 120 2 STAGE 16 80% 1 81X51 1550 ZJ-018 1 THRU 11 RTU -1 OPEN SALES ROOF SAME 12.1 16.1 20.0 3 460 625 2,000 1.5 1150 1012 0.80 1 ® 3/4 0.35" 15/15/63 51,000 41,100 5.0 12.2/15.0 56.8 80 2 STAGE 65 81% 1 81X51 1250 ZJ-061 1 THRU 11 RTU -10 STOCKROOM ROOF SAME 12.1 16.1 20.0 3 460 260 2,000 1.5 1150 1012 0.80 1 @ 3/4 0.35" 15/15/63 51,000 41,100 5.0 12.2/15.0 66.2 SO 2 STAGE 65 81% 1 81X51 1250 ZJ-061 1 THRU 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 11 RTU -11 STOGKROOM ROOF SAME 11.5 23.2 25.0 3 460 100 3,400 3.0 1150 1055 1.10 1 Q 3/4 0.1" 15/80/61 106,000 11,000 8.5 12.0/--- 62.3 120 2 STAGE 16 80% 1 81X51 1550 ZJ-102 1 THRU 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 11 RTU -12 OFFIGE ROOF SAME 12.1 16.1 20.0 3 460 225 2,000 1.5 1150 1012 0.80 1 @ 3/4 0.35" 15/15/63 51,000 41,100 5.0 12.2/15.0 61.2 2 STAGE 65 81% 1 81X51 1250 ZJ-061 1 THRU 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 11 0 0 0 0.12 0 24 24 TOTAL 14,310 100 0.30 WORK SHOP TOTAL 111.5 Sales 15 4 4 7.5 0.12 30 31 62 0,8 REMARKS: I. ALL ROOFTOP UNITS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY VENDOR #12. ACCESSORIES 6. FACTORY INSTALLED GEAR DRIVEN ECONOMIZER WITH POWER EXHAUST AND WITH II. BURGLAR BARS. 11. SIMPLICITY SMART EQUIPMENT (55E) CONTROL BOARD WITH A 'COMMUNICATION' LISTED ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY ROOFTOP UNIT MANUFACTURER UNLESS LOW AMBIENT CONTROL. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED POWER EXHAUST FOR 15 GARD. THE 'COMMUNICATION' GARD SHALL BE BAGNET MS/TP. INDICATED OTHERWISE. TONS AND OVER. FURNISH FIELD INSTALLED POWER EXHAUST FOR 6 TONS AND 12. METAL CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER PACKAGE, INCLUDING CURB INSERTS. REFER TO UNDER WHICH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE IN FIELD. 'DIFFUSER / GRILLE SCHEDULE' BELOW. 18. PROVIDE CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT GOAT ING ON ALL COILS ( INTERIOR AND 2. SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED AND EXTERIOR) WHEN LOCATED WITH -IN 10 MILES OF THE OCEAN/SALT WATER. WIRED TO ROOFTOP UNIT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON 1. FACTORY INSTALLED GFGI RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE TO BE FIELD WIRED BY 13. MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SETPOINT TO BE 5% OF SUPPLY AIR GFM. ALARM. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. Iq. PROVIDE WITH INTELLISPEED SUPPLY AIR BLOWER OPTION TO REDUCE AIRFLOW 14. 14" SEISMIG HIGH ROOF CURB. PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION C405.2.12.2 OF THE 2012 WASHINGTON STATE 3. DIRTY FILTER SWITCH. 8. FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECT SWITCH. DISCONNECT SWITCH TO BE FIELD ENERGY CODE. MINIMUM SUPPLY AIR FLOW SET POINT SHALL BE 65% OF PEAK WIRED BY ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR. 15. REFER TO EM DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON NOVAR ENERGY AIRFLOW. 4. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE/RELATIVE HUMIDITY/GARBON DIOXIDE (THG) SENSOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. WITHOUT DISPLAY. SENSOR TO BE INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL 1. EQUIPMENT OPERATION CHECK (EOG). 20. HAIL GUARDS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS TO BE PROVIDED IN DESIGNATED AREAS PER CONTRACTOR. 16. A NEW SET OF FILTERS PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE, A NEW SET OF FILTERS AT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 10. HAIL GUARDS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS TO BE PROVIDED IN DESIGNATED AREAS PER TURNOVER TO DICK'S SPORTING GOODS, AND A NEW SET OF FILTERS ONE (1) DAY 5. SEE DETAILS, SHEET H2.1. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. FILTERS TO BE DP GLASS I, 2" PLEATED, 40% EFFIGIENT W/10% WEIGHT ARRESTANGE TEST EFFICIENCY RATING (MERV 8). 300 0.26 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING GORREGTLY (CYCLING GORREGTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL VENTILATI❑N (OUTSIDE AIR) SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE CODE: 2015 INTERNATI❑NAL MECHANICAL CODE SERVES UNIT N0. LOCATION ROOM NAME ROOM AREA (ft2) CLASSIFICATI❑N VOLTS OUTDOOR AIR GFM S.P. PRIMARY AIRFLOW (Vpz) Multiple Zone System REQUIRED DESIGN PILOT LIGHT CALCULATED # OF PEOPLE IN AREA (Ps) CFM/PERSON PER TABLE (Table 403.3) (Rp) CFM/ft2 (Ra) ;Table 403,3) (Net Area) CFM1 (RpEPz) CFM2 (Ra*Az) REQUIRED D.A. (Vbz= RpPz+RaAz) ZONE AIR DIST. EFFECTIVENESS Ez (Table 403.3.1,2) ZONE O.A. RATE (Voz= Vbz/Ez) PRIMARY ❑.A. FRACTION (Voz/Vpz) SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY (Ev) (Table 403,3,2.3.2) OCCUPANT DIVERSITY (D=Ps/Pz) UNCORRECTED D.A. INTAKE (Vou=D(RpPz) +RaAz) O.A. FLOW RATE (Vot=Vou/Ev; (CFM) O.A. FLOW RATE (CFM) SYSTEM GROSS NET (Az) PEOPLE PER 1000 ft2 (Net Area) NO. OF OCCUP. (Pz) SALES 44506 44506 Sales 15 668 668 7.5 0.12 5010 5341 10351 0.8 12939 36450 0,35 1010 BELT MANUAL YES 100 6REENHEGK: GOLF STOCK 560 560 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 67 68 0.8 85 450 0,19 BELT MANUAL YES 100 6REENHEGK: 6B-081 1, Total: 5040 5442 GD -5 Max Zp: 0,35 0.8 1 10418 13023 13125 RTU -1-9 SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITE FOOTWEAR STOCK 1770 1770 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 212 213 0,8 267 1500 0.18 6-1 550 - RL AS NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE CORRIDOR 240 240 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 14 15 0.8 19 200 0.1 NO STEEL TRANSI-ER OFF-WHITE 1 Total: 0 227 AS NOTED Max Zp: 0,18 0.9 1 227 253 260 RTU -10 2 STOCK 3200 3200 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 384 384 0.8 480 2200 0.22 A5 NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE EGOCRATE NA NO RECEIVING 960 960 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 115 116 0.8 145 850 0.17 ARCHERY 160 160 Sates 15 3 3 7.5 0.12 23 19 42 0.8 53 150 0.35 CORRIDOR 115a 260 260 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 16 16 0.8 20 200 0,1 Total: 23 534 Max Zp: 0.35 0.8 1 557 697 700 RTU -11 CORRIDOR 105a 190 190 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 11 12 0,8 15 150 0.1 CASH & COUNT 70 70 Office space 5 1 1 5 0.06 5 4 10 0.8 13 150 0.09 CORRIDOR 105 80 80 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 5 5 0.8 7 75 0.09 STORE MANAGER 120 120 Office space 5 1 1 5 0.06 5 7 13 0.8 17 150 0.11 DEPT MANAGERS 100 100 Office space 5 1 1 5 0.06 5 6 11 0,8 14 350 0,04 LP 100 100 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 12 12 0,8 15 100 0.15 WORK ROOM 200 200 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 24 24 0.8 30 100 0.30 WORK SHOP 260 260 Sales 15 4 4 7.5 0.12 30 31 62 0,8 78 300 0.26 BREAK ROOM 350 350 Office space 5 2 2 5 0,06 10 21 31 0.8 39 550 0.07 Total: 55 122 Max Zp: 0,30 0.8 1 177 222 225 RTU -12 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE UNIT N0. LOCATION SERVES UNIT N0. LOCATION SERVES HP OR WATTS PHASE VOLTS TYPE GFM S.P. BLADE TYPE FAN RPM DRIVE STARTER PILOT LIGHT WEIGHT DESIGN EQUIPMENT (MAKE 4 MODEL) REMARKS EF -1 ROOF 115 A.V. ROOM 1/4 HP 1 115 65 DOME 100 0.315" GENT. 1140 BELT MANUAL YES 100 6REENHEGK: 6B-101 1, 4 EF -2 ROOF GD -2 TOILET. RMS. 1/4 HP 1 115 LOUVER DOME 500 0.315" GENT. 1010 BELT MANUAL YES 100 6REENHEGK: 6B-011 1, 3 EF -3 ROOF YES WORKSHOP 1/6 HP 1 115 3 DOME 300 0.315" GENT. 1010 BELT MANUAL YES 100 6REENHEGK: 6B-081 1, 2 GD -5 VENDOR *12 BUSKIN 530-22 FEK RTU SIZE PER RTU SIZE NA CONCENTRIC NA NA SIEtL SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITE 1 GD -6 VENDOR *12 BUSKIN 530-50 PER RTU SIZE 1-'1=k RTU SIZE NA CONCENTRIC NA NA STEEL SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITETITS 1 6-1 550 - RL AS NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE HORIZ. BAR NA YES STEEL TURN/ EXHAUST OFF-WHITE 1 REMARKS: 1. 2. PROVIDE WITH GRAVITY BAGKDRAFT DAMPER, 3. BIRD SCREEN, 15" HIGH INSULATED ROOF CURB, BURGLAR BARS, DISGONNEGT SWITCH, AND BELT DRIVE WITH ADJUSTABLE MOTOR PULLEY. 4. FAN CONTROLLED BY WALL SWITCH WITH 1 HOUR TIMER. WALL SWITCH FURNISHED BY MG. WALL SWITCH INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. FAN CONTROLLED BY ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. FAN CONTROLLED BY REVERSE AGTING THERMOSTAT. THERMOSTAT FURNISHED BY MG. THERMOSTAT INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. TITUS 350 -RL A5 NOTED GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE UNIT N0. LOCATION SERVES ELEGTRIGAL CFM EAT ( DES) LAT ( DES) INPUT ( MBH) OUTPUT ( MBH) FLUE 5I ZE EFFICIENCY SAS PRESSURE (I N WG) OP. T. ( LES) DESIGN EQU I PMENT ( MAKE 4 MODEL) REMARKS VOLTS PHASE HP RPM UH -1 RECEIVING AREA SAME 115 1 1/3 --- 3200 65 105 200 166 5" 83.0% 1" 225 STERLING: TF -200 1 THRU 1 STEEL SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1, 2, 3 GD -2 TAGS AS NOTED AS NOTED SURFACE LOUVER U.N.O. YES STEEL SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1, REMARKS: I. ASA, UL 4. PROVIDE "5" FLUE THRU ROOF W/APPROVED GAP. 2. UNIT HEATER CONTROLLED BY NOVAR VIA A PILOT RELAY 5. PROVIDE 30 DEGREE DISCHARGE NOZZLE. INSTALLED AT THE UNIT HEATER. PILOT RELAY FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. 6. MOUNT BOTTOM OF UNIT AT 12'-O" AFF. 3. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL HEAT EXCHANGER, SPARK IGNITION, 1. REFER TO EM DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER, LIMIT CONTROLS. NOVAR ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. DIFFUSER / GRILLE SCHEDULE UNIT N0. LOCATION MARK MANUFACTURER 4 MODEL # GFM SIZE SIZE FRAME TYPE FACE -TYPE PAIIERN DAMPER MATERIAL SERVICE FINISH 120 NOTES 5R-1 TITUS 300 -RL AS NOTED AS NOTED SURFACE HORIZ. BAR DOUBLE DEFLEGTION YES STEEL SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1 1.5 KW SURFACE NALL GD -1 TITUS AS NOTED AS NOTED LAY -IN LOUVER U.N.O. YES STEEL SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1, 2, 3 GD -2 TAGS AS NOTED AS NOTED SURFACE LOUVER U.N.O. YES STEEL SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1, 3 GD -3 TITUS� A5 NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE LOUVER Y U.N�O YES ALUMINUM SUPPLY OFF-WHITE 1, 3 GD -4 VENDOR *12 BUSKIN 530-20 PER kW SIZE PER RTU SIZE NA CONCENTRIC NA NA STEEL SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITE 1 GD -5 VENDOR *12 BUSKIN 530-22 FEK RTU SIZE PER RTU SIZE NA CONCENTRIC NA NA SIEtL SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITE 1 GD -6 VENDOR *12 BUSKIN 530-50 PER RTU SIZE 1-'1=k RTU SIZE NA CONCENTRIC NA NA STEEL SUPPLY/ RETURN OFF-WHITETITS 1 6-1 550 - RL AS NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE HORIZ. BAR NA YES STEEL TURN/ EXHAUST OFF-WHITE 1 6-2 TITUS 350 -RL A5 NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE HORIZ. BAR NA NO STEEL TRANSI-ER OFF-WHITE 1 6-3 TITUS 50 A5 NOTED AS NOTED LAY -IN E66GRATE NA YES ALUMINUM RETURN OFF-WHITE 1, 2 6-4 TITUS 350 -RL A5 NOTED AS NOTED SURFACE HORIZ. BAR NA YES ALUMINUM RETURN/ EXHAUST OFF-WHITE 1 6-5 TITUS 50 A5 NOTED A5 NOTED SURFACE EGOCRATE NA NO ALUMINUM RETURN OFF-WHITE I NOTES: 1. DIFFUSER GRILLE, DIFFUSER AS DESIGNATIONS REGISTER, OR ON PLANS A5 FOLLOWS: 2. PROVIDE FRAME SUITABLE FOR LAY -IN GEILIN6. 3. 24" x 24" GEILIN6 DIFFUSER MODULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. �� DIFFUSER NECK SIZE SR -I, 12x12 OR GRILLE/REGISTER 400 GFM SIZE. . 1 TYPE `__ NOTED ABOVE AIR QUANTITY �� ELECTRIC CABINET UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE UNIT N0. LOCATION ELEGTRIGAL GFM INPUT (KW) OUTPUT ( BTUH) MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT DESIGN EQUIPMENT ( MAKE If MODEL) REMARKS VOLTS PHASE FAN HP BAH -1 SPRINKLER ROOM 120 1 - 100 1.5 KW SURFACE WALL QMARK: AWH3I50 1, 2, 3 EWH-2 LL FI PG. VEST. 120 1 - 100 1.5 KW SURFACE NALL QMARC: AWH3150 1, 2, 3 REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. 3. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2. PROVIDE WITH SUR=AGE MOUNTING FRAME. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FEWORM ALL COMMISSIONING AND GOMPLI-It / SUBMIT ALL COMMISSIONING FORMS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON ENERGY CODE (SECTION 6408 - SYSTEM COMMISSIONING). WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY GORE, 2012 EDITION SECTION 64032.4.10 REQUIREMENTS: THE BUILDING DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDG) SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING CAPABILITY: I. TRENDING: ALL CONTROL SYSTEM INPUT AND OUTPUT POINTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND PROGRAMMED FOR TRENDING, AND A 6RAPHIG TRENDING PACKAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE CONTROL SYSTEM. 2. DEMAND RESPONSE SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT: CONTROL LOGIC SHALL INCREASE THE COOLING ZONE SET POINTS BY AT LEAST 2 DEG. F (I DEG. G) AND REDUCE THE HEATING ZONE SET POINTS BY AT LEAST 2 DEG. F (I DEG. G) WHEN ACTIVATED or A DEMAND RESPONSE SIGNAL. THE DEMAND RESPONSE SIGNAL SHALL BE A BINARY INPUT TO THE CONTROL SYSTEM OR OTHER INTERFACE APPROVED BY THE SERVING ELECTRIC UTILITY. REFER TO DRAWINGS EMI.O AND EM2.0 FOR ADDITIONAL BUILDING EMS REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2012 EDITION: 1. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED PER PLANS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND SECTION 6403.2.1 OF THE ENERGY CODE. 2. ALL DUGTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE. 3. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED PER SECTION 6403.2.1 OF THE ENERGY CODE AND SEGTION 603.1 OF THE INTERNATIONAL MEGHANIGAL GO17E. 4. DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE LOW-PRESSURE FOR ALL DUCT SYSTEMS. 5. EACH ZONE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THERMOSTATIG S1-1I3AGK CONTROLS THAT ARE CONTROLLED BY EITHER AN AUTOMATIC TIME CLOCK OR PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEM. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SEVEN-DAY CLOCK AND BE CAPABLE OF BEING SET FOR SEVEN DIFFERENT DAILY SCHEDULES PER WEEK. THE GONTROLS SHALL HAVE A MANUAL OVERRIDE THAT ALLOWS TEMPORARY OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM FOR UP TO 2 HOURS. 6. AUTOMATIC START CONTROLS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH HVAC SYSTEM. THE CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTING THE DAILY START TIME OF THE HVAC SYSTEM IN ORDER TO BRING EAGH SPACE TO THE DESIRED OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SCHEDULED OCCUPANCY. 1. ZONE CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A 1IMPERATURE RANGE OR DEAD BAND OF AT LEAST 5 DEGREES F WITHIN WHICH THE SUPPLY OF HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY TO THE ZONE I5 SHUT OFF OR REDUCED TO A MINIMUM. 8. EACH ROOFTOP UNIT SHALL HAVE AN AIR ECONOMIZER CAPABLE OF MODULATING OUTSIDE -AIR AND RETURN -AIR DAMPERS TO PROVIDE UP TO 100 PERCENT OF THE DESIGN SUPPLY AIR AS OUTSIDE AIR. ECONOMIZER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING PARTIAL COOLING EVEN WHEN ADDITIONAL MECHANICAL COOLING I5 REQUIRED TO MEtl THE REMAINDER OF THE COOLING LOAD. 10. HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN AND ECONOMIZER CONTROLS SHALL BE SUCH THAT ECONOMIZER OPERATION DOES NOT INCREASE THE BUILDING HEATING ENERGY USE DURING NORMAL OPERATION. 11. ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL HAVE MULTIPLE COOLING STAGE CONTROL CAPABILITY PER SECTION 6403.2.4.1 OF THE ENERGY CODE. 12. LOAD CALCULATIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED PER ASHRAE STANDARD 183 OR EQUIVALENT. 13. HVAC EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 6403.2 OF THE ENERGY CODE. 1. RECEIVED E CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER r cv 0 Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • 0 • • 0 0 Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15122.00 GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE 'EEM T AN D N OTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. O o 0 0 O I-E�mmm.c N0 mC c • myO y 7A076 -0 . a a- a y CO a o E ° -0,-07,0 0 w ° o-= N N o U = T:1J QYE3 -: .0 Vzcm aCym :::: UL J cc 1- U ILC Z C ) O W 0 u_0 O pp- II -0U) J2 O • J W Q `C DU ILC 0 e Q z CC LU J IFA IFA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES H2.0 DWG Name: D:\Jobs\2011\GHA\D Feb 22, 2011 - 20:3c1:45 PREFABRICATED INSULATED ROOF CURB FURNISHED UNDER DIV. 15, INSTALLED UNDER DIVISION 7. CONSULT ROOFING MFR. FOR ROOF TYPE AND COORDINATE DESIGN OF CURB WITH ROOFING REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE TAPERED CURB AND/OR SHIMS TO MAKE TOP OF CURB DEAD LEVEL. J L ROOFING MEMBRANE INSULATION STITCH WELD CURB TO SIT ON TOP OF METAL DECK REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT OF ROOF CURB AND CONNECTION TO ROOF DECK. 1 BAGKDRAFT OR MOTORIZED DAMPER AS GALLED FOR I I/2" X 1 1/2" X 3/16" ANGLE IRON ALL AROUND STITCH WELDED TO ROOF DECK AND SLEEVE 1/4" THICK STEEL SLEEVE, WELDED AT SEAMS, WITH 3/4" DIA. BARS ON MAX. 6" CENTERS, BOTH WAYS, WELDED TO SLEEVE SLIP CONNECTION TO DUCTWORK, ALL AROUND. EXHAUST DUCTWORK ROOF TOP EXHAUST FAN CURB DETAIL SCALE: NONE j—GAS w RN WITH DUCTWORK ROOF TOP UNIT C MOUNT AS HIGH A5 POSSIBLE. GENERAL NOTES: A. GONTRAGTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROOFTOP UNIT LOGATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SEAL BOTTOM OF DUCT HATER TIGHT B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF OPENINGS WITH STEEL FRAMING A5 SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWING - FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS. SECURITY BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL OPENINGS THRU ROOF. SECURITY BARS SHALL BE 3/4" RIBBED TOOL RESISTANT STEEL BARS ON 5" CENTERS INSERTED THRU 2 I/2"W x 3/8" THICK HORIZONTAL BARS ON 12" CENTERS. G. SEAL ALL DUGTWORK OPENINGS WITH NON- HARDENING MASTIG. D. DUCTWORK TO BE MOUNTED UP WITH -IN JOIST SPAGE WHENEVER POSSIBLE. IF DUCTWORK GAN NOT BE MOUNTED UP WITH IN JOIST SPAGE, THEN BOTTOM OF EXPOSED DUGTWORK TO BE AS FOLLOWS: - SALES FLOOR: MINIMUM, 11'-O" - STOCK ROOMS: AS HIGH A5 POSSIBLE E. PRIOR TO ANY WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL GONFIRM IN FIELD THAT BOTTOM OF GONGENTRIG GAN BE MOUNTED AT HEIGHT INDIGATED ON DRAWING HI.O. CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED ABOVE HEIGHT INDIGATED ON HID. IF GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER GAN NOT BE MOUNTED AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O, NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY WITH ANTICIPATED MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR EAGH GONGENTRIG. R.A. 2 RTU WTTH COINENTRIC ROOF TOP UNIT JOIST AGE i ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT DETAILS SCALE: NONE O1 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB. SET ROOF CURB ON STRUCTURAL STEEL AND SHIM DEAD LEVEL. SECURE ROOF CURB TO METAL DECK AND RTU TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE INSULATED TRANSITION PANELS (DETAIL 5 ON THIS DRAWING) IN ROOF CURB FOR UNITS GONGENTRIG DIFFUSERS. O2 TRANSITION TO GONNEGTION SIZES IN DUCT RISE. REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES. 03 I" ACOUSTIC LINING IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK FROM FAN DISCHARGE TO POINT INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS (IO' -0" MIN.) DUCT SIZES INDICATED ON PLANS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. • REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GIRDER AND JOIST LOGATIONS, SIZES, AND DIRECTION. O5 PACK OPENING BETWEEN ROOF DECK AND DUGT5 AND ENTIRE CURB GAVITY WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE 3 ALT. LAYERS OF 5/8" G.W.B. AND I" RIGID INSULATION. SEAL AND STAGGER ALL SEAMS. PROVIDE SHEETMETAL ENCLOSURE AT DUCT PENETRATION OF METAL ROOF DECK TO COVER UP AND HOLD INSULATION IN PLAGE. • FIELD INSTALLED SMOKE DLl tGTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT OF RTU TO SHUT DOWN RTU UPON ALARM. 7O CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH GLEANOUT AND DEEP SEAL TRAP. REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. O8 GAS GONNEGTION WITH GAS GOGK, UNION AND DIRTLEG. REFER TO PLUMBING ROOF PLAN FOR GAS PIPE SIZES. O9 FLEXIBLE GONNEGTION (TYPICAL). O. TURNING VANES - (TYPICAL). 11 BRANCH DUCT IN JOIST SPACE - SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZES. 12 MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. REQUIRED ONLY AT UNITS WITH BRANCH DUGTS. SEE GODED NOTE 11. 13 RETURN AIR THROUGH BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER. 14 FACTORY PROVIDED CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER TO MATCH UNIT GFM. INSTALL BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O. 15 VENDOR *12 TO PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS. 16 SUPPORT CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER FROM STRUGTURE, A5 NEGE55ARY, USING 3/8" ALL THREAD. GOORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. (1).DUCTWORK TO BE ROUTED UP BETWEEN JOIST A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE WHENEVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE ALL LOGATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. MODIFY RETURN AIR DUCTWORK A5 REQUIRED TO FIT UP BETWEEN JOIST SPACE WHILE MAINTAINING EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCT SIZE GALLED OUT ON MEGHANIGAL FLOOR PLAN. 18 2" RIGID INSULATION. 19 ROOF FLASHING. 20 45 DEG. TOP RETURN OPENING. PAINT INTERIOR OF ALL DUCTWORK VISIBLE FROM FLOOR WITH PAINT TO MATCH BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK. ADJUST RETURN DUCT SIZE (MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT AREA) A5 REQUIRED TO FIT IN JOIST SPACE. IN NO CASE SHALL RETURN AIR DUCT BLOCK AIRFLOW FROM SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS. 21 REMOVE ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL BRACING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL RETURN AIR DUGTWORK UP IN JOIST SPAGE AND PROVIDE ANY NEN STRUCTURAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE REMOVAL AND ADDITION OF STRUGTURAL BRACING WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. UNIT CONDENSATE CONNECTION THREADED GLEANOUT GAP (TYP) THREADED GLEANOUT GAP (TYP) CONDENSATE LINE CENTERED ON GONGRETE SPLASH BLOCK CONDENSATE PIPE SIZES TONS PIPE SIZE * 0-5 I" C7— JOIST AGE i ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT DETAILS SCALE: NONE O1 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB. SET ROOF CURB ON STRUCTURAL STEEL AND SHIM DEAD LEVEL. SECURE ROOF CURB TO METAL DECK AND RTU TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE INSULATED TRANSITION PANELS (DETAIL 5 ON THIS DRAWING) IN ROOF CURB FOR UNITS GONGENTRIG DIFFUSERS. O2 TRANSITION TO GONNEGTION SIZES IN DUCT RISE. REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES. 03 I" ACOUSTIC LINING IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK FROM FAN DISCHARGE TO POINT INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS (IO' -0" MIN.) DUCT SIZES INDICATED ON PLANS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. • REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GIRDER AND JOIST LOGATIONS, SIZES, AND DIRECTION. O5 PACK OPENING BETWEEN ROOF DECK AND DUGT5 AND ENTIRE CURB GAVITY WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE 3 ALT. LAYERS OF 5/8" G.W.B. AND I" RIGID INSULATION. SEAL AND STAGGER ALL SEAMS. PROVIDE SHEETMETAL ENCLOSURE AT DUCT PENETRATION OF METAL ROOF DECK TO COVER UP AND HOLD INSULATION IN PLAGE. • FIELD INSTALLED SMOKE DLl tGTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT OF RTU TO SHUT DOWN RTU UPON ALARM. 7O CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH GLEANOUT AND DEEP SEAL TRAP. REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. O8 GAS GONNEGTION WITH GAS GOGK, UNION AND DIRTLEG. REFER TO PLUMBING ROOF PLAN FOR GAS PIPE SIZES. O9 FLEXIBLE GONNEGTION (TYPICAL). O. TURNING VANES - (TYPICAL). 11 BRANCH DUCT IN JOIST SPACE - SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZES. 12 MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. REQUIRED ONLY AT UNITS WITH BRANCH DUGTS. SEE GODED NOTE 11. 13 RETURN AIR THROUGH BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER. 14 FACTORY PROVIDED CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER TO MATCH UNIT GFM. INSTALL BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O. 15 VENDOR *12 TO PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS. 16 SUPPORT CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER FROM STRUGTURE, A5 NEGE55ARY, USING 3/8" ALL THREAD. GOORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. (1).DUCTWORK TO BE ROUTED UP BETWEEN JOIST A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE WHENEVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE ALL LOGATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. MODIFY RETURN AIR DUCTWORK A5 REQUIRED TO FIT UP BETWEEN JOIST SPACE WHILE MAINTAINING EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCT SIZE GALLED OUT ON MEGHANIGAL FLOOR PLAN. 18 2" RIGID INSULATION. 19 ROOF FLASHING. 20 45 DEG. TOP RETURN OPENING. PAINT INTERIOR OF ALL DUCTWORK VISIBLE FROM FLOOR WITH PAINT TO MATCH BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK. ADJUST RETURN DUCT SIZE (MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT AREA) A5 REQUIRED TO FIT IN JOIST SPACE. IN NO CASE SHALL RETURN AIR DUCT BLOCK AIRFLOW FROM SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS. 21 REMOVE ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL BRACING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL RETURN AIR DUGTWORK UP IN JOIST SPAGE AND PROVIDE ANY NEN STRUCTURAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE REMOVAL AND ADDITION OF STRUGTURAL BRACING WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. UNIT CONDENSATE CONNECTION THREADED GLEANOUT GAP (TYP) THREADED GLEANOUT GAP (TYP) CONDENSATE LINE CENTERED ON GONGRETE SPLASH BLOCK CONDENSATE PIPE SIZES TONS PIPE SIZE * 0-5 I" 6-30 I-1/4" 31-50 1-1/2" 51-110 2" * OR USE GONNEGTION 51E, WHIGHEVER 15 LARGER I' X 1' X 2" HIGH GONGRETE SPLASH PAD CENTERED ON WALK -OFF PAD 2' X 2' RUBBER WALK -OFF PAD ROOFING MASTIC 3 •-/ J CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEM TO BE SCHEDULED 80 UV RATED PVC. DO NOT INSULATE ABOVE -ROOF CONDENSATE PIPING. CONDENSATE TRAP AND SPLASH BLOCK DETAIL SCALE: NONE PREFABRICATED INSULATED SEISMIC ROOF CURB FURNISHED UNDER DIV. 15, INSTALLED UNDER DIVISION 1. GONSULT ROOFING MFR. FOR ROOF TYPE AND COORDINATE DESIGN OF GURB WITH ROOFING REQUIREMENTS. 4 ROOFING MEMBRANE J UNIT / RIGID INSULATION J ROOFING INSULATION CURB TO SIT ON TOP OF METAL DECK PROVIDE TAPERED CURB AND/OR SHIMS TO MAKE TOP OF CURB \\_DEAD LEVEL. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT OF ROOF CURB AND GONNEGTION TO ROOF DEGK. ROOF TOP UNIT CURB DETAIL SCALE: NONE 5 FACTORY SUPPLIED INSULATED RETURN AIR DUCT TRANSITION PANEL. FAGTORY SUPPLIED INSULATED SUPPLY AIR DUCT TRANSITION PANEL. RTU CURB TRANSITION PANELS FOR CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER DETAIL SCALE: NONE FLEX DUGT EXCEPT IN EXPOSED AREAS INSULATION PER GODE 6 MAIN DUCT OR BRANCH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER it■_ 11�_ ROUND SHEET METAL DUGT TO DIFFUSER UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE (SEE PLANS FOR SIZE) SQUARE TO ROUND ADAPTOR CEILING CEILING GRID LAY -IN SUPPLY DIFFUSER LOCATE IN GEILNG WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER FOR VOLUME CONTROL FROM FAGE LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL SCALE: NONE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION—\ - TYPICAL. 1 SUPPORT RODS rJ FAN INLET DUGT. TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO FAN GONNEGTION. 7 EXHAUST FAN LJ STRUCTURE VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS FAN DISCHARGE DUGT. TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO FAN CONNECTION. IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN DETAIL SCALE: NONE NOTES: A. SUPPORT CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER FROM STRUCTURE, A5 NEGESSARY, USING 3/8" ALL THREAD. GOORDINATE WITH STRUGTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY WORK. B. INSTALL SAFETY GHAINS FROM LUGS AT ALL FOUR CORNERS ON DIFFUSER BOX TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING ABOVE. G. STEP-DOWN CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER TYPE RTPI1 TO BE FURNI5IIED WITH RTU. D. REFER TO DETAIL #9 ON THIS DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION. E. PROVIDE BAFFLES AT DIFFUSER A5 REQUIRED FOR BALANCING. F. GONGENTRIG DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE METAL. 8 STEP-DOWN CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER DETAIL SCALE: NONE 9 INSULATED SUPPLY AIR TRANSITION DUCT WITH I" AGOUSTIG LINER. INSULATED RETURN AIR TRANSITION DUCT WITH 1" ACOUSTIC LINER. STEP-DOWN GONGENTRIG DIFFSUER BY VENDOR *12. CONCENTRIC TO MATCH RTU SIZE. SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY AIR RETUN AIR THRU BOTTOM 14" HIGH ROOF CURB FURNISHED BY VENDOR 1412. PROVIDE INSULATED TRANSITION PANELS FOR CONCENTRIC DIFFUSERS. INSULATED TRANSITION PANFI 5 TO BE FURNISHED WITH GURB. REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON THIS DRAWING. DIMENSION A5 REQUIRED TO EXTEND DUCTWORK TO HAVE BOTTOM OF GONGENTRIG AT 16' AFF. YORK ROOFTOP UNITS TONS RUSKIN CONCENTRIC MODEL # SA 8 RA BRANGH DUCT SIZE 20.0 530-80 24"x48" 115 530-80 24"x48" 150 530-60 18"x36" 125 530-50 18"x32" 10.0 530-22 18"x28" 85 530-20 20° DIA. 15 530-20 20" DIA. 65 530-20 20" DIA. 5.0 530-18 18" DIA. SzENERAL NOTES FOR GONGENTRIC DIFFUSER A. DO NOT INSTALL FAGTORY SUPPLIED DUGT SUPPORTS, UNLESS NOTED IN ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL GONGENTRIG DUGT WORK BEFORE SETTING UNIT IN PLAGE. G. PLAGE GASKET ON ALL SURFACES OF DUGT FLANGE AND CURB. D. ALIGN ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OPENINGS TO MATGH SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OPENINGS OF GONGENTRIG DUGT PACKAGE E. FIELD BAFFLES MAY BE REQUIRED FOR BALANCING. F. GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER SHALL BE FIELD SUPPORTED. REFER TO DETAILS 2 AND 8 ON THIS DRAWING. G. GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER PACKAGE BY VENDOR *12. H. INSTALL CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER IN ACCORDANCE W/ MANUFAGTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. I. INSTALL BOTTOM OF GONGENTRIG A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O. ALLOW 12" MAXIMUM DIMENSION FOR FLEXIBLE CONNECTION BETWEEN ROOFTOP UNIT AND CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER. J. INSTALL TRANSITION DUGTWORK BETWEEN ROOFTOP UNIT AND CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER AS REQUIRED FOR ALL ROOFTOP UNITS TO MOUNT BOTTOM OF GONGENTRIG A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOFTOP UNIT LOCATIONS FOR UNITS WITH CONCENTRIC PACKAGE IN ORDER TO ALIGN DIFFUSERS WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT AND STRUCTURAL STEEL. GONTRAGTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF OPENINGS WITH 51ttL FRAMING AS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWING - FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS. SECURITY BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL OPENINGS THRU ROOF. SECURITY BARS SHALL BE 3/4" RIBBED TOOL RESISTANT STEEL BARS ON 5" CENTERS INSERTED THRU 2-I/2°W x 3/8" THICK HORIZONTAL BARS ON 12° CENTERS. L. ROOFTOP UNITS WITH GONGENTRIG DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE ITS SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OPENINGS LOCATED IN THE SAME JOIST BAY. BOTTOM OF GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER 15 TO BE MOUNTED AT HEIGHT INDIGATED ON DRAWING HI.O. CONTRACTOR MAY HAVE TO INSTALL PART OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER WITH -IN JOIST SPAGE TO OBTAIN BOTTOM OF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER DIMENSION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DIMENSION OF GONGENTRIG DIFFUSER WITH GLEAR DIMENSION OF BAR JOIST SPAGE PRIOR TO ANY WORK. STEP-DOWN CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE EXHAUST FAN. POWER WIRING BY DIVISION 16. BIRD SCREEN. SECURE FAN TO CURB WITH SGREWS OR LAGBOLTS. SECURITY DUGT BARRIER, MODEL SDB BY TUTTLE AND BAILEY. EXHAUST DUGT, SEE PLANS FOR SIZE. SLIP CONNECTIONS TO BARRIER MODULE. 10 DISGONNEGT SWITCH. 14" HIGH PREFABRICATED INSULATED ROOF CURB. REFER TO EXHAUST FAN CURB DETAIL ON THIS DRAWING. ROOFING MEMBRANE. ROOF INSULATION. ROOF OPENING BY G.G. (SIZE VARIES, COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS). POWER ROOF EXHAUST FAN DETAIL SCALE: NONE WEATHERPROOF TOP. MINIMUM HEIGHT AT LEAST 2'-0" HIGHER THAN ANY PORTION OF BUILDING AND WITHIN A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 10'-0" PER NFPA CODE (MIN. HEIGHT OF 3'-0" ABOVE ROOF). ROOF THIMBLE. GONNEGT TO EXISTING TEE WITH GLEAN OUT. TYPE B GAS VENT PACKAGE. TYPE B VENT PIPE. STORM COLLAR. ROOF FLASHING. SUPPORT FROM STRUGTURE W/THREADED RODS. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SUPPORTING STEEL A5 REQUIRED. SEGURE WITH LOCK WASHER AND BOLT. UNIT HEATER. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12'-O" AFF. CONNECT TO GAS TRAIN ON — UNIT WITH APPROVED FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR c UNION. GAP. CONNECT TO GAS GOGK PROVIDED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. GAS PIPING DROP - LOCATE ADJAGENT TO UNIT HEATER TO —111- — -I ALLOW SERVICE AND MOVEMENT. 6" DEEP DIRT LEG - FULL SIZE OF PIPING. NOTES: I. ADDITIONAL OFFSETS MAY BE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATION OF UNIT HEATER. 2. GAS PIPING, PIPE SUPPORTS, VALVES, ETG. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. 3. RUN FLUE (WHERE HORIZONTAL) AS HIGH IN STFFL JOISTS AS PRACTICAL. 4. FLUE THRU ROOF TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEAR DISTANCES FROM OBSTRUCTIONS A5 REQUIRED. 5. THIMBLE FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY GG. 11 GAS UNIT HEATER DETAIL SCALE: NONE bQi��3CO CITY �O RECEIVED CI # IUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA r 0 EXPIRES 2-24-1a Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 51D/PERMIT • 0 • • • 0 0 • • • • • 0 • • Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15122.00 cno c O c 0 U) N OO L N DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 CMS . .� N OTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. J CC 1— CC Z M O CO p• 05 < UCC 0�'-O ~0co O J 0 W Q Q p0-- c dce O z cc W J le z m IVA IrA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com H.V.A.C. DETAILS H2.1 DWG Name: D:\Jobs\2017\GHA\DSGs\WA_Tukwila-TSA\Drawings\I 12S1S_HO2.2.dwg Updated By: hfontanet Feb 22, 2011 - 20:3'3:50 'X' OR 'XR' OR 'XA' OR 'XRL'I OR 'XNL' OR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ATD AIR TRANSFER DUGT B' BOTTOM OF GD GEILIN6 DIFFUSER GEM GUBIG FEET PER MINUTE CONN. CONNECT / CONNECTION GORR. CORRIDOR GUH CABINET UNIT HEATER DIA DIAMETER DEG DEGREES DLPD DRUM LOUVER PLENUM DIFFUSER SYSTEM DWG DRAWING EA EXHAUST AIR EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EF EXHAUST FAN EFF. EFFICIENCY E.S.P. EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EXH. EXHAUST G GRILLE HP HORSE POWER HT'G HEATING KW KILOWATTS LD LINEAR DIFFUSER MBH THOUSAND BTU/HOUR MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER OA OUTSIDE AIR OP. WT. OPERABLE WEIGHT PRESS. PRESSURE RA RETURN AIR RO ROOF OPENING RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR SP STATIC PRESSURE 5R SUPPLY REGISTER T' TOP OF T'STAT THERMOSTAT TVP. TYPICAL UH UNIT HEATER UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY 60 GENERAL CONTRACTOR FPG FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR PG PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MG MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR EG FL FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR G LOW PRESSURE 6A5 PIPING RP6-2# REGULATED 2 P51 6A5 PIPING EXISTING TO REMAIN - - - - EXISTING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING TO BE ABANDONED IN PLAGE X X EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING, RELOCATED, SHOWN IN 02 IT 0 MD-Xr FD LD X.XXII! FA. NEW LOCATION GO -2 SENSOR TO BE FURNISHED BY MG. INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. NOVAR GLOBAL HUMIDITY SENSOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. HUMIDITY SENSOR. REttF TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. NOVAR INDOOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. TEMPERATURE SENSOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. THERMOSTAT. FURNISHED BY MG. INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE/RELATIVE HUMIDITY/CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR FURNISHED BY MG. INSTALLED AND WIRED BY EG. INDICATES CODED NOTE MOTORIZED DAMPER, 120 VOLT UL' LISTED FIRE DAMPER WITH DUGT ACCESS DOOR DUGT SMOKE DETECTOR TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UNDER ALARM. Dti tGTOR SHALL BE LOCATED, INSTALLED AND WIRED AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT PER N.E.G. UNDERCUT DOOR, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. LOUVERED DOOR, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. X SQUARE 1 LLT OF FREE AREA. EQUIPMENT TAG ONE (I) HOUR TIMER WALL SWITCH. FURNIGI IED BY MG. INSTAI 1 FD AND WIRED BY EG. H.V.A.C. LEGEND SCALE: NONE NOTES FOR ALL AIR TRANSFER DUCTS: A. B. G. D. E. F. 2 SEAL VOID BETWEEN WALL AND ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS AIRTIGHT. ACOUSTIC LINE AIR TRANSt"ER DUCTS WITH I/2" ACOUSTIC LINING. DUGT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. ALL GRILLES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH FRAMES COMPATIBLE WITH WALL OR CEILING CONSTRUCTION REFER TO MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL WALL MOUNTED GRILLES. WHEN GRILLE 15 ABOVE 10'-0" A.F.F. INSTALL GRILLE 50 BLADES ANGLE UP ON FACE. ALL GRILLES ON SALES FLOOR SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON FLOOR PLAN. AIR TRANSFER DUCT DETAILS SCALE: NONE 11.V.A.C. GENERAL NOTES: ELBOW WITH AWOL TURNING VANES ACOUSTIC LED DUCT,L (NOTE #1) DOUBLE ATD-1 6-2, WALL DUGT SLEEVE. GRILLE TVP. (2) ■' �-3 AIR TRANSFER DUGT OPENING SHALL MATCH GRILLE SIZE. REFER TO DRAWING HI.O FOR GRILL SIZES. BRANCH TAKE -OFF RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR BRANCH TAKE -OFF RECTANGULAR TO ROUND �_ NOTE: INSTALL GRILLE 50 BLADES ANGLE 6 2, WALL 45° - MVD 45" MVP WALL UP ON FACE HALL GRILLE \ TVP. (2) ATD-1 SECTION VIEW ATD-1 PLAN VIEW tit- 50d FIT G PROPORTION SPLITEM FLEXIBLE DUCT ATD-2 6-2, WALL DUGT SLEEVE. 1 GRILLE MANUAL VOLUMEI. DAMPER (MVD) OPENING ABOVE _ AIR TRANSFER DUGT OPENING NOTES: A . CEILING SHALLMATCH GRILLE REFEFERR TO DRAWING HI.O.0 FOR GRILL SIZES. NOTE: INSTALL GRILLE 50 BLADES ANGLE CEILING , H UP ON FACEWALL _ 6- WALL I FALL ATD-2 SECTION VIEW n ATD-2 PLAN VIEW ATD-3 DASHED LINE INDICATES I/2" DUCT MAX GEM ACOUSTIC LINING 12"x 10" 350 24"X 10" 100 WALL GRILLE TYPE 6-2 SIZED 24"X 16° 1400 AS INDICATED. WALL 6-2, WALL GRILLE GEILIN6 '��' ATD-3 -0--I ATD-3 CEILING GRILLE rNALL _ �- 6-2, OR 3 TYPE 6-2 OR 3 ATD-3 SECTION VEW 6-2, OR 3 ATD-3 PLAN VIEW DUGT MAX GEM ATD-4 12"x 10" 350 24"X 10' le'X 14" 110 DASHED LINE INDICATES 1/2" 24"X 16" 1400 ACOUSTIC LINING �I 4 GEILIN6 _ 'wlAll A' I ........ - WALL - _ ATD-4 CEILING GRILLE ATP = - __ WALL -4 TYPE G-2,3OR4 AID -4 SECTION VIEW 6-2, 3 0R 4 ATD-4 PLAN VEW ATD-5 6-2, WALL GRILLE TYP. (2) AIR TRANSFER DUCT OPENING DUGT SIZE TO MATCH GRILLE SIZ - - - iSHALL MATCH GRILLE SIZE. REFER TO DRAWING HI.0 FOR GRILL SIZES. , ' -NOTE: INSTALL DASHED INDICATES ACOUSTIC LINE /2" LINING GEILIN6 GRILLE 50 BLADES ANGLE UP ON FAGS WALL 6-2, GRILLE TVP. WALL (2) WALL ATD-5 SECTION VEW ATD-5 ATD-5 PLAN VIEW jGRII I F ON ATD-6 II1 4 I SALES FLOOR DISPLAY ROOM mi tiT 100 limit GEILIN6 DUCTWORK IN PILASTER 6-2, SIZE A5 NOTED ON HI.O , illi 'l1 ATD-6 ..1.1 Plill DUCTWRAP --/\/-1------'\/--iINSULATION DUGT DROP /1- GRII I F IN DISPLAY ROOM FLOOR INSULATE DUCTWORK (EXHAUST AND TRANSFER) LOCATED WITHIN PILASTERS WITH 3" (R-8) DUGT WRAP INSULATION. ATD-6 SECTION VEW ATD-6 PLAN VIEW NOTES FOR ALL AIR TRANSFER DUCTS: A. B. G. D. E. F. 2 SEAL VOID BETWEEN WALL AND ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS AIRTIGHT. ACOUSTIC LINE AIR TRANSt"ER DUCTS WITH I/2" ACOUSTIC LINING. DUGT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. ALL GRILLES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH FRAMES COMPATIBLE WITH WALL OR CEILING CONSTRUCTION REFER TO MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL WALL MOUNTED GRILLES. WHEN GRILLE 15 ABOVE 10'-0" A.F.F. INSTALL GRILLE 50 BLADES ANGLE UP ON FACE. ALL GRILLES ON SALES FLOOR SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON FLOOR PLAN. AIR TRANSFER DUCT DETAILS SCALE: NONE 11.V.A.C. GENERAL NOTES: ELBOW WITH AWOL TURNING VANES ACOUSTIC LED DUCT,L (NOTE #1) DOUBLE SINGLE BRANCH TAKE -OFF RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR BRANCH TAKE -OFF RECTANGULAR TO ROUND 45° - MVD 45" MVP BRANCH TAKE -OFF ROUND TOr ROUND SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION j tit- 50d FIT G PROPORTION SPLITEM FLEXIBLE DUCT BRANCH TO \DUCT DIFFUSER? *Mat MAX. LENGTH = 48" 1 MANUAL VOLUMEI. DAMPER (MVD) _ NOTES: DASHED LINE INDICATES I" INTERIOR ACOUSTIC LINING UNLESS OTHERWI5E NOTED. DUCT SIZE 15 EXTERIOR AND INCLUDES LINING. 3 TYPICAL DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4 INSTALL SUPPLY REGISTER DIRECTLY INTO SIDES OF SUPPLY AIR DUCTS. SIDEWALL SUPPLY REGISTER INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE I. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING PROCESS AND FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO CONSIDERATION. PROVIDE ALL NEGE55ARY OFFSETS OR TRANSITIONS WITH EQUIVALENT AREAS TO MATCH DUGT SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, DOCUMENTS AND SERVICES RELATED TO INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 3. GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO AND SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN AGGORDANGE WITH THE LATEST STATE GODES, TOWNSHIP, AND NFPA, 0.S.HA., AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL CITY, STATE, AND FEDERAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE OWNER WITH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION. 4. GONTRAGTOR SHALL BE LICENSED, TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF MEGHANIGAL SYSTEMS, INCLUDING DUCTS, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. UNCERTIFIED PERSONS MAY PERFORM MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS ONLY WHEN UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF A CERTIFIED INSTALLER OR LICENSED CONTRACTOR. VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATION AND LICENSES ARE REQUIRED. 5. THESE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE SIZE AND GENERAL LOCATION OF WORK. SCALED DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. ANY DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, HEIGHTS, DOOR SWINGS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, ETC., REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 6. PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK, PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT, ETC., COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. CONFER WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK MIGHT AFFECT THIS INSTALLATION AND ARRANGE ALL PARTS OF THIS WORK AND EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS, WITH THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND WITH ARCHITECTURAL FINISH. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORK AND MATERIALS FOR ONE YEAR, EFFECTIVE THE DAY THE PROJECT 15 ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. REFRIGERANT COMPRESSORS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR FIVE YEARS BY MANUFACTURER. 8. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED ACCORDING TO NUMBERING / IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM PER PLANS. cI. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CODE AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE AND ACCESS GLEARANGES. 10. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L LISTED. 11. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH FLOORS AND PARTITIONS. 12. DO ALL NEGE5SARY GUTTING AND ROUGH PATCHING. FINISH PAINTING, FINISH PATCHING AND POWER WIRING 15 BY OTHERS. 13. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED GEILIN6 PLAN FOR EXACT LOGATION OF ALL MECHANICAL CEILING EQUIPMENT. 14. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WITH STRUCTURAL PLANS, SPECIALLY -DESIGNED JOISTS, ETC. 15. GUTTING OF ROOF, INSTALLATION OF CURBS, AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY OWNER'S ROOFING GONTRAGTOR AND PAID FOR BY MECHANIGAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. 16. ROOF CURBS SHALL HAVE A BASE THAT FITS SLOPE OF ROOF A5 REQUIRED. TOP OF CURB SHALL BE LEVEL. REFER TO ARGHITEGTURAL / STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SLOPE AND STRUCTURE INFORMATION. ROTATE UNITS AS REQUIRED. 11. ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM THE ROOF'S EDGE. I8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 10'-0" BETWEEN OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST FAN DISCHARGE AND PLUMBING VENTS, ETC. FIELD COORDINATE. la. H.VA.G. DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE AND LATEST SMAGNA STANDARDS. PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL ELBOWS. DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF 2", SEAL GLASS G, WITH A MAXIMUM LEAKAGE RATE OF 5%. 20. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS A5 REQUIRED TO CONNECT BRANCH DUCTWORK TO DIFFUSER NECK. 21. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AT ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN BRANCH TAKEOFFS, IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION OR WITH ACCESS DOOR. 22. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE USED AT ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO ROOFTOP UNITS, EXHAUST FANS AND CABINET HEATERS. 23. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS NOTED ON DRAWINGS ARE EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND INCLUDE LINING. 24. INSTALL BOTTOM OF HORIZONTAL, EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN SALES AREAS A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE UP WITH -IN J015T SPACE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM CLEARANCE. IF THIS 15 NOT ACHIEVABLE THEN ALL DUCT WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM GLEARANGE. BOTTOM OF DIFFUSERS SHALL BE MOUNTED A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.0 (50 A5 TO MAINTAIN CLEAR "LINE -OF -SIGHT" FROM MAIN VESTIBULE). IF THESE DIMENSIONS ARE NOT OBTAINABLE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 25. INSTALL BOTTOM OF HORIZONTAL, EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN STOCK ROOMS A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE WITH DIFFUSERS MOUNTED A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING HI.O. IF THESE DIMENSIONS ARE NOT OBTAINABLE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 26. RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE IN JOIST SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE BAR JOIST BRACING AND INSTALL NEW BRACING PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REQUIREMENTS ONLY AFTER APPROVAL FROM STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 21. INSTALL BOTTOM OF DUCTWORK AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS NO MORE THAN 24" ABOVE CEILING IN AREAS WITH LAY -IN CEILINGS. 28. THE BALANCING GONTRAGTOR SHALL BALANCE AIR FLOW QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 5% OF THE DESIGN CONDITIONS LISTED ON PLANS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ONE (I) ADDITIONAL SET OF BELTS AND SHEAVES AND REBALANCING FOR EACH SYSTEM FOR THE PROJECT. ALL OF THF ABOVE WORK SHALL BE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 21. ALL PIPING, DUCTS, VENTS, ETC., EXTENDING THROUGH WALLS AND ROOF SHALL BE FLASHED AND COUNTER -FLASHED IN A WATERPROOF MANNER. 30. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER PIPING WITH DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, AND PARTITION LAYOUT. LIGHTS ARE NOT TO BE MOVED, SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND LIGHTS AS REQUIRED. 31. FIELD COORDINATE EXAGT LOCATION OF ALL THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS 50 A5 TO NOT BE DIRECTLY "BLOWN" ON AND NOT NEXT TO ANY HEAT PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. MOUNT THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS ON "BACK -SIDE" OF COLUMN. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH SHELVING. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 32. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE FIELD INSTALLED AND LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR DUGT TO SHUT DOWN THE UNIT UPON ALARM. REMOTE INDICATOR ALARM AND KEY TEST SWITCH STATION PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR FOR EACH UNIT. SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BY THE ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR PER SITE-SPECIFIC CODE REQUIREMENTS. 33. HAIL GUARDS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS TO BE PROVIDED IN ALL DESIGNATED AREAS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 34. ON PROJECTS WHERE THE OWNER (DICK'S SPORTING GOODS) IS PURCHASING AND SUPPLYING THE H.VA.G. EQUIPMENT, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND ACCEPTING OF EQUIPMENT, VERIFYING PROPER QUANTITIES, NOTING MISSING ITEMS ON THE BILL OF LADING (IF APPLIGABLE), THOROUGHLY INSPEGT ALL EQUIPMENT AND NOTE ANY AND ALL DAMAGES WHEN UNITS ARE RECEIVED ON THE BILL OF LADING. IF NOTHING 15 NOTED ON THE BILL OF LADING, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEEMED RECEIVED INTAGT/NO COMPONENTS MISSING/WITHOUT DAMAGE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TEMPORARY STORAGE (IF REQUIRED), AND ALL LABOR/LABOR WARRANTY. THE H.VA.G. EQUIPMENT AND PARTS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE H.VA.G. EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER; EXCLUDING ROUTINE MAINTENANCE, MAINTENANCE MATERIAL, AND AIR FILTERS AFTER OPENING. 35. THE MEGHANIGAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNEGTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. THE ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). 36. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMMISSIONING PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION G408 OF THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282017 PERMIT CENTER GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA r- 7 T N 0 EXPiflES 2-24-11 Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • 0 • Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15722.00 U) Wm m 0 c 0) 0-x O ,0 tm U w W O -r. v a= m co Ot m -- Om21- m �U ' 1- • 00 c 0 - co c m = cs" c c O 000 a"00 O0 0 0 c C tll O O m m c mC7 U W m N i-18c! `'O m - :00002t. mvc0'^ yU) 0m 0 c O o • o O • N 2- E•0O m m 0 rn o `- o TO.U a C 0 0 ° 0 m m 0 m c O = O N v. 01 U t 0 m c0 _ ci m .03 _ 0 a 0 C 0 E - o Y m m C m 3 UU L o o mU aa m COQmmrA 0 U m co 0 c 0 m m m t O DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQui ED IVA IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPOR ATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com H.V.A.C. DETAILS AND NOTES . 2 EXPIRES 2-24-Iq DWG Name: D:\Jobs\.20I1\GHANDSGs\WA_Tukwlla-TSA\Drawings\I 12816_HOS.O.dwg Updated By: hfontanet Feb 22, 2011 - 200:1:54 21 23 X24 ON ROOF ADJACEN TEN T (N C) CONDENSER OVERHANG 0 CONDENSER ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING OP. T. = 1250# ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. WT. = I150# OVERHANG CONDENSER OVERHANG r SKYLIGHTS TYP. ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1150# ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1150# ON ROOF 65 TON COOLING OP WT. = 1550# CONDENSER ON ROOF 65 TON COOLING 1550# OVERHANG 1 ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1150# ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1250# ofr 5" FLUE �THROU&H ROOF 25 ON ROOF 5 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1250# ROOF HATCH ON ROOF 85 TON COOLING OPAL = 1550# \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ CONDENSER rL � OVERHANG CONDENSER OVERHANG ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. T. = 1150# ON ROOF 125 TON COOLING OP. WT. = 1150# 21.5 21.§' H.V.A.C. ROOF PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = I' -O" ON ROOF H.V.A.C. GENERAL NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF ROOFTOP UNITS ON ROOF WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SECURE ROOF CURBS TO ROOF STRUCTURE AND FASTEN UNITS TO ROOF CURBS. SHIM CURBS AS REQUIRED 50 UNITS SETS DEAD LEVEL. PROVIDE CURBS COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT STEEL AS REQUIRED TO FRAME OPENINGS A5 DIRECTED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. GUT OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF FOR DUCT CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN CONNECTIONS. OFFSET AND TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK A5 REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURE. B. INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAINS WITH DEEP SEAL TRAP AND GLEANOUT AND TERMINATE ON SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF. G. GUTTING OF ROOF, INSTALLATION OF CURBS, AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY OWNER'S ROOFING GONTRAGTOR AND PAID FOR BY H.V.A.G. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. D. ROOF GURBS SHALL HAVE A BASE THAT FITS SLOPE OF ROOF A5 REQUIRED. TOP OF CURB SHALL BE LEVEL. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL / STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SLOPE AND STRUCTURE INFORMATION. E. ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM THE ROOF'S EDGE. F. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 10'-0" BETWEEN OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST FAN DISCHARGE AND PLUMBING VENTS, ETG. FIELD COORDINATE. 6. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL SE LABELED ACCORDING TO NUMBERING / IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM PER PLANS. H. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WITH STRUCTURAL PLANS, SPECIALLY -DESIGNED JOISTS, ETG. bQ7 003 RECE `tg-D CITY OF d UKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETG.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. FI FCTRIGAL GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). r- ry rV CN O Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • 0 0 • 0 • • • 0 0 0 • 0 0 Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 0 Y C 0 0 07 C 0 N • - 0 0 — 0 0 D C U '0 O CO "O C C 0. .o.amo o`mv CD C 0 C 5 Y 0 0 = O =0 0 O m c C 0 0 O. 0 O T O 0 O 0 0. 2 CO V' O 0 0 m C U O = 0 O 0 COU J 0 01; 0 O — 0 0 _ W 0 C 0 E— °DC7 Y 0 0 2 m Do=w° 3 U .0 C 0 (l <• 000m 0. nnCi) Q 1- 0 CC Z Cr) A O CO o < W vm ZV-O O 0 I O U) O � w in 0 cr ice O Z_J it IA .� z m ALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS LOCATED ON SALES FLOOR WALLS SHALL BE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL GLEARANGES AND DIMENSIONS. IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PER/WINN NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. WA IN HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com H.V.A.C. ROOF PLAN H3.O 0 0 0 0 1/-1' IN JOIST SPACE SPRINKLER AREA LL ELEC. RM. 3/4' IN JOIST SPACE RECEIVING THE PLUMBING, CONTRACTOR IS TO JET OUT/GLEAN THE EXISTING TRENCH DRAINS AT THE LOADING DOCK VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK r L 200 MBH REFER TO 'ENLARGED PARTIAL PLUMBING. PLAN', DETAIL *I ON DRAWING P20 ELECTRICAL ROOM CORRIDOR FOOTWEAR J_ — TYP.1 L.P. CLOSET DEPT. MANAGERS HUNTING CORRIDOR BREAK ROOM 3/4' HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING TO AND FROM X1-1 MOUNTED ON SHELF ABOVE f5 SHOWN OUT OF PLACE FOR CLARITY REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING P2.. — —*—*—*-3E —3E—*— —3E --E—*—*—* — —*—#—*—*—*—*--E—*—�E—� STORE MANAGER CASH/COUNT STOCKROOM WORKSHOP DATA/AV TACKLE 3/4' IN JOIST SPADE LIA AT ROOF HATCH TO BE IN JOIST SPACE AND WITHIN REACH OF A PERSON ON THE LADDER 2' IN JOIST SPACE CD( I' IN JOIST SPACE YOUNG ATHLETE FITTING RM EXERCISE FITTING RM AIJACEN TENANT (NIC) CAMPING WOMEN OUTDOOR MEN OUTDOOR OUTDOOR REC i; ///%/,1( GOLF PRO SHOP OUTDOOR REC RUN A5 HIGH AS P. IBLE WITHIN STRUCTURE, COORDINATE WITH LIGHTS, ROOF TOP HVAC. UNITS, DUCTS, ETC. TEAM SPORTS GOLF SHOES 'X' -RG DOWN FROM 'X' -RD 'X'-ORC DOWN FROM 'X' -ORD 'X' -ORD DOWN FROM 'X' -ORD 'X' -RG DOWN FROM 'X' -RD It SPRINKLER DROP 3/4' GW P0141 IN PILASTER COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING IN THE FIELD. 'X' -RG DOWN FROM 'X' -RD 'X' -ORD DOWN FROM 'X' -ORD OUTERWEAR 'X' -ORD DOWN FROM 'X' -ORD 'X' -RG DOWN FROM 'X' -RD 00144 FROM 'X' -RD 'X' -ORD DOM FROM 'X' -ORD 6' DO -I • • . • . 1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = I' -O" \\\\ \\\\\\\\ PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT PROJECT SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK REMOVE ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 140 LONGER REQUIRED FOR FINISHED CONSTRUCTION. ALL EXISTING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, PIPING, HANGERS, ETC., 114 PROJECT AREAS SHALL BE REMOVED AND LEGALLY DISPOSED. B. ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF SERVICE TO THE 517E IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY GO. AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL UTILITY GOMPANY CHARGES OR FEES RELATED TO THIS WORK INCLUDING TEMPORARY SERVICES AND BAGKFEEDS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ACTIVE CUSTOMERS IN ORDER TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS FROM THE PROJECT SITE. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TILS TO WORK IN SPECIFIC AREAS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING WITH THE BUILDING MANAGER D. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO REMAIN, REMOVE SANITARY WASTE BACK BEYOND FINISHED SURFACES, REMOVE HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE MAINS AND GAP. PATCH SURFACES TO MATCH EXISTING. E. THERE MAY BE POINT OF U5E WATER HEATERS ABOVE CEILINGS THAT WERE NOT INSPECTED AT TIME OF FIELD VISITS. TN HEATERS ARE TO BE REMOVED, ALONG WITH ANY DRAIN PANS, DRAIN LINES, ETC. F. DEMOLITION WORK INCLUDES THE REMOVAL OF ALL UNUSED HANGERS, CONTROL WIRING, VALVES, ETC. ALL PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED TO BEYOND FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL SURFACE AT FIXTURE LOCATIONS, OR BACK TO ACTIVE MAINS FOR OTHER PIPING,. FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING IN EXISTING AREAS TO REMAIN, OR PATCHED AND PREPARED FOR NEW FINISH IN AREAS TO BE REMODELED. G. OWNER SHALL DESIGNATE ANY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT AND TURN OVER TO OWNER ALL SALVAGED ITEMS AT OWNER DESIGNATED LOCATION IN THE BUILDING. ALL OTHER DEMOLITION MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE BUILDING AND LEGALLY DISPOSED. H. CONTRACTOR 15 TO REPAIR ANY OPENINGS 114 FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION CAUSED BY THE DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. I. ANY REQUIRED DEMOLITION, RELOCATION OR SHUTDOIIN OF EXISTING PLUMING AND WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC. SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING, AS A FORMAL REQUEST TO THE LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL TWO (2) WEEKS PRIOR TO THE REQUIRED WORK. NO DEMOLITION WORK AFFECTING EXISTING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. J. THE P.G. 15 TO INSPECT THE EXISTING SANITARY WASTE DRAIN TO VERIFY THAT IT HAS SUFFICIENT DEPTH FOR THE NEW WORK AND TO VERIFY TIE DIRECTION OF FLOW. PRESSURE TEST THE EXISTING SANITARY WASTE DRAIN PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK VERIFY THAT S&ERS ARE ACTIVE BY FLUSHING WITH WATER, A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) GALLONS PER MINUTE FOR FOUR (4) HOURS PRIOR TO START OF WORK PLUMBING CODED NOTES:0 I. PIPE DROP SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR WALLS OR ANY OTHER LOCATION SUB-EGT TO FREEZING. 2. GONNEGT TO EXISTING SANITARY, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, DEPTH, SIZE, AND FLOW DIRECTION 114 THE FIND PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK VERIFY WASTE PIPING 15 ACTIVE PRIOR TO CONNECTING. 3. SAWGUT AND TRENCH FLOORS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW MAW FLOOR PIPING, BACKFILL AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. 4. EXISTING BOLLARDS AROUND METER TO PROTECT IT FROM DAMAGE. BOLLARDS TO MEET LOCAL GAS COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. 5. CONFECT TO EXISTING PPIN6 STUB ROUTED FROM 11-E EXISTING 6A5 METER. VERIFY METER HAS SUFFICIENT CAPACITY FOR THE MEW GAS LOAD AND PROVIDE ICI NETER AS REQUIRED. P.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND COORDINATE ALL APPURTENANCES REQUIRED WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND FEES. VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION 114 THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTINS WORK. EXIST PRESSURE AKER METER - PLC. CONNECTED LOAD 15 2,240 MBH. 6. 4' LOW Weir -JURE (I' 11.G.) GAS LINE UP WALL, OFFSET AROU4D EXISTING PARAPET. REFER TO P3.0 FOR CONTINUATION. 1. GAS PIPING DOWN THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO DRAVA% F3,0 FOR CONTINUATION ON ROOF. 8. PROVIDE FULL SIZE GAS COCK, UNION AND DIRT LEG AT 6A5 CONNECTION TO MIT FEATER. q. EXISTING I-1/2' WATER METER AND I -I/2' WATER SERVICE TO BE REMCNBD BACK TO 11-E POINT OF THE N541 DS9 2' COLD WATER SERVICE CONECTION. VERIFY 11-15 EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE 114 11-E FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WOW. 10. CONtECT TO THE EXIST1* 3' GOLD WATER PIPING, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF PORK. II. P.C. TO JET WASH AND CI.EAN THE EXISTING LNDER6ROUND SANITARY PIPING TO REMAIN, 'TYPICAL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION, SI7E, DEPTH/INVERT AND FLOW DIRECTION OF AU. -n-te EXISTING TO REMAIN ut4vazsrzciumo SANITARY PIPING IN TIE FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 12. REC/241EGT TO THE EXISTING VERTICAL RAIN CONDUCTOR AND ROUTE NEW HORIZONTAL INSULATED RAIN CONDUCTOR A5 5HOP1N. REMOVE ANY EXISTING RAIN CONDUCTOR PIPING BACK TO TIE ACTIVE MAINS AND CAP. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIE IN TfE FIELD PRIOR TO 11-1E START OF MORK. I3. RECONNECT TO TfE EXISTING VERTICAL OVERFLOW RAIN GONDUCTCR AND ROUTE NEW HORIZONTAL INSULATED OVEWL01A1 RAIN CONDUCTOR AS 51-10441. REMOVE ANY EXISTING OVERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTOR PIPING BACK TO TFE ACTIVE MAINS AND CAP. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE IN TfE FELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 14. INTERGEFT AND CONt4ECT TO TIE EXISTING HORIZONTAL RAIN CONDUCTOR AND ROUTE 1E14 HORIZONTAL INSULATED RAIN CONDUCTOR AS 51-1041. REMOVE ANY EXISTING RAIN CONDUCTOR PIPING BACK THIS POINT OF RECONNECTION AND GAP. RBIRAP 11-E EXISTING TO REMAIN HORIZONTAL RAIN CONDUCTOR WITH NEW INSULATION AS REQUIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE 114 TIE FIELD PRIOR TO TIE START OF KORK. 15. INTERCEPT AND CONNECT TO nE EXISTING HORIZONTAL OVERRAN RAIN CONDUCTOR AND ROUTE NEW HORIZONTAL INSULATED CNERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTOR AS SHOWN. REMOVE ANY EXISTING OVERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTOR PIPING BAGK 11415 POINT OF RECONNE-CTION AND GAP. REIIRAP Tl -E EXISTING TO REMAIN HORIZONTAL OVERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTOR WITH fel INSULATION A5 REWIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 16. 1454 6' DIA. RAIN CONDUCTOR 00141 TO BELOW GRADE NTH WALL CLE6414OUT AT 16' ABOVE GRADE 11. COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING OF 14134 RAIN AND CNERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTORS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER TRADERS PRIOR TO START OF PORK. 18. NEW 6' DIA. OVERFLOW RAIN CONDUCTOR DOM WITHIN NEW CANOPY BRICK PIER AND DISCHARGE ON 6RADE THRU 11E NEW DRAIN OUTLET (1:21). lq. INSTALL DRAIN OJTLET ON GOLIIMN AT 18' Af3OVE FINISHED CRAVE. 20. EXTEND t413^1 BELDW CRAVE 6' PVC STORM LINE AND CON14ECT TO EXISTING STORM SEWER ON SITE VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING STORM SEYER IN 11E FIELD PRIOR TO 11-E START OF WORK. b( 003 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER til Lu Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15122.00 • • ti crcz• oocco • 0 1— • 0 120 o o o 2 a• l tj 03 • so fl 0. CO 31 12 o 93 71 E co • • • ro fa • Of Jo TO 0 as eti$ ria 5.2 Ela cac 00 frocte irro Zrai- ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: SITE CLASS — D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ule=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V osd)=85 SEPARATE PERPAITAND APPROVAL RtQUIRED 1FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P1.0 z tb' 3 -130 -q O rn 9 6 2 Feb 22, 2011 - I5, 51101 GENERAL ICITES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: I. GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS: GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY MADE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS INSOFAR A5 SAME ARE APPLICABLE TO THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION AND UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2. SCOPE: PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION AND OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS IN THIS SECTION OF WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 3. PERMITS: APPLY FOR AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY ANY PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. WARRANTY: PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNDER 11415 SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS WITH A ONE YEAR WARRANTY FROM THE DATE OF ACGEPTANGE OF WORK BY THE OWNER 5. COORDINATION: VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICTS. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR ALL STRUCTURES, PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK, LIGHTING, ETC. TO PROPERLY SE INSTALLED. ANY CONFLICTS SHALL BE RESOLVED AT NO CHARGE TO THE OWNER COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING LINES AT CMU WALLS 50 THAT PLUMBING LINES ARE PLACED IN WALL DURI% GM/ WALL CONSTRUCTION. CUITIN& AND PATCHIN& OF GMU WALLS IN PLACE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. FIELD VERIFICATION: FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITEGT/EN6INE ER OF RECORD OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN TI -E CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR ANY POTENTIAL PROBLEMS OBSERVED BEFORE CONTINUING YORK IN THE IJTEGTE2 AREAS. 1. PLUMBING SYSTEMS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT - FIRE STOPPING - DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM - GAS SYSTEM - ROOF / STORM DRAINAGE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: I. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF HOT AND COLD WATER, AND WASTE PIPING FROM EXISTING SUPPLIES TO ALL FIXTURES AND/OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING THIS SERVICE. VERIFY LOCATION OF POINT OF CONNECTION TO ALL UTILITIES, NEW AND EXISTING. 2. DOMESTIC WATER PIPIN& BELOW GRADE: TYPE K COPPER pD 3. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND JOINTS ABOVE GRADE: SCHEDULE 40 CPVC PIPE WITH GLUED FITTINGS. 4. STERILIZE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION'S SPECIFICATIONS AND LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS. 5. INSULATE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ABOVE GRADE (EXCEPT EXPOSED GONNEGTIONS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES) WITH ENGINEERED POLYMER FOAM INSULATION OR FIBERGLASS WITH FITTING INSERTS AND PVG COVERS. FOLLOW THIS SCHEDULE: SERVICE DOMESTIC HOT WATER DOMESTIC TEMPERED WATER DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE SIZE INS. THICKNESS BRANCH LINES I' MAINS 1" ALL I/2' 6. DOMESTIC WATER PIPIN& INSULATION, JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALERS, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED TO MEET A FLAME -SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS, A5 TESTED BY ASTM E84 (NEPA 255) METHOD. 1. DO NOT INSTALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN AREAS SUBJECT TO FREEZZIN& TEMPERATURES. INSTALL WATER PIPING IN INTERIOR WALLS ABUTTING EXISTING EXTERIOR WALLS. 8. SHUT OFF VALVES: PROVIDE FULL PORT, BALL TYPE, AND INSTALL IN A LOCATION THAT PERMITS ACCESS FOR SERVICE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR FINISHED MATERIALS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS A5 REQUIRED. q. PROTECT GPVG PIPING AGAINST CONTACT WITH MASONRY. WHERE CPVG IS SLEEVED THROUGH MASONRY, PROVIDE METALLIC SLEEVES. 10. LABEL ALL WATER PIPING, IDENTIFYING TYPE OF SERVICE. PLUMBING LEGEND (NOT ALL IT545 USED) 6 F CA D4 i Db CDC 0 m. G. E. C. P.G. F.P.G. 6. G. VTR FCO 6C0 WGO FD PRY EFP INV. A.F.F. M.V. EXISTING UTILITY AS INDIGATED SANITARY SEAR BELCH 6RADE SANITARY 5131ER ABOVE 6RADE SANITARY VENT DOMESTIC GOLD WATER DONSTIG HOT WATER DOMESTIC REGIRGULATIN6 HOT WATER CONDENSATEDRAIN NATURAL 6A5, LOW PRESSURE R56ULATED PRESSURE 6A5-2* DRAIN FIRE PROTECTION COMPREJSED AIR SHIT OFF VALVE BALANCING VALVE GI-ECK VALVE 6A5 SHUT OFF VALVE 6A5 PRESSURE REDUG I N6 RE6UlATOR VALVE GONNEGT TO EXISTIN6 POINT OF CONNECTION INDICATES CODED NOTE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR 6ENERAL CONTRACTOR VENT THRU ROOF FLOOR CLEAN OUT GRAPE CLEAN OUT WALL CLEAN OUT FLOOR DRAIN PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER INVERT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MIXING VALVE (THERMOSTATIC) I/93 MEMBERS WELDS ear STRAP I I/2' x 3/16' OVER VERT. LEGS OF ANGLES BOTTOM CHORD OF STEEL JOIST HANGER NUT ONE ANGLE ON EACH SIDE OF INS HEWERS, REST ON TOP OF BOTTOM CHORDS STEE.. JOISTS BETU113:N PANE_ POINTS, SIZE FOR LOAD 1 I PIPE HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE HANGER ROD LOCKING NUT SIPPO RT NUT HEAVY DUTY GLEVIS HANGER PIPE ISOLATOR PAD (COPPER PIPE) GLEVIS HANGER SINGLE HORIZONTAL RIMS NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION HANGER ROD LOCKING MUT SUPPORT MIT HEAW DUTY GLEVIS HANGER VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION 16 6A. ZING COATED SHEET STET SADDLE AT LEAST 8' LAG GLEVIS HANGER SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS WITH VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION 2 I PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE ROOF PIPE SUPPORT A5 MANUFACTURED BY MIRO INDUSTRIES, 'PILLOW BLOCK' PIPE STAND. MODE- #3-R STAND WILL ACCOMODATE PIPE UP TO 3' IN DIAMETER: MODEL *4 -RAH, ROLLER TYPE, FOR SIZES TO 4'. MODE_ *6 -RAH FOR PIPES UP TO 6' DIAMETER. FOR INFO: 1-800-168-6418. NATURAL 6A5 PIPING RECCWENDED SUPPORT SPACING FOR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE MARK PIPE SIZE FIXTUREQUANTITYUNITS QUANTITY DISTANCE BETV 4 (IN) SUPPORTS (FT) 1 1/2 6 HANDICAPPED100 WATER CLOSET 3/4 - 1 8 20.0 1 -1 /4 TO 2-1/2 10 5.0 3 4 LARGER 10 IR -B 3 PIPE G1At4P, CONINEGT TO SUPPORT WITH 1/2' x 10 STAINLESS STEEL SCRIM OVERSIZE CLAMP TO ALLOW PIPE TO EXPAND AND CONTRACT. GAS PIPE, PAINT WITH TWO GOATS OF RUST INHIBITINE SAFETY YELLOW PAINT NYLON FRICTION ABSORBING ROLLER PROVIDE EXTRA LAYER OF ROOFING MATERIAL BELOW PIPE T. ROOF PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE FIXTURES: I. PROVIDE COMPLETE FIXTURES WITH TRIM AND INCLUDE SUPPLIES, STOPS, VALVES, FAUCETS, DRAINS, TRAPS, TAIL PIECES, ESCUTCHEONS, ETC. FIRE STOPPING: I. FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS, BY PIPING OR CONDUITS, OF FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS. PROVIDE A DEVICE(5) OR SYSTEM(S) WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED AND LISTED AS COMPLYING WITH ASTM E-814 AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS OF THEIR LISTING. PROVIDE A DEVICE(5) OR SYSTEM(S) WITH AN 'F' RATING EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY BEING PENETRATED. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING: I. FURNISH AND INSTALL GOMPLETE SYSTEMS OF SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING FROM ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, AND/OR OTHER EQUIPMENT. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHERE POSSIBLE. 2. INVERT ELEVATIONS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AND VERIFIED BEFORE WASTE PIPING 15 INSTALLED IN ORDER THAT PROPER SLOPES WILL BE MAINTAINED. 3. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND FITTINGS: SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE WITH COMPRESSION JOINTS (ASTM A 14) OR NO -11/13 PIPING WITH COUPLINGS (CISPI 301). 4. IF PERMITTED BY LOCAL GODES, SCHEDULE 40 PVG (ASTM D 2665) WITH SCHEDULE 40 SOCKET -TYPE PIPE FITTINGS (ASTM D 3311) MAY BE USED. 120 NOT INSTALL PVG PIPING IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. 5, SLOPE SANITARY WASTE PIPING 2 I/2' AND SMALLER AT I/4' PER FOOT MIN. SLOPE, SANITARY WASTE PIPING 3' AND LARGER AT I/8' PER FOOT SLOPE MINIMUM. 6. WHERE WASTE PIPING 15 EXPOSED IN REST ROOM AREAS, PROVIDE CHROME PLATED BRASS PIPING, WITH MATCHING STOPS AND ESCUTCHEONS. PROVIDE REMOVABLE TRAPS WITH INTEGRAL GLEAN -OUT PLUG FOR ALL LAVATORIES. 1. INSTALL GLEAN -OUTS IN A LOCATION THAT PERMITS ACCESS FOR SERVICE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR FINISHED MATERIALS. CLEANOUT PLUGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION. BASED ON THE WASHINGTON PLIJt1131% CODE WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS MARK DESCRIPTION FIXTUREQUANTITYUNITS QUANTITY TOTAL F. U WG -A WATER CLOSET 100 1 10.0 WC -B HANDICAPPED100 WATER CLOSET 4 2 20.0 URA URINAL 5.0 1 5.0 IR -B HANDICAPPED URINAL 5.0 1 5.0 LAV -A LAVATORY 2.0 2 4.0 LAV -B HANDICAPPED LAVATORY 2.0 2 4.0 SINK LOUNGE SINK 1.4 1 1.4 55 SERVICE SINK 3.0 I 3.0 ENG WATER COOLER 0.25 2 05 TOTAL 52.4 WEL 2' CW REQUIRED, MAXIMUM MN ON 2' = 140 WSF U $ASED ON TfE WASHINGTON PLUMBING CODE SANITARY FIXTURE UNITS MARK DESCRIPTION FIXTURE UNITS QUANTITY TOTAL F.U. WC -A WATER CLOSET 4 I 4 WG -B HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET 4 2 8 I R -A URINAL 2 I 2 UR -BI HANDCAPPED URINAL 2 1 2 LAV -A LAVATORY I 2 2 LAV -B HANDICAPPED LAVATORY I 2 2 SINK LOUNGE SINK 2 I 2 55 SERVICE SINK 3 1 3 ENC WATER COOLER 05 2 I FD -1 4 2 FLOOR DRAIN 2 3 6 TOTAL 32 IE. 4' SANITARY REQUIRED, MAXIMUM DR) ON 4' = 180 DFU THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE, SLOAN MODE_ 'MIX -I35 -A', A55E 1010 t105. A. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE AND SUPPLY PIPING UNDER SINK WITH LAV GUARD 2E -Z SERIES PIPE COVERS BY TR SR0 OR EQUAL. B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADA CLEARANCES. 4 BREAK ROOM SINK DETAIL SCALE: NONE NOTES: A. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS TO BE MADE SHALL BE IN COt1LIANGE WITH ANY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. B. ANY VENT THAT 15 WITHIN 10' OF ANY DOOR, WINDOW OR EXHAUST OPENING SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 3' ABOVE SUCH. 5 VENT THRU ROOF SCALE: NONE () 1 NCO 1 FD -I UR -A MEN'S ( 114 ) ,-2" IN JOIST I' IN JOIST- SPADE SPACE LL ELEC. RM. ( 142 : : : 41:\-41 YTR EWC I REFER TO "PLUMBING FLOOR4' SAN. TO SANITARY SEWER PLAN' ON DRAWING PITO FOR REAR TO DRAWING PIA PURIMNG CONTINUATION. FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. 1 NOTES: A. TRANSFORMER FOR Ad1TOMATIG FAUCET IN GROUP TOILETS SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING OVER CORRIDOR. FIELD COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EG. B. FLOOR DRAINS TO HAVE RAP PRIMER VALVES. 9 ELECTRIC 130 AL ROOM E - CODE? NOTES: O DOMESTIC WATER SUBMETER WITH REMOTE REGISTER, INSTALL PER LOCAL WATER DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. ® INSTALL REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER, PIPE RELIEF PORT FULL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN WITH 2' AIR GAP. ® FD 2, LOCATE BELOW BACKFLOW PREVENTER ENLARGED PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 6 GOPEP NOTE5: 01 NEW 2' WATER SERVICE REFER TO PIA FOR CONTINUATION. ® 51 -IN OFF VALVE. O RPZ' REDVGED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVINTER, WATTS NO. LF404MIQT-5, 2', PIPE RELIEF PORT FILL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN WITH AIR GAP. ® PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, WATTS NO. U56. SET PRESSURE AT 60 P5I. REQUREP IF STATIC PRESSURE 15 80 P5I OR HIGFER. O TRAP PRINK VALVE, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, MODE. OREGON *I, WITH I/2' DRAIN TO FLOOR FAIN. © 2' WATER SU9METER W1TH REMOTE REGISTER, INSTALL PER WATER DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. O PROVIDE DRAIN PAN UNDER HORIZONTAL PIPING AND VALVES, I -V2' HIGH GALVANIZED STEEL MTh 3/4' DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN. ® PRESSURE GAUGE INCOMING WATER SERVICE PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE LAVATORY SINK TEMPERED HW SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE HW SUPPLY SLOAN MODEL 'MIX -135-A' THERMOSTATIC TIEWERIN6 VALVE IND RI€ATH LAV SINK BEHIND SHIELD. CONTROL MODULE FROM REMOTE TRANSFOFMER CLW SUPPLY TR1130 LAV SHIES FINISH FLOOR 7 RESTROOM LAV SINK TEMPERING VALVE DETAIL SCALE: NONE SEISM REQUIREMENTS: I. PROPERLY SUPPORT AND BRACE VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY ALL PIPING, APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE GODES TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE MOVEMENT DURING SEISMIC CONDITIONS. BACKFLOW PREVENTION: I. VERIFY BACKFLOW PREVENTER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITY AND PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. yrATER METER: I. VERIFY DOMESTIC WATER METER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITY AND PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER METER AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. STORM DRAIN PIPING: I. PROVIDE COMPLETE STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM A5 INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. INVERT ELEVATIONS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AND VERIFIED BEFORE STORM PIPING 15 INSTALLED IN ORDER THAT PROPER SLOPES WILL BE MAINTAINED. 2. STORM DRAIN PIPING AND FITTINGS: SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE WITH COMPRESSION JOINTS (ASTM A 14) BELOW GRADE AND\OR N0 -1-11B PIPING WITH COUPLINGS (CISPI 301) ABOVE GRADE. 3. IF PERMITTED BY LOCAL CODES, SCHEDULE 40 DWI/ PVG (ASTM D 2665) WITH SCHEDULE 40 SOCKET -TYPE PIPE FITTINGS (ASTM D 3310 MAY BE USED BELOW FIRST FLOOR SLAB. 4. STORM DRAIN PIPING INSULATION, JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALERS, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED TO MEET A FLAME -SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED BY ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) METHOD. 5. INSTALL GLEAN -OUTS IN A LOCATION THAT PERMITS ACCESS FOR SERVICE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR FINISHED MATERIALS. 6. PROVIDE EACH DOWN SPOUT WITH A GLEAN OUT AT 24' ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. 1. PROVIDE PVG JACKET OVER INSULATION ON INTERNAL RAIN CONDUCTORS. ASTM 0121, ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF WHITE DOLOR INSTALL AS RECOMMENDED BY COVERING MANUFACTURER. CODED NOTES: SHUT OFF VALVE - TYPICAL GHEGK VALVE - TYPICAL EXPANSION TANK AMTROL NO. ST -5 WITH UNION CONNECTION. DIELECTRIC UNION - TYPICAL 10 GALLON WATER HEATER 2-V2' DEE' POLYSTYRENE DRAIN PAN WITH DRAIN OPENING, SIZED TO FIT BELOW HEATER T 4 P RELIEF VALVE WATTS N0. 100XL-4-125. PIPE RELIEF DRAIN RILL SIZE TO JANITOR SINK WITH 2' NR GAP MOUNT ON PLATFORM. REFER TO DETAIL ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 26 6A. &ALV. METAL STRAP. WRAP ONCE AROUJD WATER HEATER AND SECURE TO WALL FEAT TRAP AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, NATES MODE.. N36 -M1, 3/4'. REGIRCULATOR PUMP 8 J 6'-8' AFF. FLOOR WATER HEATER EWH-1 PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE bt 003 RECEIVED CITY OF iiiI0i TLA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0. w X w Design and construction documents es instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The usa of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT - • - - • - - - - - • - - - • • Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z cc 0 a CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS, IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V osd)=85 WALL SEPARATE PtFikirrAPD AppRO 4 Rf�rp r! ) c fa, . C o M o 0 m o e wec 0 - • C - mo_of0 `000 O o o g~v - 0 c To C ` - ~go`on111c (1) 2 n.7 • • 0 0 �o000 ci o C TO `m o 0 °F� O 0,0 o - O 3` w 2 1 - G�Tvo • c o a 13.0 ..O c oCo 0vco. O p O` • O (/)acec`o O 0-=0 ° \ • • .0 • O Cf ° 2 Y Oo°° O to=°3 I -•Imo° �o'-o ' • mac°w 0O 0.,.0 Doo ° - o w aD•ypr -Josomo_ `� or-- O • • - E-0�O `:4oco o. • 0 ma =0000.•arn 1- 0 CC Z I -A O ' <W Et LL O QO I"Otn O W • j O O ZJ CC CI LLI Z m :` 11,4 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. ENLARGED PLAN, IAGRAMS & DETAILS P2.0 O ` -SAN - (-"'\� / WG -B i i FD -I WIOMEN'S ; WGA DROP SANITARY DOWN BELOWLAV-B GO - FLOOR J 1 OW Pi LAV -A WGO I I ELECTRIC 130 AL ROOM E - CODE? NOTES: O DOMESTIC WATER SUBMETER WITH REMOTE REGISTER, INSTALL PER LOCAL WATER DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. ® INSTALL REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER, PIPE RELIEF PORT FULL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN WITH 2' AIR GAP. ® FD 2, LOCATE BELOW BACKFLOW PREVENTER ENLARGED PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 6 GOPEP NOTE5: 01 NEW 2' WATER SERVICE REFER TO PIA FOR CONTINUATION. ® 51 -IN OFF VALVE. O RPZ' REDVGED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVINTER, WATTS NO. LF404MIQT-5, 2', PIPE RELIEF PORT FILL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN WITH AIR GAP. ® PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, WATTS NO. U56. SET PRESSURE AT 60 P5I. REQUREP IF STATIC PRESSURE 15 80 P5I OR HIGFER. O TRAP PRINK VALVE, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, MODE. OREGON *I, WITH I/2' DRAIN TO FLOOR FAIN. © 2' WATER SU9METER W1TH REMOTE REGISTER, INSTALL PER WATER DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. O PROVIDE DRAIN PAN UNDER HORIZONTAL PIPING AND VALVES, I -V2' HIGH GALVANIZED STEEL MTh 3/4' DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN. ® PRESSURE GAUGE INCOMING WATER SERVICE PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE LAVATORY SINK TEMPERED HW SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE HW SUPPLY SLOAN MODEL 'MIX -135-A' THERMOSTATIC TIEWERIN6 VALVE IND RI€ATH LAV SINK BEHIND SHIELD. CONTROL MODULE FROM REMOTE TRANSFOFMER CLW SUPPLY TR1130 LAV SHIES FINISH FLOOR 7 RESTROOM LAV SINK TEMPERING VALVE DETAIL SCALE: NONE SEISM REQUIREMENTS: I. PROPERLY SUPPORT AND BRACE VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY ALL PIPING, APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE GODES TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE MOVEMENT DURING SEISMIC CONDITIONS. BACKFLOW PREVENTION: I. VERIFY BACKFLOW PREVENTER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITY AND PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. yrATER METER: I. VERIFY DOMESTIC WATER METER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITY AND PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER METER AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. STORM DRAIN PIPING: I. PROVIDE COMPLETE STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM A5 INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. INVERT ELEVATIONS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AND VERIFIED BEFORE STORM PIPING 15 INSTALLED IN ORDER THAT PROPER SLOPES WILL BE MAINTAINED. 2. STORM DRAIN PIPING AND FITTINGS: SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE WITH COMPRESSION JOINTS (ASTM A 14) BELOW GRADE AND\OR N0 -1-11B PIPING WITH COUPLINGS (CISPI 301) ABOVE GRADE. 3. IF PERMITTED BY LOCAL CODES, SCHEDULE 40 DWI/ PVG (ASTM D 2665) WITH SCHEDULE 40 SOCKET -TYPE PIPE FITTINGS (ASTM D 3310 MAY BE USED BELOW FIRST FLOOR SLAB. 4. STORM DRAIN PIPING INSULATION, JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALERS, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED TO MEET A FLAME -SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED BY ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) METHOD. 5. INSTALL GLEAN -OUTS IN A LOCATION THAT PERMITS ACCESS FOR SERVICE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR FINISHED MATERIALS. 6. PROVIDE EACH DOWN SPOUT WITH A GLEAN OUT AT 24' ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. 1. PROVIDE PVG JACKET OVER INSULATION ON INTERNAL RAIN CONDUCTORS. ASTM 0121, ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF WHITE DOLOR INSTALL AS RECOMMENDED BY COVERING MANUFACTURER. CODED NOTES: SHUT OFF VALVE - TYPICAL GHEGK VALVE - TYPICAL EXPANSION TANK AMTROL NO. ST -5 WITH UNION CONNECTION. DIELECTRIC UNION - TYPICAL 10 GALLON WATER HEATER 2-V2' DEE' POLYSTYRENE DRAIN PAN WITH DRAIN OPENING, SIZED TO FIT BELOW HEATER T 4 P RELIEF VALVE WATTS N0. 100XL-4-125. PIPE RELIEF DRAIN RILL SIZE TO JANITOR SINK WITH 2' NR GAP MOUNT ON PLATFORM. REFER TO DETAIL ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 26 6A. &ALV. METAL STRAP. WRAP ONCE AROUJD WATER HEATER AND SECURE TO WALL FEAT TRAP AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, NATES MODE.. N36 -M1, 3/4'. REGIRCULATOR PUMP 8 J 6'-8' AFF. FLOOR WATER HEATER EWH-1 PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE bt 003 RECEIVED CITY OF iiiI0i TLA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0. w X w Design and construction documents es instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The usa of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT - • - - • - - - - - • - - - • • Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z cc 0 a CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS, IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V osd)=85 WALL SEPARATE PtFikirrAPD AppRO 4 Rf�rp r! ) c fa, . C o M o 0 m o e wec 0 - • C - mo_of0 `000 O o o g~v - 0 c To C ` - ~go`on111c (1) 2 n.7 • • 0 0 �o000 ci o C TO `m o 0 °F� O 0,0 o - O 3` w 2 1 - G�Tvo • c o a 13.0 ..O c oCo 0vco. O p O` • O (/)acec`o O 0-=0 ° \ • • .0 • O Cf ° 2 Y Oo°° O to=°3 I -•Imo° �o'-o ' • mac°w 0O 0.,.0 Doo ° - o w aD•ypr -Josomo_ `� or-- O • • - E-0�O `:4oco o. • 0 ma =0000.•arn 1- 0 CC Z I -A O ' <W Et LL O QO I"Otn O W • j O O ZJ CC CI LLI Z m :` 11,4 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. ENLARGED PLAN, IAGRAMS & DETAILS P2.0 DRAINS, CLEANOUTS & MISC. ITEMS MARK ITEM MAKE MODEL LOCATION SIZE BODY TOP REMARKS FD -I FLOOR DRAIN JR. SMITH 2005-6A SERIES SEE PLANS A5 NOTED GAST IRON NICKEL NIGKEL BRONZE FLAT STRAINER AND I/2' TRAP PRIMER TAP. FD -2 FLOOR DRAIN JR SMITH 2110 SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED GAST IRON GAST IRON WITH 1/2' TRAP PRIMER TAP FGO GLFANOUT JR SMITH 4020 SERIES FLOOR TYPE AS NOTED GAST IRON NICKEL. BRONZE AMERICAN STANDARD NICO CLEANOUT JR. SMITH 4402 SERIES WALL TYPE A5 NOTED GAST IRON STAINLESS STEEL WITH STAINLESS STEL ACCESS COVER A5 RE IRED NFY4F WALL HYDRANT JR SMITH 5504611- SERIES EXTERIOR WALL 3/4" BRONZE STAINLESS STEEL NON -FREEZE WITH VAGULM DREAMER, 3/4' NP.T. OUTLET, 3/4' INLET IN STAINHLESS STEEL WALL BOX HB 1105E BIBB CHICAGO 452 WITH 3/4' HOSE THREAD BY ROOF HATCH 3/4' BRONZE GHROt F PLATED CFS PLATE FINISH. INTER6RAL VACUUM BREAKER. REMOVABLE 'T' HANDLE. DO -I DRAIN OUTLET JR. SMITH 1110 SERIES SEE PLANS A5 NOTED BRONZE POLISHED BRONZE PROVIDE THREADED PIPE CONNECTION WITH VANDAL PROOF SCREWS AND BIRD SCREEN WATER HEATER MARK ITEM MAKE MODE- TANK SIZE MEL INPUT RECOVERY OPERA11N6 1ERAIURE ELECTRIC REMARKS EM -1 WATER HEATER A.O. SMITH DEL -I0 10 GAL ELECT. 2.0 KW 10 6PH 0 140 F 110 F 208/1/60 PROVIDE T4P RELIEF VALVE AND AMTROL EXPANSION TANK *ST -5. NOTES: 'NO SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE WATER HEATER SCHEDULE 15 PERMITTED! ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS MARK MARK ITEM MAKE MODEL TYPE NAME CAPACITY COMPRESS. CONDENSER HORSE POWER ELECTRIC REMARKS ENG WATER GOOD B.KAY EZ5TL8G WALL MOUNTED BI-LEVFl 1.8 6PH 18 6PH 080 F AIR COOLED I/5 115/1/60 WALL HUM, STEEL GANNET, STAINLESS 5TIEEL. TOP FRONT AND SIDE PUSH BARS. MOUNT AT HEIGHT PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAP 1NGS. NOTES+ *NO SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS SCBDULE 15 PERMITTED" I1 ED. PLUMBING PUMPS MARK SERVING MAKE MODES.. LOCATION HEAD GPM RPM HP. ELECTRIC REMARKS RP -I B"IH-I TACO 006 SEE PLANS 5 TDH 5 3250 1/40 120/1/60 ALL BRONZE RECIRCULATION PUMP WITH AQUASTAT. PROVIDE SPARE REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE. NOTES+ 'NO SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE PLUMBING PIMPS SCHEDULE 15 PERMITTED.* I. AQUA -STAT TO BE HOtEYYELL SERIES L8148A WITH 24V THERMOSTAT AND TRANSFORMER. CONTACTS RATED AT 1.4 AMPS AT 120V -I-60. PLUMBING FIXTURES CON1EGIIONS REMARKS MARK ITEM MAKE NAME MODEL TRIM TRAP STOPS WASTE VENT HW GW P -A WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD AFWALL 1.6 6PF 2251.101 SLOAN III -940-1.6 INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 4' 2' - I" WALL HUNG, *100 OLSO NITS OPEN FRONT SEAT, NO DOVER WALL MOWED P41114 FLOOR MOUNTED FIXTURE `.&PPORT NC -B WATER GLOSE-T AMERICAN STANDARD AR^IALL 1.6 6PF 2251.101 SLOAN III -SMO -Lb -TP INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 4' 2' - 1' WALL HIRIG, *100 OLSONTE OPEN FRONT SEAT, NO COVER, WALL MOUNTED WITH FLOOR MOUNTED FIXTURE SUPPORT, NOTE *6, *1 4 *8. UR -A URINAL AMERICAN STANDARD ALLBROOK 6550.001 SLOAN 186 -L0 -SMO INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 2' 1-1/2' - 3/4' WITH WALL CARRIER LR -B URINAL AMERICAN STANDARD ALLBROOK 6550.001 SLOAN I86 -L0 -SMO INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 2' I-1/2' - 3/4' WITH NALL GARRJER NOTE LAV -A LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD MJRRO 0454.004EG SLOAN *ETF600-B NOTE *5 NOTE 15 I-1/2' 1-1/2' I/2" I/2' WITH FLOOR MOUNTED CONGEALED ARM CARRIER, ELECTRONIC FAUCET WITH 3/8' SUPPLIES, NOTES *5, 1 NI 10. LAV -13 LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD MIRRO 0454.004EG SLOAN *ETF600-3 NOTE 16 NOTE 115 1-1/2' 1-1/2" I/2' I/2' WITH FLOOR MINTED C0f EALED ARM GARRIER, ELECTRONIC FAUCET WITH 3/8" SUPPLIES, NOTES *5, 6, q 4 10. SINK KITGHB4 SINK ELKAY LUSTERTONE LRAD-I4lq-65 -3 COLONY 4215500 NOTE 113 NOTE *4 1-1/2 1-1/2' 1/2' I/2' FAUCET - HDGP, STRAINER CUP. 3/8' SUPPLIES 55 SERVICE SINK FIAT MOLDED STONE MS5-2424 AMERICAN STANDARD 8354.112 3" I/2' VALVES 3' 1-1/2' 3/4' 3/4' FAUCET WITH INTE6RALSTOPS, TOP BRACE SPOUT WITH BUCKET HOOK, HOSE END AND VAGWM BREAKER. ROUGH GHROt4E FINISH. NOTES: 'NO SU8511TUT10NS TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 15 PERMITTED.' I. INSTALL SERVICE, SHUTOFF 4 CHECK VALVES, DOCKS, STOPS, AIR CUSHIONS, VACUUM BREAKERS, AND SAFETY DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, SPECIFICATIONS, OR DRAWINGS. NO VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE SOLID CEILINGS. 2. ALL CATALOG NOS. REFER TO AMERIGAN STANDARD UNLESS NOTED AND ALL FIXTURES IN WHITE UNLESS NOTED. 3. P -TRAPS TO BE 11 6A. CkROME PLATED WITH CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE, COVER WITH TRU®R0 LAV GUARD 2E -Z SERIES COVERS. 4. STOPS TO BE CHROME PLATED 1/2' ANGLE VALVE WITH CHROME PLATED 12' LONG, 1/2" OD. FLEXIBLE RISER AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE, COVER WITH TRUEE3R0 LAV GUARD 2E -Z SERIES COVERS. 5. ALL DRAINS AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO LAVATORIES TO BE CONCEALED IN TRO LAV SHIELD. 6. MOUNT AT ADA HEIGHT. 1. PROVIDE SLOAN VBF-12-AI (TYP. OF 2) FLUSH TRAP PRIMER WITH FLUSH VALVE. DRAIN PIPES FROM TRAP PRIMER VALVES TO BE PITCHED I/2% MIN. FROM VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN. 8. ALL VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES SHALL BE MITE. q. PROVIDE SLOAN MODEL '8' TRANSFORMR, VOLT/24 VOLT, HARD WIRED TYPE TO OPERATE FAUCETS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM TRANSFORMER TO FAUCET. 10. PROVIDE SLOAN MODEL 'MIX -135-A' THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE 114DERNEATH LAV SINK BEHIND TRURO LAV SHIELD. P.D.I. SYMBOLS A B G D E F FIXTURE UNIT 1-11 12-32 33-60 61-1 I3 114-154 155-330 RATING PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE ESTABLISHED THESE SIZE SYMBOLS TO CORRESPOND TO THOSE UNITS COVERED BY THE CERTIFICATION AND TESTING PROGRAM DESCRIBED IN P.D.I. STANDARD MANUAL PfI-201. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR PPP. SG -SERIES, PD.I. R fERENCE AS INDICATED - TYPICAL/ 2' IN JOIST SPACE 74aI / GTX I' 114 JOIST SPACE I' ROUTED IN JOIST SPACE TO f AT FRONT OF STORE, REQ TO DRAWING PIA. • 5". v-3/%'Le 1' 114 JOIST SPACE 2' IN JOIST SPACE I -I/4' MEN 3/4' ' I/2' • I' IN JOIST SPACE 3/4' IN JOIST SPACE 1/2' DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN IN MENS TOILET ROOM. 1/2' 2' I/2' 2' WOMEN its 131/ • I-1/4' SHUT-OFF VALVE, INSTALL 114 i ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPADE, PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL,. AS REDIJIRED TYP. t • 2' FROM INCOMING DONESTTG WATER AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER REFER TO DRAWING P2.0. 1 3/4" • I/2' I-1/2 3/4' 1/2' DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN IN 14014E4'S 3/4' TOILET ROOM. WATER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 3/4' 3/4' 114 JOIST SPACE 1' IN JOIST SPACE 3/4' IN JOIST SPACE HOSE BIBB AT ROOF HATCH, BELOW ROOF DECK r r. 2 1 1 y -I-1/2" • 1 J�� �i�j 4' � "-4 I da.1, 2 1/ -I -I/2' 4' I/2' DRAIN D041 FROM TRAP PRIMER VALVE - TYPICAL. 2 'X')111. 2. �/1 2' f�.' ✓-2• I -I/2' I �.I �... 1) I "'t3 I �1f' j 2" 1 3' I I -I/2' 1-V2:-\1Yi- 1 ' 1 WOMEN 4' Lk,. 1 ave 1 2' A I .,. 0 0 -"R 2' BREAK ROOM 4' SANITARY PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE • GTX RECEIV '•0s CITY OF T U.di, ILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschmen Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the speoifio project named herein Is strictly prohibited wlthout expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a cD (I)com"Is C ow -goo 0 w � c--- -on, cco o oc 0 �a_01-01- 0 0 00051- _ bo c a c-•' 0 ~c00ac .o- 0 m a co o o' 00 _ 0co C 0 '• 0 0 71 ... 0 0 d G -D,o I m o o c w9-1;080 3 4 ! 2 i -a- vso •0 . - c 00: ic::27iiir 0 ..:.1 0 1aoD 0 C 0.a00oov�c `o c .c • J 1,00 C \ 1 C = 5 J cO O L .0 o 3 0 _ to 1-f0aoa° 00o`ooa 0 0 0 0 1 0Saoa00 of 1:1'-o - 0 O i000lgc o to m"«0= J lifecov 0-� S -0a acoc'o --E_ as 0 3o.GC0 mcbco m a a:n J 1- C) CC Z O CO coVj T oW Z - cc 000 I= 0 ca J O. W 0 <C vcc Q Zix J W ml - CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 WALL S PRAT va I ) ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 4Ppil NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. • • it HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SCHEDULES & DIAGRAMS P2.1 ON ROOF ON ROOF SO MBH GAS PIPING DOM THROUGH ROOF TO UNIT HEATER (200 MBH). REFER TO DWG PIA FOR CONTINUATION. 4' VTR 3' 3' 4'\ 3' 1—ff COORDINATE ALL PIPE ROUTING---"..4.- WITH EXISTING SKYLIGHTS. NO PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED BELOW OR THROUGH EXISTING SKYLIGHTS. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION IN FIND PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK - TYPICAL. 31-16 4/-1-1r/4'116o �3. 11 I 1-1/4' 4' ON ROOF 120 MBH ON ROOF 80 MBH ON ROOF 80 MBH ON ROOF 240 MBH \ N N //////// 'X' -ROOF DRAIN 'X'-01/ERFLOW ROOF DRAIN 'X' -OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN 'X' -ROOF DRAIN 'X' -ROOF DRAIN 'X' -OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN 'X' -ROOF DRAIN 'X' -OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN 'X' -ROOF DRAIN 'X' -OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN O Feb 22, 2OI1 - 1 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = I'-0" \ AI\ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \ 4' LOW PRESSURE (1' WG) GAS LINE UP WALL OFFSET AROUND 2/ - GUTTERS OR PARAPET. REFER TO PLO FOR INCOMING SERVICE. 4' ON ROOF TYPICAL CONNECT TO UNIT GAS GONTROLS WITH GROW JOINT UNION. PROVIDE GROMMET FOR WATER -TIGHT SEAL SIZE AS NOTED ON MAIN FIR. PLAN PIPE ADAPTOR PLUGGED I/8' NPT TEST GAUGE CONNECTION 10 PIPE DIAMETERS FROM REGULATOR GAS GOGK WITH PLUGGED I/8' NPT TEST GAUGE CONNECTION GAS PIPING 1' WG RUN ON ROOF PRIME 4 PAINT RUST - RESIST. PAINT (SAFETY YELLOW) 2' MIN. (TYP.) (TYP,) PIPE OR CONDUIT, ETC. \_„ 2 GAS PIPE ADJJ5Tt4ENT AT ROOF OBSTRUCTIONS (TYPICAL) PIPE STAND GAS PIPE ON ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NON! 6A5 PIPING: A. WORK TO INCLUDE PIPING FROM 51 -UP AT BUILDING WALL, GAS METER 4 SETTING AND GAS PIPING TO ALL GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT SERVING BUILDING, AND 11E CANhEGTION TO THE EQUIPMENT. FURNISH AND INSTALL GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. B. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN AGGORDANGE WITH ALL APPLIGABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS, AND THE PROVISIONS OF NLRA-54 AND CEPA-58. G. PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH THREADED MALLEABLE FITTINGS. D. VALVES SHALL BE GAS COCKS MANUFACTURED BY NIBCO, APOLLO, JOMAR OR LEGEND. E. ALL PIPING EXPOSED TO THE OUTDOORS OR RUN IN UNGONDI110NED SPACES SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH TWO GOATS OF RUST INHIBITIVE ENAMEL. COLOR TO BE SAFETY YELLOW. F. PROVIDE DIRT TRAPS, SHUT-OFF VALVES AND UNIONS AT EACH CONNECTION TO GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE REGULATOR AS REQUIRED AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. GAS EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION GAS DEMAND (MBH) RTU -I ROOF TOP UNIT 240 RTU -2 ROOF TOP UNIT 240 R11J-3 ROOF TOP UNIT 240 RTU -4 ROOF TOP UNIT 240 RW -5 ROOF TOP UNIT 240 RTU -6 ROOF TOP UNIT 240 RTU -1 ROOF TOP UNIT 120 RTU -8 ROOF TOP UNIT 120 RTU -q ROOF TOP UNIT 80 RTU -I0 ROOF TOP UNIT 80 RTU -II ROOF TOP UNIT 120 RTU -I2 ROOF TOP UNIT 80 UNIT HEATER 200 TOTAL (113H) 2,240 STEEL SLEEVE WELD TO STRUCTURE AND FILL WITH WATER PROOF MAST1G 3 LAP SEALANT PRE -MOLDED PIPE FLASHING BOOT. HEAT WELDED LAP BY ROOF. COM S/5 CLAMPING RING GAS PIPING (1' WG) TO UNIT WATER - RUN BELOW ROOF ABOVE BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR JOIST ATTACH 82400 STRUT TO BAR JOIST, SECURE PIPE WITH PIPE CLAMP GAS PIPE THROUGH ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NONE CODED NOTES:Q I. ROOFTOP UNIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY M.G. 2. GAS PIPE DOWN THROUGH ROOF SEE DETAIL 113 ON THIS DRAWING. 3. PROVIDE FULL SIZE GAS COCK, UNION AND DIRT LEG AT GAS CONNECTION TO ALL GAS USING EQUIPMENT ON ROOF, TYPICAL. 4. GAS PIPE 5IPPORT ON ROOF. SEE DETAIL 113 ON DRAWING. P20. DEVELOPED LENGTH = 550 FT. +/- NOTE: MAIN ROOF DRAINAGE BY EXISTING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. D t7� 003 RECEIVED CITY OF "TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA Design and construction documents es Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this, design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific protect named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15/22.00 0 0 c� z cc 0 a N 0L«oo W ° 5 C.;, o '0 CI.. C= CIOx00 0 0 CO a o O t- 0 O ▪ 0'41 00000iE9 -• O c To' c - • t-cvcoe m— wo`o• oo X0 000 ,;v = c O a O O O c v c c o w=12E.0 o"oc wva O °2 O ccs. V% -Do cOa 41 icWCc;11:45 CoO c e a:(1:1° v.. o m . 0 0 w -o c =20 oO r 3 O rg; ..o 0-6 --= o E c O`o a m o o o • CO O. 0 ° o c o O cyoomc o=2O J • S 2 Oo o=cam - v m O c o = x r o c o c ' q s OL C O m=<mmo.1.0) DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 IVA 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. LUMBING ROOF PLAN P3.0 Feb 22, 2011 - 161001 14 LIVONIA CAT WER LED 1 10A100/40K SEC3 MVOLT OR EQUAL Z6 Z2/F6 Z.2/F6 3400HD BALER 1_62/35d L62-EM,5 1_62/358 L.62P58 L62/358 LG -401 111111 -.4M1 1.11110100111000111111111111011 1110,---401111 Z2/F6 Z2/F6 TYPE FIXTURE NALL MOWED AT S' -O' AFF. Z2/F6 1 1.62/258 L62/358 L62-EM/5 162135F L62/35f L62/3511 L62/35h LG241.1/5 LG2/351 r"'0511 1,..c Le J 1.62-E1/5 L&2/35k L62/35k L&2/3k L62-61/5 1 L62/351 L62/351 L&2-EM/5 LG2/35n L62/35m L62/35n LG2-E4/5 L62/350 L62/35o L62/35o LG2-E1/5 R5/C3la R5/C3la faaN EM HALL PAC5 SHALL \, BE MOINTED AT421-01-0 BOTTOM OF sX1'4 P61/15 \N 11 OEM OE1/4.1 OEM NL NL NL 52A ZIG/HP25 C32 0 ZIG/F2 ZIC/F2 211C,1J 0 0 0 ZIC/FIP25 0 Z5/F2 M/F2 -67Z5/F2 -Z113/F2- -ZI3/F2- /F2 1 ZIC/HP25 0 Z1G/HP25 0 75/E2 /F2 Li ZIC/HP25 FED FIR.Cti LANDLORD PANEL 'HP' ROUTED THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROLS, P'ROVIDE 20 AMP, SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXIST11.6 SQUARE V', NE STYLE PANEL IN SPARE SPACE 1125 (TYPICAL) Z5/F2 1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 5/52" = 11-0" S2/3a CODED NOTES: 0 I. MOUNT TYPE 'L6I', 1_62' AND 1_62 -EM' FIXTURES WITH WIRE GUARD IN STOCK ROOM 0 15'-0' AFF BETHEEN SHELVII.O. (TYPICAL) 2. ROUTE CONDUIT 120141 FEAResT GOU.HN AND UNDER FLOOR FOR FITT1F6 ROOM/PORTAL PetER. SEE DRAWING E2A FOR DIMENSIONS OF 511B -UP LOCATIONS. 3. SWITCH CONTROLS ONLY TI -IE CAN LIGHTS. FIXTURE ILUMINATIN9 MURAL SEPARATELY SWITCHED. PRCN1DE INDIVIDUAL GANS BOX AND FACE PLATE FOR SNITCH. 4. RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED WALL WASH LIGHT FIXTURE. CENTERED ON KRAL. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A REVER5E-AC1ING SPDT 11MER USED AS NORMALLY CLOSED (INTERMATIC FF3I5M OR EQUAL (15 MINUTES)). PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL GANS, BOX NO FACE PLATE FOR SWITCH. b. ROUTE ALL CONDUITS CONCEALED ON INSIDE FACE OF BUILDING WALL. NO EXPOSED GCNDUITS ON EXTERIOR WALL (TYR). 1. EXISTING EXTERIOR H.ID. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED' WITH NEW. REWIRE TO NEIN CIRCUIT INDICATED. 8. PROVIDE JLNCTION BOX IN JOIST SPACE FOR CONFECTION TO DV LEVELS OF VALENCE SFELF LIGHTING MOUNTED IN SHELF FIXTURING. ROUTE CIRCUITS FROM JACTION BOX TO 5FELE LIGHTING USIN6 MG GABLE INSIDE WALL AND STUB OUT A 4' 11 -Hp FOR EACH SHELF. THE UPPER SHELF SHALL HAVE THE VHIP STUBBED CUT BETHEEN 101-8' AFF AND 111-0' AFF AND THE LOPER %ELF SHALL HAVE THE WHIP 51UBE3ED OUT BETYEEN 41-0' AFF AND 41-2' AFF. 11-1IP LENGTHS SHALL BE ADJJSTED IN ThE FIELD AS REQUIRED TO BE CONGEALED WITHIN SHELVES. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF %EWING WITH ARLHITEGTURAL ELEVATIONS ON DRAWING Al2.4 AND VENDOR *I ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND WIRE LIGHT FIXTURES. PURCHASE LIGHT FIXTURES FROM VENDOR 1118. (TYPICAL) q. Fl FCTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING AND WIRING FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURES (APPROXIMATELY QTY -48) IN 60LE DISPLAY VALENCE SEE ARCHITECTS Al2.4 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR VALENCE LOCATIONS. (12) 3' AND (36) 4' LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN A CON11MJC1.6 R0115 INSIDE TFIE ENTIRE LENGTH OF TFE VALENCE, INCLUDING BOTH LEVELS OF VALENCE 11 -FERE REQUIRED. FIXTURES PROVIDED BY VENDOR 148. 10. LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR OWOFF OPERATION. COORDINATE MCtNTINS LOCATION IN FIELD. II. FL F6TRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE EFEIRGENCY BATTERY OF FIXTURE TO NON-CONTIROLLED SIDE OF SWITCHABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 12. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND ROUTING OF ELECTRICAL IN PREFABRICATED FITT1F6 ROOMS WITH VENDOR 14. 13. ELECTRICAL GatTRACTOR SHALL WIRE MIRROR LIGHTING PER MAMFACT1RER'S INSTRUCTIONS. J.NCTION BOX SHALL BE CONCEAUED BEHIND MIRROR_ 14. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF FEVANT FIXTURES IN THE WOMEN'S FITTING ROOMS WITH THE DICK'S SPORT11.6 &OOD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROY:M-1N. 15. LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR OWOFF OFERATION. COORDINATE Makin% LOCATION IN FIELD. 16. FIXTURE TO BE SUSPENDED AT 161-0* AFF TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. rt. DIMMER SWITCH (IP110-LFZ) AND PCSAFR PACK (OPP20-121) RJRNISFED BY VENDOR *18 AND INSTALLED / WIRED BY EC. FOR DIMMINS CONTROL OF LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE 'CI' (SUSPENDED ROUND PANEL FIXTURES) WITHIN CEILING PANELS. PROVIDE 0-10V WIRING FROM DIMMER SWITCH TO EACH 'ME 'Cr FIXTURE BEING CONTROLLED. 18. THIS FIXTURE 15 NOT A STANDARD D56' PROTOTYPICAL LIGHT FIXEURE. COORDINATE WITH LIGHTING REP. lq. EXISTING LIGHTING, EMERGENCY Ll6F11N6 AND LIGHTING CONTROLS IN 11415 LOCATION ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. USE ERISWITCHED CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW '52' EXIT SIGN. GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: A. SEE DETAIL VE3.0A FOR INSTALLATION OF U.' TYPE FIXTURES. MONT 0 11'-0' A.F.F. TO UNDERSIDE OF FIXTURE. 13. PENDANT MOUNT TYPE 'RC' EMER6EtCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN SALES AREA SHALL BE WANTED 0 111-0' A.F.E. TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. C. D. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED BY ENERGY MANA613.4ENT SYSTEM. SEE SFEET E5.1 FOR ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE PROPER WANTING HEIGHT OF TIE EMERNSZY FIXTURES WITH THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO I1STALL4110N. E. REFER TO DRAWING E2.0 FOR ROOM/AREA NAMES. F. MAINTAIN 10 FT. CLEARANCE IN FRONT AND 4 FT. CLEARANCE TO EITHER SIDE FOR TYPE "UL' FIXTURES NEAR TV's, EXCEPT AT CASHYRAP. 6. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E4.0. H. 1. .J. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS MORE THAN 100 FEET IN LENGTH FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS AND 200 FEET FOR 211 VOLT CIRCUITS SHALL BE MINIHJM 1110 REFER TO DIMENSIONED LI6F11N6 PLAN ON DRAINS EIAA FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOINTIM I -EIGHT OF ALL LIGHT FIXEURES. COORDINATE INITH ARCHITECTS REELECTED CEILING PLAN ON SHEET A3.0 PRIOR TO RCU6H-IN. ALL CONDUITS RIN IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS SHALL BE IRLN WITH STRIXTURE TIGHT TO LAVER SIDE OF ROOF DECKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. ARTICLE 300.4(E). K. PROVIDE ADDMONAL EXIT 5I6N5 THR0U5HOtrr 5TOE AS DIRECTED BY THE LOCAL AUTFIORITY HAVING J.RISDICTION. WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND/OR EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL CONTROLS 2 142 + GND 2 *12 + &ND - LINE VOLTAGE CAT -5 (LMRJ) PLENUM RATED St. CABLE WATTSTOPFER LMS14-101 VACANCY SWITCH, MOUNT AT 48' AFF TO TOP OF BOX WATTSTOPPEZ LMPC-100 DIGITAL PIR CEILING MOINTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATTSTOPPER LmRr.,-101 DIGITAL ON/OFF CONTROLLER PROVIDE SENSING WINDOW TO MATCH SPACE INSTALLED. - 1-11614 DENSITY LENS IN TOILET ROOMS AND CORRIDORS. - EXTENDED HEI6FI1 RANGE IN STOCK ROOMS. 2 LIGHT FIXTURE BALLAST 2 *12 + 6ND - LINE VOLTAGE UGHTING ROOM CONTROLLER DIAGRAM NO SCALE NOTES1 1. SWITCH LEG DESIGNATIONS ARE MATCHED BETIPEEN CONTROL DEVICES AND LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN nE SAME ROOM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTACT ENGINEER IF CLARIFICATION 15 REQUIRED. 2. SUBSCRIPT 'a' MOTES AN INSWITCHED HOT LEG 'a' THAT MST ALWAYS REMAIN ON TO EACH EHERGENCY BA! 11:XY PACK AND EXIT Sl6N5, 51401/4 WIRED TO CONTROLLED LIGHTING CIRCUITS INDICATED ON PLANS. INFERE NOT NOTED AS 'FL,' FIXTURES SHALL BE ON CONTROLLED CIRCUIT. 3. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE FE2 FROM PANEL ''A'' IRE% OTHERWISE NOTED. 0030 RECEIVED CITY OF ItikVilLA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER r - Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specifics project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/201/ BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 0 CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR VVIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION SEPARATE PERA/11TAN APPROVD , AL ED CONTROL INFORMATION. 14 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LIGHTING PLAN E1.0 LEGEND $b$G$d SWITCH 116to/ DESIGNATION FIXTURE TYPE LIGHT CIRCUIT 11 SWITCH LEG A /2 13 PI/ BATTERY BACKUP 15.A ose. ,..........-EMERISENCY 10,1 EM NL NIGHT LIGHT NOTES1 1. SWITCH LEG DESIGNATIONS ARE MATCHED BETIPEEN CONTROL DEVICES AND LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN nE SAME ROOM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTACT ENGINEER IF CLARIFICATION 15 REQUIRED. 2. SUBSCRIPT 'a' MOTES AN INSWITCHED HOT LEG 'a' THAT MST ALWAYS REMAIN ON TO EACH EHERGENCY BA! 11:XY PACK AND EXIT Sl6N5, 51401/4 WIRED TO CONTROLLED LIGHTING CIRCUITS INDICATED ON PLANS. INFERE NOT NOTED AS 'FL,' FIXTURES SHALL BE ON CONTROLLED CIRCUIT. 3. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE FE2 FROM PANEL ''A'' IRE% OTHERWISE NOTED. 0030 RECEIVED CITY OF ItikVilLA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER r - Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specifics project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/201/ BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 0 CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR VVIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION SEPARATE PERA/11TAN APPROVD , AL ED CONTROL INFORMATION. 14 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com LIGHTING PLAN E1.0 n 0110- -411110-01111•101- 3400HD BALER MOSOMI \ �\ \ AI \I \ i=M1 WALL WASH FIXTURE CENTERED ON MURAL 1====11 13'-1 1/2' 15'-0 5/8' 15'-0 5/8' 11'-4 1/2' x I1'-41/2' 5.1 Iq'-5 I/4' iIlI'411liommismi mi. MI ■►_•■►_•■ • Ii■■■■r_■i� �■�■■■■\■ iii0ri�'�ii' i\�■ I ��, I or■.�1 inigkil I 111" ' • • N 13'-S 1/4' 13' 17 I/2' 4 18'-9' 15' II 3/4' . IS' -11/8' C C C 6'-O' 'TVP. MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURES — CENTERED AT 9'-0' AFF TO CENTER OF FIXTURE IN FITTING ROOMS. (TYPICAL) NOTE: INSTALL PR01 CT I E \ CA6E5 • - Ll6HT FIXTURES. ista t13' 10 1/2" 13' 10 1/4' 15' II 3/4' 4/31.IS'-1 1/2' 4t. 15'-4 3/4' 3 I5' -4 2'-10' 3,_ , . var T -O' TVP. 13' 10 1/4' 15' 11 3/4' 18-1 I/2" I5'-4 I5'-4 1/4" 641 I/4 MOUNT TRACK DIRECTLY TO GYP. CEILING I5'-4 3/4' II' -6' 6 II' -6' 6 )T 1 DIMENSIONED LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 5/32" = I' -O" \ \\ \ \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: A. SEE DETAIL I/E5AA FOR INSTALLAT10N OF 'IL' TYPE FIXTURES. MOUNT ® 11'-0' AFF. TO UNDERSIDE OF FIXTURE. B. MOUNT FIXTURE TYPES "L6', 'L6I', 'L62' 4 'L62 -EM' o 15'-O' AFF TO UNDER SIDE OF FIXTURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. UNDER DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE PROPER MOUhtTIN614EI6HT OF THE EMER6ENGY FIX1URES WITH THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. D. REFER TO DRAWN& E2.0 FOR ROOM/AREA NAMES. E. MAINTAIN 10 FT. CLEARANCE IN FRONT AND 4 FL CLEARANCE TO EI-114ER SIDE FOR TYPE UL' FIXTURES NEAR TV'S, EXCEPT AT GASHNRAP. F. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND SYMBOL E4.0. 6. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTS REFLECTED SHEET A30 PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. LIST ON DRAWING CEILING PLAN ON ri 003 (o RECEIVED CITY OF TUKVJ LA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 5I0/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: T1-5 Project No.: 15722.00 0 0 c� c7 z cc 0 0. N cn c C O—o �, CC C) CC Z nor V W LL cc O a J O co O . W • J CIO V w Cr Q \Cr 0 W z m CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PI'INT AN D • NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. it 1FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com DIMENSIONED LIGHTING PLAN E1.OA k4/G5� T4L/G5 Off)\v Feb 22, 20r1 - 16100136 t7C' 6FLW/G3 CURRENT LIMITING PANEL FOR PANEL 'C' TRACK LIGHTING CIRCUITS. SEE ONE LINE GI 6FLNVG1 GFLNVC3( 6FIJ^V03( 6FLw/G3( 6FLW/G3( 5FLW/G3( 6FLW/C3( 6FLW/C3( ---roFLNVG3( 6F1.11/G3( 6FLIAVG3 611.11/63 6FL11/03 Y Y GFLW/C3 4L/G5 T4L/G5 T4L/G5 LNVG5 6FLW/G5 // 6FLVVG5 G5 G5 4L we 5 w 5 6FLW/G1 [ 6FLNVG1[ 5 6FLNVGI 3GFLW/GI 6F114/G1 6FLX/GI GFII GI >< [ [ [ IIJ 1 6FLW cA 1 6FLNUCI 6FLNVGI 6FLW/GI 6FLNUGI 6FLa W/GI 6FLLNI/GI 6FLI VCI 6FL^UGI 69-141/BBI A R SFLW/BBI 6FLW/13BI 6FIX/B6 &FUN 04 &FIJI/ 011 6FLNV 011 GFLNV GII[ GFLW/ 011( 6FLNV CII 011 6FLNV 011 011 SEE DETAIL 3/E3AA FOR MOUNTING AND AIMING RECJIROF TYPE 6FLH TRACK LIGHTING. LI6HTIN6 IN CEILING TO BE SURFACE IN TROUGH (TYP) /02 OF 56) 3 011 6FLW/ 6FLW/ 1011 GFLW/G1 6FLNVC1 6FL11/G1 6FLNVG1 3 6FLNVGI 1 � � f u 6F1 -11/G1 6FL M- Y Y ` n F G1 (-1--6FI /G1 MOUNT TRACK DIRECTLY TO 6YP. CEILING '6FLW/BBI 16FLW/BBI 6FLII BBI 9i 34000HD BALER BB1 BB1 TRACK HEAD TYPE 6FLW (TYPICAL) [ 6FU"UBSI 6F111/BBI GFLW▪ /▪ BBI 6FL11V13BI 6F1.W/BBI 6FLYr/BBI 6FLW/BH3 6FLW/BB3 6FLW/BB3 GFLIVEMI 6FLw/BB3 6F1.1133 6FLW/BB3 6FL11/BB3 L_1 CURRENT Im- TRACK LIMITING PANEL FOR PANEL '56' IGHTING CIRCUITS. SEE ONE LINE - ()DODD 6FLNUB55 6FLW/B63 6FLNV GFLNV BB1[ k\A./' 6FLW/BB5 1 6FLW/BB5 ? LvLe5 VI 1. T/BB5 ALL TRACK SHOWN SHALL BE MITE (TYPICAL) 6FLW/BB3 6FLW/BB3 6FLNVBB3 6FLW/BB3 6FLW/BB3 1 1 a i GFLII/BB5 i 6flyV/BEs 3 &LI/B 5 G L vel es 61 LJ V IJW 3 1 1 1 TRACK LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 3/32' = I' 0" \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 003i0 RECEIVE=D CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds — 0.972. Sd1 — 0.544 SITE CLASS — D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the speolfio project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z 0 a U)ma° c .p 0 Y! Co W c c� o o°• 00 c 0 ._o1- m o ;Yo Oo00 -mo;is e w cH c V c o e 1::: ...1 (n cc, 00 -000= c 0 0 °vc00 �- cW.pv�n3° o o m ro� ' o~� c 2 >. vac= — cv waO1 mv: 0cVoao00 C C o. a pO`O0�0cov..f o000J9OC,OOCOcC: O-�O°- c• xOo°o`o1- °Dammo£0 w0�0000.01�W am�c 0oo«o 0 c o° o c 0 0 07o«or J o00 0« a0v0oc`'0—E-moo=Yr C C c 7 o C 0• . t": O o 0. m Q 0 o 0.0 — J citt CC 1— Z co — Zco ♦A O cs) V/ 1� ed<W 2 it O u_0 01. 0cD J 0 W• \� 0 0O w C O ZCC en W J 144 1 1 I HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com TRACK LIGHTING PLAN E 1 . 1 O O Feb 22, 2011 - 16100152 O 12CV, !PH 15 KW EXIST1N6 SQUARE 12' GED POPER STYLE SHWA BOARD TO BE REWORKED FOR FLOOR BUFFER SDP -13 (30/3) LL ELEC. RM. FOOTWEAR TOCK BALER ft- AIDTP 111 ELECTRICAL ROOM LOCKABLE COVER CORRIDOR DOCK LISHT M.ME 16-26, RECEPTACLE FOR ADT. VERIFY LOCATION WITH VENDOR *2 ARCHERY STOCKROOM 2'-0" FOOTWEAR 15 KVA TRANSFORMER HUNTING L.P. CLgET CU 170 DEPT. MANAGERS BR 131+-1 MaR4TED ON 645' SHELF HUN I INC; AY STOCKROOM FRONT ENTRAZE DOORBELL SHALL BE MDUNTED TO COWIN AS H1614 AS POSE413LE IN JOIST SPACE. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AT DOORBEil 1351-11, FOR LINE TINDER WANT AT 54' AFF. WORK RM TACKLE HH YOUTH GOLF APPL /// SPORTSMAN \-N\ SCALE. MOUNT\AT +54' AFF. COORDINATE EXACT\ LOC MEN REEBOK 552 FITTING RM FITTING RM WOMEN REEBOK ADJACEN TEN)iNT NIC) CAMPING EMS SENSOR FOR RTU -4 COMP SWIM OUTDOOR REC SPORT GAMES OUTDOOR REC PRIOR TO ANY RCU6H-IN, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL RECEPTACLES AND J -BOXES, INCLUDING VOLTASE AND LOAD REQUIREFENT5, OF ALL PORTALS WITH ALL VENDORS. EMS SENSOR FOR RTU -3 OUTDOOR REC maw NEXT TO IDE BOARD ABOVE DOOR SEE DETAIL 3/E1D GOLF SHOES ALL GENERAL ACCESSORIES GOWER RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED 1^11THIN THE SERVICE CANTER COORDINATE WM VENDOR *1 PVM SUSPENDED AT 8'-611 SEE DETAIL 5/E3D. LOCATE PER 535 ADT DRAWIN65. BIO BIO 510 COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH WALL SRAPFTIC RECEPTACLE MOWED AT 6" AFF. FOR &LOVE STEAMER. ROUTE CORD FOR &LOVE STEAMER THROUGH FIXTURE BASE TO RELEPTACLE. COORDINATE Emc-r LOCATION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 020 121-3' MEN GOLF 15 KW i1,0-14141 Oil t 'PO EMT 1111 111111 111111111111 4ED111111111111 111111111111 111"-lk MUNI 111111111111 RECEPTACLE MOLNTED AT 6" AFF. FOR &LOVE STEAMER. ROUTE CORD FOR SLOVE STEAMER THROUSH FIXTURE BASE TO RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN THE Fl P OR TO ROUGH -IN. -IL ELECTFUCAL 1 POWER PLAN 122 B51 -H, FOR BOW PRESS. MOUNT AT 48" AFF. BB1-6, FOR BOWLIN6 BAU.. PRESS AND SKATE SHARFENER mon- EACH AT 46' AFF. GENERAL NOTES - DRAWING E2.0: A. VOLTASE DROPS AFE BASED ON FEEDER CONDUCTORS SIZED FOR A MAXINUM VOLTASE DROP OF 2% AT DESI6N LOAD. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMIRI VOLTAGE DROP OF 3% AT DE516N LOAD. TIE CONTRACTOR 5HALL USE THE FOLLOWINS CHART TO SIM BRANCH CIRCUITS: FOR 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS CNLY: ALL 13RANCH CIRCUITS MORE THAN 15 FEET IN LEWIN FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS AND 200 FEET FOR 211 VOLT CIRCUITS SHALL BE MINIMUM 110 AKS. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS MORE THAN 150 FEET IN LENGTH FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS AND 400 FEET FOR 211 VOLT CIRCUITS SHALL BE MININVM V) AH6. ALL BRANCII CIRCUITS MORE THAT4 225 FEET IN LEN6TH FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS SHALL BE MININUI 115 A416. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS MOF THAN 350 1-1±1 IN LEN6TH FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS SHALL 5. ALL TTERMOSTAT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY DICKS ON SITE REPRESENTATIVE G. ALL CONDUITS RIA4 IN EXPOSED CEILINS AREAS SHALL BE RIM WITT4 STRUCTURE 11644T TO UNDER SIDE OF ROOF DECKINS IN ACCORDAICE WITH N.E.C. ARTICLE 300.40. 12. ALL WIRINS SHALL BE RCUTED OVERFEAD IN JOIST SPACE UNLESS NOTED 0 -ITEMISE ON PLANS TO BE ROUTED BELOW SRAM. NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: Fl F6TRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURCHASE $ PROVIDE (12) PLUS -IN SURSE PROTECTORS IN 11-EIR BID WHICH WILL PROTECT IMPORTANT EQUIPMENT. MESS NOTED OTHER WISE, THESE SURSE WPFREESERS SHALL BE BY APC, SURSE ARREST MODELS Frol (QTY. 6) (FOR P05. AND COMPUTERS) AND ProlT (QTY. 6) FOR FAX AND ANSPERIN6 MACHINES. VERIFY LOCATION INITH PRO -EDT MANA6ER. FIRE ALARM NOTES - DRAWING E2.0: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 16121 FOR ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE 24V DC, ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSITEM AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SPECIFICATION SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL SHOP DRAWI1455 AND OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS REMIRED FROM TIE AHJ. B. DUCT SMOKE DETECTCRS SHALL BE PURCHASED AS PART OF TIE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTAU_ED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AND WIRED TO 11-E RIU BY THE FEGHANIGAL CONTRACTOR. E.C. SHALL WIRE THE DUCT DETECTORS TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 3/4'C (WITH PULL WIRE) FROM EACH FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINS. IF DEVICE 15 LOCATED IN AN AREA WITHOUT CEIL1N6, THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL STUB UP 3/4'0 TO STRUCTURAL JOIST. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRT% SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FIRE ALARM INSTALLER. Fl Fr:IRONIC DELAYED EGRESS PANIC DEVICE TO BE WIRED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THIS WILL INCLUDE A 15 SECOND DELAY FOR AUDIBLE ALARM. COORDINATE ALL REQUIIREMENTS WITH SUPPLIER/INSTALLER SEE DETAIL SHEET E3.0A. E. ELECTRICAL GCNTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AT THE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD IN 11-E ELECTRICAL ROOM AS SHOWN CN DETAIL 5/E6.0. F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF REWIRED KNOX BOXES WITH TIE LOCAL AUTHORITY FIAVINS JJRISDICTION. KNOX BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY 7HE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS RBOUIRED. 6. HERE PERMISSIBLE BY THE AUTHORITY NAVIN& JJRISDIGTION, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT VE4ICKR itlq TO PROVIDE AN IP COMMUCATOR SYSTEM (11265M-46 OR EQUIVALENT) TO BE INSTALLED ON TIE SPECIAL SYSTEMS BACKJ30ARD. THE COMMATICATOR 5HALL INSTALLED WITH 11-E FIRE ALA1RM SYSTEM BY TIE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS FROM THE AHJ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TIE USE OF SMOKE VENT5 WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVIN6 JURISDICTION AND PROVIDE ALL CONNECTIONS BEFVEEN TIE SMOKE VENTS AND THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER FEPA REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: 11-E ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RCV6H-1NS FOR ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES. PER NOTE 'C' 1A4DER FIRE ALARM NOTES CODED NOTES: 0 I. Ji4GTION BOXES TO BE MOUNTED IN MASONRY PIERS AT FRONT ENTRANCE ADJACENT TO DICK'S 516N. CONDUIT LAVER 6RCUND AND UP INSIDE MASONRY PIER. EIGTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RFoPCA45IBLE FOR FINAL 516N TERMINATIONS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH 516N VEVOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. INSTALL (2) 3/4' CONDUIT DONT WALL, UNDER FLOOR AND INTO FLOOR BOX. 3. PROVIDE AN INSULATED/ISOLATED 6ROUND CONDUCTOR TO 1I -E &ROW BUS OF TIE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL FROM EACH DOOR OPERATOR. WIRINS FOR DOOR OPERATORS SHALL BE COICEALED IN TIE FRAME AND STOREFRONT. (TYPICAL) 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT WIRINS AND MAKE FINAL CONFECTION TO VENDOR 111q DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL I/Eq.I. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A SEPARATE INSULATED/ISOLATED 6ROUID CONDUCTOR FROM EACH ISOLATED &ROUND RECEPTACLE BACK TO PANEL '16'. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL CASE 1. SURFACE MOUTT RECEPTACLE IN PRINTER SHELF AREA. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DICK'S SPORTING, GOODS FIXTURE VENDOR 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIED COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL THERMOSTATS / EMS SENSORS, 50 AS TO NOT BE DIRECTLY "E3LOWNI ON, ETC. MOIMT 014 "BACK -SIDE" OF COLUNtl, ETC. A5 REQUIRED. SEE SYNEOL LE6END 5HT. E4.0 FOR MOUNTING AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. q. COMf3INATTON TEMPERATURE / RELATIVE HIMIDITY / CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR RARNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION AND WIRT% BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SENSOR TO BE MCU4TED AT 10. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL 'MP' KM NEW SERVICE. SEE OW LIFE SHT. 66.0. II. REMOTE LIGHT/TEST STATION TO BE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO TEMPERATURE SENSOR. REFER TO DRANINS E2.0 FOR TEMP SENSOR LOCATIONS. TYP. ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. 12. Fl F6TRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY TELEPHONE COMPANY UTILITY DEMARK LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. EXTEND 4' CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FOR NEW INCOMINS PHONE SERVICE ELECTRICAL COMPACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH TIE LOCAL TELEPHONE CCMPANY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF 25 PAIR 1E1159401E CABLE TO DICKS SPORT1N6 600D5 TELEPHONE 13. SEE DETAIL 61E3.0A FOR TV MOINTII6 AT CASH NRAPS. POI^ER AND AN CABLIF45 TO BE FED IN CONDUIT DOWN POLE TO TV LOCATION AS SW114 IN DETAIL. 14. FLOOR BOX FOR FLOOR DISPLAY. Fl Fr.TRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR BOXES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. P6TRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY POYER FEED 4 (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES TO EACH FLOOR BOX. 15. WIRE PUSHBUTTON TO OPERATE THO DOORBELLS AT TIE SAME TIME. ONE AT COUJMN C4 AND ONE ABOVE OFFICE AREA CORRIDOR CEILINS. WIRE PER MFR. WIRT% DIASRAMS. 16. CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR FOR WIRINS FOR NORMAL POPER, 16 POPER, TELEPHOFE/DATA AND TV/SECURITY/AUDIO TO CHECKOUTS AND SEER& ACCESSORIES COUNTER STUB UP CONDUITS LAVER COUNTER AND COORDINATE LOCATION 141111 MILLHORK VENDOR. SEE DETAIL 11. WAU- MOWED TV PER DETAIL 1/E3.0A. POWER AND AN CABLING TO BE FED IN WALL TO TV LOCATION AS SHOT* IN DETAIL. LOCATE RECEPTACLES BEWEEN MACKIN& AND AS TO BE CONCEALED 131341ND TV. FIELD VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROU614-1N. 18. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF ALL IN SLAB ELECTRICAL/DATA WITII DICK'S SPORTIN6 60005' PRO-EGT MANAGER I HEE< PRIOR TO ROU61-1-IN. lq. ..I.R4CTION BOX FOR COMPACTOR DOOR RELEASE. SIGNAL FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 20. PROVIDE 3013 EXTERIOR N.F. DISCONNECT INTERIOR FUSED (30AF) SWITCH FOR TRASH COMPACTOR WIRED IN SERIES. WIRE THROU6I4 CONTROLLER. COORDINATE WITH MANFACTURERS SPECIFIGATICNS. 21. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE / RELATIVE HUMIDITY / CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION AND MIN& BY F6TRICAL CONTRACTOR SEIEOR TO BE mane, AT MAKE CONFECTION TO DELAYED E6RESS DOOR ALARM PANIC HARDWARE PER MFR. WIRT* DIAGRAM. SEE DETAIL 81E3.0A. 23. 2 1112 I *12 6ND - 3/4'0 TO I20/24V TRANSFORMER FOR INFRARED CONTROLLED, AUTOMATIC SINK FAUCET. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE MOWED ABOVE LAY -1N CEILING IN CORRIDOR TRANSFORMER AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY PLI/1131146 CONTRACTOR FINAL WIRING. TO TRANSFORMER 4 FAUCETS BY THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATE ALL W)RK NTH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 24. J./NCTION BOX FOR CONFECTION TO DEIAYED E6RE55 PANIC HARDWARE BOXED POHER SUPPLY LOCATED FEAR FACP. PROVIDE 120V CIRCUIT AND CONFECTION TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 131E3.0A. 25. NOT MED. 26 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL 516N LOCATIONS AND GOANTITIES WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND .1k4CTION BOX SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FROM 1I -E INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING AND BE INSTALLED ABOVE ALL PAINT BREAKS. COORDINATE ROU644-1N LOCATION WITH 6.0. AND INTERIOR ARLHITECTURAL ELEVATION. 21. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF WIRED PUSHBUTTON AND DOORBELL WITH WIRELESS poofeat SYSTEM AT (858) 101-8531. 28. NOT U5ED. 2q. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCkl AND 48,0V CIRCUIT FOR NEM BAUER VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS AND EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH 01114ER PRIOR TO ROUSH-IN. 30. ROUTE CONDUIT(5) DOI* INDICATED WALL OR COMM RCUTE BELOW &RADE TO ASSOCIATED FLOOR BOX OR CONDUIT STUB -UP 31. PROVIDE LEGRAND STEEL PLUSMOLD RACEWAY 2000 STERIES OF INDICATED LEN6TH BETWEEN OUTRIGGERS AT EITHER END BEIYEIN PILASTERS. HARDWIRE AT WALL BASE TRIM. REFER TO ARCHITEDTURAL 32. 33. 34. RECEPTACLE MOINTED WITI4IN CASEAORK AT q -I/2" AFF TO CENTER OF DEVICE. COORDINATE MCUNTIT46 LOCATIONS WITH VENDOR *I PRIOR TO PROVIDE RECEPTACLE MOLR4TED CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN PORTAL CAVITY 12' FROM TOP OF PORTAL FOR PORTAL VALEIZE LIE/MING. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION KITH VE4DOR PROVIDE RECEPTACLE moarrED CONCEALED FROM VIEW BUT ACCESSIBLE IN FITTIN6 ROOM PORTAL VAU5NCE LIST -ITT% CAVITY FOR PORTAL VALENCE LI6HTINS. COORDINATE RECEPTAa.E LOCATION WITH VENDOR *I. 35. PROVIDE 141-0" OF LE6MND 5TEEI PLIZMOLD RACEWAY 2000 SERIES, BLACK, WITH 10 RECEPTACLES. PLU6MOLD TO BE MOWED CONCEALED FROM VIEW BUT ACCESSIBLE IN FITTIF6 ROOM PORTAL VALENCE LI6HTIN6 CAVITY FOR PORTAL VALENCE AND CALIA LI6HTINS. COORDINATE PU/6MOLD LOCATION WITH VENDOR *I. OIE RECEPTACLE TO BE CENTERED IN FLUISMOLD AT EACH OUTRI66ER LOCATION (TOTAL OF 5) FOR OUTR166ER LI6HTIN6 AND OM RECEPTACLE AT EACH END (TOTAL OF 2) FOR VALENCE LI6HTIN6. 36. THE EXISTING TELEPHONE SERVICE AND ELECTRICAL GEAR AT THIS LOCATION ARE TO MADE SAFE FOR DEMOLITION AND ARE TO BE 31. TIE EXISTIF* 600 AMP, 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER THAT CURRENTLY FEEDS THIS SPADE 15 TO BE REMOVED AND !REPLACED WITH AN 800 AMP, 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 38. ELECTRICAL CONTRICTOR SHALL PROVIDE 120 VOLT WIRINS AND FIRE ALARM WIRING IN BELOW GRADE CONDUIT TO TURNSTYLES. 34. 114E FCTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A 20 AMP, 1 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN LAtt2LORD PANEL HPA' TO FEED 11415 FEATER b (7 co. RECERIED CITY OF 1U icriViLA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER IGONTIRACTOR MST VERIFY ALL CLEARAF4E5 AND DIMEN.SION5 IN FIELD (74 Design and construotion documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the speolflo project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 B1D/PERMIT • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15/22.00 0 cc 0 a. CI 3 i 1 t se€: i -86 al 22 2. . ---: : 00 tri_.. 2 : 0.0 iiii:: ...,...." s 0,, • EEO - (10• 2,2 13:20 :!iiii 0 2 cc Ci 0 it ate CC CI z co SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIRCATIONS FOR SEISMIC ?10 fre VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E2.0 Feb 22, 2017 - 16101o03 G36 EF2 50P-5 (50/3) grial D2140 VP LP] I6A MGA 480Y-3PH ON ROOF 413 MGA 480V -SPH ON ROOF 5DP2 (20/3) HP 0 D24 0 183 MGA 480V-3PH ON ROOF SDP -II p (50%3) '.�'I '� D24 ( OD 67 K I V � H WPI 1 0 I -4 (2200) IRll 81 BBI -214D �'' �i 1 4I3 MGA 480V3PN ON ROOF 183 MGA 480V 3PH ON ROOF SDP -1 1421 ® 861-714D�LoJ SDP -3 (50/3) ��®� 1313I-24 WPI 1 I 5DP-6 (2013) Yr BBI -24 ►'"��'' �I 0 oI 413 MGA 480V-3PH ON ROOF 4I3 MCA 480V-3PH ON ROOF 16.4 MGA 480V-3PH ON ROOF 6834 EFI 5DP-I0 (25/3) yip 1111M-0—, 0-1 �� R11/11 23.2 MGA 480V3PH ON ROOF 1 ELECTRICAL POWER ROOF PLAN SCALE: 3/52" = I' -O" \\B\\ \\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ WIRE DOY+1 TO I HR. TIMER NOTE: REFER TO ENERGY MANA6EMENT DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL l I FrARIGAL CONTRACTOR WORK REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WIRING BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT (EM) SYSTEM. NOTE: THE P FCTRIGAL GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS PER NOTE 8' UNDER FIRE ALARM NOTES ON DRAWING E2,0. CODED NOTES: 0 ALL RTU'S HAVE A FIELD WIRED, FACTORY INSTALLED SERVICE NON-fl15ED DISCONNECT SWITCH. E EGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE FACTORY INSTALLED 6FGI SERVICE RECEPTACLES FOR ALL RTUS. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL I-1/2' CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF INGLUDIN6 WEAT RHEAD FOR SATELLITE DISH. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TERMINATE CONDUIT AT 6'-0' AFF. A5 CLOSE TO 'MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK' AS POSSIBLE. bc7003 (p RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWII.P. FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects. Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TL5 Project No.: I5'722.00 N 0 0 0 0 z cc 0 a N CI)mooa°o c m ms c o eeroo W it opo C C O va, oo0 1m cco_0Hw o • o o 0.- ,41.: v V V e10 ~ V o o co E a Moms. Co'C 0.a 10 - v o.. O 100 o C m •0 C `c o W wa�� - io `v s4,c10 a, •0 .4.. C,p O i eD nc`�o'zwO 10'0 c c o. eom o�ov fn •0 —0 ✓ J C C v I O C m C C « e0 J e0 o c 3«s 23 m;0 3 ooeomo ~ E m 113 0 0 0 10 0. W m v o c c o CI ylooioc =eco m 0 10 m - 0«11 • co - E-b\v _1E IS • ovo m O= C O o a <ommnV)w CC 1- 0 Cr Z CO V)O T c V W O 00 1. \ 0 co J O . w 0 0 w o Q Z lel\� Z C� DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sdl - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. A 11,4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ELECTRICAL POWER ROOF PLAN E2.1 CHECKOUT NOTES: I. RIFER TO PENDANT MOUNTED TV INSTALLATION DETAIL b/BAA. 2. FROM EACH ISOLATED 6ROU4D RECEPTACLE, PROVIDE A SEPARATE INSULATED, ISOLATED GROUND GONDUGTOR TO THE ISOLATED GROUND 13U5 IN PANEL '16'. 3. ALL WIRES PULLED BY FI Fr.TRIGAL GONTRAGTOR. REFER TO 5PEGIFIGATION. -RECEPTACLES MOUNTED +181 AFF. (TYPICAL U.N.0) 4. JRNGTION BOX FOR GONEGTION TO SHOWCASE LI6HT5. VERIFY QUANTITY MD WIRE ALL. 5. RECEPTACLE MOUNTED INVER FIXTURIN6 FOR PEPSI MACHIN. ROUTE CONDUIT DOWN WALL AND THROUGH BASE OF FIXTURING TO RECEPTACLE. RCUTE CORD FOR PEPSI MACHIN THROUGH FIXTURE BASE TO RECEPTACLE b. PROVIDE ONE QUAD '16' RECEPTACLE MD ONE DATA OUTLET FOR POWER, POINT OF SALE, AND TELEPHONE WIRING AT HUNTING LICENSE KIOSK. L.P. CLOSET DEPT. MANAGERS Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Hersohman Architects. Incorporated. 21'-10 3/ ' / 6'-3 1/4' Date Issue 1. CONDUITS SHALL BE STUBBED UP UNDERNEATH CASE WORK AND TERMINATED WITHIN THE KIGK SPACE (NOT TO EXCEED APPROXIMATELY 3-1/2' AFF). A LOW PROFILE 6AN6 BOX WITHIN THE KICK SPADE 15 RECOMMENDED FOR THE TERMINATION OF THE CONDUITS. FOR TEMPORARY REGISTERS CORRIDOR MOUNT EMS, CONTROL OVERRIDE PANEL AT +48' AFF. PROVIDE METAL LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENT5 WITH EMS INSTALLER. NOTA (TYPIGAU OS -24 - -0? BBI -21 6'-3 1/4' CI► BREAK ROOM 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT 16-10 16 Citi 11 .i• #4)410 44' �,�(,) tip BBI -34 16-15/160 BB -22@ BBI -34& 551-34 IG� 16-15 BB -22 531-13, +42" AFF • NOTE I (TYPICAL) CIRCUIT BB -24 CONTROLLED BY NOVAR SYSTEM. PROVIDE LABEL AT RECEPTACLE INDICATIN6 REGEPTAGLE 15 CONTROLLED. ('TYPIGAL) NOT USED SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" ENLARGED CHECKOUT PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" ENLARGED OFFICE AREA PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" SEE DRAWING E2A FOR CODED NOTES. Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 A/V ROOM NOTES: I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL I-1/2' CONDUIT 1}WU6H ROOF INCLUDING PEATI ERFEAD FOR SATELLITE DISH. TERMINATE CONDUIT AT 8'-0' AFF. AS CLOSE TO 'MAIN EQUIPMENT' RACK' A5 POSSIBLE 2. DATA MDF LOCATED IN DATA ROOM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR *13. 3. 1R1DER DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 41x8'x3/4' PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, PAINTED BOTH 51DE5 GRAY ENAMEL. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR *13. MONITOR FLANGE SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #5, INSTALLED BY EL. (I) 3'G TO OFFICE AREA CEILING SPACE TURNED DON* TO 8'-0' AFF (I) I-I/2'G UUP THRU ROOF WITH WEATHERHEAD FOR BACK ROUTER ANTENNA (I) 3' CONDUIT TO 5ALE5 FLOOR JOIST SPADE TURNED DOWN TO 8'-0' AFF AT DATA RACK TWO 114151RUT P1000 CHANNEL PROVIDED BY E.G. REPLACE 18' LENGTH FURNISHED WITH UNIT WITH I -I/2' ID. PIPE, LENGTH A5 REQUIRED, PAINTED BLACK ROUTE FOYER (I/2' MG GABLE) AND 5I6NAL CORDS TIM PIPE, TYPICAL FOR SECURITY SYSTEM TV5. (2) I -1/2'G TO SALES FLOOR JOIST SPACE TURNED D0W4 TO 8'-0' AFF AT DATA RACK (I) FOR FIBER OPTIG AND (I) SPARE. (I) I-I/2'G THROUGH WALL TO STOCK ROOM JOIST SPACE TURNED DOWN TO 8'-0' AFF AT DATA RACK. (I) 2'G TO SALES FLOOR JOIST SPACE TURNED DON* TO 8'-0' AFF AT DATA RACK FOR CCTV. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INSTALLED TO THE BACK OF MONITOR BRACKET BY E.G. BLACK MONITOR MOUNT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR *5 LABEL RECEPTACLE 'CONTROLLED BY EMS' (I) I-I/2'G TO SALES FLOOR JOIST SPACE TURNED DOWN TO 8'-0' AFF AT AV RACK PENDANT MOUNTED CCTV INSTALLATION NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. 1.80 N 0 0 c7 z 1-7 cc 0 0. CI)m0V0 m c 11 43 0 0 o c�c�n an, on �«Son m-ol-m `o0ro� - 0 E-. ~go0r, oo• co 0 00 0 cv00w 0 0 0 C - 0 c 0 o W 12 3 155 I- 0Jm m c o a .0 o= cv CO m o m 02' c o0LJ0.0cL�o«mC O°o- rrCDC"oem 0.3`c C 0 m`m 0''-0Ono•cm0 0 m 0.m o 71 2; :0° o=2 0.omomJo 0 mios. OC O) OmM 0. C `0 o -0040. CONDUIT BELOW GONGRETE FLOOR SLAB. TYPICAL OF ALL FOUR LINEAR RR1*15. SCREW HOLE 16 CIRCUITS POWER CIRCUITS DATA AUDIOMSUAL 4 SECURITY I" G. TO 16 PANEL 1' G. TO NORMAL POWER PANEL 11 G TURN CONDUIT INTO JUNCTION BOX FOR 3' G TO GOLF STOCK ROOM I' G TURN CONDUIT INTO JUNCTION BOX FOR 3' G TO 6OLF STOCK ROOM LEFT SIDE: KNOCKOUT FOR AG OUTLET b92 HOLES FOR AG POWER AND/OR ETHERNET GABLES RUN BELOW SLAB TO NALL AND UP TO JOIST SPACE (5C -E FLOOR PLAN) NOTES DO NOT REMOVE THIS KNOCKOUT FROM THE TERMINAL L 4LE55 YOU MOUNT THE TERMINAL OVER AN AG OUTLET 48' TO FLOOR FROM TOP OF TIMEGLOGK TO OPEN THE KRONOS TIME CLOCK, YOU MUST REMOVE THE ALLEN SCREW ON TfE LEFT OF THE CLOCK ADDITIONAL SPACE 15 REQUIRED TO OPEN 11-E CLOCK FOR TROLELBHOOTIN6 PURPOSES. Feb 22, 20r/ - I61035I I UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT WIRING NOTES: 1. CONDUITS MAY CHANGE IN ANY ORS BUT MUST CONTAIN ONLY THE WIRING SYSTEM SHOWN. 2. IDENTIFY 16 4 NORMAL WIRING WITH DIFFERENT COLOR WIRES. 3. CONDUIT S1i-UPS SHALL BE tR4DER COUNTER SPACE AND NOT IN STANDING SPACE (COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR). 4. PROVIDE (2) TWO FULL5TRIN65 IN EACH OF 11-E CONDUITS FOR LOW VOLTAGE CABLING. LABEL. EACH END OF THE PULLSTRIN65 A5 DATA BY VENDOR 13. LABEL EACH END OF TIE FULL STRIN65 IN THE AUDIOMSUAL 4 SECURITY CONDUIT A5 VENDOR 2 MD 714E OTHER A5 AN VENDOR 5. EXTEND CONDUITS TO ROOF STRUCTURE FOR CONDUITS GONTAININ6 THE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING. PROVIDE LONG RADIUS 4105 AND BUSH ENDS FOR GABLE PROTECTION. VERIFY EXACT INSTALLATION DETAILS WITH D56 REPRESENTATIVE. HOLE RIGHT 5IPEr THE AREA TO THE RIGHT OF THE KRON05 TIME CLACK M35T REMAIN CLEAR, 50 THAT EMPLOYEES HAVE AMPLE ROOM TO SWIPE THEIR BADGE. D t7� X03 c� R CE!VDD CITY OF VIOLA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER J CC 1- V CC Z CO ct0� OS V W CC ZI,L 000 �Ocn J O. W0� ciU or 4tii 0 ZCC Ci W Zm� ALLOW 12' TO THE LEFT OF THE OUTLET TO ALLOW FOR ANFLE ROOM 3.q0 ALLOW 18' TO THE RIGHT OF THE OUTLET TO ALLOW FOR AMPLE ROOM CONDUIT HOLES (APPROXIMATELY 7/8' IN DIAMETER TO BE USED FOR GAM GOMNAA'IGATION GABLE 2'-0' MINIMUM TO ADJACENT ADT _ KEYPAD (LEFT OR RIGHT) 2'-0' MINIMUM TO ADJAGENT ADT KEYPAD (LEFT OR RIGHT) COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ADJACENT ADT KEYPAD 8 UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 9 TIMECLOCK BACKPLATE DIMENSIONS SCALE: N.T.S. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194. IVA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchltects.com ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 EpA 7.. NAJD NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. ELECTRICAL DETAILS E3.0 Ex REs II-20-I'i MOUNT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH 11415 -MUT BY EG SINGLE CIRCUIT WIRING SYSTEM IN JOIST SPACE PURCHASE FROM VENDOR *IS UNISTRUT CHANNEL BY EC. TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST WASHER 4 BOLT WITH LOOP BY E.G. 'AGS' WIRING SYSTEM CORD REFLECTOR AND BALLAST SAFETY AIRCRAFT GABLE E. TO PROVIDE BRIDAL RINGS OR TIE STRAPS TO ATTACH THE MODULAR WIRING TO STRUCTURE RUV WIRING SYSTEM ALONG JOIST SPAN OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO JOIST Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are elven In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue di111111111 2/22/20I1 BID/PERMIT • CADDY SPEED LINK ERICO • • TYPE 'UL' FIXTURE (SEE SCHEDULE) BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR Joni - • • • • • NOTES: • I. BOLT HOOK TO UNI5TRUT. DOUBLE NUT ALL THREADED CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE HOOK AND LOOP TO SUPPORT FIXTIRZE BY MEANS OF STEEL GRAIN. SUPPORT FIXTURE FROM LNISTRUT, COORDINATE METHOD OF FASTENING UNISTRUT TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DO NOT DRILL OR WELD TO JOIST. ASSEMBLY SHALL SUPPORT FOUR TIMES THE FIXTURE WEIGHT. 2. WHERE FIXTURES OCCUR DIRECTLY BELOW BAR JOIST I.E. MAIN CENTER AISLE, PROVIDE JOIST CLAMP WITH HOOK AND CHAIN FOR FIXTURE MOUNTING TO JOIST. 3. ALL UNISTRUT SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 4. E.G. SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH N. 5. FIXTURE TYPE ULAL-NL SHALL DOME COMPLETE WITH 'AGS' MODULAR WIRING AND HOOK. EC. SHALL WRAP AND TIE EXCESS CORD. 6. LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES 'UL LL/NL' ARE TO BE WIRED WITH 'ACS' MODULAR WIRING SINGLE CIRCUIT WIRING SYSTEM. PURCHASE ALL RELATED COMPOPENTS FROM VENDOR *I8. CONTACT VENDOR FOR COMPLETE PACKAGE LIST PRIOR TO 5112. 2F-I5Z-832 GABLE GRIPPER W/ 832 INTERNAL THREAD, BY VENDOR *I8 TRACK NOTES: GENERIC LIGHTING TRACK BY VENDOR *18 • I. LOCATE TRACK LIGHTING A5 SH0WN ON ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 2. MOUNT ALL TRACK LIGHTING AT 16'-0" AFF. AT EXPOSED AREAS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. FI FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY COUNTS OF METAL HALIDE TRACK FIXTURES. LOCATE FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON DRAWING EIOA ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 5 ADDITIONAL FIXTURES FOR U5E BY DICKS SPORTING 600D5. 4. INITIAL AIMING FOR FIXTURES MOUNTED AT 15'x' - I6'-0' AFF., AIM LIGHT FIXTURES 40 DEGREES A5 DIAGRAMMED, EMPHASIZING THE ADJACENT MERCHANDISE WALL DISPLAY AND BRANDING GRAPHICS. PERFORM FINAL AIMING ADJJ5ThENT5 AS DIRECTED BY DICKS SPORTING GOODS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 5. TRACK SUPPORTING CABLES ARE TO BE 4'-0' ON CENTER WITH A SUPPORT LOCATED AT EACH TRACK END (OR PER LOCAL CODE). FACTORY PREDRILLED HOLES ARE NOT DESIGNATED SUPPORT HANGING POINTS AND WILL NOT PROVIDE THE PROPER SPACING. • • • • • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 TYPE UL / UL -NL LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: N.,T.S. NOT USED SCALE: N.,T.S. TRACK LIGHTING DETAIL (OPEN CEILING) SCALE: N.,T.S. PROJECTOR FLANGE SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #5, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ATTACH TO BAR JOIST USING (2) UNISTRUT PI000 CHANNEL SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 1-1/2' ID. STANDARD THREAD 5GH 40 PIPE PAINTED BLACK, SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RUN POWER (1/2' MG GABLE), DATA AND VIDEO GABLE D041 INSIDE PIFE. PIPE LENGTH VARIES END OF PIPE TO FIS FLOOR PROJECTOR FLANGE SUPPLIED BY VENDOR 46, INSTALLED BY E ECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ATTACH TO BAR JOIST USING (2) UNISTRUT PI000 CHANNEL. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY FI F(TRICAL CONTRACTOR 1-1/2' ID. STANDARD THREAD 5GH 40 PIPE PAINTED BLACK, SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. RUN POWER (I/2' MC GABLE), DATA AND VIDEO CABLE DOWN INSIDE PIPE. PIPE L.EN6TH VARIES END OF PIPE TO FIS FLOOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SURFACE MOUNTED TO BACK OF LCD TV E32ACKET PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR *5. EC TO PROVIDE (2) 4'JBOXES (1) FOR HDMI TO GATE CONVERTER (I) FOR TDF DATA CABLING AND DATA GABLE TO THE TV. CONGEAL BEHIND TV ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SURFACE MOUNTED TO BACK OF LCD TV BRACKET PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR *5. 5 I/2' q 3/4' 5 I/2' 8'3 V2' UPPER BLOCKING 10'3' 023') q'-6' HOLD (114') HOLD q'3' (I11') 8'-6' HOLD (102") HOLD (80') HOLD LOWER BLOCKING NOT USED SCALE: N.,T.S. GOLF TV ELEVATION DETAIL SCALE: N.,T.S. CASHWRAP TV ELEVATION DETAIL SCALE: N.,T.S. GOLF FITTING CENTER LCD TV 7 ELEVATION DETAIL SCALE: N.,T.S. SCALE: N 0 0 0 z rc 0 0. O 00 W===0- o ccu) 721 c 2 c r o 0 mo c o ° r 2 o a w o o 01-- D `V 0 C L go • 0 C •D— 0 y (A-°' o. c o _ c o 0000 00 om.. 0 0 0 Q -vcoc0 W o-9° oC7 0 0 o ro = H a- O 0 O C T V�QC • c a a CO 0 — O C 0 0 C :04,0 0d °00o.oF00CC0C909 ' CL 0 'J q 30• c2x OLT=g; • ro 1-roam•EM Mo -0 ' oa°omE0 0 05o°°1°cc o m 15-2c W. 0,0, r - aoomo -• .a- 0- - Irsro000 —E —000 O -lir: OC oo . co 3 .4' COLOR CODED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (3 *18 AWS) BY EC. FROM POWER SUPPLY. COLOR -CODING SHALL MATCH ELECTRIFIED HINGE. ROUTE IN JOIST SPADE (500' MAX) (3 *lb AWS 500'-150') GO: TRO1 120V SOURCE WITH LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER BY FI Fr,TRJGAL CONTRACTOR ROUTE COLOR CODED LOW - VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT UP TO CEILING SPACE. ROUTE COLOR GORED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT IP TO CEILING SPACE COLOR CODED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT AND CONNECTED TO ELECTRIG HINGE. PRE-INSTALLED IN DOOR FRAME. (TYR) FI F(.TRIG HIN6E� -------- --1 f_ MAKE CONNECTION WITH MOLEX PLUG-IN CONNECTORS AND STANDARDIZED COLOR -CODED WIRING TO PRE-INSTALLED WIRING IN DOOR FRAME WITH POWER TRANSFER DEVICES SIJF'PLIED WITH DELAYED EGRESS PANIC HARDWARE COLOR CODED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT AND CONNECTED TO FI FC.TRIC HINGE PRE-INSTALLED IN DOOR FRAME. (TYP) FIRE ALARM NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT TIE-IN (2 *18 AWG) BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 120V/24VAC, BOXED POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED WITH DELAYED EGRESS PANIC HARDWARE AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LOCATED NEAR FACP. PROVIDED WITH TERMINALS FOR FIRE ALARM RELAY CONNECTION ALLOWING RELEASE OF ALL 1200R5 UPON FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION. WIRE ALL DEAYED EGRESS DOORS TO POWER SUPPLY (ONE P0113Z SUPPLY PER 4 DELAYED EGRESS DEVICES). D if/ 003 b ELECTRIC HINGE FI FCTRIG HINGE DOUBLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR 8 DELAYED EGRESS WIRING DIAGRAM SCALE: N.,T.S. RECEIVE . CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 282I 1 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR 1.1UST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 51 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPAAA Pep irE" APp , AND 'a VAL 11. 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com A.RREFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. ELECTRICAL DETAILS E3.OA ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SCHEDULE G --INDICATES M— INDIGATES F-I-INDIGATES AU—INDICATES X—INDIGATES IOI—INDIGATE5 CONTROL DEVIGE FL Fe:TRIG EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION FROM SCHEDULE LOCATED AT UNIT FAN SHUTDOM 15 REQUIRED FOR CONTROL DEVICE EQUIPMENT COBOL DEVICE FIRE ALARM ROOM LOCATION EQUIPMENT ITEMS FURNISHES it INSTALLED BY 9 Fe:TRIG DIVISION ITEMS FURNISHED 4 INSTALLED 4 WIRED BY OTHER DIVISIONS EQUIP. DESIGN. NAME ROOM LOCATION HP KW VOLTS PHASE PANEL OR CONTROL CENTER CIRCUIT BREAKER POKER WIRING FROM PANEL TO CONTROL UNIT POWER WIRING FROM CONTROL UNIT TO EQUIP GND WIRE KEY. NOTES FUSED DI5C, SWITCH NON- FUSED DISC. SWITCH MANUAL MOTOR STARTER FIRE ALARM FAN SHUT- DOWN MANUAL MOTOR STARTER COMB. MAGNET. STARTER 2 -SPEED COMB. MAGNET. STARTER NON - FUSED DI5G. SWITCH PKG. CTRL. UNIT RTU 1 ROOF TOP UNIT #1 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 SDP 50A -3P 3116, It 3116, It #10 1,3,4,5 I NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, VOLTAGE TO MATCH EQUIPMENT SERVED. FI X NAE3L4WROU AU 1 RTU 2 ROOF TOP UNIT 112 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 SDP 50A -3P 3116,1'G 3#6, It #10 1,3,4,5 O 5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR - PROVIDED BY VENDOR *18 CONTROLS. WIRED At4D MOUNTED BY E.G. MTD. 8'-0' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO DETAIL I/ErIIA X FMEM I54' 2 LAMP WALL BRACKET W/ INTEGRAL OGG. SENSOR 13IL-4-232-EPU-EL All PROVIDE Em. BA. PAOK FOR TWO LAMPS.TMOW BELOW TRELLIS ® q'-0' AFF TO CENTER OF FIXTURE. RTU 3 ROOF TOP UNIT *3 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 SDP 50A -3P 3116, It 3116, It *10 1,3,4,5 ANTENNA LOCATION I X WIRELESS GALL BOX 64 4' TRACK AU ® RTU 4 ROOF TOP UNIT *4 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 SDP 50A -3P 3#6, It 3#6, It *10 1,3,4,5 © EDWARDS *692, 120V, PUSH BUTTON By EL. FOR FRONT OF STORE. X TR 90 TRACK 90 DEG. CONNECTION AU FLUSH SINGLE GANG GAST IRON FLOOR BOX FOR DATA / TELEPHONE CABLING. PROVIDE BRASS COVER PLATE - HUBBEL OR EQUAL RTU 5 ROOF TOP UNIT *5 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 5171 50A -3P 3116, I'0 3#6, I'G #10 15,45 X AU RTU 6 ROOF TOP UNIT #6 ROOF - 30.1 460 3 SDP 50A -3P 3116, It 3116, I'0 *10 1,3,4,5 X TRACK AU RTU 7 ROOF TOP UNIT #7 ROOF - 125 460 3 SDP 20A -3P 31112, 3/4'G 34112, 3/4'G #12 1,3,45 PROVIDE IN GOLF RANGES) 1 X 1.61 AU NAEIL4STU PI/6UARD RTU 8 ROOF TOP UNIT *8 ROOF - 125 460 3 SDP 20A -3P 3142, 3/4'0 31112, 3/4'G *12 1,3,4,5 L 62-E 8' STRIP X 2 - F28T8/5P35 PROVIDE BAT. TM PACK FOR wo LAMPS AU RTU 9 ROOF TOP UNIT 119 ROOF - 125 460 3 5DP 20A -3P 31112, 3/4'G 31112, 3/4'G #12 1,3,45 R3 WEATHER RESISTANT WITH BATTERY BACKUP X INCLUDED MOUNT 18' ABOVE DOOR AU RTU 10 ROOF TOP UNIT #10 ROOF - 125 460 3 5DP 20A -3P 31112, 3/4'G 31112, 3/4'G *12 15,45 INCLUDED MOUNTED AT 9'-6' AFF. 0 X 53 DBL FACE EXIT W/BATTERY BACK UP NI -GAD AP 1ORWH AU MOUNTED AT q'-6' AFF. RTU 11 ROOF TOP UNIT #11 ROOF - 162 460 3 SDP 25A -3P 31110, 3/4'0 3#10, 3/4"G *10 1,3,4,5 HIGH -BAY LED #B=0X390124 1 - 240W 187 X r- AU RTU 12 ROOF TOP UNIT *12 ROOF - 125 460 3 SDP 20A -3P 31112, 314'0 3#12, 3/4'G #12 1,3,4,5 ZIA 84 WATT FUJORESGENT DOWN LIGHT X (2) 42W COMP. FLUOR. WITH 134ER6ENGY BA! i EMY PACK AU ZIB 84 WATT LENSED FLUORESCENT DOW4 LIGHT EXTERIOR RATED WITH EMER&ENGY BATTERY PACK PD8M242R8 /82H16G (2) 42W COMP. FLUOR O ZIG 84 WATT LENSED FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT EXTERIOR RATED P178M242E/82HI6G (2) 421 COMP. FLUOR. Z2 150 WATT EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT D56WP2FGHII5O 1 - I50MH WITH RM. FURNI-OFF SHEILD. SEE ARCH. DWG's FOR LOCATION 4 MOUNTING HST ILD Z5 ETI EXHAUST FAN #1 ROOF 1/4 - 115 1 BB 20A -IP 24112, 3/4'G 24112, 3/4'G *12 2 AU EM UNIT - NICKEL GAD BATTERY INDI2I00HLB5OI2/H.AIINDPM INCLUDED PENDANT MOUNTED 17'-0' AFF. TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. E.G. TO PAINT MO M IN& BACKPLATE WHITE. EF2 EXHAUST FAN *2 ROOF 1/4 - 115 1 BB 20A -IP 21112, 3/4"G 2#12, 3/4'G *12 1,9 6T3 AU 0TL8061HF 1 - IOW LI=D —g— EF3 EXHAUST FAN 113 ROOF 1/6 - 115 1 BB 20A -IP 21112, 3/4'C 2#12, 3/4'G *12 6 SWI910LED6V55L40KE2/GD6B/GDI2O/RDG5 ED6V55L4OKE2 1 - 41W LED AU T2L TRACK WALLWASH GTLIBOV 1 - 28W LED ® T4L GOLF FOCAL_ TRACK WALLWASH GTLIBOH 1 - 281 LED E^I14-1 WATER HEATER STOCKROOM - 2.0 208 1 BBI 20A -2P 2#12, 3/4"G 24112, 3/4'G *12 AU RP -I REGIRCUATIN6 PUMP STOCKROOM FRAGT. HP - 120 1 BB 20A -IP 21112, 3/4'G 2#12, 3/4'G *12 1,9 AU TO GOMPAGTOR LOAD DOCK 10 - 460 3 SDP 30A -3P 31110, 3/4'G 31110, 3/4'0 #10 7,8 AU AU B BALER LOAD DOCK 10 - 480 3 5171 30A -3P 31110, 3/4'O 31110, 3/4'G *10 7 AU UHI UNIT HEATER #1 DOCK 1/3 - 120 BBI 20A -IP 21112, 3/4'G 21412, 3/4'G *12 AU KEY NOTES: I. CONTROLLED BY NOVAR EMS. 2. FAN CONTROLLED BY REVERSE THERMOSTAT. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS AND TIE TO FA SYSTEM. 4. PROVIDE HAGR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANE_ SDP, NON-FJ55ED DISGONNEGT PROVIDED INTEGRAL TO UNIT BY HVAC VENDOR. 5. FIELD WIRE FACTORY INSTALLED 6FG1 SERVICE RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE 120 VOLT CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED. 6. INSTALL AND WIRE MAHIAL ON/TIMER OFF (I HOUR) FURNISHED BY DIV. 15. 7. BREAKER AND DISCONNEGT SIZE 15 FOR A IOHP 48OV 3-PHASE BALER / GOMPAGTOR. IF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE BALER / GOMPAGTOR WILL BE USED, RE -SIZE DISGONNEGT AND BREAKER PER BALER / COMPACTOR SUPPLIERS LITERATURE 8. PROVIDE EXTERIOR NON FUSED AND INTERIOR FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 9. E.G. TO WIRE THROUGH NOVAR EM5 CONTROLLED SWITCHABLE (55) BREAKER IN PANEL. BREAKER TO BE CONTROLLED BY EMS SYSTEM. GENERAL NOTES: A. B. G. D. E. F. ED SHALL MAKE FINAL TERMINATION AT EQUIPMENT. EG SHALL PROVIDE ALL CIRCUITING REQUIRED AND INSTALL THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS FOR COMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED, THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS FURNISHED BY NOVAR. PROVIDE FUSE SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION FOR ACTUAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING FUSSED DISCONNECTS. EG SHALL PROVIDE LOCAL DISGOREGT1NG MEANS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT LISTED ON SGHEDUL.E OR SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWINGS. TYPIGAL ALL DRAWIN65. EG TO MOUNT RTU DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TEST STATIONS ADJACENT TO E STRERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. EG TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUIT, WIRE, GABLES AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL NOVAR ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, PER 'EM' DRAWINGS. Feb 22, 2017 - 16402157 GENERAL NOTES: A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SURFACE MOULTED FIXTURE MOUNTING NTH ALL MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND PLUMBING PIPING. WERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO STEM MOUNT FIXTURES BELOW ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO DRAWING ELOA AND ARCHITECTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. G. NO DUCTWORK OR PIPING TO BE RUL ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES FOR EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF ALL SYSTEMS D. DEVICES IN THE FLOOR ARE NOT TO BE SCALED FROM 111C_L DRAWINGS. LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE DICKS 014 SITE REPRESENTATIVE AND OR DIMENSIONS TAKEN IN THE FIFA. E. E.EGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXIT 516N5, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LIGHT FIXTURE CATALOG UMBERS WITH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SPECIFIED ON PLANS FOR FIXTURE TRIMS, VOLTAGES, LAMPS ETC. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH FIXTURING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. H ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTIC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. I. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. J. VB4DOR FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES 15 VENDOR *18. K. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF BALLAST WITH VENDOR #19 SECURITY SYSTEM. L. VERIFY VOLTAGE PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES. M. CONDUIT ROUTING 15 5H0144 ON DRAWINGS IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS VILESS DIMENSIONED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONGEALED. WHERE SHOWN EXPOSED, CONGEAL IN WALLS AT MAXIMUM HEIGHT POSSIBLE FOR RUNS TO FLUSH DEVICE BOXES. N. NO E.EGTRIGAL ROUGH -1N BOXES ARE PERMITTED ON WALL GRAPHICS. SYMBOL LIST LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE CONDUIT RUN IN OR BELOW FLOOR SLABS - MAINTAIN 2' MINIMUM CONCRETE DOVER ABOVE CONDUIT SYMBOL CEILING OUTLET BOX AND FUORESGE4T LI6HTIN6 FIXTURE MARK DESCRIPTION CATALOG # LAMP REMARKS GEILIN6 OUTLET BOX AND FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH '81' - EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK REQUIRED. A 2k4' 3 LAMP NAE24D3OU 3 - F28T8/5P35 ENIBZGE4GY LIGHTING FIXTURE, INTEGRAL BAI ±ERY ® EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE IEXIT LIGHT FIXTURE, WALL MOUNTED 6 GH 16 A -EM 2k4' 3 LAMP NAE24D301E 3 - F28T8/r.,P30 PROVIDE EM. BAT. PACK FOR TWO LAMPS 6 SPECIALTY TYPE SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE, 15 AMPERE, MOUNT AS INDICATED, HUBBELL 5235 I 0 F 4' WRAPAROUND MP65 232 OGTA ELB UNI 2 - F28T8/5P35 HUNTED AT 8'-0' AFF. 1 FI LOCATION OF ONE OR MORE EQUIPMENT CONTROL PEACES AS SGHEDILED ON 9 FGTRIG EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SCHEDULE. NINEER REFERS TO EQUIPM84T CONTROLLED I NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, VOLTAGE TO MATCH EQUIPMENT SERVED. FI 4' WRAPAROUND NAE3L4WROU EDWARD'S *852 - 120V GRAY P EATI-ERPROOF PUSH BUTTON EL. TO INSTALL AND WIRE AT BACKDOOR 1 3 - F28T8/S EDWARD'S #340-4145 - I20V AC 4' BELL. E.G. TO INSTALL AND WIRE AT BACKDOOR B FI -EM UN 4' PI APAROD NAE3L4WROUE 3 - F28713/5P35SIDE EMI. BAT. PACK FOR TWO LAMPS O (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, WITH FLUSH SQUARE 2 GANG CAST IRON FLOOR BOX PROVIDE BRASS COVER PLATE - FL6SEL OR EQUAL O 5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR - PROVIDED BY VENDOR *18 CONTROLS. WIRED At4D MOUNTED BY E.G. MTD. 8'-0' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO DETAIL I/ErIIA THERMOSTAT - PROVIDED BY MECH. CONTRACTOR WIRED AND MOULTED BY E.G. MTD. 4'-0' UNLCs NOTED OTHERWISE. FMEM I54' 2 LAMP WALL BRACKET W/ INTEGRAL OGG. SENSOR 13IL-4-232-EPU-EL 2 - F28T8rr PROVIDE Em. BA. PAOK FOR TWO LAMPS.TMOW BELOW TRELLIS ® q'-0' AFF TO CENTER OF FIXTURE. ® CODED DRAWING NOTE . ° DIMENSION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE FR DECORATIVE PENDANT RLM60325-N (25' CORD) 3 - I311 GM E.G. TO MOUNT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 8'--2' AFF. E.G. TO PAINT MOUNTING UNISTRUT WHITE. HUMIDITY SENSOR ® 68 8' TRACK ANTENNA LOCATION I WIRELESS GALL BOX 64 4' TRACK 120/2TIV AUTOMATIC WALL SWITCH WITH OCCUPANCY SENSING AND TIMED SHUT OFF. WATT STOPPER MODEL #PW-IOIW. BY VENDOR *18 ® ACCESS POINTS IN CEILING. TR GOLF' TRACK COUPLING OS WATTSTOPPER 1114500A OR EQUAL (FOR USE WITH WATTSTOPPE R 4113Z-50 POWER PACK). BY VENDOR *18 TR FEED TRACK LIVE END M2 © EDWARDS *692, 120V, PUSH BUTTON By EL. FOR FRONT OF STORE. © TR 90 TRACK 90 DEG. CONNECTION FLUSH SINGLE GANG GAST IRON FLOOR BOX FOR DATA / TELEPHONE CABLING. PROVIDE BRASS COVER PLATE - HUBBEL OR EQUAL � TR/T TR/X TRFLFX GRA LED HEADS/WITH DRIVER 5P3219311H (WHITE) 1 - 4W4 LED J140 WHITE LED HEADS ON WHITE JUNG TRACK WITH SEPARATE DRIVER SURFACE MOULT TO ACOUSTIC TLE OR GYP. BOARD CEILINGS, STEM MOUNT IN OPEN CEILING AREAS. SEE ELEGTRIGAL DWGS FOR AMOUNT OF FIXTURE HEADS 4 TRACK REWIRED. TRACK 0 6R RECESSED WALL WASH -VE RI1GAL IWR1INAT10N LUMINARIES 1756-RWW-254T5M1414V-ESTI-U 2 - 54P1 T5/HO LAMPS 1.6 8' STRIP NAF2L4S1T8OU Pi/GUARD 4 - F2/3T8/5P35 PROVIDE IN GOLF RANGES) 1 1.61 4' STRIP NAEIL4STU PI/6UARD I - F28T8/5P35 PROVIDE IN STOCK RM.'S AND WAREHOUSE F---� 1.62 8' STRIP NAEIL4STT8OU W/6UARD 2 - F28T8/5P35 PROVIDE IN STOCK RM.'S AND WAREHOUSE 1 L 62-E 8' STRIP NAEIL45TT8OUE PI/GUARD 2 - F28T8/5P35 PROVIDE BAT. TM PACK FOR wo LAMPS R GG514 INCLUDED WALL/CO I'll MONIED AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 81 UNIT - NICKEL GAD BA I I tRY R3 WEATHER RESISTANT WITH BATTERY BACKUP PGP -HER INCLUDED MOUNT 18' ABOVE DOOR R5 EM UNIT - LED P6W INCLUDED FETTING BE.OYL TRELLIS ®q -0AFF TO CENTER OF FIXTURE 0 52 56L FACE EXIT WBATTERY BACK UP NI -GAD AP7ORh41 INCLUDED MOUNTED AT 9'-6' AFF. 0 53 DBL FACE EXIT W/BATTERY BACK UP NI -GAD AP 1ORWH INCLUDE MOUNTED AT q'-6' AFF. 0 T 5-318° FLUORESCENT D0114 LIGHT PD8/H242E/82HGBG (2) 26W QUAD MOM" BE .PEEN JOIST. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. ILL HIGH -BAY LED #B=0X390124 1 - 240W 187 EL. TO MOUNT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 17'-0' AFP. r- ULML HIGH -BAY LED (NI&H11I&HT) #6=GXBg0124 1 - 2401 LEP E.G. TO MOUNT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE I7'-0' AFF. O ZI 100 WATT HID DOWN LIGHT M9100E/1002P I - IOOMH ZIA 84 WATT FUJORESGENT DOWN LIGHT PD8/H242RE /82HG (2) 42W COMP. FLUOR. WITH 134ER6ENGY BA! i EMY PACK ZIB 84 WATT LENSED FLUORESCENT DOW4 LIGHT EXTERIOR RATED WITH EMER&ENGY BATTERY PACK PD8M242R8 /82H16G (2) 42W COMP. FLUOR O ZIG 84 WATT LENSED FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT EXTERIOR RATED P178M242E/82HI6G (2) 421 COMP. FLUOR. Z2 150 WATT EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT D56WP2FGHII5O 1 - I50MH WITH RM. FURNI-OFF SHEILD. SEE ARCH. DWG's FOR LOCATION 4 MOUNTING HST ILD Z5 DECORATIVE WALL D56FGW0I0-277-HID-100M EDIV MOD BAG!: PLATE - RAL6OI2 1 - IOOMM /� / > 1 DOCK DOCK LIGHT DKL4OVA 1 - 11141 LED L SEE DWG. E2.0 RC EM UNIT - NICKEL GAD BATTERY INDI2I00HLB5OI2/H.AIINDPM INCLUDED PENDANT MOUNTED 17'-0' AFF. TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. E.G. TO PAINT MO M IN& BACKPLATE WHITE. CO DO /I.1 01 60LF CEILING PANEL ROUND MOD-6L-2652-R-1-5PL-068 1 - 141W LED I I I 6T3 GOLF CEILING PANEL TRACK HEAD 0TL8061HF 1 - IOW LI=D —g— 6T4 6OLF FOCAL TRACK HEAD GT1.8063VM 1 - 2011 LED —e— ® P61 601! PENDANT SWI910LED6V55L40KE2/GD6B/GDI2O/RDG5 ED6V55L4OKE2 1 - 41W LED T2L TRACK WALLWASH GTLIBOV 1 - 28W LED ® T4L GOLF FOCAL_ TRACK WALLWASH GTLIBOH 1 - 281 LED GENERAL NOTES: A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SURFACE MOULTED FIXTURE MOUNTING NTH ALL MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND PLUMBING PIPING. WERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO STEM MOUNT FIXTURES BELOW ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO DRAWING ELOA AND ARCHITECTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. G. NO DUCTWORK OR PIPING TO BE RUL ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES FOR EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF ALL SYSTEMS D. DEVICES IN THE FLOOR ARE NOT TO BE SCALED FROM 111C_L DRAWINGS. LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE DICKS 014 SITE REPRESENTATIVE AND OR DIMENSIONS TAKEN IN THE FIFA. E. E.EGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXIT 516N5, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LIGHT FIXTURE CATALOG UMBERS WITH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SPECIFIED ON PLANS FOR FIXTURE TRIMS, VOLTAGES, LAMPS ETC. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH FIXTURING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. H ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTIC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. I. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. J. VB4DOR FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES 15 VENDOR *18. K. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF BALLAST WITH VENDOR #19 SECURITY SYSTEM. L. VERIFY VOLTAGE PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES. M. CONDUIT ROUTING 15 5H0144 ON DRAWINGS IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS VILESS DIMENSIONED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONGEALED. WHERE SHOWN EXPOSED, CONGEAL IN WALLS AT MAXIMUM HEIGHT POSSIBLE FOR RUNS TO FLUSH DEVICE BOXES. N. NO E.EGTRIGAL ROUGH -1N BOXES ARE PERMITTED ON WALL GRAPHICS. SYMBOL LIST - — — - CONDUIT RUN IN OR BELOW FLOOR SLABS - MAINTAIN 2' MINIMUM CONCRETE DOVER ABOVE CONDUIT CEILING OUTLET BOX AND FUORESGE4T LI6HTIN6 FIXTURE INDUSTRIAL OR STRIP FLUORESCENT LI6HTING FIXTURE, INDICATES 'EM' - EMER6ENGY BATTERY PACK REQUIRED. GEILIN6 OUTLET BOX AND FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH '81' - EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK REQUIRED. ENIBZGE4GY LIGHTING FIXTURE, INTEGRAL BAI ±ERY ® EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE IEXIT LIGHT FIXTURE, WALL MOUNTED 6 GH 16 WALL OUTLET BOX AND 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. MOUNT 18' AFF,, UNLESS NOTED. COLOR OF REGEPTAGLE SHALL BE WHITE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE 'TV' INDICATES CEILING MOULTED TELEVISION RECEPTACLE. 'VCR' INDICATES WALL MOULTED VCR RECEPTACLE. '16' INDICATES ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE - ORANGE IN COLOR. '6F1' INDICATES GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLE. 1W26' INDICATES WEAIT RPROOF 6F1 RECEPTACLE. ; ' TWO GANG WALL OUTLET BOX AND 20 AMP TWO DUREX RECEPTACLES. 6 SPECIALTY TYPE SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE, 15 AMPERE, MOUNT AS INDICATED, HUBBELL 5235 TELEPHONE LINE WALL OUTLET BOX AND PLATE W1T14 MINIMUM 3/4' CONDUIT TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE PULL CORD. ANALOG LINE. 0 DATA GABLE LOCATION. O PULL BOX, FLUSH MOULTED OR ABOVE CEILING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SIZE A5 REQUIRED. O FI EQUIPM84T CONNECTION, WITH DESIGNATION FROM R FGTRIC EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SCHEDULE FI LOCATION OF ONE OR MORE EQUIPMENT CONTROL PEACES AS SGHEDILED ON 9 FGTRIG EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SCHEDULE. NINEER REFERS TO EQUIPM84T CONTROLLED SNF NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, VOLTAGE TO MATCH EQUIPMENT SERVED. DJ FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, VOLTAGE RATING TO MATCH EQUIPMENT SERVED. EDWARD'S *852 - 120V GRAY P EATI-ERPROOF PUSH BUTTON EL. TO INSTALL AND WIRE AT BACKDOOR PE EDWARD'S #340-4145 - I20V AC 4' BELL. E.G. TO INSTALL AND WIRE AT BACKDOOR B SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE AS REQUIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH DICKS REPRESENTATIVE. CY POWER CONNECTION TO LOCAL DOOR ALARM O (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, WITH FLUSH SQUARE 2 GANG CAST IRON FLOOR BOX PROVIDE BRASS COVER PLATE - FL6SEL OR EQUAL O 5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR - PROVIDED BY VENDOR *18 CONTROLS. WIRED At4D MOUNTED BY E.G. MTD. 8'-0' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO DETAIL I/ErIIA THERMOSTAT - PROVIDED BY MECH. CONTRACTOR WIRED AND MOULTED BY E.G. MTD. 4'-0' UNLCs NOTED OTHERWISE. OTR REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT - PROVIDED BY MECH. CONTRACTOR WIRED AND MOULTED BY E.G. MTD. 4'-0' UNLESS NOTED 011-ERWISE ® ONE HR TIMER SWITCH FURNISHED BY MECH. CONTRACTOR, INSTAI 1 FD AND WIRED BY F.G. ® CODED DRAWING NOTE AFF DIMENSION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE CO 2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR WIRED AND MOULTED BY E.G. MTD. 5'-6' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C)/GLOBAL HUMIDITY SENSOR O HUMIDITY SENSOR ® GOMSINED TEMPERATURE / RELATIVE HUMIDITY / CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR O ANTENNA LOCATION I WIRELESS GALL BOX m 120/2TIV AUTOMATIC WALL SWITCH WITH OCCUPANCY SENSING AND TIMED SHUT OFF. WATT STOPPER MODEL #PW-IOIW. BY VENDOR *18 ® ACCESS POINTS IN CEILING. ULTRASONIC CEILING MOULT OCCUPANCY SENSOR - OS WATTSTOPPER 1114500A OR EQUAL (FOR USE WITH WATTSTOPPE R 4113Z-50 POWER PACK). BY VENDOR *18 INFRARED CEILING MU41. 0OCCUPANCY SENSOR - WATTSTOPPER #1-133500/HB-L3 OR EQUAL BI-DIRECTIONAL. 5 VENDOR #I8 M2 © EDWARDS *692, 120V, PUSH BUTTON By EL. FOR FRONT OF STORE. © VIKING 5R -I, 120V AG/13.8V AG USA, NTH MODEL 25AE. BY EL. FOR RETAIL FLOOR AND OFFICE 5UITE. FLUSH SINGLE GANG GAST IRON FLOOR BOX FOR DATA / TELEPHONE CABLING. PROVIDE BRASS COVER PLATE - HUBBEL OR EQUAL � ALL WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 46' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN ACCORDANCE TO ADA REQUIREMEh1TS. 003 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2057 PERMIT CENTER i� Design and oonstruction doouments as instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT - - • - • • • - • - - - - • • • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15/22.00 0 0 (7 c� z cc 0 a scam. 4 i o▪ °o w...,=-,- 444.2.=s C -0 a., on ° �o 0 O000�• m C-• 0 O 01-0 �� ~�U`ooc cov To o 4 fn 0 0 ' 0 O. 0 —`0000 • o t q« c 0 o c v c ° �o w -Hoc i- 011/!.°2 -' > csa v.. c= — cv 0a ▪ v 0 v C C °. - 0 1. 0 to o �ev o 0 0 '—O 0 e J�co . • 'o c.._ C Z Y o °opo O i-0a0oo °coo ; 01-0 "..m_..0 c v.-0-0 a5o°oc m am-nr 0 00 J o tco. 0 m v oOc W` — E-00 morC0 Y,.O 1- 0 CC Z M OCO ♦A V j ets W NOco J O . W0� GV w c Q z J it W CONTRACTOR IIJST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMEN51ONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL RI QUIRPD A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com MISC. SCHEDULES E4.0 L G • Feb 22, 2011 - 16:02:44 PAN B MANS: NC RATING: MOUNTING: 150A M.C.B 10 KNC IN SWITCHGEAR 1 LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 150 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 VOLTAGE 208/120 PH & WIRES: 3P 4W BUSSING AMPS: 225A KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION EQ - DOOR OPERATOR 0.50 1 20 1 1.22 --- --- 2 20 1 0.72 REC - CHECKOUTS EQ - DOOR OPERATOR 0.50 1 20 3 --- 0.86 --- 4 20 1 0.36 REC - CHECKOUTS EQ - DOOR OPERATOR 0.50 1 20 5 --- --- 1.22 6 20 1 0.72 REC - CHECKOUTS EQ - DOOR SENSORMATIC 0.50 1 20 7 0.86 --- --- 8 20 1 0.36 REC - CHECKOUTS REC - SALES FLOOR 1.08 1 20 9 --- 1.18 --- 10 20 1 0.10 TURNSTYLES SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.20 12 20 1 0.20 REC - AUT. SINK FAUCET SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.54 --- --- 14 20 1 0.54 REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.36 --- 16 20 1 0.36 REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES SPARE 0.00 1 20 17 --- --- 0.00 18 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 0.50 --- --- 20 20 1 0.50 REC - FOOTWEAR TREADMILL SPARE 0.00 1 20 21 --- 0.50 --- 22 20 1 0.50 REC - WATER COOLER REC - BIKES SERVICE 0.18 1 20 23 --- --- 0.68 24 20 1 0.50 REC - WATER COOLER SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.00 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 0.00 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.00 --- --- 32 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - FRONT EXTERIOR 0.18 1 20 33 --- 0.18 --- 34 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - PVM SECURITY NS 0.50 1 20 35 --- --- 0.50 36 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - PEPSI MACHINE 1.50 1 20 37 1.50 --- --- 38 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 28.59 4.62 3.08 2.60 CONNECTED KVA: 10.30 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. G = INDICATES GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 28.6 Connected rannsisti Lighting 0.00 Signage 0.00 Show Window Length 0.00 Track Amps 0.00 Track Length 0.00 Receptacles 8.20 Ac Units 0.00 Elec. Heat 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 0.00 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 Miscellaneous 2.10 Demand 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.10 Total WA 10.3 10.3 Total Amps 28.6 28.6 PANEL [0 VOLTAGE 208/120 MANS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W NC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 100A MOUNTING: 50A M.C.B. 10 KNC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 50 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION REC - CHECKOUTS 0.50 1 20 1 1.00 --- --- 2 20 1 0.50 REC - CHECKOUTS REC - CHECKOUTS 0.50 1 20 3 --- 0.50 --- 4 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 5 --- --- 0.00 6 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 7 0.18 --- --- 8 20 1 0.18 REC - BOP'S PC SPARE 0.00 1 20 9 --- 0.10 --- 10 20 1 0.10 REC - EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.40 12 20 1 0.40 REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.40 --- --- 14 20 1 0.40 REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES REC - HEAD CASHIER 0.60 1 20 15 --- 1.00 --- 16 20 1 0.40 REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES REC - DEPT. MGR. OFFICE 0.72 1 20 17 --- --- 0.92 18 20 1 0.20 EQ - ADT CELL BACK-UP REC - STORE MGR. OFF10E 0.40 1 20 19 0.80 --- --- 20 20 1 0.40 EQ - SPECIAL SYSTEMS PHONE BO REC - GOLF SWING ANALYZER 1.00 1 20 21 --- 1.36 --- 22 20 1 0.36 REC - FOOTWEAR STOCK KIOSK SPARE 0.00 1 20 23 --- --- 0.36 24 20 1 0.36 REC - LODGE KIOSK SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.10 --- --- 26 20 1 0.10 EQ - ADT REC - DATA MDF 0.20 1 20 27 --- 0.30 --- 28 20 1 0.10 REC - IDF1-1 REC - GOLF OUTLET 0.36 1 20 29 --- --- 0.36 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.00 --- --- 32 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - HUNTING UCENSE 0.36 1 20 35 --- --- 0.36 36 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.18 --- --- 38 20 1 0.18 REC - LODGE SCALE REC - GEN. ACCESSORIES KIOSK 0.36 1 20 39 --- 0.36 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - FOOTWEAR DISPLAY 0.36 1 20 41 --- --- 0.72 42 20 1 0.36 REC - 'SHIP FROM STORE' CONNECTED AMPS: 26.09 2.66 3.62 3.12 CONNECTED INA: 9.40 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL BUS, GROUND BAR & ISOLATED GROUND BAR. L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER Demand Load Amps = 26.1 Omand 0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.69 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0.10 Lighting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles Ac Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous Connected Total WA 19.7 16.5 Total Amps 54.6 45.8 Demand 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 Total WA 9.4 9.4 Total Amps 26.1 26.1 PANEL BB1 VOLTAGE 208/120 MANS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W NC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 225A MOUNTING: 150A M.C.B. 10 KNC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 150 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 INA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION REC - ARCHERY RANGE 0.18 1 20 1 0.90 --- --- 2 20 1 0.72 REC - LODGE FLOOR REC - BREAK ROOM / VENDING 1.00 1 20 3 --- 2.00 --- 4 20 1 1.00 REC - LIVE BAIT COOLER REC - BREAK ROOM / VENDING 1.00 1 20 5 --- --- 2.00 6 20 1 1.00 REC - BOWING PRESS REC - BREAK ROOM 0.54 1 20 7 0.90 --- --- 8 20 1 0.36 REC - STOCK ROOM REC - BREAK ROOM REFRIGERATOR 0.50 1 20 9 --- 1.58 --- 10 20 1 1.08 REC - SALES FLOOR REC - BREAK ROOM / COFFEE MACH. 1.20 1 20 11 --- --- 2.20 12 20 1 1.00 REC - FLOOR BUFFER REC - BREAK ROOM / MICROWAVE 1.20 1 20 13 2.20 --- --- 14 20 1 1.00 REC - BAIT FREEZER SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.00 --- 16 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - UNE WINDER 0.50 1 20 17 --- --- 0.50 18 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 0.00 --- --- 20 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - STORE MGR. OFFICE 0.36 1 20 21 --- 0.36 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - DEPT. MGR. COPIER 0.70 1 20 23 --- --- 0.70 24 20 1 0.00 SPARE EQ - EWH1 1.00 2 20 25 1.00 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE 1.00 27 --- 1.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - ROOF TOP RCPT. 1.08 1 20 29 --- --- 1.26 30 20 1 0.18 REC - LOSS PREVENTION SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.18 --- --- 32 20 1 0.18 REC - LOSS PREVENTION REC - REAR EXTERIOR 0.18 1 20 33 --- 0.98 --- 34 20 1 0.80 REC - HEAD CASHIER OFFICE SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.54 36 20 1 0.54 REC - OFFICE AREA CONVENIENCE LTS - DOCK UGHT / OUTLETS 0.18 1 20 37 0.90 --- --- 38 20 1 0.72 REC - DEP. MGR. OFFICE SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - GLOVE STEAMER 0.36 1 20 41 --- --- 0.46 42 20 1 0.10 EQ - UH/1 CONNECTED AMPS: 54.57 6.08 5.92 7.66 CONNECTED KVA: 19.66 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. G = INDICATES GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 45.8 2.64 Lighting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles k Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous Connected Omand 0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.69 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0.10 Ughting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles Ac Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.38 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.10 Total WA 19.7 16.5 Total Amps 54.6 45.8 G G L G L • • • • • • • PANEL D VOLTAGE 208/120 MANS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 100A MOUNTING: 100A M.C.B. 10 KNC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 100 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION SPARE 0.00 1 20 1 1.00 --- -- 2 20 1 1.00 REC - STRINGER SPARE 0.00 1 20 3 --- 0.72 --- 4 20 1 0.72 REC - EXERCISE FLOOR SPARE 0.00 1 20 5 --- --- 0.72 6 20 1 0.72 REC - EXERCISE FLOOR SPARE 0.00 1 20 7 0.18 --- --- 8 20 1 0.18 REC - STOCKROOM SPARE 0.00 1 20 9 --- 0.36 --- 10 20 1 0.36 REC - TECH CENTER SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.36 12 20 1 0.36 REC - GO PRO SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.20 --- --- 14 20 1 0.20 EQ - VENDER 116 NOVAR EMS -1 SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.20 --- 16 20 1 0.20 EQ - VENDOR 116 NOVAR EMS -2 SPARE 0.00 1 20 17 --- --- 0.00 18 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - SALES FLOOR 0.72 1 20 19 0.72 --- --- 20 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 21 --- 0.00 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - ELECTRICAL ROOM 0.18 1 20 23 --- --- 0.18 24 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.00 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - ROOF TOP RCPT. 1.08 1 20 29 --- --- 1.08 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.50 --- --- 32 20 1 0.50 EQ - FAC.P. SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.10 --- 34 20 1 0.10 EQ - SECURITY PANEL EQ - DELAYED EGRESS SYSTEM 0.10 1 20 35 --- --- 0.30 36 20 1 0.20 EQ - TELEPHONE EQUIP. SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.20 --- --- 38 20 1 0.20 EQ - FAC.P IP COMMUNICATOR. SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.20 --- 40 20 1 0.20 EQ - SECURITY IP COMMUNICATOR. SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 19.49 2.80 1.58 2.64 CONNECTED KVA: 7.02 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. G = INDICATES GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Mips = 19.5 Ughting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles Ac Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous Connected DammET 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.70 Total WA 7.0 7.0 Total Mips 19.5 19.5 PANEL SDP VOLTAGE 480/277 MANS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 400A MOUNTING: M.L.O. 65 KNC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 400 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P INA LOAD DESCRIPTION EQ - RTU -1 10.03 3 50 1 14.19 --- --- 2 20 3 4.16 EQ - RTU -7 10.03 --- 14.19 --- 4.16 10.03 --- --- 14.19 4.16 EQ - RTU -2 10.03 3 50 3 14.19 --- --- 4 20 3 4.16 EQ - RTU -8 10.03 --- 14.19 --- 4.16 10.03 --- --- 14.19 4.16 EQ - RTU -3 10.03 3 50 5 13.60 --- --- 6 20 3 3.57 EQ - RTU -9 10.03 --- 13.60 --- 3.57 10.03 --- --- 13.60 3.57 EQ - RTU -4 10.03 3 50 7 13.60 --- --- 8 20 3 3.57 EQ - R U-10 10.03 --- 13.60 --- 3.57 10.03 --- --- 13.60 3.57 EQ - RTU -5 10.03 3 50 9 15.43 --- --- 10 25 3 5.40 EQ - RTU -11 10.03 --- 15.43 --- 5.40 10.03 --- --- 15.43 5.40 EQ - RTU -6 10.30 3 50 11 13.87 --- --- 12 20 3 3.57 EQ - RTU -12 10.30 --- 13.87 --- 3.57 10.30 --- --- 13.87 3.57 EQ - BALER 3.90 3 30 13 7.80 --- --- 14 30 3 3.90 EQ - COMPACTOR 3.90 --- 7.80 --- 3.90 3.90 --- --- 7.60 3.90 CONNECTED AMPS: 334.44 92.68 92.68 92.68 CONNECTED KVA: 278.05 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. • = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Amps 334.4 Lighting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles Ac Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous Connected Demand 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 254.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 254.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.40 Total kVA 278.0 278.0 Total Amps 334.4 334.4 L L L 1 L • • 0 0 • • PANEL MEW VOLTAGE 480/277 MAINS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 800A MOUNTING: M.LO. 65 KAIC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 800 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION PANEL A 13.78 3 150 1 21.20 --- --- 2 125 3 7.42 PANELS B & D (VIA 75 KVA TRANSFORMER) 16.19 --- 20.85 --- 4.66 12.92 --- --- 18.16 5.24 PANEL SDP 92.68 3 400 3 95.48 --- --- 4 150 3 2.80 PANEL F 92.68 --- 92.69 --- 0.01 92.68 --- --- 95.28 2.60 PANEL C & IG (VIA 45 KVA TRANSFORMER) 7.16 3 70 5 16.06 --- --- 6 125 3 8.90 PANELS BB & B81 (VIA 75 KVA TRANSFORMER) 8.36 --- 18.33 --- 9.97 8.93 --- --- 18.38 9.45 CONNECTED AMPS: 476.84 132.74 131.87 131.82 CONNECTED KVA: 396.43 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. Demand Load Amps 500.6 DaInadial Ileilignsl Lighting 56.15 70.18 Signage 1.20 1.50 Show Window Length 0.00 0.00 Track Amps 8.88 31.02 Track Length 0.00 0.00 Receptacles 44.38 27.19 Ac Units 254.65 254.65 Eec. Heat 0.00 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 2.00 2.50 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 0.00 Miscellaneous 29.18 29.18 Total kVA 396.4 416.2 Total Amps 476.8 500.6 MARV UROPI PAWL LOADS - RECEPTACLES AT 180 VA EACH - HVAC LOAD (GREATER OF HEATING/COOUNG) HEATING = 0.0 INA COOUNG = 254.6 KVA - MISCELLANEOUS - KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 0 PIECES OF EQUIPMENT CCOITHJOLS LOADS - GENERAL LIGHTING NEC METHOD= 53,537 SQ. FT. X ACTUAL LOAD= - OUTSIDE SIGN CIRCUITS 1 X 1200 VA/EA. = - TRACK LIGHTING 112 AMPS X VOLTAGE = - SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 0 FEET X 200 VA/FT = - HOT WATER HEATER SEE SEMICE - SUB TOTAL NON -CONTINUOUS LOADS - SUB TOTAL CONTINUOUS LOADS SERVICE VOLTAGE = PHASE = 3.0 VA / SQ. FT. 480 3 160.6 KVA 56.1 KVA GENERAL PANEL NOTES: I. ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL BALANCE CURRENT IN ALL PANELS. MODIFY AND/OR ADJUST GIRGUITS A5 REQUIRED. 2. ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS FOR ALL CIRCUITS PER NEC 200.4. L4142 44.4 254.6 LEC LOAD 9SY9� NEC 27.2 100% 254.6 29.2 100% 29.2 0.0 0% 0.0 160.6 125% 200.8 1.2 125% 1.5 13.4 125% 16.8 0.0 125% 0.0 2.0 125% 2.5 311.0 221.6 TOTAL = 532.6 KVA AMPS = 640.6 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER t4 to 4 Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific proJeot named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Hersohman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • 0 • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15722.00 0 0 c7 z cc 0 a N 0 (i)000am 0 o=Yoo u=2-= G • C Y O G" CC 0_01"-0 07272• .71 _ bo c • - ;: co`0roc c :n�a 0 0 • G 0 0 O 0000 a;0 = a� O • 00G - a c c o • ci""c _vwC73 CO 0 " " co,. s .D 00: 0 "..o c 5.022 O G O ao"w0 v)0m"oo c3=.Y OL�=M3 1-11• 162'..; 2cwo0 O 0 x 0 0 C to °0-0 Oo000 m� or _Jo 0"" 0-`0m • 9 9 _www,- E- o�0 - 0 3 cot G o " 0. m=:00x0) J CC 1- 0 CC Z M Ocgc � V W Et u_0 O c I-Oco 0 W 0 0 c 4 0 Z cc o W z co CONTRACTOR OUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIF1CATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. I/ HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com PANEL SCHEDULES E5.0 PANEL A VOLTAGE: 480/277 MAINS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 225A MOUNTING: C C C M.LO. 65 KAIC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHGEAR FEEDER AMPACITY: 150 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 AMP KVA LOADS KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION INA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LTS - NIGHT/EMERG 1.72 1 20 1 3.57 --- --- 2 20 1 1.85 LTS - EMPLOYEE SALES AREA LTS - NIGHT/EMERG 1.33 1 20 3 --- 3.25 --- 4 20 1 1.92 LTS - EMPLOYEE SALES AREA LTS - NIGF f/EMERG 1.19 1 20 5 --- --- 2.87 6 20 1 1.68 LTS - EMPLOYEE SALES AREA SPARE 0.00 1 20 7 1.92 --- --- 8 20 1 1.92 LTS - EMPLOYEE SALES AREA I SPARE 0.00 1 20 9 --- 1.20 --- 10 20 1 1.20 LTS - EMPLOYEE SALES AREA I SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.00 12 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.00 --- --- 14 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.45 1 20 15 --- 2.63 --- 16 20 1 1.18 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 2.21 1 20 17 --- --- 3.89 18 20 1 1.68 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.92 1 20 19 4.08 --- --- 20 20 1 2.16 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA I LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.68 1 20 21 --- 3.60 --- 22 20 1 1.92 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.44 1 20 23 --- --- 3.12 24 20 1 1.68 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.68 1 20 25 3.90 --- --- 26 20 1 2.22 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1.92 1 20 27 --- 3.60 --- 28 20 1 1.68 LTS - CUSTOMER SALES AREA 1 SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 0.40 30 20 1 0.40 ARCHERY RANGE / GOLF FITTING SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.00 --- --- 32 - - 0.00 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - EMPLOYEE STOCK ROOM 2.65 1 20 35 --- --- 2.65 36 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - CORRIDORS 0.30 1 20 37 0.30 --- --- 38 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS-OFFICE AREA 1.90 1 20 39 --- 1.90 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 51.58 13.78 16.19 12.92 CONNECTED KVA: 42.89 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. E = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER W/ ADDITIONAL UNCONTROLLED EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLLABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER THAT CONTROLS EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL HAVE 2 POLES. ONE POLE SHALL BE UNCONTROLLED THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL USE 2 SPACES. ROUTE THE UNSWITCHEWD POLE TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING. C = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER Demand Load Amps = 64.5 .C&IIIlitid Demand Total WA 8.7 10.9 Total Amps 24.0 30.3 53.61 Lighting 42.89 Lighting Signage 0.00 0.00 Show Window Length 0.00 0.00 Track Amps 0.00 0.00 Track Length 0.00 0.00 Receptacles 0.00 0.00 Ac Units 0.00 0.00 Elec. Heat 0.00 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 0.00 0.00 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 0.00 Ac Units 0.00 0.00 Miscellaneous 0.00 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 0.00 0.00 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 0.00 Total WA 42.9 53.6 Miscellaneous 0.03 0.03 Total Amps 51.6 64.5 C C C DINS Name: D: Jobs\Herschman\Dick's Sporting &oods\INA_Tukwila\II281B_EO5.I.dwg Updated By: rvan Feb 22, 201'1 - I6:O2:42 PANEL ES VOLTAGE: 208/120 MAINS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W NC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 225A MOUNTING: 100A M.C.B. 25 KAIC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 100 REMARKS: AMP KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIP11ON KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.71 1 20 1 1.21 --- --- 2 20 1 0.50 LTS - PORTAL VALENCE 1 LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.94 1 20 3 --- 0.94 --- 4 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.89 1 20 5 --- --- 0.89 6 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.75 1 20 7 0.91 --- --- 8 20 1 0.16 EQ - STORE FRONT DOOR BELL SPARE 0.00 1 20 9 --- 1.00 --- 10 20 1 1.00 LIS - LODGE DISPLAY CASE SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.00 12 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.00 --- --- 14 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.00 --- 16 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 17 --- --- 0.00 18 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 0.00 --- --- 20 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 21 --- 1.08 --- 22 20 1 1.08 CONTROLLED REC - BREAK & CASH COUNT SPARE 0.00 1 20 23 --- --- 0.90 24 20 1 0.90 CONTROLLED REC - DEPT MGRS SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.00 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 0.00 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK 0.50 1 20 31 0.50 --- --- 32 20 1 0.00 SPARE REC - MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK 0.50 1 20 33 --- 0.83 --- 34 20 1 0.33 EQ - EF1 SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.00 36 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.20 --- --- 38 20 1 0.20 EQ - EF3 SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.20 --- 40 20 1 0.20 EQ - RP -1 SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 -- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 24.05 2.82 4.05 1.79 CONNECTED KVk 8.66 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. C = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER CP = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 30.3 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL. BUS & GROUND BAR. Lighting Signage Show Window Length Track Amps Track Length Receptacles Ac Units Elec. Heat Hot Water Htr. Kitchen Equip. Miscellaneous Connected THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL USE 2 SPACES. ROUTE THE UNSWITCHEWD POLE TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING. Demand 0 REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE ON SHEET E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 8.1 1.50 0.00 0.00 3.30 0.00 2.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.89 1.88 0.00 0.00 5.16 0.00 2.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.89 Total WA 8.7 10.9 Total Amps 24.0 30.3 CURIENT LMAITNG PANEL BB LOAD DESCRIPTION P AMP CCT BB1 1 10 1 BB3 1 13 2 BB5 1 10 3 BB7 1 10 4 SPACE 1 - 5 SPACE 1 - 6 SPACE 1 - 7 SPACE 1 - 8 SPACE 1 - 9 SPACE 1 - 10 SPACE 1 - 11 SPACE 1 - 12 SPACE 1 - 13 SPACE 1 - 14 SPACE 1 - 15 SPACE 1 - 16 SPACE 1 - 17 SPACE 1 - 18 SPACE 1 - 19 SPACE. 1 - 20 SPACE 1 - 21 --- --- C C C 0 0 • C C PANEL F VOLTAGE: 480/277 MAINS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W NC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 225A MOUNTING: M.L.O. 65 INC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 150 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTIM KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIP11ON BUILDING SIGNAGE 1.20 1 20 1 2.79 --- -- 2 20 1 1.59 LTS - FRONT / CANOPY I SPARE 0.00 1 20 3 --- 0.00 --- 4 - - 0.00 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SPARE 0.00 1 20 5 --- --- 2.59 6 20 1 2.59 LTS - EXTERIOR BUILDING I SPARE 0.00 1 20 7 0.00 --- --- 8 - - 0.00 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SPARE 0.00 1 20 9 --- 0.00 --- 10 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 0.00 12 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.00 --- --- 14 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.00 --- 16 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 17 --- --- 0.00 18 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 0.00 --- --- 20 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 21 --- 0.00 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 23 --- --- 0.00 24 20 1 0.00 SPARE 1 0.01 25 0.00 25 0.01 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE EQ - WATTS TRANSDUCTER 0.01 3 20 27 --- 0.01 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE 1 0.01 29 --- 29 --- --- 0.01 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.00 --- --- 32 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.00 36 - 1 0.00 SPACE SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.00 --- --- 38 - 1 0.00 SPACE SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 - 1 0.00 SPACE SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- --- 0.00 42 - 1 0.00 SPACE CONNECTED AMPS: 6.51 2.80 0.01 2.60 CONNECTED KVA: 5.41 NOTES: PROVIDE SOUD NEUTRAL. BUS & GROUND BAR. E = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER W/ ADDITIONAL UNCONTROLLED EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLLABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER THAT CONTROLS EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL HAVE 2 POLES. ONE POLE SHALL BE UNCONTROLLED THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL USE 2 SPACES. ROUTE THE UNSWITCHEWD POLE TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING. C = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE ON SHEET E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 8.1 Dtmand Connected 7.40 Demand Signage 0.00 0.00 Lighting 4.18 Track Length 0.00 0.00 5.23 Ac Units 0.00 0.00 Signage 1.20 1.50 Show Window Length 0.00 0.00 Track Amps 0.00 0.00 Track Length 0.00 0.00 Receptacles 0.00 0.00 Ac Units 0.00 0.00 Elec. Heat 0.00 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 0.00 0.00 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 0.00 Total Amps 41.8 54.4 Miscellaneous 0.03 0.03 Total kVA 5.4 6.8 Total Mips 6.5 8.1 C C C C C C PANEL C VOLTAGE: 208/120 MAINS: PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: BUSSING AMPS: 225A MOUNTING: 100A M.C.B. 25 KAIC IN SWITCHGEAR LOCATION: IFS SWITCHBOARD FEEDER AMPACITY: 100 REMARKS: SEE ONE -UNE DIAGRAM ON E6.0 KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.61 1 20 1 1.49 --- --- 2 20 1 0.88 LTS - LODGE CEILING PANEL TRACK LIS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.89 1 20 3 --- 0.89 --- 4 20 1 0.00 SPARE LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 1.09 1 20 5 --- --- 1.29 6 20 1 0.20 REC - FOOTWEAR LIGHT BOX LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.61 1 20 7 1.11 --- --- 8 20 1 0.50 LIS - PORTAL VALENCE LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.75 1 20 9 --- 1.25 --- 10 20 1 0.50 LTS - PORTAL VALENCE LTS - CUSTOMER TRACKS 0.75 1 20 11 --- --- 1.75 12 20 1 1.00 LTS - PORTAL VALENCE / CALLA SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.00 --- --- 14 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 15 --- 0.60 --- 16 20 1 0.60 EQ - GOLF TV SPARE 0.00 1 20 17 --- --- 1.00 18 20 1 1.00 REC - CHECK OUT NS SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 1.00 --- --- 20 20 1 1.00 LTS - GOLF OUTRIGGERS LTS - CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER 0.50 1 20 21 --- 1.50 --- 22 20 1 1.00 LTS - GOLF OUTRIGGERS SPARE 0.00 1 20 23 --- --- 1.00 24 20 1 1.00 LTS - GOLF OUTRIGGERS SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.00 --- --- 26 20 1 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.50 --- 28 20 1 0.50 LIS - GOLF DISPLAY VALENCE SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 0.50 30 20 1 0.50 LTS - GOLF DISPLAY VALENCE LTS - STUDIO FITTING ROOM 0.40 1 20 31 0.90 --- --- 32 20 1 0.50 LTS - GOLF DISPLAY VALENCE EMERGENCY LIGHTING 0.00 - - 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.26 36 20 1 0.26 EQ - EF2 SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.00 --- --- 38 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- -- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 41.77 4.50 4.74 5.81 CONNECTED KVO: 15.05 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. E = INDICATES CONTROlED CIRCUIT BREAKER W/ ADDITIONAL UNCONTROLLED EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLLABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER THAT CONTROLS EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL HAVE 2 POLES. ONE POLE SHALL BE UNCONTROLLED THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL USE 2 SPACES. ROUTE THE UNSWITCHEWD POLE TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING. C = INDICATES CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 0 = REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULED ON E4.0 Demand Load Amps = 54.4 Connected Dtmand Lighting 7.40 9.25 Signage 0.00 0.00 Show Window Length 0.00 0.00 Track Amps 5.59 8.28 Track Length 0.00 0.00 Receptacles 1.80 1.80 Ac Units 0.00 0.00 Elec. Heat 0.00 0.00 Hot Water Htr. 0.00 0.00 Kitchen Equip. 0.00 0.00 Miscellaneous 0.26 0.26 Total kVA 15.0 19.6 Total Amps 41.8 54.4 PAWL C LOAD DESCRIPTION P AMP CCT C1 1 8 1 C3 1 10 2 C5 1 13 3 C7 1 8 4 C9 1 10 5 C11 1 10 6 C2 1 10 7 SPACE 1 - 8 SPACE 1 - 9 SPACE 1 - 10 SPACE 1 - 11 SPACE 1 - 12 SPACE 1 - 13 SPACE 1 - 14 SPACE 1 - 15 SPACE 1 - 16 SPACE 1 - 17 SPACE 1 - 18 SPACE 1 - 19 SPACE 1 - 20 SPACE 1 - 21 C C C C C C C *C GENERAL PANEL NOTES: I. Fl FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY AND/OR ADJUST CIRCUITS 2. Fl FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCTORS FOR ALL CIRCUITS BALANCE CURRENT IN ALL PANELS. A5 REQUIRED. PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL NEUTRAL PER NEG 200.4. 003 RECE =C CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR 111ST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS 114 FIELD EXPIRES 11-20-11 Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific protect named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - I1 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PERMITAt APPROVAL UIRD NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • 0 • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 0 0 z cc 0 0. wc.ZC w O ,�L ° 00 .7.=:50767. ... w 2 C 0 0 cc g°. ° o . o_o1-0 o 0 0 ~• 0O`S1-� -Tv U cY0i•1 -o v ma O 0. C 0 _cc 0 co . 00 0 v q., ° v c 0 0 wmo"oc w v w v 3 I - a- >. W csa "co N. - cv ma m m13: m 0:0.7;C:10: - o C c ° 0 0 (11 Daoo0 G7 0 J o ° O �� .0 � Cr �J Cq Oo°0 0 c>,..= 0...0.". _ 1 -`Damon oao ..o •0wmo a a o. c 0 0 .° O` o 0 Q o o° q c mmm a=o oc J o o c o- • --ate 0v - 9 ° O m C w. ° =�e«°oca `C50ac 3C0 0 0. Lu...... <00°0-2.0 arn J 1- V CL Z Q) I- Ori) 4t ed < W ce Q o0 0 CD o . al Q CC Q z J LU HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchltects.com PANEL SCHEDULES E5.1 ENEMY MANACENENT CO !LE DESCIVIKIN CROATS EMPLOYEE LIGHTING A2, A4, A6, A8, A10, A37 BB40 CUSTOMER LIGHTING A15, A16, A17, A18, A19, A20, A21, A22, A23, A24, A25, A26, A27, A28, A30 C1, C2, C3, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C12, C20, C22, C21, C28, C30, C31, C32 BB1, BB2, BB3, BB5, BB7, BB10 C24, CANOPY LIGHTING / BUILDING SIGNS F1, F2 SECURITY LIGHTING F6 TELEVISIONS & EQUIPEMENT RACKS (SAME AS CUSTOMER LIGHTING) C16, C18 BB31 EMPLOYEE DOORBELL BB8 CONTROLLED OFFICE RECEPTACLES BB22, BB24 GENERAL PANEL NOTES: I. Fl FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY AND/OR ADJUST CIRCUITS 2. Fl FGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCTORS FOR ALL CIRCUITS BALANCE CURRENT IN ALL PANELS. A5 REQUIRED. PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL NEUTRAL PER NEG 200.4. 003 RECE =C CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR 111ST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS 114 FIELD EXPIRES 11-20-11 Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific protect named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - I1 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PERMITAt APPROVAL UIRD NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • 0 • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 0 0 z cc 0 0. wc.ZC w O ,�L ° 00 .7.=:50767. ... w 2 C 0 0 cc g°. ° o . o_o1-0 o 0 0 ~• 0O`S1-� -Tv U cY0i•1 -o v ma O 0. C 0 _cc 0 co . 00 0 v q., ° v c 0 0 wmo"oc w v w v 3 I - a- >. W csa "co N. - cv ma m m13: m 0:0.7;C:10: - o C c ° 0 0 (11 Daoo0 G7 0 J o ° O �� .0 � Cr �J Cq Oo°0 0 c>,..= 0...0.". _ 1 -`Damon oao ..o •0wmo a a o. c 0 0 .° O` o 0 Q o o° q c mmm a=o oc J o o c o- • --ate 0v - 9 ° O m C w. ° =�e«°oca `C50ac 3C0 0 0. Lu...... <00°0-2.0 arn J 1- V CL Z Q) I- Ori) 4t ed < W ce Q o0 0 CD o . al Q CC Q z J LU HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchltects.com PANEL SCHEDULES E5.1 LANDLORD ROOM D55 SPACE EXISTING 2500A MAIN DISCONNECT 4702141191 800A 0 0 SQUARE 'D' (PACS TECH. SUPPORT: L IF ANY ISSUES ARISE THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT (INCLUDING AT THE TIME OF STARTUP) REGARDING THE SQUARE 'D' POWERWALL, POWERLINK PANELS, OR NOVAR CONNECTIVITY / GOHIA4IGATIONS, Ti EE Fl F(.TRIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT SQUARE 'D' IPACS TECHNICAL SUPPORT FOR TROILLESHOOT: A. FOR HOURS 8AM TO 5PM EST - MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, GALL (8OO) 868-q662 B. FOR AFTER HOURS, YS OR HOLIDAYS, CALL (104) 213-2026 TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE XFMR KVA REMARKS T-1 45 MOUNT IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION CENTER, BY VENDOR 418 T-2 15 MOUNT IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION CENTER, BY VENDOR 418 T-3 15 MOUNT IN PREFAB DISIRIBUI10N CENTER BY VENDOR 118 ALL TRANSFORMERS TO SE 3 PHASE 4 WIRE 480V WITH DELTA PRIMARY, DRY TYPE 120/208 WYE SECONDARY. 'MDP' 8OOA MLO 65p00 AIG -o o I25A3P CKT BREAKER THIS BREAKER SHALL BE LOCKABLE TYPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.G.11025 4 450.14 150A,3P CKT BREAKER --o 400Ay3P OKI BREAKER 10AfSP GKT BREAKER -o 0- I25A,3P GKT BREAKER 150A,3P GKT BREAKER GT SEG11ON FOR NOVAR METERING 1 PANE.. 'SDP' 480Y/211 400A MLO 65,000 1 r PANE,. 480Y/211 225A MW 65p00 SERIES RATED L J PREFABRICATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER. SEE 3/EbO FOR DETAILS 426 IN 3/4'G BY E.G. 466 IN 3/4'G BY EL. PAN. 'F' 480Y/211 225A MLO 65p00 SERIESIRATED L J L PANE,. '5' 208Y/I20 150A MCB IOp00 SERIES RATED PANE - '1' 208Y/120 IOOA MGB IOpoo SE3RIESIIRt_ATED J -- 1 TRACK LIGHTING CIRCUITS ROUTED THROUGH CURRENT LIMITING PAN.. SEE TRACK LI6141IN6 PLAN EI.I PANE - 208Y 1120 ANE_208Y1120 IOOA MCB 25p00 SERIES RATED PANEL '16' 208Y/I20 50A MGB 10,000 SERI SIRATED L CURRENT LIMITING PANE- 'G' PURCHASE) THROUGH VENDOR 418. SEE CURRENT LIMITING PANEL SCHEDULE ON DRAWING ES.I. ELECTRICAL ROOM CODED NOTES FOR FEEDER SIZES: 0 A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANY AS NEEDED TO UPGRADE THIS EXISTING FEEDER TO 800 AMPS. PROVIDE t&4 LABEL THAT READS 'DICK'S SPORTING 600D' B. NOT U5E12 G. (4)4600 KCMIL 4 (1)43 CU. 6ND IN 4' CONDUIT (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) D. (4)OI/O TH 114 CU 4 (1)46 THWN CU. GNP IN 2' CONDUIT (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) E. (3)41 11U^4l GU 4 (1)4611.114 C). 6ND IN I-1/2' CONDUIT. 0) BEI DEN 21326 4 HIRE CABLE IN 1' CONDUIT (BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR) F. (3)4411IW4 GU 4 (1)48 THWN CU. 6ND 1N 1' CONDUIT. (BY O11-ER5 IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) 6. (4)46 THWN GU 4 (1)48 TH144 GU. 6ND, (I)46 114144 CU. ISOLATED &ROL M IN 1 1/4' CONDUIT (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) H. (4)41 TN* CU 4 (1)46 T Y14 CU. 6ND IN 1-1/4' CONDUIT (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) I. (4)41/011IW4 CU 4 (1)46 THWN G). 610 IN 2' CONDUIT (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANE_ OILY) J. (4)4600 KCMIL 4 (1)41/0 11-1144 GU. 6ND IN EACH OF (2) 4' CONDUITS (BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR) K. (3)41 1T14 CU 4 (1)46 THIS' CJ. 6ND IN I-1/2' CONDUIT. (BY OTHERS IN PREFAB DISTRIBUTION PANEL ONLY) PREFAB NOTES: I. PREFABRICATED DISTRIBUTION PANEL 15 PURCHASED THRG4I6H VENDOR 418 AND INSTALLED BY EC. 2. ALL PANEL BOARDS AND 1RANSFORNERS ARE MOWED 111 -UN THE SWITCHBOARD. 3. PANGS 'SDP','A','F' AND TRANSFORMERS ARE FACTORY PRE -WIRED TO PANE,. 'MDP'. PANELS 'B','G','D' AND '16' ARE FACTORY PRE -WIRED TO 11-E TRANSFORMERS. 4. THE LAST SECTION ON TFE RIGHT CONTAINS ALL OF TFE NOVAR CONTROL_ INTERFACE POINTS. 5. CUSTOMS? GTS FOR USE BY NOVAR ARE INSTALLED IN 11-E INCOMING SECTION OF 11NE SWITCHBOARD. 6. FULLY RATE ALL S&B FEED BREAKERS IN PAN. 'SDP'. 1. SERIES RATE ALL SUB F® BREAKERS IN PANEL 'MDP EXCEPT PANEL ONE -LINE NOTES: I. ALL INTERIOR FEEDERS BASED ON TYPE THWN (15 DEG GJ DRY LOCATION. 2. ALL LUGS ON PANELS ACCEPTING 15 DE6 G WIRE SHALL HAVE A RATING OF AT LEAST 15 DEG G. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TYPED PANEL INDF5 FOR ALL PANELS. 4. VERIFY ALL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY COMPANY. THIS SHALL INCLUDE TRANSFORMER SIZE, PAD OR VAL>LT DETAILS, BOLLARDS, GROUNDING, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDUITS AND WIRE, METER, METER CONDUIT AND CT COMPARTMENT SIZE. 5. ALL FUSES SHALL BE CURRENT LIMITING TYPE. PROVIDE 3 SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE IN THE SPARE FUSE CABINET. CABINET SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PREFABRICATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER SEE 4/86.0 FOR DETAILS PAN. 'BBI' 208Y/120 150A MGB 10,000 SERIES RATED 426 IN 3/4'0 BY EG. T-3 15kVA TRACK LI6HT1N& CIRCUITS ROUTED THR.0)&H CURRENT LIMITING PANE.. se TRACK LIGHTING PLAN ELI PANG. 'B5' 208Y/120 IOOA MOB 25p00 SERIE1 RATED 1 CURRENT LIMITING PANE.. 'BB' PURCHASED THROUGH VENDOR 418.58° CURRENT LIMITING PANEL SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E5.1. STOCK ROOM MAINTAIN EXISTING GROUND EX1S11N6 2500A, 480V, 3P1-1, 4P1 LANDLORD GEAR DPSWITCHBOARD: SQUARE 'D' : FRONT ACCESS / FRONT - REAR ALIGNED SERVICE VOLTAGE : 48011/2T1V 3 PHASE - 4 WIRE MAIN BUS : 800A NEUTRAL BUS : 8OOA BUS MATERIAL : COPPER ING0IING 8OOA (3) 4250 -150 MGM PER PHASE 4 NEUTRAL (I) 350 MGM GROUND LUG SUPPLIED AS STANDARD BUS BRACING : 65 KAIG STANDARD INTERRUPTING RATING : 65 KAIG 0 480V SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED (IF APPLICABLE) SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION MEETS UL -891 NEMA I EtCLOSURE FINISH ANSI -61 LEFTSIDE VIEW (STD COVERS) Feb 22, 201"1 - 16103118 GENERAL NOTES: I. THIS ESUIPMENT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM VENDOR 418. 2. WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL PAN -BOARDS AND TRANSFORMERS WILL BE FACTORY INSTAI I Fr) AND CABLED WITH NEC SIZED CONDUCTORS. SEE THE ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DETAILS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE ALL FINAL TERMINATIONS FOR PROPER TORQUE. 3. WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL INTEGRATED PANELBOARDS WILL BE RECESS MOUNTED IN THE SWITCHBOARD TO ALLOW FOR TOTAL FRONT ACCESS. A DEDICATED PANELBOARD WIRE VIAY I5 ALSO PROVIDED. 4. WHERE FACTORY INSTALLED CABLING OCCURS BETWEEN SWITCHBOARD SHIPPING SPLITS, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIELD TERMINATION OF THE CABLES. SES ELEVATION VIEW DRAWING FOR SHIPPING SPLIT INFORMATION. 5. EACH SWITCHBOARD SHIPPING SPLIT WILL BE PALLETIZED AND SHIPPED IN AN ENCLOSED SEMI-TRAILOR WERE APPLICABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR A FORK TRUCK TO UNLOAD AND SET THE EQUIPMENT IN PLAGE. A 24-HOUR NOTICE WILL BE GIVEN PRIOR TO DELIVERY. 5 c D C O D L r. c D s. 2 TOP VIEW 180.00' 30.00' 42.00' 42.00' 42.00' 24.00' PANEL F 0 PANEL MDP 001-3 PANEL C PANEL B PANEL IG 91.55' PANEL SDP PANEL A PANEL D TRANSFORMER T-1 45 KVA PRIMARY SECONDARY TRANSFORMER T-2 75 KVA PRIMARY SECONDARY SHIPPING SPLIT SHIPPING SPLIT 7.50' 24.00' SHIPPING SPLIT BACK OF ENCLOSURE SHIPPING SPLIT ?5.15. 37.16' l • I'/t/ 19,15' A iii ii r✓.siiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiisi.r 3 FRONT OF ENCLOSURE BOTTOM VIEW 10.54' PREFABRICATED MAIN DISTRIBUTION CENTER SCALE: N.T.S. 24.00' RIGHTSIDE VIEW (STD COVERS) Q 24.00' 1 ONE -LINE RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. Design and construction doouments as instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the speoifio project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT BB/BBL SWITCHBOARD: SQUARE 'D' : FRONT ACCESS / FRONT - REAR ALIGNED SERVICE VOLTAGE : 480V 3 PHASE - 3 WIRE MAIN BUS : 400A NBJTRAL BUS : 400A BUS MATERIAL : COPPER (I) 350 MGM GROUND LUG SUPPLIED A5 STANDARD BUS BRACING : 65 KAIG STANDARD INTERRUPTING RATING : 65 KAIC o 4801/ NON SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION MEETS LL -891 NEMA 1 ENCLOSIARE FINISH ANSI -61 Q 80123-047-01 80123-047-01 r LEFTSIDE VIEW (STD COVERS) 4 4 c 0 0 TOP VIEW FROM "MDP" TO T-3 PRIMARY 91.55' 42.00' PANEL BB 05 ®E 002 PANEL BB1 2 09 411. PRIMARY XFMR T-3 75 KVA SECONDARY BACK OF ENCLOSURE 24 00' F:1701 -53;:21"2::12;15:1T2:13 '6 r41•400 f2eil MYSfff ®!1////////40:1#2 ZEk.t. FRONT OF ENCLOSURE BOTTOM VIEW RIGHTSIDE VIEW (STD COVERS) Factory Installed Feeder Coles Field Installed Feeder Gdies BB/BBL PREFABRICATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER SCALE: N.T.S. 5 41-0' sI_ou PHONE REMARK BELL REMARK 9-36 9-34,40 DELAYED EGRESS POWER SUPPLY FIRE ALARM 9-52,38 16-18 O SECURITY SYSTEM CELL BACKUP 46 CU. 6ND = BY EL. \-FINISHED FLOOR SPECIAL SYSTEMS BACKBOARD CODED NOTES: 0 1. 1.6. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. FLUSH MOUNTED. 2. J -SOX W/ SECURITY SYSTEM OU1PUT SIM. 3. FOUR PORT COMMUNICATION'S BOX - FIRE 1, FIRE 2, BURG 1, BUR6 2. BOX SHOULD BE INSTALLED NEAR THE FIRE AND BURGLAR ALARM PANELS. VERIFY WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AS LOCAL CODES MAY RE)IRE TIE FIRE JACKS TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. 4. SECURITY SYSTEM CELL BACKUP POWER SUPPLY MOUNT ON WALL ABOVE 8'-0'. 5. UNDER DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 85(45(3/4' PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, PAINTED 5011-1 SIDE GRAY ENAMEL, CONDUIT, AND POWER RECEPTACLES ONLY. 6. EXTEND (1) 3'C AND (1) IPG AT DECK FROM SALES AREA TO SECURITY SYSTEM BOX ON PHONE BOARD. TURN 90144 IN WAIL I -FOOT DIRECTLY ABOVE SECURITY SYSTEM BOX. LABEL CONDUIT AS TIY/FIRE ALARM'. 1. EXTEND (I) 3'0 TO MDF/DATA ROOM. TURN DOWN IN WALL ABOVE MDF RACK. LABEL A5 TO MDF/DATA ROOM. 8. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED. q. INSTALL TIE ASSOCIATED RJ3IX JACKS NEAR THE FIRE ALARM AND BURGLAR ALARM PANES. FIFO VERIFY INSTALLATION WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR A5 LOCAL CODE MAY REQUIRE FIRE ALARM JACK TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN FIRE ALARM PANE - POWER REQUIREMENTS PANEL CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT D 40 ICATOR SECURITY IP COMMUNICATOR 17 38 FACP IP CCMIAA4ICATOR 17 36 TE-EPHONE D 35 DELAYED EGRESS POKER SUPPLY D 34 SECURITY D 32 FACP • RECEIVED CITY OF .LiKOLA FEB 28 2_3V PERMIT CENTER b‘.1- 00-1 c� SPECIAL SYSTEMS BACKBOARD SCALE: N.T.S. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15122.00 N 0 0 (7 c7 cc 0 0. CI) c W030o° °=Mo w22,-3 '0 o n CC oo`oaa a_0:• -m •°4-O•. O111:00: 1;°6:65C o-� - 0 cm - - 01-!oo ooem9Ea 0 n C 0 0000 0-'0 0 C wo`c3�E�r1-Qmoa-cmeaoccCCoaovc0n`oo°°0090fA•oc; Oi C3.a O° o .o 0x°oa J9 ,_$wm o E TO ., 0 c .- 0 ' aaatm o E 0 0i000lis. c a-2 t0 oi«Tali t _t0oga- ci 0- 0 xi v.- o - E a o�0 �ro0v r. 0LG0 CO<amav) J 1- 0 CC Z co 0 r r cis a LLL rc O d O 1=016 J O ott w O ®V V w W m SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. 1FA 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com ELECTRICAL DETAILS E6.0 0 0 0 Feb 22, 2017 - 16101146 0 -41141---41111-0111 11101- -411 -011 FOOTWEAR TOCK I PHONE 4iIHD BALER CEIVING 2 DATA STOCKROOM MEN'S ( 114 J TAB. I ELECTRICAL CI -{;SEA ■ Iln' nil 14 4611111111111111161161111111/11111111111111 IlIu�� ELECTRICAL ROOM FIRE ALARM PANEL: - I GATE GABLE TO MDF 2 GATb GABLES TO DEMARK, TERMINATE TO RJ3IX JACKS AT ALARM PANEL. 13.R&LAR ALARM PANEL: - 2 GAT6 GABLES TO MDF/IDF TELGO BOARD PONERLINK JACKS INSTALLED WITHIN POINERWALL CORRIDOR FOOTWEAR I DATA CEILING ARCHERY 2 DATA I PHONE 2 DATA HUNTING I DATA IN FLOOR UNDER FIXTURE PROVIDE (I) 3'G IN JOIST SPACE FROM STOCKROOM STUBBED INTO SALES AREA BEYOND FIXTURING. TIMECLOGK I DATA, 48' 1► II 0P-.7.1=1100--4111110- L.P. CLOSE *M*M: I PHONE 1 DATA PHONE AT 48' -18 I PHONE 2 DATA 3 DATA I PHONE I DATA 48' I PHONE 3 DMA /COUN \\ I PHONE 3 DATA STOCKROOM WORK RM TACKLE I PHONE 42 DATA IN FLOOR UNDER FIXTURE I PHONE 4 DMA WORKSHOP NE DATA YOUTH GOLF APPL SPORTSMAN 1 DATA GEILI FITTING RM 3/4'G OFFSET AT 4' WITH SINGLE GANG EACH DATA LOGATI (TYPICAL SALES MEN REEBOK 4' J -BOX RING AT SHOWN. I PHONE I DATA 48' FITTING RM (IOId) WOMEN REEBOK A\CENT TENAT (NIC\ CAMPING COMP SWIM PROVIDE (2) 4' SQUARE J -BO <. MUD RINGS AND I'G DOWN WALL (I) J -BOX REQUIRED FOR HDMI T (1) J -BOX REQUIRED FOR IDF v DATA GABLE TO THE TV. J -BO THE BLOGKIN& AND r �r DETAIL 1/BAA I PHONE I DATA SPORT GAMES OUTDOOR REC HDMI GAT b 2 DA A FITTING CENTER PROVIDE (2) 4' SQU • - J-B0XIE51^IITH SINGLE GANG MUD RIN65 AND I'G r •' WALL. (I) J -BOX REQUIRED FOR HDMI TO GATb CONVERTER (1) J -BOX REQUIRED FOR IDF DAT i}l GABLING AND DATA GABLE TO THE TV. (I) HDMI GABLE RUN 1 LOCATION (PROVIDE TO GAT6 CONVERTO GABLE NOT NEEDED OUTDOOR REC IDF ABOVE DOOR RAGE 3/ETA OUTDOOR REC COAX 4 DATA CO I- TION. SEE DETAIL 5/153O (2) 3' CONDUITS PRIOR TO ANY ROU6H-IN, • SHALL COORDINATE GOORDINA ROUTING OF CONDUIT FOR FITTI DATA WITH DICKS SPORTING • PROJEGT MANAGER. PROVIDE (1 BETWEEN COMPUTER AND TV •' GABLE FIELD VERIFY ALL REQU I PHONE 1 DATA 48' I PHONE I DATA 48' I DA® ILIN6 I-I/2'G HDMI REMENT'S. ® #3 I DATA GEILING 2 DATA I PHONE FOR TEN REGISTERS ®#b I DATA GEILIN6 J. 50X MOUNT ABOVE DOOR AT II' -b' AFF; CONGEAL IN WALL 4 MAJJON GATb GABLE TO MDF/IDF ROOM TRAFSY5 MASTER UNIT TRAFSYS SLAVE UNIT 3/4' G TO STRUCTURE; CONGEAL IN WALL 4 MULLION SPRINKLER VESTIBULE COAX 4 DATA GONWEGTION. SEE DETAIL 6/E3AA. (TM:10AL) GAT& GAGGLE TRAFSY MASTER IT 1 TELEPHONE SYSTEM PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 11_0" \ \ \\\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\\ \ \ \ \ \ \ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE I' DATA RACK MDF Q 2 DATA, 18' CONDUIT AND FLOOR BOX FOR PHONE OUTLET UNDER LODGE COUNTER. GENERAL NOTES: A. MOUNT' ALL WALL PHONES AT 481 AFF., 11LESS OTHERWISE NOTED B. MOUNT ALL DESK PHONES AT 18' AFF., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED G. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REGUIREM54TS. D. ALL DATA CABLING SHALL BE WIRED FROM 11-E MDF OR IDF TO THE END POINT BY VENDOR *13. VENDOR *13 SHALL PROVIDE THE DATA CABLING. E. AUDIOMSUAL- VENDOR #13 TO TAKE FEED FROM AUDIOMSUAL VENDOR #5 PAGING/AUDIO EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL COMECT1ON AT PAGE PAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR LEAVING THE JOB SITE. THIS EGIAPMENT 15 LOCATED AT THE AV/MDF ROOM. VENDOR #13S INSTALLATION TECH SHALL VERIFY WITH STORE MANAGER THAT PAGING AND PHONE SYSTEMS OPERATE AS REQUIRED. F. VENDOR LIST- TELEPHONE/DATA - VENDOR #I3 PAGING/AUDIOMSUAL - VENDOR #5 SECURITY - VENDOR *I9 BUILDING MANAGEMENT - VENDOR #18 G. SURFACE HOMING OF LOW VOLTAGE WIRING 15 PROHIBITED. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT AND CONGEALED IN WALLS. EXPOSED WIRING MAY BE RUN ABOVE CEILINGS AND IN JOIST SPACE H. 3/4'G WITH 4' BY 4' J -BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING AT EACH DATA LOCATION SHOWN. (TYPICAL OFFICE AREA AND SERVICE COUNTERS) 1. 3/4'C OFFSET AT 4' BY 4" J -BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MD RING AT EACH DATA LOCATION SHOWN. (TYPICAL SALES FLOOR) J. ROUTE CONDUIT FROM DECK TO TOP OF VESTIBULE FOR SPEAKER HIRE AND TRAFSYS. K. ALL CONDUITS FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BUSHINGS AND PULL STRINGS. L. VENDOR *13 SHALL COORDINATE THE TELEPHONE COMPANY U11LI1Y DEMARK LOCATION WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID. VENDOR #1315 RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF 25 PAIR TELEPHONE GABLE TO DICKS SPORTING 60005 TELEPHONE BACKBOARD FROM 11•E UTILITY DEMARK M. AP LOCATIONS 5HOM ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. OBTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS FROM NEW STORE SUPPORT. N. ALL COAX GABLES AND SPEAKER GABLES TO ROUTE TO AV RACK IN DATA/AV ROOM. GAT6 GABLES GAN 60 TO MDF OR IDF, WHIGFEVER 15 NEAREST. 0. ALL TV LOCATIONS 6ET A COAX AND A GATb GABLE P. GONFIRM TRAF5Y5 COUNTER REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. REQUIREMENTS ARE DETERMINED BY DOOR SIZE AND HEIGHT. Q. ONE N #18/2 SPEAKER GABLE TO BE RUN BETNEEN DATA AND AV RAGK5 FOR PAGING BY VENDOR *13. R ONE 0) 6 -STRANDED MULTIMODE FIBER AND ONE (I) 25 -PAIR GABLE TO BE RUN BEWEEN MDF AND IDF BY VB+IDOR *13. GABLES TO BE TERMINATED ON A 66 BLOCK OR VOICE PATCH PANEL. 5. ONE (I) 25 -PAIR GABLE TO BE RUNT BETWEEN MDF AND DMARK ON TELEPHONE BACKBOARD BY VEDOR #I3. T. 46 ANTENNAE GABLE TO BE ROUTED TO ANTENNAE INSTALLED ON ROOF. MOUNT ANTENNAE ON CONDUIT. GABLE TO BE ROUTED THROUGH RAIN HEAD AT TOP OF CONDUIT TO DATA RACK IN DATA/AV ROOM. EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY NEW STORE 5/WORT. U. PROVIDE 3/4' CONDUIT BETNEEN TRAFFIC GOWER LOCATIONS AT ENTRANCE AND EXIT DOORS. V. ALL WIRING SHALL BE ROUTED OVERHEAD IN JOIST SPACE UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS TO BE ROUTED BELOW &RADE. CODED NOTES: 0 I. PROVIDE BACKBOARD AT 11-6' AFF, CENTERED OVER DOOR, FOR IDF 8' FROM ADJACENT HALL UNDER DIVISION Ib; ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONGEALED IN HALL. PROVIDE *6 GU. GNP. CONNECTION AT BACKBOARD. REFER TO ELEVATION 3/E1D. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH VENDOR *13. 2. (1) 3'6 TO SALES FLOOR TURNED DOWN 12'-0' AFF, CENTERED ON DOOR AT IDF. LABEL CONDUIT DATA. 3. 3/4'G FROM GASH OFFICE FROM J -BOX BELOW COUNTER TO SECURITY BACKBOARD. 4. TIME CLOCK REFER TO ELEGTRIGAL DETAIL 9/E3.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 5. (2) I -1/2'C TO 5ALE5 FLOOR TURNED DOWN 12'-0' AFF, CENTERED ON DOOR, AT TDF. LABEL (I) CONDUIT A5 'FIBER OPTIC' AND (1) SPARE. PROVIDE LONG RADIUS q0 DE6 FOR FIBER OPTIG GABLE. 6. ROUTE 3/4'G IN COUNT ROOM ANI? GASH ROOM TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN GORRIDOR. 1. MOUNT TRAF5Y5 GM -ERAS UNDER SOFFIT OR ON 'L' BRACKETS ABOVE VESTIBULE DOORS. 8. PROVIDE BACKBOARD FOR MDF. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DETAIL 4/E3.0. q. (I) 2'G TO SALES FLOOR TURNED DOWN 12'-0' AFF, CENTERED ON DOOR, AT IDF. LABEL (I) CONDUIT AS 'GGWY.' 10. ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF ALL IN SLAB ELEGTRIGAL/DATA WITH DICKS SPORTING GOODS' PROJECT MANAGER 1 WEEK PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 11. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT GONDUITS SHOWN ON DETAIL 2/!53D FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO ARCTION BOX FOR CONNECTION OF GASHWRAP LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO IDF IN GOLF STOGKROOM. 12. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF INDYME WIRELESS CALL BOXES WITH DICK'S SPORTING 60005 PROJECT MANAGER AND VENDOR *5. COORDINATE INDYME ANTENNAE LOCATION WITH VENDOR *13 AND VENDOR *5. PROVIDE GABLE TO INDYME SERVER AT AV/MDF ROOM. 13. JUNCTION BOX FOR INDYME ANTENNA IN CEILING SPADE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR. GABLE TO INDYME SERVER IN AV/MDF ROOM BY INDYME EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. 14. ROUTE CONDUIT(5) DOWN INDICATED WALL OR COLUMN THEN ROUTE BELOW GRADE TO ASSOCIATED FLOOR BOX OR CONDUIT 5T1B-UP LOCATION. n n STRUCTURE 48' 0 #6 GU. f 8' ABOVE DOOR 3 FINISHED FLOOR IDF BACKBOARD 16-28 MOUNT ADJACENT TO BACKBOARD IDF BACKBOARD ELEVATION SCALE: N.T.S. VENDOR *13 TO COORDINATE ALL PHONE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO P1 FGTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLING CONDUIT. TELEPHONE LINE CONFIGURATION LINE 8 TYPE USE LINE 1 HUNT MAIN LINE IN I4Mr, RUN TO PHONE SYSTEM. LINE 2 FIIANT RUN TO PHONE SYSTEM SECOND LINE IN HMI LINE 3 HUNT RAN TO PHONE SYSTEM; SHARED W/ BACKUP FIRE ALARM (RUN BY FIRE ALARM VENDOR) LINE 4 DEDICATED PRIMARY FIRE ALARM (ON BLOCK ON BACKBOARD) Gash Reg 142 x 215 OPTIONAL LINES x 216 LINE 5 DEDICATED DNR (IF NEEDED) LINE 6 4 1 DEDICATED ELEVATOR EMERGENCY PHONE (IN STORES WITH ELEVATORS ONLY) LINE 8 4 q DEDICATED ESCALATOR DIAGNOSTIC LINE ON STORES WITH ESCALATOR ONLY) EXT Store Location Out Res. 210 Gash Room 211 Lodge 212 Service Desk I x 213 214 Gash Reg 142 x 215 Gash Reg 344 x 216 Gash Reg 546 x 211 Gash Reg 148 x 218 Gash Reg 9410 Of needed) x 2Iq Gash Reg 11412 (If needed) x 220 Cash Reg 13414 Of needed) x 221 Gash Reg 15416 Of needed) x 222 223 224 225 2` �26 221 Golf Department x 228 Ext Lodge x 224 Women's Apperol x 230 Mens Nike x 231 232 Youth Apparel x 233 234 Team Sports x 235 236 231 Store Manager 238 Dept Manager 1 234 Dept Marlager 2 240 241 Count Room x 242 Telco Room x 243 244 Footwear Stockroom x 245 246 Footwear Pad x 241 248 241 Gawping x 25O 251 Bikes/Exerclse x 252 Snow Sports x 253 Ship from Store 254 Mezzanine Stock Room x 255 Lunch Room x 256 Loading Dock x 251 RM/DM office OF needed) x 258 RM/DM office (If needed) x 25q 260 261 GMM office (If needed) x 262 DLPM office (IF needed) x 263 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 201I PERMIT CENTER Design and oonstruotion documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschmen Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Hersohman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2OI1 BID/PERMIT 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: T1_ Project No.: 15122.00 CO: 0 0 0 0 • � C V 1 0 0 o f CC °F C Oo°o ;moo0- i- 0 J Cr 1- V Y.M NO CO VW cC O 0 I- I- OcO J O . W o ova C cce O z\ CCci Z m I. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE PERMITM APPROVAL NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. 11. 11. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM PLAN E7.0 lck's Sporting GoodsWIA_Tukwlla\I 1287B_EOS.O.dwg Updated Feb 22, 2017 - 0 0 MAN DOOR CAMERA TO BE MOUNTED AT 12,' CENTERED OF DOOR AND AN LED STRAIGHT DOWN AT THE AREA IN FRONT OF TME MAN DOOR. WALL MOUNTS 5505-081 4 5604-821 ARE TO BE USED ABOVE MAN DOORS. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT MAN, DOOR CAMERA TO BE MOUNTED AT 12, CENTERED OF DOOR AND ANGLED STRAIGHT D0144 AT THE AREA IN FRONT OF 1ME MAN D00R. WALL MOUNTS 5505-081 4 5504-821 ARE TO BE U5ED ABOVE MAN DOORS. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT FOOTWEAR STOCK 3400HD BALER —4111011110.- -.01111 OMEN'S EL CTRICAL ROOM 13 TRITEGH MOTION DETECTION CAMERA TO BE MONIED AT A.F.F. WALL MOUNTS 5505-08I 4 5504-821 ARE TO BE USED FOR RECEIVING DOORS. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX 12' OFF OF FLOOR DEDICATE 120VAC - P5 TO POWER ALL BA DEVICES IN REAR OF STORE 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR 175-150 CORRIDOR 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR 175-150 BA CONTROL MOUNTED ON PLYWOOD NO BA DEVICES ARE TO BE POWERED FROM THE VISTA 128 ARCHERY FOOTWEAR P. CLOSET DEFQMN&S Ivy FLU5H MOUNTED CENTER OF DOOR STRI ADT KEYPAD, SEE DETAIL Q/E3,0 MOUNTED I6' AFF ON 3/4'— GONDUIT WITH OCTAGONAL BOX AT BOTTOM MOUNT BELOW HANGING TIMBERS CASH/CO ► T ROOF TCH HERE APPLICABLE 3/4° CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GAN6 BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR D5-150 STOCKROOM \\ \ \ \ \\ "\ \ MOTION TO BE MOIRLTFED OVER SAFE TO \ PREVENT BEING BLOCKED BY SHELVING. 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GAN6`BOX\/q LATCH SIDE Or YOUTH GOLF APPL SPORTSMAN DJAEN'- NT (NIC)v MEN REEBOK FITTING RM WOMEN R� EBOK AIJACENT\ TENANT (NIC)\ CAMPING COMP SWIM OUTDOOR REC SPORT GAMES OUTDOOR REC FITC CE TER OUTDOOR REC GOLF PRO SHO DEDICATE I20VAC - DEVIGES IN FRONT • TME 360 DEGREE P5 TO PO ALL BA STORE 1 L UDIN6 ON IN r61I 4 GABLE TO BE PULLED TO BOTH MDF 4 IDF ROOMS CHECK C PRINT OR PM FOR DETAILS. REGISTER CAMERAS ARE TO BE AT 16', CENTERED AND ANGLED STRAIGHT * . TO COVER ALL REGISTERS AND BOTH BOTH SIDES OF THE COUNTERS. PLEASE 170 NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT. PVM TO BE MOUNTED AT 8'-6' AT TILE OF THE TECHNOLOGY CENTER PAD AND ANGLED AT 16' FROM ENTRANCE A5 5H0144. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT. 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG AN BOX D COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR D5 -I MOTION, MOUNT BESIDE 6LASSBREAK ON VESTIBULE / WINDOW FRAME LATCH SIDE G'F DOOR 1 SECURITY PLAN SCALE: 3/3211 = 11-011 HOLD IF BUTT N5 BE MOIANTED UND> Tr✓OUNTE \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ GABLE TO BE PULLED TO BOTH MDF 4 IDF ROOMS CHECK GABLE PRINT OR PM FOR DETAILS. GENERAL NOTES: \\\ I. ALL EXTERIOR EMERGENCY CGRI ANNUNCIATOR AND SOUNDER INCLUDING 2. WALL MOUNT PASSIVE INFRARED - 3. ENSURE THAT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS DETECTORS. 4. TME FOLLOWIN6 GENERAL GUIDELINES WIRING INSTALLATION: a. WIRING SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY DOLOR -CODED WITH ` TRITEGH MOTION DETECTION CAMERA TO BE MONIED AT A.F.F. WALL MOUNTS 5505-08I 4 5504-821 ARE TO BE USED FOR RECEIVING DOORS. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX 12' OFF OF FLOOR DEDICATE 120VAC - P5 TO POWER ALL BA DEVICES IN REAR OF STORE 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR 175-150 CORRIDOR 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR 175-150 BA CONTROL MOUNTED ON PLYWOOD NO BA DEVICES ARE TO BE POWERED FROM THE VISTA 128 ARCHERY FOOTWEAR P. CLOSET DEFQMN&S Ivy FLU5H MOUNTED CENTER OF DOOR STRI ADT KEYPAD, SEE DETAIL Q/E3,0 MOUNTED I6' AFF ON 3/4'— GONDUIT WITH OCTAGONAL BOX AT BOTTOM MOUNT BELOW HANGING TIMBERS CASH/CO ► T ROOF TCH HERE APPLICABLE 3/4° CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GAN6 BOX AND COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR D5-150 STOCKROOM \\ \ \ \ \\ "\ \ MOTION TO BE MOIRLTFED OVER SAFE TO \ PREVENT BEING BLOCKED BY SHELVING. 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GAN6`BOX\/q LATCH SIDE Or YOUTH GOLF APPL SPORTSMAN DJAEN'- NT (NIC)v MEN REEBOK FITTING RM WOMEN R� EBOK AIJACENT\ TENANT (NIC)\ CAMPING COMP SWIM OUTDOOR REC SPORT GAMES OUTDOOR REC FITC CE TER OUTDOOR REC GOLF PRO SHO DEDICATE I20VAC - DEVIGES IN FRONT • TME 360 DEGREE P5 TO PO ALL BA STORE 1 L UDIN6 ON IN r61I 4 GABLE TO BE PULLED TO BOTH MDF 4 IDF ROOMS CHECK C PRINT OR PM FOR DETAILS. REGISTER CAMERAS ARE TO BE AT 16', CENTERED AND ANGLED STRAIGHT * . TO COVER ALL REGISTERS AND BOTH BOTH SIDES OF THE COUNTERS. PLEASE 170 NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT. PVM TO BE MOUNTED AT 8'-6' AT TILE OF THE TECHNOLOGY CENTER PAD AND ANGLED AT 16' FROM ENTRANCE A5 5H0144. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT. 3/4' CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG AN BOX D COVER PLATE CENTER OF DOORWAY TOP OF DOOR D5 -I MOTION, MOUNT BESIDE 6LASSBREAK ON VESTIBULE / WINDOW FRAME LATCH SIDE G'F DOOR 1 SECURITY PLAN SCALE: 3/3211 = 11-011 HOLD IF BUTT N5 BE MOIANTED UND> Tr✓OUNTE \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ GABLE TO BE PULLED TO BOTH MDF 4 IDF ROOMS CHECK GABLE PRINT OR PM FOR DETAILS. GENERAL NOTES: DOORS TO HAVE DAYTIME RECEIVING AREA DOORS. 0 81-6' AFF ARE COVERED BY MOTION SHALL EE FOLLOWED FOR I. ALL EXTERIOR EMERGENCY CGRI ANNUNCIATOR AND SOUNDER INCLUDING 2. WALL MOUNT PASSIVE INFRARED - 3. ENSURE THAT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS DETECTORS. 4. TME FOLLOWIN6 GENERAL GUIDELINES WIRING INSTALLATION: a. WIRING SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY DOLOR -CODED WITH PERMANENT WIRE MARKERS. COPPER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE USED. b. ALL GABLES, WHERE SUB.EGT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE, WIRING SHAD_ BE ENCLOSED IN METAL CONDUIT OR SURFACE METALLIC RACEWAY. (CHECK LOCAL CODES AND/OR MJ AUTHORITIES FOR LOCAL REQUIREMENTS) G. WIRE SIZE FOR FIRE INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN I6 AWG SOLID, 14 AWG FOR SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS (SL.C). d. IDC OR SLG WIRES SHALL NOT BE ENCLOSED IN CONDUIT OR RACEWAYS CONTAININ6 'AG' WIRES. INSIDE CONTROL PANEL, 'AG' WIRES MUST BE APPROPRIATELY SEPARATED. e. WHERE EMI MAY INTERFERE WITH TME PROPER OPERATION OF THE INITIATING CIRCUITS, TWISTED/SHIELDED CABLE SHALL BE USED. 5. SEE E6.0 FOR SPECIAL SYSTEMS BACKBOARD DIAGRAM b. FINAL LOCATION FOR G�A�h�E��R��A�Sp SHALL BE VERIFIED BY L055 PREVENTION DISTRICT MANAGER, CHASE FREDERICK (124) 273-4566 1. E.G. SHALL PROVIDE 3/4'0 (WITH PULL WIRE) FROM EACH SECURITY DEVICE TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE C=ILIN&. IF DEVICE 15 LOCATED IN M AREA WITHOUT CEILING, THIS E.C. SHALL STUB UP 3/4'C TO STRUCTURAL JOIST. ALL SECURITY WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY VENDOR #2. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TYPICAL THIS DWS. 8. SURFACE MOUN11N5 OF SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING 15 PROHIBITED. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT AND CONGEALED IN WALLS. EXPOSED WIRING MAY BE IRii4 ABOVE CEILINGS AND IN JOIST SPADE. q. CELLULAR BACKUP REQUIRED FOR ALL SECURITY SYSTEMS. 10. E.G. SHALL INSTALL 18411 HONEYWELL INTERNET COt+U4ICATOR AT BAGP. SEE DETAIL 5/E60. NOTE: NOP Er0. SHALL PROVIDE 3/4' GONDUIT (WITH PUL WIRE) FROM EACH SECURITY DEVICE TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. IF NICE 15 LOCATED IN M AREA WITHOUT CEILING, TME E.G. SHALL 5118 UP 3/4' CONDUIT TO STRUCTURAL JOIST. ALL SECURITY WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY VENDOR. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TYPICAL THIS DRAWING. BA INSTALLATION NOTE: 'T15' WILL NOT CONNECT TO NOVAR/EMS. LIGHT WILL 1WN ON ANY BURGLAR ALARM. SEE 115 WORK PLAN FOR C0tIEGTION DETAILS. CCTV INSTALLATION NOTES: • CONTACT PROJECT MANAGER FRANGESCA GIGLAR q54-242-2231 WITH ANY INSTALLATION QU S110NS OR ISSUES. • DICKS DLPM MUST BE PRESENT TO VERIFY EX LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS (GAN BE DONE AFTER GABLE FULL). • ALL PVNS o D56, F45 STORES ARE TO BE HUNG 0 8'6' AFF GGXY STORES 0 12' AFF. 6G TO PROVIDE POWER AND OUTLET TO BE INSTALLED e BACK OF PVM • PENDANT, PIPE AND MOUNTS FOR ALL PVM'S TO BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK • ALL PENDANT MOIANTED CAMERAS ARE TO BE HUNG 0 12' AFF • PENDANT, PIPE AND MOUNTS FOR PENDANT MOtITEU CAMERAS WILL BE PAINTED THE COLOR OF THE CEILING - CHECK WITH THE SITE SUER OR TYCO PM TO CONFIRM COLOR • ALLOW 25' OF SLACK AT EACH CAMERA. • WALL MOUNTED MAN DOOR/EXIT CAMERAS TO BE INSTALLED CENTER OF DOOR AND ANGLED TO VIEW STRAIGHT DOWN IN FRONT OF DOOR • ALL REMOTE ALARMS FOR SEGURIIY PEDESTALS MUST BE HMG BETWEEN 8' - 12' AFF, 6G TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND OUTLET. • PREWIRE DOMES TO HANDLE FUTURE DOMES. -...MOTION ./ ., SAFE � CONTACT •i DOOR CONTACT I 40 THIS DIAGRAM 15 FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ACTUAL SAFE, LOCATION OF SAFE AND GASH ROOM LAYOUT WILL VARY FOR EACH SITE. PLEASE REFER TO SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL GASH ROOM LAYOUT. CASH ROOM SAFE 3 ELEVATION SCALE: N.TS. Kgb VENDOR *2 TO COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOGA11ON5 PRIOR TO ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLING CONDUIT. BA LEGEND I C=1ZI CAMERA CONTROL PANE.. BACP 0 2 i. I EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY PUBLIC VIER MONITOR W/ BUILT-IN CAMERA I l 3 KEYPAD *az [=1 I D'- CURTAIN MOTION DETECTOR - D51501 (MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR) `1 I>---. , PPIR PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR I / MIC >----..) MOTION DETECTOR - PASSIVE INFRARED / MICROWAVE 5 360° MOTION DETECTOR - PASSIVE INFRARED CEILING MOLR4TED (I6' AFF. TYPIGAU 0 PIR I NOP EAS PEDESTAL - CVAD SYNERGY HOLD UP BUTTON 3 A A j� 6LASSBREAK DETECTOR GB 0 tOTOBEAM SET 7 q a DOOR CONTACT 4 OVERHEAD DOOR CONTACT 4 0EMBEDDED DOOR CONTACT (mow DOORS) 0 ,! DISPLAY WINDOW DOOR CONTACT CDSAFE DOOR CONTACT I KNOX BOX Dli SOMDER \I/ �') i /1\ OUTSIDE SOUNDER W/ STROBE CCTV LEGEND 1 C=1ZI CAMERA 11 CAMERA - PENDANT MOMTED 0 GEM GAMERA - OUTDOOR I PUBLIC VIER MONITOR W/ BUILT-IN CAMERA l 0 PUBLIC VIEW MONITOR 040 C [=1 (no camera) 2 .•/ DEAD DROP 6, D DEACTIVATOR (UNDER -COUNTER MOUNT) I COMPACT DEACTIVATOR PI/ VERTICAL MOUNT 0 I Y ? T EAS PEDESTAL - CVAD SYNERGY I A A j� EA5 PEDESTAL - DUAL SYNERGY b 00 3 MAN DOOR CAMERA TO BE MOUNTED AT I2,' CENTERED OF DOOR AND ANGLED STRAIGHT DOWNAT THE AREA IN FRONT OF TIE MAN DOOR HALL MOUNTS 5505-081 4 5504-821 ARE TO BE USED ABOVE MAN DOORS. PLEASE DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THE PRINT RE CEIVVF,D CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD r N O Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is striotly prohibited without expressed written consent of Hersohman Architects. Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/20I1 BID/PERMIT • • • • • 0 • • 0 • • 0 • • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15/22.00 N 0 0 (7 Z cc 0 a N COTo c0oxc 00000 wc�c—n goon o_0�m O �`oo`oo�� _ bU c ~goon �, 0 u)oo, om .0020 mn O 0 6 c o wo9003 oa`o�0r "�CO • co� .0 - 0v 0d ;'0 0 nc"oo mo • owv cn0000 .c J \ 1 Cr 0$3 001: 1 CO 30• 3.=.. o0 o O 0- o oc or o o a •,O 0 oro 0. 01 v°o-o O o o O o c _ 0 0co 0 0 72. JM«gm .0 `° ;2: ` O — E 0c0g 0 0 O - 3 0 . C o —000. mloaav� CC I— V CC Z M O CO eti V \ 2 it 111. g 1'01/1) O . WOE 0CC sof • \Ct W Z m I— SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 L�� PAHA �2�� IrAi Apt NOTE; A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. 111 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SECURITY PLAN E8.0 SOUNDERI P 0 9 3 Q E 2 2 Feb 22, 2011 - 16102121 V128 CONTROL PANEL (1) 0 W PS RECEIVING KEYPAD MONEYROOW KEYPAD IENTRANCE KEYPAD PS 4193SN MODULE TELEPHONE TG -7 CELL UNIT 4193SN MODULE POLLING LOOP 4193SN MODULE 360° 4193SN MODULE 1 4193SN MODULE HU 4193SN MODULE >PIR/ / I \ 4193SN MODULE TYPICAL FLOOR DIAGRAM GB 4193SN MODULE 4193SN MODULE EMS 4193SN MODULE SCALE: N.T.S. PIR 2 410 AID ARMED a READY NE55A&Ea MIG O 11 I OFF 2 AWAY RECORD VOLUME 4MAX 1 ft6TA 4rJ 'READY 5TE5T SGODE 0 35TAY PLAY 6 BYP q CHIME STATUS VOICE PtJW ZION KEYPAD 6160V -ADT SCALE: N.T.S. BLUE JUMPER MOTE 5) CONNECT TO 12VDC 4AH OR I2VDG TAH GEL CELL BATTERY CHARGING VOLTAGE 131VDG SEE INSTALLATION AND SEM' GUIDE FOR REQUIRED CAPACITY REPLACE EVERY 3 YEARS WA G OWNER'S INSTRUCTION NOTICE NOT TO BE REMOVED MOTES: 1. ONE I MAY BE SIIEGTED FOR EOLR SUPERVISED OR NORMALLY CLOSED (NO EOLR) OPERATION VIA GUT . (GUT RED JRFBR FOR NORMALLY CLOSED OPE RATION. DO NOT GUT FOR FIRE USAGE). ZONES 2 8 MAY BE SELECTED FOR EITHER OPERATION VIA PROGRAM FIELD 41. 2. ZONE I SUPPORTS 2 WIRE SMOKE DETECTORS SEE INSTALLATION AND SETUP GUIDE FOR RECOM+rIDED TYPE AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DETECTORS SUPPORTED. 3. ZONE 1 MAY BE USED FOR REMOTE KEYS ARMING/DISARMING. SEE INSTALLATION AND SETUP GUIDE FOR WIRING INSTRUCTIONS. BA' EERY 4. ZONE 6 SUPPORTS 2 WIRE LATCHING TYPE 6LAS5 BREAK DETECTORS. SEE INSTALLATION AND TABS SETUP GUIDE FOR RECOMMENDED TYPE AND MAXIMUM NRBBR OF DETECTORS SORTED. 5. CUT ELIE JUMPER TO DISABLE 5UI>ERVISION OF ALARM 501RNDER OUTPUT. LEAVE JUMPER INTACT TO SUPERVISE OUTPUT (SEE INSTALLATION AND SETUP GUIDE FOR PRO6RAMMIN& AND WIRING INSTRUCTIONS). RED .IRLR MOTE 1) 6. ZONE q MAY BE USED FOR R5232 INPUT. iu GONNEGT TO 24R 120VAG 60 HZ OUTLET TRANSFORMER 16 5VAG 4OVA ADEMGO -' NO 1361 (IN CANADA USE NO I36IGN) OR 1361X10 IF X 10 DEVICES WILL BE USED, NOTE: YEN POhERING UP THE PANEL PLUG THE TRANSFORMER IN BEFORE CONNECTING THE BATTERY JNOTES FOR UL HOUSEHOLD FIRE INSTALLATIONS: I. USE I2VDG I4AH BATTERY. 2. MAXIMUM AUXILIARY CURRENT INCLUDING POLLING LOOP 300MA. 3. COMBINED ALARM AND AUXILIARY POYNER OUTPUT AND POLLING LOOP CURRENT MUST BE LIMITED TO 15OMA FOR IL485 HOUSEHOLD FIRE INSTALLATIONS. F 8 WEEKLY TESTING IS REWIRED TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OF THIS SYSTEM J7 HEADER I. NOT USED 2. GROUND 3. OUT I (GROUND START) 4. GROUND 5. OUT 2 (FIRE) 6. GROUND 1. OUT 3 (6/ AUD PANIC) 8. 6ROLW q. OUT 4 (SILENT PANIC/DURESS) J8 HEADER I. IN 2 (PRINTER DTR) 2. GROUND 3. IN 3 (1361X10 SING) 4. IN 4 (1361X10 SYNC) 5. GROUND b. OUT 5 (1361X10 DATA) 1. OUT 6 (PRINTER RXD) 8. GROUND q. &ROUND OPTIONAL PRO6RAMMIN6 OUT I SMOKE DETECTOR RESET OUT 2 ARMED LED OUT 4 READY LED RATIN65 FOR OUT I ACTIVE IOVDC 13 WOG THROUGH 4K OHMS NOT ACTIVE 100 OHMS TO GROUND RATIN65 FOR OUT 2 4 ACTIVE I0VDC 13 8VDC 11ROU6H 5K 0*15 NOT ACTIVE IK OHMS TO &ROUND REFER TO INSTALLATION AND SETUP GUIDE FOR INFORMATION COIGE3RNIN6 DIRECT WIRE DOWNLOADING AND PRINTER CONNGTIONS zotc II 12 13 14 esmE azotcd &ore e ZOtE I ALARM WINDER OUTPUT IOVDC 13 &VDC RED BLK GM TEL REMOTE KEYPAD USE 6131/6128 OR 6I3q (ADDRESSABLE KEYPADS) ONLY SE= INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAX # OF KEYPADS AND FOR MAX WIRE RUN LENGTH AUXILIARY POWER OUTPUT q 6VDC 13 BVDC 150MA MAXIMUM NOTE INCLUDE CURRENT DRAWN BY KEYPADS AND POLLING LOOP DEVICES KEN MAKING AUXILIARY POWER CALCULATIONS ALL CIRCUITS ARE POVER LIMITED 3 / zN N0 NG NO 2K EOLR 2K EOLR (NOTE I) MOTE I), 2K EOLR MOTE 12) FIRE USAGE NG NO BURSLAR USAGE 2K EOLR Mari: U (?zotEazot.E5 ZONE RESISTANCE (F_XGLUDIN & EOLR) ZONE 18 100 OHMS MAXIMUM ALL OT ER ZONES 300 OHMS MAXIMUM ZONE RESPONSE TIME ZONES 1350M5EG 500MSEG VISTA -128P SUMMARY OF CONNECTIONS AN/ HANDSET INCOMING PHONE LINE TELEPHONE CONNECTIONS USING ADEMGO NO 620 RJ3IX DIRECT CONNECT CORD 1I USE UL LISTED ENERGY GABLE FOR ALL CONNECTIONS MAKE CONNECTIONS USING NO 41421R GABLE 000000000 123456188 000000000 I2345618g J8 J1 EARTH 6ROUND CONNECT TO 600D EARTH GROUND TO MAINTAIN IMMUNITY TO TRANSIENTS, SEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER &ROIRMPING DOG LOAD NO 5 WARNING: TO PREVENT RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, DISCONNECT TELCO JACK BEFORE SERVICING THIS PANEL. THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONS STANDARD 12 (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOC BATTERYMARGH PARK QUINGY MA 0226q). PRINTED INFORMATION DESCRIBING PROPER INSTALLATION OPERATION TESTIt4G MAINTENANGE EVACUATION PLANNING AND REPAIR SERVICE 15 TO BE PROVIDED WITH THIS EQUIPMENT. POLLIN6 LOOP RATING I28MA MAX, SEE INSTALLATION AND SEM' GUIDE FOR MAXIMUM M1 EER OF DEVICES SUPPORTED AND MAXIMUM WIRE RUN LENGTH CONNECTION OF THE FIRE ALARM 5I&NAL TO A FIRE ALARM HEADQUARTERS OR A CENTRAL STATION SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THE BURGLAR ALARM SIGNAL SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO A POLICE EMERGENCY MMBER. SCALE: N.T.S. COMPLIES WITH FCC RILES PART 68 FCC REGISTRATION NO AG3g8U 68Ig2 AL E RINGER EQUIVALENCE 015. THIS DEVICE COMPLIES WITH PART 15 OF FCC RILES OPERATION 15 SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TWO CONDITIONS: (I) THIS DEVICE MAY NOT CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENGE AND (2) THIS DEVICE MUST ACCEPT MY INTERFERENCE RECEIVED INCLUDING INTERFERENCE THAT MAY CAUSE UNDE=SIRED OPERATION. 4X4 J BOX 3/4' CONDUIT OCTOGON J BOX 4 CEILING MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR MOTION DETECTOR MOUNTING DETAIL • MOUNT MOTION DETECTOR 16' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SCALE: N.T.S. 1016G SENTROL CONTACT VESTIBULE DOOR 5 CONTACT INSTALLATION SCALE: N.T.S. CONTROL BOARD DIAGRAM, TYPICAL ONLY, ADJUST TO AVAILABLE SPACE FACP SYSTEM MA UAL5 6 FOPS T6-1 CELL BACKUP VISTA 128 BA - POY€R SUPPLY CONTROL BOARD DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. T1 INSTALL A 4' SQUARE BOX AT 12' A.F.F. CI FLOOR E.G. TO PROVIDE I/2 ' CONDUIT AND SINGLE GAN& BOX WITH COVER AT 8'6' A.F.F. 1 1 7 OVERHEAD/DOOR CONTACT DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. 1 E.C. TO PROVIDE 1/2 ' CONDUIT ON THE STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR \\_DooR tv FLOOR CONTACTS 1 BA CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS - INSTALLED BY EC: CONDUIT STEMS WITH 4' OCTAGON BOX INSTALLED 16' AFF FOR INSTALLATION OF CEILING MOUNT MOTION DETECTORS. CONDUIT WITH SINGLE 6AN6 BOX TO TOP OF E&ENGY EXIT DOORS. - LATCH SIDE ON SINGLE DOORS - CENTER ON DOUBLE DOORS SINGLE &ANG BOX AT CENTER OF ALL EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS, TOP OF DOOR FRAME, CONNECTION TO CURTAIN MOTIONS. CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX INSTALLED TO BOTTOM OF ALL OVERLEAP DOORS ON LOADING DOC: (BOTH SIDES, SEE DETAIL CONDUIT WITH SINGLE GANG BOX TO BOTTOM OF MALL GATES (BOTH SIDES) WEEN APPLICABLE. CONDUIT WITH SINGLE 6AN6 BOX INSTALLED ON TOP OF TRASH COMPACTOR DOOR (LATCH SIDE) CONDUIT TO KNOX BOX FOR POINT OF CONNECTION, KNOX BOX WITH TAMPER PROVIDED BY APT. CONDUIT FROM BOTTOM OF BAR JOIST AT VESTIBULE AREA TO FLOOR TRAY FOR CUSTOMER SERVICE AREA FOR INSTALLATION OF HOLD -1P BUTTON. OTHER CONDUIT AS REQUIRED BY ADT, AHJ AND LOCAL CODE, ALL CONDUIT PROVIDED BY EG. INSTALLATION NOTES (BA): CONTROL UNIT (VISTA 128) FOYER SUPPLY CELL BACKUP UNIT (T6-1) ):EYPAPS (3) DOOR CONTACTS MOTION DETECTORS MOUNT IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM IN BACK OF THE STORE. NOTE: SEE CONTROL BOARD DIAGRAM FOR EXACT LOCATION. BA CONTROL COMMUNICATES ON SINGLE LINE DIALER. EXTRA POYNER SUPPLY AND BATTERIES, SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO POWER MOTIONS /NEN NEEDED. MOUNT POPEER SUPPLY BESIDE THE CONTROL PANEL. NOTE: SEE CONTROL BOARD DIAGRAM FOR EXACT LOCATION. MOUNT BESIDE CONTROL UNIT, USE STANDARD ANTENNA. NOTE: SEE GONTROL BOARD DIAGRAM FOR EXACT LOCATION MOUNT ONE DIREGTLY OUTSIDE THE MANA6ER'S OFFICE, 56' ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MOUNT ONE BY THE FRONT DOOR, 56' ABOVE TINE FINISHED FLOOR. MOtJrIT ONE BY THE RECEIVING MAN DOOR, 56' ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. CONTACT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS. CONTACT THE SECURE STOCK ROOM DOOR (tEAR THE GUN RACK). CONTACT THE GASH OFFICE DOOR. CONTACT OVERHEAD LOADING DOCK DOORS. CONTACT TRASH COMPACTOR DOOR. CONTACT THE ROOF HATCH. MOUNT SAFE CONTACT ON THE SAFE IN CASH ROOM. CEILING MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR 15 TO BE MOUNTED 16' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN FRONT OF THE LODGE. MOUNT WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTORS AT FRONT DOORS COVERING GLASS AREAS. MOUNT WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR IN STOCK ROOM COVERING ISLE. MOUNT WALL MOUNTED (DUAL TECH) MOTION DETECTOR TO BACKUP TRASH COMPACTOR DOOR MOIRNtr WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR IN THE SECURE STOCK ROOM, NEAR 601 RACK. MOUNT WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR IN THE GASH OFFICE. GLASS BREAK DETECTORS MOUNT TO COVER FRONT GLASS AREAS. }OLD UP BUTTONS MOUNT HOLD UP BUTTON AT CUSTOMER SERVICE AREA AT THE FRONT BY THE CASH RESISTERS. S0UNIDERS KNOX BOX MOUNT HOLD UP BUTTON IN THE CASH OFFICE 4 COUNT ROOM. MOUNT ONE SOUNDER (RX -1) IN RECEIVING AREA, RE CEIVIN& AREA 15 DAYTIME ANNUNCIATED. MOUNT' ONE SOUNDER/STROBE COMBO (A5-5X5ISLIG) OUTSIDE IN THE FRONT OF THE STORE,GON EGTE D TO LODGE STOCK ROOM MOTION AND LODGE DOOR MOTION DETECTORS, LODGE DOOR CONTACT. CONNECT KNOX BOX TAMPERS SWITGEES IN TO THE SECURITY ALARM. PROGRAMMING NOTES (BA): POINT TO LINK ALL DAYTIME ANNIRNGIATED DOOR TO SOUNDER. POINT TO LINK GROUP 5 'GUN AREA' TO OUTDOOR STROBE. OUTSIDE SOUNDER SOUNDS ON ANY BA. bn0030 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD [ PIRES II -20-17 Design and oonstruotion documents as Instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Hersohmen Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific protect named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschmen Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - I1 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 TLB Project No.: 15122.00 0 0 c� z im= cc 0 a U)W000,p c O m 0 0 waro - O °�° CC c0°po0 0 ,_ 0 1- o m o ° a 000 1- - o c :tl c ~ 00 o« c c 0 0 0aoy,a 00''cao o000 a o o co c ▪ 12 .9 c 0 w ozoO x °O J e 2 I- w a c c s >, �0a - cv 0a m V J CO = 1:: �2 5 aoo0 p9�90 (n • j ` c C , O cw 3r, 0 °o 1-oamo° o c000. mo o 1 • 0no°o v 6,u � o C 0 o ° • mo J oto. c ro v O o c - e- o 0 =x�oO0 30. c`o m0. et os J et 1- 0 CC Z M Elm O ed V W CC 1.1- 0 0 1mm O (I) O W o0 c egf 0 z J cc W.1� z IVA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SECURITY SYSTEM DETAILS E9.0 Feb 22, 2011 - 16402120 1) v rr==_ L-' `9 c 3/4' CONDUIT FOR ALARM � Isiial- GABLE NOT TO EXCEED 20' 1 I20VAC. - 3 WIRE, 24 HOW 1145WITGHED DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH LESS THAN 05VAC BETWEEN NEUTRAL 4 &ROUND' DUPLEX OUTLET FOR POWERPACK AND RE4OTE ALARM TO BE INSTALLED ON TOP OF VESTIBULE DECK AND WITHIN 3FT OF 4060 CONTROLLER 3/4' CONDUIT 4060 DIGITAL POYDERPACK MUST BE MOUNTED IN A 24'X24' VENTILATED AREA AND MOUNTED ON TOP OF THE VESTIBULE DECK L' 3/4' CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED 40' / / / / / / / SYNER6 i / 6'-6' MAX DUPLEX OUTLET FOR POYDERPAGK AND REMOTE ALARM TO BE INSTALLED ON TOP OF VESTIBULE DECK AND WITHIN 3FT OF 4060 CONTROLLER I0 0 4060 DIGITAL POWERPACK MUST BE MOUNTED IN A 24'X24' VENTILATED AREA AND MOUNTED ON TOP OF THE VESTIBULE DECK 6' (6' FROM SECURITY GATE IF PRESENT i4i2 25(6 1 MN Ail (QTY 2) ENDS OF PEDESTALS FOR CABLE ENTRY THROUGH CUTAWAY IN THE CASE COVERS (QTY 4) MOUNTING BOLTS DRILL THE HOLES FOR THE MOUNTING HARDWARE. IF YOU ARE USING 104 (3/8IN) X 15GM (3IN) PED6E ANCHORS IN THE 7PUE-FEDMR6 KIT, DRILL FOUR HOLES 4.404 (I -3/41N) DEE' USING A ICM C /8IN) MASONRY BIT. GABLE OPENINGS IN THE BASE ALLOW FOR GABLE ENTRY FROM UNDERNEATH THE PEDESTAL PEDESTAL BASE PEDESTAL BASE DOVER 61-6' MAX SYNERGY PEDESTAL NOTES: A. WHIEVEVER POSSIBLE, KEEP THE PEDESTALS AT LEAST 2.4M OFT) AWAY FROM NOISE SOURCES, SUCH AS COMPUTER MONITORS, TVS, SWITCHING. POWER SUPPLIES, 4 NEON DISPLAYS. B. G. THE MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN PEDESTALS 15124 (4FT). THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN PEDESTALS 15 61-6' FOR PEDESTALS AT THE VESTIBULE ENTRANCE. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TX/RX GABLE LENGTH FROM A PEDESTAL TO THE CONTROLLER 1512.24 (4OFT). THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE TX/RX GABLE LENGTH FROM A PEDESTAL TO THE CONTROLLER 15 6.IM (20FT). NEVEER TRIM A TX/RX GABLE SHORTER THAN 6.IM (20FT). D. PEDESTAL GABLES ARE RATED FOR DIRECT BURIAL WITHOUT CONDUIT. THEY HAVE BEEN INVES116ATED 4 FOUND SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURIAL IN MORTAR 4 CONCRETE. HOWEVER, STATE 4 LOCAL CODES MAY REQUIRE CONDUIT. IN ADDITION, SOME CODES REQUIRE THE CONDUIT TO BE STUBBED A SPECIFIC DISTANCE ABOVE THE FLOOR AMS -9060 CONTROLLER NOTES: A. 4060 CONTROLLER MUST BE IN 24'X24' VENTILATED AREA B. WALL MOUNfIN6, IF HOLES IN THE CONTROLLERS GABLE TRAY/140114TIN6 BRACKET ASSEMBLY DO NOT AL16N WITH WALL STUDS, U5E THE EXTENSION BRACKET SUPPLIED TO ACHIEVE ALIGNMENT. G. CEILING MOUNT, THE ASSEMBLY DIRECTLY TO GENET OR FIRST MOUNT PLYWOOD LARGER THAN THE SURFACE AREA OF 11-E BRACKET TO A GEILIN& STRUCTURE ABOVE THE CEILING, THEN MOUNT THE GABLE TRAY/MOI*1TIN6 BRACKET ASSEMBLY TO THE PLYWOOD. D. STRUCTURE AND MOON TIN& HARDWARE MUST 5UPPORT 242K6 (64.6 LBS) OR FCURZ TIMES THE NEI6HT OF THE CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY. E. DO NOT MOUNT CONTROLLER WITH ITS FAN OR GABLE TRAY FACE UP. F. TO BE MOUNTED NO HI61-ER THAN I2FT A.F.F. PER 1256 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL DUPLEX OUTLET WITHIN SFT OF 4060 CONTROLLER OR HARDWIRE TO POWERPACK. 120VAC, 20 AMP, 3-111RE WITH LESS THAN 5V BETWEEN tDEUTRAL AND 6ROIN1D, (IJNSWITGHED) DEDICATED CIRCUIT. H. COORDINATE LOCATION OF 4060 CONTROLLER / POWERPACK WITH ARCHITECT/1256 D c7� 003 (0 SYNERGY PEDESTAL DETAILS & NOTES SCALE: N.T.S. RECEIVED CITY OF rs UKWILA FEB 2 8 2011 PERMIT CENTER Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and Erose construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT 0 O • O • • • • • • 0 • 0 • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15/22.00 co 0 0 0 0 cc 0 a co.oo:° ,o c o, O Y c O - 0 = 0 0 o '0 Lu c 2 o c �'� o n cm �o_oI-w o C 0 0 . O`0001-. 13 a c— 0 ~ V c . o ��ooa �cc.oa 00071..'o coW :::35 p#::: °co90Ca-0d�rovO-C0DO0 0 0 O -J c'c= J O O 0 O 0 Y 0 r.=23 O o a = 0 0` o 0 o0o`o0 m0o_0 ' 0 a nw m c v o 0 ° o 0 00 010 c o==0 O 10«or 00 0 J o 0 0 c o • 0 Y 0 C ,0 D p c O 0 mQ 000.0) 0. c O loo. —J etcH V CC Z M 0 CO VW Z - � 0 O O (/) J O . W 0 0Cr 44 O z et W J z m 1. SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds — 0.972, Sd1 — 0.544 SITE CLASS — D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SECURITY SYSTEM DETAILS E9.1 0 0 0 1U'• it- ii►moi mil► �l_I► �I ZONE "G" FOOTWEAR STOCK CORD BALER SPI LER-A A CEIVING 0 WOMEN' ELECTRICAL ROOM CORRIDOR Design and construction documents as Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated ARCHERY FOOTWEAR HUNTING • L.P. CLOSET DEPT. MANAGERS ZONE "G° TORE MANAGER CORRIDOR \\, STOCKROOM 115 6a CORR. WORKSHOP DATA/AV YOUTH GOLF APPL SPORTSMAN \\\ MEN REEBOK OGIB FITTING RM WOMEN EBOK CAMPING GD COMP SWIM 0 (OUTDOOR REC SPORT GAMES ©136 OUTDOOR REC \\\\\\\\\ CASH/COUNT v\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ GENERAL NOTES: A. SEE DRAWING EIIO FOR DETAILS ON SPECIAL SYSTEMS. MDF NOTES: • PROVIDE SPEAKER CABLING FROM AV ROOM TO SPEAKERS • PROVIDE COAX CABLING FROM AV ROOM TO TV • MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK PAGING LEAD TO PHONE SYSTEM B. ALL T.V. EQUIPMENT, MONITORS, DVD PLAYERS, ETC, SHALL SE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN GENERAL CONTRACT BY DICKS NATIONAL AN ACCOUNT VENDOR. ELEGTRIGAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH AN ACCOUNT VENDOR G. ALL SPEAKER AND COAX FEEDS ALL GO TO AN ROOM. EACH ZONE TO HAVE INDEPENDENT FEED BACK TO AN ROOM WITH GABLIN6 LABELED WITH ZONE LETTER. D. PROVIDE 1/2' CONDUIT RAGEWAY, CENTERED ON DOOR, TO EXTERIOR FOR SPEAKERS IN ZONE 'El. E. NO DIAGONAL WIRE RUNS IN OPEN AREAS; NO FREE HANGING WIRE ZONES: A = GOLF 5 = STORE CENTER - RIGHT MUSIC G = STORE CENTER - LEFT MUSIG D = GASH WRAP TV = EXTERIOR ENTRY MUSIC F = VESTIBULE MUSIC 6 = OFFIGE/STOCKROOM MUSIC SPEAKER LEGEND On I t F ZONE (A THROUGH 6) O CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER v\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ GENERAL NOTES: A. SEE DRAWING EIIO FOR DETAILS ON SPECIAL SYSTEMS. MDF NOTES: • PROVIDE SPEAKER CABLING FROM AV ROOM TO SPEAKERS • PROVIDE COAX CABLING FROM AV ROOM TO TV • MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK PAGING LEAD TO PHONE SYSTEM B. ALL T.V. EQUIPMENT, MONITORS, DVD PLAYERS, ETC, SHALL SE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN GENERAL CONTRACT BY DICKS NATIONAL AN ACCOUNT VENDOR. ELEGTRIGAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH AN ACCOUNT VENDOR G. ALL SPEAKER AND COAX FEEDS ALL GO TO AN ROOM. EACH ZONE TO HAVE INDEPENDENT FEED BACK TO AN ROOM WITH GABLIN6 LABELED WITH ZONE LETTER. D. PROVIDE 1/2' CONDUIT RAGEWAY, CENTERED ON DOOR, TO EXTERIOR FOR SPEAKERS IN ZONE 'El. E. NO DIAGONAL WIRE RUNS IN OPEN AREAS; NO FREE HANGING WIRE ZONES: A = GOLF 5 = STORE CENTER - RIGHT MUSIC G = STORE CENTER - LEFT MUSIG D = GASH WRAP TV = EXTERIOR ENTRY MUSIC F = VESTIBULE MUSIC 6 = OFFIGE/STOCKROOM MUSIC OUTDOOR REC GOLF STOCK ( 102 ) 55' LGD TV, PENDANT MTD. ZONE 'A" ZONE "D" -- -- SPRINKLER RECEIVED CITY OF -r ua �+%J LA FEB 282011 PERMIT CENTER Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15/22.00 0 0 (7 Z cc 0 a W m o o• C m . C o t « 0 0 Wc E c� 0 oma• o0 c m � 62.2 `o O`000t-9 _ — C at c—•' m 1- 0 0 ti do t, 0 fnoo. Cm ` o 000. a ac- r c aro.. 0Cc gym=0 W0▪ 0;7.2. -°c O mv 0 2 QJ 'a m • C 0 >. v e= C 9 m a _. o to •.� O C c ov m��=a doom• 0 0 Cr)o 0 0 `o ... :8; v , 1~ �Ooo4o •o o o n O 0 ji 0 ' • 0 0.c 0 v o o ° 0 ogoo,2° O • • o_ - o0• 0 C W•= o - e—N.0 Y .• 6'2 c, `o c 3 m c 3 0 .c 0 m 0. fY]<00•GN J CC 1- v CC Z M 14— 0 co W OcD J O W pv CCQ Z W zmn I ■ . II ■■ z... m ._ ■.F. • • ■ _■._,_ ■ ..0—tom.■ — ■..M■ m • .m.. woo at m= 48' LGD TV, PENDANT MTD. TYP. 1 I SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 3/52" = 11-0" CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V osd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. SEpARArc nt QU!RlaVAL HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN E10.0 SPEAKER LEGEND On I SPEAKER # IN ZONE F ZONE (A THROUGH 6) O CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER CNF, WEATHER PROOF CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER O SPEAKER MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF JOIST O VOLUME CONTROL SPEAKER, CEILING MOUNT HORN SPEAKER $v VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH OUTDOOR REC GOLF STOCK ( 102 ) 55' LGD TV, PENDANT MTD. ZONE 'A" ZONE "D" -- -- SPRINKLER RECEIVED CITY OF -r ua �+%J LA FEB 282011 PERMIT CENTER Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: TLS Project No.: 15/22.00 0 0 (7 Z cc 0 a W m o o• C m . C o t « 0 0 Wc E c� 0 oma• o0 c m � 62.2 `o O`000t-9 _ — C at c—•' m 1- 0 0 ti do t, 0 fnoo. Cm ` o 000. a ac- r c aro.. 0Cc gym=0 W0▪ 0;7.2. -°c O mv 0 2 QJ 'a m • C 0 >. v e= C 9 m a _. o to •.� O C c ov m��=a doom• 0 0 Cr)o 0 0 `o ... :8; v , 1~ �Ooo4o •o o o n O 0 ji 0 ' • 0 0.c 0 v o o ° 0 ogoo,2° O • • o_ - o0• 0 C W•= o - e—N.0 Y .• 6'2 c, `o c 3 m c 3 0 .c 0 m 0. fY]<00•GN J CC 1- v CC Z M 14— 0 co W OcD J O W pv CCQ Z W zmn I ■ . II ■■ z... m ._ ■.F. • • ■ _■._,_ ■ ..0—tom.■ — ■..M■ m • .m.. woo at m= 48' LGD TV, PENDANT MTD. TYP. 1 I SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 3/52" = 11-0" CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V osd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. SEpARArc nt QU!RlaVAL HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN E10.0 1 Ci'IES H-20-11 .1 N cv LOCAL ANTENNA (IF REQ.) SATELLITE DISH J /'Zk 1 t 1 \ ` L J /% 1----% / I���SJ 1 1 / 1 iiT 7 [1 1 NOT USED ill 111 --- L--- 1 MULTI SWITGH SCALE: N.T.S. ROOF PENETRATION ABOVE FOR E UIPME4T RACKS FOR SAT. GABLE MAIN RACK r � 1---: GOLF 5AT REG. I---IrC7 r_ DVD, L j PLAYNETWORKS L AUDIO PLAYER r u --I CASITY�v'AP 5AT REG. 1---iT= r- DV� L J 1_ ,91 -11 VIDEO SPLIT F--'- L_J r TO PRIVIB'4 MONITOR r ----T r -1SPLIT 1. TO PREVIEW MONITOR 4 r a GOLF PENDANT MOUNTED 55'LCD TV r----1 j GASH WRAPS 11 11 PENDANT maxim, LL=T_ 41 48'LGDTV J VIDEO SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION SCALE: N.T.S. 2 NOT USED PLAYNETWORKS AUDIO PLAYER SCALE: N.T.S. TEL/PAGE r 00000000 0o MIXER 00000000 0 0o AMPLIFIER 0 0o AMPLIFIER 00000000 0 0o AMPLIFIER 1- 00000000 0 0o AMPLIFIER L 00000000 0 0o AMPLIFIER 5 SUSPENDED SPEAKER SPEAKER SUSPENDED SPEAKER SUSPENDED SPEAKER SUSPENDED SPEAKER SUSPENDED SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL SPEAKER PAGING HORN GOLF DEPARTMENT (ZONE A) STORE CENTER RIGHT (ZONE 5) STORE CENTER LEFT (ZONE 0) GAS4-HAP (ZONE D) EXTERIOR ENTRY (ZONE 5) VESTIBULE`. (ZONE F) STOCK/OFFICES (ZONE 6) COAXIAL CABLE: 1. ALL COAXIAL GABLES MUST BE INSTALLED FREE OF ANY SPLICES, KINKS, SHARP BENDS, OR PINCHED IN ANY FORM. 2. ALL COAXIAL GABLES IN RACK LOCATIONS MUST HAVE 15' OF SERVICE I..ENTH. 3. ALL COAXIAL GABLES IN RACK LOCATIONS MUST BE LABELED WITH CORRESPONDING CABLE LETTER/NUMBER. 4. ALL COAXIAL GABLES MUST BE INSTALLED IN WALLS AT RACK LOCATIONS OR IN APPROPRIATE FIXTURE. 5. IN OPEN CEILING LOCATIONS, COAXIAL GABLES MUST 13E INSTALLED IN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO 'RED IRON' OR STRUCTURE AND CONCEALED A5 YELL A5 POSSIBLE. 6. NO COAXIAL GABLES GAN BE INSTALLED PARALLEL, WITHIN ONE FOOT, OF ANY POWER CONDUIT. PHONE/PAGE WIRE: I. PHONE/PAGE GABLE MST BE INSTALLED FREE OF ANY SPLICES, KINKS, SHARP BENDS, OR PINCHED IN ANY FORM. 2. PHOT /PAGE GABLE MUST BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO 'RED IRON' OR STRUCTURE, AND CONGEALED A5 P EL A5 POSSIBLE IN OPEN CEILING AREAS. 3. ALL PHONE/PAGE GABLE IN RACK LOCATION MUST HAVE 15' SERVICE LENGTH. 4. ALL PHONE/PAGE GABLE MUST BE INSTALLED IN WALLS AT RACK LOCATIONS. 5. ALL PHONE/PAGE GABLE MUST BE LABELED WITH CORRESPONDING GABLE LETT 6. NO PHONE/PAGE GABLE GAN BE INSTALLED PARALLEL, WITHIN ONE FOOT, OF ANY POWER CONDUIT. SPEAKER CABLE: 1. ALL SPEAKER GABLES MUST BE INSTALLED FREE OF ANY KINKS, SHARP BENDS, OR PINCHED IN ANY FORM. 2. ALL SPEAKER GABLE MUST BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO 'RED IRON' OR STRUCTURE, AND CONGEALED A5 WELL A5 POSSIBLE IN OPEN CEILING AREAS. 3. ALL SPEAKER GABLES IN RACK LOCATIONS MUST HAVE 15' SERVICE LENGTH. 4. ALL SPEAKER GABLES MUST BE INSTALLED IN WALL OR CONDUIT AT RACK LOCATIONS. 5. ALL SPEAKER GABLES MUST BE LABELED WITH CORRESPONDING GABLE LETTER/TIMBER. 6. NO SPEAKER GABLE GAN BE INSTALLED PARALLEL, WITHIN ONE FOOT, OF ANY POWER CONDUIT. 1. AT ALL SPEAKER LOCATIONS A FOUR FOOT INSTALLATION LOOP MUST BE LEFT FROM THE HEIGHT AT L fIGH THE SPEAKER 15 TO BE INSTAL I F17. S. AT THE END OF GABLE RUNS, ONLY TWO FEET OF GABLE MUST BE LEFT BELOW SPEAKER INSTALLATION HEIGHT. ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE INPUT TO SILENCE 50111117 SYSTEM ON SIGNAL FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR 2. ALL AN EQUIPMENT REQUIRE STABLE CLEAN POWER. IN AREAS II -ERE THE POWER 15 NOT GLEAN, POWER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER DIVISION 16. 3. POWER FOR THE E JIPMENT RACK AND THE VIDEO WALL SYSTEMS SHALL EACH BE DEDICATED CIRCUITS. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NOTED ON DRAWING E-2. ALL POWER RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED 50 A5 TO BE ACCESSIBLE AFTER EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED, WITHOUT MOVING EQUIPMENT. 4. DICKS AV VENDOR #5 SHALL FURNISH THE ACM -3045F FLANGE AND STABILIZER KIT FOR INSTALLATION BY THE EG. THE EG SHALL PROVIDE A 15' ID BLACK STEL . PIPE CUT TO LENGTH, THREADED, AND PAINTED BLACK, REFER TO ELEGTRIGAL DETAILS PLAN FOR DIMENSIONS AFF. A SINGLE GANG POWER RECEPTACLE SHALL BE FASTENED TO 'THE BACK OF ALL CEILING MOUNTS (BEHIND MONITOR). 5. THE STORE PHONE SYSTEM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A PAGING MODULE THAT WILL PROVIDE A PAGING INPUT FOR THE EQUIPMENT RACK. PAGING LINE SHALL BE TERMINATED BY THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER IN A SINGLE RJ -II JACK. THE JACK SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 2'O' OF THE AN CONDUITS/OUTLETS OF THE AN EQUIPMENT RACK LOCATION. 6. A SINGLE 15' CONDUIT SHALL BE 51UBBED OUT ON THE ROOF WITHIN 6' OF THE SATELLITE DISH AND ANTENNA LOCATION. LOCATION SHALL PROVIDE CLEAR 50UTHERN EXPOSURE. THE CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED DIRECTLY BEHIND THE MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK ADJACENT TO ITEM 1 BELOW THERE SHALL BE A WEATHERED HEAD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE EG UNDER DIVISION 16. 7. A SINGLE 3' CONDUIT SHALL BE 51UBBED OUT DIRECTLY BEHIND 11-15 EQUIPMENT RACK. THE CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED HORIZONTALLY AT THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. THERE SHALL BE A SUSHI S ON EACH END OF THE CONDUIT. S. VENDOR #13 SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL AN GABLES. GABLES SHALL BE LEFT UN -TERMINATED AT RACK WITH 15' SERVICE LENGTH. cl. VENDOR #I3 SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND TERMINATE ALL SPEAKERS. 10. 6C TO ACCEPT DELIVERY AND MAKE APPROPRIATE SECURE STORAGE ARRANGEMENTS FOR ALL AN EQUIPMENT. 3 WIRING METHOD NOTES SCALE: N.T.S. MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK PREVI151 MONITOR VIDEO SELECTOR GOLF SATELLITE RECEIVER GOLF DVD GASHWRAP SATELLITE RECEIVER GASHNRAP DVD POWER STRIP GOLF GASHWRAP VOLUME E4TRCO P I ENTRANCE PLAYNETWORKS AUDIO PLAYER OFFIC:/STOCK AMP STORE CENTER MIX STORE CENTER AMP O O 110 AG DEDICATED PHONE JACK FOR 055 PAGING SEND FROM PHONE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT CABINET NOTES: A. FLOOR STANDING EQUI CX WITh L.00XNA FRONT DOORS AND CASTORS. brj. 003D AUDIO SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION SCALE: N.T.S. INSTALLED BY VENDOR #13 r N O Design and construction documents es Instruments of service are given In confidence and remain the property of Hersohman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Hersohman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2017 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • O • • • • 0 • • • Drawn By: TLB Project No.: 15/22.00 N 0 0 c� c� z cc 0 a U) aoQ0 ti m ow00o0 w c o c� Lvo. o0 c 0 !r o«o1m-0 `oo0m I00 1- v - `0 •e To c- • ♦-a0ctlo •- O 00 C o _oco c 0 0 0 0 cOOq.. v c • c o w0 -o O rg J O` E L O �. m • c - v c= - cv •0 10 m0 c co- noomm • ov o J 0 ▪ � C � O C • C t • 'J m O 3.... TL 03 co 0 � c O0 0 .. Wim' I- m a 0 Eo • mcoo o o0c.c0 v o 0 0 c)500°' o= 2 0 m 00_or _Ia c c 0 0 v m 0 c o - E-0m�� C 05 o s' - 00 0 c .- 1. < m< O 0 0. 0 0 0 0 c RECEIVED CITY OFTUaKW -A FEB 28 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCE AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL ELECTR CAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D RISK CATEGORY - 11 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le - 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds - 0.972, Sd1 - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 SEPARATE, PERMIT AND APPROVAL CjS iii ED HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com SPECIAL SYSTEMS DIAGRAMS & NOTES NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. E11.0 DWG Name: G:\Jobs\Ha\DSGs\5.0 Prototype\20110113-Issue\11330_EMOI.O-York.dwg Updated By: mdavis Jan 11, 2011 GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A. DICK'S CLOTHING 8c SPORTING GOODS HAS A NATIONAL AGREEMENT WITH NOVAR NATIONAL ACCOUNTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL NOVAR "OPUS" ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. FOR PRICING AND QUOTATION OF MATERIALS AND CHECK OUT, CONTACT: NOVAR CONTROLS, NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REBECCA WILDING OR CODY HATCH PHONE 216 682 1600, FAX 216 682 1613 B. NOVAR SYSTEM CANNOT BE STARTED UP UNTIL THE EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST HAS BEEN COMPLETED. TO SCHEDULE THE START UP OF THE NOVAR SYSTEM CONTACT: NOVAR CONTROLS OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT REBECCA WILDING OR CODY HATCH PHONE 216 682 1600, FAX 216 682 1613 C. TO VERIFY DATES FOR PHONE SYSTEM OR BURGLAR ALARM INSTALLATION CONTACT: DICK'S SPORTING GOODS SITE SPECIFIC PROJECT MANAGER D. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS TO HAVE ROOFTOP UNIT EQUIPMENT WITH SENSORS, HEATERS WITH THERMOSTATS AND FANS WITH THERMOSTATS INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION OF THE NOVAR SYSTEM. E. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH DICK'S SPORTING GOODS TO HAVE A WORKING ETHERNET MOUNTED ON THE 4'-0" x 4'-0" PLYWOOD PANEL. PRIOR TO NOVAR'S START UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES. NOVAR ACCOUNT SPECIFICATION F. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE SECURITY SECOND OUTPUT CONTRACTORS TO ENSURE CONTACTS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AND ARE OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO NOVAR'S START UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES. G. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE AVAILABLE A MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE ON SITE AND AVAILABLE DURING THE NOVAR START UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES. H. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH NOVAR CONTROLS FOR NOVAR'S EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST, START UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES. I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH NOVAR FOR EQUIPMENT SHIPMENT AND START UP. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE NOVAR SYSTEM INSTALLATION AS DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE/BELOW SECTIONS OF THESE NOTES. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THAT THE WORK OF ALL TRADES ARE COMPLETE PRIOR TO NOVAR'S START—UP. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE TO LOCATE AND STORE THE NOVAR SUPPLIED MATERIALS FOR THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM UNTIL THEY ARE READY FOR INSTALLATION. COMPLETE THE CHECK LIST ON THIS PAGE. J. NOVAR CONTROLS PRICING IS BASED UPON ONE START UP ATTEMPT. IF ADDITIONAL START UP ATTEMPTS ARE REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION AND COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, NOVAR CONTROLS WILL CHARGE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE ADDITIONAL TRIPS. THESE CHARGES CAN BE SIGNIFICANT, THEREFORE, IT IS IMPERATIVE TO COORDINATE RESPONSIBILITIES AND VERIFY COMPLETION PRIOR TO SCHEDULING NOVAR TO THE JOB SITE. A NOVAR EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST SHALL BE PROVIDED. LIGHTING SYSTEM CHECK NOTES: NOVAR AND DICK'S SPORTI NG GOODS (D56s) PROJECT MANAGER (PM) SHALL VERIFY LIGHTING SPLITS AT TIME OF -URNOVER. THE D56s PM SHALL SEND THE NOVAR PM, CODY HATCH, AN EMAIL AT LEAST 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE TO SET UP THE GALL BACK. ANYTHING LESS THAN 24 HOURS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AND MUST BE RESCHEDULED. AFTER THE EMAIL HAS BEEN RECEIVED, AN AVAILABLE NOVAR TECH WILL GALL THE CONTACT PERSON DESIGNATED BY THE D565 PM (D56s PM OR STORE MANAGER) AND CYCLE LIGHTING VIA THE NOVAR SYSTEM. THE EMAIL MUST CONTAIN THE STORE NUMBER, CITY, STATE, CONTACT PERSON AND PHONE NUMBER. ALL GALLS MUST BE ROUTED THROUGH THE NOVAR PM. TECH SUPPORT MANAGER GALLS DIRECTLY TO NOVAR TECHS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ANY QUESTIONS GAN BE SENT TO THE NOVAR PM OR ACCOUNT MANAGER TO BE ANSWERED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A. B. C. D. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH SENSORS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS AND WALL THERMOSTATS FOR HEATERS AND FANS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO HAVE ALL ROOFTOP UNITS, FANS AND HEATERS OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS, AND FANS). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A. B. C. ELECTRIC CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUIT, WIRE, CABLES AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL NOVAR ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE ALL SENSORS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 2, 120V DEDICATED CIRCUITS. FOR "EMS -1 & EMS -2". D. ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED TO SQUARE D BY NOVAR WILL BE INSTALLED AND WIRED BY SQUARE D IN THE SQUARE D PANEL: SEE "PROVIDED BY NOVAR TO SQUARE D" TABLE BELOW: E. ITEMS TO BE PURCHASED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED MOUNTED AND TERMINATED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: SEE "FIELD INSTALLED EQUIPMENT" TABLE BELOW: F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WALL THERMOSTATS FOR HEATERS AND FANS FROM MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR UNITS NOT CONTROLLED BY NOVAR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE THERMOSTATS. G. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS, AND FANS). H. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY CABLE NEEDED TO LINK SLAVE SQUARE—D PANELS TO THE MASTER SQUARE—D PANEL. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: A. THE EMS SYSTEM SHALL BE THE NOVAR "OPUS" SYSTEM PROVIDED BY NOVAR NATIONAL ACCOUNTS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. WARRANTY: A. NOVAR TO PROVIDE A FULL PARTS WARRANTY FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE START UP DATE AT NO CHARGE TO THE OWNER FOR ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY NOVAR. JOB: STORE: CITY:: ST: DATE: DIRECTIONS: Please complete the following checklist, (yes or no with completion date) and email it to Cody Hatch and Rebecca Wilding (Codv.Hatch@novar_coin Rebecca'.Wildingenovar.conl) if you are unable to emaiL fax to Rebecca Wilding at (330) 247-9415. Call Cody Hatch at (216) 682-.1482 to discuss status and scheduling of the startup of the Novar EMS. Novar requires 2weeks to schedule the site visit. Items that are not complete at the time this form is completed. should. be marked with the completion date; all Reins must be complete prior to Novar's arrival on site. NOTE: Do NOT jump out the RTU's: it not necessary_ Units will operate from factory return air sensors (it will internally switch to a connected Space Temperature Sensor) andthen turn the units on, this willcause the RTU's to operate on setpoints of 74 for Cooling and 70 for Heat. All of the above itemsare complete and we want to schedule Novar on. site for startup the week of -*► NOTE: If Novar is unable to complete the startup during this. site visit, an. extra Trip charge will apply and ultimately be the responsibility of the General Contractor per the direction of Dick's Sporting Goods. Extra trip charges MUST be pre -paid in advanceat a minimum charge of $2,000.00 USD per visit; actual amount to be determined at time of additional trip request.: Deficiencies not cleared may require additional trips starting at the same minimum, charge mentioned above. All deficiencies. are expected to be resolved one week prior to soft opening. PM. Name, GC Name EC Name MC Name. PM. Signature. GC Signature. EC Signature: MC Signature MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS) . Hover 6060 Rockside Woods Blvd. Cleveland, OH 44131 216.682.1600 www.novar.com LEGEND ® NOTE—THIS SHEET DEVICE CATEGORY ODETAIL: DEVICE ID NUMBER OVER DEVICE CATEGORY NUMBER O WIRE ID • DESIGNATED WIRE SPLICE SECURED SPARE CONDUCTOR FOR FUTURE USE WIRE/CABLE TYPES ALL TYPES MAY NOT APPLY. O22/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND A * BELDON 8761 O22/3 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * WINDY CITY 004330 O 18/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * HONEYWELL 3322 O 18/9 AWG STRANDED CABLE PLENUM RATED OE LINE VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT OF 20/2 AWG SHIELDED AND 18/2 AWG, * BELDEN 9155 O 12 TO 18 AWG STRANDED WIRE * THHN. * OR EQUIVALENT. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING REQUIREMENTS: 1. WIRE SPLICES ARE UNACCEPTABLE. 2. THE COMMUNICATIONS BUSS WILL BE TERMINATED AT THE CONTROLLER. 3. INSTALLED NEATLY AND CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 4. SLEEVED IN CONDUIT UP TO CEILING OR BAR JOIST. FOR QUESTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, GALL THE PROJECT MANAGER, CODY HATCH AT 800-348-1235. THE EM DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTACT NOVAR CONTROLS FOR PRICING AND QUOTATIONS OF MATERIALS AND CHECK OUT, INCLUDING PREPARATION OF SITE SPECIFIC EM DRAWINGS FOR THIS PROJECT. 2 2 2 2 1 RS -485: 2 3 4 5 NovarNet (To LSE). BACnet BACnet (LCD Dedicated) Modbus RTU (Sq -D Powerlink). RS -485 Prop.. RS -485 1 1 6 Modbus (E -Mon Metering) RS -485 Prop. RS -485 RS -485 2 1 3 1 Customer 2 1 Notes: 1./ 2. Reference Novar Powerwail hardware: installation drawings. 2 3 1 Outdoor Temperature 4-20 MA -40-120 F 3 2 3 4 Outdoor Humidity 4-20 MA 0-100% 3: Outdoor Photocell 4-20 MA 0-300 FC Indoor Photocell -1 4-20 MA 0-100 FC 5 6 Indoor Photocell -2 Receiving Temperature 3 5 6 6 5 1 5 2 ADR (Utility) Phase Loss Dry Pulse Dry On/Off 3 3 1 Receiving Unit`Heater 24 VAC. On/Off 7 2 Reserved 24 VAC Ort/Off 3 Reserved 24 VAC 1 On/otf 4 Reserved 24 VAC On/Off 5 Reserved' 6 1 Reserved nalog 0.i Light Dimming -3 24 VAC On/Off 24 VAC 1 On/Off 0-10. VDC 0-100% 1 4 2 Notes: 1. Fail closed. 2.: Reserved for CA. Title -24 primary sidelight dimming zone. Controls Minto -2 AO -I. 3 Reserved for CA. Title -24 secondary sidelight dimming zone. Controls Minio-2 AO -1 4. Reserved for CA. Title -24. Sales floor Fixed dimming level. Controlled by customer occupancy schedule. 5. Reference Novar Powerwall hardware installation drawings. 1 1 2 1 Display Window-1.Temperature 4-20 MA 1 20-120 F 6 2 5 Display Window -2 Temperature Data / AV Room TertperatUre Setpoint Feedback -Dim -3 Setpoint Feedback Dim -;1 4-20 MA 4-20 MA. 0-10 VDC 0-10 VDC 20-120 F 20-120 F 0-100% 0-1001: 6 6. 4 4 .2 .6 Setpoints Feedback Dirn-2 Security Panel Contact 0-10 VDC ;0-1004 Dry 1 On/Off 4 7' 2 ]. N/A 2 N/A 3 N/A 4 N/A Light Dimming -1 0--10 VDC I 0-100% 2 Light Dimming -2 0-10 VDC 0-100% 4 2 2 Notes: I. As -required. 2: Reserved for CA: Title -24 primary dimming :zones, a 11: a 1 780652000 4 712003000 4 732900000 1 XCM-LCD-C Outdoor Sensor Assembly (OSA) w/Veris Humidity Sensor, ALS -300, OTS/2, with Mounting Bracket WTS-10 Zone Temperature Sensor, 20 to 120'F, High Profile (4-20mA) FTS -BPL Zone Temperature Sensor Mounting Plate XCM Override Panel, LCD Display, Color Screen Note: Space Combo Sensors, Temperature/Humidity/Co2 provided by York I' Heater; 1 712003000 1 732900000 1 50041364-001 WTS-10 Zone: Temperature Sensor, 20 to 120'F, High Profile (4-20mA) FTS -BPL Zone Temperature Sensor Mounting Plate RIBT2401B Hi/Low Separation SPDT 20A, 24 & 120VAC Coil n'. 3A 3*A MAST-1XOT LDIM.2 Indoor Photocell. 0-100 Foot candle, 4-20' MA Ballast Dimming Module (} Consult York O 33221001 O 709024000 18/3 or 22/3 AWG BACnet Cable, 1000' reel 18/2 Cable, 1000' reel Novar 18/9 AWG Stranded Cable, 500' reel, Plenum: Rated i Cali!` 1 XCM20-B-F-U-MB 2 737200000 1 PSH4OA 2 TR75VAOO4 1. E50-480800-RO2KIT XCIV120 Data Server, BACnet. MS/TP, Fox, User Interface, MODBUS RTU, 5 RS -485 MINIO Remote .Input/Output Module, 6 Ui, 2DI,6 DO, 2 AO Power Supply, 40VA,.120:24VAC, with convenience outlet Transformer, 75VA, 120/208/240/480:24 2 hubs + foot mount, Circuit Breaker Class 5000 KWH/ Demand Meter 800 Amp 277/480V, 3CT- MODBUS RTU + Ethernet D ri 00310 RECEIVED CITY OF T.sKWILA FEB 2 8 2037 PERMIT CENTER GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15722.00 SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds — 0.972, Sdl - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC SEPARATE PERMIT AVD APpRovAi VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. o773m -5-c2 L w C c m c U m O N U 2 O c _-m O o c m m Um L m C C O m C7 N 0 I- m -1 C N C 2 >. O < V .. c - M c J m —• m C U m O C O. to 0 C Y m 1 J m O m c 0,0 E m U L m ay yD 0 n O J Q cc 1- U cc Z co I— O co '^ V, o <W ZS2 c LL O Q O I— Oco —1O W < CIU Q Z EE W J Z m WA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com EMS NOTES (YORK RTUs) EM1.O Yes When. 1. Permanent power is installed to the building by the Electrical Contractor? 2 Has Natural Gas been supplied to the Rooftop Units and applicable Unit Heaters?. 3 All Lighting Panels, Lighting Circuits, Light Fixtures, Signs and Controllable "Smart" Breakers are installed. and Operational. 4 XCM.LCD is installed in the manager's office and (2) 18/2 shieldedcables have been run for the power and communications back to the Novar Opus. Panel. 5 All Rooftop. Units installed, powered and running? 6 Have. the WTS-10 sensors been installed in the display window(s) and receiving temperature sensors per EMS and Construction plans? 7 York wall .(zone), space Combo temperature/RH/Co2 sensor for each unit are mounted and wired to each RTU per the construction plans? 8 The Communication Cable is installed from the Novar Opus to the RTU closest to the Electric Room and then daisyy chained to all other RTU's and Air Curtain. 9 Reserved 10 The Outdoor Sensor Assembly has been mounted on 1 inch:rigid conduit on the .RTU closestto the. rear electric room. The OSA must face north: Do not mount the OSA near the condenser, Fan or the- Heat combustion exhaust. Weatherhead installed? 11 The Outdoor Humidity, Temperature and Light Sensors cables are installed and terminated at the sensor and Opus Controller, 12 HVAC startup, air balancing and equipment performance check has been completed by the Mechanical Contractor? 13 One Dedicated 120 volt circuit has been installed to the Novar. Opus Panel.. 14 The Watts Transducer is mounted, powered with a Three Pole 20 Amp Breaker in. the MDP and. the CT's are installed.. 15- The 2 cables for the Watts Transducer and Phase loss: are installed. 16 The Unit Heaters are controlled and operational with. the WTS-10 Sensor installed and wired. Are the .Relays wired and controlling the heaters? 17 Reserved 18 Ethernet hack and Cable are installed at. theNovar OPUS Controller location? 19 TI line is in place and fully fiinctional? 20 The Installation of all the Novar System is 100 percent complete asper the Novar CAD Drawing? All of the above itemsare complete and we want to schedule Novar on. site for startup the week of -*► NOTE: If Novar is unable to complete the startup during this. site visit, an. extra Trip charge will apply and ultimately be the responsibility of the General Contractor per the direction of Dick's Sporting Goods. Extra trip charges MUST be pre -paid in advanceat a minimum charge of $2,000.00 USD per visit; actual amount to be determined at time of additional trip request.: Deficiencies not cleared may require additional trips starting at the same minimum, charge mentioned above. All deficiencies. are expected to be resolved one week prior to soft opening. PM. Name, GC Name EC Name MC Name. PM. Signature. GC Signature. EC Signature: MC Signature MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS). MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RUN ALL TESTS TO PROVE THAT THE ROOFTOP UNITS ARE RUNNING CORRECTLY (CYCLING CORRECTLY, HEATING MODE, COOLING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE, ETC.) PRIOR TO NOVAR START UP AND TESTING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING FROM SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (ROOFTOP UNITS, HEATERS AND FANS) . Hover 6060 Rockside Woods Blvd. Cleveland, OH 44131 216.682.1600 www.novar.com LEGEND ® NOTE—THIS SHEET DEVICE CATEGORY ODETAIL: DEVICE ID NUMBER OVER DEVICE CATEGORY NUMBER O WIRE ID • DESIGNATED WIRE SPLICE SECURED SPARE CONDUCTOR FOR FUTURE USE WIRE/CABLE TYPES ALL TYPES MAY NOT APPLY. O22/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND A * BELDON 8761 O22/3 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * WINDY CITY 004330 O 18/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * HONEYWELL 3322 O 18/9 AWG STRANDED CABLE PLENUM RATED OE LINE VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT OF 20/2 AWG SHIELDED AND 18/2 AWG, * BELDEN 9155 O 12 TO 18 AWG STRANDED WIRE * THHN. * OR EQUIVALENT. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING REQUIREMENTS: 1. WIRE SPLICES ARE UNACCEPTABLE. 2. THE COMMUNICATIONS BUSS WILL BE TERMINATED AT THE CONTROLLER. 3. INSTALLED NEATLY AND CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 4. SLEEVED IN CONDUIT UP TO CEILING OR BAR JOIST. FOR QUESTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, GALL THE PROJECT MANAGER, CODY HATCH AT 800-348-1235. THE EM DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTACT NOVAR CONTROLS FOR PRICING AND QUOTATIONS OF MATERIALS AND CHECK OUT, INCLUDING PREPARATION OF SITE SPECIFIC EM DRAWINGS FOR THIS PROJECT. 2 2 2 2 1 RS -485: 2 3 4 5 NovarNet (To LSE). BACnet BACnet (LCD Dedicated) Modbus RTU (Sq -D Powerlink). RS -485 Prop.. RS -485 1 1 6 Modbus (E -Mon Metering) RS -485 Prop. RS -485 RS -485 2 1 3 1 Customer 2 1 Notes: 1./ 2. Reference Novar Powerwail hardware: installation drawings. 2 3 1 Outdoor Temperature 4-20 MA -40-120 F 3 2 3 4 Outdoor Humidity 4-20 MA 0-100% 3: Outdoor Photocell 4-20 MA 0-300 FC Indoor Photocell -1 4-20 MA 0-100 FC 5 6 Indoor Photocell -2 Receiving Temperature 3 5 6 6 5 1 5 2 ADR (Utility) Phase Loss Dry Pulse Dry On/Off 3 3 1 Receiving Unit`Heater 24 VAC. On/Off 7 2 Reserved 24 VAC Ort/Off 3 Reserved 24 VAC 1 On/otf 4 Reserved 24 VAC On/Off 5 Reserved' 6 1 Reserved nalog 0.i Light Dimming -3 24 VAC On/Off 24 VAC 1 On/Off 0-10. VDC 0-100% 1 4 2 Notes: 1. Fail closed. 2.: Reserved for CA. Title -24 primary sidelight dimming zone. Controls Minto -2 AO -I. 3 Reserved for CA. Title -24 secondary sidelight dimming zone. Controls Minio-2 AO -1 4. Reserved for CA. Title -24. Sales floor Fixed dimming level. Controlled by customer occupancy schedule. 5. Reference Novar Powerwall hardware installation drawings. 1 1 2 1 Display Window-1.Temperature 4-20 MA 1 20-120 F 6 2 5 Display Window -2 Temperature Data / AV Room TertperatUre Setpoint Feedback -Dim -3 Setpoint Feedback Dim -;1 4-20 MA 4-20 MA. 0-10 VDC 0-10 VDC 20-120 F 20-120 F 0-100% 0-1001: 6 6. 4 4 .2 .6 Setpoints Feedback Dirn-2 Security Panel Contact 0-10 VDC ;0-1004 Dry 1 On/Off 4 7' 2 ]. N/A 2 N/A 3 N/A 4 N/A Light Dimming -1 0--10 VDC I 0-100% 2 Light Dimming -2 0-10 VDC 0-100% 4 2 2 Notes: I. As -required. 2: Reserved for CA: Title -24 primary dimming :zones, a 11: a 1 780652000 4 712003000 4 732900000 1 XCM-LCD-C Outdoor Sensor Assembly (OSA) w/Veris Humidity Sensor, ALS -300, OTS/2, with Mounting Bracket WTS-10 Zone Temperature Sensor, 20 to 120'F, High Profile (4-20mA) FTS -BPL Zone Temperature Sensor Mounting Plate XCM Override Panel, LCD Display, Color Screen Note: Space Combo Sensors, Temperature/Humidity/Co2 provided by York I' Heater; 1 712003000 1 732900000 1 50041364-001 WTS-10 Zone: Temperature Sensor, 20 to 120'F, High Profile (4-20mA) FTS -BPL Zone Temperature Sensor Mounting Plate RIBT2401B Hi/Low Separation SPDT 20A, 24 & 120VAC Coil n'. 3A 3*A MAST-1XOT LDIM.2 Indoor Photocell. 0-100 Foot candle, 4-20' MA Ballast Dimming Module (} Consult York O 33221001 O 709024000 18/3 or 22/3 AWG BACnet Cable, 1000' reel 18/2 Cable, 1000' reel Novar 18/9 AWG Stranded Cable, 500' reel, Plenum: Rated i Cali!` 1 XCM20-B-F-U-MB 2 737200000 1 PSH4OA 2 TR75VAOO4 1. E50-480800-RO2KIT XCIV120 Data Server, BACnet. MS/TP, Fox, User Interface, MODBUS RTU, 5 RS -485 MINIO Remote .Input/Output Module, 6 Ui, 2DI,6 DO, 2 AO Power Supply, 40VA,.120:24VAC, with convenience outlet Transformer, 75VA, 120/208/240/480:24 2 hubs + foot mount, Circuit Breaker Class 5000 KWH/ Demand Meter 800 Amp 277/480V, 3CT- MODBUS RTU + Ethernet D ri 00310 RECEIVED CITY OF T.sKWILA FEB 2 8 2037 PERMIT CENTER GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Drawn By: HDF Project No.: 15722.00 SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds — 0.972, Sdl - 0.544 SITE CLASS - D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 S1 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 NOTE: A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC SEPARATE PERMIT AVD APpRovAi VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. o773m -5-c2 L w C c m c U m O N U 2 O c _-m O o c m m Um L m C C O m C7 N 0 I- m -1 C N C 2 >. O < V .. c - M c J m —• m C U m O C O. to 0 C Y m 1 J m O m c 0,0 E m U L m ay yD 0 n O J Q cc 1- U cc Z co I— O co '^ V, o <W ZS2 c LL O Q O I— Oco —1O W < CIU Q Z EE W J Z m WA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com EMS NOTES (YORK RTUs) EM1.O • i® 1 ' s� NOVAR INSTALLATION DETAILS 16 GA. 2/C CABLES MINIMUM 1" CONDUIT NOVAR OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY ATTACHED TO RTU NEAREST POWERWALL NOVAR OUTDOOR PHOTO -CELL NOVAR HUMIDRY SENSOR NOVAR OTS -2 TEMP SENSOR L J BACNET NETWORK DISPLAY WINDOW -2 TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED DISPLAY WINDOW -1 TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED DATA/AV TEMPERATURE SENSOR _ _ _SECURITY PANEL I • t" CONTACT IRECEMNG r TEMPERATURE I SENSOR II ij JUNIT HEATER (CONTROL RELAY I I INDOOR • — • — • PHOTOCELL -2 AS REQUIRED I I INDOOR PHOTOCELL -1 I • I� AS REQUIRED 1 II YORK (JCI) ROOFTOP UNITS. CONSULT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR EXACT TYPES AND QUANTITIES. RTU -1 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET THE COMMUNICATION SEQUENCE DEPICTED IS NOT SITE SPECIFIC. FIELD DETERMINE UNIT SEQUENCE AND DOCUMENT. RTU -6 tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 RTU -2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET RTU -7 tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET _.._.._.._..J \_.. UGHT DIMMING CONTROL AS REQUIRED tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 MANAGER OFFICE REMOTE LCD • DEDICATED BACNET NETWORK 24VAC• POWER A 0 JUNCTION BOX 0 0 novar O DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES DIMMABLE UGHT FIXTURES SQUARE -D POWERWALL ENCLOSURE (FACTORY INSTALLED NOVAR COMPONENTS) SECTION -1 SECTION -2 TO ADDITIONAL FIXTURES AS REQUIRED RTU -3 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET RTU -8 tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET _..J \. SECTION -3 L MINIO-1 MINI0-2 DIMMING MODULES AS REQUIRED NOVAR CLASS FANNEL. CTT s000 METER LY_Y SJ I_l LIII I ADR • i® 1 ' :. • i® 1 ' I. NETWORK BLAS FIELD INSTALLED AS REQUIRED SG -785 (DEC PS5R-SC24 1 L J 7 SQUARE -D POWERUNK PANEL (PANELBOARD-A) SQUARE -D POWERUNK PANELS (PANELBOARD-F) T 1 SQUARE -D POWERUNK PANELS (PANEIB(RD-C) J tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 RTU -4 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET RTU -9 tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET J\. RTU -11 tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 I bold I R7 -45I L JACKS \ / ELECTRICAL/DATA ROOM RTU -5 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET RTU -10 UNIT UCB CONTROL BOARD BACNET tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 1-4 Li ROUTER/SWITCH CUSTOMER ETHERNET NETWORK CONNECTION NOT TO EXCEED 200 FT TO ANY DEVICE. tSENSE COMBO SPACE SENSOR TEMP/RH/CO2 T FIELD WIRING FACTORY WIRING Lz zcc CZ W J 0 0 Z Z :0 Olyl —L W:CC CO I TO J:= 0 W o02 m W 0 S S 1 1- S S SQUARE -D POWERWALL FIELD TERMINATION STRIP L J 0,YORK INTERFACE & FIELD TERMINATION r i W1 W2 Y1 G '12 occ X R SD C 111 ST COM SSO ISATI IRAT I I° 1 TB2 OD BACNET CARD P/It SE-COM1001 UNIT POWER MUST BE OFF WHEN FUD INSTALLING CARD B S BX 01 1 SERIAL -IN •J UCB CONTROL BD. L EXCERPT BLK orap—' O PRS VIO (RH) 1 ECB CONTROL BD. EXCERPT FR. BLDG 24V OAH COMI 24V SAH COMI 24V LAC) COMI24VG 0A4 COMI 24V R COMI 24V PRES COM L11111111y1111111111 0 O J ORG/GRN/WHT 10 TEMP/RH/CO2 COMBO SENSOR PN: tSENSE (DISP) T RH RL PROVIDED BY YORK BLANK COVER YEL BLU BLK VIO BRN BLK RED 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (G+PINI) 12VDC/19-28VAC (NC_NTC) TEMP 10K TIO (COM) (NO -NTC) TEMP (4858) (-) (485JL) (+) (AGND) RH/CO2 COMMON (AN3) RH (AN2) (AN1) CO2 (GO) COMMON MANAGER'S OFFICE REMOTE LCD DISPLAY P/N: XCM-LCD-C INSTALL AT 48" AFF. NOT USED 24 VAC NOT USED 24 VAC NOT USED B (-) SHLD A (+) Tar [4 [(.1 novar OREMOTE LCD WHT BLK BLK_ SHLD WHT • -.n NOTE: OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY. SENSORS TO BE ORIENTED TO FACE NORTH. MOUNT ON MINIMUM 1" RIGID CONDUIT. USE STRAP AT TOP OF UNIT AND LB AT BOTTOM OF UNIT. FIELD DOCUMENT RTU ID SENSOR IS MOUNTED ON. ® OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY \ \\ NOVAR OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY PN: 780652000 I HUMIDITY I SENSOR L WEATHERHEAD GRAY Y_Y CABLE THIS SIDE FACING NORTH O TEMPERATURE SENSOR BLUE CABLE 000 O0 0 0 ANALOG LIGHT 0 SENSOR 0 1" RIGID CONDUIT DOWN TO LB. ROUTE CABLES THROUGH MASTHEAD/CONDUIT. YELLOW CABLE 000 = m N 3 m y • • • • • CC 10 y O m> m 3 • e BRN/GRN je L 4X4 BELL BOX BELOW ROOFUNE 7 LIGHTING DIMMING BALLAST (+) WD (-) GRY INPUT WHT BLK LIGHTING DIMMING BALLAST (+) vl0 (-) GRY INPUT • UGHTINO DIMMING BALLAST (+) VIO (-) GRY INPUT • WHT UGHDNG DMAIRG BAUAST (+) VIO (-) GRT INPUT PARALLEL POWER TO MODULES 2 & 3 AS REQUIRED KELE LDIM2 DIMMING MODULE -1 . —WHT CO [I] [II] INIII •1 O ►J WHT BLK �1 SETPOINT PWM INPUT SETPOINT PWM INPUT 24 VDC LOOP POWER IN LIGHT OUTPUT FEEDBACK MA SETPOINT FEEDBACK MA 2-10 VDC SETPOINT INPUT 24 VAC POWER 24 VAC (COMMON) STATUS FBK PWR SWITING DIP SWITCH SUMS'S MAXIMUM OF 250 FIXTURES 0 2MA EACH FUSE BALLAST OUTPUT (+)10 (-) 1 CD 16 GA 2/0 CABLE WHT BLK ® LIGHT DIMMING. AS REQUIRED. I I • INDOOR ANALOG UGHT SENSOR. 4-20 MA 0-100FC P/N: MASI-1XOT. 0-200FC P/N: MASI-2XOT. INSTALL CENTRALLY. 6 FEET BACK FROM STORE FRONT GLASS. ® INDOOR PHOTOCELL. AS REQUIRED. z Z OCCuj � T=- Z ow O I- ETHERNET FIELD WIRING FACTORY WIRING OFIELD TERMINATION STRIP b z > O TYPICAL OF UP TO FOUR SENSORS WTS-10 SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR. P/N: 712003000 BASEPLATE P/N: 732900000 TAIL IS NOT A SENSOR AND IS TO BE TUCKED INSIDE OF WALL CAVITY. ® SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR W N > 0 z Z - O OT m F y w 2. J. _ ml 2 ' J = ml BRN/GRN W Et EC 0 I- D =- O I_ r Lu O M O = w 1 ~ 1 J 0 LU O O o0 - J m 03 03 0 W D: O O J W • I- IN ml cn OIJ w 0 oO zl 1°- rl yl -j 31 mlc=n SECURITY PANEL CONTACT DRY CONTACT OPEN WHEN OCCUPIED LEAVE 4 FT OF CABLE COILED AT SECURITY PANEL LOCATION. OSECURITY SYSTEM DRY CONTACT TYPICAL UNIT HEATER CONTROL—FAIL ON LOW OR UNE VOLTAGE NO OTHER EXISTING CONTROL DEVICE IS TO BE LEFT CONNECTED TO EQUIPMENT RIB24018• SPDT RELAY. MAX 20 AMP/1HP UH FIELD TERMINATION WHT/BLK-120VAC ORG-N.O. — — BLK — WHT/YEL-COM, , BLU-N.C. WHTLBLU_24VAC YEL-COM. — — ® UNIT HEATER CONTROL 1 O RESERVED • n n I I I I I I I 0 J = :l ml Ln IJD NX I� gra g3a �a O O z0_ Ozd < 0 1F �1- • ,_ 0 I-. y. J :I l&)col Li) I-. Y. J 6- 1 1 0 = J = 3lm cn ala offW O V).0 3:1 col 3:I ml 1- 1- 1- 1- 1-- d w d w a w d w a w oW ow OW oW oW -IW J W J W J W J W I- I-- � I--- CCFF-- 0T f- � 0 (.D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I m• ZI WIN( Lj <I Q! m•z _ _ J _ _ J _ _ J _. r--,r-,r-,r�A— ml �L 3:l ml 3:l 3:I ml 3:l ml 3:l S S + H \ I SHIN co 1911111111111411111 )49)6191901 CO TERMINATION LEGEND El DC VOLTAGE -POSITIVE El DC VOLTAGE -NEGATIVE EI 24 VAC -POLARITY SENSITIVE El 24 VAC -COMMON Ei 24 VAC -POLARITY INSENSITIVE E RS -485 STANDARD POSITIVE g RS -485 STANDARD NEGATIVE FIELD WIRING FACTORY WIRING 0030 novar 6060 Rockside Woods Blvd. Cleveland, OH 44131 216.682.1600 LEGEND 0 NOTE -THIS SHEET 0- DEVICE CATEGORY 41 DETAIL: DEVICE ID NUMBER OVER ‘ff DEVICE CATEGORY NUMBER 0 WIRE ID • DESIGNATED WIRE SPLICE SECURED SPARE CONDUCTOR FOR FUTURE USE WIRE/CABLE TYPES ALL TYPES MAY NOT APPLY. 22/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * BELDON 8761 22/3 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * WINDY CITY 004330 18/2 AWG SHIELDED GROUND * HONEYWELL 3322 18/9 AWG STRANDED CABLE PLENUM RATED LINE VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT 0 20/2 AWG SHIELDED AND 18/2 AWG, * BELDEN 9155 ®12 TO 18 AWG STRANDED WIRE * THHN. * OR EQUIVALENT. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING REQUIREMENTS: 1. WIRE SPLICES ARE UNACCEPTABLE. 2. THE COMMUNICATIONS BUSS WILL BE TERMINATED AT THE CONTROLLER. 3. INSTALLED NEATLY AND CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 4. SLEEVED IN CONDUIT UP TO CEILING OR BAR JOIST. RECEIVED CITY OF 'TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given in confidence and remain the property of Herschman Architects. The use of this design and these construction documents for purposes other than the specific project named herein is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, Incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 51D/PERMIT mid 15122.00 o coo — 0 LLI a. 0 .0 0 co to 0. 0 0 - -1 00:s: :1:06 22:2 .4 3 0 CC 1- 0 CC CI 0 CC CI LLJ 1r4 HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-320 0 FAX (216) 223-3210 www.herschmanarchitects.com EMS DETAILS (YORK RTUs) EXISTING SPRINKLER RISER, REWORK EXISTING RISER AS REQUIRED FOR NEW DICKS SPORTING GOODS LAYOUT 4 O HIGHER SPRINKLER DENSITIES ARE REQUIRED IN HATCHED AREAS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL DENSITY REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FIXTURE PLAN AIIA FOR FIXTURE LOCATIONS. EXISTING REAR ENTRYWAY TO BE REWORKED. RB'4ORKEP EXISTING PRY SPRINKLER HEADS A5 REG:01RED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK - TYPICAL — O • -- O — O rir • O •116d) • REC O AVVFKF4J riNGO O "ArO OV O O O frt _ Kr In w O 7■■O ® ACHOERY �CORR � ArttlAr O HUNTING0 0 0 LECTRICAL ROOM 130 -0 �y O O AJAC\\ TENANT (NIC\ EXISTING INCOMING DRY FIRE LINE AND DRY SPRINKLER RIs. REWORK EXISTING DRY RISER A5 REQUIRED FOR NEW DICKS SPORTING GOODS CANOPY LAYOUT EXISTING INCOMING FIRE LINE, DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PRE AND SPRINKLER RISER REWORK EXISTING RI A5 REQUIRED FOR FEW DICKS SPORTING 60005 LAYOUT 4 01LPRHKL OArigpr �ER ff1 Iol :y I� O BIKES 0 O O O O O O EXERCISE O O ak O O 11.0 O CO O O O O Ll O O O 1 O 0 O 0 YOUNG ATHLETE O O O LTJ O L�4 O LJJ 0 C] 0 (0) FITTING (0) CENTER 103 i `O, e• • LF T AA .�I �I al- Kg EXISTING FIRE DEPARTMENT CCNNEGTIGN 15 LOCATED ON SITE. VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION IN TIE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. O iL O O O O O O GOLF PRO O O O O 1 ais 0 0 Ertl O 0 0 0 FOOTWEAR O i5 O O 0-0 QS SPRINKLER AREA — 0 O 4 COORDINATE ALL PIPEI TING AND SPRINKLER HEADS WITH EXISTING SKYLIGHTS. NO PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED BELOW OR THROUGH EXISTING SKYLIGHTS. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK - TYPICAL. O O QJ O O 0 YOUTH GOLF APPL L9 O O O 3 @J O FITTING RM 101e FITTING RM IOIf O '9 O O O 0 0 O 0 WOMEN OUTDOOR 110 O O O SHOP O 0 0 GOLF SHOES O • O l.% O 1 1 O rJ O Q9 O O O O O O O O O O �J O O O O O a9 O O =O O O O O O O @J O •1 • 0.J O O O LTJ QJ 1_1 O O 0 ArAtter Aryl: ,v eit A „ _A HIGHER 5PRUCLER DENSITIES ARE RBODIRED IN HATCHED AREAS. TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL DENSITY IREMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH • ITEGTURAL FIXTURE PLAN A11.0 FOR Fl LOGATION5. KNOX BOX LOCATION OF REWIRED BY LOGAL FIRE MARSHALL). EL. TO PROVIDE CONNEGTION FROM TAMPER SWITCH TO ALARM PANEL 1 0 O O ary O O @ry O O O O O "9 O O 111 O MJ O 0 0 HUNTING APPL O O QJ O C O O J - 0 O O FITTING RM 101d -i ► r M O O FITTING RM I0Ic AS O O MEN OUTDOOR • 0 0 .10 Or O • C r5 QD O r1 O STORE 103 O O O O • QJ f O 0 0 L� Q9 MANAGER L.P. CLOSET LL( 10'1 O ® CORRIDOR O CORR. (105H TACKLE 0 O O ENA T (NIC) O CAMPING acc ccr OUTDOOR REC O 0 OUTDOOR REC • • • hik VESTIBULE° • OUTERWEAR dik TEAM SPORTS Air o LIM • A4A.4v4ItArev • Alr 4°.&21AP 4rd II-- d PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEADS ABOVE AND BELCIII, IN VESTIBULE. FIRE PREVENTION FLOOR PLAN 11 AdoiliiIIIIIPP" ggi ROUTE PIPE DROPS TIOHT TO \ WALL AS MEANS OF OR MAKING PIPING 105a II!lii!I I����Liati\ LiEA I!!uil p p x x BREA R �• M 110 •■■■ p • p ICI FA p p CASH/COUNT O ® 0 WORK ( 121 RM O DATA 131 ) AV HlefER SPRINKLER DENSITIES ARE REQUIRED IN HATCHED AREAS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL DENSITY REQUIRBlENTS AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FIXTURE PLAN AIIA FOR FIXTURE LOCATIONS. di Vr-Arvz Az/ Ar, rA/ 4.44r Z. Al • \ \ \ \ \ \N \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: A. BUILDING SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15 EXISTING. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL, PROVIDE N51 HEADS, PIPING, ETC., AS RBSEJIRED TO PROVIDE A CODE COMPLIA9,1 SPRINCLER SYSTEM. COMPACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FIELD VEFZIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF At4Y WORK. B. NEW FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE A YET SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SHALL BE DESIGNED PER THE LATEST EDITION OF NEPA 13, FM At4D ALL LOCAL AND STATE FIRE CODES. C. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR HAZARD CLASSIFICATION AND ALL DESIGN DENSITIES. D. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ItsFORMATION ON SPRINKLER ifEADS. E. A MINIMIk4 CL.EA:IRANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE SPRINKLER PIP11.6 TO THE SUSPENDED CEILING. F. PROVIDE AN INSPECTORS TEST CONECTION WITH DRAINS LOCATED TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING OR INTO SANITARY DRAINS OF ADEGLIATE SIZE TO PERMIT FULL FLOW DRAIN TESTS. 6. NEW SPRINKLER PIPING TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN BAR JOISTS WITH MAINS INSTALLED TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS. PITC14 ALL PIPING FOR PROPER DRAINAGE. 14. 1. J. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE AS SPEGIFIED AND TO BE SET WITH WALL BRACKET. NRIBER AND LOCATION5 OF EXTINGUISHERS TO BE A5 DIRECTED BY LDCAL FIRE MARSHAL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS SHALL BE INSTAI IP° TO PERMIT 'THE INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. SFRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PEI-OCATE PIPING AND PEADS IF REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE MECHANICAL AND El E6TRICAL SYSTEMS. NO YET SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO FREEZING. PROVIDE ANTIFREEZE SYSTEM DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR AREAS SUB.ECT TO FREEZING. K. THIS DRAPING 15 INTENDED TO PROVIDE GENERAL. LOGAIION5 AND TYPES OF SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDMONAL SPRINKLER HEADS AS REQUIRED BY NEPA 13 AND LOCAL ARISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. m. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE AND BELOW ALL DUCTWORK GREATER THAN 48° WIDE ALL PIPE PENEIRATION5 OF FIRE RATED WAU-5 SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATIN9 OF WALL N. ALL FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIM AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE COMFLEED BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR AND 5U3MITTED TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO DICKS INSURANCE INDERWRITER FM REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY PIPI% OR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DICKS INSURANCE UNDERIIRITER 0. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SPRIFKLER PPING WITH DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, AND PARTITION LAYOUT. LIGHTS ARE NOT TO BE MOVED, SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND LIGHTS AS REOVIRED. P. HANGER NOTES: I. PIPES LAReER THAN 4 IN. WINING PARALLEL TO BAR JOIST SHALL BE FUNG FROM TRAPEZE HAKSERS SUPPORTED NEARLY EQUALLY BY TWO JOISTS. 2. ONLY ONE PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM A SINGLE TRAPEZE HANGER UNLESS OTHBRWISE APFRoVED IN PaRITIN6 BY THE STR.UCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. 3. HANGERS NTH MORE THAN 150 POUNDS OF LOAD SHOULD BE ATTACI-ED TO 11-E JOIST AT A PANEL POINT. 4. COORDINATE ALL HANGER TYPES AND LOCATIONS WITH THE 51RXTURAL ENGINEER OF FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND -FIRE PROTECTION PIPING -RECESSED PENDANT SPRINKLER 14EAD FOR AREAS WITH FINISHED TILED CEILINGS 4 -DRY SIDE HALL, HIGH TEMPERATURE SPRINKLER HEAD. DISPLAY ROOMS. - WRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD --CONGEALED KATE SPRINKLER I-EAD ON AREAS WITH GYPBOARD CEILINGS) -WRIGHT SPRINKLER FEAT) WITH PROTECTIVE CAGE (IN GOLF FITTIt41.5 CENTER) -DRY/ANTI-1-t4±. CONCEALED PLATE SPRINKLER HEAD HEAD TYPE REGESSB) PENDANT' UPRIGHT coNGEALED AREA AREAS WITH FINISHB) TILED CEILINSS EXPOSED AREAS %FEW:06K AND COT:FERO VAULTED CEILINGS THIS DRAWING IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL PROVIDE FULLY DETAILED SPRINKLER PLANS AND CALCULATIONS. EXISTING CANOPY TO BE REWORKED. REWORKED EXISTING DRY SPRINKLER HEADS AS REQUIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD FRIOR TO ALL PIPE ii3ETRATIONS OF SALES FLOOR WALLS SHALL BE ABOVE PAINT BREAK LINE. NOTE: EXISTING INCOMING FIRE LINE, DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLON PREVENTER AND SPRINKLER RISER LOCATED IN THE SPRINKLER ROOM BETWEEN STARE3UCKS AND BURLINGTON. REWORK EXISTING RISER A5 REQUIRED FOR NEN DICK'S SPORTING GOODS LAYOUT bt/ 003 RECEIVED CITY OF IUMMLA FEB 2 8 2017 PERMIT CENTER CONTRACTOR 1.1)ST VERIFY ALL GLEARANGEs AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD Design and construction documents as instruments of service are given In confidence end remain the property of Herschmen Architects. The use of thls design and these construction documents for purposes other than the spoon!'" projeot named hereln Is strictly prohibited without expressed written consent of Herschman Architects, incorporated. Date Issue 2/22/2011 BID/PERMIT Drawn By: AML Project No.: 15122.00 0 cc 0 cn To o. 01-0 o. ei o - CL 1- - '▪ 0 111 /c7: l'41111:".;"':;c7 11!35! • • - 11' • Es; Q.: igt CC 1— CC Z w 17 - ad w 0 LLIC) 00 CCoci SEISMIC DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND / SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY — D RISK CATEGORY — II SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le — 1.0 SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: SITE CLASS — D BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM — CONCRETE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR R=4 Ss = 1.458 51 = 0.544 Cs = 0.194 ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (V ult)=110 NORMAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (V asd)=85 A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC VIBRATION CONTROL INFORMATION. 1 FA HERSCHMAN ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 CLEVELAND, OH 44128 TEL (216) 223-3200 FAX (216) 223-3210 FIRE PREVENTION FLOOR PLAN FP1.0